20-F 1 c73682e20vf.htm FORM 20-F Filed by Bowne Pure Compliance
Table of Contents

 
 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
FORM 20-F
 
(Mark One)
     
o   REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
OR
     
þ   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007
OR
     
o   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
for the transition period from            to           
Commission file number 001-12518
     
o   SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
Date of event requiring this shell company report
BANCO SANTANDER, S.A.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
Kingdom of Spain
(Jurisdiction of incorporation)
Ciudad Grupo Santander
28660 Boadilla del Monte (Madrid), Spain
(address of principal executive offices)
José Antonio Álvarez
Banco Santander, S.A.
Ciudad Grupo Santander
28660 Boadilla del Monte
Madrid, Spain
Tel: +34 91 289 32 80
Fax: +34 91 257 12 82
(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)
 
Securities registered or to be registered, pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act
         
    Name of each exchange  
Title of each class   on which registered  
American Depositary Shares, each representing the right to receive one Share of Capital Stock of Banco Santander, S.A., par value Euro 0.50 each
  New York Stock Exchange
Shares of Capital Stock of Banco Santander, S.A., par value Euro 0.50 each
  New York Stock Exchange
Non-cumulative Guaranteed Preferred Stock of Santander Finance Preferred, S.A. Unipersonal, Series 1, 4, 5 and 6
  New York Stock Exchange
Guarantee of Non-cumulative Guaranteed Preferred Stock of Santander Finance Preferred, S.A. Unipersonal, Series 1,4,5 and 6
       
 
     
*  
Banco Santander Shares are not listed for trading, but only in connection with the registration of the American Depositary Shares, pursuant to requirements of the New York Stock Exchange.
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act.
None.
(Title of Class)
Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act

None.
(Title of Class)
The number of outstanding shares of each class of Stock of Banco Santander, S.A. at December 31, 2007 was:
Shares par value Euro 0.50 each: 6,254,296,579
The number of outstanding shares of each class of stock of Santander Finance Preferred, S.A. Unipersonal benefiting from a guarantee of Banco Santander, S.A. at December 31, 2007 was:
         
Non-cumulative Preferred Securities, Series 1
    7,600,000  
Non-cumulative Preferred Securities, Series 4
    20,000,000  
Non-cumulative Preferred Securities, Series 5
    24,000,000  
Non-cumulative Preferred Securities, Series 6
    14,000,000  
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Yes þ No o     
If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Yes o     No þ 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes þ   No o      
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
             
Large accelerated filer þ    Accelerated filer o    Non-accelerated filer o  
Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:
US GAAP o International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board o Other þ
If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.
Item 17 o        Item 18 þ
If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule
12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
Yes o      No þ  
 
 

 

 


Table of Contents

BANCO SANTANDER, S.A.
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page  
 
       
    3  
    4  
 
       
       
 
       
    6  
 
       
    6  
 
       
    6  
 
       
    6  
    11  
    11  
    11  
 
       
    16  
 
       
    16  
    25  
    81  
    81  
 
       
    81  
 
       
    81  
 
       
    87  
    113  
    115  
    115  
    116  
    117  
 
       
    118  
 
       
    118  
    125  
    145  
    155  
    157  
 
       
    158  
 
       
    158  
    159  
    159  
 
       
    160  
 
       
    160  
    163  

 

 


Table of Contents

         
    Page  
 
    163  
 
       
    163  
    165  
    165  
    170  
    170  
    170  
 
       
    170  
 
       
    170  
    170  
    178  
    178  
    178  
    183  
    183  
    183  
    183  
 
       
    184  
 
       
    184  
 
       
    186  
    186  
    202  
    205  
    207  
    210  
    213  
    214  
 
       
    234  
 
       
    234  
    234  
    234  
    234  
 
       
       
 
       
    235  
 
       
    235  
 
       
    235  
 
       
    235  
 
       
    238  
    238  
    238  
    239  
    239  
 
       
       
 
       
    240  
 
       
    240  
 
       
    240  
 
       
 Exhibit 1.1
 Exhibit 1.2
 Exhibit 1.3
 Exhibit 1.4
 Exhibit 12.1
 Exhibit 12.2
 Exhibit 12.3
 Exhibit 13.1
 Exhibit 15.1
 Exhibit 15.2

 

 


Table of Contents

PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION
Accounting Principles
Under Regulation (EC) No. 1606/2002 of the European Parliament and of the Council of July 19, 2002, all companies governed by the law of an EU Member State and whose securities are admitted to trading on a regulated market of any Member State must prepare their consolidated financial statements in conformity with the International Financial Reporting Standards previously adopted by the European Union (“EU-IFRS”). The Bank of Spain Circular 4/2004 of December 22, 2004 on Public and Confidential Financial Reporting Rules and Formats (“Circular 4/2004”) requires Spanish credit institutions to adapt their accounting systems to the principles derived from the adoption by the European Union of International Financial Reporting Standards. Therefore, Grupo Santander (“the Group” or “Santander”) is required to prepare its consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2007 in conformity with the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004.
Except where noted otherwise, the financial information contained in this report has been prepared according to the International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004. Our financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005 were the first to be prepared under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and the financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 were restated using the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 standards. Financial information for fiscal years ended on or prior to December 31, 2003, was prepared according to Bank of Spain Circular 4/91 (“previous Spanish GAAP”) and is not comparable with that prepared under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004. Note 57 to the consolidated financial statements in our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2006 contains a description of the significant differences between these accounting standards. Note 57 in our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2007 contains a description of significant differences between the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and Generally Accepted Accounting Principals in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”).
We have formatted our financial information according to the classification format for banks used in Spain. We have not reclassified the line items to comply with Article 9 of Regulation S-X. Article 9 is a regulation of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission that contains formatting requirements for bank holding company financial statements. We have, however, included summary financial information that reflects the required reclassifications in Note 57 to our consolidated financial statements.
The information prepared under EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 for 2004 differs from the information contained in the statutory consolidated financial statements for that year, as approved at the Annual General Meeting on June 18, 2005, which were prepared in accordance with previous Spanish GAAP.
Additionally, the information contained in the consolidated income statements for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 differs from the consolidated income statement data for such periods included in our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2006 due to the reclassification of amounts relating to operations that were discontinued in 2007, such as the sale of our Latin American pension management companies. (See “Item 4. Information on the Company—A. History and development of the company—Principal Capital Expenditures and Divestitures—Acquisitions, Dispositions, Reorganizations”). Under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004, revenues and expenses of discontinued businesses must be reclassified from each income statement line item to “Profit from discontinued operations”. Revenue and expenses from prior years are also required to be reclassified for comparison purposes to present the same businesses as discontinued operations. This change in presentation does not affect “Profit attributed to the Group” (see Note 37 to our consolidated financial statements).
Our auditors, Deloitte, S.L., have audited our consolidated financial statements in respect of the three years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 in accordance with the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004. See page F-1 to our consolidated financial statements for the 2007, 2006 and 2005 report prepared by our independent registered public accounting firm.
Acquisition of Abbey National plc
In November 2004, we acquired 100% of the capital of Abbey National plc (“Abbey”). Our acquisition of Abbey was reflected on our financial statements as if the acquisition had occurred on December 31, 2004. Accordingly, Abbey’s assets and liabilities were consolidated into our balance sheet as of December 31, 2004, but Abbey’s results of operations had no impact on our income statement for the year ended December 31, 2004. Therefore, the income statement for the year ended December 31, 2005 is the first to reflect the acquisition of Abbey.

 

3


Table of Contents

General Information
Our consolidated financial statements are in Euros, which are denoted “euro”, “euros”, EUR or “” throughout this annual report. Also, throughout this annual report, when we refer to:
   
“dollars”, US$ or “$”, we mean United States dollars;
   
“pounds” or “£”, we mean United Kingdom pounds; and
   
“one billion”, we mean 1,000 million.
When we refer to average balances for a particular period, we mean the average of the month-end balances for that period, unless otherwise noted. We do not believe that monthly averages present trends that are materially different from trends that daily averages would show. We included in interest income any interest payments we received on non-accruing loans if they were received in the period when due. We have not reflected consolidation adjustments in any financial information about our subsidiaries or other units.
When we refer to loans, we mean loans, leases, discounted bills and accounts receivable, unless otherwise noted.
When we refer to impaired assets, we mean impaired loans, securities and other assets to collect.
When we refer to the allowances for credit losses, we mean the specific allowances for credit losses, and unless otherwise noted, the general allowance for credit losses including any allowances for country-risk. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Financial Management and Equity Stakes—Classified Assets—Bank of Spain Allowances for Credit Losses and Country-Risk Requirements”.
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This annual report contains statements that constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the U.S. Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements include information regarding:
   
exposure to various types of market risks;
   
management strategy;
   
capital expenditures;
   
earnings and other targets; and
   
asset portfolios.
Forward-looking statements may be identified by words such as “expect,” “project,” “anticipate,” “should,” “intend,” “probability,” “risk,” “VaR,” “DCaR,” “ACaR,” “RORAC,” “target,” “goal,” “objective,” “estimate,” “future” and similar expressions. We include forward-looking statements in the “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects,” “Information on the Company” and “Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures About Market Risk” sections. Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve risks and uncertainties, and actual results may differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements.

 

4


Table of Contents

You should understand that adverse changes in the following important factors, in addition to those discussed in “Key Information—Risk Factors”, “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects,” “Information on the Company” and elsewhere in this annual report, could affect our future results and could cause those results or other outcomes to differ materially from those anticipated in any forward-looking statement:
Economic and Industry Conditions
 
exposure to various types of market risks, principally including interest rate risk, foreign exchange rate risk and equity price risk;
 
general economic or industry conditions in Spain, the United Kingdom, other European countries, Latin America and the other areas in which we have significant business activities or investments;
 
the effects of a decline in real estate prices, particularly in Spain and the UK;
 
monetary and interest rate policies of the European Central Bank and various central banks;
 
inflation or deflation;
 
the effects of non-linear market behavior that cannot be captured by linear statistical models, such as the VaR/DCaR/ACaR model we use;
 
changes in competition and pricing environments;
 
the inability to hedge some risks economically;
 
the adequacy of loss reserves;
 
acquisitions or restructurings of businesses that may not perform in accordance with our expectations;
 
changes in demographics, consumer spending or saving habits; and
 
changes in competition and pricing environments as a result of the progressive adoption of the internet for conducting financial services and/or other factors.
Political and Governmental Factors
 
political stability in Spain, the United Kingdom, other European countries and Latin America; and
 
changes in Spanish, UK, EU or foreign laws, regulations or taxes.
Transaction and Commercial Factors
 
our ability to integrate successfully our acquisitions and the challenges inherent in diverting management’s focus and resources from other strategic opportunities and from operational matters while we integrate these acquisitions; and
 
the outcome of our negotiations with business partners and governments.
Operating Factors
 
technical difficulties and the development and use of new technologies by us and our competitors;
 
the impact of changes in the composition of our balance sheet on future net interest income; and
 
potential losses associated with an increase in the level of substandard loans or non-performance by counterparties to other types of financial instruments.
The forward-looking statements contained in this annual report speak only as of the date of this annual report. We do not undertake to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after that date or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

 

5


Table of Contents

PART I
Item 1. Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers
A. Directors and Senior Management.
Not applicable.
B. Advisers.
Not applicable.
C. Auditors.
Not applicable.
Item 2. Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable
A. Offer Statistics.
Not applicable.
B. Method and Expected Timetable.
Not applicable.
Item 3. Key Information
A. Selected financial data.
Selected Consolidated Financial Information
We have selected the following financial information from our consolidated financial statements. You should read this information in connection with, and it is qualified in its entirety by reference to, our consolidated financial statements.
Except where noted otherwise, the financial information contained in this report has been prepared according to the International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union (“EU-IFRS”) required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004. Our financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005 were the first to be prepared under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and the financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 were restated using the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004. Financial information for fiscal years ended on or prior to December 31, 2003 was prepared according to Bank of Spain Circular 4/91 (“previous Spanish GAAP”) and is not comparable with that prepared under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004. Note 57 to the consolidated financial statements in our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2006 contains a description of the significant differences between these accounting standards. Note 57 to the 2007 consolidated financial statements contains a description of significant differences between the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP. In addition, our financial information is presented according to the classification format for banks used in Spain.
In the F-pages of this Form 20-F, audited financial statements for the years 2007, 2006 and 2005 are presented. Audited financial statements for the year 2004 are not included in this document, but they can be found in our previous annual reports on Form 20-F.
In November 2004, we acquired 100% of the capital of Abbey. Under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004, our acquisition of Abbey was reflected on our financial statements as if the acquisition had occurred on December 31, 2004. Accordingly, Abbey’s assets and liabilities were consolidated into our balance sheet as of December 31, 2004, but Abbey’s results of operations had no impact on our income statement for the year ended December 31, 2004. Therefore, the income statement for the year ended December 31, 2005 is the first to reflect the acquisition of Abbey.

 

6


Table of Contents

The information contained in the consolidated income statements for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 differs from the consolidated income statement data for such periods included in our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2006 due to the reclassification of amounts relating to operations that were discontinued in 2007, such as the sale of our Latin American pension management companies (see “Item 4. Information on the Company—A. History and development of the company—Principal Capital Expenditures and Divestitures—Acquisitions, Dispositions, Reorganizations”). Under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004, revenues and expenses of discontinued businesses must be reclassified from each income statement line item to “Profit from discontinued operations”. This presentation requirement came into effect in the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006. Revenues and expenses from prior years are also required to be reclassified for comparison purposes to present the same businesses as discontinued operations. This change in presentation does not affect “Profit attributed to the Group” (see Note 37 to our consolidated financial statements).
                                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005     2004  
    (in thousands of euros, except percentages and per share data)  
 
Interest and similar income
    45,803,354       36,832,823       33,088,647       17,438,432  
Interest expense and similar charges
    (30,921,470 )     (24,757,027 )     (22,764,846 )     (10,271,876 )
Income from equity instruments
    413,242       404,000       335,576       388,876  
 
                       
Net interest income
    15,295,126       12,479,796       10,659,377       7,555,432  
Share of results from entities accounted for by the equity method
    441,457       426,921       619,157       448,220  
Net fees and commissions (1)
    8,040,175       7,024,195       6,061,196       4,550,753  
Insurance activity income
    319,353       253,084       201,466       144,529  
Gains on financial transactions (2)
    2,972,358       2,149,174       1,534,360       1,090,343  
 
                       
Gross income
    27,068,469       22,333,170       19,075,556       13,789,277  
Net income from non-financial activities (3)
    152,072       118,913       156,178       118,308  
Other operating expenses (4)
    (118,639 )     (118,625 )     (88,706 )     (61,064 )
General administrative expenses
    (11,018,329 )     (9,969,171 )     (9,364,408 )     (6,683,623 )
Personnel
    (6,551,201 )     (5,967,873 )     (5,611,308 )     (4,232,981 )
Other general and administrative expenses
    (4,467,128 )     (4,001,298 )     (3,753,100 )     (2,450,642 )
Depreciation and amortization
    (1,267,880 )     (1,146,547 )     (1,013,943 )     (830,621 )
 
                       
Net operating income
    14,815,693       11,217,740       8,764,677       6,332,277  
Impairment losses (net)
    (5,078,513 )     (2,550,570 )     (1,801,934 )     (1,787,871 )
Net gains on disposal of investments in associates (5)
    16,388       271,961       1,298,935       30,891  
Net results on other disposals, provisions, and other income (6)
    1,421,673       56,255       (600,781 )     (219,573 )
 
                       
Profit before tax
    11,175,241       8,995,386       7,660,897       4,355,724  
Income tax
    (2,335,686 )     (2,254,598 )     (1,241,830 )     (491,922 )
 
                       
Profit from continuing operations
    8,839,555       6,740,788       6,419,067       3,863,802  
Profit from discontinued operations
    796,595       1,504,965       330,703       132,432  
 
                       
Consolidated profit for the year
    9,636,150       8,245,753       6,749,770       3,996,234  
Profit attributed to minority interests
    575,892       649,806       529,666       390,364  
 
                       
Profit attributed to the Group
    9,060,258       7,595,947       6,220,104       3,605,870  
 
                               
Per Share Information:
                               
Average number of shares (thousands) (7)
    6,341,771       6,248,376       6,240,611       4,950,498  
Basic earnings per share (in euros)
    1.4287       1.2157       0.9967       0.7284  
Basic earnings per share – continued operations
(in euros)
    1.3170       1.0127       0.9599       0.7142  
Diluted earnings per share (in euros)
    1.4139       1.2091       0.9930       0.7271  
Dividends paid (in euros)
    0.25       0.52       0.42       0.33  
Dividends paid (in US$)
    0.36       0.65       0.49       0.39  

 

7


Table of Contents

                                 
    Year ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005     2004  
    (in thousands of euros, except percentages and per share data)  
 
Total assets
    912,914,971       833,872,715       809,106,914       664,486,300  
Loans and advances to credit institutions (8)
    50,919,499       60,174,538       59,773,022       58,379,774  
Loans and advances to customers (net) (8)
    565,477,011       523,345,864       435,828,795       369,350,064  
Investment Securities (9)
    132,035,268       136,760,433       203,938,360       138,753,764  
Investments: Associates
    15,689,127       5,006,109       3,031,482       3,747,564  
 
                               
Liabilities
                               
Deposits from central banks and credit
institutions (10)
    112,896,023       113,035,937       148,622,407       83,750,339  
Customer deposits (10)
    355,704,302       331,222,601       305,765,280       283,211,616  
Debt securities (10)
    233,634,496       204,069,390       148,840,346       113,838,603  
 
                               
Capitalization
                               
Guaranteed Subordinated debt excluding preferred securities (11)
    16,742,134       11,186,480       8,973,699       9,369,939  
Secured Subordinated debt
                      508,039  
Other Subordinated debt
    11,666,663       12,399,771       13,016,989       12,300,178  
Preferred securities (11)
    7,261,382       6,836,570       6,772,768       5,292,016  
Preferred shares (11)
    522,558       668,328       1,308,847       2,124,222  
Minority interest (including net income of the period)
    2,358,269       2,220,743       2,848,223       2,085,316  
Stockholders’ equity (12)
    55,199,882       44,851,559       39,778,476       34,414,942  
Total capitalization
    93,750,888       78,163,451       72,699,002       66,094,652  
Stockholders’ Equity per Share (12)
    8.70       7.18       6.37       6.95  
 
                               
Other managed funds
                               
Mutual funds
    119,210,503       119,838,418       109,480,095       97,837,724  
Pension funds
    11,952,437       29,450,103       28,619,183       21,678,522  
Managed portfolio
    19,814,340       17,835,031       14,746,329       8,998,388  
Savings–insurance policies
    9,008,968       6,384,994       15,145,607       16,843,995  
Total other managed funds
    159,986,248       173,508,546       167,991,214       145,358,629  
 
                               
Consolidated Ratios
                               
Profitability Ratios:
                               
Net Yield (13)
    1.84 %     1.67 %     1.68 %     2.21 %
Efficiency ratio (14)
    44.26 %     48.53 %     52.82 %     53.18 %
Return on average total assets (ROA)
    1.10 %     1.00 %     0.91 %     1.01 %
Return on average stockholders’ equity (ROE)
    21.91 %     21.39 %     19.86 %     19.74 %
Capital Ratio:
                               
Average stockholders’ equity to average total assets
    4.71 %     4.36 %     4.24 %     4.62 %
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (15)
                               
Excluding interest on deposits
    1.66 %     1.76 %     1.80 %     1.90 %
Including interest on deposits
    1.34 %     1.35 %     1.31 %     1.39 %
 
                               
Credit Quality Data
                               
Allowances for impaired assets (excluding country risk)
    9,302,230       8,626,937       7,902,225       6,813,354  
Allowances for impaired assets as a percentage of total loans
    1.62 %     1.62 %     1.78 %     1.81 %
Impaired assets (16)
    6,178,655       4,607,547       4,341,500       4,114,691  
Impaired assets as a percentage of total loans
    1.07 %     0.87 %     0.98 %     1.09 %
Allowances for impaired assets as a percentage of impaired assets
    150.55 %     187.23 %     182.02 %     165.59 %
Net loan charge-offs as a percentage of total loans
    0.47 %     0.34 %     0.23 %     0.16 %

 

8


Table of Contents

 
     
(1)  
Equals “Fee and commission income” less “Fee and commission expense” as stated in our consolidated financial statements.
 
(2)  
Equals the sum of “Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities (net)” and “Exchange differences (net)” as stated in our consolidated financial statements.
 
(3)  
Equals the sum of “Sales and income from the provision of non-financial services” and “Cost of sales” as stated in our consolidated financial statements.
 
(4)  
Equals the sum of “Other operating income” and “Other operating expenses” as stated in our consolidated financial statements.
 
(5)  
Equals the sum of “Other gains: Gains on disposal of investments in associates” and “Other losses: Losses on disposal of investments in associates” as stated in our consolidated financial statements.
 
(6)  
Includes “Provisions (net)”, “Finance income from non-financial activities”, “Finance expense from non-financial activities”, “Other gains: Gains on disposal of tangible assets”, “Other gains: Other”, “Other losses: Losses on disposal of tangible assets” and “Other losses: Other” as stated in our consolidated financial statements.
 
(7)  
Average number of shares have been calculated on the basis of the weighted average number of shares outstanding in the relevant year, net of treasury stock.
 
(8)  
Equals the sum of the amounts included under the headings “Financial assets held for trading”, “Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss” and “Loans and receivables” as stated in our consolidated financial statements.
 
(9)  
Equals the amounts included as “Debt instruments” and “Other equity instruments” under the headings “Financial assets held for trading”, “Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss”, “Available-for-sale financial assets” and “Loans and receivables” as stated in our consolidated financial statements.
 
(10)  
Equals the sum of the amounts included under the headings “Financial liabilities held for trading”, “Other financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss” and “Financial liabilities at amortized cost” included in Notes 20, 21 and 22 to our consolidated financial statements.
 
(11)  
In our consolidated financial statements preferred securities are included under “Subordinated liabilities” and preferred shares are stated as “Equity having the substance of a financial liability”.
 
(12)  
Equals the sum of the amounts included at the end of each year as “Own funds” and “Valuation adjustments” as stated in our consolidated financial statements. We have deducted the book value of treasury stock from stockholders’ equity.
 
(13)  
Net yield is the total of net interest income (including dividends on equity securities) divided by average earning assets. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Financial Management and Equity Stakes—Assets—Earning Assets—Yield Spread”.
 
(14)  
Efficiency ratio equals the sum of “General administrative expenses from financial activities”, “Depreciation and amortization costs” less “Offsetting fees” (see Note 48 to our consolidated financial statements), divided by the sum of “Gross income” and “Net income from non-financial activities” less “General administrative expenses from non-financial activities”.
 
(15)  
For the purpose of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings consist of income from continuing operations before taxation and minority interests plus fixed charges and after deduction of the unremitted pre-tax income of companies accounted for by the equity method. Fixed charges consist of total interest expense, including or excluding interest on deposits as appropriate, and the proportion of rental expense deemed representative of the interest factor. Fixed charges include dividends and interest paid on preferred shares.
 
(16)  
Impaired assets reflect Bank of Spain classifications. Such classifications differ from the classifications applied by U.S. banks in reporting loans as non-accrual, past due, restructured and potential problem loans. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Financial Management and Equity Stakes—Classified Assets—Bank of Spain Classification Requirements”.

 

9


Table of Contents

The following table shows net income, stockholders’ equity, total assets and certain ratios on a U.S. GAAP basis.
U.S. GAAP
                                         
    As of and for the year ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005     2004     2003  
    (in thousands of euros, except ratios and per share data)  
Net income (1)
    7,296,817       7,414,571       6,318,460       3,940,866       2,264,332  
Of which:
                                       
Continuing operations
    6,724,962       6,305,470       6,088,760       3,870,587       2,264,332  
Discontinued operations
    571,855       1,109,101       229,700       70,279        
Stockholders’ equity (1)(2)
    57,393,597       48,703,540       43,784,335       38,671,623       25,093,234  
Total assets
    899,911,121       841,939,558       845,345,463       604,084,270       350,662,064  
Basic earnings per share (3)
    1.15       1.19       1.01       0.80       0.47  
Basic earnings per share – continued operations
    1.06       1.01       0.98       0.78       0.47  
Stockholders’ equity per share (2)(3)
    9.05       7.79       7.02       7.81       5.26  
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges: (4)
                                       
Excluding interest on deposits
    1.47       1.66       1.81       1.94       1.79  
Including interest on deposits
    1.24       1.30       1.31       1.39       1.30  
Ratio of earnings to combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividends: (5)
                                       
Excluding interest on deposits
    1.46       1.65       1.79       1.86       1.64  
Including interest on deposits
    1.24       1.30       1.30       1.37       1.26  
 
     
(1)  
For information concerning the reconciliation between the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP and a discussion of the significant U.S. GAAP adjustments to net income and stockholders’ equity, see Note 57 to our consolidated financial statements.
 
(2)  
As of the end of each period. The book value of our treasury stock has been deducted from stockholders’ equity.
 
(3)  
Per share data have been calculated on the basis of the weighted average number of our shares outstanding in the relevant year, deducting treasury stock.
 
(4)  
For the purpose of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings consist of income from continuing operations before taxation and minority interests, plus fixed charges and after deduction of the unremitted pre-tax income of companies accounted for by the equity method. Fixed charges consist of total interest expense, including or excluding interest on deposits as appropriate, and the proportion of rental expense deemed representative of the interest factor.
 
(5)  
For the purpose of calculating the ratio of earnings to combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividends, earnings consist of income from continuing operations before taxation and minority interest, plus fixed charges and after deduction of the unremitted pre-tax income of companies accounted for by the equity method. Fixed charges consist of total interest expense, including or excluding interest on deposits as appropriate, preferred stock dividend requirements (corresponding to minority interest participation and, accordingly, not eliminated in consolidation), and the proportion of rental expense deemed representative of the interest factor. Preferred stock dividends for any year represent the amount of pre-tax earnings required to pay dividends on preferred stock outstanding during such year. Under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 all payments from preferred securities are accounted for as interest expenses and consequently this ratio is not necessary. (For details of the different accounting treatment given to preferred securities under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP see Notes 57.2, 57.5 and 57.6 to our consolidated financial statements).
Exchange Rates
Fluctuations in the exchange rate between euros and dollars have affected the dollar equivalent of the share prices on Spanish Stock Exchanges and, as a result, are likely to affect the dollar market price of our American Depositary Shares, or ADSs, in the United States. In addition, dividends paid to the depositary of the ADSs are denominated in euros and fluctuations in the exchange rate affect the dollar conversion by the depositary of cash dividends paid on the shares to the holders of the ADSs. Fluctuations in the exchange rate of euros against other currencies may also affect the euro value of our non-euro denominated assets, liabilities, earnings and expenses.

 

10


Table of Contents

The following tables set forth, for the periods and dates indicated, certain information concerning the exchange rate for euros and dollars (expressed in dollars per euro), based on the Noon Buying Rate as announced by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York for the dates and periods indicated.
                 
    Rate During Period  
    Period End     Average Rate(1)  
Calendar Period   ($)     ($)  
2003
    1.2597       1.411  
2004
    1.3538       1.2478  
2005
    1.1842       1.2449  
2006
    1.3197       1.2661  
2007
    1.4603       1.3797  
 
     
(1)  
The average of the Noon Buying Rates for euros on the last day of each month during the period.
                 
    Rate During Period  
Last six months   High $     Low $  
2007
               
December
    1.4759       1.4344  
2008
               
January
    1.4877       1.4574  
February
    1.5187       1.4495  
March
    1.5805       1.5195  
April
    1.6010       1.5568  
May
    1.5784       1.5370  
June (through June 19, 2008)
    1.5731       1.5368  
On June 19, 2008, the exchange rate for euros and dollars (expressed in dollars per euro), based on the Noon Buying Rate, was $1.5502.
For a discussion of the accounting principles used in translation of foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities to euros, see Note 2(a) of our consolidated financial statements.
B. Capitalization and indebtedness.
Not Applicable.
C. Reasons for the offer and use of proceeds.
Not Applicable.
D. Risk factors.
Risks Relating to Our Operations
Since our loan portfolio is concentrated in Continental Europe, the United Kingdom and Latin America, adverse changes affecting the Continental European, the United Kingdom or certain Latin American economies could adversely affect our financial condition.
Our loan portfolio is mainly concentrated in Continental Europe (in particular, Spain), the United Kingdom and Latin America. At December 31, 2007, Continental Europe accounted for approximately 55% of our total loan portfolio (Spain accounted for 34% of our total loan portfolio), while the United Kingdom and Latin America accounted for 33% and 12%, respectively. Therefore, adverse changes affecting the economies of Continental Europe (in particular, Spain), the United Kingdom or the Latin American countries where we operate would likely have a significant adverse impact on our loan portfolio and, as a result, on our financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview.”

 

11


Table of Contents

Some of our business is cyclical and our income may decrease when demand for certain products or services is in a down cycle.
The level of income we derive from certain of our products and services depends on the strength of the economies in the regions where we operate and certain market trends prevailing in those areas. Therefore, negative cycles may adversely affect our income in the future.
A sudden shortage of funds could increase our cost of funding and have an adverse effect on our liquidity and funding.
Historically, our principal source of funds has been customer deposits (demand, time and notice deposits). At December 31, 2007, 17.4% of these customer deposits were time deposits in amounts greater than $100,000. Time deposits represented 48.9%, 44.2% and 43.5% of total customer deposits at the end of 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Large-denomination time deposits may be a less stable source of deposits than other type of deposits. The loss of market liquidity, triggered by the deterioration of the U.S. sub-prime credit market, continues to affect the supply and cost of liquidity and funding. The effects of the downturn have spread to the global economy, in particular to issuances in wholesale markets (principally asset backed securities) and to availability of liquid resources via the interbank markets. In this context, there can be no assurance that we will not incur materially higher funding costs or be required to liquidate certain assets.
Risks concerning borrower credit quality and general economic conditions are inherent in our business.
Risks arising from changes in credit quality and the recoverability of loans and amounts due from counterparties are inherent in a wide range of our businesses. Adverse changes in the credit quality of our borrowers and counterparties or a general deterioration in Spanish, United Kingdom, Latin American or global economic conditions, or arising from systemic risks in the financial systems, could reduce the recoverability and value of our assets and require an increase in our level of provisions for credit losses. Deterioration in the economies in which we operate could reduce the profit margins for our banking and financial services businesses.
Increased exposure to real estate makes us more vulnerable to developments in this market.
From 2003 to 2006, historically low interest rates in the Eurozone caused an increase in the demand for mortgage loans. This had repercussions in housing prices, which also rose significantly. During 2007 and 2008 the housing market, both supply and demand, has adjusted sharply and interest rates have increased strongly in the Eurozone. As a consequence, our impaired assets as a percentage of total loans increased from 0.87% at December 31, 2006 to 1.07% at December 31, 2007. At March 31, 2008, our impaired assets as a percentage of total loans increased further to 1.29%. As real estate mortgages are one of our main assets, comprising 50% of our loan portfolio at December 31, 2007, we are currently highly exposed to developments in real estate markets. Interest rate increases from today’s levels could have a significant negative impact on our mortgage payment delinquency rates. An increase in such delinquency rates could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
The Group may generate lower revenues from brokerage and other commission- and fee-based businesses.
Market downturns are likely to lead to declines in the volume of transactions that the Group executes for its customers and, therefore, to declines in the Group’s non-interest revenues. In addition, because the fees that the Group charges for managing its clients’ portfolios are in many cases based on the value or performance of those portfolios, a market downturn that reduces the value of the Group’s clients’ portfolios or increases the amount of withdrawals would reduce the revenues the Group receives from its asset management and private banking and custody businesses.
Even in the absence of a market downturn, below-market performance by the Group’s mutual funds may result in increased withdrawals and reduced inflows, which would reduce the revenue the Group receives from its asset management business.

 

12


Table of Contents

Market risks associated with fluctuations in bond and equity prices and other market factors are inherent in the Group’s business. Protracted market declines can reduce liquidity in the markets, making it harder to sell assets and leading to material losses.
The performance of financial markets may cause changes in the value of the Group’s investment and trading portfolios. In some of the Group’s business, protracted adverse market movements, particularly asset price decline, can reduce the level of activity in the market or reduce market liquidity. These developments can lead to material losses if the Group cannot close out deteriorating positions in a timely way. This may especially be the case for assets of the Group for which there are less liquid markets to begin with. Assets that are not traded on stock exchanges or other public trading markets, such as derivative contracts between banks, may have values that the Group calculates using models other than publicly quoted prices. Monitoring the deterioration of prices of assets like these is difficult and could lead to losses that the Group did not anticipate.
Despite the Group’s risk management policies, procedures and methods, the Group may nonetheless be exposed to unidentified or unanticipated risks.
The Group’s risk management techniques and strategies may not be fully effective in mitigating the Group’s risk exposure in all economic market environments or against all types of risk, including risks that the Group fails to identify or anticipate. Some of the Group’s qualitative tools and metrics for managing risk are based upon the Group’s use of observed historical market behavior. The Group applies statistical and other tools to these observations to arrive at quantifications of its risk exposures. These qualitative tools and metrics may fail to predict future risk exposures. These risk exposures could, for example, arise from factors the Group did not anticipate or correctly evaluate in its statistical models. This would limit the Group’s ability to manage its risks. The Group’s losses thus could be significantly greater than the historical measures indicate. In addition, the Group’s quantified modeling does not take all risks into account. The Group’s more qualitative approach to managing those risks could prove insufficient, exposing it to material unanticipated losses. If existing or potential customers believe the Group’s risk management is inadequate, they could take their business elsewhere. This could harm the Group’s reputation as well as its revenues and profits.
Our recent and future acquisitions may not be successful and may be disruptive to our business.
We have historically acquired controlling interests in various companies, and have engaged in other strategic partnerships. Additionally, we may consider other strategic acquisitions and partnerships from time to time. There can be no assurances that we will be successful in our plans regarding the operation of future acquisitions and strategic partnerships.
We can give you no assurance that our acquisition and partnership activities will perform in accordance with our expectations. We base our assessment of potential acquisitions and partnerships on limited and potentially inexact information and on assumptions with respect to operations, profitability and other matters that may prove to be incorrect. We can give no assurances that our expectations with regards to integration and synergies will materialize.
Proposals for the restructuring of the businesses we acquired from ABN AMRO are complex and may not realize the anticipated benefits for the Group
The restructuring plan in place for the integration and separation of ABN AMRO into and among the businesses and operations of the Group is complex and involves substantial reorganization of ABN AMRO’s operations and legal structure. In addition, it contemplates activities taking place simultaneously in a number of businesses and jurisdictions. Implementation of the reorganization and the realization of the forecast benefits within the planned timetable may be challenging. Execution of the restructuring requires management resources previously devoted to the Group’s businesses and the retention of appropriately skilled ABN AMRO staff. The Group may not realize the benefits of the acquisition or the restructuring when expected or to the extent projected. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—A. History and Development of the Company—Principal Capital Expenditures and Divestitures—Acquisitions, Dispositions, Reorganizations—ABN AMRO Holding, N.V. (“ABN AMRO”)”.
Increased competition in the countries where we operate may adversely affect our growth prospects and operations.
Most of the financial systems in which we operate are highly competitive. Financial sector reforms in the markets in which we operate have increased competition among both local and foreign financial institutions, and we believe that this trend will continue. In particular, price competition in Europe and Latin America has increased recently. Our success in the European and Latin American markets will depend on our ability to remain competitive with other financial institutions. In addition, there has been a trend towards consolidation in the banking industry, which has created larger and stronger banks with which we must now compete. There can be no assurance that this increased competition will not adversely affect our growth prospects, and therefore our operations. We also face competition from non-bank competitors, such as brokerage companies, department stores (for some credit products), leasing and factoring companies, mutual fund and pension fund management companies and insurance companies.

 

13


Table of Contents

Volatility in interest rates may negatively affect our net interest income and increase our non-performing loan portfolio.
Changes in market interest rates could affect the interest rates charged on interest-earning assets differently than the interest rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities. This difference could result in an increase in interest expense relative to interest income leading to a reduction in our net interest income. Income from treasury operations is particularly vulnerable to interest rate volatility. Since the majority of our loan portfolio reprices in less than one year, rising interest rates may also bring about an increasing non-performing loan portfolio. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors beyond our control, including deregulation of the financial sector, monetary policies, domestic and international economic and political conditions and other factors.
As of December 31, 2007, the Group’s interest rate risk measured in daily Value at Risk (“VaRD”) terms amounted to 75.4 million.
Foreign exchange rate fluctuations may negatively affect our earnings and the value of our assets and shares.
Fluctuations in the exchange rate between the euro and the U.S. dollar will affect the U.S. dollar equivalent of the price of our securities on the stock exchanges in which our shares and ADSs are traded. These fluctuations will also affect the conversion to U.S. dollars of cash dividends paid in euros on our ADSs.
In the ordinary course of our business, we have a percentage of our assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the euro. Fluctuations in the value of the euro against other currencies may adversely affect our profitability. For example, the appreciation of the euro against some Latin American currencies and the U.S. dollar will depress earnings from our Latin American operations, and the appreciation of the euro against the sterling will depress earnings from our UK operations. Additionally, while most of the governments of the countries in which we operate have not imposed prohibitions on the repatriation of dividends, capital investment or other distributions, no assurance can be given that these governments will not institute restrictive exchange control policies in the future. Moreover, fluctuations among the currencies in which our shares and ADSs trade could reduce the value of your investment.
As of December 31, 2007, our largest exposures on temporary positions (with a potential impact on the income statement) were concentrated on the U.S. dollar and the pound sterling. On that day, our largest exposures on permanent positions (with a potential impact on equity) were concentrated, in descending order, on the Brazilian real, the pound sterling, the Mexican peso and the Chilean peso.
Changes in the regulatory framework in the jurisdictions where we operate could adversely affect our business.
A number of banking regulations designed to maintain the safety and soundness of banks and limit their exposure to risk apply in the different jurisdictions in which our subsidiaries operate. Changes in regulations, which are beyond our control, may have a material effect on our business and operations. As some of the banking laws and regulations have been recently adopted, the manner in which those laws and related regulations are applied to the operations of financial institutions is still evolving. Moreover, no assurance can be given generally that laws or regulations will be adopted, enforced or interpreted in a manner that will not have an adverse affect on our business.
Operational risks are inherent in our business.
Our businesses depend on the ability to process a large number of transactions efficiently and accurately. Losses can result from inadequate personnel, inadequate or failed internal control processes and systems, or from external events that interrupt normal business operations. We also face the risk that the design of our controls and procedures prove to be inadequate or are circumvented. We have suffered losses from operational risk in the past and there can be no assurance that we will not suffer material losses from operational risk in the future.

 

14


Table of Contents

Different disclosure and accounting principles between Spain and the U.S. may provide you with different or less information about us than you expect.
There may be less publicly available information about us than is regularly published about companies in the United States. While we are subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), the disclosure required from foreign private issuers under the Exchange Act is more limited than the disclosure required from U.S. issuers. Additionally, we present our financial statements under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 which differs from U.S. GAAP. See Note 57 to our consolidated financial statements.
We are exposed to risk of loss from legal and regulatory proceedings.
The Group faces various issues that may give rise to risk of loss from legal and regulatory proceedings. These issues include appropriately dealing with potential conflicts of interest; legal and regulatory requirements; ethical issues; money laundering laws; and conduct by companies in which we hold strategic investments or joint venture partners. Failure to address these issues appropriately could increase the number of litigation claims and the amount of damages asserted against the Group or subject the Group to regulatory enforcement actions, fines and penalties. Currently, the Bank and its subsidiaries are the subject of a number of legal proceedings and regulatory actions. An adverse result in one or more of these proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our operating results for any particular period. For information relating to the legal proceedings involving our businesses, see “Item 8. Financial Information—A. Consolidated statements and other financial information—Legal proceedings”.
Credit, market and liquidity risks may have an adverse effect on our credit ratings and our cost of funds.
Any downgrade in our ratings could increase our borrowing costs, limit our access to capital markets and adversely affect the ability of our business to sell or market their products, engage in business transactions –particularly longer-term and derivatives transactions- and retain our customers. This, in turn, could reduce our liquidity and have an adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.
Our Latin American subsidiaries’ growth, asset quality and profitability may be adversely affected by volatile macroeconomic and political conditions.
The economies of the eight Latin American countries where we operate have experienced significant volatility in recent decades, characterized, in some cases, by slow or regressive growth, declining investment and hyperinflation. This volatility has resulted in fluctuations in the levels of deposits and in the relative economic strength of various segments of the economies to which we lend. Latin American banking activities (including Retail Banking, Global Wholesale Banking, Asset Management and Private Banking) accounted for 2,666 million of our profit attributed to the Group for the year ended December 31, 2007 (an increase of 17% from 2,287 million for the year ended December 31, 2006). Negative and fluctuating economic conditions, such as a changing interest rate environment, impact our profitability by causing lending margins to decrease and leading to decreased demand for higher margin products and services. Negative and fluctuating economic conditions in some Latin American countries could also result in government defaults on public debt. This could affect us in two ways: directly, through portfolio losses, and indirectly, through instabilities that a default in public debt could cause to the banking system as a whole, particularly since commercial banks’ exposure to government debt is high in several Latin American countries in which we operate.
In addition, revenues from our Latin American subsidiaries are subject to risk of loss from unfavorable political and diplomatic developments, social instability, and changes in governmental policies, including expropriation, nationalization, international ownership legislation, interest-rate caps and tax policies.
No assurance can be given that our Latin American subsidiaries’ growth, asset quality and profitability will not be affected by volatile macroeconomic and political conditions in the Latin American countries in which we operate.
Our Venezuelan subsidiary is exposed to the risk of potential nationalization.
Several recent political developments in Venezuela present an increased risk that the Venezuelan government could nationalize or otherwise seek to intervene in the operations of our Venezuelan subsidiary, which could negatively affect our operations in Venezuela.

 

15


Table of Contents

The profit attributed to the Group obtained from Venezuela in 2007 amounted to 179 million, which accounted for 2% of the total profit attributed to the Group during the year.
Significant competition in some Latin American countries could intensify price competition and limit our ability to increase our market share in those markets.
Because some of the Latin American countries in which we operate (i) only have limited regulatory barriers to market entry, (ii) generally do not differentiate between locally or foreign-owned banks, (iii) have permitted consolidation of their banks, and (iv) do not restrict capital movements, we face significant competition in Latin America from both domestic and foreign commercial and investment banks.
Latin American economies can be directly and negatively affected by adverse developments in other countries.
Financial and securities markets in the Latin American countries where we operate are, to varying degrees, influenced by economic and market conditions in other countries in Latin America and beyond. Negative developments in the economy or securities markets in one country, particularly in an emerging market, may have a negative impact on other emerging market economies. These developments may adversely affect the business, financial condition and operating results of our subsidiaries in Latin America.
Item 4. Information on the Company
A. History and development of the company
Introduction
Banco Santander, S.A. (“Santander” or “the Bank”) is the parent bank of Grupo Santander. It was established on March 21, 1857 and incorporated in its present form by a public deed executed in Santander, Spain, on January 14, 1875.
On January 15, 1999, the Boards of Directors of Banco Santander, S.A. and Banco Central Hispanoamericano, S.A. agreed to merge Banco Central Hispanoamericano, S.A. into Banco Santander, S.A., and to change Banco Santander’s name to Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. The shareholders of Banco Santander, S.A. and Banco Central Hispanoamericano, S.A. approved the merger on March 6, 1999, at their respective general meetings. The merger and the name change were registered with the Mercantile Registry of Santander, Spain, by the filing of a merger deed. Effective April 17, 1999, Banco Central Hispanoamericano, S.A. shares were extinguished by operation of law and Banco Central Hispanoamericano, S.A. shareholders received new Banco Santander shares at a ratio of three shares of Banco Santander, S.A. for every five shares of Banco Central Hispanoamericano, S.A. formerly held. On the same day, Banco Santander, S.A. changed its legal name to Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A.
The General Shareholders’ Meeting held on June 23, 2007 approved the proposal to change the current name of the Bank to Banco Santander, S.A.
We are incorporated under, and governed by the laws of the Kingdom of Spain. We conduct business under the commercial name “Santander”. Our corporate offices are located in Ciudad Grupo Santander, Avda. de Cantabria s/n, 28660 Boadilla del Monte (Madrid), Spain. Telephone: (011) 34-91-259-6520.
Principal Capital Expenditures and Divestitures
Acquisitions, Dispositions, Reorganizations
Our principal acquisitions and dispositions in 2005, 2006 and 2007 are as follows:
ABN AMRO Holding N.V. (“ABN AMRO”).
On July 20, 2007, after having obtained the regulatory authorizations required to publish the documentation for the takeover bid for ABN AMRO, the Bank, together with the Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc, Fortis N.V. and Fortis S.A./N.V. (together, the “Bidders”) formally launched, through RFS Holdings B.V., an offer for all the ordinary shares, ADSs and previously convertible preference shares of ABN AMRO. The initial acceptance period of this offer (the “Offer”) ended on October 5, 2007.

 

16


Table of Contents

The Bidders and RFS Holdings B.V., a company newly incorporated for the purpose of making the proposed offer, entered into an agreement relating to the Offer, dated as of May 28, 2007 (the “Consortium Agreement”). The Consortium Agreement sets forth the terms on which the Offer was made and provides for the management of ABN AMRO after completion of the Offer. This includes the allocation of the ABN AMRO businesses among the Bidders and the sale of non-core assets of ABN AMRO.
On October 10, 2007, the Bidders declared the Offer to be unconditional. As of that date, the owners of 86% of the ordinary share capital of ABN AMRO had accepted the Offer (including certain shares that the Bidders already owned and had undertaken to contribute to RFS Holdings B.V.).
On the same date, the commencement of an additional offer period was announced, during which the holders of ordinary shares and ADSs of ABN AMRO could tender them, under the same terms and conditions as those of the Offer, until October 31, 2007.
At the end of the additional offer period, the owners of 98.8% of the ordinary share capital of ABN AMRO (excluding its treasury shares) had definitively accepted the Offer.
The investment made by the Bank in ABN AMRO amounted to 20,615 million and, at December 31, 2007, consisted of the Bank’s 27.9% ownership interest in the share capital of RFS Holdings B.V., the holding entity of the shares of ABN AMRO.
Following all of these actions, the Bidders began the spin-off of the business lines of ABN AMRO in order to subsequently integrate each of the spun-off businesses into the Bidders. The following business lines correspond to Santander: the Latin American Business Unit of ABN AMRO–basically Banco ABN AMRO Real S.A. (“Banco Real”) in Brazil, the Banca Antoniana Popolare Veneta Spa Banking Group (“Antonveneta”), the cash relating to the sale of the consumer banking unit of ABN AMRO in the Netherlands – “Interbank” and DMC Consumer Finance, plus 27.9% of the assets that were not allocated to any of the Bidders of the consortium and which are intended to be disposed of. The finalization of the asset spin-off and integration process is subject to approval, among other regulators, by the Dutch Central Bank.
On November 15, 2007, ABN AMRO sold the consumer finance units located in the Netherlands for 98 million. Additionally, on November 8, 2007, the Bank entered into an agreement with Monte dei Paschi di Siena for the sale, at the earliest possible date and no later than September 2008, of Antonveneta (excluding Interbanca, the corporate banking division of Antonveneta, whose net investment value amounts to approximately 800 million) for 9 billion. The transaction was completed on May 30, 2008.
Accordingly, after the sale of Antonveneta to Monte dei Paschi di Siena, the net investment made by the Bank, basically in Banco Real and Interbanca, amounted to approximately 11,615 million (see more information about Interbanca in “Recent events – Agreement between Santander and General Electric (“GE”)”).
Banco Real
Banco Real is the fourth-largest bank in Brazil in terms of volume of loans, deposits and income. It has an extensive distribution network (1,900 branches and 8,700 ATMs), which enables it to carry on full retail and wholesale banking activities throughout Brazil, currently serving over 13 million customers. It also has entities specializing in private banking and vehicle financing.
The combination of the Group’s historical business in Brazil through Santander Brazil with Banco Real positions the combined entity with a market share and an infrastructure equal to those of the two leading private banks in Brazil, and creates the second-largest bank in Brazil in terms of deposits, the third-largest in terms of lending and network size, and the fourth-largest in terms of income.

 

17


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2006, Banco Real had assets amounting to BRL120.83 billion (50 billion), equity amounting to BRL9.78 billion (4 billion) and attributed profit amounting to BRL2.48 billion (1 billion).
Banco BPI, S.A. (“BPI”). Grupo Santander announced in January 2007 that it had entered into a firm agreement with Banco Comercial Portugués (“BCP”) for the sale to this bank of 44.6 million shares of Portuguese bank BPI, representing 5.87% of BPI’s share capital, at a price of 5.70 per share. The price is equal to that offered by BCP in the tender offer launched by it for BPI, or at a higher price should BCP revise its public offer bid upwards. The agreement was subject to regulatory approvals.
In May 2007, the tender offer failed since it did not obtain the minimum required support by BPI’s shareholders on which the bid was conditioned. The Bank of Portugal had set out a maximum level of ownership by BCP in BPI in case that the tender offer did not succeed. Grupo Santander sold to BCP 35.5 million shares of BPI, with capital gains of 107 million. As of December 31, 2007, the Group held 1.2% of BPI.
Santander Consumer Chile. Santander Consumer Finance and the Bergé Group, through its Chilean subsidiary SKBergé, a company formed by Sigdo Koppers and Bergé (“SKB”), reached a strategic agreement to set up a finance company in Chile. SKB will have an ownership interest of between 10% and 49%, with the remaining 90% to 51% to be held by Santander Consumer Finance. The new company, which will operate under the name of Santander Consumer Chile, will engage in consumer finance, focusing on both car and other durable consumer goods and credit cards. As of December 31, 2007, Santander Consumer Finance has acquired 89% of the capital stock of Santander Consumer Chile (at a cost of 13 million) and SKBergé the remaining 11%.
Financiera Alcanza S.A. de C.V. SOFOL (“Alcanza”). On June 13, 2007 Santander Consumer Finance signed an agreement with the main shareholders of Alcanza to acquire and increase the capital of Alcanza. After the transaction, Santander Consumer will control 85% of Alcanza. As in its other markets, Santander Consumer’s business in Mexico will focus on consumer finance and auto financing as part of its growth strategy.
Alcanza has 160 employees in 15 branches in Mexico. The total value of the acquisition together with the capital increase is an estimated US$39.5 million. The deal was closed in December 2007.
Bolsas y Mercados Españoles, S.A. (“BME”). On July 16, 2007, Santander Investment Bolsa, S.V., S.A. announced that it had carried out a private placement of shares in BME, for the account of Grupo Santander, among other institutional investors. A total of 2,842,929 shares of BME, representing 3.4% of the share capital of BME were placed, at a price of 42.90 per share. The transaction generated capital gains of 111 million for the Group.
Sale of Latin American pension fund management companies. On July 27, 2007 we announced that we had agreed to sell our Latin American mandatory pension fund management companies (“AFPs”) to ING Group for US$1,314 million (906 million), generating a capital gain of 747 million. The sale includes fund management companies in Mexico (Afore Santander), Chile (AFP Bansander), Colombia (AFP and Cesantía Santander) and Uruguay (Afinidad AFAP).
On November 14, 2007 we announced that we had reached an agreement with ING Groep NV for the sale of our stake in the pension fund manager Orígenes AFJP and in the annuity provider Orígenes Seguros de Retiro, in Argentina, for a total consideration of US$166 million (112 million), generating a capital gain of 84 million for the Group.
Sale and leaseback of real estate assets.
On November 14, 2007, we announced that we had sold ten real estate properties to two companies of Grupo Pontegadea for 458 million, obtaining a capital gain of 216 million. At the same time, we entered into a 40 year long lease contract of these properties, with an option to repurchase such properties.
On November 23, 2007, we concluded the sale of 1,152 properties to a company belonging to the Pearl Group, whose main shareholder is Sun Capital. Simultaneously, Grupo Santander entered into a lease agreement for these properties for a period of between 45 to 47 years, with an option to repurchase such properties. The transaction amounts to 2,040 million, generating an approximate net capital gain of 860 million for Grupo Santander.

 

18


Table of Contents

CB Extrobank. (“Extrobank”). In 2007 we acquired 100% of the Russian bank Extrobank for 48 million and generated goodwill of 37 million.
Drive Consumer USA Inc. (formerly, Drive Financial Services LP) (“Drive”). On September 25, 2006, we reached an agreement to acquire 90% of Drive in the U.S. for $637 million in cash, representing a multiple of 6.8 times the estimated earnings for 2006. The transaction closed in 2006 and generated goodwill of $544 million. As of June 10, 2008, Grupo Santander has bought an additional 1% stake in Drive for $17 million.
Under the agreement, the total purchase price paid by Santander could increase by a maximum of $175 million, if Drive meets certain earning targets in 2007 and 2008.
Drive is one of the leading auto financing companies in the “subprime” customer segment in the United States. Based in Dallas, Texas, it is present in 35 states, with approximately 50% of its activity concentrated in Texas, California, Florida and Georgia. Drive has around 600 employees and its products are distributed through more than 10,000 auto dealer partnerships.
Until our acquisition, 64.5% of Drive was owned by HBOS plc and 35.5% by its management team. Following the acquisition by Santander, the present Chairman and COO of Drive is acting as Chief Executive Officer, maintaining ownership of 9% of Drive, a percentage on which the parties have signed a series of options which could enable Grupo Santander to buy this 9% between 2009 and 2013 at prices linked to the Drive’s earnings performance.
Abbey National plc (“Abbey”). On July 25, 2004, our Board of Directors and the Board of Directors of Abbey announced that they had reached an agreement on the terms of a recommended acquisition by us of all the ordinary shares of Abbey by means of a scheme of arrangement under the United Kingdom Companies Act.
After the approval of shareholders at the respective shareholders’ meetings of both companies, held in October 2004, and once all conditions of the transaction were met, on November 12, 2004, the acquisition was completed through the delivery of one new share of Santander for every Abbey share. The capital increase amounted to 12,540.9 million, representing 1,485,893,636 new Santander shares of 0.50 par value each and a share premium of 7.94 each.
On September 1, 2006, Abbey sold its entire life insurance business to Resolution plc (“Resolution”) for a fixed cash consideration of 5.3 billion (£3.6 billion). This represents 97% of the embedded value of the businesses sold as reported by Abbey as of December 31, 2005, and did not generate capital gains for Grupo Santander.
The life insurance businesses sold were Scottish Mutual Assurance plc, Scottish Provident Limited and Abbey National Life plc, as well as the two offshore life insurance companies, Scottish Mutual International plc and Scottish Provident International Life Assurance Limited. Abbey retained its entire branch based investment and asset management business and James Hay, its self-invested personal pension company, and its wrap business.
Separately, in order to provide continuity of product supply and service to its customers, Abbey entered into two distribution agreements with Resolution under which (i) Abbey would distribute through its retail network Abbey-branded life and pensions products created by Resolution; and (ii) Abbey would continue to be the exclusive distributor of Scottish Provident protection products to intermediaries.
In addition, Abbey secured exclusive access to provide retail banking products to Resolution’s five million policyholders.
Approximately 2,000 Abbey employees were transferred to Resolution as part of the transaction. Resolution continues to operate the life operations from the Abbey premises in Glasgow and also maintains the operations in Dublin, the Isle of Man and Hong Kong.
Sovereign Bancorp, Inc. (“Sovereign”). On May 31, 2006, Santander acquired shares of common stock of Sovereign equal to 19.8% of Sovereign’s outstanding shares after giving effect to such purchase. The purchase price was $27 per share ($25.65 post-stock dividend), for an aggregate purchase price of $2.4 billion and generated goodwill of $760 million. The proceeds of the sale were used by Sovereign to finance a portion of the $3.6 billion cash purchase price that Sovereign paid to acquire Independence Community Bank Corp. (‘‘Independence’’).

 

19


Table of Contents

Sovereign’s Board of Directors elected three Santander designees to its Board of Directors, and at Santander’s Annual General Meeting of Shareholders held on June 17, 2006, the chief executive officer of Sovereign at that time was elected to Santander’s Board of Directors. Effective as of the beginning of 2007, the Sovereign Board of Directors decided to appoint a new chief executive officer and the former chief executive officer resigned from Santander’s Board of Directors. No representative of Sovereign currently serves on our Board.
Under the Investment Agreement dated October 24, 2005 between Santander and Sovereign, as amended (the ‘‘Investment Agreement’’), Santander had the right to increase its stake to 24.99% of Sovereign’s outstanding shares at market prices but, unless otherwise approved by Sovereign’s shareholders, any such shares purchased had to be placed in a voting trust and voted in proportion to the votes of Sovereign’s shareholders other than Santander and its affiliates. On May 3, 2007, Sovereign’s shareholders approved an amendment to Sovereign’s articles of incorporation that, among other effects, authorizes Santander to vote the shares then held in the voting trust and any additional Sovereign shares that Santander might acquire in the future. After shareholder approval of the amendment to Sovereign’s articles of incorporation, Santander and Sovereign took the necessary steps to terminate the voting trust and transfer the shares held by the trust to Santander. Upon completion of these steps, and since June 6, 2007, Santander has had the right to vote all of the 23,593,724 Sovereign shares previously held in the voting trust.
The Investment Agreement provides that, except with the consent of Sovereign’s Board of Directors or pursuant to the procedures described below, Santander may not increase its ownership stake in Sovereign to more than 24.99% until the end of the standstill period under the Investment Agreement. The Investment Agreement also provides that, Santander has certain rights to acquire additional Sovereign shares as necessary to allow it to maintain its 24.99% ownership interest.
From time to time, since May 31, 2006, Sovereign has issued shares in the ordinary course of business pursuant to the exercise of employee stock options, resulting in dilution of Santander’s ownership interest. From time to time, Santander has made purchases of additional shares from Sovereign or in open market transactions to offset, or partially offset, this dilution. In addition, to prevent further dilution of our holding, in May 2008, we invested $312 million to subscribe to a $1.25 billion common stock offering completed by Sovereign.
As of December 31, 2007, we had acquired 24.43% of Sovereign at a cost of 2.3 billion. During 2007, we made an appraisal of our investment in Sovereign and we reduced the value of our holding by 1,053 million as of December 31, 2007 (see Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements).
The Investment Agreement provides that, until May 31, 2011, Santander will have the option to make an offer to acquire 100% of Sovereign, subject to certain conditions and limitations agreed between the parties. If such an offer is made by Santander and the offer is the highest offer resulting from an auction of Sovereign or at least equal to a full and fair price for Sovereign as determined pursuant to a competitive valuation procedure agreed by the parties, the Sovereign board must accept the offer, provided that until May 31, 2009, any offer made by Santander must be at a price of at least $38 per share. Even if the Sovereign board accepts the offer, Santander will not be permitted to complete an acquisition of Sovereign unless a majority of the non-Santander shareholders who vote at the relevant Sovereign shareholder meeting approve the acquisition. In addition, until May 31, 2011, Santander will have a right of first negotiation and a matching right with respect to third party offers to acquire Sovereign. Finally, with certain exceptions, Santander has agreed that, until May 31, 2011, it will not sell or otherwise dispose of its Sovereign shares.
Santander has several options with respect to its investment in Sovereign. Santander can hold its investment in Sovereign indefinitely, seek to acquire 100% of Sovereign or, subject to the terms of the Investment Agreement, sell or otherwise dispose of its investment.
Intesa Sanpaolo. On December 29, 2006, we announced that we had sold shares representing 4.8% of the share capital of San Paolo-IMI, S.p.A. for a total consideration of 1,585 million. This transaction generated a capital gain of 705 million for Santander.

 

20


Table of Contents

On June 19, 2007 we announced that we had sold our final stake of 1.79% that we held in the share capital of the Italian bank Intesa Sanpaolo (the entity resulting from the merger of San Paolo-IMI and Intesa), for a total consideration of 1,206 million. The transaction generated a capital gain of 566 million for the Group.
Banco Santander Chile. On November 27, 2006 Santander announced its intention to offer up to 7.23% of Banco Santander Chile’s common stock through a public offering registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission in the United States of America.
Banco Santander Chile is Chile’s largest bank, in terms of total loans and total deposits, and is a key element in Santander’s strategy in Latin America. Santander’s current policy is to maintain ownership of at least 75% of Banco Santander Chile’s common stock as part of its long term investment strategy in Latin America.
The public offering was completed in December 2006 and generated gross capital gains for Grupo Santander of 270 million.
Fumagalli Soldan. On November 8, 2006, Santander reached an agreement with KBL Group to acquire via its specialized subsidiary, Banif, the Italian private bank, KBL Fumagalli Soldan, a subsidiary of the KBL Group. The deal is valued at 44 million. Fumagalli Soldan has offices in Rome and Milan and has assets under management of 400 million. Santander plans to integrate Fumagalli Soldan with Banif and offer its Italian customers a wider range of banking products and services. Santander already has a consumer credit activity in Italy via Santander Consumer Finance.
Antena 3 de Televisión, S.A. (“Antena 3TV”). On October 25, 2006 Antena 3TV announced that it would repurchase a 10% interest in itself which was held directly or indirectly by Santander. The transaction, approved at the shareholders’ general meeting held in November 2006 by Antena 3TV, resulted in the acquisition by Antena 3TV of shares representing 5% of its share capital and a capital reduction through amortization of another 5%, in both cases at a price of 18 per share.
The acquisition was completed during 2006 and generated a capital gain of 294 million for Santander.
Merger of Banco Santander, S.A. and Riyal, S.L.(“Riyal”), Lodares Inversiones, S.L. Sociedad Unipersonal (“Lodares”), Somaen-Dos, S.L. Sociedad Unipersonal (“Somaen”), Gessinest Consulting, S.A. Sociedad Unipersonal (“Gessinest”) and Carvasa Inversiones, S.L. Sociedad Unipersonal (“Carvasa”). On October 23, 2006, the Bank held an Extraordinary General Shareholders’ Meeting that approved the merger by absorption of Riyal, Lodares, Somaen, Gessinest and Carvasa, into Banco Santander. As a result, Banco Santander absorbed all of the other five companies mentioned above, which were wholly-owned, directly or indirectly, by Banco Santander. The absorbed companies have been terminated and all of their net corporate assets have been transferred to Banco Santander which has acquired, as universal successor, all of the rights and obligations making up the net assets of the absorbed companies.
Compañía Española de Petróleos, S.A. (“CEPSA”).
In 2003 the Bank launched a takeover bid for up to 42,811,991 Cepsa shares, and the offer was accepted for 32,461,948 shares, representing an investment of 909 million.
Total, S.A. considered that the Bank’s takeover bid breached historical side agreements between it (or its subsidiary, Elf Aquitaine, S.A.- “Elf”) and the Bank in relation to Cepsa and, accordingly, filed a request for arbitration at the Netherlands Court of Arbitration.
On April 3, 2006, the partial award rendered by the Arbitral Tribunal which, in the framework of the Netherlands Arbitration Institute, resolved the request for arbitration filed by Total, S.A. against the Bank was notified to the parties. The Tribunal considered that the side agreements contained in the agreements relating to Cepsa between the Bank and Total, S.A. (or Elf) were rendered invalid by application of Transitional Provision Three of Law 26/2003, of July 17. However, the fact that the Bank launched the aforementioned takeover bid without prior consultation with Total, S.A. caused, in the opinion of the Tribunal, an insurmountable disagreement between the two parties which, in application of the part of the agreements that was not rendered invalid, entitled Total, S.A. to repurchase from the Bank a 4.35% ownership interest in Cepsa at the price established in the agreements.

 

21


Table of Contents

Also, the aforementioned partial award ordered the dissolution of Somaen-Dos, S.L. (Sole-Shareholder Company), the sole purpose of which was to hold ownership interests in Cepsa, with a view to each shareholder recovering direct ownership of their respective Cepsa shares, in accordance with the agreements entered into between the Bank and Total, S.A. (or “Elf”). To this end, on August 2, 2006, the Bank and Riyal, S.L. entered into two agreements, one with Elf Aquitaine, S.A. and Odival, S.A. and the other with Unión Fenosa, S.A. to enforce the partial award and separate the ownership interests that they each held through Somaen-Dos, S.L.
On October 13, 2006, Elf received notification from the European Commission communicating the authorization of the share ownership concentration resulting from the acquisition by Elf of shares representing 4.35% of the share capital of Cepsa. Consequently, the Group sold 11,650,893 Cepsa shares to Elf for 53 million. This sale gave rise to a loss of 158 million which was covered by a provision recognized for this purpose.
Banco Santander, S.A.’s holding in Cepsa was 31.64% of Cepsa’s share capital at December 31, 2007.
AFP Unión Vida. On July 25, 2006, Grupo Santander reached an agreement with Banco de Crédito Perú to sell to the latter the Peruvian pension company AFP Unión Vida for an amount, subject to adjustment, of $142 million. The transaction was completed on August 25, 2006 and generated for Santander capital gains of approximately $100 million.
Inmobiliaria Urbis, S.A (“Urbis”). In July 2006, the Group and Construcciones Reyal, S.A.U. (“Reyal”) entered into an agreement whereby Reyal undertook to launch a takeover bid for all the share capital of Urbis, at a price of 26 per share, provided that at least 50.267% of the share capital of Urbis was accepted. The Group undertook to transfer to Reyal all its ownership interest in Urbis and not to accept any competing offers. Upon completion of the terms stipulated by current legislation, on December 15, 2006, the CNMV announced that the takeover bid was valid, since it had been accepted by 96.40% of the shares of Urbis. The transaction was definitively settled on December 21, 2006 and gave rise to pre-tax gains of 1,218 million.
Both Reyal and URBIS are among the largest real estate companies in Spain.
Unifin S.p.A. (“Unifin”). In May 2006 the Group acquired 70% of the Italian consumer finance entity Unifin for 44 million, giving rise to goodwill of 37 million.
Banco Santa Cruz S.A. (“Banco Santa Cruz”). On April 18, 2006 we sold our entire stake in the capital stock of our subsidiary in Bolivia, Banco Santa Cruz.
Island Finance. On January 23, 2006, our subsidiary in Puerto Rico, Santander BanCorp, and Wells Fargo & Company reached an agreement through which we would acquire the assets and business operations in Puerto Rico of Island Finance, a consumer finance company, from Wells Fargo for $742 million. The transaction closed in the first quarter of 2006 and generated goodwill of $114 million. In 2007, we assessed our ownership interest in Island Finance and adjusted the value of the investment by 14 million. Island Finance provides consumer financing and mortgages to 205,000 customers through its 70 branches in Puerto Rico.
Interbanco S.A. (“Interbanco”). On September 14, 2005 we reached an agreement with SAG (Soluções Automóvel Globlais) of Portugal to form an alliance that will conduct consumer and vehicle financing operations in Portugal, as well as operational car leasing in Spain and Portugal. In January 2006, we paid 118 million to acquire 50.001% of Interbanco’s capital stock. At the close of this transaction, we combined our consumer and vehicle finance businesses in Portugal with those of SAG through the merger of Interbanco and Hispamer Portugal. Santander owns 60% of the capital stock of the combined company and SAG owns the remaining 40%.
In 2007 we acquired an additional 9.999% stake in Interbanco through Interbanco’s absorption of the branches in Portugal of Santander Consumer E.F.C, S.A. and Santander Consumer Finance, S.A. and consequently Interbanco changed its name to “Banco Santander Consumer Portugal”. After this transaction, and subject to the original agreements, we acquired the remaining 40% for 138 million. These transactions generated goodwill of 74 million. At December 31, 2007 we owned 100% of Banco Santander Consumer Portugal.
ELCON Finans A.S. (“Elcon”) and Bankia Bank A.S.A. (“Bankia”). In September 2004, we acquired 100% of the capital stock of Elcon, a leading Norwegian vehicle finance company, for 3.44 billion Norwegian Kroners (approximately 400 million). Subsequently, we agreed to sell Elcon’s equipment leasing and factoring businesses for approximately 160 million. This transaction generated goodwill of 120 million.

 

22


Table of Contents

In March 2005, we launched a tender offer for Bankia (a Norwegian bank). In May 2005, we acquired 100% of Bankia’s capital stock for a total price of 54 million. This transaction generated goodwill of 45 million.
In December 2005, Elcon and Bankia were merged to form Santander Consumer Bank A.S.
The Royal Bank of Scotland Group, plc. (“RBS”). In September 2004, we sold 79 million of our RBS shares, representing 2.51% of our holding, at a capital gain of approximately 472 million. In January 2005, we sold our entire holding in RBS for 2,007 million at a capital gain of 717 million. In 2007, we acquired a 2.3% stake in the capital stock of RBS as a financial investment.
Unión Eléctrica Fenosa, S.A. (“Unión Fenosa”). In 2002, we acquired several holdings in the capital stock of Unión Fenosa for a total amount of 465 million. In 2004, we sold 1% of our holding that as of December 31, 2004, was 22.02%.
In September 2005, we agreed to sell our entire stake in Unión Fenosa, equivalent to 22.07% of its capital stock, to ACS Actividades de Construcción y Servicios, S.A. (ACS) for a price of 2,219 million. As a result of this sale, we realized capital gains of 1,157 million.
Auna Operadores de Telecomunicaciones, S.A. (“Auna”). In 2002, we acquired a 12.62% stake in Auna for 939 million, thus increasing to 23.49% our total holding in this company. This stake was increased by an additional 2.5% in 2004, for approximately 217 million. Furthermore, during 2004, we made purchases for an additional 1.5% stake in Auna for approximately 120 million. As of December 31, 2004, we had a 27.34% holding in the capital stock of Auna, with an investment of 2,031 million.
In January 2005, we acquired an additional 4.74% stake in Auna for 422 million, thus increasing to 32.08% our total holding in this company.
In November 2005, we sold 27.07% of our holding in Auna to France Télécom at a capital gain of 355 million. As of December 31, 2005, we had a 5.01% holding in the capital stock of Auna.
Shinsei Bank, Ltd (“Shinsei”). In 2003, we increased our holding in the capital stock of the Japanese bank Shinsei from 6.5% as of December 31, 2002, to 11.4% as of December 31, 2003. The total cost of the investment at that date was approximately 144 million. During 2004, we sold 4.0% of our holding at a capital gain of approximately 118 million. After this transaction, we held 7.4% of the capital stock of Shinsei. In the first quarter of 2005, we sold 2.7% of our holding at a capital gain of 49 million. As of December 31, 2007, we held 4.23% of the capital stock of Shinsei.
Commerzbank AG (“Commerzbank”). During 2005 we sold our 3.38% holding in Commerzbank at a capital gain of 24 million.
In addition to expanding our existing operations, we continually review possible acquisitions of, and investments in, businesses in markets in which we believe we have particular advantages.
Capital Increases
As of December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 our capital stock consisted of 6,254,296,579 fully subscribed and paid shares of 0.5 par value each.

 

23


Table of Contents

Recent Events
Sale and leaseback of real estate assets.
On January 25, 2008, we announced that we had reached an agreement with a consortium led by the United Kingdom property investor Propinvest for the sale of Ciudad Grupo Santander (our corporate headquarters) and its simultaneous lease-back for a period of 40 years, with a right to repurchase this property at the end of such period.
The price agreed for Ciudad Grupo Santander was 1.9 billion, generating capital gains of approximately 605 million.
Including other sale and leaseback operations we have conducted of our real estate assets in Spain, we have sold properties (always with simultaneous lease-back and re-purchase option) for a total amount of 4,398 million, generating capital gains totaling approximately 1,681 million. The transaction related to Ciudad Grupo Santander was the final part of the sale of our Spanish real estate property portfolio.
Agreement between Santander and Fortis
On February 27, 2008 Santander and Fortis reached an agreement under which Santander will purchase from Fortis ABN AMRO’s asset management business in Brazil, which was acquired by Fortis as part of the purchase of ABN AMRO by a consortium of Royal Bank of Scotland (“RBS”), Fortis and Santander. For more information see “Item 4. Information on the Company—A. History and development of the company—Principal Capital Expenditures and Divestitures—Acquisitions, Dispositions, Reorganization—ABN AMRO Holding N.V. (“ABN AMRO”)”.
The transaction, valued at 209 million, was completed on March 12, 2008.
Agreement between Santander and General Electric (“GE”).
On March 27, 2008, Banco Santander and GE, through its GE Money and Commercial Finance business units, reached a preliminary agreement on the acquisition of certain businesses from each other valued at 1 billion.
Under the terms of the preliminary agreement, Banco Santander will acquire GE Money’s units in Germany, Finland and Austria, and its card and auto businesses in the UK, while GE Commercial Finance will acquire Interbanca, the Italian commercial bank assigned to Santander as part of the distribution of assets following the acquisition, together with RBS and Fortis, of ABN AMRO.
Banco Santander expects to integrate the GE Money units acquired, with total assets of 9 billion, into Santander Consumer Finance and Santander Cards. Interbanca would become part of GE Commercial Finance, providing GE with an enhanced capability to service midmarket banking businesses in Italy.
On June 2, 2008, we announced that we had reached a final agreement with GE and that the agreed base price for both transactions amounted to 1 billion each, subject to several adjustments.
These transactions are expected to close during the fourth quarter of 2008.
Agreement between Santander and RBS’s European consumer finance unit.
On April 4, 2008, Santander reached a preliminary agreement with RBS to acquire its continental European consumer finance business for 336 million. The package includes activities in Germany, the Netherlands, Belgium and Austria. The acquisition will be carried out by Santander Consumer Finance Germany GMBH.
The RBS European consumer finance business (“RBS ECF”) has 861 employees serving 2.3 million customers in Germany, the Netherlands, Belgium and Austria. Assets of RBS ECF in 2007 averaged 2.2 billion. RBS ECF makes installment loans both directly and via partners. It is strongly represented in the credit card business both in terms of private and corporate customers, and provides consumer finance via retail chains.
The acquisition is conditional upon a definitive agreement and the relevant approval from various national authorities.

 

24


Table of Contents

B. Business overview.
We are a financial group operating principally in Spain, the United Kingdom, Portugal, other European countries and Latin America, offering a wide range of financial products. At December 31, 2007, we were one of the eight largest banking groups in the world by market capitalization and the largest banking group in the Eurozone with a stock market capitalization of 92.5 billion, stockholders’ equity of 55.2 billion and total assets of 912.9 billion. We had an additional 151.0 billion in mutual funds, pension funds and other assets under management at that date. As of December 31, 2007, we had 47,838 employees and 5,976 branch offices in Continental Europe, 16,827 employees and 704 branches in the United Kingdom (Abbey), 65,628 employees and 4,498 branches in Latin America and 1,526 employees in other geographic areas (For a full breakdown of employees by country, see “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees — D. Employees”).
Our principal operations are in Spain, the United Kingdom, Portugal, Germany, Italy and Latin America. We also have significant operations in New York as well as financial investments in RFS Holdings B.V., Sovereign and Attijariwafa Bank Société Anonyme (Attijariwafa Bank”). In Latin America, we have majority shareholdings in banks in Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Mexico, Puerto Rico, Uruguay and Venezuela.
In accordance with the criteria established by the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004, the structure of the operating business areas has been segmented into two levels:
Principal level (or geographic). The activity of our operating units is segmented by geographical areas. This coincides with our first level of management and reflects our positioning in the world’s three main currency areas. The reported segments are:
   
Continental Europe. This covers all retail banking business (including Banco Banif, S.A. (“Banif”), our specialized private bank), wholesale banking and asset management and insurance conducted in Europe, with the exception of Abbey. This segment includes the following units: the Santander Branch Network, Banco Español de Crédito, S.A. (“Banesto”), Santander Consumer Finance and Portugal.
   
United Kingdom (Abbey). This covers only Abbey’s business, mainly focused on retail banking in the UK.
   
Latin America. This embraces all the financial activities conducted via our subsidiary banks and other subsidiaries in Latin America. It also includes the specialized units in International Private Banking, as an independent globally managed unit. Our business in New York is also managed in this area.
Secondary level (or business). This segments the activity of our operating units by type of business. The reported segments are:
   
Retail Banking. This covers all customer banking businesses (except those of Corporate Banking, which are managed globally throughout the world).
   
Global Wholesale Banking. This business reflects the returns from Global Corporate Banking, Investment Banking and Markets worldwide, including all treasury activities under global management, as well as our equities business.
   
Asset Management and Insurance. This includes our units that design and manage mutual and pension funds and insurance.
In addition to these operating units, which cover everything by geographic area and business, we continue to maintain a separate Financial Management and Equity Stakes area. This area incorporates the centralized activities relating to equity stakes in industrial and financial companies, financial management of the structural exchange rate position and of the parent Bank’s structural interest rate risk, as well as management of liquidity and of shareholders’ equity through issues and securitizations. As the Group’s holding entity, it manages all capital and reserves and allocations of capital and liquidity.
In 2007, Grupo Santander maintained the same primary and secondary operating segments as it had in 2006.

 

25


Table of Contents

In addition, and in line with the criteria established in the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004, the results of businesses discontinued in 2007 (our Latin American pension management companies) and 2006 (Abbey’s insurance businesses, Urbis, Peru and Bolivia) and which were consolidated by global integration were eliminated from various lines of the income statement and included in “net profit from discontinued operations.”
The figures for 2006 and 2005 have been restated and include the changes, at both the consolidated and business segment levels .
Principal level (or geographic):
Continental Europe
This area covers the banking activities of the different networks and specialized units in Europe, principally with individual clients and small and medium sized companies (“SMEs”), as well as private and public institutions. During 2007, there were four main units within this area: the Santander Branch Network, Banesto, Santander Consumer Finance and Portugal including retail banking, global wholesale banking and asset management and insurance.
Continental Europe is the largest business area of Grupo Santander. At the end of 2007, it accounted for 48% of total customer and funds under management, 55% of total loans and credits and 53% of profit attributed to the Group of the Group’s main business areas.
The area had 5,976 branches and 47,838 employees (direct and assigned) at the end of 2007.
In 2007, the Continental Europe segment’s efficiency ratio improved by 2% to 38.8% (from 40.8% in 2006). Profit attributed to the Group from this segment increased 27.4% to 4,423 million. Return on equity, (“ROE”), in 2007 was 21.3%, a 0.9% increase from 2006.
The Santander Branch Network
Our retail banking activity in Spain is carried out through the branch network of Santander, with support from an increasing number of automated cash dispensers, savings books updaters, telephone banking services, electronic and internet banking.
At the end of 2007, we had 2,887 branches and a total of 19,392 employees (direct and assigned), of which 87 employees were temporary, dedicated to retail banking in Spain. Compared to 2006, there was a net increase of 55 branches and a net increase of 365 employees.
In 2007, the Santander Branch Network grew by approximately 10.7% in lending, 17.9% in net operating income and 19.9% in profit attributed to the Group. It also improved its efficiency ratio from 40.9% in 2006 to 38.7% in 2007.
Gross income from the Santander Branch Network was 4,747 million in 2007, a 13.5% increase from 2006.
In 2007, profit attributed to the Group from the Santander Branch Network was 1,806 million, 19.9% higher than 2006, while the ROE reached 21.3% (as compared to 22.8% in 2006).
The 10.7% growth in lending in 2007 versus 2006 came from loans to SMEs (an 18% increase) and from mortgages (a 10% increase).
Customer funds under management experienced a reduction of 5.4% during 2007, which came principally from a decrease of 14.2% in mutual funds and 2.7% in customers deposits.
Banesto
At the end of 2007, Banesto had 1,946 branches and 10,776 employees (direct and assigned), of which 161 employees were temporary, an increase of 102 branches and 231 employees as compared to the end of 2006.
For purposes of our financial statements and this annual report on Form 20-F, we have calculated Banesto’s results of operations using the criteria described on page 25 of this annual report on Form 20-F. As a result, the data set forth herein may not coincide with the data published independently by Banesto.

 

26


Table of Contents

In 2007, Banesto grew by approximately 21.2% in lending, 17.2% in customer deposits and decreased 16.5% in off-balance sheet customer funds.
In 2007, gross income from Banesto was 2,282 million, a 14.8% increase from 2006. Profit attributed to the Group from Banesto was 668 million, a 46.9% decrease from 2006, while the ROE reached 18.3% as compared to 44.4% in 2006 (20.6% in 2006 excluding extraordinary capital gains and allowances), and the efficiency ratio improved to 41.2% (as compared to 45.3% in 2006).
Santander Consumer Finance
Our consumer financing activities are conducted through our subsidiary Santander Consumer Finance S.A. and its group of companies. Most of the activity of Santander Consumer Finance relates to auto financing, personal loans, credit cards, insurance, and customer deposits. These consumer financing activities are mainly focused on Spain, Portugal, Germany and Italy (through Santander Consumer Bank S.p.A.). We also conduct business in the UK, Hungary, the Czech Republic, the Netherlands, Norway, Poland and Sweden. Our operations in the U.S. (through Drive) are included as part of this segment.
At the end of 2007, this unit had 285 branches (as compared to 282 at the end of 2006) and 7,221 employees (direct and assigned) (as compared to 5,401 employees at the end of 2006), of which 255 employees were temporary.
In 2007, this unit generated gross income of 2,638 million, a 44.5% increase from 2006. Profit attributed to the Group was 719 million, a 27.1% increase from 2006, while the ROE reached 34.1% (as compared to 35.6% in 2006) and the efficiency ratio improved to 29.6% (as compared to 34.7% in 2006).
At the end of 2007, total lending at this subsidiary amounted to more than 45 billion (a 15.9% increase as compared to 2006), including securitizations. Two-thirds of the lending is in auto finance, with a greater share of new vehicles (38% vs. 28% for used vehicles), and the combined share of consumer loans via dealers, cards and direct credit represent 17% of the total portfolio. Three countries account for 76% of the portfolio: Germany (36%), Spain (28%) and Italy (12%). If we include the U.S. (Drive) and the Netherlands (with each one accounting for 7% of the portfolio) the total volume represented by these five countries is 90%.
The main reasons for the growth in Santander Consumer Finance have been:
 
moderate growth in its traditional European businesses;
 
successful integration of Drive, which performed better than its initial established goals. Drive has had a significant positive impact on the performance of Santander Consumer Finance; and
 
expansion of new business areas to stimulate the future growth of the Group’s consumer business.
Portugal
Our main Portuguese operations are conducted by Banco Santander Totta, S.A., and our Portuguese investment banking operations are conducted by Banco Santander de Negocios Portugal, S.A.
At the end of 2007, Portugal operated 763 branches (as compared to 727 branches at the end of 2006) and had 6,405 employees (direct and assigned) (as compared to 6,114 employees at the end of 2006), of which 427 employees were temporary.
In 2007, gross income from our activities in Portugal was 1,214 million, a 10.1% increase from 2006. Profit attributed to the Group was 527 million, 24.6% higher than in 2006, while the ROE reached 28.6% (24.1% in 2006) and the efficiency ratio improved to 44% (from 47.3% in 2006).
Others
The rest of our businesses in the Continental Europe segment (Banif, Asset Management, Insurance and Global Wholesale Banking) generated profit attributed to the Group of 719 million, 83.4% more than in 2006.

 

27


Table of Contents

United Kingdom (Abbey)
Abbey became part of Grupo Santander on November 12, 2004 and as of December 31, 2004, only its balance sheet was consolidated. Its results of operations were consolidated with the Group’s for the first time in 2005.
Abbey is a significant financial services provider in the United Kingdom, being the third largest residential mortgage lender measured by outstanding balances. Abbey also provides a wide range of retail savings accounts, and operates across the full range of personal financial services.
At the end of 2007, Abbey had 704 branches and a total of 16,827 employees (direct and assigned) of which 193 employees were temporary. Compared to 2006, there was a net reduction of 8 branches and 319 employees.
For purposes of our financial statements and this annual report on Form 20-F, we have calculated Abbey’s results of operations using the criteria described on page 25 of this annual report on Form 20-F. As a result, the data set forth herein may not coincide with the data published independently by Abbey.
In 2007, Abbey contributed gross income of 3,780 million (a 6.2% increase from 2006), net operating income of 1,913 million (a 18.1% increase from 2006) and 1,201 million of profit attributed to the Group (a 19.8% increase from 2006) which represents 15% of the Group’s total operating areas. Loans and advances experienced a reduction of 3.4% and customer funds under management increased 5.3% during the same period. ROE was 32.26% (as compared to 32.79% in 2006) and the efficiency ratio was 50.1% (as compared to 55.1% in 2006).
Operating expenses were 3.2% lower, due to reduced personnel expense derived from the personnel reductions carried out during 2006.
The non-performing loans ratio during 2006 and 2007 was 0.60%, and the coverage ratio declined from 86% to 66%.
Latin America
At December 31, 2007, we had 4,498 offices and 65,628 employees (direct and assigned) in Latin America (as compared to 4,368 offices and 60,871 employees, respectively, at December 31, 2006), of which 353 were temporary employees.
Profit attributed to the Group from Latin America was 2,666 million, a 16.6% increase from 2006, while the ROE reached 29.1% (as compared to 26.6% in 2006) and the efficiency ratio improved to 41.8% (as compared to 47% in 2006). At the end of 2007, Latin America accounted for 32% of the Group’s total profits.
Our Latin American banking business is principally conducted by the following banking subsidiaries:
                     
              Percentage Held  
              at December 31, 2007  
Banco Santander Río, S.A. (Argentina)
            99.30  
Banco Santander, S.A. (Brazil)
            98.08  
Banco Santander Chile
            76.73  
Banco Santander Colombia, S.A.
            97.64  
Banco Santander, S.A. (Mexico)
            74.95  
Banco Santander Puerto Rico
            90.59  
Banco Santander, S.A. (Uruguay)
            100.00  
Banco de Venezuela, S.A. Banco Universal
            98.42  
We engage in a full range of retail banking activities in Latin America, although the range of our activities varies from country to country. We seek to take advantage of whatever particular business opportunities local conditions present.
Our significant position in Latin America is attributable to our financial strength, high degree of diversification (by countries, businesses, products, etc.), breadth and depth of our franchise.

 

28


Table of Contents

Detailed below are the performance highlights of the main Latin American countries in which we operate:
Brazil. Banco Santander Brazil is one of the main financial franchises in Brazil. The data set forth herein relating to Brazil does not include information relating to Banco Real which we acquired in 2007 (see —A. History and development of the company—Principal Capital Expenditures and Divestitures—Acquisitions, Dispositions, Reorganizations—ABN AMRO Holding N.V. (“ABN AMRO”) —Banco Real). Banco Santander Brazil has 2,104 branches and 8.3 million individual customers.
The Group continues to focus on expanding retail businesses. During the year, 800,000 individuals became new clients.
Lending rose 32%, driven by (all percentages in local currency): (1) a 28% growth in lending to individual customers (55% increase from credit cards, 30% increase in loans linked to payroll deposits and 26% increase in auto finance) and (2) a 41% growth in lending to SMEs and companies.
Deposits increased 30% and mutual funds grew 36%.
Profit attributed to the Group from Brazil in 2007 was 905 million, a 20.5% increase when compared with 2006 (a 17.6% increase in local currency). At the end of 2007 the efficiency ratio was 39.6%, ROE was 28.5%, the ratio of non-performing loans (“NPL”) was 2.7% and the NPL coverage was 101%.
Mexico. Banco Santander, S.A. (Mexico), is one of the leading financial services companies in Mexico.  It leads the third largest banking group in Mexico in terms of business volume. The Group has a network of 1,088 branches and 8.5 million customers in Mexico.
Loans and credits increased in 2007 by 24%. Of note were the growth of consumer credits and lending to SMEs (30% and 64% above the market, respectively).
Profit attributed to the Group from Mexico increased 23.8% to 654 million (an increase of 35.6% in local currency). The efficiency ratio was 37.7%, ROE was 26.5%, the ratio of non-performing loans was 1.2% at the end of 2007 and the NPL coverage was 192%.
Chile. Banco Santander Chile leads the largest financial group in the country with substantial business in loans, deposits and mutual funds and pension funds. The Group has 494 branches and 2.8 million customers.
In 2007, lending to individuals and SMEs grew by 15% and 19%, respectively, while deposits increased by 18%.
Profit attributed to the Group from Chile increased 11% to 543 million (a 19.3% increase in local currency). The efficiency ratio improved to 39.2%, ROE was 43.81%, the ratio of non-performing loans was 2.1% and the NPL coverage was 118%.
Puerto Rico. Banco Santander Puerto Rico is one of the largest financial institutions in Puerto Rico. The Group has 137 branches and 0.5 million customers.
In 2007, Santander Puerto Rico continued its strategy of developing business with individual customers (consumer loans and mortgages) and companies, in an environment of economic recession that has slowed down the growth of the financial system in Puerto Rico. Lending and savings increased by 4% and 5%, respectively.
Profit attributed to the Group from Puerto Rico was 1 million, compared to the 26 million obtained in 2006 due to higher net loan-loss provisions in 2007 as well as the impairment of the investment in Island Finance (14 million). The efficiency ratio was 64.6%, the ratio of non-performing loans stood at 3.2% and the NPL coverage was 102%.
Venezuela. Banco de Venezuela, S.A. Banco Universal is one of the country’s largest banks with 283 branches and 3 million banking customers.
The main focus of management in 2007 was to maximize the profitability of business and increase recurrent revenues, through growth in lending, especially to individuals, transactional deposits and fee-generating services. Lending and deposits, in local currency, increased 56% and 8% respectively.
Profit attributed to the Group from Venezuela grew 22.6% to 179 million (a 33.8% increase in local currency). The efficiency ratio was 40.2%, ROE stood at 44%, the ratio of non-performing loans was 1.0% and the NPL coverage was 371%.

 

29


Table of Contents

Colombia. In a favorable environment of economic and financial stability, the Group focused in 2007 on developing its franchise and on selective business growth, particularly in the retail segments. Lending to individual customers and SMEs rose by 60% and deposits by 4%.
Profit attributed to the Group from Colombia was 15 million, 39.3% lower than in 2006 in local currency.
Argentina. Banco Santander Río S.A. is one of Argentina’s leading banks, with a market share of 9.6% in lending and 9.4% in deposits.
Argentina continued its economic recovery during 2007 and Banco Santander Río made a positive contribution to the Group’s earnings, with profit attributed to the Group of 188 million in 2007, a 41% increase in local currency.
Lending rose 32% and was especially focused on SMEs and individuals, while deposits increased by 18%.
Others
In 2007 Uruguay generated profit attributed to the Group of 23 million.
Santander Private Banking performed well, with an increase in profit attributed to the Group of 27.9% during 2007 to US$223 million. Assets under management totaled US$42 billion, representing 28% growth over 2006. This is mainly attributable to the integration of a portfolio of customers acquired from Bank of America.
Secondary level (or business):
Retail Banking
The Group’s Retail Banking business generated 86% of the operating areas’ total gross income in 2007 and 80% of profit before tax. In 2007, Retail Banking generated gross income of 23,371 million, 20.9% higher than in 2006. Profit before tax was 9,358 million, 31.3% higher than in 2006. This segment had 126,118 employees at the end of 2007.
Retail Banking in Continental Europe continued the growth trends of the last two years in volume and earnings. Net interest income rose 26.9%, net operating income increased 26.7% and profit before tax grew 27.7%. All units (the Santander Branch Network, Banesto, Santander Consumer Finance, Portugal and Banif) grew strongly. As in 2006, the drivers in 2007 continued to be business growth, with lending up 15% and deposits up 7% (due to the issue of securities mandatorily convertible into newly-issued ordinary shares of the Bank (“Valores Santander”) amounting to 7 billion). Good management of prices in an environment of rising interest rates and selective control of costs also contributed to the growth in Retail Banking. The efficiency ratio improved from 42.2% in 2006 to 39.3% in 2007.
Net operating income generated by Abbey’s Retail Banking was 18.2% higher, partly because of the 7.2% rise in gross income and a 1.7% reduction in operating expenses. The combined effect was an improvement in the efficiency ratio of 4.7 percentage points to 49.9%.
The continued strong earnings performance of Retail Banking in Latin America was due to strong growth in customer business, the good performance in net interest income and net fees, and control of costs compatible with business development. Net operating income increased 50.5% and profit before tax grew 37.2% compared to 2006. The efficiency ratio was 7.6% better at 44.7%. In local currency, net operating income increased 32%, profit before tax increased 57.3%, and the efficiency ratio increased to 45.6%. The growth strategies were based on increasing the number of individual customers and SMEs, developing loyalty products, such as payroll and credit cards, and focusing on more profitable products in all countries.
Global Wholesale Banking
This area covers our corporate banking, treasury and investment banking activities throughout the world.
This segment, managed by Santander Global Banking & Markets, contributed 11% of the operating areas’ total gross income and 16% of profit before tax. Profit before tax amounted to 1,832 million a 28.6% increase from 2006). This segment had 2,589 employees at the end of 2007.

 

30


Table of Contents

These results were due to three factors:
• First, customer revenues grew strongly by 24%, which accounted for more than 77% of total revenues earned by this segment, as a result of the increasing contribution of greater value-added businesses (markets, investment banking and cash management).
• Second, a smaller contribution from the results of trading activity, which was affected in the second half of the year by instability in the financial markets, compared with the excellent results in the first half of the year. Revenues for the whole of 2007 were lower than in 2006.
• Third, lower generic provisions in 2007 compared with large allocations in 2006, generated by certain large transactions.
These factors were reflected in the income statement. Gross income grew by 12.6%, while gains on financial transactions were 28.9% lower because of the lower contribution from trading activities. Operating expenses (+23.1%) continued to reflect the investment made in developing markets and global transactional banking. The efficiency ratio was 32.5%.
The business model is structured as a double (customer-product) sector model in the countries where it operates. With regards to the customer sectors, the Global Customer Relationship Model, which manages the main corporate and institutional customers, continued to be used. The incorporation of 121 new clients (mostly from Latin America) in 2007, the restructuring of the coverage area and the development of specialized units, as well as stronger links with product areas, particularly global investment banking in a period of strong corporate activity, pushed up the Model’s revenues to 1,243 million, 27% more than in 2006.
The product sector’s three areas also made significant progress in line with its strategic priorities:
1. Global Transaction Banking.
In this area, which comprises various corporate products (global cash management, trade finance, basic finance and global securities – custody), the Group continued to strive to attain leadership in its markets. Gross income for Global Transaction Banking grew 16% for the whole year.
Cash management performed well. This area covers the range of transactional products (payments to and by suppliers, payroll, etc.), financing (discounting, advances, factoring, confirming) and funds. Cash management’s gross income, which accounted for more than one-third of the total, increased 20%, driven by operations in Brazil and Argentina (with increases of 38% and 46%, respectively).
2. Global Investment Banking.
This area covers corporate finance (mergers and acquisitions and equity capital markets), structured finance (project finance, acquisition finance and syndicated loans) and asset and capital structuring. Its objective is to consolidate our leadership in Spain and Portugal and in Latin America and to continue to work with our clients in other markets. Total revenues for these businesses were 66% higher in 2007 than in 2006.
In Corporate Finance, Santander participated in intermediation and advisory services for 150 operations, 53% of them outside of Spain.
In Equity Capital Markets, there was a great deal of activity in primary markets in Europe and Latin America, particularly in Brazil.
In Asset & Capital Structuring, the Group strengthened its international position with specialized units in Brazil, Mexico and Chile, where the focus was on innovation and the design of structures for financing assets and optimization of capital.
3. Markets.
This area, which covers the Group’s treasury activities and distribution of equities, made progress in its two objectives: firstly to leverage the Group’s commercial networks to distribute risk management solutions for companies and individuals; and secondly to develop additional product capacities in order to expand the franchise with corporate and institutional clients in core markets. Revenues generated by customers grew by 14% (including the equities business), which partly offset the weak performance of markets in the second half of the year. For 2007 as a whole, the revenue of the markets area was 5% lower than in 2006.

 

31


Table of Contents

Revenues in the global treasury business with customers increased 9%. This business, which already accounts for two-thirds of the total, produced a good relative performance, as it limited the impact of instability in the financial markets and enabled us to take advantage of opportunities arising from this environment.
The two main revenue generators are Santander Global Markets and Santander Global Connect. Santander Global Markets, for corporate and institutional clients, leveraged its performance on increasing participation in operations with wholesale clients and more value-added solutions together with the synergies of crossed transactions between treasuries in Europe and Latin America. Santander Global Connect, for retail customers in cooperation with the retail banks of various countries, increased its gross revenues (including those recorded by the networks) as a result of the extension of its products to other Group treasuries and the strength of the market in Spain.
In Spain and Portugal, Santander Global Markets’ revenue from sales to clients registered high double digit growth, backed by participation in major operations with wholesale clients. Santander Global Connect’s contribution remained solid, with stronger growth in Portugal. The increased volatility in the markets in the second half of the year, however, meant a reduced performance in management of flows and books associated with customer activity.
In Latin America, customer revenues grew by 21%, due to Santander Global Connect entering new markets, and its increasing participation in wholesale operations. However, tensions in trading positions in the financial markets negatively impacted market activity.
Asset Management and Insurance
This segment comprises all of our companies whose activity is the management of mutual and pension funds and insurance. At December 31, 2007, this segment accounted for 3% of total gross income and 4% of profit before tax. Profit before tax was 535 million or 13.3% higher than in 2006. This segment had 1,585 employees at the end of 2007.
Gross income rose 13.1%, mainly driven by insurance activity which increased 24.3%. Fee income was virtually unchanged mainly because of the slowdown in the mutual funds business in Spain and the strong impact of exchange rates on Latin America’s gross income. Operating expenses, which reflect the investment in building up these global businesses, increased 12.4%, below the growth in gross income. Net operating income rose 13.5% and the efficiency ratio improved slightly to 32.0%.
The sale in 2007 of our pensions businesses in Colombia, Uruguay, Mexico, Chile and Argentina, as a result of a strategic review, generated net capital gains of 622 million (recorded in the Financial Management and Equity Stakes segment). For more information see “Item 4. Information on the Company—A. History and development of the company—Principal Capital Expenditures and Divestitures—Acquisitions, Dispositions, Reorganization— Sale of Latin American pension fund management companies”.
Asset Management
Santander Asset Management’s global business generated 1,891 million of fees in 2007, a 5.9% increase. Profit before tax, after deducting operating expenses and fees paid to the networks was 243 million, an 8.1% increase. Total managed assets amounted to 130 billion.
Business was conducted in the second half of the year in an environment of strong preference for on-balance sheet funds and a widespread lack of confidence in the markets, particularly in mortgage-backed structured products.
The strategy continued to focus on developing platforms for transnational investment, improving the product mix, creating innovative products and optimizing efficiency in order to improve operating margins.
We streamlined and concentrated our UK structures by creating a single fund management institution under the brand of Santander Asset Management UK, enabling it to assume direct management of UK mutual funds and improve their return. In Santander Asset Management UK’s first year, we met our commercial and business targets and are laying the foundation for significant improvements in operational efficiency.

 

32


Table of Contents

In an environment of strong growth in Latin America and a downturn in Europe, we continued to streamline our range of products and gradually use the platform in Luxembourg to unify products that can be distributed in the two continents.
In 2007, the Group sold its pension fund management businesses in Latin America.
These results and strict management of costs enabled Santander Asset Management to absorb the investment in developing its global platform and it ended the year with the sector’s best efficiency levels at the international level: operating expenses represented only 0.13% of assets under management.
Asset Management consists of traditional management and alternative management. Their respective performances were as follows:
Traditional management of assets
This covers mutual funds and pension plans, but not alternative investment funds. At December 31, 2007, assets stood at 120 billion (92% of the total assets under management).
In Spain, assets under traditional management in mutual funds and investment companies amounted to 55 billion at December 31, 2007, consolidating our position as the sector’s leader with a market share of 22% according to Inverco.
Their development in 2007 was determined by the financial markets’ greater liquidity needs which gave rise to very aggressive offers to attract bank deposits. This tougher competition for deposits, coupled with putting them on the same tax level as mutual funds, reduced the relative attractiveness of funds for savers.
In addition, and also affecting the Santander Branch Network, the launch of “Valores Santander” reduced the attractiveness of mutual funds compared with this new product.
Growth in pension plans in Spain was lower at both the Group and market level because of tax changes to the year’s contributions. At the end of 2007, Santander Asset Management managed 10.5 billion (a 5% increase), 87% of which was individual plans.
In Portugal, management of mutual and pension funds continued the policy of improving the mix of products, which pushed up the average commission further. Managed assets amounted to 7.2 billion at December 31, 2007.
The UK benefited from the restructuring within the global model and Abbey’s drive in structured products. Managed assets amounted to more than 10 billion (a 34% increase in sterling) at December 31, 2007.
Latin America’s mutual funds under management rose 29%, in local currency, to 36 billion at December 31, 2007.
Alternative management
Santander Asset Management also strengthened its presence in various segments of alternative management, where it manages assets of more than 11 billion at December 31, 2007.
• In hedge funds, Optimal managed a volume close to 6 billion at December 31, 2007, a 16% increase (in local currency).
• In real estate funds and investment companies, Santander Asset Management administered 4.7 billion at December 31, 2007.
• In venture capital funds, we launched a new infrastructure fund. Santander Private Equity managed 317 million at December 31, 2007.

 

33


Table of Contents

Insurance
The global business of Santander Insurance generated gross income (fees and revenues from insurance) of 1,751 million (a 21.8% increase), 6.5% of the operating areas’ total. Its total contribution to the Group’s results, the sum of profit before tax of the insurance companies and brokers (294 million) and fees received by networks, was 1,674 million (a 21.5% increase).
Santander Insurance made further progress in installing the global business model in all the Group’s insurance units. It launched a new commercial structure which integrates the various geographic areas and distribution channels.
Its objective is to achieve global management of the business at the level of product development and linkage (lending products, structured savings) as well as developing basic capacities (marketing-CRM, retaining customers, transfers and local application of best practices in processes and distribution channels).
Spain’s contribution was 24.6% higher at 465 million, due to the broadening and improvement of the range of products and intensive marketing. Of note was the good performance of new products, particularly insurance savings products in the Santander Branch Network, and the extension of the coverage of death, incapacity and unemployment insurance to include products with features such as direct deposit of payroll cheques and direct debits. Premium income rose strongly (to around 2.9 billion).
In Portugal, insurance linked to loans and capitalization-savings products grew strongly. The total contribution to the Group was 32.8% higher at 102 million.
Santander Consumer Finance kept up a strong pace of growth in credit-linked insurance. Its contribution increased 21.0% to 381 million.
The UK’s total contribution was 286 million, virtually unchanged in sterling. This was due to the reduction in the pace of business in the last part of 2007 and the cancellation of the distribution agreement with intermediaries, in contrast with the positive impact of new life-protection products sold via Abbey’s branches.
Latin America generated 26% (441 million) of the area’s total contribution, with the fastest growth (+40.8% without the exchange-rate impact). The drive in marketing products via banking networks and other channels such as telemarketing, together with development of streamlined and transparent life-risk products, increased the results of the region by more than 30%. Of note was Mexico, which doubled its contribution, and Brazil, which contributed almost half the region’s total. Its solid growth resulted from the sale of more products.
Financial Management and Equity Stakes
At the end of 2007, this area had 1,526 employees (direct and assigned) (1,498 employees at the end of 2006), of which 193 were temporary.
This area is responsible for a series of centralized activities and acts as the Group’s holding entity, managing all capital and reserves and assigning capital and liquidity to the other businesses. The cost of liquidity, via the transfer of funds to various businesses, is done at the short-term market rate, which was 4.06% in 2007 (2.96% in 2006).
The area made a profit of 754 million, including ABN AMRO’s net contribution of 60 million and a net figure for extraordinary capital gains and allowances of 934 million.
ABN AMRO’s incorporation in the Group’s financial statements had the following effects: revenue of 141 million (recorded in share of results from entities accounted for by the equity method) and financing costs of 121 million (recorded in net interest income) which, net of tax, was 81 million, making the total net contribution 60 million.
Excluding capital gains and ABN AMRO’s net contribution, this area, as is usual, had a loss of 239 million (178 million in 2006).
The main positive impact was on trading gains, which increased 803 million to 1,217 million (414 million in 2006). This increase was principally due to the positive effect of the euro/dollar and euro/sterling positions (which offset the negative impact of the depreciation of the respective currencies on the results in Latin America and the UK), and the larger contribution of the portfolios of interest rate risk hedging. Interest rate risk hedging in 2007 made a slightly positive contribution, whereas it recorded losses in 2006 due to write-downs.

 

34


Table of Contents

The negative effects were the impact on net interest income that the rise in interest rates had on the cost of financing, the higher cost from a larger volume of securitizations and a reduction in profits from Cepsa (part of this decline was offset in minority interests).
Equity Stakes: this sub segment centralizes the management of equity stakes in financial and industrial companies.
The main events in 2006 and 2007 were the sale of 4.8% of Sanpaolo IMI at the end of 2006 and of 1.79% of Intesa Sanpaolo in the second quarter of 2007 (the latter generating a capital gain of 566 million).
Financial Investments
We have financial investments in a number of banking companies, principally in Europe. The following summarizes our most important financial investments:
RFS Holdings B.V. As of December 31, 2007, we had a 27.91% stake in RFS Holdings (the holding company of the ABN AMRO Group). (See Acquisitions, Dispositions, Reorganizations—ABN AMRO Holding N.V. (“ABN AMRO”)).
Sovereign Bancorp. As of December 31, 2007, we had a 24.43% stake in Sovereign.
Attijariwafa Bank. As of December 31, 2007, we had a 14.5% interest in Attijariwafa Bank, which engages mainly in trade finance and foreign investment activities. Together with Attijariwafa Bank we have a 50% joint venture in Attijari International Bank Société Anonyme, which specializes in trade finance in Tangier’s free trade zone.
Industrial Portfolio
The majority of our industrial holdings portfolio consists of investments in strategic sectors related to the growth of the Spanish economy. Through our investments in these areas, we aim to contribute to the Group’s consolidated results.
The following table summarizes our main industrial holdings at December 31, 2007:
             
        Percentage Held  
Company   Business   At December 31, 2007  
France Telecom España, S.A.
  Telecommunications     5.01  
CEPSA
  Oil and Petrochemicals     31.64  
Grupo Corporativo ONO, S.A.
  Telecommunications     4.47  
At the end of 2007, our unrealized capital gains in listed financial and industrial stakes were estimated at around 4 billion.
Financial Management: this area manages the Group’s structural exchange rate position, the structural interest rate risk of the parent bank and liquidity risk. The management of liquidity risk is conducted through debt issuance and securitization.
The cost of hedging the capital of the Group’s non-euro denominated investments is another activity. The current hedging policy is aimed at protecting the capital invested and the year’s results through various instruments that are considered appropriate for their management. The main units that have exchange rate risk continued to be hedged in 2006 and 2007.
This sub segment also manages shareholders’ equity, the allocation of capital to each business unit, and the cost of financing investments, with the result that the contribution to earnings is usually negative.
Total Revenues by Activity and Geographic Location
For a breakdown of our total revenues by category of activity and geographic market please see Note 54 to our consolidated financial statements.

 

35


Table of Contents

Selected Statistical Information
The following tables show our selected statistical information.
Average Balance Sheets and Interest Rates
The following tables show, by domicile of customer, our average balances and interest rates for each of the past three years.
You should read the following tables and the tables included under “—Changes in Net Interest Income—Volume and Rate Analysis” and “—Assets—Earning Assets—Yield Spread” in conjunction with the following:
   
We have included interest received on non-accruing assets in interest income only if we received such interest during the period in which it was due;
   
We have included loan fees in interest income;
   
We have not recalculated tax-exempt income on a tax-equivalent basis because the effect of doing so would not be significant;
   
We have included income and expenses from interest-rate hedging transactions as a separate line item under interest income and expenses if these transactions qualify for hedge accounting under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004. If these transactions did not qualify for such treatment, we have included income and expenses on these transactions elsewhere in our income statement. See Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements for a discussion of our accounting policies for hedging activities;
   
We have stated average balances on a gross basis, before netting our allowances for credit losses, except for the total average asset figures, which includes such netting; and
   
All average data have been calculated using month-end balances, which is not significantly different from having used daily averages.
As stated above under “—A. History and development of the company—Principal Capital Expenditures and Divestitures—Acquisitions, Dispositions, Reorganization”, on November 12, 2004, we completed the acquisition of Abbey. For consolidation purposes, Abbey’s assets and liabilities were consolidated into our balance sheet as of December 31, 2004, but Abbey’s results of operations had no impact on our income statement for 2004. Therefore, 2005 is the first year to reflect the full impact of the acquisition of Abbey.
As stated above under “Presentation of Financial Information”, we have prepared our financial statements for 2004, 2005, 2006 and 2007 under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004. 2003 data has been prepared under previous Spanish GAAP, which is not comparable to data prepared under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004.

 

36


Table of Contents

Average Balance Sheet—Assets and Interest Income
                                                                         
    2007     2006     2005  
    Average Balance     Interest     Average Rate     Average Balance     Interest     Average Rate     Average Balance     Interest     Average Rate  
    (in thousand of Euros, except percentages)  
ASSETS
                                                                       
 
                                                                       
Cash and due from central banks
                                                                       
Domestic
    3,502,564       123,432       3.52 %     1,974,832       68,969       3.49 %     3,133,279       44,121       1.41 %
International
    15,546,087       506,675       3.26 %     12,436,361       405,884       3.26 %     8,487,516       227,184       2.68 %
 
                                                     
 
    19,048,651       630,107       3.31 %     14,411,193       474,853       3.30 %     11,620,795       271,305       2.33 %
 
                                                                       
Due from credit entities
                                                                       
Domestic
    8,928,024       578,484       6.48 %     11,519,832       460,640       4.00 %     13,674,911       340,950       2.49 %
International
    56,819,791       2,306,065       4.06 %     48,664,439       2,044,393       4.20 %     51,572,888       2,032,703       3.94 %
 
                                                     
 
    65,747,815       2,884,549       4.39 %     60,184,271       2,505,033       4.16 %     65,247,799       2,373,653       3.64 %
 
                                                                       
Loans and credits
                                                                       
Domestic
    213,315,709       11,437,122       5.36 %     177,426,121       7,678,628       4.33 %     141,048,015       5,291,967       3.75 %
International
    331,569,337       23,765,799       7.17 %     297,802,187       18,819,786       6.32 %     249,372,127       16,122,945       6.47 %
 
                                                     
 
    544,885,046       35,202,921       6.46 %     475,228,308       26,498,414       5.58 %     390,420,142       21,414,912       5.49 %
 
                                                                       
Debt securities
                                                                       
Domestic
    20,222,647       747,248       3.70 %     20,025,278       762,274       3.81 %     23,461,682       778,971       3.32 %
International
    92,293,671       3,302,693       3.58 %     105,609,655       3,805,616       3.60 %     91,140,722       3,693,715       4.05 %
 
                                                     
 
    112,516,318       4,049,941       3.60 %     125,634,933       4,567,890       3.64 %     114,602,404       4,472,686       3.90 %
 
                                                                       
Income from hedging operations
                                                                       
Domestic
            580,530                       225,696                       2,404,944          
International
            2,010,890                       2,017,358                       1,709,334          
 
                                                                 
 
            2,591,420                       2,243,054                       4,114,278          
 
                                                                       
Other interest-earning assets
                                                                       
Domestic
    34,107,718       182,987       0.54 %     23,798,216       190,253       0.80 %     16,092,704       172,307       1.07 %
International
    21,172,214       261,428       1.23 %     19,471,268       353,326       1.81 %     21,332,189       269,506       1.26 %
 
                                                     
 
    55,279,932       444,415       0.80 %     43,269,484       543,579       1.26 %     37,424,893       441,813       1.18 %
 
                                                                       
Total interest-earning assets
                                                                       
Domestic
    280,076,662       13,649,803       4.87 %     234,744,279       9,386,460       4.00 %     197,410,591       9,033,260       4.58 %
International
    517,401,100       32,153,550       6.21 %     483,983,910       27,446,363       5.67 %     421,905,442       24,055,387       5.70 %
 
                                                     
 
    797,477,762       45,803,353       5.74 %     718,728,189       36,832,823       5.12 %     619,316,033       33,088,647       5.34 %
 
                                                                       
Investments in equity securities
                                                                       
Domestic
    8,277,045       200,880       2.43 %     6,778,956       233,975       3.45 %     5,823,044       196,263       3.37 %
International
    15,198,137       212,362       1.40 %     16,308,238       170,025       1.04 %     5,425,764       139,313       2.57 %
 
                                                     
 
    23,475,182       413,242       1.76 %     23,087,194       404,000       1.75 %     11,248,808       335,576       2.98 %
 
                                                                       
Investments in affiliated companies
                                                                       
Domestic
    2,547,829             0.00 %     3,125,583                   3,581,100              
International
    6,201,797             0.00 %     1,561,780                   391,543              
 
                                                     
 
    8,749,626             0.00 %     4,687,363                   3,972,643              
 
                                                                       
Total earning assets
                                                                       
Domestic
    290,901,536       13,850,683       4.76 %     244,648,818       9,620,435       3.93 %     206,814,735       9,229,523       4.46 %
International
    538,801,034       32,365,912       6.01 %     501,853,928       27,616,388       5.50 %     427,722,749       24,194,700       5.66 %
 
                                                     
 
    829,702,570       46,216,595       5.57 %     746,502,746       37,236,823       4.99 %     634,537,484       33,424,223       5.27 %
 
                                                                       
Other assets
    47,046,528                       43,465,098                       45,200,837                  
 
                                                                       
Assets from discontinued operations
    933,182                       24,264,613                       41,160,945                  
 
                                                                 
 
                                                                       
Total average assets
    877,682,280                       814,232,457                       720,899,266                  

 

37


Table of Contents

Average Balance Sheet—Liabilities and Interest Expense
                                                                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    Average Balance     Interest     Average Rate     Average Balance     Interest     Average Rate     Average Balance     Interest     Average Rate  
    (in thousands of Euros, except percentages)  
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
                                                                       
 
                                                                       
Due to credit entities
                                                                       
Domestic
    16,252,916       713,601       4.39 %     15,450,460       452,377       2.93 %     15,781,853       410,174       2.60 %
International
    95,768,411       3,147,350       3.29 %     108,302,721       3,145,329       2.90 %     100,192,474       3,182,489       3.18 %
 
                                                     
 
    112,021,327       3,860,951       3.45 %     123,753,181       3,597,706       2.91 %     115,974,327       3,592,663       3.10 %
 
                                                                       
Customers deposits
                                                                       
Domestic
    111,318,636       2,974,509       2.67 %     104,310,458       2,479,998       2.38 %     98,165,752       1,653,302       1.68 %
International
    225,121,982       9,370,167       4.16 %     211,167,728       8,603,441       4.07 %     187,806,588       7,742,070       4.12 %
 
                                                     
 
    336,440,618       12,344,676       3.67 %     315,478,186       11,083,439       3.51 %     285,972,340       9,395,372       3.29 %
 
                                                                       
Marketable debt securities
                                                                       
Domestic
    119,308,485       5,231,367       4.38 %     87,819,976       2,862,427       3.26 %     56,259,922       1,507,745       2.68 %
International
    108,319,384       4,120,238       3.80 %     86,557,319       2,966,498       3.43 %     67,925,712       2,718,923       4.00 %
 
                                                     
 
    227,627,869       9,351,605       4.11 %     174,377,295       5,828,925       3.34 %     124,185,634       4,226,668       3.40 %
 
                                                                       
Subordinated debt
                                                                       
Domestic
    16,620,042       841,017       5.06 %     10,264,689       466,520       4.54 %     7,457,156       329,883       4.42 %
International
    16,282,109       1,212,360       7.45 %     19,289,808       1,227,217       6.36 %     19,829,925       1,261,618       6.36 %
 
                                                     
 
    32,902,151       2,053,377       6.24 %     29,554,497       1,693,737       5.73 %     27,287,081       1,591,501       5.83 %
 
                                                                       
Equity having the substance of a financial liability
                                                                       
Domestic
          5,932                                            
International
    619,048       41,357       6.68 %     1,161,537       85,229       7.34 %     1,614,121       118,389       7.33 %
 
                                                     
 
    619,048       47,289       7.64 %     1,161,537       85,229       7.34 %     1,614,121       118,389       7.33 %
 
                                                                       
Other interest-bearing liabilities
                                                                       
Domestic
    46,303,178       563,849       1.22 %     31,366,911       530,095       1.69 %     24,394,377       525,585       2.15 %
International
    29,728,313       207,522       0.70 %     33,980,821       530,565       1.56 %     32,336,733       350,390       1.08 %
 
                                                     
 
    76,031,491       771,371       1.01 %     65,347,732       1,060,660       1.62 %     56,731,110       875,975       1.54 %
 
                                                                       
Expenses from hedging operations
                                                                       
Domestic
            480,014                       (298,065 )                     1,638,632          
International
            2,012,186                       1,705,396                       1,325,646          
 
                                                                     
 
            2,492,200                       1,407,331                       2,964,278          
 
                                                                       
Total interest-bearing liabilities
                                                                       
Domestic
    309,803,257       10,810,289       3.49 %     249,212,494       6,493,352       2.61 %     202,059,060       6,065,321       3.00 %
International
    475,839,247       20,111,180       4.23 %     460,459,934       18,263,675       3.97 %     409,705,553       16,699,525       4.08 %
 
                                                     
 
    785,642,504       30,921,469       3.94 %     709,672,428       24,757,027       3.49 %     611,764,613       22,764,846       3.72 %
 
                                                                       
Other liabilities
    41,719,064                       38,792,532                       34,089,787                  
 
                                                                       
Minority interest
    2,239,676                       2,264,300                       2,056,087                  
 
                                                                       
Stockholders’ Equity
    47,147,854                       39,308,194                       31,827,833                  
 
                                                                       
Liabilities from discontinued operations
    933,182                       24,195,003                       41,160,946                  
 
                                                               
 
Total average Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
    877,682,280       30,921,469               814,232,457                       720,899,266                  

 

38


Table of Contents

Changes in Net Interest Income—Volume and Rate Analysis
The following tables allocate, by domicile of customer, changes in our net interest income between changes in average volume and changes in average rate for 2007 compared to 2006 and 2006 compared to 2005. We have calculated volume variances based on movements in average balances over the period and rate variance based on changes in interest rates on average interest-earning assets and average interest-bearing liabilities. We have allocated variances caused by changes in both volume and rate to volume. You should read the following tables and the footnotes thereto in light of our observations noted in the preceding sub-section entitled “—Average Balance Sheets and Interest Rates”, and the footnotes thereto.
                         
    EU – IFRS (*)  
    2007/2006  
Volume and rate analysis   Increase (Decrease) due to changes in  
    Volume     Rate     Net change  
    (in thousands of euros)  
Interest and similar revenues
                       
 
                       
Cash and due from central banks
                       
Domestic
    53,871       592       54,463  
International
    100,791             100,791  
 
                 
 
    154,662       592       155,254  
 
                       
Due from credit entities
                       
Domestic
    (167,848 )     285,692       117,844  
International
    329,802       (68,130 )     261,672  
 
                 
 
    161,954       217,562       379,516  
 
                       
Loans and credits
                       
Domestic
    1,931,005       1,827,489       3,758,494  
International
    2,414,694       2,531,319       4,946,013  
 
                 
 
    4,345,699       4,358,808       8,704,507  
 
                       
Debt securities
                       
Domestic
    7,002       (22,028 )     (15,026 )
International
    (481,801 )     (21,122 )     (502,923 )
 
                 
 
    (474,799 )     (43,150 )     (517,949 )
 
                       
Other interest-earning assets
                       
Domestic
    54,609       (61,875 )     (7,266 )
International
    21,035       (112,933 )     (91,898 )
 
                 
 
    75,644       (174,808 )     (99,164 )
 
                       
Total interest-earning assets
                       
Domestic
    1,878,639       2,029,870       3,908,509  
International
    2,384,521       2,329,134       4,713,655  
 
                 
 
    4,263,160       4,359,004       8,622,164  
 
                       
Investments in equity securities
                       
Domestic
    36,050       (69,145 )     (33,095 )
International
    (16,373 )     58,710       42,337  
 
                 
 
    19,677       (10,435 )     9,242  
 
                       
Total earning assets without hedging operations
                       
Domestic
    1,914,689       1,960,725       3,875,414  
International
    2,368,148       2,387,844       4,755,992  
 
                 
 
    4,282,837       4,348,569       8,631,406  
 
                       
Income from hedging operations
                       
Domestic
    354,834             354,834  
International
    (6,468 )           (6,468 )
 
                 
 
    348,366             348,366  
 
                       
Total earning assets
                       
Domestic
    2,269,523       1,960,725       4,230,248  
International
    2,361,680       2,387,844       4,749,524  
 
                 
 
    4,631,203       4,348,569       8,979,772  
 
     
(*)  
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004

 

39


Table of Contents

                         
    EU – IFRS (*)  
    2006/2005  
Volume and rate analysis   Increase (Decrease) due to changes in  
  Volume     Rate     Net change  
    (in thousands of euros)  
Interest and similar revenues
                       
 
                       
Cash and due from central banks
                       
Domestic
    (40,324 )     65,172       24,848  
International
    129,472       49,228       178,700  
 
                 
 
    89,148       114,400       203,548  
 
                       
Due from credit entities
                       
Domestic
    (86,801 )     206,491       119,690  
International
    (122,400 )     134,090       11,690  
 
                 
 
    (209,201 )     340,581       131,380  
 
                       
Loans and credits
                       
Domestic
    1,568,583       818,078       2,386,661  
International
    3,070,899       (374,058 )     2,696,841  
 
                 
 
    4,639,482       444,020       5,083,502  
 
Debt securities
                       
Domestic
    (131,659 )     114,962       (16,697 )
International
    522,034       (410,133 )     111,901  
 
                 
 
    390,375       (295,171 )     95,204  
 
                       
Other interest-earning assets
                       
Domestic
    61,396       (43,450 )     17,946  
International
    (33,507 )     117,327       83,820  
 
                 
 
    27,889       73,877       101,766  
 
                       
Total interest-earning assets
                       
Domestic
    1,371,195       1,161,253       2,532,448  
International
    3,566,498       (483,546 )     3,082,952  
 
                 
 
    4,937,693       677,707       5,615,400  
 
                       
Investments in equity securities
                       
Domestic
    33,054       4,658       37,712  
International
    113,726       (83,014 )     30,712  
 
                 
 
    146,780       (78,356 )     68,424  
 
                       
Total earning assets without hedging operations
                       
Domestic
    1,404,249       1,165,911       2,570,160  
International
    3,680,224       (566,560 )     3,113,664  
 
                 
 
    5,084,473       599,351       5,683,824  
 
                       
Income from hedging operations
                       
Domestic
    (2,179,248 )           (2,179,248 )
International
    308,024             308,024  
 
                 
 
    (1,871,224 )           (1,871,224 )
 
                       
Total earning assets
                       
Domestic
    (774,999 )     1,165,911       390,912  
International
    3,988,248       (566,560 )     3,421,688  
 
                 
 
    3,213,249       599,351       3,812,600  
 
     
(*)  
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004

 

40


Table of Contents

                         
    EU – IFRS (*)  
    2007/2006  
Volume and rate analysis   Increase (Decrease) due to changes in  
  Volume     Rate     Net change  
    (in thousands of euros)  
Interest and similar expenses
                       
 
                       
Due to credit entities
                       
Domestic
    35,647       225,577       261,224  
International
    (420,360 )     422,381       2,021  
 
                 
 
    (384,713 )     647,958       263,245  
 
                       
Customers deposits
                       
Domestic
    192,011       302,500       494,511  
International
    576,675       190,051       766,726  
 
                 
 
    768,686       492,551       1,261,237  
 
                       
Marketable debt securities
                       
Domestic
    1,385,356       983,584       2,368,940  
International
    833,478       320,262       1,153,740  
 
                 
 
    2,218,834       1,303,846       3,522,680  
 
                       
Subordinated debt
                       
Domestic
    321,121       53,376       374,497  
International
    (225,116 )     210,259       (14,857 )
 
                 
 
    96,005       263,635       359,640  
 
                       
Equity having the substance of a financial liability
                       
Domestic
    5,932             5,932  
International
    (36,206 )     (7,666 )     (43,872 )
 
                 
 
    (30,274 )     (7,666 )     (37,940 )
 
                       
Other interest-bearing liabilities
                       
Domestic
    181,178       (147,424 )     33,754  
International
    (30,808 )     (292,235 )     (323,043 )
 
                 
 
    150,370       (439,659 )     (289,289 )
 
                       
Total interest-bearing liabilities without hedging operations
                       
Domestic
    2,121,245       1,417,613       3,538,858  
International
    697,663       843,052       1,540,715  
 
                 
 
    2,818,908       2,260,665       5,079,573  
 
                       
Expenses from hedging operations
                       
Domestic
    778,079             778,079  
International
    306,790             306,790  
 
                 
 
    1,084,869             1,084,869  
 
                       
Total interest-bearing liabilities
                       
Domestic
    2,899,324       1,417,613       4,316,937  
International
    1,004,453       843,052       1,847,505  
 
                 
 
    3,903,777       2,260,665       6,164,442  
 
     
(*)  
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004

 

41


Table of Contents

                         
    EU – IFRS (*)  
    2006/2005  
Volume and rate analysis   Increase (Decrease) due to changes in  
  Volume     Rate     Net change  
    (in thousands of euros)  
Interest and similar expenses
                       
 
                       
Due to credit entities
                       
Domestic
    (9,877 )     52,080       42,203  
International
    243,379       (280,539 )     (37,160 )
 
                 
 
    233,502       (228,459 )     5,043  
 
                       
Customers deposits
                       
Domestic
    139,536       687,160       826,696  
International
    955,274       (93,903 )     861,371  
 
                 
 
    1,094,810       593,257       1,688,067  
 
                       
Marketable debt securities
                       
Domestic
    1,028,374       326,308       1,354,682  
International
    634,752       (387,177 )     247,575  
 
                 
 
    1,663,126       (60,869 )     1,602,257  
 
                       
Subordinated debt
                       
Domestic
    127,688       8,949       136,637  
International
    (34,401 )           (34,401 )
 
                 
 
    93,287       8,949       102,236  
 
                       
Equity having the substance of a financial liability
                       
Domestic
                 
International
    (33,321 )     161       (33,160 )
 
                 
 
    (33,321 )     161       (33,160 )
 
                       
Other interest-bearing liabilities
                       
Domestic
    116,724       (112,214 )     4,510  
International
    24,959       155,216       180,175  
 
                 
 
    141,683       43,002       184,685  
 
                       
Total interest-bearing liabilities without hedging operations
                       
Domestic
    1,402,445       962,283       2,364,728  
International
    1,790,642       (606,242 )     1,184,400  
 
                 
 
    3,193,087       356,041 )     3,549,128  
 
                       
Expenses from hedging operations
                       
Domestic
    (1,936,697 )           (1,936,697 )
International
    379,750             379,750  
 
                 
 
    (1,556,947 )           (1,556,947 )
 
                       
Total interest-bearing liabilities
                       
Domestic
    (534,252 )     962,283       428,031  
International
    2,170,392       (606,242 )     1,564,150  
 
                 
 
    1,636,140       356,041       1,992,181  
 
     
(*)  
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004

 

42


Table of Contents

Assets
Earning Assets—Yield Spread
The following table analyzes, by domicile of customer, our average earning assets, interest income and dividends on equity securities and net interest income and shows gross yields, net yields and yield spread for each of the years indicated. You should read this table and the footnotes thereto in light of our observations noted in the preceding sub-section entitled “—Average Balance Sheets and Interest Rates”, and the footnotes thereto.
                         
    EU – IFRS (*)  
Earning Assets — Yield Spread   Year Ended December 31,  
  2007     2006     2005  
    (in thousands of euros, except percentages)  
Average earning assets
                       
Domestic
    290,901,536       244,648,818       206,814,735  
International
    538,801,034       501,853,928       427,722,749  
 
                 
 
    829,702,570       746,502,746       634,537,484  
 
                       
Interest and dividends on equity securities (1)
                       
Domestic
    13,850,683       9,620,435       9,229,523  
International
    32,365,912       27,616,388       24,194,700  
 
                 
 
    46,216,595       37,236,823       33,424,223  
 
                       
Net interest income
                       
Domestic
    3,040,394       3,127,083       3,164,202  
International
    12,254,732       9,352,713       7,495,175  
 
                 
 
    15,295,126       12,479,796       10,659,377  
 
                       
Gross yield (2)
                       
Domestic
    4.76 %     3.93 %     4.46 %
International
    6.01 %     5.50 %     5.66 %
 
                 
 
    5.57 %     4.99 %     5.27 %
Net yield (3)
                       
Domestic
    1.05 %     1.28 %     1.53 %
International
    2.27 %     1.86 %     1.75 %
 
                 
 
    1.84 %     1.67 %     1.68 %
 
                       
Yield spread (4)
                       
Domestic
    1.27 %     1.32 %     1.46 %
International
    1.78 %     1.53 %     1.58 %
 
                 
 
    1.63 %     1.50 %     1.55 %
 
     
(*)  
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004
 
(1)  
Dividends on equity securities include dividends from companies accounted for by the equity method.
 
(2)  
Gross yield is the quotient of interest and dividends on equity securities divided by average earning assets.
 
(3)  
Net yield is the quotient of net interest income (that includes dividends on equity securities) divided by average earning assets.
 
(4)  
Yield spread is the difference between gross yield on earning assets and the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities. For a discussion of the changes in yield spread over the periods presented, see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—A. Operating results—Results of Operations for Santander—Net Interest Income”.

 

43


Table of Contents

Return on Equity and Assets
The following table presents our selected financial ratios for the years indicated.
                         
    EU – IFRS (*)  
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
                       
ROA: Return on average total assets
    1.10 %     1.00 %     0.91 %
ROE: Return on average stockholders’ equity
    21.91 %     21.39 %     19.86 %
PAY-OUT: Dividends per average share as a percentage of net attributable income per average share
    44.92 %     42.87 %     41.88 %
Average stockholders’ equity as a percentage of average total assets
    4.71 %     4.36 %     4.24 %
 
     
(*)  
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004
Interest-Earning Assets
The following table shows, by domicile of customer, the percentage mix of our average interest-earning assets for the years indicated. You should read this table in light of our observations noted in the preceding sub-section entitled “—Average Balance Sheets and Interest Rates”, and the footnotes thereto.
                         
    EU – IFRS (*)  
Interest earning assets   Year Ended December 31,  
  2007     2006     2005  
 
                       
Cash and due from Central Banks
                       
Domestic
    0.44 %     0.28 %     0.50 %
International
    1.95 %     1.73 %     1.37 %
 
                 
 
    2.39 %     2.01 %     1.87 %
 
                       
Due from credit entities
                       
Domestic
    1.12 %     1.60 %     2.21 %
International
    7.12 %     6.77 %     8.33 %
 
                 
 
    8.24 %     8.37 %     10.54 %
 
                       
Loans and credits
                       
Domestic
    26.75 %     24.69 %     22.77 %
International
    41.58 %     41.43 %     40.27 %
 
                 
 
    68.33 %     66.12 %     63.04 %
 
                       
Debt securities
                       
Domestic
    2.54 %     2.79 %     3.79 %
International
    11.57 %     14.69 %     14.72 %
 
                 
 
    14.11 %     17.48 %     18.51 %
 
                       
Other interest earning assets
                       
Domestic
    4.28 %     3.31 %     2.60 %
International
    2.65 %     2.71 %     3.44 %
 
                 
 
    6.93 %     6.02 %     6.04 %
 
                       
Total interest-earning assets
                       
Domestic
    35.13 %     32.67 %     31.87 %
International
    64.87 %     67.33 %     68.13 %
 
                 
 
    100.00 %     100.00 %     100.00 %
 
     
(*)  
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004

44


Table of Contents

Loans and Advances to Credit Institutions
The following tables show our short-term funds deposited with other banks at each of the dates indicated.
                                 
    EU – IFRS (*)  
    At December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005     2004  
    (in thousands of euros)  
Reciprocal accounts
    417,438       503,299       345,104       118,536  
Time deposits
    13,569,362       16,842,601       21,962,472       23,204,031  
Reverse repurchase agreements
    30,276,080       37,010,008       33,634,326       31,495,786  
Other accounts
    6,656,619       5,818,630       3,831,120       3,561,421  
 
                       
 
    50,919,499       60,174,538       59,773,022       58,379,774  
 
                               
Less- Impairment allowances
    (18,487 )     (12,727 )     (36,046 )     (53,879 )
 
                       
 
    50,901,012       60,161,811       59,736,976       58,325,895  
 
     
(*)  
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004
The table below contains information prepared under previous Spanish GAAP, which is not comparable to information prepared under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004.
For a description of the differences between these accounting standards, see Note 57 to the consolidated financial statements in our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2006.
         
    Previous Spanish GAAP  
    At December 31,  
    2003  
    (in thousands of euros)  
 
Demand deposits-
       
Current accounts
    103,734  
Clearing House
     
Other accounts
    1,599,804  
 
     
 
    1,703,538  
 
       
Other deposits-
       
Deposits in credit entities
    14,635,787  
Securities purchased under agreements to resell
    21,390,247  
 
     
 
    36,026,034  
 
       
Less- Allowance for credit losses(1)
    (111,735 )
 
     
 
    37,617,837  
     
(1)  
The purpose of the allowance for credit losses was to recognize the loss related to the collectibility of these balances due to transfer risk and credit risk. This allowance was determined, in accordance with Bank of Spain requirements, based on debt servicing, on debtor credit rating, and on the outstanding settlement and transfer risks of the country in which the debtor is located.
 
   
The allowance for credit losses reduces the fair value of the balances included in Due from Credit Institutions after evaluating their collectibility. All estimated losses considered in the calculation of this allowance are related to claims due from non-OECD financial institutions.

 

45


Table of Contents

Investment Securities
At December 31, 2007, the book value of our investment securities was 132.0 billion (representing 14.5% of our total assets). These investment securities had a yield of 3.28% in 2007, compared with a yield of 3.33% in 2006, and a yield of 2.98% earned during 2005. 15.1 billion, or 11.4%, of our investment securities at December 31, 2007 consisted of Spanish Government and government agency securities. For a discussion of how we value our investment securities, see Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements.
The following tables show the book values of our investment securities by type and domicile of counterparty at each of the dates indicated.
                         
    EU – IFRS (*)  
    At December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (in thousands of euros)  
Debt securities
                       
Domestic-
                       
Spanish Government
    14,471,176       12,596,984       19,595,333  
Other domestic issuer:
                       
Public authorities
    904,382       179,317       121,328  
Other domestic issuer
    9,988,780       5,900,637       6,569,398  
 
                 
Total domestic
    25,364,338       18,676,938       26,286,059  
International-
                       
United States:
                       
U.S. Treasury and other U.S. Government agencies
    1,870,152       1,073,246       874,569  
States and political subdivisions
    281,453       50,218       95,167  
Other securities
    9,717,623       5,707,115       5,331,903  
 
                 
Total United States
    11,869,229       6,830,579       6,301,639  
Other:
                       
Governments
    19,465,853       21,127,122       70,913,815  
Other securities
    52,650,983       68,042,118       56,244,892  
 
                 
Total Other
    72,116,836       89,169,240       127,158,707  
 
                 
Total International
    83,986,065       95,999,820       133,460,346  
Less- Allowance for credit losses
    (91,753 )     (90,322 )     (80,000 )
Less- Price fluctuation allowance
                   
 
                 
Total Debt Securities
    109,258,650       114,586,436       159,666,405  
 
                       
Equity securities
                       
Domestic
    8,283,198       7,312,113       7,556,389  
International-
                       
United States
    1,629,755       604,922       247,711  
Other
    12,874,902       14,270,821       36,485,513  
 
                 
Total international
    14,504,658       14,875,743       36,733,224  
Less- Price fluctuation allowance
    (11,238 )     (13,859 )     (17,658 )
 
                 
Total Equity Securities
    22,776,618       22,173,997       44,271,955  
 
                 
Total Investment Securities
    132,035,268       136,760,433       203,938,360  
 
     
(*)  
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004

 

46


Table of Contents

The following table analyzes the aggregate book value and aggregate market value of the securities of single issuers, other than the Government of the United States, that exceeded 10% of our stockholders’ equity as of December 31, 2007 (and other debt securities with aggregate values near to 10% of our stockholders’ equity).
                 
    Aggregate as of December 31, 2007  
    Book value     Market value  
    (in thousands of euros)  
Debt securities:
               
Exceed 10% of stockholders’ equity:
               
Spanish Government
    15,375,559       15,375,559  
RFS Holdings B.V.
    12,784,749       12,784,749  
Mexican Government
    9,530,990       9,530,990  
Brazilian Government
    7,364,333       7,364,333  
Near 10% of stockholders’ equity:
               
RBS
    4,161,652       4,161,652  
Barclays Bank plc
    3,614,181       3,614,181  
The following table analyzes the maturities and weighted average yields of our debt investment securities (before impairment allowances) at December 31, 2007. Yields on tax-exempt obligations have not been calculated on a tax-equivalent basis because we do not believe the effect of such a calculation would be material.
                                         
    At December 31, 2007  
            Maturing     Maturing              
    Maturing     Between     Between     Maturing        
    Within     1 and     5 and     After        
    1 Year     5 Years     10 Years     10 Years     Total  
    (in thousands of euros)  
DEBT SECURITIES
                                       
Domestic:
                                       
Spanish Government
    5,796,762       3,152,995       5,250,094       271,326       14,471,176  
Other domestic issuer:
                                       
Public authorities
    151,035       478,898       230,066       44,382       904,382  
Other domestic issuer
    2,120,076       3,672,580       1,859,355       2,336,769       9,988,780  
 
                             
Total domestic
    8,067,873       7,304,474       7,339,515       2,652,477       25,364,338  
 
                             
International:
                                       
United States:
                                       
U.S. Treasury and other U.S. Government agencies
    1,675,438       61,250       3,958       129,506       1,870,152  
States and political subdivisions
    160,154       73,305       11,364       36,630       281,453  
 
                             
Other securities
    3,024,707       2,986,962       2,686,005       1,019,949       9,717,623  
 
                             
Total United States
    4,860,299       3,121,517       2,701,327       1,186,085       11,869,229  
 
                             
Other:
                                       
Governments
    2,598,448       6,991,497       8,584,700       1,291,208       19,465,853  
Other securities
    23,162,446       15,822,795       5,059,630       8,606,113       52,650,983  
 
                             
Total Other
    25,760,894       22,814,291       13,644,330       9,897,321       72,116,836  
 
                             
Total International
    30,621,193       25,935,809       16,345,657       11,083,406       83,986,065  
 
                             
 
                                       
Total debt investment securities
    38,689,066       33,240,283       23,685,171       13,735,883       109,350,403  
 
                             

 

47


Table of Contents

Loan Portfolio
At December 31, 2007, our total loans and advances to customers equaled 574.2 billion (62.9% of our total assets). Net of allowances for credit losses, loans and advances to customers equaled 565.5 billion at December 31, 2007 (61.9% of our total assets). In addition to loans, we had outstanding at December 31, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 and 2007, 48.6 billion, 63.1 billion, 77.7 billion, 91.7 billion and 102.2 billion, respectively, of undrawn balances available to third parties (2003 calculated under previous Spanish GAAP).
Loans by Geographic Area and Type of Customer
The following tables analyze our loans and advances to customers (including securities purchased under agreement to resell), by domicile and type of customer, at each of the dates indicated (as prepared under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004).
                                 
    EU – IFRS (*)  
    At December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005     2004  
    (in thousands of euros)  
Borrowers in Spain:
                               
Spanish Government
    5,633,422       5,328,526       5,242,938       5,741,016  
Commercial, financial, agricultural and industrial
    45,169,824       71,412,545       54,799,113       48,110,367  
Real estate-construction
    46,837,281       12,391,306       7,834,447       5,417,473  
Real estate-mortgage
    59,268,463       81,718,186       65,940,697       53,456,477  
Installment loans to individuals
    21,533,074       20,058,666       14,343,281       11,295,350  
Lease financing
    9,643,516       8,668,599       7,276,200       6,097,620  
Other
    46,060,262       5,668,234       3,345,467       2,764,974  
 
                       
Total
    234,145,842       205,246,062       158,782,143       132,883,277  
Borrowers outside Spain:
                               
Governments
    2,295,763       4,969,713       6,608,103       5,713,770  
Banks and other financial institutions
    1,951,381       767,765       2,109,420       17,681,264  
Commercial and industrial
    143,045,869       128,438,265       108,145,797       55,500,956  
Mortgage loans
    179,163,680       177,631,731       161,147,496       144,827,500  
Other
    13,569,679       14,455,772       6,645,761       19,588,512  
 
                       
Total
    340,026,373       326,263,246       284,656,577       243,312,002  
 
                               
Total loans and leases, gross
    574,172,215       531,509,308       443,438,720       376,195,279  
 
                               
Allowance for possible loan losses
    (8,695,204 )     (8,163,444 )     (7,609,925 )     (6,845,215 )
 
                       
 
                               
Loans and leases, net of allowances
    565,477,011       523,345,864       435,828,795       369,350,064  
 
     
(*)  
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004

 

48


Table of Contents

The table below contains information prepared under previous Spanish GAAP, which is not comparable to information prepared under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004. See main differences between both accounting standards in Note 57 to the consolidated financial statements in our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2006.
         
    Previous Spanish GAAP  
    At December 31,  
    2003  
    (in thousands of euros)  
Borrowers in Spain:
       
Spanish Government
    5,487,358  
Commercial, financial, agricultural and industrial
    40,082,919  
Real estate-construction
    4,048,386  
Real estate-mortgage
    41,091,269  
Installment loans to individuals
    8,894,956  
Lease financing
    5,198,113  
Other
    4,199,954  
 
     
Total
    109,002,955  
 
Borrowers outside Spain:
       
Governments
    5,824,432  
Banks and other financial institutions
    1,398,685  
Commercial and industrial
    37,915,142  
Other (1)
    23,479,482  
 
     
Total
    68,617,741  
 
       
Total loans and leases, gross
    177,620,696  
 
       
Allowance for possible loan losses
    (5,116,683 )
 
 
     
Loans and leases, net of allowances
    172,504,013  
     
(1)  
Of which 11.9 billion are real-estate mortgages. The remaining amount corresponds to other types of customers, with no “loan concentration” as defined by Item III-C of Industry Guide 3.
At December 31, 2007, our loans and advances to associated companies and jointly controlled entities amounted to 262 million (see “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions—B. Related party transactions”). Excluding government-related loans and advances, the largest outstanding exposure at December 31, 2007 was 4.2 billion (0.7% of total loans and advances, including government-related loans), and the five next largest exposures totaled 8.8 billion (1.5% of total loans, including government-related loans).

 

49


Table of Contents

Maturity
The following table sets forth an analysis by maturity of our loans and advances to customers by domicile and type of customer at December 31, 2007.
                                                                 
    Maturity  
    Less than     One to five     Over five        
    one year     years     years     Total  
            % of             % of             % of             % of  
    Balance     Total     Balance     Total     Balance     Total     Balance     Total  
                 (in thousands of euros, except percentages)              
Loans to borrowers in Spain:
                                                               
Spanish Government
    2,269,084       1.36 %     829,170       0.71 %     2,535,169       0.87 %     5,633,422       0.98 %
Commercial, financial, agriculture and industrial
    23,343,645       13.95 %     14,638,719       12.60 %     7,187,461       2.47 %     45,169,824       7.87 %
Real estate:
                                                               
Construction
    1,335,290       0.80 %     2,346,159       2.02 %     43,155,831       14.85 %     46,837,281       8.16 %
Mortgage
    4,040,988       2.41 %     5,390,272       4.64 %     49,837,203       17.15 %     59,268,463       10.32 %
Installment loans to individuals
    5,561,216       3.32 %     7,199,475       6.20 %     8,772,383       3.02 %     21,533,074       3.75 %
Lease financing
    3,586,992       2.14 %     4,727,445       4.07 %     1,329,079       0.46 %     9,643,516       1.68 %
Other
    26,885,768       16.06 %     13,582,450       11.69 %     5,592,044       1.92 %     46,060,262       8.02 %
 
                                               
Total borrowers in Spain
    67,022,983       40.04 %     48,713,690       41.94 %     118,409,170       40.74 %     234,145,842       40.78 %
 
                                                               
Loans to borrowers outside Spain
                                                               
Other Governments
    858,747       0.51 %     900,986       0.78 %     536,030       0.18 %     2,295,763       0.40 %
Financial
    556,527       0.33 %     1,254,964       1.08 %     139,890       0.05 %     1,951,381       0.34 %
Commercial and Industrial
    77,834,291       46.50 %     47,609,423       40.99 %     17,602,155       6.06 %     143,045,869       24.91 %
Mortgage loans
    14,467,328       8.64 %     12,086,934       10.41 %     152,609,418       52.51 %     179,163,680       31.20 %
Other
    6,631,752       3.96 %     5,591,497       4.81 %     1,346,430       0.46 %     13,569,679       2.36 %
 
                                               
Total loans to borrowers outside Spain
    100,348,645       59.96 %     67,443,804       58.06 %     172,233,924       59.26 %     340,026,373       59.22 %
 
                                               
 
Total loans and leases, gross
    167,371,628       100.00 %     116,157,494       100.00 %     290,643,093       100.00 %     574,172,215       100.00 %
Fixed and Variable Rate Loans
The following table sets forth a breakdown of our fixed and variable rate loans having a maturity of more than one year at December 31, 2007.
                         
    Fixed and variable rate loans  
    having a maturity of more than one year  
    Domestic     International     Total  
    (in thousands of euros, except percentages)  
 
                       
Fixed rate
    29,820,420       118,583,356       148,403,776  
Variable rate
    137,302,440       121,094,372       258,396,811  
 
                 
 
Total
    167,122,860       239,677,728       406,800,588  

 

50


Table of Contents

Cross-Border Outstandings
The following table sets forth, as of the end of the years indicated, the aggregate amount of our cross-border outstandings (which consist of loans, interest-bearing deposits with other banks, acceptances and other monetary assets denominated in a currency other than the home-country currency of the office where the item is booked) where outstandings in the borrower’s country exceeded 0.75% of our total assets. Cross-border outstandings do not include local currency loans made by subsidiary banks in other countries to the extent that such loans are funded in the local currency or hedged. As a result, they do not include the vast majority of the loans by Abbey or our Latin American subsidiaries.
                                                 
    EU — IFRS (*)  
    2007     2006     2005  
            % of             % of             % of  
            total             total             total  
            assets             assets             assets  
    (in thousands of euros, except percentages)
OECD Countries: (1)
                                               
United Kingdom
    10,553,863       1.16 %     8,504,530       1.02 %     9,563,816       1.18 %
United States
    7,139,888       0.78 %     3,643,184       0.44 %     4,791,568       0.59 %
Other OECD Countries (2)
    5,396,045       0.59 %     9,799,540       1.18 %     8,028,563       0.99 %
 
                                   
Total OECD
    23,925,113       2.62 %     26,094,738       3.13 %     28,953,330       3.58 %
 
                                               
Non-OECD Countries
                                               
Latin American Countries (2) (3)
    8,221,028       0.90 %     10,106,062       1.21 %     8,059,507       1.00 %
Other (2)
    2,379,944       0.26 %     2,028,035       0.24 %     2,439,866       0.30 %
 
                                   
Total Non-OECD
    10,600,972       1.16 %     12,134,097       1.46 %     10,499,373       1.30 %
 
                                   
 
Total
    34,526,085       3.78 %     38,228,835       4.58 %     39,452,702       4.88 %
 
     
(*)  
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004
 
(1)  
The Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development.
 
(2)  
Aggregate outstandings in any single country in this category do not exceed 0.75% of our total assets.
 
(3)  
With regards to these cross-border outstandings, at December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, we had allowances for country-risk equal to 161.5 million, 151.0 million and 105.0 million, respectively. Such allowances for country-risk exceeded the Bank of Spain’s minimum requirements at such dates.

 

51


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the amounts of our cross-border outstandings as of December 31 of each year by type of borrower where outstandings in the borrower’s country exceeded 0.75% of total assets.
                                 
            Banks and other              
            Financial     Commercial and        
    Government     Institutions     Industrial     Total  
    (in thousands of euros)  
2005
                               
United Kingdom
    89       8,095,155       1,468,572       9,563,816  
 
                       
Total
    89       8,095,155       1,468,572       9,563,816  
 
                               
2006
                               
United Kingdom
    2,796       5,626,606       2,875,127       8,504,530  
 
                       
Total
    2,796       5,626,606       2,875,127       8,504,530  
 
                               
2007
                               
United Kingdom
    616       3,870,351       6,682,896       10,553,863  
United States
    483,863       3,203,901       3,452,125       7,139,888  
 
                       
Total
    484,479       7,074,252       10,135,020       17,693,751  
Classified Assets
In the following pages, we describe Bank of Spain requirements for classification of non-performing assets and credit loss recognition. Unlike under U.S. GAAP, Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 establishes a credit loss recognition process that is independent of the process for balance sheet classification and removal of impaired loans from the balance sheet. In Notes 57.2 and 57.3 to our consolidated financial statements, we include a summary of significant valuation and income recognition differences under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP and a net income and stockholders’ equity reconciliation.
The description below sets forth the minimum requirements that are followed and applied by all of our subsidiaries. Nevertheless, if the regulatory authority of the country where a particular subsidiary is located imposes stricter or more conservative requirements, the more strict or conservative requirements are followed.
The classification described below applies to all debt instruments not measured at fair value through profit or loss, and to contingent liabilities.
Bank of Spain Classification Requirements
a) Standard Assets
Standard assets include loans, fixed-income securities, guarantees and certain other extensions of credit that are not classified in any other category. Under this category, assets that require special watch must be identified, including restructured loans and standard assets with clients that have other outstanding risks classified as Non-performing Past Due. Standard assets are subdivided as follows:
     
(i) Negligible risk
All types of credits made to, or guaranteed by, any European Union country or certain other specified public entities of the countries classified in category 1 of the country-risk categories;
 
   
 
Advance payments for pensions or payrolls for the following month, when paid by any public entity and deposited at Santander;
 
   
 
Those credits guaranteed by public entities of the countries classified in category 1 of the country-risk categories whose principal activity is to provide guarantees;
 
   
 
Credits made to banks;
 
   

 

52


Table of Contents

     
 
Credits personally, jointly and unconditionally guaranteed by banks or mutual guaranty companies payable on first demand;
 
   
 
Credits guaranteed under the name of the “Fondo de Garantía de Depósitos” if their credit risk quality is comparable with that of the European Union; or
 
   
 
All credits collateralized by cash or by money market and treasury funds or securities issued by the central administrations or credit entities of countries listed in category 1 for country-risk purposes when the outstanding exposure is 90% or less than the redemption value of the money market and treasury funds and of the market value of the securities given as collateral.
 
   
(ii) Low risk
     Assets in this category include:
 
   
 
assets qualified as collateral for monetary policy transactions in the European System of Central Banks, except those included in (i) above;
 
   
 
fully-secured mortgages and financial leases on finished residential properties when outstanding risk is less than 80% of the appraised value of such property;
 
   
 
ordinary mortgage backed securities;
 
   
 
assets from entities whose long term debt is rated “A” or better by a qualified rating agency; and
 
   
 
securities denominated in local currency and issued by government entities in countries other than those classified in category 1 of the country-risk categories, when such securities are registered in the books of the bank’s branch located in the issuer country.
 
   
(iii) Medium-low risk
Assets in this category include financial leases and mortgages and pledges on tangible assets that are not included in other categories, provided that the estimated value of the financial leases and the collateral totally covers the outstanding risk.
 
   
(iv) Medium risk
Assets in this category include those with Spanish residents or residents of countries classified in categories 1 or 2, provided that such assets are not included in other categories.

 

53


Table of Contents

     
(v) Medium-high risk
Assets in this category include (unless these assets qualify as “high risk” assets) loans to individuals for the acquisition of durable consumption goods, other goods or current services not for professional use, except those registered in the Registry of Sales of Movable Assets (“Registro de Ventas de Bienes Muebles”); and risks with residents of countries classified in categories 3 to 6, to the extent not covered by country-risk allowances.
 
   
(vi) High risk
Assets in this category include credit card balances; current account overdrafts and excesses in credit accounts (except those included in categories (i) and (ii)).
b) Sub-standard Assets
This category includes all types of credits and off-balance sheet risks that cannot be classified as non performing or charged-off assets but that have certain weaknesses that may result in losses for the bank higher than those described in the previous category. Credits and off-balance sheet risks with insufficient documentation must also be classified under this category.
c) Non-Performing Past-Due Assets
The Bank of Spain requires Spanish banks to classify as non-performing the entire outstanding principal amount and accrued interest on any loan, fixed-income security, guarantee and certain other extensions of credit on which any payment of principal or interest or agreed cost is 90 days or more past due (“non-performing past-due assets”).
In relation to the aggregate risk exposure (including off-balance sheet risks) to a single obligor, if the amount of non-performing balances exceeds 25% of the total outstanding risks (excluding non-accrued interest on loans to such borrower), then the bank must classify all outstanding risks to such borrower as non-performing.
Once any portion of a loan is classified as non-performing, the entire loan is placed on a non-accrual status. Accordingly, even the portion of any such a loan which may still be identified as performing will be recorded on non-accrual status.
d) Other Non-Performing Assets
The Bank of Spain requires Spanish banks to classify any loan, fixed-income security, guarantee and certain other extensions of credit as non-performing if they have a reasonable doubt that these extensions of credit will be collected (“other non-performing assets”), even if any past due payments have been outstanding for less than 90 days or the asset is otherwise performing. When a bank classifies an asset as non-performing on this basis, it must classify the entire principal amount of the asset as non-performing.
Once any such asset is classified as non-performing, it is placed on a non-accrual status.
e) Charged-off assets
Credit losses are generally recognized through provisions for allowances for credit losses, well before they are removed from the balance sheet. Under certain unusual circumstances (such as bankruptcy, insolvency, etc.), the loss is directly recognized through write-offs.
The Bank of Spain requires Spanish banks to charge-off immediately those non-performing assets that management believes will never be repaid. Otherwise, the Bank of Spain requires Spanish banks to charge-off non-performing assets four years after they were classified as non-performing. Accordingly, even if allowances have been established equal to 100% of a non-performing asset (in accordance with the Bank of Spain criteria discussed below), the Spanish bank may maintain that non-performing asset, fully provisioned, on its balance sheet for the full four-year period if management believes based on objective factors that there is some possibility of recoverability of that asset.
These classification criteria differ from U.S. GAAP requirements, but do not generate balance sheet presentation differences, since loans are always presented net of their allowances.

 

54


Table of Contents

Because the Bank of Spain does not permit partial write-offs of impaired loans, when a loan is deemed partially uncollectible, the credit loss is charged against earnings through provisions to credit allowances instead of through partial write-offs of the loan. If a loan becomes entirely uncollectible, its allowance is increased until it reaches 100% of the loan balance. Generally, credit loss recognition under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 is similar in amounts and in time to credit loss recognition under U.S. GAAP.
The credit loss recognition process is independent of the process for the removal of impaired loans from the balance sheet. The entire loan balance is kept on the balance sheet until any portion of it has been classified as non-performing for 4 years, or up to 6 years for some secured mortgage loans (maximum period established in the Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 depending on our management’s view as to the recoverability of the loan). After that period the loan balance and its 100% specific allowance are removed from the balance sheet and recorded in off-balance sheet accounts, with no resulting impact on net income at that time. Under U.S. GAAP, this loan would be removed from the balance sheet earlier.
f) Country-Risk Outstandings
The Bank of Spain requires Spanish banks to classify as country-risk outstandings all loans, fixed-income securities and other outstandings to any countries, or residents of countries, that the Bank of Spain has identified as being subject to transfer risk or sovereign risk and the remaining risks derived from the international financial activity.
All outstandings must be assigned to the country of residence of the client except in the following cases:
   
Outstandings guaranteed by residents in other countries in a better category should be classified in the category of the guarantor.
 
   
Fully secured loans, when the security covers sufficiently the outstanding risk and can be enforced in Spain or in any other “category 1” country, should be classified as category 1.
 
   
Outstanding risks with foreign branches of a bank should be classified according to the residence of the headquarters of those branches.
 
   
The Bank of Spain has established six categories to classify such countries, as shown in the following table:
     
Country-Risk Categories   Description
 
   
1
  European Union, Norway, Switzerland, Iceland, USA, Canada, Japan, Australia and New Zealand
2
  Low risk countries not included in 1
3
  Countries with transitory difficulties
4
  Countries with serious difficulties
5
  Doubtful countries
6
  Bankrupt countries
The Bank of Spain allows each bank to decide how to classify the listed countries within this classification scheme, subject to the Bank of Spain’s oversight. The classification is made based on criteria such as the payment record (in particular, compliance with renegotiation agreements), the level of the outstanding debt and of the charges for debt services, the debt quotations in the international secondary markets and other indicators and factors of each country as well as all the criteria indicated by the Bank of Spain. All credit extensions and off-balance sheet risks included in country-risk categories 3 to 6, except the excluded cases described below, will be classified as follows:
   
Sub-standard assets: All outstandings in categories 3 and 4 except when they should be classified as non-performing or charged-off assets due to credit risk attributable to the client.
 
   
Non-performing assets: All outstandings in category 5 and off-balance sheet risks classified in category 6, except when they should be classified as non-performing or charged-off assets due to credit risk attributable to the client.
 
   
Charged-off assets: All other outstandings in category 6 except when they should be classified as charged-off assets due to credit risk attributable to the client.

 

55


Table of Contents

Among others, the Bank of Spain excludes from country-risk outstandings:
regardless of the currency of denomination of the asset, risks with residents in a country registered in subsidiary companies or multigroup companies in the country of residence of the holder;
any trade credits established by letter of credit or documentary credit with a due date of one year or less after the drawdown date;
any interbank obligations of branches of foreign banks in the European Union and of the Spanish branches of foreign banks;
private sector risks in countries included in the monetary zone of a currency issued by a country classified in category 1; and
any negotiable financial assets purchased at market prices for placement with third parties within the framework of a portfolio separately managed for that purpose, held for less than six months by the company.
Non-Accrual of Interest Requirements
According to the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004, we stop accruing interest on the entire principal amount of any asset that is classified as an impaired asset and on category 3 (transitory difficulties), category 4 (serious difficulties), category 5 (doubtful) and category 6 (bankrupt) country-risk outstandings, whether or not they are classified as impaired. The banks must account for such collected interest on a cash basis, recording interest payments as interest income when collected.
The following table shows the amount of interest owed on non-accruing assets and the amount of such interest that was received:
                         
    EU — IFRS (*)  
    At December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (in thousands of euros)  
Interest owed on non-accruing assets
                       
Domestic
    80,133       49,537       38,751  
International
    291,987       218,216       273,834  
Total
    372,120       267,754       312,585  
Interest received on non-accruing assets
                       
Domestic
    81,233       86,370       79,183  
International
    110,015       70,435       77,602  
Total
    191,248       156,805       156,785  
 
     
(*)  
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004
Guarantees
The Bank of Spain requires some guarantees to be classified as non-performing in the following amounts:
in cases involving past-due guaranteed debt: (i) for non-financial guarantees, the amount demanded by the beneficiary and outstanding under the guarantee; and (ii) for financial guarantees, at least the amount classified as non-performing of the guaranteed risk; and
in all other cases, the entire amount of the guaranteed debt when the debtor has declared bankruptcy or has demonstrated serious solvency problems, even if the guaranteed beneficiary has not reclaimed payment.
Bank of Spain Allowances for Credit Losses and Country-Risk Requirements
The Bank of Spain requires that we calculate simultaneously the allowances required due to credit risk attributable to the client and to country-risk and apply the ones that are more demanding.

 

56


Table of Contents

The Bank of Spain requires that we develop internal models to calculate the allowances for both credit risk and country-risk based on historical experience. While these models are not yet approved by the Bank of Spain, we are required to calculate the allowances according to the instructions described below.
The global allowances will be the sum of those corresponding to losses in specific transactions (Specific Allowances) and those not specifically assigned (General Allowance) due to credit risk, plus the Allowances for Country-Risk.
Specific Allowances for Credit Losses
The specific allowance is calculated based on the loan recovery expectations and, at a minimum, by application of the coefficients stipulated in the following tables.
Non-Performing Past-Due Assets. Except for fully secured past-due mortgage assets and financial leases on certain types of properties, the Bank of Spain requires Spanish banks to set aside specific allowances for non-performing past-due assets. The minimum required allowance is the product of the amount of the asset treated as non-performing (see “—Bank of Spain Classification Requirements—Non-Performing Past-Due Assets” above) times the percentages set forth in the following table. The allowance must be maintained for so long as the non-performing portion of the asset is carried as an asset on the banks’ balance sheets.
                 
    Allowance  
Period Overdue   Companies     Other clients  
3-6 months
    5.3 %     4.5 %
6-12 months
    27.8 %     27.4 %
12-18 months
    65.1 %     60.5 %
18-24 months
    95.8 %     93.3 %
More than 24 months
    100 %     100 %
Fully-Secured Non-Performing Past-Due Mortgage Assets and financial leases on certain types of properties. If a non-performing asset is a fully secured non-performing past-due mortgage or a financial lease and certain conditions are met, the amount of the required allowance is the product of the amount of such asset times the percentages set forth in the following table. Such asset must satisfy three conditions: first, the asset is secured by a mortgage or a right of ownership (in case of a financial lease) on a finished residential property; second, such mortgage or right of ownership was placed on the property at the time the extension of credit was made; and third, the outstanding risk does not exceed 80% of the appraisal value of such mortgaged or leased property.
         
Period Overdue   Allowance  
3 months-3 years
    2 %
3-4 years
    25 %
4-5 years
    50 %
5-6 years
    75 %
More than 6 years
    100 %
The only exception to these requirements is that when a bank treats otherwise performing assets to a single borrower as non-performing because non-performing assets exceed 25% of the bank’s total exposure to the borrower as set forth in “—Bank of Spain Classification Requirements—Non-Performing Past-Due Assets” above, the Bank of Spain requires the bank to carry an allowance of 1% against any asset that has no overdue principal or interest payments.
Other Fully-Secured Non-Performing Past-Due Assets. For Non-Performing Past-Due Assets fully secured with properties other than those described in the previous paragraphs, the amount of the required allowance is the product of the amount of such asset times the percentages set forth in the following table:
                 
    Allowance  
Period Overdue   Companies     Other clients  
3-6 months
    4.5 %     3.8 %
6-12 months
    23.6 %     23.3 %
12-18 months
    55.3 %     47.2 %
18-24 months
    81.4 %     79.3 %
More than 24 months
    100 %     100 %

 

57


Table of Contents

Other Non-Performing Assets. If a non-performing asset is an “other non-performing asset”, see “—Bank of Spain Classification Requirements—Other Non-Performing Assets”, the amount of the required allowance will be the difference between the amount outstanding and the current value of the expected collectable cash flows. The minimum allowance will be 25% and up to 100% of the amounts treated as non-performing, depending on management’s opinion of the loan recovery expectations. When the treatment of such asset as a non-performing asset is due to, in management’s opinion, an inadequate financial or economical condition of the borrower, and the amount estimated as non-collectible is less than 25% of the outstanding debt, the amount of the required allowance will be at least 10% of the outstanding debt.
Sub-standard Assets. The necessary allowance for assets classified in this category is determined as the difference between its outstanding balance and the current value of the expected collectable cash flows. In every case, the amount of the required allowance must be higher than the general allowance that would correspond in case of being classified as standard asset and lower than would correspond if classified as non-performing asset. When assets are classified as sub-standard due to insufficient documentation and have an outstanding balance higher than 25,000, the applicable allowance is 10%.
General Allowance
In addition to the Bank of Spain’s specific allowance requirements, the Bank of Spain requires Spanish banks to set aside a general allowance for the coverage of all types of credits and off-balance sheet risks classified as standard, calculated with statistical methods based on the experience of deterioration of the portfolio.
Allowances for Country-Risk
The Bank of Spain requires Spanish banks to set aside an allowance for country-risk on all country-risk outstandings. See the above sub-section entitled “—Bank of Spain Classification Requirements—Country-Risk Outstandings”. The amount of the required provision is the product of the amount of the outstanding loans and credits and off-balance sheet risks times the percentages set forth in the following table.
         
    Minimum percentage of  
Categories:   coverage  
 
       
Category 3
    10.1 %
Category 4
    22.8 %
Category 5
    83.5 %
Category 6
    100 %
Guarantees
Allowances for non-performing guarantees will be equal to the amount that, using prudent criteria, is considered irrecoverable.
Bank of Spain Foreclosed Assets Requirements
If a Spanish bank eventually acquires the properties (residential or not) which secure loans or credits, the Bank of Spain requires that the credit risk allowances previously established be reversed, provided that the acquisition cost less the estimated selling costs (which shall be at least 30% of such value) exceeds the amount of the debt, disregarding allowances, unless the acquisition cost is greater than the mortgage value, in which case the latter shall be taken as the reference value.
Bank of Spain Charge-off Requirements
The Bank of Spain does not permit non-performing assets to be partially charged-off.
The Bank of Spain requires Spanish banks to charge-off immediately those non-performing assets that management believes will never be repaid or that were made to category 6 (“bankrupt”) countries or residents of such category 6 countries. See the above sub-section entitled “—Bank of Spain Classification Requirements—Country- Risk Outstandings”. Otherwise, the Bank of Spain requires Spanish banks to charge-off non-performing assets four years after they were classified as non-performing. Spanish banks may carry fully secured past-due mortgage loans beyond this four-year deadline for up to six years if there are objective factors that indicate an improved likelihood of recovery. Accordingly, even if allowances have been established equal to 100% of a non-performing asset (in accordance with the Bank of Spain criteria discussed above), the Spanish bank may maintain that non-performing asset, fully provisioned, on its balance sheet for the full four or six-year period if management believes based on objective factors that there is some possibility of recoverability of that asset.

 

58


Table of Contents

Movements in Allowances for Credit Losses
The following table analyzes movements in our allowances for credit losses and movements, by domicile of customer, for the years indicated. See “Presentation of Financial and Other Information”. For further discussion of movements in the allowances for credit losses, see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—A. Operating results—Results of Operations for Santander—Impairment Losses (net)”.
                                 
    EU – IFRS (*)  
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005     2004  
    (in thousands of euros)  
Allowance for credit losses at beginning of year
                               
Borrowers in Spain
    4,318,320       3,664,349       2,836,564       1,849,001  
Borrowers outside Spain
    3,969,808       4,092,326       4,160,864       3,172,452  
 
                       
Total
    8,288,128       7,756,675       6,997,428       5,021,453  
 
                               
Inclusion of acquired companies’ credit loss allowances
                               
Borrowers in Spain
                      1,972  
Borrowers outside Spain
    7,356       164,530       4,006       1,044,042  
 
                       
Total
    7,356       164,530       4,006       1,046,014  
 
                               
Recoveries of loans previously charged off (1)
                               
Borrowers in Spain
    148,849       123,566       105,800       145,591  
Borrowers outside Spain
    475,371       428,040       381,217       259,777  
 
                       
Total
    624,220       551,606       487,017       405,368  
 
                               
Net provisions for credit losses (1)
                               
Borrowers in Spain
    658,989       793,898       746,519       868,520  
Borrowers outside Spain
    2,837,069       1,689,964       1,001,381       713,220  
 
                       
Total
    3,496,058       2,483,862       1,747,900       1,581,740  
 
                               
Charge offs against credit loss allowance
                               
Borrowers in Spain
    (573,787 )     (269,559 )     (226,036 )     (344,392 )
Borrowers outside Spain
    (2,746,375 )     (2,100,306 )     (1,293,458 )     (681,036 )
 
                       
Total
    (3,320,162 )     (2,369,865 )     (1,519,494 )     (1,025,428 )
 
                               
Other movements (2)
    (299,229 )     (298,680 )     39,818       (31,719 )
 
Allowance for credit losses at end of year
                               
Borrowers in Spain
    4,512,000       4,318,320       3,664,349       2,836,564  
Borrowers outside Spain
    4,284,371       3,969,808       4,092,326       4,160,864  
 
                       
Total
    8,796,371       8,288,128       7,756,675       6,997,428  
 
     
(*)  
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004
   
We have not included separate line items for charge-offs of loans not previously provided for (loans charged-off against income) and recoveries of loans previously charged-off as these are not permitted under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004.
 
   
The shift in “Other Movements” from 2004 to 2005, to 2006, and to 2007 principally reflects foreign exchange differences.

 

59


Table of Contents

The table below contains information prepared under previous Spanish GAAP which is not comparable to information prepared under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004.
Movements in Allowances for Credit Losses
         
    Previous Spanish GAAP  
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2003  
    (in thousands of euros)  
Allowance for credit losses at beginning of year
       
Borrowers in Spain
    1,725,606  
Borrowers outside Spain
    3,438,672  
 
     
Total
    5,164,278  
 
       
Inclusion of acquired companies’ credit loss allowances
       
Borrowers in Spain
     
Borrowers outside Spain
     
 
     
Total
     
 
       
Loans charged off against income (1)
       
Borrowers in Spain
    (12,729 )
Borrowers outside Spain
    (91,110 )
 
     
Total
    (103,839 )
 
       
Recoveries of loans previously charged off (1)
       
Borrowers in Spain
    108,722  
Borrowers outside Spain
    248,765  
 
     
Total
    357,487  
 
       
Net provisions for credit losses (1)
       
Borrowers in Spain
    681,234  
Borrowers outside Spain
    814,453  
 
     
Total
    1,495,687  
 
       
Charge offs against credit loss allowance
       
Borrowers in Spain
    (259,366 )
Borrowers outside Spain
    (811,719 )
 
     
Total
    (1,071,085 )
 
       
Other movements
    (428,132 )
 
       
Allowance for credit losses at end of year
       
Borrowers in Spain
    1,681,017  
Borrowers outside Spain
    3,733,379  
 
     
Total
    5,414,396  
     
(1)  
We have included separate line items for charge-offs of loans not previously provided for (loans charged-off against income) and recoveries of loans previously charged-off in order to satisfy the SEC’s requirement to show all charge-offs and recoveries in this table. We have increased provisions for credit losses for the purposes of this table by the amount of charge-offs of loans not previously provided for and decreased it by the amount of recoveries of loans previously provided for to produce the line item “net provisions for credit losses”. This has also allowed the figures for net provisions for credit losses in this table to match the amounts recorded under “Write-offs and credit loss provisions (net)” in our Consolidated Income Statement.

 

60


Table of Contents

The table below shows a breakdown of recoveries, net provisions and charge-offs against credit loss allowance by type and domicile of borrower for the years indicated.
                                 
    EU — IFRS (*)  
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005     2004  
    (in thousands of euros)  
Recoveries of loans previously charged off-
                               
Domestic:
                               
Commercial, financial, agricultural, industrial
    32,045       37,879       51,649       60,113  
Real estate-construction
    10,718       5,646       140       2,488  
Real estate-mortgage
    17,644       11,249       5,226       24,799  
Installment loans to individuals
    70,082       59,726       32,303       44,340  
Lease finance
    4,517       5,023       2,903       4,050  
Other
    13,844       4,043       13,579       9,800  
 
                       
Total Borrowers in Spain
    148,849       123,566       105,800       145,591  
Borrowers outside Spain
                               
Government and official institutions
    8       1,126       1       1,958  
Bank and other financial institutions
    2,735       21       1,691       10,373  
Commercial and industrial
    397,126       299,302       292,279       141,324  
Mortgage loans
    30,360       7,751       3,468       8,288  
Other
    45,141       119,840       83,778       97,834  
Borrowers outside Spain
    475,371       428,040       381,217       259,777  
 
                       
Total
    624,220       551,606       487,017       405,368  
Net provisions for credit losses-
                               
Domestic:
                               
Commercial, financial, agricultural, industrial
    (278,356 )     405,914       296,879       333,801  
Real estate-construction
    240,462       20,430       49,925       (621 )
Real estate-mortgage
    298,645       96,209       62,526       46,016  
Installment loans to individuals
    383,582       278,223       161,027       121,574  
Lease finance
    16,038       55,894       19,838       22,977  
Other
    (1,383 )     (62,772 )     156,324       344,774  
 
                       
Total Borrowers in Spain
    658,989       793,898       746,519       868,520  
Borrowers outside Spain
                               
Government and official institutions
    (1,797 )     2,035       16,836       (5,085 )
Bank and other financial institutions
    (35,598 )     72,479       1,698       46,117  
Commercial and industrial
    2,016,115       1,128,005       820,912       472,200  
Mortgage loans
    237,553       11,612       88,812       64,375  
Other
    620,796       475,833       73,123       135,613  
Borrowers outside Spain
    2,837,069       1,689,964       1,001,381       713,220  
 
                       
Total
    3,496,058       2,483,862       1,747,900       1,581,740  
Charge offs against credit loss allowance
                               
Domestic:
                               
Commercial, financial, agricultural, industrial
    (140,715 )     (55,982 )     (113,357 )     (158,248 )
Real estate-construction
    (29,466 )     (18,911 )     (8 )     (667 )
Real estate-mortgage
    (11,807 )     (7,284 )     (14,674 )     (36,253 )
Installment loans to individuals
    (356,532 )     (184,218 )     (67,554 )     (113,652 )
Lease finance
    (1,344 )     (1,775 )     (8,007 )     (2,249 )
Other
    (33,924 )     (1,389 )     (22,436 )     (33,323 )
 
                       
Total Borrowers in Spain
    (573,787 )     (269,559 )     (226,036 )     (344,392 )
Borrowers outside Spain
                               
Government and official institutions
          (174 )           (1,706 )
Bank and other financial institutions
    (2,432 )     (12,189 )     (86 )     (85,339 )
Commercial and industrial
    (1,969,576 )     (1,333,617 )     (1,120,180 )     (551,804 )
Mortgage loans
    (6,693 )     (46,603 )     (30,562 )     (4,923 )
Other
    (767,674 )     (707,723 )     (142,630 )     (37,265 )
Borrowers outside Spain
    (2,746,375 )     (2,100,306 )     (1,293,458 )     (681,036 )
 
                       
Total
    (3,320,162 )     (2,369,865 )     (1,519,494 )     (1,025,428 )
 
     
(*)  
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004

 

61


Table of Contents

The table below contains information prepared under previous Spanish GAAP which is not comparable to information prepared under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004.
         
    Previous Spanish GAAP  
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2003  
    (in thousands of euros)  
Loans charged off against income-
       
Borrowers in Spain:
       
Commercial, financial, agricultural, industrial
    (2,917 )
Real estate-construction
    (3 )
Real estate-mortgage
    (1,042 )
Installment loans to individuals
    (7,763 )
Lease finance
    (992 )
Other
    (12 )
 
     
Total Borrowers in Spain
    (12,729 )
Borrowers outside Spain
       
Government and official institutions
     
Bank and other financial institutions
    (2,762 )
Commercial and industrial
    (15,384 )
Other
    (72,964 )
Total borrowers outside Spain
    (91,110 )
 
     
Total
    (103,839 )
Recoveries of loans previously charged off-
       
Domestic:
       
Commercial, financial, agricultural, industrial
    47,069  
Real estate-construction
    425  
Real estate-mortgage
    15,164  
Installment loans to individuals
    35,389  
Lease finance
    1,644  
Other
    9,031  
 
     
Total Borrowers in Spain
    108,722  
Borrowers outside Spain
       
Government and official institutions
    1,766  
Bank and other financial institutions
    13,485  
Commercial and industrial
    109,577  
Other
    123,937  
Borrowers outside Spain
    248,765  
 
     
Total
    357,487  
Provisions for credit losses-
       
Domestic:
       
Commercial, financial, agricultural, industrial
    318,538  
Real estate-construction
    759  
Real estate-mortgage
    18,973  
Installment loans to individuals
    91,799  
Lease finance
    36,267  
Other
    214,898  
 
     
Total Borrowers in Spain
    681,234  
Borrowers outside Spain
       
Government and official institutions
    (3,350 )
Bank and other financial institutions
    (19,983 )
Commercial and industrial
    434,725  
Other
    403,061  
Borrowers outside Spain
    814,453  
 
     
Total
    1,495,687  
Charge offs against credit loss allowance
       
Domestic:
       
Commercial, financial, agricultural, industrial
    (154,360 )
Real estate-construction
    (811 )
Real estate-mortgage
    (19,109 )
Installment loans to individuals
    (59,334 )
Lease finance
    (1,885 )
Other
    (23,867 )
 
     
Total Borrowers in Spain
    (259,366 )
Borrowers outside Spain
       
Government and official institutions
    (451 )
Bank and other financial institutions
    (196,662 )
Commercial and industrial
    (288,151 )
Other
    (326,455 )
Borrowers outside Spain
    (811,719 )
 
     
Total
    (1,071,085 )

 

62


Table of Contents

Allowances for Credit Losses
                                                                 
    EU – IFRS (*)  
    December 31,  
    2007     %     2006     %     2005     %     2004     %  
    (in thousands of euros, except percentages)
 
Borrowers in Spain:
                                                               
Commercial, financial, agricultural, industrial
    2,058,128       23.40       2,302,546       27.78       2,056,003       26.51       1,494,605       21.36  
Real estate-construction
    475,907       5.41       267,771       3.23       270,369       3.49       7,929       0.11  
Real estate-mortgage
    805,437       9.16       457,132       5.52       243,335       3.14       206,461       2.95  
Installment loans to individuals
    926,917       10.53       889,283       10.73       612,564       7.90       491,698       7.03  
Lease finance
    162,405       1.85       166,542       2.01       98,830       1.27       105,101       1.50  
Other
    83,207       0.95       235,046       2.84       383,248       4.94       530,771       7.59  
 
                                               
Total Borrowers in Spain
    4,512,000       51.30       4,318,320       52.10       3,664,349       47.24       2,836,564       40.54  
Borrowers outside Spain:
                                                               
Government and official institutions
    25,650       0.29       30,054       0.36       41,302       0.53       53,966       0.77  
Bank and other financial institutions
    101,387       1.15       149,729       1.81       68,122       0.88       176,115       2.52  
Commercial and industrial
    2,762,325       31.40       2,670,075       32.22       3,413,736       44.01       3,551,929       50.76  
Mortgage loans
    1,354,866       15.40       831,972       10.04       363,980       4.69       199,022       2.84  
Other
    40,142       0.46       287,978       3.47       205,186       2.65       179,832       2.57  
 
                                               
Total Borrowers outside Spain
    4,284,371       48.70       3,969,808       47.90       4,092,326       52.76       4,160,864       59.46  
 
                                               
Total
    8,796,371       100.00       8,288,128       100.00       7,756,675       100.00       6,997,428       100.00  
 
     
(*)  
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004
The table below contains information prepared under previous Spanish GAAP which is not comparable to information prepared under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004.
Allowances for Credit Losses
                 
    Previous Spanish GAAP  
    At December 31,  
(in thousands of euros, except percentages)   2003     %  
Borrowers in Spain:
               
Commercial, financial, agricultural, industrial
    738,291       13.64  
Real estate-construction
    5,673       0.10  
Real estate-mortgage
    187,635       3.47  
Installment loans to individuals
    250,750       4.63  
Lease finance
    57,686       1.07  
Other
    440,982       8.14  
 
           
Total Borrowers in Spain
    1,681,017       31.05  
Borrowers outside Spain:
               
Government and official institutions
    23,688       0.44  
Bank and other financial institutions
    152,958       2.83  
Commercial and industrial
    3,131,665       57.83  
Other
    425,068       7.85  
 
           
Total Borrowers outside Spain
    3,733,379       68.95  
 
           
Total
    5,414,396       100.00  

 

63


Table of Contents

Impaired Assets
The following tables show our impaired assets, excluding country-risk. We do not keep records classifying assets as non-accrual, past due, restructured or potential problem loans, as those terms are defined by the SEC. However, we have estimated the amount of our assets that would have been so classified, to the extent possible, below.
                                 
    EU – IFRS (*)  
    At December 31,  
Non-performing assets   2007     2006     2005     2004  
    (in thousands of euros, except percentages)  
Past-due and other non-performing assets (1) (2) (3):
                               
Domestic
    1,887,167       1,288,857       1,110,784       1,018,088  
International
    4,291,488       3,318,690       3,230,716       3,096,603  
 
                       
Total
    6,178,655       4,607,547       4,341,500       4,114,691  
 
                               
Non-performing loans as a percentage of total loans
    1.07 %     0.87 %     0.98 %     1.09 %
 
                               
Net loan charge-offs as a percentage of total loans
    0.47 %     0.34 %     0.23 %     0.16 %
 
     
(*)  
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004
 
(1)  
We estimate that the total amount of our non-performing assets fully provisioned under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and which under U.S. GAAP would have been charged-off from the balance sheet was 1,567.0 million, 1,302.6 million, 1,206.5 million and 1,582.0 million at December 31, 2004, 2005, 2006 and 2007 respectively.
 
(2)  
Non-performing assets due to country risk were 122.4 million, 121.1 million, 83.0 million and 6.7 million at December 31, 2004, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively.
 
(3)  
We estimate that at December 31, 2004, 2005, 2006 and 2007, (i) the total amount of our non-performing past-due assets was 3,501.0 million, 3,367.1 million, 3,841.2 million and 4,918.2 million, respectively, and (ii) the total amount of our other non-performing assets was 613.7 million, 974.4 million, 766.3 million and 1,260.5 million, respectively.
The table below contains information prepared under previous Spanish GAAP which is not comparable to information prepared under EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004.
         
    Previous Spanish GAAP  
    At December 31,  
    2003  
    (in thousands of euros,  
    except percentages)  
Past-due and other non-performing assets (1) (2) (3):
       
Domestic
    931,583  
International
    2,290,921  
 
     
Total
    3,222,504  
 
       
Non-performing loans as a percentage of total loans
    1.81 %
 
       
Net loan charge-offs as a percentage of total loans
    0.46 %
 
     
(1)  
The figures in this table do not reflect the entire principal amount of loans having payments 90 days or more past due unless the entire principal amount of the loan is classified as non-performing under Bank of Spain regulations as described above under “—Bank of Spain Classification Requirements”. We estimate that the entire principal amount of such loans would have been 3,823.4 million at December 31, 2003.
 
(2)  
We estimate that at December 31, 2003, (i) the total amount of our non-performing past-due assets was 2,327.3 million and (ii) the total amount of our other non-performing assets was 895.2 million.
 
(3)  
We estimate that the total amount of our non-performing assets fully provisioned under Spanish GAAP and which under U.S. GAAP would have been charged-off from the balance sheet was 341.8 million at December 31, 2003.

 

64


Table of Contents

We do not believe that there is a material amount of assets not included in the foregoing table where known information about credit risk at December 31, 2007 (not related to transfer risk inherent in cross-border lending activities) gave rise to serious doubts as to the ability of the borrowers to comply with the loan repayment terms at such date.
Evolution of Impaired Assets
The following tables show the movement in our impaired assets (excluding country-risk, see “—Country-Risk Outstandings”).
                                                                 
    EU – IFRS (*)  
    Quarter ended     Year ended     Year ended     Year ended     Year ended  
  Mar. 31,     Jun. 30,     Sep. 30,     Dec. 31,     Dec. 31,     Dec. 31,     Dec. 31,     Dec. 31,  
(in thousands of euros)   2007     2007     2007     2007     2007     2006     2005     2004  
 
                                                               
Opening balance
    4,607,547       4,936,052       5,353,641       5,737,934       4,607,547       4,341,500       4,114,691       3,512,727  
Net additions
    1,058,004       1,046,786       1,255,895       1,530,586       4,891,270       2,635,912       1,737,692       1,627,392  
Writeoffs
    (729,499 )     (629,197 )     (871,602 )     (1,089,865 )     (3,320,162 )     (2,369,865 )     (1,510,833 )     (1,025,428 )
 
                                               
Closing balance (1)
    4,936,052       5,353,641       5,737,934       6,178,655       6,178,655       4,607,547       4,341,500       4,114,691  
 
     
(*)  
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004
 
(1)  
Non-performing assets due to country-risk were 6.7 million, 83.0 million and 121.1 million at December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
The table below contains information prepared under previous Spanish GAAP which is not comparable to information prepared under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004.
         
    Previous Spanish GAAP  
    Year ended December 31,  
    2003  
    (in thousands of euros)  
Opening balance
    3,676,467  
Net additions
    720,500  
Writeoffs
    (1,174,463 )
 
     
Closing balance
    3,222,504  

 

65


Table of Contents

Impaired Asset Ratios
The following tables show the ratio of our impaired assets to total computable credit risk and our coverage ratio at December 31, 2007, 2006, 2005 and 2004.
                                 
    EU – IFRS (*)  
    At December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005     2004  
    (in thousands of euros, except percentages)  
 
Computable credit risk (1)
    649,342,484       588,372,837       489,662,040       411,482,598  
 
Non-performing assets
                               
Mortgage loans
    1,843,628       1,364,317       1,209,137       1,352,564  
Other
    4,335,027       3,243,230       3,132,363       2,762,127  
 
                       
Total non performing assets
    6,178,655       4,607,547       4,341,500       4,114,691  
 
Allowances for non-performing assets
    9,302,230       8,626,937       7,902,225       6,813,354  
 
Ratios
                               
Non-performing assets to computable credit risk
    0.95 %     0.78 %     0.89 %     1.00 %
Coverage ratio (2)
    150.55 %     187.23 %     182.02 %     165.59 %
 
     
(*)  
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004
 
(1)  
Computable credit risk is the sum of the face amounts of loans and leases (including non-performing assets but excluding country risk loans), guarantees and documentary credits.
 
(2)  
Allowances for non-performing assets as a percentage of non-performing assets.
The table below contains information prepared under previous Spanish GAAP which is not comparable to information prepared under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004.
         
    Previous Spanish GAAP  
    At December 31, 2003  
    (in thousands of euros,  
    except percentages)  
 
Computable credit risk (1)
    207,979,474  
 
       
Non-performing assets
       
Mortgage loans
    510,265  
Other
    2,712,239  
 
     
Total non performing assets
    3,222,504  
 
       
Allowances for non-performing assets
    5,323,127  
 
       
Ratios
       
Non-performing assets to computable credit risk
    1.55 %
Coverage ratio (2)
    165.19 %
 
     
(1)  
Computable credit risk is the sum of the face amounts of loans and leases (including non-performing assets but excluding country risk loans), guarantees and documentary credits.
 
(2)  
Allowances for non-performing assets as a percentage of non-performing assets.

 

66


Table of Contents

Country-Risk Outstandings
The following tables set forth our country-risk outstandings with third parties belonging to countries classified in groups 3, 4, 5 and 6 for the years shown (See “—Bank of Spain Classification Requirements—Country-Risk Outstandings”).
                                 
    EU – IFRS (*)  
    Year ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005     2004  
    (in millions of euros)  
Risk (gross)
    844.5       899.1       668.1       1,063.7  
Provisions
    124.0       233.5       313.0       275.0  
 
                       
Risk (net)
    720.5       665.6       355.1       788.8  
 
     
(*)  
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004
The table below contains information prepared under previous Spanish GAAP which is not comparable to information prepared under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004.
         
    Previous Spanish GAAP  
    Year ended December 31,  
    2003  
    (in millions of euros)  
Risk (gross)
    497.0  
Provisions
    406.0  
 
     
Risk (net)
    91.0  
 
     
(*)  
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004
Other Non-Accruing Assets
As described above under “—Bank of Spain Classification Requirements”, we do not classify our loans to borrowers in countries with transitory difficulties (category 3) and countries in serious difficulties (category 4) as impaired assets. However, as described above under “—Bank of Spain Allowances for Credit Losses and Country-Risk Requirements—Allowances for Country-Risk” and “—Non-Accrual of Interest Requirements”, the Bank of Spain requires us to account for such loans on a cash basis (non-accruing) and to set aside certain allowances for such loans. We treat category 5 (doubtful countries) country-risk outstandings as both a non-accruing and impaired asset. Total other non-accruing assets at December 31, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 and 2007 were 249.7 million, 717.5 million, 626.5 million, 874.5 million and 893.6 million, respectively (2003 calculated under previous Spanish GAAP).
                                 
    EU – IFRS (*)  
Summary of non-accrual assets   Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005     2004  
    (in millions of euros)  
Assets classified as Non Performing Assets
    6,178.7       4,607.5       4,341.5       4,114.7  
Non Performing Assets due to country risk
    6.7       23.7       40.3       117.1  
Other assets on non-accrual status due to country risk
    893.6       874.5       626.5       717.5  
 
                       
Total non-accruing assets
    7,078.9       5,505.7       5,008.3       4,949.3  
 
     
(*)  
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004
The table below contains information prepared under previous Spanish GAAP which is not comparable to information prepared under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004. As described in our 2004 Form 20-F under “Financial Management and Equity Stakes—Classified Assets—Bank of Spain Classification Requirements”, under previous Spanish GAAP loans could be partially classified as performing and non-performing. As a result, this table includes an additional line for the performing portion of loans that are partially classified as non-performing.

 

67


Table of Contents

         
    Previous Spanish GAAP  
    Year Ended December 31,  
Summary of non-accrual assets   2003  
    (in millions of euros)  
Assets classified as Non Performing Assets
    3,222.5  
Outstanding balances of loans partially classified as non-performing
    600.9  
Other assets on non-accrual status due to country risk
    249.7  
 
     
Total non-accruing assets
    4,073.1  
Both under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and previous Spanish GAAP we do not have any loans past-due 90 days or more that are accruing interest, in accordance with the Bank of Spain’s requirements.
As of December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, the amounts of “restructured loans”, none of which were classified as non-performing, were 322.4 million, 403.0 million and 465.2 million.
Foreclosed Assets
The tables below set forth the movements in our foreclosed assets for the periods shown.
                                                         
    EU – IFRS (*)  
          Year ended  
    Quarterly movements     December 31,  
    Mar. 31,     Jun. 30,     Sep. 30,     Dec. 31,        
    2007     2007     2007     2007     2007     2006     2005  
    (in thousands of euros, except percentages)  
Opening balance
    408,450       410,830       414,016       428,805       408,450       408,042       372,519  
Foreclosures
    182,050       185,446       199,069       284,587       851,152       639,808       442,458  
Sales
    (179,670 )     (182,260 )     (184,280 )     (218,825 )     (765,035 )     (639,400 )     (406,935 )
Gross foreclosed assets
    410,830       414,016       428,805       494,567       494,567       408,450       408,042  
Allowances established
    129,447       117,926       116,501       111,026       111,026       (129,611 )     (115,683 )
Allowance as a percentage of foreclosed assets
    31.51 %     28.48 %     27.17 %     22.45 %     22.45 %     31.73 %     28.35 %
Closing balance (net)
    281,383       296,090       312,304       383,541       383,541       278,839       292,359  
 
     
(*)  
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004
Liabilities
Deposits
The principal components of our deposits are customer demand, time and notice deposits, and international and domestic interbank deposits. Our retail customers are the principal source of our demand, time and notice deposits. For an analysis, by domicile of customer, of average domestic and international deposits by type for 2005, 2006 and 2007, see “—Average Balance Sheets and Interest Rates—Liabilities and Interest Expense”.
We compete actively with other commercial banks and with savings banks for domestic deposits. Our share of customer deposits in the Spanish banking system (including Cajas de Ahorros) was 15.6% at December 31, 2007, according to figures published by the Spanish Banking Association (AEB) and the Confederación Española de Cajas de Ahorros (“CECA”). See “—Competition”.

 

68


Table of Contents

The following tables analyze our year-end deposits.
Deposits (from central banks and credit institutions and Customers) by type of deposit
                         
    EU – IFRS (*)  
    At December 31,  
Deposits from central banks and credit institutions-   2007     2006     2005  
    (in thousands of euros)  
Reciprocal accounts
    562,619       411,314       190,885  
Time deposits
    71,226,437       63,589,635       47,224,471  
Other demand accounts
    2,466,370       2,225,037       7,383,695  
Repurchase agreements
    36,615,910       45,417,839       91,399,196  
Central bank credit account drawdowns
    2,008,927       1,348,815       2,369,406  
Other financial liabilities associated with transferred financial assets
          8,445       7,170  
Hybrid financial liabilities
    15,760       34,852       47,584  
 
                 
Total
    112,896,023       113,035,937       148,622,407  
 
                 
Customer deposits-
                       
Demand deposits-
                       
Current accounts
    87,136,743       89,151,030       80,631,188  
Savings accounts
    90,727,525       93,717,633       90,471,827  
Other demand deposits
    3,593,720       2,025,095       1,747,720  
Time deposits-
                       
Fixed-term deposits
    92,673,147       86,345,788       77,166,817  
Home-purchase savings accounts
    296,768       324,262       269,706  
Discount deposits
    9,933,139       7,132,341       16,128,577  
Funds received under financial asset transfers
                1  
Hybrid financial liabilities
    8,494,773       4,994,535       4,141,071  
Other financial liabilities associated with transferred financial assets
                20,346  
Other time deposits
    113,562       470,140       351,620  
Notice deposits
    283,301       45,849       33,713  
Repurchase agreements
    62,451,624       47,015,928       34,802,694  
 
                 
Total
    355,704,302       331,222,601       305,765,280  
 
                 
 
Total deposits
    468,600,325       444,258,538       454,387,687  
 
     
(*)  
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004

 

69


Table of Contents

Deposits (from central banks and credit institutions and Customers) by location of office
                         
    EU – IFRS (*)  
  At December 31,  
Deposits from central banks and credit institutions-   2007     2006     2005  
    (in thousands of euros)  
Due to credit institutions
                       
Offices in Spain
    66,137,878       45,786,284       76,504,500  
Offices outside Spain:
                       
Other EU countries
    31,782,431       47,733,849       9,647,389  
United States
    421,513       300,336       1,439,643  
Other OECD countries (1)
    44,136       24,509       36,905,723  
Central and South America (1)
    14,502,083       19,146,367       23,926,745  
Other
    7,982       44,592       198,407  
Total offices outside Spain
    46,758,145       67,249,653       72,117,907  
 
                 
Total
    112,896,023       113,035,937       148,622,407  
 
                       
Customer deposits
                       
Offices in Spain
    132,008,374       120,485,991       107,117,818  
Offices outside Spain:
                       
Other EU countries
    134,620,750       136,730,342       133,274,597  
United States
    17,888,682       7,512,963       7,578,598  
Other OECD countries (1)
    189,548       79,117       106,151  
Central and South America (1)
    69,361,574       64,984,913       56,395,157  
Other
    1,635,374       1,429,275       1,292,959  
Total offices outside Spain
    223,695,928       210,736,610       198,647,462  
 
                 
Total
    355,704,302       331,222,601       305,765,280  
 
                       
Total deposits
    468,600,325       444,258,538       454,387,687  
 
     
(*)  
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004
 
(1)  
In this schedule Mexico is classified under “Central and South America”
The following table shows the maturity of time deposits (excluding inter-bank deposits) in denominations of $100,000 or more for the year ended December 31, 2007. Large denomination customer deposits may be a less stable source of funds than demand and savings deposits.
                         
    December 31, 2007  
    Domestic     International     Total  
    (in thousands of euros)  
 
                       
Under 3 months
    12,802,297       21,430,235       34,232,532  
3 to 6 months
    2,581,027       4,650,391       7,231,418  
6 to 12 months
    2,897,014       4,798,172       7,695,187  
Over 12 months
    1,243,727       11,604,655       12,848,382  
 
                 
Total
    19,524,066       42,483,453       62,007,519  
The aggregate amount of deposits held by non-resident depositors (banks and customers) in our domestic branch network was 64.4 million, 37.9 million and 48.7 million at December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007.

 

70


Table of Contents

Short-Term Borrowings
                                                 
    EU – IFRS (*)  
Short-Term Borrowings   At December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
            Average             Average             Average  
    Amount     Rate     Amount     Rate     Amount     Rate  
    (in thousands of euros, except percentages)  
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (principally Spanish Treasury notes and bills):
                                               
At December 31
    99,067,534       3.66 %     92,433,767       4.39 %     126,201,890       3.55 %
Average during year
    90,977,794       3.86 %     101,682,243       3.74 %     91,458,502       3.65 %
Maximum month-end balance
    99,067,534               129,816,503               129,563,533          
Other short-term borrowings:
                                               
At December 31
    32,706,892       7.29 %     35,385,525       2.50 %     25,157,976       2.34 %
Average during year
    27,071,238       5.42 %     25,501,630       2.66 %     21,249,880       4.23 %
Maximum month-end balance
    44,052,354               35,385,525               26,688,044          
 
                                   
 
                                               
Total short-term borrowings at year-end
    131,774,426       4.56 %     127,819,292       3.87 %     151,359,866       3.35 %
 
     
(*)  
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004
Competition
We face strong competition in all of our principal areas of operation from other banks, savings banks, credit co-operatives, brokerage services, on-line banks, insurance companies and other financial services firms.
Banks
Two Spanish banking groups dominate the retail banking sector in Spain. These two groups are headed by Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A. and Santander.
At the end of December 2007, these two Spanish banking groups accounted for approximately 60.9% of loans and 63.4% of deposits of all Spanish banks, which in turn represented 29.0% of loans and 28.9% of deposits of the financial system, according to figures published by the Spanish Banking Association (AEB) and the Confederación Española de Cajas de Ahorro (“CECA”). These banking groups also hold significant investments in Spanish industry.
Foreign banks also have a presence in the Spanish banking system as a result of liberalization measures adopted by the Bank of Spain in 1978. At December 31, 2007, there were 80 foreign banks (of which 72 were from European Union countries) with branches in Spain. In addition, there were 18 Spanish subsidiary banks of foreign banks (of which 13 were from European Union countries).
Spanish law provides that any financial institution organized and licensed in another Member State of the European Union may conduct business in Spain from an office outside Spain. They do not need prior authorization from the Spanish authorities to do so. Once the Bank of Spain receives notice from the institution’s home country supervisory authority about the institution’s proposed activities in Spain, the institution is automatically registered and the proposed activities are automatically authorized.
The opening of a branch of any financial institution authorized in another Member State of the European Union does not need prior authorization or specific allocation of resources. The opening is subject to the reception by the Bank of Spain of a notice from the institution’s home country supervisory authority containing, at least, the following information:
   
Program of activities detailing the transactions to be made and the corporate structure of the branch.
 
   
Address in Spain of the branch.
 
   
Name and curriculum vitae of the branch’s managers.
 
   
Stockholders’ equity and solvency ratio of the financial institution and its consolidated group.
 
   
Detailed information about any deposit guarantee scheme that assures the protection of the branch’s depositors.

 

71


Table of Contents

Once the Bank of Spain receives the notice, it notifies the financial institution, thereby permitting the branch to be registered in the Mercantile Register and, then, in the Special Register of the Bank of Spain.
Spanish law requires prior approval by the Bank of Spain for a Spanish bank to acquire a significant interest in a bank organized outside the European Union, create a new bank outside the European Union or open a branch outside the European Union. Spanish banks must provide prior notice to the Bank of Spain to conduct any other business outside of Spain.
When a new bank is created by a Spanish bank outside of Spain, the following information has to be provided to the Bank of Spain:
   
amount of the investment,
 
   
percentage of the share capital and of the total voting rights,
 
   
name of the companies through which the investment will be made,
 
   
draft of the By-laws,
 
   
program of activities, setting out the types of business envisaged, the administrative and accounting organization and the internal control procedures, including those established to prevent money laundering transactions,
 
   
list of the persons who will be members of the first board of directors and of the senior management,
 
   
list of partners with significant holdings, and
 
   
detailed description of the banking, tax and anti-money laundering regulations of the country where it will be located.
The opening of branches outside Spain requires prior application to the Bank of Spain, including information about the country where the branch will be located, the address, program of activities and names and resumes of the branch’s managers. The opening of representative offices requires prior notice to the Bank of Spain detailing the activities to be performed.
In addition, we face strong competition outside Spain, particularly in Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Mexico, Portugal and the United Kingdom.
Abbey’s main competitors are established United Kingdom banks, building societies and insurance companies and other financial services providers (such as supermarket chains and large retailers). In recent years, customer access, choice and mobility have increased.
Savings Banks
Spanish savings banks (“Cajas de Ahorros”) are mutual organizations which engage in the same activities as banks, but primarily take deposits and make loans, principally to individual customers and small to medium-sized companies. The Spanish savings banks provide strong competition for the demand and savings deposits which form an important part of our deposit base. Spanish savings banks, which traditionally were regional institutions, are permitted to open branches and offices throughout Spain. In the last few years, mergers among savings banks increased. The Spanish savings banks’ share of domestic deposits and loans were 61.9% and 52.6%, at December 31, 2007.

 

72


Table of Contents

Credit Co-operatives
Credit co-operatives are active principally in rural areas. They provide savings and loan services including financing of agricultural machinery and supplies. They are also a source of competition.
Brokerage Services
We face competition in our brokerage activities in Spain from brokerage houses of other financial institutions.
Spanish law provides that any investment services company authorized to operate in another Member State of the European Union may conduct business in Spain from an office outside Spain, once the National Securities Market Commission (Comisión Nacional del Mercado de Valores—“CNMV”) receives notice from the institution’s home country supervisory authority about the institution’s proposed activities in Spain.
Spanish law provides that credit entities have access, as members, to the Spanish stock exchanges, in accordance with the provisions established by the Investment Services Directive.
We also face strong competition in our mutual funds, pension funds and insurance activities from other banks, savings banks, insurance companies and other financial services firms.
On-line Banks and Insurance Companies
The entry of on-line banks into the Spanish banking system has increased competition, mainly in customer funds businesses such as deposits. Insurance companies and other financial service firms also compete for customer funds.
SUPERVISION AND REGULATION
Bank of Spain and the European Central Bank
The Bank of Spain, which operates as Spain’s autonomous central bank, supervises all Spanish financial institutions, including us. Until January 1, 1999, the Bank of Spain was also the entity responsible for implementing Spanish monetary policy. As of that date, the start of Stage III of the European Monetary Union, the European System of Central Banks and the European Central Bank became jointly responsible for Spain’s monetary policy. The European System of Central Banks consists of the national central banks of the twenty seven Member States belonging to the European Union, whether they have adopted the euro or not, and the European Central Bank. The “Eurosystem” is the term used to refer to the European Central Bank and the national central banks of the Member States which have adopted the euro. The European Central Bank is responsible for the monetary policy of the European Union. The Bank of Spain, as a member of the European System of Central Banks, takes part in the development of the European System of Central Banks’ powers including the design of the European Union’s monetary policy.
The European System of Central Banks is made up of three decision-making bodies:
• the Governing Council, comprised of the members of the Executive Board of the European Central Bank and the governors of the national central banks of the 15 Member States which have adopted the euro;
• the Executive Board, comprised of the President, Vice-President and four other members; and
• the General Council of the European Central Bank, comprised of the President and Vice-President of the European Central Bank and the governors of the national central banks of the 27 European Union Member States.
The Governing Council is the body in charge of formulating monetary policy for the euro area and adopting the guidelines and decisions necessary to perform the Euro system’s tasks. The Executive Board is the body in charge of implementing the monetary policy for the euro area laid out by the Governing Council and providing the instructions necessary to carry out monetary policy to the euro area’s national central banks.
The European Central Bank has delegated the authority to issue the euro to the central banks of each country participating in Stage III. These central banks are also in charge of executing the European Union’s monetary policy in their respective countries. The countries that have not adopted the euro will have a seat in the European System of Central Banks, but will not have a say in the monetary policy or instructions laid out by the governing council to the national central banks.

 

73


Table of Contents

Since January 1, 1999, the Bank of Spain has performed the following basic functions attributed to the European System of Central Banks:
executing the European Union monetary policy;
conducting currency exchange operations consistent with the provisions of Article 109 of the Treaty on European Union, and holding and managing the States’ official currency reserves;
promoting the sound working of payment systems in the euro area; and
issuing legal tender bank notes.
Notwithstanding the European Monetary Union, the Bank of Spain continues to be responsible for:
maintaining, administering and managing the foreign exchange and precious metal reserves;
promoting the sound working and stability of the financial system and, without prejudice to the functions of the European System of Central Banks, of national payment systems;
placing coins in circulation and the performance, on behalf of the State, of all such other functions entrusted to it in this connection;
preparing and publishing statistics relating to its functions, and assisting the European Central Bank in the compilation of the necessary statistical information;
rendering treasury services to the Spanish Treasury and to the regional governments, although the granting of loans or overdrafts in favor of the State, the regional governments or other bodies referred to in Article 104 of the European Union Treaty, is generally prohibited;
rendering services related to public debt to the State and regional governments; and
advising the Spanish Government and preparing the appropriate reports and studies.
The Bank of Spain has the following supervisory powers over Spanish banks, subject to applicable laws, rules and regulations issued by the Spanish Government and its Ministry of Economy and Finance:
to conduct periodic inspections of Spanish banks to test compliance with current regulations concerning, among other matters, preparation of financial statements, account structure, credit policies and provisions and capital adequacy;
to advise a bank’s board of directors and management when its dividend policy is deemed inconsistent with the bank’s financial results;
to undertake extraordinary inspections of banks concerning any matters relating to their banking activities;
to participate with, as the case may be, other authorities in appropriate cases in the imposition of penalties to banks for infringement or violation of applicable regulations; and
to take control of credit entities and to replace directors of credit entities when a Spanish credit entity faces an exceptional situation that poses a risk to the financial status of the relevant entity.
Liquidity Ratio
European Central Bank regulations require credit institutions in each Member State that participates in the European Monetary Union, including us, to place a specific percentage of their “Qualifying Liabilities” with their respective central banks in the form of interest bearing deposits as specified below (the “Liquidity Ratio”).

 

74


Table of Contents

The European Central Bank requires the maintenance of a minimum liquidity ratio by all credit institutions established in the Member States of the European Monetary Union. Branches located in the Eurozone of institutions not registered in this area are also subject to this ratio, while the branches located outside the Eurozone of institutions registered in the Eurozone are not subject to this ratio.
“Qualifying Liabilities” are broadly defined as deposits and debt securities issued. The Liquidity Ratio is 2% over Qualifying Liabilities except in relation to deposits with stated maturity greater than two years, deposits redeemable at notice after two years, repos and debt securities with a stated maturity greater than two years, for which the ratio is 0%.
Liabilities of institutions subject to the Liquidity Ratio and liabilities of the European Central Bank and national central banks of a participating Member State of the European Monetary Union are not included in the base of “Qualifying Liabilities”.
Investment Ratio
The Spanish Government has the power to require credit institutions to invest a portion of certain “Qualifying Liabilities” in certain kinds of public sector debt or public-interest financing (the “investment ratio”), and has exercised this power in the past. Although the investment ratio has been 0% since December 31, 1992, the law which authorizes it has not been abolished, and the Spanish Government could reimpose the ratio, subject to EU requirements.
Capital Adequacy Requirements
During 2007, the Bank and its Spanish bank subsidiaries were subject to Bank of Spain’s Circular 5/1993 on capital adequacy requirements. Additionally, Spain forms part of the Basel Committee on Banking Regulations and Supervisory Practices since February 2001 and we calculate our capital requirements under this committee’s criteria (the Basel I Accord). In June 2006 the European Union adopted a new regulatory framework (recast of Directives 2006/48/EC and 2006/49/EC) that promotes more risk sensitive approaches to the determination of minimum regulatory capital requirements in accordance with the New Basel Accord (“Basel II” or “BIS II”). Finally, the Royal Decree 216/2008 published on February 16, 2008, the Law 36/2007 amending Law 13/1985, and Bank of Spain’s Circular 3/2008 published on June 10, 2008, introduced these European Directives into the Spanish regulatory framework.
The Spanish capital adequacy requirements applicable until June 30, 2008 distinguish between “basic” and “complementary” capital and require certain ratios of basic and total capital to risk-weighted assets. Basic capital generally includes ordinary shares, non-cumulative preferred securities and most reserves, less interim dividends, goodwill and intangible assets, treasury stock and financing for the acquisition (by persons other than the issuer’s employees) of the issuer’s shares. Complementary capital generally includes cumulative preferred securities, revaluation and similar reserves, dated and perpetual subordinated debt, generic credit allowances and capital gains.
The Bank’s total capital is reduced by certain deductions that need to be made with respect to its investments in other financial institutions.
The computation of both basic and complementary capital is subject to provisions limiting the type of stockholding and the level of control which these stockholdings grant to a banking group. The level of dated subordinated debt taken into account for the calculation of complementary capital may not exceed 50% of basic capital, the level of non-cumulative preferred securities may not exceed 30% of basic capital, the level of step-up preferred securities may not exceed 15% of basic capital and the total amount of complementary capital admissible for computing total capital may not exceed the total amount of basic capital.
The consolidated total capital of a banking group calculated in the manner described above may not be less than 8% of the group’s risk-weighted assets net of specified provisions and amortizations. The calculation of total risk-weighted assets applies minimum multipliers of 0%, 10%, 20%, 50% and 100% to the group’s assets.
Spanish regulations provide that, if certain requirements are met, Spanish banks may include the net credit exposure arising from certain interest rate and foreign exchange related derivative contracts (rather than the entire notional amount of such contracts) in their total risk-adjusted assets for purposes of calculating their capital adequacy ratios.

 

75


Table of Contents

Spanish banks are permitted to include the net credit exposure arising from interest rate and foreign exchange transactions related to derivative products provided that (i) all derivative related transactions between the parties form a single agreement; (ii) the incumbent bank has submitted to the Bank of Spain legal opinions with regard to the validity of the netting provisions; and (iii) the incumbent bank has implemented the appropriate procedures to revise the treatment of netting if there is an amendment of the regulations in force.
At December 31, 2007, our eligible capital exceeded the minimum required by the Bank of Spain by approximately 14.5 billion. Our Spanish subsidiary banks were, at December 31, 2007, each in compliance with these capital adequacy requirements, and all our foreign subsidiary banks were in compliance with their local regulations.
Banks or consolidated banking groups are required to communicate immediately to the Bank of Spain if they fail to satisfy minimum capital requirements, and within the next month are required to present a plan to recover their solvency. This plan could be modified by the Bank of Spain. While the deficit persists, the payment of dividends by any of the entities of the banking group must be approved by the Bank of Spain. The payment of dividends is forbidden (other than by subsidiaries in which the entity holds at least 50% of the voting rights and capital) if the deficit of capital is greater than 20% or if the deficit in basic capital is greater than 50% of the minimum capital requirements, unless otherwise authorized by the Bank of Spain. See “—Restrictions on Dividends” below.
The Basel Committee on Banking Regulations and Supervisory Practices, which includes the supervisory authorities of thirteen major industrial countries, adopted in 1988 an international framework (the “Basel Accord”) for capital measurement and capital standards of banking institutions. The capital requirements imposed by the Basel Accord are in many respects similar to those imposed by European Union directives, Spanish law and the Bank of Spain.
Based purely on the Basel I Accord capital framework, and making assumptions that we consider appropriate, we estimate that, at December 31, 2007, we had (1) a total capital to risk-weighted assets ratio of 12.66%, and (2) a Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets ratio of 7.71%.
The Basel Committee on Banking Supervision on June 26, 2004 published the Basel II Accord which amends the Basel I 1988 Accord. Basel II promotes a more risk sensitive approach to the determination of minimum regulatory capital requirements which would further strengthen the soundness and stability of the international banking system. To ensure that the most appropriate approaches are being used, banks are encouraged to move to the more sophisticated methods by a reduction in the regulatory capital charge.
As a result of the new Basel capital accord issued by the Basel Committee, a new regulatory framework (Directives 2006/48/EC and 2006/49/EC) was adopted in June 2006 by the European Union. Since then, each country has been going through the process of implementing the Directives, firstly in national laws and secondly in the specific regulations of each national supervisor. This new framework will be applicable to all Spanish banks. Law 36/2007 (November 17), which amends Law 13/1985 on investment ratios, capital and reporting requirements of financial intermediaries and Royal Decree 216/2008 (February 15), transpose Directive 2006/48/EC and Directive 2006/49/EC into the Spanish Law.
Bank of Spain’s Circular 3/2008 published on June 10, 2008 mandates Spanish entities to report capital ratios using the Basel II framework from June 30, 2008.
Basel II introduces more emphasis on risk sensitivity, supervisory review and market discipline (through more extensive disclosures). Banks will have minimum capital requirements in order to support credit, market and operational risk. The impact of the new regulation is not expected to increase the capital requirements, but could increase their volatility.
The Group intends to use, from the outset, advanced internal models to calculate the capital requirements for credit risk of the units with the largest credit risk exposure (the Parent Bank and Banco Español de Crédito -Banesto- in Spain and Abbey in the UK), and plans to extend these models to its other main units in the next few years. The use of advanced internal models is subject to stringent internal validation and supervisory approval requirements. Internal validation and supervisory review and approval of the models are not confined to the quantitative model, but also encompass qualitative requirements relating to the technological environment and the integration of the models into management. In the case of the Group, this has entailed review and approval by the Bank of Spain and the FSA of 36 credit risk models applicable to the various business segments. In June 2008, Bank of Spain authorized the use of internal models to determine the regulatory capital requirements of the above mentioned Group’s main units beginning as of June 30, 2008.

 

76


Table of Contents

The calculation of the minimum capital requirements under the new regulations, referred to as Pillar I, is supplemented by an internal capital adequacy assessment process (“ICAAP”) and supervisory review, referred to as Pillar II. In the case of the Group, the ICAAP is based on an internal model which is used to quantify the economic capital required, given the Group’s global risk profile, to maintain a target AA rating. Lastly, Basel II regulations establish, through Pillar III, strict standards of transparency in the disclosure of risk information to the market.
We believe that the new regulations will give rise to significant savings with respect to the regulatory capital requirements beginning with their effective implementation.
Concentration of Risk
Spanish banks may not have exposure to a single person or group in excess of 25% (20% in the case of an affiliate) of the bank’s equity. Any exposure to a person or group exceeding 10% of a bank’s capital is deemed a concentration and the total amount of exposure represented by all of such concentrations must not exceed 800% of such capital (excluding exposures to the Spanish government, the Bank of Spain, the European Union and certain other exceptions).
Legal Reserve and Other Reserves
Spanish banks are subject to legal and other restricted reserves requirements. In addition, we must allocate profits to certain other reserves as described in Note 33 to our consolidated financial statements.
Allowances for Credit Losses and Country-Risk
For a discussion of Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 relating to allowances for credit losses and country-risk, see “—Classified Assets—Bank of Spain Classification Requirements”.
Employee Pension Plans
At December 31, 2007, our pension plans were all funded according to Bank of Spain requirements. See Note 25 to our consolidated financial statements.
Restrictions on Dividends
We may only pay dividends (including interim dividends) if such payment is in compliance with the Bank of Spain’s minimum capital requirement (described under “—Capital Adequacy Requirements”) and other requirements or, as described below, under certain circumstances when we have capital that is 20% or less below the Bank of Spain’s minimum capital requirements.
If a banking group meets this capital requirement, it may dedicate all of its net profits to the payment of dividends, although in practice Spanish banks normally consult with the Bank of Spain before declaring a dividend. Even if a banking group meets the capital requirement as a group, any consolidated Spanish credit entity that is a subsidiary that does not meet the capital requirement on its own will be subject to the limitations on dividends described below. If a banking group or any Spanish credit entity subsidiary of the group has capital that is 20% or less below the Bank of Spain’s minimum capital requirement, it must devote an amount of net profits determined by the Bank of Spain to reserves, and dividends may be paid out of the remainder only with the prior approval of the Bank of Spain. If the capital is 20% or more, or its basic capital is 50% or more, below the minimum requirement, it may not pay any dividends and must allocate all profits to reserves unless otherwise authorized by the Bank of Spain. In the case of a banking group failing to meet the capital requirement, however, the Bank of Spain can authorize that the consolidated subsidiaries in the group pay dividends without restriction, so long as they are at least 50% owned by group companies and, if they are credit entities, independently comply with the capital requirement.
If a bank has no net profits, its board of directors may propose at the general meeting of shareholders that a dividend be declared out of retained earnings. However, once the board of directors has proposed the dividend to be paid, it must submit the proposal to the Minister of Economy and Finance who, in consultation with the Bank of Spain, may in his discretion authorize or reject the proposal of the board.
Compliance with such requirements notwithstanding, the Bank of Spain is empowered to advise a bank against the payment of dividends on security and soundness grounds. If such advice is not followed, the Bank of Spain may require that notice of such advice be included in the bank’s annual report registered before the Mercantile Register. In no event may dividends be paid from certain legal reserves.

 

77


Table of Contents

Interim dividends of any given year may not exceed the net profits for the period from the closing of the previous fiscal year to the date on which interim dividends are declared. In addition, the Bank of Spain recommends that interim dividends not exceed an amount equal to one-half of all net income from the beginning of the corresponding fiscal year. Although banks are not legally required to seek prior approval from the Bank of Spain before declaring interim dividends, the Bank of Spain has asked that banks consult with it on a voluntary basis before declaring interim dividends.
Limitations On Types Of Business
Spanish banks generally are not subject to any prohibitions on the types of businesses that they may conduct, although they are subject to certain limitations on the types of businesses they may conduct directly.
The activities that credit institutions authorized in another Member State of the European Union may conduct and which benefit from the mutual recognition within the European Union are detailed in article 52 of Law 26/1988 (July 29, 1988).
Deposit Guarantee Fund
The Deposit Guarantee Fund on Credit Institutions (“Fondo de Garantía de Depósitos”, or the “FGD”), which operates under the guidance of the Bank of Spain, guarantees in the case of the Bank and our Spanish banking subsidiaries: (i) bank deposits up to 20,000 per depositor; and (ii) securities and financial instruments which have been assigned to a credit institution for its deposit, register or for other such services, up to 20,000 per investor. Pursuant to regulations affecting the FGD, the FGD may purchase non-performing loans or may acquire, recapitalize and sell banks which experience difficulties.
The FGD is funded by annual contributions from member banks. The amount of such bank’s contributions is currently 0.6 per thousand (0.4 per thousand for savings banks and 0.8 per thousand for credit cooperatives) of the year-end amount of deposits to which the guarantee extends. For that purpose, the calculation basis will take into consideration the bank deposits, plus 5% of the market quotation (or nominal value or redemption value in case the securities are not traded in any secondary market) of the guaranteed securities at the end of the financial year. Nevertheless, the Minister of Economy and Finance may reduce the member bank contributions once the capital of the FGD resources exceeds its requirements, and suspend further contributions when the FGD’s funds exceed the requirement by 1% or more of the calculation basis.
As of December 31, 2007, the Bank and its domestic bank subsidiaries were members of the FGD and thus were obligated to make annual contributions to it.
Data Protection
Law 15/1999, dated December 13, 1999, establishes the requirements relating to the treatment of customers’ personal data by credit entities. This law requires credit entities to notify the Spanish Data Protection Agency prior to creating files with a customer’s personal information. Furthermore, this law requires the credit entity to identify the persons who will be responsible for the files and the measures that will be taken to preserve the security of those files. The files must then be recorded in the Data Protection General Registry, once compliance with the relevant requirements has been confirmed. Credit entities that breach this law may be subject to claims by the interested parties before the Data Protection Agency. The Data Protection Agency, which has investigatory and sanctioning capabilities, is the Spanish Authority responsible for the control and supervision of the enforcement of this law.
Recent Legislation
Law 12/2006 (May 16), among others, amends the Securities Market Law 24/1988 by (i) implementing Article 6(9) of Directive 2003/6/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council on insider dealing and market manipulation (market abuse) and articles 7 to 11 of the Commission Directive 2004/72/EC, by introducing a new article to the Securities Market Law requiring that any person professionally arranging transactions in financial instruments who reasonably suspects that a transaction might constitute insider dealing or market manipulation shall notify the CNMV; (ii) completing the regulation of Bolsas y Mercados Españoles, or of any other entity which in the future could be in the same position, to provide it with more flexibility in its operation; and (iii) finally, it clarifies and homogenizes the regulation of significant participations on the entities which manage the accounting records and the clearing and settlement of securities and the Spanish secondary markets.

 

78


Table of Contents

Law 35/2006 (November 28), which approved a new personal income tax law and abolished existing law on the subject, including Royal Decree 3/2004 which was the primary source of regulation. Additionally it partially modified the corporate income tax, the non resident individuals and corporate income tax and the net worth tax.
Law 36/2006 (November 29), relating to measures to prevent tax fraud, among others, amends article 108 of the Securities Market Law.
Law 6/2007 (April 12) amending the Securities Market Law, in order to modify the rules for takeover bids and for issuers transparency. This law has been further developed by Royal Decree 1066/2007 (July 27) on rules applicable to takeover bids for securities and by Royal Decree 1362/2007 (October 19), on transparency requirements for issuers of listed securities (see “Item 9. The Offer and Listing—C. Markets—Spanish Securities Market—Securities Market Legislation” and “Item 10. Additional Information—B. Memorandum and Articles of Association—Tender Offers”).
Law 16/2007 (July 4) introduces a series of amendments to the Spanish mercantile legislation, Commercial Code and Companies Law, in order to adapt it to certain international accounting standards introduced by Regulation 1606/2002/EC of the European Union and of the Council with regard to international financial reporting standards.
Law 22/2007 (July 11) completes the incorporation into the Spanish legal system of Directive 2002/65/EC concerning the distance marketing of consumer financial services.
Law 36/2007 (November 17) introduces a series of amendments to Law 13/1985 (May 25), on investment ratios, capital and reporting requirements of financial intermediaries, in order to adapt it to Directive 2006/48/EC relating to the taking up and pursuit of the business of credit institutions. The provisions of this Directive and the provisions in Directive 2006/49/EC on the minimum capital adequacy of investment firms and credit institutions, implements in the European Union the provisions of the 2004 New Basel Capital Accord (Basel II) which focuses on capital allocation as a primary means of controlling risk. Further implementation in Spain of the above mentioned Directives has been made by Royal Decree 216/2008 (February 15), on capital of financial institutions (see “Capital Adequacy Requirements” above).
Law 41/2007 (December 7) amends Law 2/1981 (March 25) on the mortgage market and regulations related to the mortgage and financial systems, by regulating reverse mortgages and long term care insurance and by setting out a specific tax rule. The purpose of this law is to provide the Spanish mortgage market with greater flexibility. A number of reforms have been introduced relating to (i) asset or financing transactions carried out by credit institutions; and (ii) liability transactions, i.e., those of moving mortgage loans and credits that credit institutions carried out as refinancing mechanisms (mortgage participations, mortgage bonds and covered bonds).
Law 47/2007 (December 19) amends the Securities Market Law in order to adapt it to (i) Directive 2004/39/EC on markets in financial instruments (MiFID), (ii) Directive 2006/73/EC implementing Directive 2004/39/EC with respect to the organizational requirements and operating conditions for investment firms and defined terms for the purpose of that Directive; and (iii) Directive 2006/49/EC on the capital adequacy of investment firms and credit institutions. Further Directive 2006/49/EC and MiFID implementation have been introduced by Royal Decrees 216/2008 and 217/2008 (both of February 15), respectively (see “Item 9. The Offer and Listing—C. Markets. —Spanish Securities Market—Securities Market Legislation”).
United Kingdom Regulation
FSA
Both Abbey and our branch in the United Kingdom are regulated by the Financial Services Authority (“FSA”). The FSA is the single statutory regulator responsible for regulating deposit taking, mortgages, insurance and investment business pursuant to the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (“FSMA”). It is a criminal offense for any person to carry on any of the activities regulated under this Act in the United Kingdom by way of business unless that person is authorized by the FSA or falls under an exemption.
The FSA has authorized Abbey, as well as some of its subsidiaries, to carry on certain regulated activities. The regulated activities they are authorized to engage in depend upon permissions granted by the FSA. The main permitted activities of Abbey and its subsidiaries are described below.

 

79


Table of Contents

Mortgages
Lending secured on land, at least 40% of which is used as a dwelling by an individual borrower or relative, has been regulated by the FSA since October 31, 2004. Abbey is authorized to enter into, advise and arrange regulated mortgage contracts.
Banking
Deposit taking is a regulated activity that requires a firm to be authorized and supervised by the FSA. Abbey has permission to carry on deposit taking as do several of its subsidiaries, including Abbey National Treasury Services plc and Cater Allen Limited.
Insurance
United Kingdom banking groups may provide insurance services through other group companies. Insurance business in the United Kingdom is divided between two main categories: Long-term Assurance (such as whole of life, endowments, life insurance investment bonds) and General Insurance (such as buildings and contents coverage, annually renewable life, health and travel protection coverage and motor insurance).
Under the FSMA, effecting or carrying out any contract of insurance, whether general or long-term, is a regulated activity requiring authorization. Life insurance mediation has been subject to regulation for many years. General insurance mediation has been subject to regulation by the FSA since January 14, 2005.
Abbey is authorized by the FSA to sell both Long-term Assurance and General Insurance, and receives commissions for the policies arranged.
Investment business
Investment business such as dealing in, arranging deals in, managing and giving investment advice in respect of most types of securities and other investments, including options, futures and contracts for differences (which would include interest rate and currency swaps) and long-term assurance contracts are all regulated activities under the FSMA and require authorization by the FSA.
Abbey and a number of its subsidiaries have permission to engage in a wide range of wholesale and retail investment businesses including selling investment-backed life assurance and pension products, unit trust products and Individual Savings Accounts (tax exempt saving products) and providing certain retail equity products and services.
United States Regulation
By virtue of the operation of our branch in New York City, our agency in Miami and Banesto’s branch in New York City, as well as our ownership of a bank in Puerto Rico, we are subject to the U.S. Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and the U.S. International Banking Act of 1978, as amended. These statutes impose limitations on the types of business conducted by us in the United States and on the location and expansion of our banking business in the United States. We are subject to supervision and regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. In addition, our branch and agency offices are subject to supervision and regulation by state banking departments in the states in which they operate, and Sovereign is subject to supervision and regulation as a savings-and-loan holding company by the Office of Thrift Supervision.
Monetary Policy and Exchange Controls
The decisions of the European System of Central Banks influence conditions in the money and credit markets, thereby affecting interest rates, the growth in lending, the distribution of lending among various industry sectors and the growth of deposits. Monetary policy has had a significant effect on the operations and profitability of Spanish banks in the past and this effect is expected to continue in the future. Similarly, the monetary policies of governments in other countries in which we have operations, particularly in Latin America and, following the acquisition of Abbey, in the United Kingdom, affect our operations and profitability in those countries. We cannot predict the effect which any changes in such policies may have upon our operations in the future, but we do not expect it to be material.

 

80


Table of Contents

The European Monetary Union has had a significant effect upon foreign exchange and bond markets and has involved modification of the internal operations and systems of banks and of inter-bank payments systems. Since January 1, 1999, the start of Stage III, see “—Supervision and Regulation—Bank of Spain and the European Central Bank,” Spanish monetary policy has been affected in several ways. The euro has become the national currency of the fifteen participating countries and the exchange rates between the currencies of these countries were fixed to the euro. Additionally, the European System of Central Banks became the entity in charge of the European Union’s monetary policy.
C. Organizational structure.
Banco Santander, S.A. is the parent company of the Group which was comprised at December 31, 2007 of 636 companies that consolidate by the global integration method. In addition, there are 120 companies that are accounted for by the equity method.
See Exhibits I, II and III to our consolidated financial statements included in this Form 20-F, for details of our consolidated and non-consolidated companies.
D. Property, plant and equipment.
During 2007, the Bank and its bank subsidiaries either leased or owned premises in Spain and abroad, which at December 31, 2007 included 5,014 branch offices in Spain and 6,164 abroad. See "—A. History and development of the company—Principal Capital Expenditures and Divestitures—Acquisitions, Dispositions, Reorganizations and Recent events” and Note 16 to our consolidated financial statements.
Item 4A. Unresolved Staff Comments
None.
Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects
Critical Accounting Policies
The Group’s consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 were prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union (“EU-IFRS”) required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004. A more detailed description of our significant accounting policies is shown in Notes 1 and 2 to our consolidated financial statements.
The preparation of the Group’s consolidated financial statements requires a significant amount of judgment involving estimates and assumptions which can be inherently uncertain at the time they are made (see Note 1-c to our consolidated financial statements). Changes in assumptions may have a significant impact on the financial statements in the periods in which they are changed. Judgments or changes in assumptions are submitted to the Audit and Compliance Committee and/or to our regulatory authorities and are disclosed in the notes to our consolidated financial statements.
Management bases its estimates and judgments on historical experience and on various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under current circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates if assumptions and conditions change.
We believe that of our significant accounting policies, the following may involve a high degree of judgment:
Fair value of financial instruments
Trading assets or liabilities, financial instruments that are classified at fair value through profit or loss, available for sale securities, and all derivatives are recorded at fair value on the balance sheet. The fair value of a financial instrument is the value at which it could be bought or sold in a current transaction between willing parties. If a quoted price in an active market is available for an instrument, the fair value is calculated based on that price.
If there is no market price available for a financial instrument, its fair value is estimated on the basis of the price established in recent transactions involving the same or similar instruments and, in the absence thereof, on the basis of valuation techniques commonly used by the international financial community, taking into account the specific features of the instrument to be measured and, particularly, the various types of risk associated with it.

 

81


Table of Contents

We use derivative financial instruments for both trading and non-trading activities. The principal types of derivatives used are interest rate swaps, future rate agreements, interest rate options and futures, foreign exchange forwards, foreign exchange futures, foreign exchange options, foreign exchange swaps, cross currency swaps, equity index futures and equity options. The fair value of standard derivatives is calculated based on published price quotations. The fair value of over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives is taken to be the sum of the expected future cash flows arising from the instrument, discounted to present value at the date of measurement (“present value” or “theoretical close”) using valuation techniques commonly used by the financial markets as follows:
   
In the valuation of financial instruments permitting static hedging (principally forwards and swaps), and in the valuation of loans and advances, the “present value” method is used. Expected future cash flows are discounted using the interest rate curves of the applicable currencies. The interest rate curves are generally observable market data.
 
   
In the valuation of financial instruments requiring dynamic hedging (principally structured options and other structured instruments), the Black-Scholes model is generally used. Certain observable market inputs are used in the Black-Scholes model to generate variables such as the bid-offer spread, exchange rates, volatility, correlation between indexes and market liquidity, as appropriate.
 
   
In the valuation of financial instruments exposed to interest rate risk (such as interest rate futures, caps and floors), the present value method (futures) and Black-Scholes model (plain vanilla options) are used. For more structured instruments that require dynamic hedging, the Heath-Jarrow-Morton model is used. The main inputs used in these models are principally observable market data, including appropriate interest rate curves, volatilities, correlations and exchange rates.
 
   
In the case of linear instruments (such as bonds and fixed-income derivatives), credit risk is measured using dynamic models similar to those used in the measurement of interest rate risk. In the case of non-linear instruments, if they are exposed to portfolio credit risk (such as credit derivatives), the joint probability of default is determined using the Standard Gaussian Copula model. The main inputs used in the Standard Gaussian Copula model are generally data relating to individual issuers in the portfolio and correlations thereto. The main inputs used in determining the underlying cost of credit for credit risk derivatives are quoted credit spreads, and the correlation between individual issuers’ quoted credit derivatives.
The determination of fair value requires the use of estimates and certain assumptions. If quoted market prices are not available, fair value is calculated using widely accepted pricing models that consider contractual prices of the underlying financial instruments, yield curves, contract terms, observable market data, and other relevant factors . The use of different estimates or assumptions in these pricing models could lead to a different valuation being recorded in our consolidated financial statements.
In Note 2. d) iii. to our consolidated financial statements additional information can be found regarding valuation techniques used by the Group, along with details of the principal assumptions and estimates used in these models and the sensitivity of the valuation of financial instruments to changes in the principal assumptions used.
Allowance for credit losses
Financial assets accounted for at amortized cost and contingent liabilities are assessed for objective evidence of impairment and any resulting allowances for credit losses are recognized and measured in accordance with IAS 39. Credit losses exist if the carrying amount of an asset or claim or a portfolio of assets or claims exceeds the present value of the estimated future cash flows.
Credit losses on these impaired assets and contingent liabilities are assessed as follows:
   
Individually, for all significant debt instruments and for instruments which, although not material, are not susceptible to being classified in homogeneous groups of instruments with similar risk characteristics: instrument type, debtor’s industry and geographical location, type of guarantee or collateral, and age of past-due amounts, taking into account: (i) the present value of future cash flows, discounted at an appropriate discount rate; (ii) the debtor’s financial situation; and (iii) any guarantees in place.
 
   
Collectively, in all other cases, we group transactions on the basis of the nature of the obligors, the conditions of the countries in which they reside, transaction status, type of collateral or guarantee, and age of past-due amounts. For each group, we establish the appropriate impairment losses (“identified losses”) that must be recognized.

 

82


Table of Contents

Additionally, we recognize an impairment allowance for credit losses when it is probable that a loss has been incurred, taking into account the historical loss experience and other circumstances known at the time of assessment. For this type of allowance, credit losses are losses incurred at the reporting date, calculated using statistical methods, that have not yet been allocated to specific transactions.
The Group has implemented a methodology which complies with EU-IFRS and is consistent with the Bank of Spain requirements for the determination of the level of provisions required to cover inherent losses. This methodology initially classifies portfolios considered normal risk (debt instruments not classified at fair value through profit or loss, contingent risks and contingent commitments) into the following groups, according to the associated level of risk:
  (i)  
No appreciable risk.
 
  (ii)  
Low risk.
 
  (iii)  
Medium-low risk.
 
  (iv)  
Medium risk.
 
  (v)  
Medium-high risk.
 
  (vi)  
High risk.
Once these portfolios have been classified, the Bank of Spain, based on experience and information available to it with respect to the Spanish banking sector, has determined the methodology and parameters that entities should apply in the calculation of the provisions for inherent losses in debt instruments and contingent risks and commitments classified as normal risk.
The calculation establishes that the charge for inherent losses to be made in each period will be equal to: (i) the sum of multiplying the value, positive or negative, of the variation in the period of the balance of each class of risk by the constant a corresponding to that class, plus (ii) the sum of multiplying the total amount of the operations included in each class at the end of the period by the relevant a, minus (iii) the amount of the net charge for the specific allowance made in the period.
The parameters a and b as determined by the Bank of Spain’s guidance take into account historic inherent losses and adjustments to reflect the current economic circumstances.
The allowances for credit losses recorded by Santander as at December 31, 2007, using the methodology outlined above, was 9,302 million.
Additionally, with the objective of ensuring that the provisions resulting from the application of the criteria required by the Bank of Spain are reasonable, the Group estimates the allowances for credit losses using models based on its own credit loss experience and management’s estimate of future credit losses. The Group has developed internal risk models, based on historical information available for each country and type of risk (homogenous portfolios); a full description of our credit risk management system is included in Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk Part 2. Credit Risk. These models produce a range of results that comprise the level of provisions at which we arrive using the model established by the Bank of Spain, as explained below. These internal models may be applied in future periods but are currently subject to local regulatory review by the Bank of Spain. In order for each internal model to be considered valid by the local regulator for use, the calculation should be methodologically correct, and be supported by historical information which covers at least one complete economic cycle and is stored in databases which are consistent with information that has been audited by both the Group Internal Auditing function and external Auditors.
Since 1993, the Group has employed its own models for assigning solvency and internal ratings, which aim to measure the degree of risk associated with a client or transaction. Each rating corresponds to a certain probability of default or non-payment, based on the Group’s past experience. The development of the internal models has led to the introduction of databases that can be used to estimate the risk parameters required in the calculation of capital and expected loss, following market best practices and the guidelines of the New Capital Accord (Basel II).

 

83


Table of Contents

Although there should be no substantial difference in the calculation of loan allowances between the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP the Group has included in the reconciliation of stockholders’ equity and net income a difference between the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP related to the determination of credit losses not allocated to specific loans.
Under U.S. GAAP, the loan loss allowance should represent the best estimate of probable losses using possible scenarios. Under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004, the Group has additionally applied the statistical percentages obtained from historical trends as determined by the Bank of Spain’s guidance (Circular 4/2004). As a result, the loan loss allowances not allocated to specific loans, as determined by the Circular, are higher than those calculated under U.S. GAAP.
The estimates of a portfolio’s inherent risks and overall recovery vary with changes in the economy, individual industries, countries and individual borrowers’ or counterparties’ ability and willingness to repay their obligations. The degree to which any particular assumption affects the allowance for credit losses depends on the severity of the change and its relationship to the other assumptions.
Key judgments used in determining the allowance for loan losses include: (i) risk ratings for pools of commercial loans and leases, (ii) market and collateral values and discount rates for individually evaluated loans, (iii) product type classifications for consumer and commercial loans and leases, (iv) loss rates used for consumer and commercial loans and leases, (v) adjustments made for current events and conditions, (vi) domestic, global and individual countries economic uncertainty, and (vii) overall credit conditions.
CLASSIFICATION DIFFERENCES BETWEEN THE EU-IFRS REQUIRED TO BE APPLIED UNDER BANK OF SPAIN’S CIRCULAR 4/2004 AND U.S. GAAP
Credit losses are generally recognized through allowances for credit losses. As a result of certain unusual circumstances (for example, bankruptcy or insolvency), the loss can be directly recognized through write-offs.
Specific allowances for credit losses come from the impairment process. Loans are identified as impaired and income no longer accrued when it is determined that collection of interest or principal is doubtful or when the interest or principal has been past due for 90 days or more, unless the loan is well secured and in the process of collection.
Globally managed clients, corporate, sovereign and other loans with significant balances are individually assessed based on the borrower’s overall financial condition, resources, guarantees and payment record. An impairment loss is recognized when there are doubts about collection, or when interest or principal is past due for 90 days or more.
Consumer mortgage, installment, revolving credit and other consumer loans are evaluated collectively, and an impairment loss is recognized when interest or principal is past due for 90 days or more.
According to Bank of Spain’s requirements, non-performing loans must be wholly provisioned (hence all the credit loss recognized) when they are more than 24 months overdue, or after more than 6 years for secured mortgage loans.
When a loan is deemed partially uncollectible, the credit loss is charged against earnings through allowances for credit losses instead of through a partial write-off of the loan, as this is not permitted by the Bank of Spain. If a loan becomes entirely uncollectible, its allowance is increased until it reaches 100% of the loan balance. Generally speaking, the requirements for credit loss recognition under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP are similar.
The credit loss recognition process is independent of the process for the removal of impaired loans from the balance sheet. The entire loan balance is kept on the balance sheet until any portion of it has been classified as non-performing for 4 years, or up to 6 years for some secured mortgage loans (the maximum period established in the Bank of Spain regulations), depending on management’s view as to the recoverability of the loan. After that period the loan balance and its specific allowance are removed from the balance sheet and recorded in off-balance sheet accounts, with no resulting impact on net income attributable to the Group. Under U.S. GAAP, this loan would be removed from the balance sheet earlier.

 

84


Table of Contents

An additional allowance for credit losses attributed to the remaining portfolio is established via a process that considers the potential loss inherent in the portfolio. Also, an allowance is recorded for those exposures where the sovereign risk, transfer risk and risks arising from international financial activity add some doubts as to the collection of debts (the Country-risk Allowance).
Given that loans are presented on the balance sheet net of their credit allowances, there are no significant differences of presentation in the amounts disclosed on the balance sheet under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 or U.S. GAAP. However, our non-performing loans under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 include balances that would have been removed from the balance sheet under U.S. GAAP. This classification difference represents the specific allowance for credit losses, a concept which does not exist under U.S. GAAP.
Impairment
Certain assets, including goodwill, other intangible assets, equity method investments, and other assets are subject to impairment review. We record impairment charges when we believe there is objective evidence of impairment, or that the cost of the assets may not be recoverable. Assessment of what constitutes impairment is a matter of significant judgment.
Goodwill and other intangible assets are tested for impairment on an annual basis, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances, such as an adverse change in business climate or observable market data, indicate that these assets may be impaired. An impairment loss recognized for goodwill may not be reversed in a subsequent period. The fair value determination used in the impairment assessment requires estimates based on quoted market prices, prices of comparable businesses, present value or other valuation techniques, or a combination thereof, requiring management to make subjective judgments and assumptions. Events and factors that may significantly affect the estimates include, among others, competitive forces, customer behaviors and attrition, changes in revenue growth trends, cost structures and technology, and changes in discount rates and specific industry or market sector conditions.
In relation to goodwill, the first step of the impairment review process requires the identification of cash-generating units (“CGU”). These are the smallest identifiable group of assets that, as a result of continuing operations, generate cash inflows that are largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or groups of assets. Goodwill is then allocated to these CGUs; this allocation is reviewed following a business reorganization. The carrying value of the CGU, including the allocated goodwill, is compared to its fair value to determine whether an impairment exists. To calculate these fair values, management may use quoted prices, if available, appraisals made by independent external experts or internal estimations. Assumptions about expected future cash flows require management to make estimations and judgments. For this purpose, management analyzes the following: (i) certain macroeconomic variables that might affect its investments (including population data, the political and economic environment, as well as the banking system’s penetration level); (ii) various microeconomic variables comparing our investments with the financial industry of the country in which we carry on most of our business activities (breakdown of the balance sheet, total funds under management, results, efficiency ratio, capital ratio and return on equity, among others); and (iii) the price earnings (“P/E”) ratio of the investments as compared with the P/E ratio of the stock market in the country in which the investments are located and those of comparable local financial institutions.
Equity method investments are evaluated for impairment on an annually basis, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that these assets are impaired. An equity method investment is impaired if its fair value is deemed to be less than its cost. Accordingly, we evaluate whether an event or change in circumstances has occurred that may have a significant adverse effect on the fair value of the investment.
Our impairment reviews in 2007 resulted in impairment charges of €1,053 million related principally to our equity method investment in Sovereign. Other than the impairment recognized by Sovereign itself, €586 million of the total impairment charges related to goodwill held by the Group and €104 million to exchange differences. Additionally, we recorded goodwill impairment of €15 million and other intangible asset impairments of €563 million. In 2006, equity method investments, goodwill and other intangible assets impairment losses amounted to €380 thousand, €13 million and €15 million respectively. In 2005, impairment losses of €208 million relating to other intangible assets were recognized.

 

85


Table of Contents

Retirement Benefit Obligations
The Group provides pension plans in most parts of the world. For defined contribution plans, the pension cost recognized in the consolidated income statement represents the contribution payable to the scheme. For defined benefit plans, the pension cost is assessed in accordance with the advice of a qualified external actuary using the projected unit credit method. This cost is annually charged to the consolidated income statement.
The actuarial valuation is dependent upon a series of assumptions; the principal ones are set forth below:
   
assumed interest rates;
   
mortality tables;
   
annual social security pension revision rate;
   
price inflation;
   
annual salary growth rate, and
   
the method used to calculate vested commitments to current employees.
The difference between the fair value of the plan assets and the present value of the defined benefit obligation at the balance sheet date, adjusted for any historic unrecognized actuarial gains or losses and past service cost, is recognized as a liability in the balance sheet.
Further information on retirement benefit obligations is set out in Notes 2 and 25 to our consolidated financial statements.
Significant accounting policies with respect to our reconciliation from the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 to U.S. GAAP
We include a reconciliation of net income and stockholders’ equity between our consolidated financial statements under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP in Note 57 to the consolidated financial statements. The preparation of this reconciliation requires management to consider accounting policies under U.S. GAAP to determine whether or not a difference in GAAP exists, and to quantify the amount of that difference where appropriate. A number of these policies may require difficult or subjective judgments, estimates based on past experience and assumptions determined to be reasonable and realistic based on current circumstances.
Unless indicated otherwise, all of the accounting policies identified above, are equally critical to the preparation of the U.S. GAAP reconciliation, and involve similar judgments and assumptions by management.
Business combinations and goodwill
Goodwill and intangible assets include the cost of acquired subsidiaries in excess of the fair value of the tangible net assets recorded in connection with acquisitions as well as acquired intangible assets which include core deposits, customer lists, brands and assets under management. Accounting for goodwill and acquired intangible assets requires management’s estimates regarding: (1) the fair value of the acquired intangible assets and the initial amount of goodwill to be recorded, (2) the amortization period (for identified intangible assets other than goodwill) and (3) the recoverability of the carrying value of acquired intangible assets.
To determine the initial amount of goodwill to be recognized on an acquisition, we have to determine the fair value of the consideration and the fair value of the net assets acquired. We use independent appraisers and our internal analysis, generally based on discounted cash flow techniques, to determine the fair value of the net assets acquired and non-cash components of the consideration paid. The actual fair value of net assets acquired could differ from the fair value determined, resulting in an under- or over-statement of goodwill.
We test goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level. We identify our reporting units as one level below our business segments, based on our management structure. We keep those reporting units unchanged unless business segment reorganization occurs.
The useful lives of acquired intangible assets are estimated based on the period over which the assets are expected to contribute directly or indirectly to the future cash flows of the acquired entity.

 

86


Table of Contents

For acquired intangible assets, the amortization period under U.S. GAAP is reviewed annually. In making these assumptions, we consider historical results, adjusted to reflect current and anticipated operating conditions. Because a change in these assumptions can result in a significant change in the recorded amount of acquired intangible assets, we believe the accounting for business combinations is one of our critical accounting estimates.
In 2004, we acquired Abbey. As a result of this transaction a significant amount of goodwill was recorded (see Note 17 to the consolidated financial statements). As the business combination was performed close to the end of the year and because of the complexity of the process, the determination of goodwill for U.S. GAAP purposes as well as the identification and recognition of intangible assets was not concluded at that time. Management required an independent appraisal for the intangible assets identification and valuation. In 2005, as a result of these appraisals, we revised our allocation of the goodwill resulting from the Abbey acquisition. Details of the revision can be found in Note 58 to the consolidated financial statements.
Investment Securities
Under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 when there is evidence that a reduction in the fair value of a debt security classified as available for sale or loans and receivables is due to impairment, the unrealized loss is charged to net income but, if it subsequently recovers its value, the impairment losses are reversed. The process is similar in the case of equity securities except that any recovery in the value of the equity security is registered as a positive valuation adjustment in equity.
Under U.S. GAAP, impairment losses recognized cannot be reversed. Investment securities classified as available for sale under U.S. GAAP (those securities that have not been classified as trading or held to maturity) have to be assessed to determine whether their fair value has declined below amortized cost and therefore if there has been an other-than-temporary impairment.
We conduct reviews to assess whether an other-than-temporary impairment exists. These reviews consist of (i) the identification of securities that have been impaired during the last six months, and (ii) the calculation of the value of the impairment that is not expected to be recovered. Changing global and regional conditions and conditions related to specific issuers or industries, could adversely affect these values. Changes in the fair values of trading securities are recognized in earnings.
Variable Interest Entities
FIN 46-R defines a “Variable Interest Entity” (“VIE”) as an entity that has (1) insufficient equity to permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties, (2) equity investors that cannot make significant decisions about the entity’s operations, or that do not absorb the expected losses or receive the expected returns of the entity or (3) equity investors that have voting rights that are not proportionate to their economic interests and substantially all the activities of the entity involved, or are conducted on behalf of, an investor with a disproportionately small voting interest. A VIE is consolidated by its primary beneficiary, which is the interest holder that bears the majority of its expected losses or receives the majority of the expected residual returns or both. FIN 46-R requires the evaluation of many potential VIEs and judgment, at times, to determine whether a VIE should be consolidated.
Under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004, these companies are consolidated by using the global integration method or the proportional consolidation method. The use of one method instead of the other has no impact on the consolidated stockholders’ equity or on the consolidated net income attributable to shareholders. The adoption of FIN 46-R had no effect on stockholders’ equity or net income, but changed the consolidation perimeter under U.S. GAAP, requiring the consolidation of some entities that previously were not consolidated (such as some securitization vehicles) and excluding others that were previously consolidated. The majority of these changes in the consolidation perimeter were the same as those arising upon transition to the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004.
A. Operating results
We have based the following discussion on our consolidated financial statements. You should read it along with these financial statements, and it is qualified in its entirety by reference to them.

 

87


Table of Contents

The amounts included in the consolidated income statement for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006 in this Annual Report differ from the amounts included in the consolidated income statement for these periods which were included in our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2006 due to the reclassification of amounts relating to operations that were discontinued in 2007, such as the sale of our Latin American pension management companies (see “Item 4. Information on the Company—A. History and development of the company—Principal Capital Expenditures and Divestitures—Acquisitions, Dispositions, Reorganizations”). Under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004, revenue and expenses of discontinued businesses must be reclassified from each income statement line item to “Profit from discontinued operations”. This presentation requirement came into effect in the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006. Revenues and expenses from prior years are also required to be reclassified for comparison purposes to present the same business as discontinued operations. This change in presentation does not affect “Profit attributed to the Group” (see Note 37 to our consolidated financial statements).
In a number of places in this report, in order to analyze changes in our business from period to period, we have isolated the effects of foreign exchange rates on our results of operations and financial position. In particular, we have isolated the effects of depreciation of local currencies against the euro because we believe that doing so is useful in understanding the development of our business. For these purposes, we calculate the effect of movements in the exchange rates by multiplying the previous period balances in local currencies by the difference between the exchange rate to the euro of the current and the previous period.
General
We are a financial group whose main business focus is retail banking, complemented by global wholesale banking, asset management and insurance businesses.
Our main source of income is the interest that we earn from our lending activities, by borrowing funds from customers and money markets at certain rates and lending them to other customers at different rates. We also derive income from the interest and dividends that we receive from our investments in fixed/variable income and equity securities and from our trading activities in such securities and derivatives, by buying and selling them to take advantage of current and/or expected differences between purchase and sale prices.
Another source of income are the commissions that we earn from the different banking and other financial services that we provide (credit and debit cards, insurance, account management, bill discounting, guarantees and other contingent liabilities, advisory and custody services, etc.) and from our mutual and pension funds management services.
In addition, from time to time, we derive income from the capital gains we make from the sale of our holdings in Group companies.
2007 Overview
We believe that the following factors had a significant impact on our results of operations and financial condition as of and for the year ended December 31, 2007.
We conducted our business against a background of strong growth in the global economy (+5.2%), but the year ended with greater uncertainty. The instability of financial markets, coupled with higher oil prices and the downturn in the U.S. economy, reduced the pace of world growth in the fourth quarter of 2007. However, the buoyancy of emerging economies enabled their growth to be more than 4% and offset the weakening of the more developed economies, particularly the U.S.
The U.S. economy slowed down considerably at the end of 2007 (with annualized growth of 0.6% in the fourth quarter). The U.S. economy remains affected by the crisis in the real estate sector which has led to an increase in the U.S. of non-performing loans, particularly sub-prime mortgages, thereby further intensifying financial instability. Forecasts pointing to recession in the first half of 2008 led the Federal Reserve to cut its effective funds rate during the first quarter from 4.25% to 2.25% despite core inflation levels of slightly above 2%. This reduction, coupled with injections of liquidity and the U.S. Government’s fiscal package, could stimulate activity in the second half of 2008.
Latin America largely escaped the crisis in the markets thanks to its solid financial position, high prices for its raw materials, links with Asian economies and strong domestic demand. Its GDP growth remained slightly above 5% in 2007. The rise in inflation, which reduces the margin for maneuver in monetary policies, and the slowdown in developed economies could affect the region’s growth in 2008, but the Latin American economy is expected to continue to grow by more than 4% in 2008.

 

88


Table of Contents

Latin America’s three main economies (Brazil, Mexico and Chile) continued to grow strongly in 2007. Only Mexico’s growth eased (to 3%) because of the U.S. influence, but its domestic demand is solid and rising. The faster pace of growth in Brazil and Chile (more than 5%) intensified inflationary pressures, particularly in Chile, and led its central bank to raise its key rate to 6%. Exchange rates, however, remained strong.
The Eurozone grew 2.7% and decelerated in the fourth quarter (+2.3%). The private sector’s more solid financial position made the Eurozone more resistant to the financial turbulence in the U.S. Inflation rose to 3.1%, above the 2% target, limiting the leeway of the European Central Bank, which has held its rate at 4% since the middle of 2007. In this context, the euro remained strong (at $1.47).
Spain’s economy continued to grow strongly (+3.8%) with a lower last quarter (+3.5%). The main driver remained domestic demand although this is slowing down, principally in investment in construction, although growth in the external sector did not decline as much. Inflation increased in the last part of 2007 and ended the year at more than 4%.
The UK economy grew 3.1%, above its expected growth rate, despite easing in the fourth quarter (+2.9%). The reduction in the Bank of England’s base rate in December 2007 and January 2008 (to 5.25%) sought to counter this fall. However, inflation is above the 2% target however, and could limit room to maneuver in monetary policy.
In this environment, sterling weakened and fell 8% against the euro (to £0.73). Movements in the dollar, sterling and the other currencies in which we operate had a slight negative impact on our revenues and expenses of around 2-3 percentage points. The impact on the balance sheet was also negative (around 5 percentage points).
Results of Operations for Santander
Summary
Profit attributed to the Group as reported in our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2007 was 9,060.3 million, a 19.28% or 1,464.3 million increase from 7,595.9 million in 2006, which was a 22.1% or 1,375.8 million increase from 6,220.1 million in 2005. The 2007 increase was mainly due to increases in net interest income, net fees and commissions, exchange differences and gains on disposal of tangible assets, all of which were partially offset by increases in operating expenses, general administrative expenses and impairment losses.
Capital gains from the sale of real estate assets amounted to 1,620 million.
Net Interest Income
Net interest income was 15,295.1 million in 2007, a 22.6% or 2,815.3 million increase from 12,479.8 million in 2006, which was a 17.1% or 1,820.4 million increase from 10,659.4 million in 2005. Excluding dividends, this figure would have been 14,881.9 million in 2007, a 23.2% or 2,806.1 million increase from 12,075.8 million in 2006, which was a 17.0% or 1,752.0 million increase from 10,323.8 million in 2005.
2007 compared to 2006
The 2,815.3 million increase in net interest income was due to continued expansion of business volumes (727.4 million) and the improvement of customer spreads (2,087.9 million). International net interest income grew more significantly than domestic net interest income. Net interest income grew most significantly in Brazil, Mexico and Chile and to a lesser extent in the Santander Branch Network and Banesto, due to larger business volumes, as well as the improvement in customer spreads in some of our main units.
Average total earning assets were 829,702.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, a 11.1% or 83,199.8 million increase from 746,502.7 million for the same period in 2006. This was due to an increase of 46,252.7 million in the average balances of our domestic total earning assets (mainly due to an increase of 35,889.6 million in the average balances of our domestic loans and credits portfolio and an increase of 10,309.5 million in the average balances of other interest earning assets (mainly derivatives), partially offset by a decrease of 2,591.8 million in the average balances due from credit entities) and an increase of 36,947.1 million in the average balance of our international total earning assets (mainly due to an increase of 33,767.1 million in the average balances of our international loan and credit portfolio, partially offset by a decrease of 13,316.0 million in the average balances of our debt securities portfolio). The growth rates of loans and credits in Spain slowed during the year (mainly mortgages) despite the increase in loans to SMEs and companies. Our loans and credits overseas grew in Latin America, most significantly in Brazil and Chile, grew less in Portugal because of the fall in the balances of wholesale banking which was offset by an increase in loans to individuals of 9% and to SMEs of 21%, and decreased in Abbey due to the high impact of exchange rates.

 

89


Table of Contents

Our overall net yield spread increased from 1.50% in 2006 to 1.63% in 2007. Domestic net yield spread decreased from 1.32% in 2006 to 1.27% in 2007. This change reflects the increasing pressure on spreads in Spain from higher interest rates and tougher competition. International net yield spreads increased from 1.53% in 2006 to 1.78% in 2007 due to the focus on profitability rather than on volume in Abbey and the decrease in interest rates in Latin America.
2006 compared to 2005
The 1,820.4 million increase in net interest income was due both to continued expansion of business volumes (1,577.1 million) and the improvement in customer spreads (243.3 million). Domestic net interest income decreased 397.1 million and international net interest income grew 1,423.3 million. Most of the international increase is due to increased volume in Latin America (mainly Brazil, Mexico and Chile). In Spain, the impact of the strategic plan “We want to be your Bank” has increased the number of new customers by 50% compared to 2005. Nevertheless, the net interest income increase was mainly due to improvement in customer spreads.
Average total earning assets were 746,502.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, a 17.6% or 111,965.2 million increase from 634,537.5 million for the same period in 2005. This was due to an increase of 37,834.1 million in the average balances of our domestic total earning assets (mainly due to an increase of 36,378.1 million in the average balances of our domestic loans and credits portfolio and an increase of 7,705.5 million in the average balances of other interest earning assets (mainly derivatives) partially offset by a decrease of 3,436.4 million in the average balances of our debt securities portfolio) and an increase of 74,131.2 million in the average balances of our international total earning assets (mainly due to an increase of 48,430.1 million in the average balances of our international loan and credit portfolio and an increase of 14,468.9 million in the average balances of our debt securities portfolio). Our loans and credits balance grew in Spain principally because of increased secured loans (mainly mortgage lending), loans to companies and the impact of certain large corporate operations. Our loans and credits abroad grew in all areas, most significantly in Brazil and Mexico.
Our overall net yield spread decreased from 1.55% in 2005 to 1.50% in 2006. Domestic net yield spread decreased from 1.46% in 2005 to 1.32% in 2006. This change reflects a better mix of more profitable products in Spain, offset by continued pressure on margins due to the continued effects of competition and increasing interest rates. International net yield spreads decreased from 1.58% in 2005 to 1.53% in 2006 because of the pressure on margins and the decrease in interest rates in some Latin American countries (Brazil and Mexico).
Share of Results of Entities Accounted for using the Equity Method
Share of results of entities accounted for using the equity method increased 3.4% or 14.5 million during 2007, to 441.5 million. During 2006 these entities contributed 426.9 million to our net income, which was a decrease of 31.0% or 192.2 million less than the 619.2 million earned in 2005.
2007 compared to 2006
The increase in 2007 is mainly attributable to our new stake in RFS Holdings (see “Item 4. Information on the Company—A. History and development of the company—Principal Capital Expenditures and Divestitures—Acquisitions, Dispositions, Reorganizations—ABN AMRO Holding N.V. (“ABN AMRO”)”) and a greater contribution to net income from Sovereign Bancorp compared to the previous year. Together these entities contributed 184.7 million, which mitigated a reduction of 163.5 million in the share of results from our holding in CEPSA.

 

90


Table of Contents

The entities which provided the main contributions in 2007 included the following:
                 
    Percent Owned     Contributions to Net Income (1)  
Investment   Dec. 31, 2007     2007  
    (in millions of euros, except percentages)  
CEPSA
    31.6 %     206.7  
RFS Holdings
    27.9 %     141.3  
Sovereign Bancorp
    24.4 %     43.4  
Attijariwafa Bank Société Anonyme
    14.5 %     25.7  
 
     
(1)  
Contributions to income from companies accounted for by the equity method include dividends.
2006 compared to 2005
The 192.2 million decrease in 2006 is mainly due to the lower contribution of CEPSA and the sale of Unión Fenosa.
The entities which provided the main contributions in 2006 included the following:
                 
    Percent Owned     Contributions to Net Income (1)  
Investment   Dec. 31, 2006     2006  
    (in millions of euros, except percentages)  
CEPSA
    30.0 %     370.2  
Attijariwafa Bank Société Anonyme
    14.5 %     24.2  
Sovereign Bancorp
    24.8 %     9.2  
 
     
(1)  
Contributions to income from companies accounted for by the equity method include dividends.
Net Fees and Commissions
Net fees and commissions were 8,040.2 million in 2007, representing 14.5% growth compared to 7,024.2 million in 2006. During 2006, net fees and commissions increased by 15.9% over the 6,061.2 million obtained in 2005.
2007 compared to 2006
Net fees and commissions for 2007 and 2006 were as follows:
                                 
                      Amount     %  
    2007     2006     Change     Change  
    (in thousands of euros, except percentages)  
Commissions for services
    5,168,366       4,461,041       707,325       15.86  
Credit and debit cards
    853,084       663,717       189,367       28.53  
Insurance
    1,431,876       1,184,723       247,153       20.86  
Account management
    571,394       554,882       16,512       2.98  
Bill discounting
    225,134       231,585       (6,451 )     (2.79 )
Contingent liabilities
    349,878       302,033       47,845       15.84  
Other operations
    1,737,000       1,524,101       212,899       13.97  
Mutual and pension funds
    1,891,417       1,785,467       96,012       5.87  
Securities services
    980,392       777,687       202,705       26.07  
 
                       
Total net fees and commissions
    8,040,175       7,024,195       1,015,980       14.46  

 

91


Table of Contents

Net fees rose 14.5% to 8,040.2 million in 2007 compared to 2006. Particularly noteworthy was the 21.6% rise in Latin America, due to the focus on strengthening the most recurrent revenues and, specifically, developing fee-generating products and services (credit cards, cash management, foreign trade, mutual funds and insurance). Net fees increased modestly by 13.3% in Continental Europe, which was strongly affected by the impact on fees from the Santander Branch Network as a result of new initiatives in the “We Want to be your Bank” campaign and the launch in Portugal of the “Comissões Zero” strategy to increase customer capturing and linkage. An increased growth in fees was reported by Santander Consumer Finance, Global Wholesale Banking, and Banif. Meanwhile, Abbey’s fee income dropped by 1.8% because of reduced revenue from commissions related to current accounts (due to the influence of regulatory aspects currently affecting the UK financial system). Nevertheless, this decrease in fees was almost fully offset by a increased range of products and improvements in cross-selling.
Fees from cards, securities and insurance increased significantly (with increases of 28.5%, 26.1% and 20.9%, respectively). Additionally there was growth in fees from guarantees and other contingent liabilities.
Average balances of mutual funds under management in Spain decreased -2.7% from 71.1 billion in 2006 to 69.2 billion in 2007. This decrease was due to customer preference for time deposits during 2007 and by the issue of “Valores Santander”. Average balances of mutual funds abroad increased by 32.9% from 44.0 billion in 2006 to 58.5 billion in 2007, mainly due to increased activity in Brazil, the United Kingdom, Mexico, Switzerland, and Chile.
Average balances of pension funds in Spain increased by 10.5% from 9.1 billion in 2006 to 10.1 billion in 2007, mainly due to increased activity in individual pension funds. Since we sold our pension funds businesses in Latin America, our remaining business abroad is in Portugal. Average balances of pension funds in Portugal grew 19.1% from 1.2 billion in 2006 to 1.5 billion in 2007.
2006 compared to 2005
Net fees and commissions for 2006 and 2005 were as follows:
                                 
                    Amount     %  
    2006     2005     Change     Change  
    (in thousands of euros, except percentages)  
Commissions for services
    4,461,041       3,779,188       681,853       18.04  
Credit and debit cards
    663,717       619,919       43,798       7.07  
Insurance
    1,184,723       924,121       260,602       28.20  
Account management
    554,882       544,629       10,253       1.88  
Bill discounting
    231,585       218,464       13,121       6.01  
Contingent liabilities
    302,033       253,868       49,165       19.44  
Other operations
    1,524,101       1,219,187       304,914       25.01  
Mutual and pension funds
    1,785,467       1,644,983       140,484       8.54  
Securities services
    777,687       637,025       140,662       22.08  
 
                       
Total net fees and commissions
    7,024,195       6,061,196       962,999       15.89  
The 963 million increase in 2006 resulted mainly from: a 260.6 million or 28.2% increase in fees from insurance due to increased activity (mainly in the Santander Branch Network and Abbey), a 304.9 million or 25% increase in fees from other operations (principally checks) also due to increased activity, and a 140.5 million or 8.5% increase in fees from mutual and pension funds and securities services due to higher volumes.
Average balances of mutual funds under management in Spain rose 2.3% from 69.5 billion in 2005 to 71.1 billion in 2006. Average balances of mutual funds abroad increased by 33.3% from 33.0 billion in 2005 to 44.0 billion in 2006, mainly due to increased activity in the United Kingdom, Mexico, Brazil and Switzerland.
Average balances of pension funds in Spain increased by 15.2% from 7.9 billion in 2005 to 9.1 billion in 2006, mainly due to increased activity in individual pension funds. Average balances of pension funds abroad increased by 24.9% from 1 billion in 2005 to 1.2 billion.
Insurance activity income
Net income from the insurance business was 319.4 million in 2007, a 26.2% or 66.3 million increase from 253.1 million in 2006, which was a 25.6% or 51.6 million increase from 201.5 million in 2005.

 

92


Table of Contents

2007 compared to 2006
The 26.2% increase in 2007 was due to a 713.1 million or 15.3% increase in insurance and reinsurance premium income, a 209.8 million or 95.8% and 209.4 million or 7.1% reduction in finance expense and provision for insurance contract liabilities, respectively. This was partially offset by a 813.2 million, or 39.7% increase in claims paid and other insurance related expenses, and a 243.3 million or 28.9% decrease in finance income. Of note was Latin America, with 42.6% growth.
2006 compared to 2005
The 25.6% increase in 2006 was due to a 2,450.5 million or 110.7% increase in insurance and reinsurance premium income and a 105.0 million growth in finance income. Partially offsetting this was a 1,749.0 million or 145.9% increase in net provisions for insurance contract liabilities, a 64.3 million increase in benefits paid and other insurance-related expenses and a 87.9 million increase in finance expense.
Gains (Losses) on Financial Transactions
Net gains on financial transactions in 2007 stood at 2,972.4 million with a 38.3% growth from 2,149.2 million in 2006. During 2006, net gains on financial transactions increased by 40.1% over the 1,534.4 million earned in 2005. Gains (losses) on financial transactions include gains and losses arising from the following: marking to market our trading portfolio and derivative instruments, including spot market foreign exchange transactions, sales of investment securities and liquidation of our corresponding hedge or other derivative positions, and exchange differences. For further details, see Notes 45 and 46 to our consolidated financial statements.
2007 compared to 2006
Net gains on financial transactions rose 38.3% to 2,972.4 million, principally, due to the 554.1 million or 573.4% increase in net currency exchange differences, which benefited from euro/dollar and euro/sterling positions. Further boosting the net gains on financial transactions in 2007 was the improvement of the performance of the available for sale financial assets compared to the negative impact in 2006 of the write-down of portfolios of structural interest rate risk hedging.
2006 compared to 2005
In local currency, net gains on financial transactions in 2006 include net gains of 77.7 million on fixed-income securities (net gains of 793.5 million in 2005); net gains of 1,974.8 million on equity securities, financial derivatives, and others (net gains of 664.3 million in 2005). These increases are largely due to the positive trend in revenues from the distribution of treasury products to customers and to the performance of the securities market. Net exchange differences in 2006 produced gains of 96.6 million in 2006 as compared to 76.5 million in 2005.
Net Income from Non-financial Activities
Net income from non-financial services generated gains of 152.1 million in 2007, a 27.9% or 33.2 million increase from 118.3 million in 2006. During 2006, there was a decrease of 23.9% or 37.3 million from 156.2 million in 2005. Net income from non-financial services consists mainly of sales of goods and income from services rendered by non-financial companies that are consolidated by the Group.
2007 compared to 2006
Revenue from sales of assets and income from the provision of services and the related costs of sales for 2007 and 2006 were as follows:
                                 
    2007     2006  
    Sales/     Cost of     Sales/     Cost of  
    Income     Sales     Income     Sales  
    (in thousands of euros)  
Property
    40,368       (12,232 )     45,875       (17,531 )
Rail transport (*)
    251,545       (188,514 )     240,411       (190,236 )
Other
    479,114       (418,209 )     448,316       (407,922 )
 
                       
 
    771,027       (618,955 )     734,602       (615,689 )
     
(*)  
Porterbrook (part of the Abbey Group) leases rail transport stock to UK railway operators.

 

93


Table of Contents

2006 compared to 2005
Revenue from sales of assets and income from the provision of services and the related costs of sales for 2006 and 2005 were as follows:
                                 
    2006     2005  
    Sales/     Cost of     Sales/     Cost of  
    Income     Sales     Income     Sales  
    (in thousands of euros)  
Property
    45,875       (17,531 )     80,464       (55,789 )
Rail transport (*)
    240,411       (190,236 )     285,207       (233,085 )
Other
    448,316       (407,922 )     199,854       (120,473 )
 
                       
 
    734,602       (615,689 )     565,525       (409,347 )
     
(*)  
Porterbrook (part of the Abbey Group) leases rail transport stock to UK railway operators.
General Administrative Expenses
General administrative expenses were 11,018.3 million in 2007, a 10.5% or 1,049.2 million increase from 9,969.2 million in 2006, which was a 6.5% or 604.8 million increase from 9,364.4 million in 2005.
2007 compared to 2006
General administrative expenses for 2007 and 2006 were as follows:
                                 
                    Amount     %  
    2007     2006     Change     Change  
    (in thousands of euros, except percentages)  
Personnel expenses
    6,551,201       5,967,873       583,328       9.77  
Other administrative expenses
    4,467,128       4,001,298       465,830       11.51  
Building and premises
    989,663       972,933       16,730       1.72  
Other expenses
    912,621       835,554       77,067       9.22  
Information technology
    488,741       417,977       70,764       16.93  
Advertising
    563,986       474,290       89,696       18.91  
Communications
    417,587       346,854       70,733       20.39  
Technical reports
    298,175       258,349       39,826       15.42  
Per diems and travel expenses
    279,298       242,444       36,854       15.20  
Taxes (other than income tax)
    279,093       227,835       51,258       22.50  
Guard and cash courier services
    201,532       189,474       12,058       6.36  
Insurance premiums
    36,432       35,588       844       2.37  
 
                       
Total general administrative expenses
    11,018,329       9,969,171       1,049,158       10.52  
The 10.5% increase in general administrative expenses in 2007 reflected a 9.8% increase in personnel expenses and an 11.5% increase in other administrative expenses.
In Continental Europe, expenses increased by 13.6%, with the commercial networks recording moderate growth while absorbing the expansion of the business. The Santander Branch Network, Banesto and Portugal opened 193 branches in net terms, with limited or zero real growth in expenses. The rise in Santander Consumer Finance’s costs was largely due to the consolidation of Drive in 2007 (although its impact on the Group’s increase in expenses was less than 1 percentage point but represents an increase of 12 percentage points for Santander Consumer Finance) and the launch of expansion projects, particularly in France, Denmark and Russia. Abbey continued to streamline its expenses (-3.2% in euros).
Finally, Latin America’s expenses rose 10.8% (+15.0% in local currency) and, as in Europe, growth was due to expansion plans and the launch of new products. At the end of 2007 we had 292 additional branches and 1,618 additional ATMs than in 2006.

 

94


Table of Contents

The rise in expenses incurred in the Financial Management and Equity Stakes segment was due to spending on corporate projects, investment in technology and our single brand, as well as expenses related to the Bank’s 150th anniversary celebration.
Appropriate management of revenues and expenses improved the Group’s efficiency ratio to 44.2%, 4.4 percentage points better than in 2006 (a year in which it improved by more than 4 percentage points). All geographic areas improved their efficiency ratios: Continental Europe by 2.0 percentage points, Abbey by 5.0 percentage points and Latin America by 5.2 percentage points.
2006 compared to 2005
General administrative expenses for 2006 and 2005 were as follows:
                                 
                    Amount     %  
    2006     2005     Change     Change  
    (in thousands of euros, except percentages)  
Personnel expenses
    5,967,873       5,611,308       356,565       6.35  
Other administrative expenses
    4,001,298       3,753,100       248,198       6.61  
Building and premises
    972,933       880,117       92,816       10.55  
Other expenses
    835,554       821,405       14,149       1.72  
Information technology
    417,977       419,116       (1,139 )     (0.27 )
Advertising
    474,290       390,202       84,088       21.55  
Communications
    346,854       390,668       (43,814 )     (11.22 )
Technical reports
    258,349       270,282       (11,933 )     (4.42 )
Per diems and travel expenses
    242,444       214,553       27,891       13.00  
Taxes (other than income tax)
    227,835       179,889       47,946       26.65  
Guard and cash courier services
    189,474       158,566       30,908       19.49  
Insurance premiums
    35,588       28,302       7,286       25.74  
 
                       
Total general administrative expenses
    9,969,171       9,364,408       604,763       6.46  
The 6.5% increase in general administrative expenses in 2006 reflected a 6.3% increase in personnel expenses and a 6.6% increase in other administrative expenses.
The growth in costs in Continental Europe’s retail networks was very contained; the savings achieved and the gains in productivity financed the opening of a large number of branches during the year. The Santander Branch Network, Banesto and Portugal added 319 branches in net terms, with almost flat growth in costs in real terms. Santander Consumer Finance’s costs grew because of its investment in expansion projects.
Abbey, meanwhile, continued to cut its costs. Streamlining and cost discipline measures resulted in a 6.7% decline in costs.
The growth in Latin America’s operating costs was 11.9% and 7.8% in local currency. Brazil’s costs were flat and Mexico’s and Chile’s grew in line with their business expansion plans.
The rise in costs in the Financial Management and Equity Stakes segment was due to the spending on corporate projects and the higher impairment of intangibles (partly Abbey’s) and investment in information technology.
The management of revenues and costs produced a further significant gain in the Group’s efficiency ratio. The ratio (including depreciation and amortization) was 48.5%, 4.3% better than in 2005. All areas improved: 2.7% in Continental Europe, 7.1% at Abbey and 5.8% in Latin America.
Depreciation and Amortization
Depreciation and amortization was 1,267.9 million in 2007, a 10.6% or 121.3 million increase from 1,146.5 million in 2006, which was a 13.0% or 132.6 million increase from 1,013.9 million in 2005.

 

95


Table of Contents

Impairment Losses (net)
Impairment losses (net) were 5,078.5 million in 2007, a 99.1% or 2,527.9 million increase from 2,550.6 million in 2006, which was a 41.5% or 748.6 million increase from 1,801.9 million in 2005.
2007 compared to 2006
Impairment losses (net) include the following items:
                         
                    Amount  
    2007     2006     Change  
    (in thousands of euros)  
Loans and receivables
    (3,496,058 )     (2,483,862 )     (1,012,196 )
Investments
    (363,637 )     (380 )     (363,257 )
Goodwill
    (599,982 )     (12,811 )     (587,178 )
Other intangible assets
    (562,883 )           (562,883 )
Other
    (55,953 )     (53,517 )     (2,429 )
 
                 
Total impairment losses (net)
    (5,078,513 )     (2,550,570 )     (2,527,943 )
Impairment losses in investments and goodwill reflect the loss in our investment in Sovereign.
The 1,012.2 million increase in net impairment losses for loans and receivables reflected a 1,511.6 million increase in specific allowances (3,759.6 million in 2007 compared to 2,248.0 million in 2006), a 425.6 million decrease in general allowances (446.4 million in 2007 compared to 872.1 million in 2006), a 13.1 million decrease in releases of allowances for country-risk ((91.5) million in 2007 compared to (104.6) million in 2006), a 72.9 million increase in recoveries of loans previously charged-off (624.2 million in 2007 compared to 551.3 million in 2006) and a 14 million decrease in impairment losses of other assets. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Classified Assets—Bank of Spain Classification Requirements”.
This increase was largely due to the net difference between increased provisions for Latin America (+760 million), the impact of the consolidation of Drive (+407 million) and a reduced volume of generic provisions compared to 2006, mostly relating to Global Wholesale Banking.
Our total allowances for credit losses (excluding country-risk) increased by 675.3 million to 9,302.2 million at December 31, 2007, from 8,626.9 million at December 31, 2006.
Non-performing loans (excluding country-risk) increased by 1,571.2 million to 6,178.7 million at December 31, 2007, compared to 4,607.5 million at December 31, 2006. Our coverage ratio was 150.5% at December 31, 2007, and 187.2% at December 31, 2006. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Selected Statistical Information—Impaired Asset Ratios”.
2006 compared to 2005
Impairment losses (net) in 2006 include principally a net loss of 2,483.9 million on loans (1,747.9 million loss in 2005).
Our net provisions for credit losses (including loans and advances, debt securities and other financial assets) were 2,483.6 million in 2006, a 42.1% or 735.7 million increase from 1,747.9 million in 2005. This increase was concentrated in the Santander Branch Network and in Brazil.
The 735.7 million increase in net provisions for credit losses reflected a 1,063.9 million increase in gross provisions for credit losses (3,139.9 million in 2006 compared to 2,076.0 million in 2005), a 261.3 million decrease in provisions for country-risk (-104.6 million in 2006 compared to 156.7 million in 2005), and a 66.9 million increase in recoveries of loans previously charged-off (551.6 million in 2006 compared to 484.7 million in 2005).
The 1,063.9 million increase in gross provisions for credit losses was due to an increase of 786.3 million in specific provisions and an increase of 277.6 million in general provisions (see “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Classified Assets—Bank of Spain Classification Requirements”). The change of business mix into activities that are more profitable but with a higher risk premium was a factor behind the growth in specific provisions.

 

96


Table of Contents

Our total allowances for credit losses (excluding country-risk) increased by 724.7 million to 8,626.9 million at December 31, 2006, from 7,902.2 million at December 31, 2005.
Non-performing loans (excluding country-risk) increased by 266.0 million to 4,607.5 million at December 31, 2006, compared to 4,341.5 million at December 31, 2005. Our coverage ratio was 187.2% at December 31, 2006, and 182.0% at December 31, 2005. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Selected Statistical Information—Impaired Asset Ratios”.
Net gains on disposal of investments in associates
Net gains on disposal of investments in associates were 16.4 million in 2007, a 255.6 million decrease from 272.0 million in 2006, which was a 1,027.0 million increase from 1,298.9 million in 2005.
2007 compared to 2006
                                 
                    Amount     %  
    2007     2006     Change     Change  
    (in millions of euros, except percentages)  
On disposal of investments
    16.4       272.0       (255.6 )     (93.97 )
Of which: ADRs (Banco Santander Chile)
          269.8       (269.8 )      
2006 compared to 2005
                                 
                    Amount     %  
    2006     2005     Change     Change  
    (in millions of euros, except percentages)  
On disposal of investments
    272.0       1,298.9       (1,027.0 )     (79.06 )
Of which: Unión Fenosa
          1,156.6       (1,156.6 )      
Net results on other disposals, provisions and other income
Net results on other disposals, provisions and other income was 1,421.7 million in 2007, a 1,365.4 million increase from 56.3 million in 2006, which was a 657.0 million increase from (600.8) million in 2005.
2007 compared to 2006
Results on other disposals include gains and losses, not included in other items, obtained from non-ordinary activities.
                                 
                    Amount     %  
Results on other disposals   2007     2006     Change     Change  
    (in millions of euros, except percentages)  
On disposal of tangible assets
    1,804.1       88.9       1,715.2       1,929.5 %
 
                               
Other
    322.8       1,044.9       (722.1 )     (69.1 )%
Of which, obtained on the disposal of:
                               
Antena 3 TV
          294.3       (294.3 )        
Intesa Sanpaolo(*)
    566.1       704.9       (138.8 )        
 
                       
 
                               
Net gains
    2,126.9       1,133.8       993.1       87.6 %
 
                       
     
(*)  
Entity resulting from the merger of San Paolo-IMI and Intesa

 

97


Table of Contents

Gains on the disposal of tangible assets were 1,804.1 million in 2007, an increase of 1,715.2 from 88.9 in 2006. The majority of this gain was due to the sale of real estate which is subsequently being leased back to the Group. See Note 16 to our consolidated financial statements.
Net provisions were 706.6 million in 2007, a 34.5% or 372.7 million decrease from 1,079.3 million in 2006. This item includes additions charged to the income statement in relation to provisions for pensions and similar obligations, provisions for contingent liabilities and commitments and other provisions (mainly provisions for restructuring costs and tax and legal litigation). See Note 25 to our consolidated financial statements.
In other income, we include net income from non-financial activities. In 2007, we had net gains of 1.4 million as compared to net losses of 1.8 million in 2006.
2006 compared to 2005
                                 
                    Amount     %  
Results on other disposals   2006     2005     Change     Change  
    (in millions of euros, except percentages)  
On disposal of tangible assets
    88.9       80.6       8.3       10.3 %
 
                               
Other
    1,044.9       1,133.8       (89.0 )     (7.8 %)
Of which, obtained on the disposal of:
                               
Antena 3 TV
    294.3             294.3          
San Paolo IMI
    704.9             704.9          
RBS
          717.4       (717.4 )        
Auna
          354.8       (354.8 )        
 
                       
 
                               
Net gains
    1,133.8       1,214.4       (80.6 )     (6.6 %)
 
                       
Net provisions were 1,079.3 million in 2006, a 40.3% or 728.0 million decrease from 1,807.4 million in 2005.
In other income, we include net income from non-financial activities. In 2006, we had net gains of 1.8 million as compared to net losses of 7.9 million in 2005.
Income Tax
The provision for corporate income tax was 2,335.7 million in 2007, a 3.6% or 81.1 million increase from 2,254.6 million in 2006, which was a 81.5% or 1,012.8 million increase from 1,241.8 million in 2005. The effective tax rate was 20.7% in 2007, 23.9% in 2006 and 17.1% in 2005. For information about factors affecting effective tax rates, see Note 27 to our consolidated financial statements.
Profit from discontinued operations
Profit from discontinued operations was 796.6 million in 2007, a 47.1% or 708.4 million decrease from 1,505.0 million in 2006. In 2006, profits from discontinued operations increased 355.1% or 1,174.3 million from the 330.7 million earned in 2005.
The 2007 divestment relates to the sale of our pension fund management businesses in Latin America to ING Groep NV (see “Item 4. Information on the Company—A. History and development of the company—Principal Capital Expenditures and Divestitures—Acquisitions, Dispositions, Reorganizations—Sale of Latin American pension fund management companies”).
The majority of the results in 2006 related to the sale of Abbey’s insurance businesses and the investment in Urbis, and, to a lesser extent, the sales of Banco de Santa Cruz in Bolivia and AFP Unión Vida in Peru. For further details, see Note 37 to our consolidated financial statements.
Profit attributed to minority interests
Profit attributed to minority interests was 575.9 million in 2007, an 11.4% or 73.9 million decrease from 649.8 million in 2006. The 2006 result was a 22.7% or 120.1 million increase from 529.7 million in 2005. For further details, see Note 28 to our consolidated financial statements.

 

98


Table of Contents

2007 compared to 2006
The 73.9 million decrease in profit attributed to minority shareholders in 2007 is principally the result of the reduced net income of two consolidated companies: Banesto and Somaen-Dos S.L, which was partially offset by increased income from Grupo Financiero Santander, S.A. de C.V.
2006 compared to 2005
The 120.1 million increase in profit attributed to minority shareholders in 2006 is principally the result of increases in the net income of the consolidated companies Banesto and our subsidiaries in Mexico and Chile partially offset by a decrease in the net income of Somaen-Dos S.L.
Net Income Information on U.S. GAAP Basis
Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004. The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 differs in certain significant respects from U.S. GAAP. For a summary of the most significant adjustments required to arrive at net income on U.S. GAAP basis, see Note 57 to our consolidated financial statements.
                         
    Year ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
As Reported   (in thousands of euros, except per share data)  
Profit attributed to the Group
    9,060,258       7,595,947       6,220,104  
Profit attributed to the Group per average share (1)
    1.43       1.22       1.00  
U.S. GAAP
                       
Net income
    7,296,817       7,414,571       6,318,460  
Net income per average share (1)
    1.15       1.19       1.01  
 
     
(1)  
Based on the average number of shares outstanding in the relevant year.

 

99


Table of Contents

Results of Operations by Business Areas
Our results of operations by business areas can be summarized as follows (see “Item 4. Information on the Company—A. History and development of the company—Principal Capital Expenditures and Divestitures—Acquisitions, Dispositions, Reorganizations”):
Principal level (geographic):
Continental Europe
                                         
    Continental Europe     Variations  
    2007     2006     2005     07/06 (%)     06/05 (%)  
    (in millions of euros, except percentages)  
Net interest income
    7,894       6,206       5,366       27.20       15.65  
Share of results of entities accounted for using the equity method
    9       6       26       50.00       (76.92 )
Net fee and commission income
    4,137       3,653       3,291       13.25       11.01  
Insurance activity income
    148       137       115       8.03       19.13  
Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities and Exchange differences
    732       708       505       3.40       40.20  
Gross income
    12,921       10,710       9,302       20.63       15.12  
Sales and income from the provision of non-financial services (net) and Other operating income/expense
    30       39       55       (23.08 )     (29.09 )
General administrative expenses:
    (4,529 )     (3,957 )     (3,663 )     14.44       8.01  
Personnel expenses
    (3,014 )     (2,684 )     (2,510 )     12.30       6.93  
Other administrative expenses
    (1,513 )     (1,272 )     (1,154 )     18.95       10.23  
Depreciation and amortization
    (559 )     (523 )     (489 )     6.88       6.95  
Net operating income
    7,864       6,270       5,205       25.41       20.46  
 
                                       
Net impairment losses
    (1,580 )     (1,355 )     (977 )     16.61       38.69  
Other gains/losses
    39       (245 )     (18 )     (115.92 )     1,261.11  
Profit before tax
    6,323       4,670       4,210       35.40       10.93  
Profit from continuing operations
    4,546       3,269       3,020       39.06       8.25  
Profit from discontinued operations
          1,147       111       (100.00 )     933.33  
Consolidated profit for the year
    4,546       4,416       3,131       2.94       41.04  
Profit attributed to the Group
    4,439       4,144       2,980       7.12       39.06  
2007 compared to 2006
In 2007, Continental Europe contributed 49.0% of the profit attributed to the Group’s operating areas. The main drivers of growth in Continental Europe were the rise in net interest income and net fee and commission income, together with the selective control of costs.
Net interest income was 7,894 million in 2007, which is a 27.2% or 1,688 million increase from the 6,206 million obtained in 2006 (after rising for 11 consecutive quarters). This was due to the integration of Drive, increased business volumes, and the improvement in the customer spreads of the Santander Branch Network and Banesto. The Santander Branch Network’s net interest income increased by 21.7%, while Banesto’s rose 17.9% in the year as a whole. Portugal, a more difficult environment, rose 8.8% in 2007 and Santander Consumer Finance rose 51.2%, now strongly supported by Drive. As mentioned on page 27, although a U.S. company, Drive is consolidated into Santander Consumer Finance due to its consumer financing activity.
Net fee and commission income increased 484 million or 13.25% during 2007 to 4,137 million when compared to 3,653 million in the previous year. The main drivers of growth were: (i) a 37.0% rise at Santander Consumer Finance, because of greater focus on cross-selling; (ii) 22.2% growth at Banif; (iii) a 9.2% increase at Asset Management and Insurance; and (iv) a 59.1% rise at Global Wholesale Banking due to greater activity with clients. The performance of the Santander Branch Network was almost flat because of the inclusion of other initiatives in the “We Want to be your Bank” campaign and the launch of the “Comissões Zero” strategy in Portugal.

 

100


Table of Contents

Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities were 732 million in 2007, a 3.4% or 24 million decrease from 708 million in 2006. The reduction in gains on financial transactions was largely due to reduced revenue from proprietary trading, which in 2006 benefited from a more positive environment than in 2007.
Gross income increased 2,211 million or 20.63% in 2007 to 12,921 million from gross income of 10,710 million in 2006.
General administrative expenses were 4,529 million in 2007, a 572 million or 14.4% increase from 3,957 million in 2006. The increase was due to increases in spending on development projects by global areas, expenses related to the opening of 204 branches and those linked to the launch of start-ups in consumer business.
Net operating income increased by 25.41% or 1,594 million to 7,864 million as a result of the revenue and expenses performance. The four larger units in this area (the Santander Branch Network, Banesto, Santander Consumer Finance -including Drive- and Portugal) registered growth in net operating income of around 18% or more.
Net impairment losses were 1,580 million in 2007, a 16.6% or 225 million increase from 1,355 million in 2006. The increase is principally due to the consolidation of Drive (which was not consolidated in 2006) which resulted in additional provisions of 407 million in 2007. However, offsetting this was a 288 million reduction in 2007 in the generic provision expense in the Global Wholesale Banking business. Excluding these effects, the provision expense has increased by less than 10%. Credit quality is still strong, with a NPL ratio of 0.90% and a coverage ratio of 188%.
Profit attributed to the Group was 4,439 million, a 7.1% or 295 million increase from 4,144 million in 2006. Excluding the 1,147 million profits from discontinued operations in 2006 (mainly gains from the sale of Urbis), the increase was 39%. Excluding Drive (which was consolidated with the results of Santander Consumer Finance in 2007), the rise was 24.3%. This growth was due to the rise in commercial revenues and selective control of costs.
The efficiency ratio improved by 2 percentage points to 38.8%. The four larger units in this area (the Santander Branch Network, Banesto, Santander Consumer Finance -including Drive- and Portugal) improved their efficiency ratios between 2.3 and 5.1 percentage points.
2006 compared to 2005
In 2006, Continental Europe contributed 54.6% of the profit attributed to the Group’s operating areas.
Net interest income was 6,206 million in 2006, a 15.7% or 840 million increase from 5,366 million in 2005. This was due to increased business volumes in all units and the improvement in the customer spreads of the Santander Branch Network and Banesto.
Net fee and commission income was 3,653 million in 2006, an 11.0% or 362 million increase from 3,291 million in 2005. Of note were the increases at Santander Consumer Finance, Portugal and Banif and, in contrast, the initial impact of the elimination in 2006 of fees and commissions linked to the strategic plan of the Santander Branch Network, “We Want to be your Bank”. This plan affected commissions for services and therefore, most of the growth came from business commissions (mutual and pension funds, insurance, securities and guarantees).
Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities were 708 million in 2006, a 40.2% or 203 million increase from 505 million in 2005. The higher gains on financial transactions reflect the stronger demand by customers for treasury products and the better performance of gains from markets.
Gross income was 10,710 million in 2006, a 15.1% or 1,407 million increase from 9,303 million in 2005.

 

101


Table of Contents

General administrative expenses were 3,956 million in 2006, an 8% or 293 million increase from 3,664 million in 2005. This increase is partially explained by an increase in the perimeter of consolidation, projects to develop new products and the opening of 383 new branches during 2006.
Net operating income increased by 20.5% or 1,065 million to 6,270 million because of the revenue and expenses performance. The four larger units in this area (the Santander Branch Network, Banesto, Santander Consumer Finance and Portugal) registered growth in net operating income of around 15% or more.
The efficiency ratio improved by 2.7 percentage points to 40.8%. All units improved significantly, except for Santander Consumer Finance, which was reduced because of the inclusion of less efficient businesses (the consumer lending unit in the United Kingdom and Interbanco in Portugal) although the area’s result at 34.7% was 0.4% higher.
Net impairment losses were 1,355 million in 2006, a 38.7% or 378 million increase from 977 million in 2005. This increase was due to generic provisions reflecting the growth in lending, as credit quality continued to be excellent (NPL ratio of 0.73%). After excluding tax on profit (+19.1%), discontinued operations (+29.2%) and minority interests (+21.5%), ordinary attributable profit rose 16.5%.
Profit attributed to the Group was 4,144 million, a 39.1% or 1,164 million increase from 2,980 million in 2005. These results include the capital gains from the sale of Urbis. Excluding them, profit attributed to the Group would have been 3,471 million (16.5% more than in 2005). The main drivers behind these results (excluding the capital gains) were the rise in commercial revenues, control of costs with selective growth and a diverse increase in business.
                                         
United Kingdom (Abbey)   Abbey     Variation  
    2007     2006     2005     07/06 (%)     06/05 (%)  
    (in millions of euros, except percentages)  
Net interest income
    2,335       2,108       2,083       10.77       1.20  
Share of results of entities accounted for using the equity method
    2       3       2       (33.33 )     50.00  
Net fee and commission income
    1,007       1,025       947       (1.76 )     8.24  
Insurance activity income
                             
Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities and Exchange differences
    436       424       345       2.83       22.90  
Gross income
    3,780       3,560       3,377       6.18       5.42  
Sales and income from the provision of non-financial services (net) and Other operating income/expense
    51       42       36       21.43       16.67  
General administrative expenses:
    (1,816 )     (1,877 )     (2,007 )     (3.25 )     (6.47 )
Personnel expenses
    (1,037 )     (1,062 )     (1,119 )     (2.35 )     (5.09 )
Other administrative expenses
    (780 )     (815 )     (888 )     (4.29 )     (8.22 )
Depreciation and amortization
    (102 )     (105 )     (117 )     (2.86 )     (10.26 )
Net operating income
    1,912       1,620       1,289       18.02       25.68  
Net impairment losses
    (312 )     (387 )     (318 )     (19.38 )     21.70  
Other gains/losses
    22             76             (100.58 )
Profit before tax
    1,622       1,233       1,047       31.55       17.77  
Profit from continuing operations
    1,201       889       725       35.10       22.62  
Profit from discontinued operations
          114       86       (100.00 )     32.56  
Consolidated profit for the year
    1,201       1,003       811       19.74       23.67  
Profit attributed to the Group
    1,201       1,003       811       19.74       23.67  

 

102


Table of Contents

2007 compared to 2006
In 2007, Abbey contributed 13.3% of the profit attributed to the Group’s total operating areas. Of particular note in the 19.7% increase in Abbey’s profits was the growth in gross operating income in a worse than envisaged economic environment.
Net interest income was 2,335 million in 2007, a 10.77% or 227 million increase from 2,108 million in 2006. This reflected the increase in business volumes and, above all, very active management of spreads, the main focus in 2007. This management was applied to loans, where the decrease in spreads on mortgages was limited and in personal loans they rose strongly, as well as customer deposits and investment products.
Net fee and commission income and Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities and Exchange differences were 1,007 million. Net fees and commissions showed a positive trend in the sale of investment and protection products and in new business from cards. Offsetting this was the reduced revenue from fees related to current accounts and mortgages, which resulted in an overall decrease of 1.8%.
Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities and Exchange differences grew by 2.8% to 436 million. Less favorable conditions in financial markets in the second half of 2007 affected these items.
Gross income was 3,780 million in 2007, a 6.2% or 220 million increase from 3,560 million in 2005.
General administrative expenses continued their downward trend to 1,816 million. For the third consecutive year, the synergies contemplated at the time of acquisition were exceeded. Costs were 3.6% lower in 2007, largely due to the savings resulting from the reduction of headcount in 2006.
Lower costs and higher revenues produced a significant improvement in the efficiency ratio from 55.1% in 2006 to 50.1% in 2007. This ratio is 20 percentage points better than when Santander acquired Abbey (70%).
Depreciation and amortization of 102 million decreased by 2.86%, compared to 105 million in 2005.
Net operating income was 1,912 million in 2007, an 18% or 292 million increase from 1,620 million in 2006.
Net impairment losses were 19.4% lower than in 2006. This reflected the continued good quality of mortgages and lower exposure to unsecured personal loans (“UPLs”), especially those generated via the Internet.
The NPL ratio remained virtually unchanged at 0.60%, while coverage dropped from 86% to 66%. This reduction was mainly due to the change of mix in NPLs, as the strategy of lower activity in UPLs (which have higher coverage) produced a decline in their relative share of total lending, while the share of mortgage loans increased (lower coverage as mortgages have greater security).
2006 compared to 2005
In 2006, Abbey contributed 13.2% of the profit attributed to the Group’s total operating areas.
Net interest income was 2,108 million in 2006, a 1.2% or 25 million increase from 2,083 million in 2005. The increase relates in part to earnings on the proceeds from the sale of the life businesses in 2006. The remaining movement was largely due to higher Retail Banking income driven by growth in retail lending assets and stable retail spreads being offset by the reduction in income from asset financing operations and other businesses, which are being run-down.
Net fee and commission income and Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities and Exchange differences were 1,025 million and 424 million respectively in 2006, an 8.2% and 22.9% growth from 2005 respectively. The increase relates primarily to the increase in revenues within the financial markets area due to the benefits of favorable market conditions and increased external business.
Gross income was 3,560 million in 2006, a 5.4% or 183 million increase from 3,377 million in 2005. This represented a change of trend after several years of declining revenues and almost flat growth in 2005. All business units made positive contributions to gross income.
General administrative expenses were 1,877 million in 2006, a 6.5% or 130 million decrease from 2,007 million in 2005. The reduction largely reflects the benefits of the cost reduction program employed by Abbey with the majority of the savings relating to employment costs driven by a headcount reduction of approximately 2,000 in 2006 (excluding the reduction reflecting the impact of the sale of the life insurance businesses).

 

103


Table of Contents

Lower costs and higher revenues produced a further improvement in the efficiency ratio to 55.1% from 62.2% in 2005.
Depreciation and amortization of 105 million decreased by 10.3%, compared to 117 million in 2005.
Net operating income was 1,620 million in 2006, a 25.7% or 331 million increase from 1,289 million in 2005.
Net impairment losses were 387 million in 2006, a 21.7% or 69 million increase from 318 million in 2005. The growth was partly driven by strengthening of the coverage ratio and in part by the maturing nature of the unsecured personal loan portfolio, including portfolios that are no longer open to new business, with some deterioration in quality. The remaining increase was mainly due to mortgage-related charges increasing modestly from a very low base relative to the overall book.
The NPL ratio dropped 7 basis points to 0.60% at the end of 2006 and coverage rose from 78% to 86%.
Profit from discontinued operations of 114 million (2005: 86 million) comprises the profit of the life insurance businesses that were sold in the third quarter of 2006.
                                         
Latin America   Latin America     Variations  
    2007     2006     2005     07/06 (%)     06/05 (%)  
    (in millions of euros, except percentages)  
Net interest income
    6,654       5,272       3,950       26.19       33.48  
Share of results of entities accounted for using the equity method
    4       7       7       (45.69 )     6.81  
Net fee and commission income
    2,866       2,357       1,842       21.59       27.98  
Insurance activity income
    171       120       734       42.62       (17.75 )
Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities and Exchange differences
    691       604       84       14.52       42.69  
Gross income
    10,386       8,360       6,616       24.23       26.36  
Sales and income from the provision of non-financial services (net) and Other operating income/expense
    (141 )     (118 )     (89 )     19.49       32.58  
General administrative expenses:
    (4,089 )     (3,701 )     (3,249 )     10.50       13.85  
Personnel expenses
    (2,222 )     (1,975 )     (1,743 )     12.51       13.38  
Other administrative expenses
    (1,867 )     (1,726 )     (1,507 )     8.17       14.53  
Depreciation and amortization
    (348 )     (305 )     (335 )     14.10       (8.68 )
Net operating income
    5,808       4,236       2,943       37.11       43.89  
Net impairment losses
    (1,660 )     (886 )     (433 )     87.36       104.62  
Other gains/losses
    (368 )     (230 )     (213 )     60.00       7.98  
Profit before tax
    3,780       3,120       2,297       21.15       35.77  
Profit from continuing operations
    2,958       2,451       1,876       20.69       30.65  
Profit from discontinued operations
    112       124       134       (9.68 )     (7.09 )
Consolidated profit for the year
    3,070       2,575       2,010       19.22       28.11  
Profit attributed to the Group
    2,666       2,287       1,779       16.57       28.56  
2007 compared to 2006
In 2007, Latin America contributed 29.4% of the profit attributed to the Group’s total operating areas. The 16.6% growth in profits attributed to Latin America was affected by the sale of pension fund management companies AFP Unión Vida in Peru and Banco Santa Cruz in Bolivia, and a 7.23% interest in Banco Santander Chile. Furthermore, in 2007 we sold our pension fund management companies in Chile, Argentina, Colombia, Mexico and Uruguay (see “Item 4. Information on the Company—A. History and development of the company—Principal Capital Expenditures and Divestitures—Acquisitions, Dispositions, Reorganizations -Sale of Latin American pension fund management companies”). Excluding this, net profit from ordinary activities increased 20.7% (+26.7% without the exchange rate effect). Retail Banking continued to be the engine of the Group’s growth in the region with a rise in profit before tax of 37.2% (+45.6% excluding the exchange rate effect). This performance reflected the strategic focus on developing banking with individuals, SMEs and companies.

 

104


Table of Contents

Net interest income experienced a 26.2% growth, backed by the strong expansion of retail business, particularly loans to individuals and SMEs. Spreads behaved differently among individual countries, but ended the year slightly higher as a whole, both in loans and savings (spreads in deposits plus commissions in mutual funds). In those countries where sharp falls in interest rates compressed spreads (for example, Brazil), the impact was offset by the reduction in the cost of financing portfolios of securities.
Net fee and commission income increased from 21.6% to 2,866 million as we focused on strengthening the most recurrent revenues. Specifically, we developed fee-generating products like credit cards, cash management, foreign trade, mutual funds and insurance. The growth in fees from credit cards (+39.6%) and insurance (+34.6%) and the rise in fees from investment banking (+36.8%) was also noteworthy.
Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences increased 14.5% because of customer activity and capital gains in portfolios, improved by an increase in value due to a fall in interest rates, particularly in Brazil.
Gross income grew 24.2% to 10,386 million in 2007 (29.2% in local currency).
General administrative expenses grew 10.5% (with an average inflation of 5%) to 4,089 million, due to investment and spending incurred in specific business expansion programs (increasing capacity, technology expenditure, installing Santander’s single brand, and promotions).
The efficiency ratio improved by 5.2 percentage points to 41.8%.
Net impairment losses grew 87.4%, because of the growth in lending and the greater focus on more profitable business which also attracted a higher risk premium. The NPL ratio was 1.87% at the end of 2007 (1.38% in 2006), while coverage was 134% (167% in 2006).
Profit attributed to the Group in euros was negatively affected by exchange rates. The negative impact of exchange rates becomes evident when comparing the 16.6% growth in profits in euros to 22.1% growth excluding the exchange rate impact. Latin American currencies, overall, appreciated against the dollar (the Brazilian real significantly and the Chilean peso less so, while the Mexican peso remained stable overall). Meanwhile, the U.S. dollar, which is the currency used to manage the businesses in Latin America, depreciated 9% against the euro in 2007. The average exchange rate of the Brazilian real strengthened against the euro from 2.73 to 2.66, while the Chilean peso depreciated from 665 to 715 and the Mexican peso from 13.7 to 15.0.
2006 compared to 2005
In 2006, Latin America contributed 30.1% of the profit attributed to Group’s total operating areas.
Net interest income was 5,272 million in 2006, a 33.5% (28.6% in local currency) or 1,322 million increase from 3,960 million in 2005. The main positive exchange-rate impact was due to the Brazilian real (167 million). Depending on the interest rate performance of these countries, spreads remained virtually flat as a whole. In general, the decrease in short-term interest rates tended to reduce spreads in Mexico (offset by the improved mix) and, to a lesser extent, Brazil. The spreads of portfolios of securities, however, tended to improve because of the lower cost of financing.
Net fee and commission income was 2,357 million in 2006, a 28% increase that resulted from the strategy of strengthening the most recurrent revenues and, specifically, developing products and services that generate fees (credit cards, cash management, foreign trade, mutual funds and insurance). Fees from credit cards grew by 41.2%, fuelled by both the region’s sharp rise in consumption as well as the Group’s strategy of developing and defending its customer base through this loyalty product.
Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences were 604 million, 17.6% lower due to the impact of the capital gains in 2005 from the sale of the stake of AES Tietê in Brazil.
Gross income grew 26.4% to 8,360 million in 2006 (21.0% in local currency).
General administrative expenses were 3,701 million in 2006, a 13.9% or 452 million increase from 3,249 million in 2005. In local currency, operating expenses increased 7.8% (average inflation of 5.1%). This increase included investments and costs, primarily technology and promotion, which related to our subsidiaries’ specific business expansion programs.

 

105


Table of Contents

The efficiency ratio improved by 5.8 percentage points to 47.0% and net operating income was 36.4% higher.
Net impairment losses were 886 million in 2006, a 104.6% or 453 million increase from 433 million in 2005. This increase was due to the strong rise in lending and the change of business mix (with the focus more on products and segments with a higher return, but which also attract a greater risk premium). The ratio of non-performing loans was 1.38% at the end of 2006, 44 basis points lower than in 2005, and NPL coverage was 167% (187% in 2005).
Profit attributed to the Group was 2,287 million in 2006, a 28.6% (+24.2% in local currency) or 508 million increase from 1,779 million in 2005. Retail Banking continued to be the driving force of the Group’s growth in the region, reflecting the strategic focus of increasing business and earnings from customers, particularly individuals, SMEs and companies. As a result, profit before tax from retail banking rose 43.9% (+39.5% in local currency).
The exchange rate positively affected the earnings performance in euros. However, the impact diminished as the year advanced. The dollar, the currency used to manage the area, depreciated 0.8% against the euro, based on average exchange rates. In addition, all Latin American currencies strengthened against the dollar, notably the Brazilian real and the Chilean peso while the Mexican peso remained stable. The average exchange rate of the Brazilian real appreciated from 3.01 to 2.73 per euro; the Chilean peso from 694 to 665 and the Mexican peso depreciated from 13.5 to 13.7.
Financial Management and Equity Stakes
                                         
    Financial Management and        
    Equity Stakes     Variations  
    2007     2006     2005     07/06 (%)     06/05 (%)  
    (in millions of euros)  
Net interest income
    (1,588 )     (1,106 )     (740 )     43.58       49.46  
Share of results of entities accounted for using the equity method
    427       411       584       3.89       (29.62 )
Net fee and commission income
    30       (11 )     (19 )     (372.73 )     (42.11 )
Insurance activity income
          (4 )     3       (100.00 )     (233.33 )
Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities and Exchange differences
    1,113       413       (48 )     169.49       (960.42 )
Gross income
    18       (297 )     (220 )     (93.94 )     35.00  
Sales and income from the provision of non-financial services (net) and Other operating income/expense
    15       (33 )     (26 )     (145.45 )     26.92  
General administrative expenses:
    (506 )     (364 )     (353 )     38.95       3.25  
Personnel expenses
    (236 )     (204 )     (183 )     15.69       11.48  
Other administrative expenses
    (270 )     (160 )     (170 )     68.75       (5.88 )
Depreciation and amortization
    (259 )     (214 )     (74 )     21.03       189.18  
Net operating income
    (768 )     (908 )     (673 )     (15.42 )     34.92  
Net impairment losses
    (1,527 )     77       (74 )     (2,083.12 )     (204.05 )
Other gains/losses
    1,745       803       853       117.31       (5.86 )
Profit before tax
    (550 )     (28 )     106       1,864.29       (126.42 )
Profit from continuing operations
    134       132       798       1.52       (83.33 )
Profit from discontinued operations
    685       120             470.83       n/a  
Consolidated profit for the year
    819       252       798       225.00       (68.42 )
Profit attributed to the Group
    754       162       650       365.43       (75.08 )
2007 compared to 2006
The Financial Management and Equity Stakes segment contributed 8.3% of the profit attributed to the Group’s primary segment. The main contributors to the growth in profit from this area were the sale of properties, 1.79% of Intesa Sanpaolo, our pensions businesses in Latin America, and the positive effect of the euro/dollar and euro/sterling position (which offsets the negative impact of the depreciation of the respective currencies on the results in Latin America and the United Kingdom).

 

106


Table of Contents

Net interest income declined 482 million to a 1,588 million loss. This negative performance was mainly due to the impact that the rise in interest rates had on the cost of financing, with increased costs from the increased volume of securitizations.
Share of results of entities accounted for using the equity method increased 3.8%, principally as a result of the 141 million additional revenue from RFS Holding’s (ABN AMRO) inclusion in the Group’s financial statements. A reduction in profits from CEPSA partially offset this increase.
Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences increased by 700 million or 169.5%. This growth was principally due to the positive effect of the euro/dollar and euro/sterling position (which offsets the negative impact of the depreciation of the respective currencies on the results in Latin America and the United Kingdom), and the larger contribution from the portfolios of interest rate risk hedging. Due to write-downs, interest rate risk hedging recorded losses in 2006, whereas in 2007 made a slightly positive contribution.
General administrative expenses increased due to the increased expenses incurred in the development of the single brand and costs associated with sponsorship and Santander’s 150th anniversary.
Depreciation and amortization costs increased by 45 million due to increased amortization of intangible assets.
Net impairment losses increased to 1,604 million due to a valuation adjustment made to the investment in Sovereign of 737 million, a write-down of 351 million on intangible assets (customer lists in Brazil), and a 242 million increase in special allowances for retirement plans.
Other gains/losses experienced a growth of 117.3% to 1,748 million. This is mainly due to capital gains from the sale of property (1,076 million) and 1.79% of Intesa Sanpaolo (566 million).
Profits from discontinued operations included gains of 622 million, principally related to the sale of our pensions business in Latin America.
2006 compared to 2005
Net interest income for the Financial Management and Equity Stakes segment was a 1,106 million loss in 2006, a 49.5% or 366 million decrease from 740 million in 2005.
Share of results of entities accounted for using the equity method was 411 million in 2006, a 29.6% or 173 million decrease from 584 million in 2005. This decrease is explained by lower income from CEPSA and the sale of the stake in 2005 in Unión Fenosa (both accounted for by the equity method).
Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences were 413 million, a 461 million increase from a 48 million loss in 2005. This variation reflects a rise in revenues from the positive impact of the exchange-rate position and from results obtained in capital-risk operations. The gains on financial transactions include the positive impact of the position for earnings from hedging in dollars and the cleaning up in the first quarter of 2006 of the structural interest rate risk hedging portfolios. The impact of the exchange rate position in 2005 was negative.
Gross income was 297 million, which is 77 million lower than in 2005. This decrease was due to the negative impact of higher interest rates on the cost of financing and on the spread of portfolios.
General administrative expenses were 364 million in 2006, a 3.1% increase from 2005 because of greater expenses incurred in corporate projects.
Depreciation and amortization costs were 214 million in 2006, a 189.2% increase from 2005 due to greater amortization of intangibles, mostly from Abbey, and investments in IT development.
Net impairment losses were positive (77 million) in 2006 because of the release of country-risk provisions (52 million allocation in 2005).

 

107


Table of Contents

Other gains/losses were positive because of the release of funds established for possible contingencies that were resolved in the Bank’s favor.
Profit attributed to the Group was 162 million, and included 340 million net from the difference between capital gains and extraordinary allowances (excluding the capital gain from the sale of Urbis and Banesto’s allocation for an early retirement fund, which was recorded in Banesto).
The main movements in equity stakes in 2006 were: the acquisition of 24.8% of Sovereign Bancorp for US$2,921 million, the sales of 4.8% of San Paolo IMI for 1,585 million (gross capital gain of 705 million) and the 10% stake in Antena 3TV (gross capital gain of 294 million). At the end of 2006, the capital gains from stakes in listed financial and industrial companies maintained in the portfolio equaled approximately 4 billion.
Secondary level (business):
Retail Banking
                                         
    Retail Banking     Variations  
    2007     2006     2005     07/06 (%)     06/05 (%)  
    (in millions of euros)  
Net interest income
    15,339       12,310       10,640       24.61       15.70  
Share of results of entities accounted for using the equity method
    15       16       35       (6.25 )     (54.29 )
Net fee and commission income
    6,668       5,966       5,196       11.77       14.82  
Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities and Exchange differences
    1,349       1,042       927       29.46       12.41  
Gross income
    23,371       19,334       16,798       20.88       15.10  
Sales and income from the provision of non-financial services (net) and Other operating income/expense
    (30 )     (4 )     25       650.00       (116.00 )
General administrative expenses:
    (9,340 )     (8,620 )     (8,126 )     8.33       6.10  
Personnel expenses
    (5,603 )     (5,165 )     (4,907 )     8.48       5.26  
Other administrative expenses
    (3,737 )     (3,455 )     (3,219 )     8.16       7.33  
Depreciation and amortization
    (899 )     (848 )     (868 )     6.01       (2.30 )
Net operating income
    13,102       9,862       7,829       32.85       25.97  
Net impairment losses
    (3,488 )     (2,324 )     (1,659 )     50.09       40.08  
Other gains/losses
    (256 )     (412 )     (176 )     37.86       134.09  
Profit before tax
    9,358       7,126       5,994       31.32       18.89  
2007 compared to 2006
The Group’s Retail Banking segment generated 86% of the operating areas’ total gross operating income in 2007 and 84% of profit before tax. This increase was principally due to the growth in net interest income combined with a moderate increase in costs.
Net interest income increased 24.6% to 15,339 million, due to the impact of increased business and better customer spreads.
Net fee and commission income was 6,668 million in 2007, an 11.8% or 702 million increase from 5,966 million in 2006, reflecting the Group’s strategy of targeting the most recurrent revenues.
Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences were 1,349 million in 2007, a 29.5% or 307 million increase from 1,042 million in 2006.
General administrative expenses grew 8.3%, well below the rise in gross operating income of 20.9%. As a result, the efficiency ratio for the whole of Retail Banking improved by 4.9 percentage points to 43.0%.
Net impairment losses were 50.1% higher than in 2006 because of the greater volume of lending and the entry into more profitable segments and products, which attract a greater risk premium, as well as the incorporation of the results of Drive which, given its business structure, has a proportionally greater impact on this item than on others.

 

108


Table of Contents

Profit before tax increased 31.3% to 9,358 million, with good performance in Continental Europe as well as at Abbey and in Latin America.
The drivers of growth in Retail Banking in Continental Europe continued to be: business expansion, with lending up 15% and deposits 7% (affected by the issue of “Valores Santander”), good management of prices in an environment of rising interest rates and selective control of costs. The efficiency ratio improved from 42.2% in 2006 to 39.3% in 2007.
Net operating income generated by Abbey’s Retail Banking was 18.2% higher, partly due to the 7.2% rise in gross operating income and control of operating expenses (-1.7%). The combined effect was an improvement in the efficiency ratio of 4.7 percentage points to 49.9%. As a result of a reduction in net loan-loss provisions (-19.9%), profit before tax was 31.6% higher (+32.1% in sterling).
Retail Banking in Latin America experienced an increase in net operating income of 50.5% and profit before tax of 37.2% in euro terms. The efficiency ratio was 7.6 percentage points better at 44.7%. The respective increases, excluding the exchange rate impact, were 57.3% and 45.6%. We based our growth strategy on increasing the number of individual customers and SMEs, developing loyalty products such as payroll and credit cards, and focusing on the more profitable products in all countries.
The performance of the three main countries (Brazil, Mexico and Chile) was very good. Net operating income (in euros) grew 54.3%, growth that reached 45.3% in profit before tax. Excluding the exchange rate impact, the growth rates were 59.6% and 52.9% respectively.
2006 compared to 2005
The Group’s Retail Banking generated 86.6% of the operating areas’ total gross operating income in 2006 and 79% of profit before tax. The previously consolidated results of Urbis were excluded from the lines of the income statement and its net profit included as a discontinued operation. The income statements for 2006 and 2005 were drawn up, again using the same criterion.
Net interest income was 12,310 million in 2006, a 15.7% or 1,670 million increase from 10,640 million in 2005 driven by an increase in business and better customer spreads.
Net fee and commission income was 5,966 million in 2006, a 14.8% or 770 million increase from 5,196 million in 2005 reflecting the Group’s strategy of boosting the most recurrent revenues.
Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences were 1,042 million in 2006, a 12.4% or 115 million increase from 927 million in 2005.
Gross income was 15.1% higher at 19,334 million.
General administrative expenses were 8,620 million in 2006, a 6% or 494 million increase from 8,126 million in 2005. The 3.7% growth of operating expenses in local currency together with the faster growth of gross income enabled net operating income to rise 26.0% to 9,862 million.
The efficiency ratio for the entire Retail Banking segment improved by 4.6 percentage points to 47.7%, compared to 52.3% in 2005.
Net impairment losses grew 40.1% due to increase in lending in more profitable segments and products, but which attract a greater risk premium.
Profit before tax increased 18.9% to 7,126 million, with a good performance in Continental Europe as well as in Abbey and Latin America.
In Continental Europe the three main drivers were business growth (+24% in lending and +15% in deposits), good management of prices in an environment of rising interest rates and selective growth in expenses. The efficiency ratio was only 42.0% (44.0% in 2005).

 

109


Table of Contents

In Abbey, the two elements behind the increase in profit before tax were a good performance in net interest income and net fees, and the 7.4% reduction in operating expenses. The combined effect was an improvement in the efficiency ratio of 7.4 percentage points (from 62.4% in 2005 to 55.0% in 2006).
The earnings performance of Retail Banking in Latin America was based on strong growth in customer business, the good performance in net interest income and net fees, and the control of expenses, which was compatible with business development. These increases generally reflected the growing proportion of customer business in all countries, due to strong development. The performance of the three main countries (Brazil, Mexico and Chile) was very good. Their commercial revenue (in euros) grew 33.6%, growth that reached 46.5% in net operating income and 40.7% in profit before tax. In local currency, the growth rates were 26.8%, 38.3% and 33.3% respectively.
                                         
Global Wholesale Banking   Global Wholesale Banking     Variations  
    2007     2006     2005     07/06 (%)     06/05 (%)  
    (in millions of euros)  
Net interest income
    1,492       1,241       724       20.23       71.41  
Share of results of entities accounted for using the equity method
                               
Net fee and commission income
    919       646       488       42.26       32.38  
Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities and Exchange differences
    491       690       654       (28.84 )     5.47  
Gross income
    2,902       2,577       1,866       12.61       38.10  
Sales and income from the provision of non-financial services (net) and Other operating income/expense
    (29 )     (33 )     (24 )     (12.12 )     37.50  
General administrative expenses:
    (852 )     (699 )     (569 )     22.17       22.68  
Personnel expenses
    (542 )     (447 )     (351 )     21.25       27.71  
Other administrative expenses
    (310 )     (252 )     (219 )     23.02       15.07  
Depreciation and amortization
    (91 )     (68 )     (59 )     32.82       15.25  
Net operating income
    1,930       1,777       1,214       8.61       46.38  
Net impairment losses
    (63 )     (304 )     (69 )     (79.28 )     340.58  
Other gains/losses
    (35 )     (48 )     12       (27.08 )     (500.00 )
Profit before tax
    1,832       1,425       1,157       28.56       23.16  
2007 compared to 2006
Global Wholesale Banking generated 10.7% of the operating areas’ total gross income in 2007 and 16.4% of their profit before tax. This growth was due to higher customer revenue and lower generic provisions.
Gross income was 12.6% higher, due to strong growth in customer revenues (+24%), which accounted for more than 77% of total revenues, and because of the increased contribution of value-added businesses (markets, investment banking and cash management). Net fee and commission income rose 42.3%, driven by corporate finance activities, structured financing and the trading of securities.
The increased revenues were the result of the investments made to strengthen the global management capacities of the product and business areas, applied to markets very active in corporate operations particularly in the first half of the year, as well as the extension of Santander Global Connect.
Gains on financial transactions decreased by 28.8% due to the reduction in contribution from trading activity in the second half of the year, which was affected by instability in markets, compared to excellent results in the first half of the year.
General administrative expenses increased by 22.2%, which continued to reflect the investment made in developing markets and global transactional banking. The efficiency ratio was 32.5%.
Net impairment losses were 79.3% lower compared with substantial allocations in 2006, generated by certain large operations.

 

110


Table of Contents

2006 compared to 2005
Global Wholesale Banking generated 11.5% of the operating areas’ total gross income in 2006 and 15.8% of profit before tax.
Gross income was 38.1% higher, driven by an increase in net interest income (+71.4%) which reflected the sharp rise in lending (+49%) and a slight improvement in spreads. Another factor was the 32.4% rise in net fee and commission income, underscoring increased advisory activity.
Gains on financial transactions only grew by 45.5% because of the sale of stakes and portfolios in 2005.
General administrative expenses were 699 million in 2006, a 22.7% increase from 569 million in 2005, well below the rise in revenues and in line with the development of new capacities and the year’s good performance.
Net operating income was 46.4% higher at 1,777 million.
Net impairment losses were 304 million in 2006, three times more than in 2005. All of these provisions were generic and due to the strong rise in lending which increased the area’s portfolio, including guarantees, to 66 billion (+40% year-on-year). Operations that had not reached their definitive structure at the end of 2006 generated a large proportion of the provisions.
Profit before tax was 23.2% higher at 1,425 million, largely due to the investment banking and markets areas. The growth registered was of quality, driven by the 39.7% rise in revenues from clients and a further improvement in the efficiency ratio to below 30% (29.9%, 3.8% better than in 2005).
                                         
Asset Management and Insurance   Asset Management and Insurance     Variations  
    2007     2006     2005     07/06 (%)     06/05 (%)  
    (in millions of euros)  
Net interest income
    52       35       35       49.57        
Share of results of entities accounted for using the equity method
                             
Net fee and commission income
    423       423       396             6.82  
Insurance activity income
    319       257       199       24.12       29.15  
Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities and Exchange differences
    19       4       2       375.00       100.00  
Gross income
    813       719       632       13.07       13.77  
Sales and income from the provision of non-financial services (net) and Other operating income/expense
    (1 )           1             (100.00 )
General administrative expenses:
    (241 )     (215 )     (225 )     12.27       (4.89 )
Personnel expenses
    (128 )     (109 )     (114 )     17.43       (4.39 )
Other administrative expenses
    (113 )     (106 )     (111 )     6.60       (4.50 )
Depreciation and amortization
    (19 )     (17 )     (13 )     11.76       30.77  
Net operating income
    552       487       395       13.35       23.29  
Net impairment losses
    (1 )                        
Other gains/losses
    (16 )     (15 )     9       6.67       (266.67 )
Profit before tax
    535       472       404       13.35       16.83  
2007 compared to 2006
This segment accounted for 3% of gross income and 4.8% of profit before tax. These figures, like the others in this section, do not include the contribution of our pensions businesses in Latin America, which were sold in 2007. The sale of these businesses in Colombia, Uruguay, Mexico, Chile and Argentina was the result of a strategic review and generated net capital gains of 622 million (recorded in the Financial Management and Equity Stakes segment).
Gross operating income rose 13.8%, mainly driven by insurance activity (+24.3%). Net fee and commission income was virtually unchanged because of the slowdown in the mutual funds business in Spain and the strong impact of exchange rates on Latin America’s gross operating income (in Chile and Mexico growth was between 8 and 12 percentage points lower when converted into euros).

 

111


Table of Contents

General administrative expenses, which reflect the investment in building up these global businesses, increased 12.4%, below the growth in gross operating income.
The efficiency ratio improved slightly to 32.0%.
Asset Management
Santander Asset Management’s global business generated 1,891 million in fees in 2007 (+5.9%). Profit before tax, after deducting operating expenses and fees paid to the networks, was 8.1% higher at 243 million. Excluding the assets of the pension units that we sold, total managed assets amounted to 130 billion.
Insurance
The global business of Santander Insurance generated gross operating income (fees and revenues from insurance) of 1,751 million (+21.8%), 6.5% of the operating areas’ total. Its total contribution to the Group’s results, the sum of profit before tax of the insurance companies and brokers (294 million) and fees received by networks, was 1,674 million (+21.5%).
2006 compared to 2005
This segment accounted for 3.2% of gross income and 5.3% of profit before tax.
The growth in profit before tax was backed by a 16.8% rise in gross income, with solid contributions from all components, particularly Net fee and commission income (+6.8%) and, above all, Insurance activity income (+29.2%). General administrative expenses decreased 4.9% further increasing net operating income by 23.3%.
The efficiency ratio was 32.3%.
Asset Management
Santander Asset Management’s global business generated 1,786 million of fees in 2006. Profit before tax, after deducting operating expenses and fees paid to the networks, was 225 million.
Insurance
The global business of Santander Insurance generated gross operating income (fees and revenues from insurance) of 1,438 million. Its total contribution to the Group’s results, the sum of profit before tax of the insurance companies and brokers and fees received by networks, was 1,378 million.
Financial Condition
Assets and Liabilities
Our total assets were 912,915.0 million at December 31, 2007, a 9.5% or 79,042.3 million increase from total assets of 833,872.7 million at December 31, 2006. Our gross loans and advances to corporate clients, individual clients and government and public entities, including the trading portfolio, other financial assets at fair value and loans, increased by 8.0% to 574,172.2 million at December 31, 2007 from 531,509.3 million at December 31, 2006. This was due to increased business in most areas, mainly in Spain and Latin America (principally Brazil, Mexico, and Chile). In Spain, the Santander Branch Network’s loans grew by 11% and Banesto’s by 21%, with lower growth in mortgages and the good performance of loans to SMEs and shops. In Latin America the growth was particularly high in loans to individual customers, mainly consumer credit and credit cards, and to SMEs.
Customer deposits, which comprise deposits from clients and securities sold to clients under agreements to repurchase, increased by 7.4% from 331,222.6 million at December 31, 2006, to 355,704.3 million at December 31, 2007. Other managed funds, including mutual funds, pension funds, managed portfolios and savings-insurance policies, decreased by 7.8% from 173,508.5 million at December 31, 2006, to 159,986.2 million at December 31, 2007. These percentages were affected by both the exchange-rate impact and, by the sale of pension fund management businesses in Latin America and, in addition, by the placement of a 7 billion issue of “Valores Santander”, which came from customer funds and are incorporated as shareholders’ equity.

 

112


Table of Contents

In addition, and as part of the global financing strategy, during 2007 the Group issued 6,800 million of mortgage and other covered bonds (including securitizations), as well as 23,067 million of senior debt (including Abbey’s medium term program) and 7,357 million of subordinated debt (excluding transactions with related parties). A total of 1,100 million of preferred securities were also issued.
During 2007, 14,557 million of senior debt, 3,865 million of mortgage bonds and 1,950 million of subordinated debt matured. The Group exercised the option of early redemption of preferred shares totaling 444 million.
Goodwill was 13,831 million at the end of 2007, of which 1,773 million corresponded to Latin America and 11,594 million to Europe. During 2007, goodwill decreased by 682 million, mainly due to exchange rate differences relating to Abbey’s goodwill.
Capital
Stockholders’ equity, net of treasury stock, at December 31, 2007, was 55,199.9 million, an increase of 10,348.3 million or 23.1% from 44,851.6 million at December 31, 2006, mainly due to the increase of reserves and net attributable income.
At December 31, 2007, our eligible capital exceeded the minimum required by the Bank of Spain by approximately 14.5 billion. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Supervision and Regulation—Capital Adequacy Requirements”.
We estimate that our Tier 1 capital ratios, calculated in accordance with Basel Committee guidelines, and our total capital ratios, which include Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital, at December 31, 2007 and 2006 were as follows:
                 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
Tier 1 Capital Ratio
    7.71 %     7.42 %
Total Capital Ratio—Tier 1 and Tier 2
    12.66 %     12.49 %
B. Liquidity and capital resources
Management of liquidity
For information about our liquidity risk management process, see “Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk—Part. 8 Market Risk—Statistical Tools for Measuring and Managing Market Risk—Non Trading activity—Liquidity Risk” and “—Quantitative analysis—B. Non Trading Activity—Asset and liability management— Management of structural liquidity”.
Sources of funding
As a financial group, our main source of liquidity is our customer deposits, which consist primarily of demand, time and notice deposits. In addition, we complement the liquidity generated by our customer deposits through access to the domestic and international capital markets and to the interbank market (overnight and time deposits). For this purpose, we have in place a series of domestic and international programs for the issuance of commercial paper and medium and long term debt. We also maintain a diversified portfolio of liquid assets and securitized assets throughout the year. In addition, another source of liquidity is the generation of cash flow.
At December 31, 2007, we had 233.6 billion of senior debt outstanding, of which 91.3 billion were mortgage bonds and 32.7 billion promissory notes. Additionally, we had 35.7 billion in subordinated debt (which includes 7.3 billion preferred securities) and 0.5 billion in preferred shares.

 

113


Table of Contents

The following table shows the average balances during the years 2007, 2006 and 2005 of our principal sources of funds:
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
    (in thousands of euros)  
Due to credit entities
    112,021,327       123,753,200       115,974,336  
Customer deposits
    336,440,618       315,478,695       285,972,387  
Marketable debt securities
    227,627,869       174,377,295       124,185,634  
Subordinated debt
    32,902,151       29,554,497       27,287,081  
 
                 
Total
    708,991,965       643,163,687       553,419,438  
The average maturity of our outstanding debt as of December 31, 2007 is as follows:
         
(1) Senior debt
  4.4 years
(2) Mortgage debt
  15.5 years
(3) Dated subordinated debt
  8.2 years
Exhibits VI and VII to our consolidated financial statements included herein show details of our senior and subordinated long-term debt, including their maturity dates.
The cost and availability of debt financing are influenced by our credit ratings. A reduction in these ratings could increase the cost of, and reduce our market access to debt financing. Our credit ratings are as follows:
                         
    Long-Term     Short-Term     Financial Strength  
Moody’s
  Aa1   P1       B  
Standard & Poor’s
  AA     A1+          
Fitch
  AA     F1+       A/B  
Our total customer deposits, excluding assets sold under repurchase agreements, totaled 293.3 billion at December 31, 2007. Loans and advances to customers (gross) totaled 574.2 billion at the same date.
We remain well placed to access various wholesale funding sources from a wide range of counterparties and markets, and the changing mix between customer deposits and repos, deposits by banks and debt securities in issue primarily reflects comparative pricing, maturity considerations and investor counterparty demand rather than any material perceived trend.
We use our liquidity to fund our lending and investment securities activities, for the payment of interest expense, for dividends paid to shareholders and the repayment of debt.
We, Grupo Santander, are a European, Latin American and North American financial group. Although, at this moment, except for Argentina and Venezuela, we are not aware of any legal or economic restrictions on the ability of our subsidiaries to transfer funds to the Bank (the parent company) in the form of cash dividends, loans or advances, capital repatriation and other forms, there is no assurance that in the future such restrictions will not be adopted or how they would affect our business. Nevertheless, the geographic diversification of our businesses limits the effect of any restrictions that could be adopted in any given country.
In prevailing economic conditions and with interest rates rising from historically low levels in Spain, the United Kingdom and the rest of Europe, it is anticipated that the growth in demand for further borrowing by customers may slow down and in the medium term, our dependence on the wholesale market for funding may be reduced as a result of an anticipated increase in our customer deposits.
We believe that our working capital is sufficient for our present requirements and to pursue our planned business strategies.
As of December 31, 2007, and to the present date, we did not, and presently do not, have any material commitments for capital expenditures.

 

114


Table of Contents

C. Research and development, patents and licenses, etc.
We do not currently conduct any significant research and development activities.
D. Trend information
The European financial services sector is likely to remain competitive with an increasing number of financial service providers and alternative distribution channels. Additionally, consolidation in the sector (through mergers, acquisitions or alliances) is likely to occur as the other major banks look to increase their market share or combine with complementary businesses. It is foreseeable that regulatory changes will take place in the future that will diminish barriers in the markets.
The following are the most important trends, uncertainties and events that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Bank or that would cause the disclosed financial information not to be indicative of our future operating results or our financial condition:
 
 
a continued downturn in the Spanish and the U.K. real estate markets, and a corresponding increase in mortgage defaults;
 
 
uncertainty regarding interest rates in the United States and other countries;
 
 
uncertainties relating to economic growth expectations and interest rates cycles, especially in the United States, Spain, the United Kingdom, other European countries and Latin America, and the impact they may have over the yield curve and exchange rates;
 
 
the effect that an economic slowdown may have over Latin America and fluctuations in local interest and exchange rates;
 
 
the chance that changes in the macroeconomic environment will deteriorate the quality of our customers’ credit;
 
 
increases in our cost of funding could adversely affect our net interest margin as a consequence of timing differences in the repricing of our assets and liabilities;
 
 
a continued downturn in capital markets;
 
 
a drop in the value of the euro relative to the US dollar, the Sterling pound or Latin American currencies;
 
 
inflationary pressures, because of the effect they may have in relation to increases of interest rates and decreases of growth;
 
 
increased consolidation of the European financial services sector, which could further reduce our spreads;
 
 
although it is foreseeable that entry barriers to domestic markets in Europe will be lowered, our possible plans of expansion into other markets could be affected by regulatory requirements of the national authorities of these countries;
 
 
acquisitions or restructurings of businesses that do not perform in accordance with our expectations; and
 
 
the risk of further reductions in liquidity and increases of credit spreads as a consequence of the crisis in the financial markets arising from the U.S. sub-prime mortgage market, which could affect not only our cost of funding but also the value of our proprietary portfolios and our assets under management.

 

115


Table of Contents

E. Off-balance sheet arrangements
As of December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, we had outstanding the following contingent liabilities and commitments:
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
    (in thousands of euros)  
Contingent liabilities:
                       
Guarantees and other sureties
    76,316,446       58,205,412       48,199,671  
Bank guarantees and other indemnities provided
    69,804,708       52,697,242       44,251,411  
Credit derivatives sold
    708,250       478,250       180,000  
Irrevocable documentary credits
    5,803,088       5,029,484       3,767,022  
Other financial guarantees
    400       436       1,238  
Assets assigned to sundry obligations
    3       4       24  
Other contingent liabilities
    608,386       563,893       253,880  
 
                 
 
    76,924,835       58,769,309       48,453,575  
 
                 
 
                       
Commitments:
                       
Balances drawable by third parties
    102,215,927       91,690,396       77,678,333  
Other commitments
    12,460,636       11,559,034       18,584,929  
 
                 
 
    114,676,563       103,249,430       96,263,262  
 
                 
 
    191,601,398       162,018,739       144,716,837  
 
                 
For more information see Note 58.6 to our Consolidated Financial Statements.
In addition to the contingent liabilities and commitments described above, the following table provides information regarding off-balance sheet funds managed by us as of December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005:
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
    (in thousands of euros)  
Contingent liabilities:
                       
Mutual funds
    119,210,503       119,838,418       109,480,095  
Pension funds
    11,952,437       29,450,103       28,619,183  
Other managed funds
    19,814,340       17,835,031       14,746,000  
 
                 
 
    150,977,280       167,123,552       152,845,278  
Relationship with unconsolidated companies
We have holdings in companies over which we are in a position to exercise significant influence, but that we do not control or jointly control. According to the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004, these investments in associated companies are accounted for using the equity method (see further details of these companies in Exhibit II to our consolidated financial statements).
Transactions with these companies are made under market conditions and are closely monitored by our regulatory authorities. See Note 55 to our consolidated financial statements for further information.
Also, we use special purpose vehicles (“fondos de titulización”) in our securitization activity. According to the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004, only those vehicles that meet certain requirements are consolidated in the Group’s financial statements. We are not required to repurchase assets from or contribute additional assets to any of these special purpose vehicles. We do, however, provide in the ordinary course of business certain loans (amounting to 237.9 million to “fondos de titulización” in Spain) to some of these special purpose vehicles, which are provided for in accordance with the risks involved. In 2007, the Group securitized 44.5 billion of medium and long-term assets.
In the ordinary course of business, Abbey enters into securitization transactions using special purpose securitization companies which are consolidated and included in Abbey’s financial statements. Abbey is under no obligation to support any losses that may be incurred by the securitization companies or the holders of the securities, and has no right or obligation to repurchase any securitized loan. Abbey has made some interest-bearing subordinated loans to these securitization companies.

 

116


Table of Contents

We do not have any further transactions with unconsolidated entities other than those mentioned above.
We have no other off-balance sheet arrangements that have, or are reasonably likely to have, a current or future material effect on our financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.
F. Tabular disclosure of contractual obligations
The following table summarizes our contractual obligations by remaining maturity at December 31, 2007:
                                         
Contractual obligations           More than     More than              
            1 year but     3 years but              
    Less than     less than 3     less than 5     More than        
(in millions of euros)   1 year     years     years     5 years     Total  
Deposits from credit institutions
    40,817       3,002       3,111       1,756       48,686  
Customer deposits
    290,717       13,141       11,145       2,040       317,043  
Marketable debt securities
    55,976       35,294       26,745       88,250       206,265  
Subordinated debt
    726       4,065       2,357       28,522       35,670  
Operating lease obligations
    260       499       484       2,127       3,370  
Purchase obligations
    156       6       1             163  
Other long-term liabilities (1)
                      11,820       11,820  
 
                             
Total
    388,652       56,007       43,843       134,515       623,017  
     
(1)  
Other long-term liabilities relate to pensions and similar obligations.
For a description of our trading and hedging derivatives, which are not reflected in the above table, see Note 36 to our consolidated financial statements.

 

117


Table of Contents

Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees
A. Directors and senior management
We are managed by our Board of Directors, which currently consists of 19 members. In accordance with our By-laws (Estatutos), the Board shall consist of at least 14 and not more than 22 members. Each member of the Board is elected to a five-year term by our stockholders at a general meeting, with approximately one-fifth of the members being elected each year, and may be re-elected.
Our Board of Directors meets approximately nine times per year. In 2007, it met 13 times. Our Board of Directors elects our Chairman and Vice Chairmen from among its members, as well as the Chief Executive Officer. Between board meetings, lending and other board powers reside with the Executive Committee (Comisión Ejecutiva) and with the Risk Committee (Comisión Delegada de Riesgos). The Chairman is the Bank’s most senior officer and, as a result, has delegated to him all such powers as may be delegated under Spanish Law, our By-laws and the Rules and Regulations of the Board of Directors. The Chairman leads the Bank’s management team, in accordance with the decisions made and the criteria set by our shareholders at the General Shareholders’ Meeting and by the Board.
The Chief Executive Officer by delegation and under the direction of the Board and of the Chairman (as the Bank’s most senior officer) leads the business and assumes the Bank’s highest executive functions.
Our Board holds ultimate lending authority and it delegates such authority to the Risk Committee, which generally meets twice a week. Members of our senior management are appointed and removed by the Board.
The current members of our Board of Directors are:
         
        Director
Name   Position with Santander   Since
Emilio Botín (1)
  Chairman   1960
Fernando de Asúa
  First Vice Chairman   1999
Alfredo Sáenz
  Second Vice Chairman and Chief Executive Officer   1994
Matías R. Inciarte (2)
  Third Vice Chairman   1988
Manuel Soto
  Fourth Vice Chairman   1999
Assicurazioni Generali, S.p.A.
  Director   1999
Antonio Basagoiti
  Director   1999
Ana P. Botín (1)
  Director   1989
Javier Botín (1)
  Director   2004
Lord Burns
  Director   2004
Guillermo de la Dehesa
  Director   2002
Rodrigo Echenique
  Director   1988
Antonio Escámez
  Director   1999
Francisco Luzón
  Director   1997
Abel Matutes
  Director   2002
Juan R. Inciarte (2)
  Director   2008
Luis Ángel Rojo
  Director   2005
Luis Alberto Salazar-Simpson
  Director   1999
Isabel Tocino
  Director   2007
 
     
(1)  
Ana P. Botín and Javier Botín are daughter and son, respectively, of Emilio Botín.
 
(2)  
Matías R. Inciarte and Juan R. Inciarte are brothers.

 

118


Table of Contents

Our current Executive Officers are:
     
Name   Position with Banco Santander
Emilio Botín
  Chairman of the Board of Directors and of the Executive Committee
Alfredo Sáenz
  Second Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer
Matías R. Inciarte
  Third Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chairman of the Risk Committee
Ana P. Botín
  Chairwoman, Banesto
Francisco Luzón
  Director, Executive Vice President, America
Juan R. Inciarte
  Director, Executive Vice President, Strategy
José A. Alvarez
  Executive Vice President, Financial Management and Investor Relations
Nuno Amado
  Executive Vice President, Santander Totta
David Arce
  Executive Vice President, Internal Auditing
Ignacio Benjumea
  Executive Vice President, General Secretariat
Juan Manuel Cendoya
  Executive Vice President, Communications, Corporate Marketing and Research
Fermín Colomés
  Executive Vice President, Technology and Operations
José María Espí
  Executive Vice President, Risk
José María Fuster
  Executive Vice President, Technology and Operations
José Luis G. Alciturri
  Executive Vice President, Human Resources
Enrique G. Candelas
  Executive Vice President, Santander Branch Network - Spain
Joan-David Grimà
  Executive Vice President, Asset Management
Juan Guitard
  Executive Vice President, General Secretariat
Gonzalo de las Heras
  Executive Vice President, Global Wholesale Banking
Antonio H. Osorio
  Chief Executive Officer, Abbey
Adolfo Lagos
  Executive Vice President, Global Wholesale Banking
Jorge Maortua
  Executive Vice President, Global Wholesale Banking
Javier Marín
  Executive Vice President, Global Private Banking
Jorge Morán
  Executive Vice President, Insurance
César Ortega
  Executive Vice President, General Secretariat
Javier Peralta
  Executive Vice President, Risk
Marcial Portela
  Executive Vice President, America
Magda Salarich
  Executive Vice President, Santander Consumer Finance
José Manuel Tejón
  Executive Vice President, Financial Accounting and Control
Jesús Ma Zabalza
  Executive Vice President, America

 

119


Table of Contents

Following is a summary description of the relevant business experience and principal business activities of our current Directors and Executive Officers performed both within and outside Santander:
Emilio Botín (Chairman of the Board of Directors and of the Executive Committee)
Born in 1934. He joined Banco Santander in 1958 and in 1986 he was appointed Chairman of the Board. He is also a non-executive Director of Shinsei Bank, Limited.
Fernando de Asúa (First Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chairman of the Appointments and Remuneration Committee)
Born in 1932. Former Vice Chairman of Banco Central Hispanoamericano from 1991 to 1999. He was appointed Director in April 1999 and First Vice Chairman in July 2004. He is a former Chairman of IBM España, S.A., and he is currently the Honorary Chairman. In addition, he is a Director of CEPSA, Técnicas Reunidas, S.A., Air Liquide España, S.A. and Constructora Inmobiliaria Urbanizadora Vasco-Aragonesa, S.A.
Alfredo Sáenz (Second Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer)
Born in 1942. Former Chief Executive Officer and Vice Chairman of Banco Bilbao Vizcaya and Chairman of Banca Catalana until 1993. In 1994, he was appointed Chairman of Banesto and in February 2002, Second Vice Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Santander. He is also non-executive Vice Chairman of CEPSA and a non-executive Director of France Telecom España, S.A.
Matías R. Inciarte (Third Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chairman of the Risk Committee)
Born in 1948. He joined Banco Santander in 1984 and was appointed Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in 1986. In 1988 he was appointed Director and in 1994 Second Vice Chairman. He is also Chairman of UCI, S.A., Second Vice Chairman of Grupo Corporativo Ono, S.A. and Director of Banesto, Financiera Ponferrada, S.A. and Operador del Mercado Ibérico de Energía Polo Español, S.A., and since 2008 President of the Fundación Príncipe de Asturias. During the period 1981-1982, he was Minister of the Presidency of the Spanish Government (1981-1982).
Manuel Soto (Fourth Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors)
Born in 1940. He was appointed Director in April 1999. He is non-executive Vice Chairman of Indra Sistemas, S.A. and a Director of Inversiones Inmobiliarias Lar, S.A. and Corporación Financiera Alba, S.A. He is also Chairman of the Advisory Board of Mercapital, S.L. In addition, he was formerly Chairman of Arthur Andersen’s Global Board and manager for EMEA (Europe Middle East and Africa) and India.
Assicurazioni Generali, S.p.A. (“Assicurazioni”)
An Italian insurance company represented on our Board by its Chairman, Antoine Bernheim. Assicurazioni is a former Director of Banco Central Hispanoamericano from 1994 to 1999. Assicurazioni was appointed Director in April 1999.
Antoine Bernheim (Representative of the Company Director Assicurazioni)
Born in 1924. He joined the board of directors of Assicurazioni Generali in 1973 becoming the company’s Vice-Chairman in 1990 and Chairman from 1995 to 1999. He was re-elected Chairman in 2002. He is Vice-Chairman of the Supervisory Board of Intesa Sanpaolo S.p.A., Vice-Chairman of the Assicurazioni group’s subsidiary Alleanza Assicurazioni S.p.A., member of the Board of Mediobanca, Vice-Chairman of LVMH Moët Hennessy-Louis Vuitton and of Bolloré Investissement. Antoine Bernheim is also a Director of Generali France, AMB Generali Holding AG, Generali España Holding Entidades de Seguros S.A., BSI, Generali Holding Vienna and Christian Dior S.A. Finally, he is a member of the Supervisory Board of Eurazeo.
Antonio Basagoiti
Born in 1942. Former Executive Vice President of Banco Central Hispanoamericano. He was appointed Director in July 1999. He is non-executive Vice Chairman of Faes Farma, S.A., a non-executive Director of Pescanova, S.A. and member of the External Advisory Committee of A.T. Kearney. He is a former Chairman of Unión Fenosa, S.A.

 

120


Table of Contents

Ana P. Botín
Born in 1960. Former Executive Vice President of Banco Santander, S.A. and former Chief Executive Officer of Banco Santander de Negocios from 1994 to 1999. In February 2002, she was appointed Chairwoman of Banesto. She is also a non-executive Director of Assicurazioni Generali, S.p.A. She is also a member of the International Advisory Board of the New York Stock Exchange, INSEAD, and Georgetown University.
Javier Botín
Born in 1973. He was appointed Director in July 2004. He is also an executive Director and Partner of M&B Capital Advisers, Sociedad de Valores, S.A.
Lord Burns
Born in 1944. He was appointed Director in December 2004. He is also a non-executive Chairman of Abbey and Marks and Spencer Group plc. In addition, he is a non-executive Chairman of Glas Cymru (Welsh Water) and a non-executive Director of Pearson Group plc. He was Permanent Secretary to the UK Treasury and chaired the UK Parliamentary Financial Services and Markets Bill Joint Committee and was a non-executive Director of British Land plc and Legal & General Group plc.
Guillermo de la Dehesa
Born in 1941. Former Secretary of State of Economy and Secretary General of Commerce of the Spanish Government and Chief Executive Officer of Banco Pastor. He is a State Economist and Bank of Spain’s Office Manager (on leave). He was appointed Director in June 2002. He is an international advisor of Goldman Sachs, Chairman of AVIVA Vida y Pensiones, S.A. and a Director of Campofrío Alimentación, S.A., Goldman Sachs Europe Ltd. and AVIVA plc. He is also Chairman of the Centre for Economic Policy Research (CEPR) in London, member of the Group of Thirty of Washington, and Chairman of the Board of Trustees of the Instituto de Empresa.
Rodrigo Echenique
Born in 1946. Former Director and Chief Executive Officer of Banco Santander, S.A. from 1988 to 1994. He is Chairman of the Social Economic Council of the Carlos III University (Madrid) and a non-executive Director of Inversiones Inmobiliarias Lar, S.A.
Antonio Escámez
Born in 1951. Former Director and Executive Vice President of Banco Central Hispanoamericano from 1988 to 1999. He was appointed Director in April 1999. He is also a non-executive Chairman of Santander Consumer Finance, S.A., Open Bank Santander Consumer, S.A. and Arena Communications España, S.A., and a non-executive Vice Chairman of Attijariwafa Bank.
Francisco Luzón
Born in 1948. He joined Banco Santander in 1996 as Executive Vice President, Adjoint to the Chairman. Former Chairman of Banco Exterior de España (from 1988 to 1996), Caja Postal (from 1991 to 1996), Corporación Bancaria de España (from 1991 to 1996) and of Argentaria (1996). He is also a non-executive Director of Industria de Diseño Textil, S.A. and Chairman of the Social Council of the University of Castilla-La Mancha.
Abel Matutes
Born in 1941. Former Foreign Minister of the Spanish Government and EU Commissioner for the portfolios of Loans and Investment, Financial Engineering and Policy for Small and Medium-sized Companies (1989); North-South Relations, Mediterranean Policy and Relations with Latin America and Asia (1989) and of the Transport and Energy and Supply Agency of Euroatom (1993). He is also a Chairman of Grupo de Empresas Matutes and a Director of Eurizon Financial Group, FCC Construcción, S.A. and TUI AG.

121


Table of Contents

Juan R. Inciarte
Born in 1952. He joined Banco Santander in 1985 as Director and Executive Vice President of Banco Santander de Negocios. In 1989 he was appointed Executive Vice President and from 1991 to 1999 he was a Director of Banco Santander. He is also a non-executive Vice Chairman of Abbey National plc. and a Director of Santander Consumer Finance and of Sovereign Bancorp, Inc. He is also a Director of CEPSA and RFS Holdings. Juan R. Inciarte was appointed Director by co-option by the Board at its meeting held on January 28, 2008, and ratified by the shareholders acting at the General Shareholders’ Meeting held on June 21, 2008.
Luis Ángel Rojo (Chairman of the Audit and Compliance Committee)
Born in 1934. Former Head of Economics, Statistics and Research Department, Deputy Governor and Governor of the Bank of Spain. He has been a member of the Governing Council of the European Central Bank, Vice-Chairman of the European Monetary Institute, member of United Nations’ Development Planning Committee and Treasurer of the International Association of Economy. He is a member of the Group of Wise Men appointed by the ECOFIN Council for the study of integration of the European financial markets, member of the Royal Academy of Moral and Political Sciences and of the Royal Academy of the Spanish Language.
Luis Alberto Salazar-Simpson
Born in 1940. He is Chairman of France Telecom España and Constructora Inmobiliaria Urbanizadora Vasco-Aragonesa, S.A. and a non-executive Director of Mutua Madrileña Automovilista and Saint Gobain Cristalería, S.A.
Isabel Tocino
Born in 1949. Former Minister for Environment of the Spanish Government, former Chairwoman of the European Affairs and of the Foreign Affairs Committees of Spanish Congress and former Chairwoman for Spain and Portugal and former Vice-Chairwoman for Europe of Siebel Systems. She is currently an elected member of the Spanish State Council, a professor of the Complutense University of Madrid, non-executive Director of Climate Change Capital, Vice-Chairwoman of the International Association of Women Lawyers and the Federal Congress of the European Movement and member of the Royal Academy of Doctors.
José A. Alvarez
Born in 1960. He joined the Bank in 2002. In 2004, he was appointed Executive Vice President, Financial Management and Investor Relations.
Nuno Amado
Born in 1959. In 1997 he joined the Bank as a member of the Executive Committee of BCI/Banco Santander Portugal. In December 2004 he was appointed Director and Vice Chairman of Santander Totta’s Executive Committee. He was appointed Executive Vice President in July 2006. Also in 2006 he was appointed Santander Totta’s Chief Executive Officer.
David Arce
Born in 1943. He joined Banco Santander in 1964. In 1994, he was appointed Executive Vice President, Internal Auditing of Banco Santander and Banesto. He is also a Director of Banesto.
Ignacio Benjumea
Born in 1952. He joined Banco Santander in 1987 as General Secretary of Banco Santander de Negocios. In 1994 he was appointed Executive Vice President and General Secretary and Secretary of the Board of Banco Santander. He is also a Director of Bolsas y Mercados Españoles, Sociedad Holding de Mercados y Sistemas Financieros, S.A., Sociedad Rectora de la Bolsa de Madrid, S.A. and La Unión Resinera Española, S.A.
Juan Manuel Cendoya
Born in 1967. Former Manager of the Legal and Tax Departament of Bankinter, S.A. from 1999 to 2001. He joined the Bank on July 23, 2001 as Executive Vice President, Communications, Corporate Marketing and Research.

 

122


Table of Contents

Fermín Colomés
Born in 1949. He was appointed Senior Vice President of Banesto in 1999. In 2002, he joined the Bank and in December 2006 was appointed Executive Vice President, Technology and Operations. At present, he is a Director of Open Bank Santander Consumer, S.A. and Santander de Titulización, S.G.F.T., S.A. and Chairman of Geobán, S.A. and Sercobán, Administración de Empresas, S.L.
José María Espí
Born in 1944. He joined the Bank in 1985 and, in 1988, was appointed Executive Vice President, Human Resources. In 1999 he was appointed Executive Vice President, Risk. He is also Chairman of Unión de Crédito Inmobiliario, S.A., E.F.C. and Director of UCI, S.A.
José María Fuster
Born in 1958. He joined the Group in 1988. In 2004 he was appointed Chief Information Officer of Grupo Santander. In the same year he was also named member of the board of Abbey National plc and of the Board of Advisors of IBM Corporation. In 2006 he was appointed Executive Director of Banesto and in 2007 Executive Vice President of Technology and Operations at Banco Santander. At present, José María Fuster is also a Director of Ingeniería de Software Bancario, S.A. (ISBAN).
José Luis G. Alciturri
Born in 1949. He joined the Bank in 1996. Since November 2003 he has been responsible for the Group’s Human Resources. In 2007, he was appointed Executive Vice President.
Enrique G. Candelas
Born in 1953. He joined Banco Santander in 1975 and was appointed Senior Vice President in 1993. He was appointed Executive Vice President, Santander Branch Network Spain in January 1999.
Joan-David Grimà
Born in 1953. He joined Banco Central Hispanoamericano in 1993. In June 2001 he was appointed Executive Vice President, Industrial Portfolio and in December 2005 he was appointed Executive Vice President, Asset Management. He was formerly Vice Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Auna Operadores de Telecomunicaciones, S.A. from January 2002 to November 2005. He is also a Director of Teka Industrial, S.A. and ACS Actividades de Construcción y Servicios, S.A.
Juan Guitard
Born in 1960. Former General Secretary of the Board of Banco Santander de Negocios (from 1994 to 1999) and Manager of the Investment Banking Department of the Bank (from 1999 to 2000). He rejoined the Bank in 2002, being appointed Executive Vice President, Vice-Secretary General of the Board.
Gonzalo de las Heras
Born in 1940. He joined the Bank in 1990. He was appointed Executive Vice President in 1991 and supervises the North American business of the Group. He is also a non-executive Director of Sovereign Bancorp, Inc.
Antonio H. Osorio
Born in 1964. He joined Banco Santander in 1993 and was appointed Executive Vice President, Portugal, in January 2000. He was Chairman of the Executive Committee of Banco Santander Totta, S.A., Chairman of the Executive Committee of Banco Santander de Negocios Portugal, S.A. and non-executive Director of Abbey. In 2006 he was appointed Chief Executive Officer of Abbey.
Adolfo Lagos
Born in 1948. Former Chief Executive Officer of Grupo Financiero Serfin since 1996. He was appointed Executive Vice President, America, in October 2002 and Executive Vice President, Global Wholesale Banking, in April 2003.

 

123


Table of Contents

Jorge Maortua
Born in 1961. Former Executive Vice President of Banesto since 2001, he joined the Bank in 2003 as Head of Global Treasury and was appointed Executive Vice President, Global Wholesale Banking, in 2004.
Javier Marín
Born in 1966. He joined the Bank in 1991. After serving in various positions within the Group, he was appointed Executive Vice President of the Global Private Banking Division in 2007.
Jorge Morán
Born in 1964. He joined the Bank in 2002. He was appointed Executive Vice President, Asset Management and Insurance, in 2004. In December 2005, he was appointed Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Abbey and in 2006 Executive Vice President in charge of the Global Insurance Division.
César Ortega
Born in 1954. He joined the Bank in 2000 and was appointed Executive Vice President, General Secretariat, in 2006. He is also a non-executive Director of Fomento de Construcciones y Contratas, S.A.
Javier Peralta
Born in 1950. He joined the Bank in 1989 and in 1993 was appointed Executive Vice President. In 2002, he was appointed Executive Vice President, Risk.
Marcial Portela
Born in 1945. He joined the Bank in 1998 as Executive Vice President. In 1999, he was appointed Executive Vice President, America. He is also a Director of Best Global, S.A.
Magda Salarich
Born in 1956. She joined the Bank in 2008 as Executive Vice President responsible for Santander’s Consumer Finance Division. Previously, she has held several positions in the automobile industry, including the position of Director and General Manager of Citroën España and Head of Commerce and Marketing for Europe of Citroën Automobiles.
José Tejón
Born in 1951. He joined the Bank in 1989. In 2002 he was appointed Executive Vice President, Financial Accounting and Control.
Jesús Ma Zabalza
Born in 1958. Former Executive Vice President of La Caixa (from 1996 to 2002). He joined the Bank in 2002, being appointed Executive Vice President, America.
The following is a description of arrangements or understandings with major shareholders, customers, suppliers or others pursuant to which any person referred to above was appointed.
There is one Director that is an international financial institution that has a holding in the Bank: Assicurazioni Generali S.p.A. (represented by Antoine Bernheim).
See also “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions – A. Major Shareholders – Shareholders’ agreements”.

 

124


Table of Contents

B. Compensation
Directors’ compensation
By-law stipulated fees
Article 38 of the Bank’s By-laws provides that the share in the Bank’s profit for each year to be received by the members of the Board of Directors for discharging their duties and for attending Board and committee meetings will be up to 1% of the Bank’s net profit for the year.
Our shareholders acting at the General Shareholders’ Meeting held on June 21, 2008 approved, under item six of the agenda, new By-laws for Banco Santander, S.A., and abrogated the existing ones. The new By-laws will become effective upon the granting of the necessary authorization by the Spanish Minister of Economy and Finance. The new By-laws will subsequently be filed with the office of the Mercantile Registry. We expect this authorization and filing to occur during the third quarter of 2008. See more information under “Item 10. Additional information — B. Memorandum and articles of association”.
Articles 58 and 59 of the new By-laws are intended to govern the compensation for directors in accordance with the Bank’s current practices as set forth in the existing By-laws and in the Rules and Regulations of the Board of Directors.
Our By-laws provide that the members of the Board of Directors are entitled to receive compensation for performing the duties entrusted to them by reason of their appointment, to be paid as a share in profits and By-law mandated compensation. This compensation has two components: an annual amount and attendance fees.
According to Article 58 of the new By-laws, the aggregate amount of the compensation is equal to one percent of the profit of Santander for the fiscal year, provided, however, that the Board may resolve that such percentage be reduced in those years in which the Board deems it justified.
The new By-laws are included in Exhibit 1.2.
The Board of Directors, making use of the powers conferred on it, set the related amount at 0.126% of the Bank’s net profit for 2007 (2006: 0.143%; 2005: 0.152%).
The Board of Directors, also under the powers conferred on it, resolved to allocate this amount as follows (assigning the respective proportional amounts to any directors who did not sit on the Board for the whole year): each Board member received a gross payment of 118,100 (2006: 107,400; 2005: 89,500) and, additionally, each member of the following Board Committees received the following gross payments: Executive Committee, 236,900 (2006: 215,400; 2005: 179,500); Audit and Compliance Committee, 55,000 (2006 and 2005: 50,000); Appointments and Remuneration Committee, 33,000 (2006 and 2005: 30,000). Also, the First Deputy Chairman and the Fourth Deputy Chairman received a gross amount of 39,600 each (2006 and 2005: 36,000).
Furthermore, in 2007 the Directors received fees for attending Board and Committee meetings (excluding Executive Committee meetings).
The gross amounts for attending Board meetings in 2007, are as follows: Board meetings: 2,310 for resident directors and 1,870 for non-resident directors (2,310 and 1,870, respectively, in both 2006 and 2005).
At the meeting held on December 18, 2006, the Board of Directors approved the proposal of the Appointments and Remuneration Committee made at its meeting on December 13, 2006, to modify the amount of fees received for attending the meetings of the Risk Committee and the Audit and Compliance Committee, which it set at 1,500 effective from January 1, 2007, without changing the amounts received in connection by members of the Board of Directors and the other Committees including the Appointments and Remuneration Committee, the International Committee and the Technology, Productivity and Quality Committee, but excluding the Executive Committee, since no attendance fees are received for this Committee. The agreed-upon gross amounts are as follows:
• Risk Committee and Audit and Compliance Committee: 1,500 for resident directors and 1,212 for non-resident directors in each case per meeting.
• Other Committees: 1,155 for resident directors and 935 for non-resident directors in each case per meeting.

 

125


Table of Contents

The amounts received by directors for attending Board Committee meetings amounted to 1,155 for resident directors and 935 for non-resident directors in each case per meeting, in both 2006 and 2005.
Salary compensation
As provided by our By-laws (and the new By-laws), the members of the Board and of the Executive Committee are entitled to be remunerated for discharging duties within the Bank other than those duties performed in their capacity as a Director.
Consequently, the Bank’s executive Directors (who as of December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 are Emilio Botín, Alfredo Sáenz, Matías R. Inciarte, Ana P. Botín, and Francisco Luzón) received the following salary compensation:
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
    (in thousands of euros)  
Total salaries
    24,315       20,970       18,494  
Of which: variable compensation
    16,088       13,666       11,412  

 

126


Table of Contents

The remuneration and other compensation granted to the directors in 2007 is as follows:
                                                                                                         
    In Thousands of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
    By-law Stipulated Compensation     Attendance Fees     Salary of executive Directors (1)                              
                            Appointments                                                                  
                    Audit and     and                                                                  
            Executive     Compliance     Remuneration                           Variable             Other                      
Directors   Board     Committee     Committee     Committee     Board     Other Fees     Fixed     (2)     Total     Remuneration     Total     Total     Total  
 
Emilio Botín
    118       237                   25       5       1,187       2,337       3,524       1       3,910       3,459       3,035  
Fernando de Asúa
    158       237       55       33       25       169                               677       590       519  
Alfredo Sáenz
    118       237                   25       5       3,126       5,582       8,708       511       9,604       8,099       7,161  
Matías R. Inciarte
    118       237                   25       141       1,510       2,945       4,455       178       5,154       4,501       3,970  
Manuel Soto
    158             55       33       25       35                               306       271       246  
Assicurazioni Generali, Spa.
    137                         6                                     143       136       110  
Antonio Basagoiti
    118       237                   25       133                         10       523       3,477 (6)     414  
Ana P. Botín
    118       237                   25       2       1,133       1,985       3,118       17       3,517       3,084       2,733  
Javier Botín (3)
    118                         25                                     143       128       106  
Lord Terence Burns (***)
    118                         17                                     135       122       105  
Guillermo de la Dehesa
    118       237             33       25       14                               427       381       326  
Rodrigo Echenique
    118       237             33       25       119                         30       562       1,388       1,329  
Antonio Escámez
    118       237                   25       128                         42       550       1,329       1,337  
Francisco Luzón
    118       237                   25       2       1,271       3,239       4,510       728       5,620       4,601       4,003  
Luís Ángel Rojo (****)
    118             55       33       14       29                               249       232       113  
Abel Matutes
    118             55             25       15                               213       189       172  
Mutua Madrileña Automovilista (4)
    137                         16                                     153       148       122  
Luis Alberto Salazar-Simpson
    118             55             25       16                               214       192       173  
Jay S. Sidhu (5)
                                                                        58        
Emilio Botín (**)
                                                                            98  
Elías Masaveu (**)
                                                                            47  
Isabel Tocino (*)
    82                         21                                     103              
 
                                                                             
Total 2007
    2,324       2,370       275       165       424       813       8,227       16,088       24,315       1,517       32,203              
 
                                                                             
Total 2006
    2,092       2,150       250       150       386       630       7,304       13,666       20,970       5,757             32,385        
 
                                                                             
Total 2005
    1,795       1,800       256       148       315       607       7,082       11,412       18,494       2,704                   26,119  
 
                                                                             
 
     
(*)  
Appointed by co-optation by the Board of Directors at its meeting on March 26, 2007. Isabel Tocino took office at the meeting held on April 23, 2007. Her appointment was ratified by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting held on June 23, 2007.
 
(**)  
Directors who were Board members for some months in 2005 but ceased to be directors prior to December 31, 2005.
 
(***)  
Appointed as member of the Bank’s Board of Directors on December 20, 2004 and subsequently ratified by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting on June 18, 2005.
 
(****)  
Appointed as member of the Bank’s Board of Directors on April 25, 2005 and subsequently ratified by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting on June 18, 2005.
 
(1)  
Recognized under “Personnel expenses” in the income statement of the Bank, except for the salary of Ana P. Botín, which is recognized at Banco Español de Crédito, S.A.
 
(2)  
Accrued in 2007.
 
(3)  
Amounts contributed to Fundación Marcelino Botín.
 
(4)  
Ceased to be a Director on December 19, 2007.
 
(5)  
Appointed by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting on June 17, 2006 and ceased to discharge his duties on December 31, 2006.
 
(6)  
Includes 3 million for duties discharged on the Board of Directors of Unión Fenosa during the period in which he belonged to this Board at the proposal of the Bank. At the proposal of the Appointments and Remuneration Committee, this remuneration was approved by the Bank’s Board of Directors at its meeting on February 6, 2006.

 

127


Table of Contents

The amounts recorded under “Other remuneration” in the foregoing table include, inter alia, the life and medical insurance costs borne by the Group.
Compensation to the Board Members as representatives of the Bank and to Senior Management
Representation on other boards
By resolution of the Executive Committee, all the remuneration received by the Bank’s directors who represent the Bank on the Boards of Directors of listed companies in which the Bank has a stake (at the expense of those companies) and which relates to appointments made after March 18, 2002, will accrue to the Group. The compensation received with respect to representation duties of this kind, relating to appointments agreed upon before March 18, 2002, was as follows:
                                 
            Thousands of euros  
    Company     2007     2006     2005  
Emilio Botín
  Shinsei     50.1       59.9       58.7  
Fernando de Asúa
  CEPSA     97.2       95.6       89.9  
Antonio Escámez
  Attijariwafa Bank     9.9       5.0       5.1  
 
                         
 
            157.2       160.5       153.7  
In 2007 Emilio Botín also received options to acquire 10,000 shares of Shinsei Bank, Ltd. (“Shinsei”) at a price of JPY555 each. Previously, in 2006 and 2005, Emilio Botín had received options to acquire 25,000 Shinsei shares in each year at a price of JPY825 each for those received in 2006 and JPY601 each for those received in 2005. At December 31, 2007, the market price of the Shinsei share was JPY408 and, therefore, regardless of the stipulated exercise periods, the options granted in 2007, 2006 and 2005 would not have given rise to any gains had they been exercised.
Furthermore, other directors of the Bank earned a total of 750,000 in 2007 as members of the Boards of Directors of Group companies (2006: 732,000; 2005: 739,000), the detail being as follows: Lord Burns (Abbey), 682,000; Rodrigo Echenique (Banco Banif, S.A.), 36,000; and Matías R. Inciarte (U.C.I., S.A.), 32,000.
Senior management
Below are the details of the aggregate compensation paid to the Bank’s Executive Officers (*) in 2007, 2006 and 2005:
                                                 
    Number     In thousands of euros  
    of     Salary Compensation     Other        
Year   People (1)     Fixed     Variable     Total     Compensation     Total  
2005
    24       16,450       27,010       43,460       2,708       46,168  
2006
    26       19,119       34,594       53,713       11,054       64,767  
2007
    26       19,504       42,768       62,272       10,092       72,394  
 
     
(*)  
Excluding executive Directors’ compensation, which is detailed above.
 
(1)  
The amounts reflect the annual compensation regardless of the number of months in which the position of Executive Vice President was occupied.

 

128


Table of Contents

Pension commitments, other insurance and other items
The total balance of supplementary pension obligations assumed by the Group over the years to its current and retired employees, which amounted to 11,820 million (covered mostly by in-house provisions) at December 31, 2007, includes the obligations to those who have been directors of the Bank during the year and who discharge (or have discharged) executive functions. The total pension obligations to these directors, together with the total sum insured under life insurance policies and other items, amounted to 264 million at December 31, 2007 (December 31, 2006: 234 million; December 31, 2005: 182 million).
The following table provides information on the obligations undertaken and covered by the Group relating to pension commitments and other insurance for the Bank’s executive Directors:
                                                 
    In thousands of euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
    Total Accrued             Total Accrued             Total Accrued        
    Pension     Other     Pension     Other     Pension     Other  
    Obligations     Insurance     Obligations     Insurance     Obligations     Insurance  
Emilio Botín
    22,926             21,068             11,785        
Alfredo Sáenz
    68,070       9,378       55,537       8,155       45,444       7,917  
Matías R. Inciarte
    44,226       4,529       39,390       4,117       28,953       3,997  
Ana P. Botín
    17,975       1,403       15,045       1,402       12,232       1,373  
Francisco Luzón
    45,468       7,624       39,187       6,571       39,188       6,380  
 
                                   
Total
    198,665       22,934       170,227       20,245       137,602       19,667  
 
                                   
The amounts in the “Total Accrued Pension Obligations” column in the foregoing table relate to the present actuarial value of the accrued future annual payments to be made by the Group. These amounts were obtained using actuarial calculations and cover the obligations to pay the respective calculated pension supplements. In the case of Emilio Botín, Alfredo Sáenz, Matías R. Inciarte and Ana P. Botín, these supplements were calculated as 100% of the sum of the fixed annual salary received at the date of effective retirement plus 30% of the arithmetic mean of the last three variable salary payments received. In addition, in the case of Francisco Luzón, to the amount thus calculated will be added the amounts received by him in the year before retirement or early retirement in his capacity as a member of the Board of Directors or the Committees of the Bank or of other consolidated Group companies.
On December 17, 2007 and March 24, 2008, the Board of Directors of the Bank resolved to authorize a change in the contracts of the executive directors and the other members of the Bank’s senior management -the “Senior Executives”- granting them the right, on the date of retirement -or pre-retirement, as appropriate- to opt to receive accrued pensions -or amounts similar thereto- in the form of income or capital -i.e. in one single payment- in full but not in part. In order to maintain the financial neutrality for the Group, the amount to be received in the form of capital by the commitment beneficiary at the date of the retirement must be the aliquot part of the market value of the assets assigned to cover the mathematical provisions to cater of the policy instrumenting these commitments to senior executives. The Senior Executives who are still in service on reaching the age of retirement –or who at the date of the contract entered into have passed the age of retirement- must state whether they wish to opt for this form of benefit. Should the Senior Executive subsequently die whilst still in service and prior to retirement, the capital of the pension will correspond to his/her heirs.
Pension charges recognized and reversed in 2007 amounted to 21,615,000 and 580,000, respectively (2006: 44,819,000 and 629,000, respectively; 2005: 4,414,000 and 4,449,000, respectively).
Additionally, other directors have life insurance policies at the Group’s expense, the related insured sum being 3 million at December 31, 2007 (2006 and 2005: 3 million). Also, the payments made in 2007 to the members of the Board entitled to post-employment benefits amounted to 2.6 million.

 

129


Table of Contents

Share-based payments
Our By-laws (and the new By-laws) provide that directors may also receive compensation in the form of shares of the Bank or options over the shares, or other remuneration linked to the share value following a resolution adopted by the shareholders at the General Shareholders’ Meeting (conducted in accordance with our By-laws and applicable Spanish legislation).
Article 28.3 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board of Directors states that only executive directors can benefit from remuneration systems involving delivery of shares or options on them.

 

130


Table of Contents

The detail of the Bank’s share options granted to directors is as follows (See Note 49 to our consolidated financial statements):
                                                                                                                                                         
            Options                                             Options     Exercised                                                  
            Granted     Exercised Options                     Granted     Options                     Concessions Granted     Exercised Options                    
                                Market                                                                         Market             Date of     Date of  
    Options at                 Exercise     Price     Options at     Exercise                 Options at     Exercise           Exercise           Exercise     Price     Options at     Commencement     Expiry of  
    January 1,                 Price     Applied     December     Price                 December     Price           Price           Price     Applied     December     of Exercise     Exercise  
    2005     Number     Number     (Euros)     (Euros)     31, 2005     (Euros)     Number     Number     31, 2006     (Euros)     Number     (Euros)     Number     (Euros)     (Euros)     31, 2007     Period     Period  
 
                                                                                                                                                       
Managers Plan 2000:
                                                                                                                                                       
Emilio Botín
    150,000             (150,000 )     10.545       11.12                                                                               12/30/03       12/29/05  
Alfredo Sáenz
    100,000             (100,000 )     10.545       11.14                                                                               12/30/03       12/29/05  
Matías R. Inciarte
    125,000             (125,000 )     10.545       11.14                                                                               12/30/03       12/29/05  
Antonio Escámez
    100,000             (100,000 )     10.545       11.07                                                                               12/30/03       12/29/05  
Francisco Luzón
    100,000             (100,000 )     10.545       11.14                                                                                             12/30/03       12/29/05  
 
                                                                                                                     
 
    575,000             (575,000 )     10.545       11.12                                                                                          
 
                                                                                                                     
Long-Term Incentive Plan (I06):
                                                                                                                                                       
Emilio Botín
    541,400                               541,400       9.09                   541,400       9.09                                     541,400       01/15/08       01/15/09  
Alfredo Sáenz
    1,209,100                               1,209,100       9.09                   1,209,100       9.09                                     1,209,100       01/15/08       01/15/09  
Matías R. Inciarte
    665,200                               665,200       9.09                   665,200       9.09                                     665,200       01/15/08       01/15/09  
Ana P. Botín (*)
    293,692                               293,692       9.09                   293,692       9.09                                     293,692       01/15/08       01/15/09  
Francisco Luzón
    639,400                               639,400       9.09                   639,400       9.09                                     639,400       01/15/08       01/15/09  
 
                                                                                                                     
 
    3,348,792                               3,348,792       9.09                   3,348,792       9.09                                     3,348,792                  
 
                                                                                                                     
Long-Term Incentive Plan (I09):
                                                                                                                                                       
Emilio Botín
                                                                      41,785                               41,785       06/23/07       07/31/09  
Alfredo Sáenz
                                                                      110,084                               110,084       06/23/07       07/31/09  
Matías R. Inciarte
                                                                      53,160                               53,160       06/23/07       07/31/09  
Ana P. Botín (**)
                                                                      27,929                               27,929       06/23/07       07/31/09  
Francisco Luzón
                                                                      44,749                               44,749       06/23/07       07/31/09  
 
                                                                                                                     
 
                                                                      277,707                               277,707                  
 
                                                                                                                     
Long-Term Incentive Plan (I10)
                                                                                                                                                       
Emilio Botín
                                                                      62,589                               62,589       06/23/07       07/31/10  
Alfredo Sáenz
                                                                      164,894                               164,894       06/23/07       07/31/10  
Matías R. Inciarte
                                                                      79,627                               79,627       06/23/07       07/31/10  
Ana P. Botín (**)
                                                                      41,835                               41,835       06/23/07       07/31/10  
Francisco Luzón
                                                                      67,029                               67,029       06/23/07       07/31/10  
 
                                                                                                                     
 
                                                                      415,974                               415,974                  
 
                                                                                                                     
     
(*)  
Approved by Banesto’s shareholders at its Annual General Meeting on February 28, 2006.
 
(**)  
Without prejudice to the Banesto shares relating to Ana P. Botín by virtue of the Banesto Share-Based Payment Incentive Plan approved by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting of Banesto held on June 27, 2007, the maximum number of shares shown in the foregoing table relates to the aforementioned executive director, based on the resolution adopted at the aforementioned Annual General Meeting.

 

131


Table of Contents

Additionally, the maximum limits to the Matched Deferred Bonus Plan (or Mandatory Investment Shares Plan) of each executive Director is as follows (See Note 49 to our consolidated financial statements):
         
Executive Directors   Maximum
Number
of Shares
 
 
       
Emilio Botín
    16,306  
Alfredo Sáenz
    37,324  
Matías R. Inciarte
    20,195  
Ana P. Botín (*)
    13,610  
Francisco Luzón
    22,214  
Juan R. Inciarte
    14,617  
 
     
 
    124,266  
 
     
     
(*)  
The number of shares acquired by Ana P. Botín as beneficiary of this plan is consistent with the resolutions agreed to by the shareholders acting at the General Shareholders’ Meeting of Banco Santander and Banesto held on June 23, 2007 and June 27, 2007, respectively.
Description of Stock Option Plans and Other Share-based Compensation Plans
In recent years, the Bank has put in place compensation systems for its managers and employees linked to the market performance of the Bank’s shares based on the achievement of certain objectives.
Additionally, on June 23, 2007, the General Shareholders’ Meeting approved 100 free shares of Banco Santander, S.A. to each active employee of Santander, to celebrate the 150th Anniversary of Banco Santander.
After a report from the Appointments and Remuneration Committee, and within the framework of approval by the Bank’s Board of Directors of a long-term incentive policy and of the plans making up such policy, the General Shareholders’ Meeting held on June 23, 2007 approved the first and second cycles of the Performance Shares Plan, the first cycle of the Matched Deferred Bonus Plan and the Restricted Shares Plan. The main characteristics of these plans are set forth below.
1. First and second cycle (2007-2009) of the Performance Shares Plan — I09 and I10 Plans
The first and second cycles of this plan are subject to the following rules:
(i) Beneficiaries: The executive directors, the remaining members of Senior Management, and such other executives of Santander (excluding Banesto) as are determined by the Board of Directors, or the Executive Committee by delegation thereof. As of December 31, 2007, the number of participants under the first cycle was 5,476 and under the second cycle 5,506, although the Board of Directors, or the Executive Committee by delegation thereof, may include (by promotion or admission to the Group) or exclude other persons, without changing the total number of shares authorized for distribution at any time.
(ii) Objectives: The objectives used to determine the number of shares for distribution (the “Objectives”) are based on two parameters:
a) Total Shareholder Return (“TSR”); and
b) Growth in Earnings per Share (“EPS”).
TSR is deemed to be the difference (expressed as a percentage) between the final value of an investment in ordinary shares in each of the institutions compared and the initial value of the same investment, bearing in mind that any calculation of the final value must take into account dividends or similar items received by the shareholder for this investment during the corresponding period of time as if an investment was made in more shares of the same kind on the first date on which the dividend was payable to shareholders and the average weighted share price on that date. In order to determine the aforementioned initial and final value, the share prices established in item (iii) below will be adopted.

 

132


Table of Contents

Growth in EPS is deemed to be the percentage difference between earnings per ordinary share reported in the annual and consolidated financial statements at the beginning and the end of the comparison period, as established in item (iii) below.
At the end of the respective cycle, the TSR and the growth in EPS for Santander and each of the group institutions identified below (the “Reference Group”) will be calculated and listed in decreasing order. Each of these parameters (TSR and EPS growth) will have a 50% weighting in determining the percentage of shares to distribute, based on the following scale and Santander’s relative position within the Reference Group.
             
Santander’s position in   Percentage of shares to be   Santander’s position in   Percentage of shares to be
the TSR ranking   delivered over maximum   the EPS growth ranking   delivered over maximum
1st to 6th
  50%   1st to 6th   50%
7th
  43%   7th   43%
8th
  36%   8th   36%
9th
  29%   9th   29%
10th
  22%   10th   22%
11th
  15%   11th   15%
12th or more
  0%   12th or more   0%
The Reference Group will initially be composed of the following 21 entities:
     
Bank   Country
 
   
ABN AMRO Holding
  The Netherlands
Banco Itau
  Brazil
Bank of America
  United States
Barclays
  United Kingdom
BBVA
  Spain
BNP Paribas
  France
Citigroup
  United States
Credit Agricole
  France
HBOS
  United Kingdom
HSBC Holdings
  United Kingdom
Intesa Sanpaolo
  Italy
JP Morgan Chase & Co.
  United States
Lloyds TSB Group
  United Kingdom
Mitsubishi
  Japan
Nordea Bank
  Sweden
Royal Bank of Canada
  Canada
Royal Bank of Scotland Group
  United Kingdom
Société Générale
  France
UBS
  Switzerland
Unicredito Italiano
  Italy
Wells Fargo & Co.
  United States
If any of the Reference Group institutions are acquired by another company, cease to list their shares or are liquidated, they will be excluded from the Reference Group. In this case and any similar cases, comparison with the Reference Group will be conducted in a manner which, for each of the parameters studied (TSR and EPS growth), the maximum percentage of the shares will be earned if Santander falls within the first quartile (including the 25th percentile) of the Reference Group; no shares will be earned if Santander falls below the Reference Group median (50th percentile); a maximum of 30% of the shares will be earned at the median (50th percentile) and, at positions between (but not including) the median and the first quartile (25th percentile), the shares earned will be calculated by linear interpolation.

 

133


Table of Contents

(iii) Duration: The first cycle will cover the years 2007 and 2008. Therefore, the objectives linked to TSR will use the daily average weighted volume of the average weighted listing prices for the 15 trading sessions immediately preceding but not including April 1, 2007 to calculate the initial value and the 15 trading sessions immediately preceding but not including April 1, 2009 to calculate the final value; the objectives linked to EPS growth will use the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2006 and the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2008. To receive shares, those qualified must continue to be actively employed by the Group, except in the event of death or disability, through June 30, 2009. Any distribution of shares will be made no later than July 31, 2009, on the date established by the Board of Directors, or the Executive Committee by delegation thereof.
The second cycle will cover the years 2007, 2008 and 2009. Therefore, the objectives linked to TSR will use the daily average weighted volume of the average weighted listing prices for the 15 trading sessions prior to April 1, 2007 to calculate the initial value and the 15 trading sessions immediately preceding but not including April 1, 2010 to calculate the final value; the objectives linked to EPS growth will use the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2006 and the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2009. To receive shares, those qualified must continue to be actively employed by the Group, except in the event of death or disability, through June 30, 2010. Any distribution of shares will be made no later than July 31, 2010, on the date established by the Board of Directors, or the Executive Committee by delegation thereof.
The shares will be distributed by the Bank or another Group company, as applicable.
(iv) Maximum number of shares to be distributed:
The maximum number of shares to be distributed to each of the beneficiaries will, subject to other limitations, be the product of dividing a percentage of the beneficiary’s fixed annual remuneration on the date of adoption of this resolution, by the daily average weighted volume of the average weighted listing prices of the Bank’s shares during the 15 trading sessions immediately preceding May 7, 2007, rounded up to the second decimal point, which was 13.46 per share.
For executive Directors, the annual fixed compensation percentage will be 47.4% for the first cycle and 71% for the second cycle, except for Ana P. Botín, to whom 70% of these percentages shall apply.
Therefore, the maximum number of shares distributed to each of the executive Directors will be the following:
                 
Executive Directors   First Cycle     Second Cycle  
 
               
Emilio Botín
    41,785       62,589  
Alfredo Sáenz
    110,084       164,894  
Matías R. Inciarte
    53,160       79,627  
Francisco Luzón
    44,749       67,029  
Ana P. Botín
    27,929       41,835  
Without prejudice to the Banesto shares which correspond to Ana P. Botín pursuant to the “Banesto share distribution Incentive Plan” approved by the shareholders at a General Shareholders’ Meeting of Banesto on June 27, 2007, the maximum number of shares attributable to this executive Director is the number stated in the preceding table, pursuant to the resolution adopted at the General Shareholder Meeting mentioned in this paragraph.

 

134


Table of Contents

Following approval of the first and second cycles of the Performance Share Plan (2007 — 2009) at the General Shareholders’ Meeting of Santander held on June 23, 2007, the Board of Directors, at its meeting of January 28, 2008, approved the interim appointment of the Executive Vice President Juan R. Inciarte to the position of Director at its meeting on January 28, 2008.
The maximum number of shares distributable to Juan R. Inciarte was approved by the Executive Committee at its meeting on December 3, 2007, after a report issued by the Appointments and Remuneration Committee on November 26, 2007, and with the approval of the Board of Directors at its meeting on December 17, 2007, in the following amounts:
                 
    First Cycle     Second Cycle  
 
               
Juan R. Inciarte
    43,322       64,983  
Shares distributed to the remaining members of Senior Management are limited to a maximum of 845,787 shares (representing 0.014% of the Bank’s capital) in the first cycle and 1,268,482 shares in the second cycle, equivalent to 0.020% of the Bank’s capital.
Finally, at the aforementioned meeting on November 26, 2007, the Committee reported favorably on the Regulations for the First and Second Cycles of the Performance Shares Plan, which was approved by the Executive Committee on December 3, 2007.
2. First Cycle (2008-2010) of the Matched Deferred Bonus Plan
The first cycle of the plan is subject to the following rules:
(i) Beneficiaries: The Executive Committee, on its meeting of January 28, 2008, determined, by delegation of the Board of Directors, the 32 persons who are currently the beneficiaries. This group is comprised of the executive Directors and other members of the Bank’s Senior Management as well as other main executives of Grupo Santander (excluding Banesto).
Without prejudice to the foregoing, new participants may be included in the plan following promotion, admission into the Group or for other reasons, without modifying its terms and conditions, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, or the Executive Committee acting under powers delegated to it by the board.
(ii) Operation: Beneficiaries must set aside 10% of their 2007 gross annual variable compensation (or bonus) to acquire Bank shares on the market (the “Mandatory Investment”). Pursuant to the resolution of the shareholders, the Mandatory Investment was made prior to February 29, 2008.
Retention of shares acquired by Mandatory Investment and participants’ continued service within Santander for a period of three years following the Mandatory Investment will entitle the participant to receive from the Bank or, as applicable, another Group company, a number of Santander shares equal to those initially acquired, i.e., based on a ratio of one share for each share acquired through the Mandatory Investment.
(iii) Duration: This first cycle corresponds to 2008-2010. The Bank will distribute shares, as applicable, between January 1 and April 1, 2011, on the date specified by the Board, or the Executive Committee acting under powers delegated to it by the board, within a period of one month from the third anniversary of the Mandatory Investment.
The Mandatory Investment of each executive Director is as follows:
         
Executive Directors   Maximum No. of shares  
Emilio Botín
    16,306  
Alfredo Sáenz
    37,324  
Matías R. Inciarte
    20,195  
Francisco Luzón
    22,214  
Ana P. Botín
    13,610  
The number of shares acquired by Ana P. Botín as beneficiary of this plan is consistent with the resolutions agreed to by the shareholders acting at the General Shareholders’ Meeting of Banco Santander and Banesto held on June 23, 2007 and June 27, 2007, respectively.
The number of shares purchased by Juan R. Inciarte is 14,617.

 

135


Table of Contents

In order to set the number of shares acquired by the executive Directors in execution of this Mandatory Investment Plan, it has been taken into account the maximum number of shares agreed to by the shareholders acting at the General Shareholders’ Meeting held on June 23, 2007 under resolution twelve.
3. Restricted Shares Plan
For a period of 12 months from implementation thereof, commitments may be undertaken to deliver up to a maximum of 2,189,004 shares of the Bank (representing 0.035% of the Bank’s current capital) to be used selectively as a tool for retaining or hiring executives or employees of the Bank or other Group companies, other than executive Directors. The Board of Directors, or the Executive Committee acting under powers delegated to it by the Board, will decide when to use this tool. Furthermore, the plan must comply with the Total Limit as defined below.
Each participant in the Restricted Shares Plan will be required to remain with the Group for a minimum period of 3 to 4 years. After meeting the minimum period established in each case, the participant will be entitled to distribution of the shares.
Within the framework of the long-term incentives policy described in the section above, the shareholders at the General Shareholders’ Meeting of June 23, 2007 authorized the deployment of the first two cycles of the Performance Shares Plan (2007-2009 period), the first cycle (2008-2010 period) of the Matched Deferred Bonus Plan, and the selective grant of up to 2,189,004 shares (representing 0.035% of the Bank’s capital), establishing a maximum total limit of 28,144,334 shares for distribution in these programs, equivalent to 0.45% of the Bank’s capital (the “Total Limit”).
As of December 31, 2007, the Bank was not obliged to distribute any shares as set forth under this heading “3. Restricted Shares Plan”.
Below is a summary of the I06 Plan, which was the only plan in effect during 2007:
I06 Plan
On December 20, 2004, the Board of Directors decided to implement, subject to the approval of our General Shareholders’ Meeting held on June 18, 2005, a long-term incentive plan (“I06”) in the form of stock options tied to the achievement of two objectives: a revaluation of the Bank’s share price and growth in earnings per share, in both cases above a sample of comparable banks. Both objectives have already been achieved. 2,512 officers are covered by this plan with a total of 95,056,019 options of Bank shares already granted at an exercise price of 9.09. The exercise period is from January 15, 2008 to January 15, 2009. This plan was approved by our shareholders at the General Shareholders’ Meeting on June 18, 2005.
The table on page 131 above indicates the number of Santander share options held by our Directors under this plan.
Additionally, the following plans were cancelled during 2005:
Plan Four
Five of our officers participated in an option plan known as “Plan Four”. Each option received under this plan granted its holder the right to receive one share of Santander ordinary common stock, par value 0.50. The exercise price of the shares subject to this plan was 7.84, and plan participants could exercise these options until December 30, 2005. Plan participants must hold the shares acquired through this plan for a period of twelve months following the date of exercise of the options. During 2005, 228,000 options were exercised and the plan expired.

 

136


Table of Contents

Young Executives Plan
111 of our officers participated in an option plan known as the “Young Executives Plan”. Each option received under this plan granted its holder the right to receive one share of Santander ordinary common stock, par value 0.50. The exercise price of the shares subject to this plan was 2.29, and plan participants could have exercised the first 50% of the options granted from July 1, 2003 until June 30, 2005 and the remaining 50% from July 1, 2004 until June 30, 2005. Plan participants must hold the shares acquired through this plan for a period of twelve months following the date of exercise of the options. During 2005, 329,000 options were exercised and the plan expired.
Managers Plan 2000
970 of our officers participated in an option plan known as the “Managers Plan 2000”. Each option received under this plan granted its holder the right to receive one share of Santander ordinary common stock, par value 0.50. The exercise price of the options subject to this plan is 10.55, and plan participants could exercise these options from December 30, 2003 until December 29, 2005. Plan participants must hold the shares acquired through this plan for a period of twelve months following the date of exercise of the options. During 2005, 12,389,000 options were exercised and the plan expired.
European Branches Plan
27 of our officers participated in an incentive plan known as the “European Branches Plan”. Subject to the achievement of certain objectives, the beneficiaries of this plan received a payment in cash or in shares of Santander. For purposes of the calculation of the number of shares to be delivered, the share price was calculated at the average quoted price of the month previous to the incorporation to the branch and plan participants could exercise 1,615,000 of the options granted from July 1, 2004 until July 15, 2004, and could exercise the remaining options granted from July 1, 2005 until July 15, 2005. During 2005, 2,660,000 options were exercised and the plan expired.

 

137


Table of Contents

Stock Option Plans and Other Share-based Compensation Plans
                                                         
            Euros                             Date of     Date of  
    Number of     Exercise     Year     Employee     Number     Commencement     Expiry of  
    Shares     Price     Granted     Group     of Persons     of Exercise Period     Exercise Period  
 
                                                       
Plans outstanding at January 1, 2005
    21,126,750       9.94                                          
 
                                         
 
                                                       
Options granted (Plan I06)
    99,900,000       9.09 (**)           Managers     2,601       01/15/2008       01/15/2009  
 
                                                       
Options exercised
    (15,606,000 )     (9.83 )                                        
Of which:
                                                       
Plan Four
    (228,000 )     7.84                                          
Young Executives Plan
    (329,000 )     2.29                                          
Managers Plan 2000
    (12,389,000 )     10.545                                          
European Branches Plan
    (2,660,000 )     7.60 (*)                                        
 
                                                       
Options cancelled or not exercised
    (5,520,750 )                                              
 
                                                       
 
                                         
Plans outstanding at December 31, 2005
    99,900,000       9.09                                          
 
                                         
 
                                                       
Options exercised
                                                   
 
                                                       
Options cancelled, net (Plan I06)
    (3,648,610 )     9.09             Managers     (44 )     01/15/2008       01/15/2009  
 
                                                       
 
                                         
Plans outstanding at December 31, 2006
    96,251,390       9.09                                          
 
                                         
 
                                                       
Options granted (Plan I09)
    10,448,480                   Managers     5,476       06/23/2007       07/31/2009  
 
                                                       
Options granted (Plan I10)
    15,690,283                   Managers     5,506       06/23/2007       07/31/2010  
 
                                                       
Options cancelled, net (Plan I06)
    (1,195,371 )     9.09             Managers     (45 )     01/15/2008       01/15/2009  
 
                                                       
 
                                         
Plans outstanding at December 31, 2007
    121,194,782                                                
 
                                         
Of which:
                                                       
Plan I06
    95,056,019       9.09                                          
Plan I09
    10,448,480                                                
Plan I10
    15,690,283                                                
     
(*)  
The average exercise price ranges from 5.65 to 10.15 per share.
 
(**)  
The exercise price of the options under Plan I06 is 9.09 per share, which is the weighted average of the daily average market price of the Bank shares on the continuous market in the first 15 trading days of January 2005. This was the criterion established in the resolution approving Plan I06 adopted at the Annual General Meeting held on June 18, 2005. The documentation on the aforementioned resolution stated correctly the method to be used to set the exercise price but, by mistake, an amount of 9.07 per share was mentioned rather than the correct amount of 9.09 per share.

 

138


Table of Contents

The option plans on shares of the Bank originally granted by management of Abbey to its employees (on Abbey shares) are as follows:
                                                         
            Pounds                                      
            Sterling (*)                             Date of     Date of  
    Number of     Exercise     Year     Employee     Number     Commencement     Expiry of  
    Shares     Price (*)     Granted     Group     of Persons     of Exercise Period     Exercise Period  
Plans outstanding at December 31, 2005
    17,675,567       3.58                                          
 
                                                   
 
                                                       
Options exercised
    (1,769,216 )     4.45                                          
Of which:
                                                       
Executive Options
    (89,305 )     4.43                                          
Employee Options
    (2,550 )     5.90                                          
Sharesave
    (1,677,361 )     4.45                                          
 
                                                       
Options cancelled or not exercised
    (1,783,670 )                                              
 
                                                       
Plans outstanding at December 31, 2005
    14,122,681       3.41                                          
Of which:
                                                       
Executive Options
    269,539       4.07                                          
Employee Options
    54,000       5.90                                          
Sharesave
    13,799,142       3.38                                          
 
                                                   
Plans outstanding at December 31, 2005
    14,122,681       3.41                                          
 
                                                   
 
                                                       
Options granted (MTIP)
    2,825,123       7.50     2005 and 2006   Managers     174     First half of 2008   First half of 2008
 
                                                       
Options exercised
    (5,214,171 )     3.41                                          
Of which:
                                                       
Executive Options
    (87,659 )     4.07                                          
Employee Options
    (33,000 )     5.90                                          
Sharesave
    (5,093,512 )     3.38                                          
 
                                                       
Options cancelled or not exercised
    (1,379,401 )                                              
 
                                                   
Plans outstanding at December 31, 2006
    10,354,232       4.32                                          
 
                                                   
Of which:
                                                       
Executive Options
    178,026       4.11       2003-2004     Managers     13       03/26/06       03/24/13  
Employee Options
                                         
Sharesave
    7,638,791       3.32       1998-2004     Employees     4.512 (**)     04/01/06       09/01/11  
MTIP
    2,537,415       9.39     2005 and 2006   Managers     170     First half of 2008   First half of 2008
 
                                                       
Options granted (MTIP)
                                                   
Options exercised
    (1,535,325 )     3.81                                          
Of which:
                                                       
Executive Options
    (33,904 )     3.96                                          
Sharesave
    (1,501,421 )     3.81                                          
Options cancelled (net) or not exercised
    (770,595 )                                              
 
                                                   
Plans outstanding at December 31, 2007
    8,048,312       5.32                                          
 
                                                   
Of which:
                                                       
Executive Options
    144,122       4.15       2003-2004     Managers     4       03/26/06       03/24/13  
Sharesave
    5,684,340       3.18       1998-2004     Employees     2.239 (**)     04/01/06       09/01/11  
MTIP
    2,219,850       10.88     2005 and 2006   Managers     157     First half of 2008   First half of 2008
     
(*)  
At December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, the euro/pound sterling exchange rate was 1.36360/GBP1; 1.4892/GBP1 and 1.4592/GBP1, respectively.
 
(**)  
Number of accounts/contracts. A single employee may have more than one account/contract.
In 2005 the Group designed a Medium-Term Incentive Plan (“MTIP”) involving the delivery of Bank shares to Abbey executives. Under the plan, effective allocation of the shares in 2008 is tied to the achievement of business targets by Abbey (in terms of net profit and income). This Plan was approved by the shareholders at the General Shareholders’ Meeting on June 17, 2006. Subsequently, it was considered necessary to amend the conditions of the Plan in order to reflect the impact of the sale of Abbey’s life insurance business to Resolution on the income targets of Abbey for 2007. The Board of Directors, after obtaining a favorable report from the Appointments and Remuneration Committee, submitted this amendment for ratification by the shareholders. The amendment was ratified at the General Shareholders’ Meeting held on June 23, 2007. At December 31, 2007, the plan had 157 beneficiaries and involved the delivery of up to a maximum of 2,219,850 shares of Santander. Effective delivery of the shares is scheduled for 2008, provided the related targets are met.

 

139


Table of Contents

After a report from the Appointments and Remuneration Committee, and within the framework of approval by the Bank’s Board of Directors of a long-term incentive policy and of the plans making up such policy, the following resolutions were adopted at the General Shareholders’ Meeting held on June 21, 2008, in connection with the matters requiring a decision of the shareholders acting at the General Shareholders’ Meeting:
A) Third cycle of the Performance Shares Plan, second cycle (2009-2011) of the Shares Related to Mandatory Investment Plan and maximum limit of shares of the Selective Share Delivery Plan.
a) Third cycle of the Performance Shares Plan
The third share delivery cycle linked to the attainment of objectives is subject to the following rules:
(i) Beneficiaries: The executive directors and other members of the Senior Management, as well as such other managers of Santander (excluding Banesto) as the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee, acting under powers delegated to it by the Board of Directors, may determine the beneficiaries. The overall number of participants is expected to be approximately 6,000, although the Board of Directors, or the Executive Committee by delegation thereof, may decide to include (by promotion or addition to the Group) or exclude other participants, without changing the maximum overall number of shares to be delivered that are authorized at any time.
(ii) Objectives: The objectives, which will determine the number of shares to be delivered (the “Objectives”), are linked to two indicators:
(1) Total Shareholder Return (“TSR”); and
(2) Growth in Earnings per Share (“EPS”).
For these purposes, TSR means the difference (stated as a percentage ratio) between the value of an investment in common shares in each of the Reference Group (as defined below) institutions at the end of the period and the value of the same investment at the beginning of the period. For the purpose of the calculation of the value at the end of the period, dividends or similar items received by the shareholders for such investment during the respective period of time will be considered as if they had been invested in additional shares of the same type on the first date on which the dividend is due to the shareholders and at the average weighted listing price on such date. The listing prices set forth in paragraph (iii) below shall be used to determine such values at the beginning and at the end of the period.
For the same purposes, EPS growth means the percentage ratio between the earnings per common share as disclosed in the consolidated annual financial statements at the beginning and at the end of the comparison period, as determined in paragraph (iii) below.

 

140


Table of Contents

At the end of the respective cycle, the TSR and EPS growth of Santander and of each of the entities of the group defined below (the “Reference Group”) will be calculated and will be ranked in descending order. Each of the two indicators (TSR and EPS growth) will separately be given a 50% weighting in the determination of the percentage of shares to be delivered, on the basis of the following scale and according to Santander’s relative position within the Reference Group:
             
Santander’s position in the   Percentage of shares   Santander’s position in   Percentage of shares
TSR ranking   earned over maximum   the EPS growth ranking   earned over maximum
1st to 6th
  50%   1st to 6th   50%
7th
  43%   7th   43%
8th
  36%   8th   36%
9th
  29%   9th   29%
10th
  22%   10th   22%
11th
  15%   11th   15%
12th onwards
  0%   12th onwards   0%
The Reference Group will initially be composed of the following 21 entities:
     
Bank   Country
Banco Itaú
  Brazil
Bank of America
  United States
Barclays
  United Kingdom
BBVA
  Spain
BNP Paribas
  France
Citigroup
  United States
Crédit Agricole
  France
Deutsche Bank
  Germany
HBOS
  United Kingdom
HSBC Holdings
  United Kingdom
Intesa Sanpaolo
  Italy
JP Morgan Chase & Co.
  United States
Lloyds TSB Group
  United Kingdom
Mitsubishi
  Japan
Nordea Bank
  Sweden
Royal Bank of Canada
  Canada
Royal Bank of Scotland Group
  United Kingdom
Société Générale
  France
UBS
  Switzerland
Unicredito Italiano
  Italy
Wells Fargo & Co.
  United States
If any of the entities of the Reference Group is acquired by another company, is delisted or disappears, it will be removed from the Reference Group. In such case, and in any other similar case, the comparison to the Reference Group will be made in such a way that, for each of the indicators considered (TSR and EPS growth), the maximum percentage of shares will be earned if Santander is included in the first quartile (including the 25th percentile) of the Reference Group; no shares will be earned if Santander is below the mean (50th percentile) of the Reference Group; 30% of the maximum number of shares will be earned in the mean (50th percentile) and, for intermediate positions between (but not including) the mean and the first quartile (not including the 25th percentile), the number of shares earned will be calculated by linear interpolation.

 

141


Table of Contents

(iii) Term: This third cycle will be comprised of 2008, 2009 and 2010. Accordingly, for purposes of the objective related to TSR, the daily average weighted volume of the average weighted listing prices of the fifteen trading sessions immediately preceding (but not including) April 1, 2008 will be taken into account to calculate the value at the beginning of the period and that of the fifteen trading sessions immediately preceding (but not including) April 1, 2011 will be used to calculate the value at the end of the period. For purposes of the objective linked to EPS growth, taking into account the distorting effect that the extraordinary circumstances affecting the financial markets have had on the results of some of the entities within the Reference Group in 2007, the consolidated financial statements for the period ended December 31, 2006 and the consolidated financial statements for the period ended December 31, 2010 will be taken into account. To receive the shares, a beneficiary will be required to have been in active service with the Group, except in the event of death or disability, through June 30, 2011. Delivery of the shares, will be made no later than July 31, 2011, on the date determined by the Board of Directors, or by the Executive Committee by delegation thereof.
The shares will be delivered by the Bank or by another company of the Group.
(iv) Maximum number of shares to be delivered:
Subject to the Total Limit defined under “Other rules” below, the maximum number of shares to be delivered to each beneficiary will be the result of dividing a percentage of the beneficiary’s fixed annual compensation on the date of adoption of this resolution by 13.46 euros per share, which is the same amount provided for such purposes for the two cycles approved in 2007.
For the executive Directors, such percentage of their fixed annual compensation will be 71%, except for Ana P. Botín, for whom 70% of such percentage will be applied.
Accordingly, the number of shares to be delivered to each executive Director will not exceed the following:
         
Executive Directors   Third Cycle  
Emilio Botín
    68,848  
Alfredo Sáenz
    189,628  
Matías R. Inciarte
    87,590  
Francisco Luzón
    77,083  
Ana P. Botín
    46,855  
Juan R. Inciarte
    50,555  
Without affecting the number of Banesto shares that might be earned by Ana P. Botín under the plans that may be approved at Banesto’s General Shareholders’ Meeting, the maximum number of shares referred to in the preceding table corresponding to Ana P. Botín must be submitted for approval at such Meeting.
b) Second cycle (2009-2011) of the Shares Related to Mandatory Investment Plan.
The second cycle of delivery of shares related to mandatory investment of variable compensation is subject to the following rules:
(i) Beneficiaries: The executive Directors and other members of the Senior Management of the Bank, as well as the other principal managers of Santander (excluding Banesto), as determined by the Board of Directors, or the Executive Committee by delegation (a total of approximately 36 beneficiaries). However, such new participants may be added to the Plan as a result of promotion, joining the Group or other reasons, in the opinion of the Board of Directors or of the Executive Committee by delegation, without modifying the other terms and conditions.

 

142


Table of Contents

(ii) Operation: The beneficiaries will mandatorily use 10% of their 2008 gross variable annual compensation (or bonus) to purchase Bank shares in the market (the “Mandatory Investment”). The Mandatory Investment must be made not later than February 28, 2009. The Board of Directors, or the Executive Committee by delegation, may reduce this period.
Maintaining ownership of the shares acquired in the Mandatory Investment and continued employment of the participant at Santander for a period of three years from the date of the Mandatory Investment shall entitle the participant to receive from Santander or from another company of the Group, the same number of Santander shares as that initially purchased on a mandatory basis (i.e., at the rate of one share for each share acquired in the Mandatory Investment).
In the event that the sum of 10% of the annual variable compensation (bonus) for 2008 of plan beneficiaries, when invested in Santander shares, results in the Mandatory Investment of all beneficiaries exceeding the aggregate maximum number of shares set by the Board of Directors, or the Executive Committee by delegation, within the Total Limit, as defined below, the amount to be invested by each beneficiary shall be reduced proportionately so as not to exceed the Total Limit.
(iii) Term: This second cycle comprises 2009-2011. The delivery of shares by Santander will be made, if appropriate, between January 1 and April 1, 2012, on a specific date to be determined by the Board of Directors, or the Executive Committee by delegation, within one month of the third anniversary of the date on which the Mandatory Investment was made.
The Mandatory Investment of each executive Director will be the result of applying sub-paragraph (ii) above, with the following maximum limits:
         
Executive Directors   Maximum no. of shares  
Emilio Botín
    19,968  
Alfredo Sáenz
    47,692  
Matías R. Inciarte
    25,159  
Francisco Luzón
    27,675  
Ana P. Botín
    16,956  
Juan R. Inciarte
    14,738  
The maximum number of shares for Ana P. Botín will also be submitted to the shareholders at the Banesto General Shareholders’ Meeting for approval.
c) Maximum limit of shares of the Selective Share Delivery Plan.
The delivery of Santander shares up to a maximum of 1,900,000 shares (representing 0.03% of the current share capital) can be used selectively as an instrument to retain or hire managers or employees of Santander or of other companies of the Group, with the exception of the executive directors. The Board of Directors, or the Executive Committee by delegation, will make all decisions regarding the use of the Selective Share Delivery Plan subject to the overall limit (see “Total Limit” below).
A minimum period of employment with the Group of 3 to 4 years will be required of each participant. At the end of the minimum period established in each case, the participant will be entitled to delivery of the shares.
The authorization granted may be used to make commitments to deliver shares for 12 months following the date on which such authorization is granted.
Other rules.
The aggregate maximum number of shares to be delivered will be 19,960,000, representing 0.32% of the share capital as of June 21, 2008 (the “Total Limit”).

 

143


Table of Contents

In the event of a change in the number of shares due to a decrease or increase in the par value of the shares or a transaction with an equivalent effect, the number of shares to be delivered will be modified so as to maintain the percentage of the total share capital represented by them and the corresponding adjustments will be made in order for the calculation of TSR and EPS growth to be correct.
Information from the stock exchange with the largest trading volume or, in case of doubt, from the stock exchange of the place where the registered office is located will be used to determine the listing price of each share.
If necessary or appropriate for legal, regulatory or similar reasons, the delivery mechanisms described above may be adapted in specific cases without altering the maximum number of shares linked to the plan or the basic conditions to which the delivery is made. Such adaptations may include the substitution of delivery of equivalent amounts in cash for the delivery of shares.
The shares to be delivered may be owned by Santander or by any of its subsidiaries, be newly-issued shares, or be obtained from third parties that have signed agreements to ensure that the commitments made will be met.
B) Savings plan for employees of Abbey and other companies of the Group in the United Kingdom.
The shareholders acting at the General Shareholders’ Meeting held on June 21, 2008 also approved a voluntary savings plan, by decision of Abbey, applicable to employees of Abbey, companies within the Abbey subgroup, companies belonging to Santander in which Abbey has an interest of at least 25% and employees of Santander Cards Limited as of April 21, 2008. The characteristics of this plan are as follows:
Between 5 and 250 pounds Sterling may be deducted each month from the employee’s net salary, as chosen by the employee, who may, at the end of a chosen period (3, 5 or 7 years) choose among collecting the amount contributed, without interest, or exercising options for shares of Banco Santander, S.A. in the amount saved, without interest, at a fixed price. In both cases, a participating employee will receive a tax-exempt bonus from the British Inland Revenue (currently 4%~5% annually), the amount of which may be applied by the employee to the exercise of the options that have been granted. In case of voluntary resignation, the employee will recover the amount contributed to that time, without interest, and will receive a slightly reduced bonus, but will forfeit the right to exercise the options.
The exercise price in pounds Sterling will be the result of reducing by up to 20% the average of the purchase and sale prices at the close of trading in London for the 3 trading days prior to the reference date. In the event that these listing prices are unavailable for any reason, this reduction will be applied to the average price, weighted by average traded volumes on the Spanish Continuous Market for the 15 trading days prior to the reference date. This amount shall be converted into pounds Sterling for each day of listing at the average exchange rate for that day as published in the Financial Times, London edition, on the following day. The reference day shall be set in the final approval by the British Inland Revenue (the “invitation date”) and shall occur between 21 and 41 days following the date of publication of the consolidated results of Banco Santander, S.A. for the first half of 2008.
The employees must decide upon their participation in the plan within the period between 42 and 63 days following the publication of the consolidated results of Banco Santander, S.A. for the first half of 2008.
The maximum monthly savings for all contracts signed by each employee (whether for the plan referred to in this resolution or other future plans) is 250 pounds Sterling.
The maximum number of shares of Banco Santander, S.A. to deliver in this plan that are approved for 2008 is 8,200,000, equal to 0.13% of the share capital as of this date.
The plan is subject to the approval of the British Inland Revenue.
For more information on the resolutions adopted by the Shareholders’ Meeting held on June 21, 2008, see our Form 6-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 23, 2008.

 

144


Table of Contents

C. Board practices
Date of expiration of the current term of office of the directors and the period during which the directors have served in that office:
The period during which the directors have served in their office is shown in the table under Section A of this Item 6.
The date of expiration of the current term of office is shown in the table below:
     
Name   Date of expiration (1)
Emilio Botín
  1st half 2013
Fernando de Asúa
  1st half 2011
Alfredo Sáenz
  1st half 2011
Matías R. Inciarte
  1st half 2010
Manuel Soto
  1st half 2010
Assicurazioni Generali, S.p.A.
  1st half 2012
Antonio Basagoiti
  1st half 2012
Ana P. Botín
  1st half 2011
Javier Botín
  1st half 2010
Lord Burns
  1st half 2011
Guillermo de la Dehesa
  1st half 2010
Rodrigo Echenique
  1st half 2011
Antonio Escámez
  1st half 2012
Francisco Luzón
  1st half 2012
Abel Matutes
  1st half 2010
Juan R. Inciarte (2)
  1st half 2013
Luis Ángel Rojo
  1st half 2013
Luis Alberto Salazar-Simpson
  1st half 2013
Isabel Tocino
  1st half 2011
     
(1)  
Pursuant to the provisions of our By-laws, one-fifth of the Board will be renewed every year, based on length of service and according to the date and order of their respective appointments.
 
(2)  
The Board of Directors of the Bank, at its meeting of January 28, 2008, agreed to designate Juan R. Inciarte as Director of the Bank. This appointment has been ratified by the shareholders acting at the General Shareholders’ Meeting held on June 21, 2008. At the same meeting the shareholders resolved to re-elect Juan R. Inciarte for a period of 5 years.
The principal terms and conditions of the contracts subscribed by the Bank with its executive Directors are as follows:
(i) Exclusivity and non-competition
Executive Directors may not enter into other service contracts with other companies or institutions, unless prior authorization is obtained from the Board of Directors. In addition, the contracts contain non-compete provisions, prohibiting executive Directors from providing services to companies engaged in activities of a nature similar to that of the Bank or the consolidated Group.
(ii) Code of Conduct
Executive Directors are required to observe the provisions of Grupo Santander’s General Code of Conduct and the Code of Conduct in the Securities Market, specifically with respect to rules of confidentiality, professional ethics and conflict of interests.

 

145


Table of Contents

(iii) Remuneration
The remuneration for undertaking their executive responsibilities is compatible with the joint participation in the year’s profits and attendance fees to which directors are entitled, as it is expressly stated by the By-laws and the Rules and Regulations of the Board of Directors.
a. Fixed remuneration
The amount of fixed remuneration should be in line with the markets. Under ordinary circumstances, fixed remuneration should represent no more than 50% of combined annual fixed and variable (or bonus) remuneration.
In 2005, 2006 and 2007, the respective percentages were, on average, 38.3%, 34.8% and 33.8%.
b. Annual variable remuneration (or bonus)
The bonus for executive directors is principally linked to achieving a target profit before tax (“PBT”), taking into account market references when the target amount is set. Variable remuneration for executive directors with general management duties within the Group is principally calculated using PBT objectives for the Group as a whole, while remuneration for executive directors with management duties more closely focused on a specific business division will be influenced to a greater extent by the PBT goals for that division. Based on these objectives, the total range of variable remuneration for executive directors is estimated at the beginning of the fiscal year.
c. Pension rights
Similarly, executive directors are entitled to receive a pension supplement upon retirement or early retirement, which may be contracted out by the Bank.
The Bank may request executive directors who reach 50 years of age and who have spent more than 10 years with the Bank and/or other Group companies to take early retirement. Executive directors may also take early retirement upon reaching 55 years of age and who have spent 10 years at the Bank and/or other Group companies. Any decision regarding retirement or early retirement shall, in all cases, be preceded by a 60-day notice period.
Pension rights are also recognized in case of disability and in favor of the spouse (widow) and children (orphans) in case of death of an executive director.
Generally, the amount of the pension supplement consists of the amount necessary to reach an annual gross amount equivalent to 100% of the fixed salary received by the director in question prior to ceasing work, plus 30% of the average of the last three variable remuneration amounts received. In certain cases, if early retirement occurs at the request of the director, the amount resulting after applying the above standard would be reduced by percentages ranging from 20% to 4% based on the age of the director at the time of early retirement.
On December 17, 2007 and March 24, 2008, the Board of Directors of the Bank resolved to authorize a change in the contracts of the executive directors and the other members of the Bank’s senior management -the “Senior Executives"- granting them the right, on the date of retirement -or pre-retirement, as appropriate- to opt to receive accrued pensions -or amounts similar thereto- in the form of income or capital -i.e. in one single payment- in full but not in part. In order to maintain the financial neutrality for the Group, the amount to be received in the form of capital by the commitment beneficiary at the date of the retirement must be the aliquot part of the market value of the assets assigned to cover the mathematical provisions to cater of the policy instrumenting these commitments to Senior Executives. The Senior Executives who are still in service on reaching the age of retirement —or who at the date of the contract entered into have passed the age of retirement- must state whether they wish to opt for this form of benefit. Should the Senior Executive subsequently die whilst still in service and prior to retirement, the capital of the pension will correspond to his/her heirs.
The receipt of pension complements will be incompatible with the rendering of services to institutions which are competitors of the Bank or its Group, unless express authorization is given by the Bank.

 

146


Table of Contents

d. Remuneration linked to the Company’s shares
Lastly, there are also remuneration plans involving the grant of shares, stock options or amounts linked to the performance of the trading price of Santander shares.
Pursuant to law and the Bylaws, the shareholders acting at a General Meeting are empowered to grant remuneration linked to the Bank’s shares, subject to a proposal submitted by the Board of Directors and prior report from the Appointments and Remuneration Committee. Article 28.3 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board provides that only executive Directors may be beneficiaries of remuneration plans involving the grant of shares or rights thereto.
(iv) Termination
The contracts are of indefinite duration. The termination of the relationship because of an executive director’s non-fulfillment of obligations or voluntarily stepping down will not give rise to the right to any economic compensation. If termination occurs for reasons attributable to the Bank or for objective circumstances, such as those which affect the functional and organic statute of the executive director, the director will have, at the termination of the relationship with the Bank, the right to:
  1.  
In the case of Emilio Botín, to acquire the status of retiree and to accrue a pension supplement. At December 31, 2007, the annual pension supplement would amount to 1,706,000 (2006: 1,529,000).
 
  2.  
In the cases of Matías R. Inciarte and Francisco Luzón, to acquire the status of early retirees and to accrue pension supplements. At December 31, 2007, the annual pension supplements would amount to 2,146,000 for Matías R. Inciarte and 2,293,000 for Francisco Luzón (2006: 1,916,000 and 1,972,000, respectively; 2005: 1,801,000 and 1,938,000, respectively).
 
  3.  
In the case of Ana P. Botín, to receive a termination benefit amounting to up to five years’ annual fixed salary payments, as established in the related contract, based on the date on which the contract is terminated. At December 31, 2007, this benefit would amount to 3,399,000 (2006: 4,120,000; 2005: 4,000,000). Receipt of this termination benefit would preclude Ms. Botín from receiving a pension supplement.
 
  4.  
In the case of Alfredo Sáenz, to acquire the status of retiree or, alternatively, to receive a termination benefit equal to 40% of his annual fixed salary multiplied by the number of years of service at the Bank, up to a maximum of ten times his annual fixed salary. At December 31, 2007, the amount relating to the first option would be 4,257,000 per year and that relating to the second option would be 31.3 million. The two alternatives are mutually exclusive and, therefore, if Alfredo Sáenz opted to receive the termination benefit, he would not receive any pension supplement (2006: 3,657,000 per year and 27.2 million, respectively; 2005: 3,421,000 per year and 26.4 million, respectively).
 
  5.  
In the case of. Juan R. Inciarte, to acquire the status of special early retiree, early retiree or retiree and to accrue a pension supplement. At December 31, 2007 the annual pension supplement would amount to 930,000.
(v) Insurance
The Bank provides to its executive directors life insurance, included in the column “Other Insurance” in the table of page 129 above, accident insurance, whose coverage varies in each cases on the basis of the policy set by the Bank for its senior executives, and a reimbursement healthcare insurance.
(vi) Confidentiality and return of documents
There is a rigorous duty of confidentiality during the employment relationship and also after it ends. Upon such ending, all documents and objects related to Bank activity and in the hands of an executive Director must be returned to the Bank.

 

147


Table of Contents

(vii) Other conditions
             
            By decision of
    Date of current contract   By decision of the   the Director
Advance notice period   (month/day/year)   Bank (months)   (months)
Emilio Botín
  01/02/2007   (*)   (*)
Alfredo Sáenz
  12/09/1997 and 02/13/2002   4   4
Matías R. Inciarte
  10/07/2002   4   4
Ana P. Botín
  02/13/2002   4   4
Francisco Luzón
  01/12/2004   6   4
Juan R. Inciarte
  11/14/2002   4   4
     
(*)  
It is not contractually established.
Compliance with NYSE Listing Standards on Corporate Governance
The following is a summary of the significant differences between our corporate governance practices and those applicable to domestic issuers under the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) listing standards.
Independence of the Directors on the Board of Directors
Under the NYSE corporate governance rules, a majority of the Board of Directors must be composed of independent directors, the independence of whom is determined in accordance with highly detailed rules promulgated by the NYSE. Spanish law does not contain any such requirements although there is a non-binding recommendation for listed companies in Spain that the number of independent directors be at least one third of the total size of the Board. Article 42.1 of the newly approved By-laws establishes that the shareholders at the general shareholders’ meeting must ensure that independent directors represent at least one-third of the total number of directors. Article 5.1 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board of Directors establishes likewise that the Board shall endeavor that the number of independent directors represent at least one-third of all directors. The Board of Directors of Santander has nine independent directors (out of nineteen directors total), as defined in Article 5.4 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board of Directors. We have not determined whether or not the directors on the Santander Board would be considered independent under the NYSE rules except in the case of the members of our Audit and Compliance Committee where we have determined that all of them meet the NYSE independence criteria for foreign private issuers. Article 5.4 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board of Directors defines the concept of an independent director as follows:
“External or non-executive Directors who have been appointed based on their personal or professional status and who perform duties not conditioned by relationships with the company, or with the significant shareholders or management thereof shall be considered independent directors.
In no event may there be a classification as independent directors of those who:
a) Have been employees or executive directors of the Group’s companies, except after the passage of 3 or 5 years, respectively, since the cessation of such relationship.
b) Receive from the Company, or from another Group company, any amount or benefit for something other than Director compensation, unless it is immaterial.
For purposes of the provisions of this paragraph, neither dividends nor pension supplements that a Director receives by reason of the Director’s prior professional or employment relationship shall be taken into account, provided that such supplements are unconditional and therefore, the Company paying them may not suspend, modify or revoke the accrual thereof without breaching its obligations.
c) Are, or have been during the preceding 3 years, a partner of the external auditor or the party responsible for auditing the Company or any other Group company during such period.
d) Are executive directors or senior managers of another company in which an executive Director or senior manager of the Company is an external director.

 

148


Table of Contents

e) Maintain, or have maintained during the last year, a significant business relationship with the Company or with any Group company, whether in their own name or as a significant shareholder, director or senior manager of an entity that maintains or has maintained such relationship.
Business relationships shall be considered the relationships of a provider of goods or services, including financial, advisory or consulting services.
f) Are significant shareholders, executive directors or senior managers of an entity that receives, or has received during the preceding 3 years, significant donations from the Company or the Group.
Those who are merely members of the board of a foundation that receives donations shall not be considered included in this letter.
g) Are spouses, persons connected by a similar relationship of affection, or relatives to the second degree of an executive Director or senior manager of the Company.
h) Have not been proposed, whether for appointment or for renewal, by the Appointments and Remuneration Committee.
i) Are, as regards a significant shareholder or shareholder represented on the Board, in one of the circumstances set forth in letters a), e), f) or g) of this paragraph 4. In the event of a kinship relationship set forth in letter g), the limitation shall apply not only with respect to the shareholder, but also with respect to the related proprietary directors thereof in the affiliate company”.
The above independence criteria are the same as those set forth by the Unified Code of Good Governance, which is a non-binding code approved by the Spanish CNMV in 2006.
Independence of the Directors on the Audit and Compliance Committee
Under the NYSE corporate governance rules, all members of the audit committee must be independent. Independence is determined in accordance with highly detailed rules promulgated by the NYSE. Such independence criteria are met by all members of our Audit and Compliance Committee.
The Audit and Compliance Committee of the Board of Directors of Santander is composed of five directors. All members are non-executive independent directors and its Chairman is independent in accordance with the standards set forth in the previously mentioned Article 5.4 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board of Directors. These independence standards may not necessarily be consistent with, or as stringent as, the director independence standards established by the NYSE. Under Spanish law, a majority of the members and the chairman of the audit committee must be non-executive. The composition of the Audit and Compliance Committee is described under “—Audit and Compliance Committee and Appointments and Remuneration Committee”.
Independence of the Directors on the Appointments and Remuneration Committee
In accordance with the NYSE corporate governance rules, all U.S. companies listed on the NYSE must have a compensation committee and a nominations committee and all members of such committees must be independent in accordance with highly detailed rules promulgated by the NYSE. Under Spanish law, these committees are not required, though there is a non-binding recommendation for listed companies in Spain to have these committees and for them to be composed of non-executive directors and chaired by a non-executive independent director. Santander satisfies this non-binding recommendation. The composition of the Appointments and Remuneration Committee is described under "—Audit and Compliance Committee and Appointments and Remuneration Committee”.
During the fiscal year 2007, none of the members of the Appointments and Remuneration Committee was an executive Director, member of Senior Management or a Bank employee, and no executive Director or member of Senior Management has held a position on the board (or its remuneration committee) of companies that employ members of the Appointments and Remuneration Committee.

 

149


Table of Contents

Separate Meetings for Non-Management Directors
In accordance with the NYSE corporate governance rules, non-management directors must meet periodically outside of the presence of management. Under Spanish law, this practice is not required and as such, the non-management directors on the Board of Directors of Santander do not meet outside of the presence of the directors who also serve in a management capacity.
Code of Ethics
Under the NYSE corporate governance rules, all U.S. companies listed on the NYSE must adopt a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics which contains certain required topics. In March 2000, Santander adopted a “General Code of Conduct”, which applies to all members of the boards of the companies of the Group, to all employees subject to the Code of Conduct in the Securities Market, including the Bank’s Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer, and to all those employees designated by the Human Resources Division that have been specifically informed of their subjection to this General Code of Conduct. On July 28, 2003, the Board approved amendments to the General Code of Conduct to conform it to the requirements of Law 44/2002 (November 2, 2002) on reform measures of the financial system. The new Code came into force on August 1, 2003 and replaced the previous one. The General Code of Conduct establishes the principles that guide the actions of officers and directors including ethical conduct, professional standards and confidentiality.
The obligations of directors and the regulations concerning their conflict of interests are governed by the Rules and Regulations of the Board.
As of December 31, 2007, no waivers with respect to the General Code of Conduct had been applied for or granted.
In addition, the Group abides by a Code of Conduct in the Securities Market, which was also updated on July 28, 2003. This code establishes standards and obligations in relation to securities trading, conflicts of interest and the treatment of price sensitive information.
Both Codes are available to the public on our website, which does not form part of this annual report on Form 20-F, at www.santander.com under the heading “Information for shareholders and investors—Corporate Governance—Internal Code of Conduct”.
Audit and Compliance Committee and Appointments and Remuneration Committee
An Audit and Compliance Committee and an Appointments and Remuneration Committee operate as part of the Board of Directors. The Audit and Compliance Committee consists exclusively of 5 external directors (all of whom are independent in accordance with the principles set forth in Article 5.4 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board). The Appointments and Remuneration Committee consists of 5 external directors (4 of whom are independent in accordance with the principles set forth in Article 5.4 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board). These independence standards may not necessarily be consistent with, or as stringent as, the director independence standards established by the NYSE.
The Audit and Compliance Committee:
The Audit and Compliance Committee was created to provide support and specialization for the tasks of controlling and reviewing the accounts and compliance. Its mission, which has been defined and approved by the Board, is established in the By-laws and in the Rules and Regulations of the Board. Only non-executive Directors can be members of this Committee with independent directors (as defined in the Rules and Regulations of the Board) having a majority representation. Its Chairman must always be an independent Director (as defined in the Rules and Regulations of the Board) and someone who has the necessary knowledge and experience in matters of accounting, auditing or risk management. Currently, the Chairman of the Audit and Compliance Committee is Luis Ángel Rojo.
The members of the Audit and Compliance Committee are appointed by the Board of Directors, taking into account the directors’ knowledge, aptitude and experience in the areas of accounting, auditing or risk management.

 

150


Table of Contents

Functions of the Audit and Compliance Committee:
a) Have its Chairman and/or Secretary report to the General Shareholders’ Meeting with respect to matters raised therein by shareholders regarding its powers.
b) Propose the appointment of the Auditor, as well as the conditions in which such Auditor will be hired, the scope of its professional duties and, if applicable, the revocation or non-renewal of its appointment. The Committee shall favor the Group’s Auditor also assuming responsibility for auditing the companies which comprise the Group.
c) Review the accounts of the Company and the Group, monitor compliance with legal requirements and the proper application of generally accepted accounting principles, and report on the proposals for alterations to the accounting principles and standards suggested by management.
d) Supervise the internal audit services, and particularly:
(i) Proposing the selection, appointment and withdrawal of the party responsible for internal audit;
(ii) Reviewing the annual working plan for internal audit and the annual activities report;
(iii) Ensuring the independence and effectiveness of the internal audit function;
(iv) Proposing the budget for this service;
(v) Receiving periodic information regarding the activities thereof; and
(vi) Verifying that Senior Management takes into account the conclusions and recommendations of its reports.
e) Know the process for gathering financial information and the internal control systems. In particular, the Audit and Compliance Committee shall:
(i) Supervise the process of preparing and the integrity of the financial information relating to the Company and the Group, reviewing compliance with regulatory requirements, the proper demarcation of group consolidation and the correct application of accounting standards.
(ii) Periodically review the systems for the internal monitoring and management of risks, so that the principal risks are identified, managed and properly disclosed.
f) Report on, review and supervise the risk control policy established in accordance with the provisions of these Rules of Procedure.
g) Serve as a channel of communication between the Board and the Auditor, assess the results of each audit and the response of the management team to its recommendations, and act as a mediator in the event of disagreement between the Board and the Auditor regarding the principles and standards to be applied in the preparation of the financial statements. Specifically, it shall endeavor to ensure that the statements ultimately drawn up by the Board are submitted to the General Shareholders’ Meeting without any qualifications or reservations in the Auditor’s report.
h) Supervise the fulfillment of the audit contract, endeavoring to ensure that the opinion on the annual financial statements and the main contents of the Auditor’s report are set forth in a clear and accurate fashion.
i) Ensure the independence of the Auditor, by taking notice of those circumstances or issues that might risk such independence and any others related to the development of the auditing procedure, as well as receive information and maintain such communication with the Auditor as is provided for in legislation regarding the auditing of financial statements and in technical auditing regulations. And, specifically, verify the percentage represented by the fees paid for any and all reasons of the total income of the audit firm, and the length of service of the partner who leads the audit team in the provision of such services to the Company. The annual Report shall set forth the fees paid to the audit firm, including information relating to fees paid for professional services other than audit work. Furthermore, the Committee shall ensure that the Company publicly communicates a change of Auditor and accompanies such communication with a declaration regarding the possible existence of disagreements with the outgoing Auditor and, if any, regarding the content thereof and, in the event of the resignation of the Auditor, the Committee shall examine the circumstances causing it.

 

151


Table of Contents

j) Report to the Board, in advance of its adoption of the corresponding decisions, regarding:
(i) The financial information that the Company must periodically make public, ensuring that such information is prepared in accordance with the same principles and practices applicable to the annual financial statements.
(ii) The creation or acquisition of equity interests in special purpose entities or entities domiciled in countries or territories that are considered to be tax havens.
k) Supervise the observance of the Code of Conduct of the Group in the Securities Markets, the Manuals and procedures for the prevention of money laundering and, in general, the rules of governance and compliance in effect in the Company, and make such proposals as are deemed necessary for the improvement thereof. In particular, the Committee shall have the duty to receive information and, if applicable, issue a report on disciplinary penalties to be imposed upon members of the Senior Management.
l) Review compliance with such courses of action and measures as result from the reports issued or the inspection proceedings carried out by the administrative authorities having functions of supervision and control.
m) Know and, if applicable, respond to the initiatives, suggestions or complaints put forward or raised by the shareholders regarding the area of authority of this Committee and which are submitted to it by the Office of the General Secretary of the Company. The Committee shall also:
(i) receive, deal with and keep a record of the claims received by the Bank on matters related to the process for gathering financial information, auditing and internal controls.
(ii) receive on a confidential and anonymous basis communications from Group employees who express their concern on possible questionable practices in the areas of accounting or auditing.
n) Report on any proposed amendments to the Rules and Regulations of the Board of Directors prior to the approval thereof by the Board of Directors.
o) Evaluate, at least one a year, its operation and the quality of its work.
p) And the others specifically provided for in the Rules and Regulations of the Board of Directors.
The Audit and Compliance Committee has issued a report which was distributed together with the Group’s 2007 annual report and which comprised a detailed account of the following points:
   
The Committee’s regulation, duties, composition and attendance at its meetings in 2007 and operation.
 
   
Activity in 2007, grouped on the basis of the Committee’s various functions:
Financial information
The Auditor
The Group’s internal control systems
Internal Audit
Compliance
Corporate Governance
Provision of information to the Board and to the Shareholders at the General Shareholders’ Meeting and evaluation of the effectiveness of and compliance with the Company’s governance rules and procedures
   
Conclusion

 

152


Table of Contents

The Group’s 2007 Audit and Compliance Committee report is available on the Group’s website, which does not form part of this annual report on Form 20-F, at www.santander.com under the heading “Information for Shareholders and Investors—Corporate Governance—Committees Report”.
The following are the current members of the Audit and Compliance Committee:
     
Name   Position
 
   
Luis Ángel Rojo
  Chairman
Fernando de Asúa
  Member
Manuel Soto
  Member
Abel Matutes
  Member
Luis Alberto Salazar-Simpson
  Member
Ignacio Benjumea also acts as Secretary to the Audit and Compliance Committee but is classified as a non-member.
The Appointments and Remuneration Committee:
The Rules and Regulations of the Board state that the members of this Committee must all be non-executive directors with independent directors (as defined in the Rules and Regulations of the Board) having a majority representation and an independent director as Chairman (as defined in the Rules and Regulations of the Board).
Currently, the Chairman of the Appointments and Remuneration Committee is Fernando de Asúa, the First Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors.
The members of the Appointments and Remuneration Committee are appointed by the Board of Directors, taking into account the directors’ knowledge, aptitudes and experience and the goals of the Committee.
Functions of the Appointments and Remuneration Committee
a) Establish and review the standards to be followed in order to determine the composition of the Board and select those persons who will be proposed to serve as directors. In particular, the Appointments and Remuneration Committee:
(i) Shall evaluate the competencies, knowledge and experience required of the director;
(ii) Shall specify the duties and the aptitudes needed of the candidates to fill each vacancy, evaluating the time and dedication needed for them to properly carry out their commitments; and
(iii) Shall receive for consideration the proposals of potential candidates to fill vacancies that might be made by the directors.
b) Prepare, by following standards of objectiveness and conformance to the corporate interests, the proposals for appointment, re-election and ratification of directors provided for in Article 20, section 2 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board, as well as the proposals for appointment of the members of each of the Committees of the Board of Directors. Likewise, it shall prepare, by following the same aforementioned standards, the proposals for the appointment of positions on the Board of Directors and its Committees.
c) Annually verify the classification of each director (as executive, proprietary, independent or other) for the purpose of their confirmation or review at the Annual General Meeting and in the Annual Corporate Governance Report.
d) Report on proposals for appointment or withdrawal of the Secretary of the Board, prior to submission thereof to the Board.
e) Report on appointments and withdrawals of the members of Senior Management.

 

153


Table of Contents

f) Propose to the Board:
(i) The policy for compensation of directors and the corresponding report, upon the terms of Article 27 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board.
(ii) The policy for compensation of the members of Senior Management.
(iii) The individual compensation of the directors.
(iv) The individual compensation of the executive directors and, if applicable, external directors, for the performance of duties other than those of a mere director, and other terms of their contracts.
(v) The basic terms of the contracts and compensation of the members of Senior Management.
g) Ensure compliance with the policy established by the Company for compensation of the directors and the members of Senior Management.
h) Periodically review the compensation programs, assessing the appropriateness and yield thereof and endeavoring to ensure that the compensation of directors shall conform to standards of moderation and correspond to the earnings of the Company.
i) Ensure the transparency of such compensation and the inclusion in the Annual Report and in the annual corporate governance report of information regarding the compensation of directors and, for such purposes, submit to the Board any and all information that may be appropriate.
j) Ensure compliance by the directors with the duties prescribed in Article 30 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board, prepare the reports provided for therein and receive information, and, if applicable, prepare a report on the measures to be adopted with respect to the directors in the event of non-compliance with the above mentioned duties or with the Code of Conduct of the Group in the Securities Markets.
k) Examine the information sent by the directors regarding their other professional obligations and assess whether such obligations might interfere with the dedication required of directors for the effective performance of their work.
l) Evaluate, at least once a year, its operation and the quality of its work.
m) Report on the process of evaluation of the Committee and of the members thereof.
n) And others specifically provided for in the Rules and Regulations of the Board.
The Appointments and Remuneration Committee issued a report which was distributed together with the Group’s 2007 annual report and which comprised a detailed account of the following points:
   
The Committee’s regulation, duties, composition and attendance at its meetings in 2007 and operation.
 
   
Report on the remuneration policy for directors.
 
   
Report on the activities of the Appointment and Remuneration Committee.
   
Changes in the composition of the Board and its Committees.
 
   
Annual verification of the status of the directors.
 
   
Participation in the Board’s self-assessment process.
 
   
Adjustment to the Unified Code. Amendments to internal rules and regulations.
 
   
Appointment and remuneration of the members of Senior Management who are not directors.
 
   
New benefit policy for Bank’s Executives.

 

154


Table of Contents

   
Training.
 
   
Civil liability insurance.
 
   
Related-party transactions.
 
   
Institutional documentation.
 
   
Self-assessment.
   
Conclusion.
The Group’s 2007 Appointments and Remuneration Committee report is available on the Group’s website, which does not form part of this annual report on Form 20-F, at www.santander.com under the heading “Information for Shareholders and Investors—Corporate Governance—Committees Report”.
The following are the members of the Appointments and Remuneration Committee:
     
Name   Position
 
   
Fernando de Asúa
  Chairman
Manuel Soto
  Member
Guillermo de la Dehesa
  Member
Rodrigo Echenique
  Member
Luis Ángel Rojo
  Member
Ignacio Benjumea also acts as Secretary to the Appointments and Remuneration Committee but is classified as a non-member.
Finally, one of the most important amendments made by the newly approved By-laws is the inclusion of the Article 54 regarding the functioning and responsibilities of the already existing Appointments Remuneration Committee, which was formerly regulated only by Article 16 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board of Directors.
The new By-laws are included in Exhibit 1.2.
D. Employees
At December 31, 2007, we had 131,819 employees (as compared to 129,749 employees in 2006 and 129,196 in 2005) of which 36,558 were employed in Spain (as compared to 35,781 in 2006 and 34,813 in 2005) and 95,261 were employed outside Spain (as compared to 93,968 in 2006 and 94,383 in 2005), of which 17,043 in the United Kingdom (as compared to 16,942 in 2006 and 21,080 in 2005). The terms and conditions of employment in the private sector banks in Spain are negotiated on an industry-wide basis with the trade unions. This process has historically produced collective agreements binding upon all the private banks and their employees. A new agreement was signed on June 21, 2007 which will expire on December 31, 2010.

 

155


Table of Contents

The table below shows our employees by geographic area:
                         
    Number of employees  
    2007     2006 (*)     2005 (*)  
SPAIN
    36,558       35,781       34,813  
 
                       
LATIN AMERICA
    64,899       65,967       62,161  
Argentina
    6,621       6,566       5,975  
Bolivia
                328  
Brazil
    21,876       21,599       20,489  
Chile
    13,025       12,533       11,408  
Colombia
    1,312       1,893       1,730  
Mexico
    14,053       15,820       14,562  
Peru
    43       29       1,492  
Puerto Rico
    2,227       2,249       1,611  
Uruguay
    302       304       251  
Venezuela
    5,439       4,974       4,315  
 
                       
EUROPE
    28,060       27,171       31,474  
Czech Republic
    195       179       192  
Germany
    1,846       1,845       1,875  
Belgium
    12       11       27  
Finland
    29              
France
    32       18       17  
Greece
    20              
Hungary
    90       77       76  
Ireland
    4       5       5  
Italy
    798       780       720  
Norway
    330       285       269  
Poland
    638       588       646  
Portugal
    6,759       6,190       6,317  
Slovakia
    10              
Switzerland
    203       194       188  
The Netherlands
    51       57       62  
United Kingdom
    17,043       16,942       21,080  
 
                       
USA
    1,978       734       649  
 
                       
ASIA
    17       11       11  
Hong Kong
    13       7       7  
Japan
    4       4       4  
 
OTHERS
    307       85       88  
Bahamas
    56       57       65  
Others
    251       28       23  
 
                 
Total
    131,819       129,749       129,196  
 
                 
     
(*)  
Figures for 2006 and 2005 differ from those presented in our Annual Report. In the Annual Report, for comparison purposes, we do not include employees working for the companies that were discontinued during 2007 and 2006, such as our Latin American pension management companies or Abbey’s life insurance business. In this Annual Report on Form 20-F we include the total number of employees at those dates.
In those cases where an employee is working from one country but is technically employed by a Group company located in a different country, we designate that employee as working from his/her country of residence.

 

156


Table of Contents

The table below shows our employees by type of business:
                         
    Number of employees  
    2007     2006     2005  
Retail Banking
    126,119       119,346       117,655  
Asset Management and Insurance
    1,585       7,132       7,902  
Global Wholesale Banking
    2,589       1,774       2,177  
Financial Management and Equity Stakes
    1,526       1,498       1,462  
 
                 
Total
    131,819       129,749       129,196  
 
                 
As of December 31, 2007, we had 1,754 temporary employees (as compared to 3,159 as of December 31, 2006 and 3,795 as of December 31, 2005). In 2007, the average number of temporary employees working for the Group was 2,690 employees.
E. Share ownership
As of June 25, 2008, the direct, indirect and represented holdings of our current Directors were as follows:
                                 
    Direct     Indirect stake             % of  
Directors   Stake     and represented     Total shares     Capital stock  
Emilio Botín (1)
    2,196,518       134,992,890       137,189,408       2.500 %
Fernando de Asúa
    26,806       44,500       71,306       0.001 %
Alfredo Sáenz
    402,487       1,243,532       1,646,019       0.026 %
Matías R. Inciarte (3)
    643,713       126,744       770,457       0.012 %
Manuel Soto
    45,000       235,000       280,000       0.004 %
Assicurazioni Generali S.p.A
    9,805,471       62,828,343       72,633,814       1.161 %
Antonio Basagoiti
    640,000             640,000       0.010 %
Ana P. Botín (1)
    4,991,033       4,024,306       9,015,339       0.000 %
Javier Botín (1) (2)
    4,793,481       5,350,000       10,143,481       0.000 %
Lord Burns (Terence)
    100       27,001       27,101       0.000 %
Guillermo de la Dehesa
    100             100       0.000 %
Rodrigo Echenique
    651,598       7,344       658,942       0.011 %
Antonio Escámez
    559,508             559,508       0.009 %
Francisco Luzón
    144,685       1,298,544       1,443,229       0.023 %
Abel Matutes
    99,809       2,080,150       2,179,959       0.035 %
Juan R. Inciarte
    1,011,357             1,011,357       0.016 %
Luis Ángel Rojo
    1             1       0.000 %
Luis Alberto Salazar-Simpson
    131,312       4,464       135,776       0.002 %
Isabel Tocino
    6,495             6,495       0.000 %
 
                       
 
    26,149,474       212,262,818       238,412,292       3.812 %
 
     
(1)  
Emilio Botín has attributed the right of vote in a General Shareholders’ Meeting of 90,715,628 shares (1.45% of the capital stock) held by the Marcelino Botín Foundation, of 8,096,742 shares held by Jaime Botín, of 96,047 shares held by Paloma O’Shea, of 9,041,480 shares held by Emilio Botín O., of 9,001,559 shares held by Ana P. Botín and of 11,093,481 shares held by Javier Botín. This table shows the direct and indirect shareholding of the two latter who are Directors, but in the column showing the percentage of the capital these shareholdings are calculated together with those that belong or are also represented by Emilio Botín.
 
(2)  
Javier Botín is a proprietary Director as he represents in the Board of Directors a 2.506% of the Bank’s capital stock which corresponds to the holdings of the Marcelino Botín Foundation, Emilio Botín, Ana P. Botín, Emilio Botín O., Jaime Botín, Paloma O’Shea and his own.
 
(3)  
Matías R. Inciarte has the right to vote 61,444 shares owned by two of his children.
The options granted to the Bank’s Directors, managers and employees are described in the table under “—B. Compensation” above.
Santander’s capital is comprised of only one class of shares, all of which are ordinary and have the same rights.

 

157


Table of Contents

As of June 23, 2008 our current Executive Officers (not directors) referred to above under Section A of this Item 6 as a group beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, 3,875,987 ordinary shares, or 0.06% of our issued and outstanding share capital as of that date. Together with the options granted, no individual executive officer beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, one percent or more of the outstanding share capital as of that date.
Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions
A. Major shareholders
As of December 31, 2007, to our knowledge no person beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, 5% or more of our shares.
At December 31, 2007 a total of 898,777,790 shares, or 14.37% of our share capital, were held by 796 registered holders with registered addresses in the United States and Puerto Rico, including JPMorgan Chase, as depositary of our American Depositary Share Program. These shares were held by 2,206 record holders. Since certain of such shares and ADSs are held by nominees, the foregoing figures are not representative of the number of beneficial holders. Our Directors and Executive Officers did not own any ADSs as of December 31, 2007.
To our knowledge, we are not controlled directly or indirectly, by any other corporation, government or any other natural or legal person. We do not know of any arrangements which would result in a change in our control.
Shareholders’ agreements
The Bank was informed in February 2006 of an agreement among certain shareholders. The agreement was also communicated to the CNMV, following the filing of the relevant document both with the mentioned supervisory body and in the Mercantile Registry of Cantabria.
The agreement was entered into by Emilio Botín, Ana P. Botín, Emilio Botín O., Javier Botín, Simancas, S.A., Puente San Miguel, S.A., Puentepumar, S.L., Latimer Inversiones, S.L. and Cronje, S.L. Unipersonal and relates to the shares of the Bank held by them or those over which they have voting rights.
Under this agreement and through the establishment of restrictions on the free transferability of their shares and the regulation of the exercising of the voting rights inherent in them, these shareholders have agreed to act in a coordinated manner, in order to develop a common, lasting and stable policy and an effective and unified presence and representation in the Bank’s governing bodies.
The agreement comprises a total of 44,396,513 shares of the Bank (0.710% of its share capital). In addition, and in accordance with the first clause of the shareholders’ agreement, the agreement will be extended only in terms of the exercising of voting rights to other shares of the Bank that are subsequently held, directly or indirectly, by the signatories or those over which they have voting rights. As a result, as of December 31, 2007, another 19,875,320 shares (0.318% of the Bank’s share capital) are also included in the syndicate of shareholders.
The chairman of the syndicate of shareholders is the person who is at any time the chairman of the Marcelino Botín Foundation, which is currently Emilio Botín.
Members of the syndicate are obliged to group together the voting rights and other political rights inherent in the syndicated shares, so that the exercising of such rights and, in general, the conduct of the members of the syndicate before the Bank, is done in a coordinated and unified fashion. For such purpose, the representation of such shares is attributed to the chairman of the syndicate as the common representative of the members of the syndicate.
Except for the transfers made in favor of other members of the syndicate or the Marcelino Botín Foundation, the prior authorization of the syndicate is required and it can freely authorize or deny any proposed transfer.

 

158


Table of Contents

B. Related party transactions
Loans made to members of our Board of Directors and to our Executive Officers
Our direct risk exposure to the Bank’s Directors as of December 31, 2007, equaled 1.2 million (1.5 million as of December 31, 2006) of loans and credits to such Directors and 0.01 million (0.1 as of December 31, 2006) of guarantees provided to them.
The detail by Director as of December 31, 2007, is as follows:
                         
    In thousands of euros  
    Loans and              
    Credits     Guarantees     Total  
Alfredo Sáenz
    6             6  
Matías R. Inciarte
    18       10       28  
Manuel Soto
    4             4  
Antonio Basagoiti
    94       1       95  
Rodrigo Echenique
    7             7  
Antonio Escámez
    309             309  
Francisco Luzón
    722             722  
 
                 
 
    1,160       11       1,171  
 
                 
Additionally, the total amount of loans and credits made by us to our Executive Officers who are not directors, as of December 31, 2007, amounted to 14 million (see Note 55 to our consolidated financial statements).
Loans extended to related parties were made in the ordinary course of business, on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons, and did not involve more than normal risk of collectibility or present other unfavorable features.
Loans made to other Related Parties
The companies of the Group engage, on a regular and routine basis, in a number of customary transactions among Group members, including:
   
overnight call deposits;
 
   
foreign exchange purchases and sales;
 
   
derivative transactions, such as forward purchases and sales;
 
   
money market fund transfers;
 
   
letters of credit for imports and exports;
and others within the scope of the ordinary course of the banking business, such as loans and other banking services to our shareholders, to employees of all levels, and the associates and the members of the families of all the above-mentioned, as well as those other businesses conducted by the companies of the Group. All these transactions are made:
   
in the ordinary course of business;
   
on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing for comparable transactions with other persons; and
   
did not involve more than the normal risk of collectibility or other unfavorable features.
As of December 31, 2007 our loans and credits to associated and jointly controlled entities, amounted to 262 million. Those loans and credits represented 0.05% of our total net loans and credits and 0.5% of our total stockholders’ equity as of December 31, 2007.
For more information, see Notes 3 and 55 to our consolidated financial statements.
C. Interests of experts and counsel
Not Applicable.

 

159


Table of Contents

Item 8. Financial Information
A. Consolidated statements and other financial information
Financial Statements
See Item 18 for our consolidated financial statements.
(a) Index to consolidated financial statements of Santander
Legal Proceedings
i. Tax disputes
As of the date hereof, the main tax disputes concerning the Group are as follows:
The “Mandado de Segurança” filed by Banco Santander Banespa, S.A. claiming its right to pay the Brazilian social contribution tax on net income at a rate of 8%. On January 14, 2008, an unfavorable judgment was handed down against Banespa by the Federal Regional Court, against which the directors of Banco Santander S.A. (Brazil) filed, on June 9, 2008, an appeal at a higher court.
The “Mandado de Segurança” filed by Banco Santander Banespa, S.A. claiming its right to consider the social contribution tax on net income as deductible in the calculation of Brazilian corporation tax. This action was declared unwarranted and an appeal was filed at the Federal Regional Court, requesting to have the claimability of the tax credit stayed and obtaining permission to deposit with the courts the disputed amounts. On October 1, 2007, an unfavorable judgment was handed down by the Federal Regional Court, which was appealed by Banco Santander S.A. (Brazil) through the presentation of “Embargos de Declaraçao” on October 8, 2007.On March 6, 2008, the Federal Regional Court dismissed the “Embargos de Declaraçao”, and rejected an appeal filed subsequently. The directors of Banco Santander S.A. (Brazil) intend to file an appeal at a higher court.
The “Mandado de Segurança” filed by Banco Santander, S.A. and other Group entities claiming their right to pay the Brazilian PIS and COFINS social contributions only on the income from the provision of services. The “Mandado de Segurança” was declared unwarranted and an appeal was filed at the Federal Regional Court. On 13 September 2007, this Court handed down a favorable judgment. Unión Federal has filed an appeal against this judgment at a higher court.
A claim was filed against Abbey National Treasury Services plc by tax authorities abroad in relation to the refund of certain tax credits and other associated amounts. The legal advisers of Abbey National Treasury Services plc considered that the grounds to contest this claim were well-founded, proof of which is that a favorable judgment was handed down at first instance in September 2006, although the judgment was appealed against by the tax authorities in January 2007. However, in December 2006 an unfavorable judgment for another taxpayer was handed down on another proceeding which might affect this case.
ii. Legal litigation
As of the date hereof, the principal legal litigation proceeding concerning the Group is as follows:
In 1997 Casa de Bolsa Santander, S.A. de C.V. Grupo Financiero Santander (“Casa de Bolsa”) was sued for an alleged breach of various stock brokerage contracts. On July 6, 1999, Civil Court number thirty-one of the Federal District handed down a judgment ordering Casa de Bolsa to return to the plaintiff 2,401,588 shares of México 1 and 11,219,730 shares of México 4 at their market value and to pay MXP 15 million, plus interest calculated at the average percentage borrowing cost (C.P.P.) multiplied by four.

 

160


Table of Contents

After numerous appeals were filed concerning the method used for calculating this interest, a final judgment was handed down ruling that the interest should not be capitalized.
Following this judgment, the amount owed was paid in full and there are currently no claims outstanding in this connection.
Misselling: claims associated with the sale by Abbey of certain financial products to its customers.
The provisions recorded by Abbey in this respect were calculated on the basis of the best estimate of the number of claims that will be received, of the percentage of claims that will be upheld and of the related amounts.
LANETRO, S.A.: claim (ordinary lawsuit no. 558/2002) filed by LANETRO, S.A. against Banco Santander, S.A. at Madrid Court of First Instance no. 34, requesting that the Bank comply with the obligation to subscribe to EUR 30.05 million of a capital increase of the plaintiff.
On December 16, 2003, a judgment was handed down dismissing the plaintiff’s request. The subsequent appeal filed by LANETRO was upheld by a decision of the Madrid Provincial Appellate Court on October 27, 2006.
The Bank has filed extraordinary appeals on grounds of procedural infringements and an extraordinary cassation appeal against this decision.
Galesa de Promociones, S.A.: small claims proceeding at Elche Court of First Instance no. 4 (case no. 419/1994), in connection with the claim filed by Galesa de Promociones, S.A. (Galesa) requesting the Court to annul a previous legal foreclosure proceeding brought by the Bank against the plaintiff in 1992, which culminated in the foreclosure of certain properties that were subsequently sold by auction.
The judgments handed down at first and second instance were in the Bank’s favor. The cassation appeal filed by Galesa at the Supreme Court was upheld by virtue of a decision on 24 November 2004 which ordered the reversal of the legal foreclosure proceeding to before the date on which the auctions were held. On June 8, 2006, Galesa filed a claim for the enforcement of the decision handed down by the Supreme Court, requesting that the Bank be ordered to pay EUR 56 million, the estimated value of the properties, plus a further EUR 33 million for loss of profit. The Bank challenged this claim on the grounds that the Supreme Court decision could not be enforced -since no order had been pronounced against the Bank, but rather a proceeding had merely been annulled- and it also argued that the damages requested would have to be ruled upon by an express court decision, which had not been pronounced.
The Elche Court of First Instance, by virtue of an order dated September 18, 2006, found in favor of the Bank, and referred the plaintiff to the appropriate ordinary proceeding for the valuation of the aforementioned damages.
Galesa filed an appeal for reconsideration, which was dismissed by a resolution on November 11, 2006. Galesa filed an appeal against this resolution at the Alicante Provincial Appellate Court. This appeal was in turn contested by the Bank and a favorable judgment was handed down.
Declaratory large claims action brought at Madrid Court of First Instance no. 19 (case no. 87/2001) in connection with a claim filed by Inversión Hogar, S.A. against the Bank. This claim sought the termination of a settlement agreement entered into between the Bank and the plaintiff on December 11, 1992.
On May 19, 2006, a judgment was handed down at first instance, whereby the agreement was declared to be terminated and the Bank was ordered to pay EUR 1.8 million, plus the related legal interest since February 1997, to return a property that was given in payment under the aforementioned agreement, to pay an additional EUR 72.9 million relating to the replacement value of the assets foreclosed, and subsequently sold, by the Bank, and to pay all the related court costs. The Bank and Inversión Hogar, S.A. filed appeals against the judgment.
On July 30, 2007, the Madrid Provincial Appellate Court handed down a decision upholding in full the appeal filed by the Bank, revoking the ruling issued at first instance and dismissing the appeal filed by Inversión Hogar, S.A. Inversión Hogar, S.A. has announced that, on completion of the clarification procedure, it has filed a cassation appeal and an extraordinary appeal on grounds of procedural infringements against the aforementioned decision at the Civil Chamber of the Supreme Court.

 

161


Table of Contents

Complaint in an ordinary proceeding filed by Inés Arias Domínguez and a 17 other persons against Santander Investment, S.A. at Madrid Court of First Instance no. 13 (case no. 928/2007), seeking damages of approximately EUR 43 million, plus interest and costs. The plaintiffs, who are former shareholders of Yesocentro S.A. (Yesos y Prefabricados del Centro, S.A.) allege that Santander Investment, S.A. breached the advisory services agreement entered into on October 19, 1989 between the former Banco Santander de Negocios, S.A. and the plaintiffs, the purpose of which was the sale of shares owned by the plaintiffs to another company called Invercámara, S.A.
This complaint was duly contested by Santander Investment, S.A. on November 5, 2007. The hearing to be held prior to the court proceeding will not take place until it is decided upon an appeal filed by the Bank.
On February 6, 2008, Banco Santander, S.A. filed with the Spanish Arbitral Court (Secretaria de la Corte Española de Arbitraje) a request for arbirtal proceedings seeking a payment of €66,418,077.27 from GAESCO BOLSA, SOCIEDAD DE VALORES, S.A. (“GAESCO”), a Spanish brokerage firm. GAESCO owes such amount to Banco Santander, S.A. as a result of the early termination of a framework agreement for financial transactions entered by GAESCO and the Bank and of the financial transactions undertaken under such agreement. The arbitral ruling is pending.
See the discussion of certain litigation in Note 1.d.i and ii to our consolidated financial statements.
Other Litigation
In addition to the matters described above, the Bank and its subsidiaries are from time to time subject to certain claims and parties to certain legal proceedings incidental to the normal course of our business, including in connection with the Group’s lending activities, relationships with the Group’s employees and other commercial or tax matters. In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of legal matters, particularly where the claimants seek very large or indeterminate damages, or where the cases present novel legal theories, involve a large number of parties or are in early stages of discovery, the Bank cannot state with confidence what the eventual outcome of these pending matters will be, what the timing of the ultimate resolution of these matters will be or what the eventual loss, fines or penalties related to each pending matter may be. The Bank believes that it has made adequate reserves related to the costs anticipated to be incurred in connection with these various claims and legal proceedings and believes that liabilities related to such claims and proceedings should not have, in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on the Group’s business, financial condition, or results of operations. However, in light of the uncertainties involved in such claims and proceedings, there is no assurance that the ultimate resolution of these matters will not significantly exceed the reserves currently accrued by the Bank; as a result, the outcome of a particular matter may be material to the Bank’s operating results for a particular period, depending upon, among other factors, the size of the loss or liability imposed and the level of the Bank’s income for that period.
Dividend Policy
We have normally paid an annual dividend in quarterly installments. The table below sets forth the historical per share and per ADS (each of which represents the right to receive one of our shares) amounts of interim and total dividends in respect of each fiscal year indicated.
                                                                                 
    Euro per Share Interim     Dollars per ADS Interim  
    First     Second     Third     Fourth     Total     First     Second     Third     Fourth     Total  
2002
    0.0775       0.07513       0.07513       0.06073       0.2885       0.0754       0.0612       0.0804       0.0680       0.2850  
2003
    0.0775       0.0775       0.0775       0.0704       0.3029       0.08602       0.0899       0.0842       0.08801       0.36235  
2004
    0.0830       0.0830       0.0830       0.0842       0.3332       0.08484       0.08971       0.09175       0.09191       0.35821  
2005
    0.09296       0.09296       0.09296       0.13762       0.4165       0.09591       0.09466       0.09523       0.147016       0.432816  
2006
    0.106904       0.106904       0.106904       0.199913       0.5206       0.11582       0.11593       0.11400       0.222418       0.568168  
2007
    0.122940       0.122940       0.122940       0.281961       0.650781       0.137526       0.145308       0.149199       0.355829       0.787862  
On August 1, 2008, we will pay the first dividend on account of the earnings for the 2008 financial year for a gross amount of 0.135234 per share.
For a discussion of regulatory and legal restrictions on our payments of dividends, see “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Supervision and Regulation—Restrictions on Dividends”.
For a discussion of Spanish taxation of dividends, see “Item 10. Additional Information—E. Taxation—Spanish tax considerations—Taxation of dividends”.

 

162


Table of Contents

The dividends paid on the guaranteed non-cumulative preference stock of certain of our subsidiaries are limited by our Distributable Profits in the fiscal year preceding a dividend payment. “Distributable Profits” with respect to any year means our reported net profits after tax and extraordinary items for such year as derived from the parent Bank’s non-consolidated audited profit and loss account prepared in accordance with Bank of Spain requirements and guidelines in effect at the time of such preparation. Such requirements and guidelines may be expected to reflect the Bank of Spain regulatory policies applicable to us, including without limitation those relating to the maintenance of minimum levels of capital. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Supervision and Regulation—Capital Adequacy Requirements” and “—Restrictions on Dividends”. According to our interpretation of the relevant Bank of Spain requirements and guidelines, Distributable Profits during the preceding five years were:
                                         
Year Ended December 31,  
Previous Spanish GAAP     EU-IFRS (*)  
2003   2004 (**)     2004     2005     2006     2007  
(in thousands of euros)  
 
1,445,033
    1,837,424       1,935,992       2,605,009       3,256,190       4,070,247  
 
     
(*)  
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004
 
(**)  
Statutory Distributable Profits
The portion of our net income attributable to our subsidiaries has increased steadily in recent years as our subsidiaries have grown and we have acquired new subsidiaries. Such profits are available to us only in the form of dividends from our subsidiaries and we are dependent to a certain extent upon such dividends in order to have Distributable Profits sufficient to allow payment of dividends on our guaranteed preference stock of our subsidiaries as well as dividends on our shares (although the payment of dividends on the shares is limited in the event of the non-payment of preference share dividends). We generally control a sufficient proportion of our consolidated subsidiaries’ voting capital to enable us to require such subsidiaries to pay dividends to the extent permitted under the applicable law. As a result of our growth, the Bank, as the holding entity of the shares of our various companies, has added investments in our subsidiaries, the financial costs of which are borne by us.
B. Significant Changes
For significant changes that have occurred since December 31, 2007, see our Form 6-K relating to our first quarter 2008 results filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 30, 2008.
Item 9. The Offer and Listing.
A. Offer and listing details
Market Price and Volume Information
Santander’s Shares
During 2007, our shares were the shares with the highest trading volume on the Spanish stock exchanges. At December 31, 2007, our shares represented 17.53% of the IBEX 35 Stock Exchange Index, the second highest percentage among all Spanish issuers represented in this index. Our market capitalization of 92,501 million at 2007 year-end was the second largest of any Spanish company, according to information published by the Sociedad de Bolsas, S.A. (“Sociedad de Bolsas”).
At December 31, 2007, we had 2,278,321 registered holders of our shares and, as of such date, a total of 898,777,790 of our shares or 14.37% were held by 796 registered holders with registered addresses in the United States and Puerto Rico, including JP Morgan Chase, as depositary of our American Depositary Share program.
Our shares are traded on Spain’s automated “continuous market”, the national, centralized market which integrates by computer quotations originating in the four Spanish stock exchanges (Madrid, Barcelona, Valencia and Bilbao) (the “Automated Quotation Systems”). Our shares are also listed on the New York (in the form of American Depositary Shares), London, Milan, Lisbon, Buenos Aires and Mexico Stock Exchanges. In 2001, we delisted our shares from the Tokyo Stock Exchange and in 2003 we delisted our shares from the London, Paris, Frankfurt and Swiss Exchanges. At December 31, 2007, 62.4% of our shares were held of record by non-residents of Spain.

 

163


Table of Contents

The table below sets forth the high, low and last daily sales prices in euros for our shares on the continuous market for the periods indicated.
                         
    Euros per Share  
    High     Low     Last  
2003 Annual
    9.44       5.01       9.39  
 
                       
2004 Annual
    9.77       7.70       9.13  
 
                       
2005 Annual
    11.18       8.92       11.15  
 
                       
2006 Annual
    14.37       10.54       14.14  
First Quarter
    12.40       11.00       12.05  
Second Quarter
    12.29       10.54       11.42  
Third Quarter
    12.49       11.00       12.47  
Fourth Quarter
    14.37       12.38       14.14  
 
                       
2007 Annual
    15.00       12.56       14.79  
First Quarter
    14.65       12.83       13.36  
Second Quarter
    14.50       13.06       13.69  
Third Quarter
    14.34       12.56       13.63  
Fourth Quarter
    15.00       13.64       14.79  
 
                       
Last six months
                       
2007
                       
December
    15.00       14.35       14.79  
2008
                       
January
    14.59       11.27       11.83  
February
    12.32       11.35       11.93  
March
    12.76       11.17       12.62  
April
    13.85       12.73       13.85  
May
    14.22       13.08       13.39  
June (through June 19, 2008)
    13.08       12.02       12.02  
On June 19, 2008, the reported last sale price of our shares on the continuous market was 12.02.
American Depositary Shares (ADSs)
Our ADSs have been listed and traded on the New York Stock Exchange since July 30, 1987. Each ADS represents one of our shares and is evidenced by an American Depositary Receipt, or ADR. The deposit agreement, pursuant to which ADRs have been issued, is among us, JP Morgan Chase, as depositary, and the holders from time to time of ADRs. At December 31, 2007, a total of 155,335,794 of our ADSs were held by 2,206 registered holders. Since certain of such of our shares and our ADSs are held by nominees, the number of record holders may not be representative of the number of beneficial owners.
The table below sets forth the reported high, low and last sale prices for our ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange for the periods indicated.
                         
    Dollars Per ADS  
    High     Low     Last  
2003 Annual
    12.01       5.68       12.01  
2004 Annual
    12.47       9.43       12.37  
2005 Annual
    13.27       11.37       13.19  
 
                       
2006
                       
Annual
    18.73       13.16       18.66  
First Quarter
    14.79       13.30       14.61  
Second Quarter
    15.62       13.16       14.62  
Third Quarter
    15.88       13.81       15.79  
Fourth Quarter
    18.73       15.83       18.66  

 

164


Table of Contents

                         
    Dollars Per ADS  
    High     Low     Last  
 
                       
2007
                       
Annual
    22.14       17.29       21.54  
First Quarter
    19.34       17.29       17.83  
Second Quarter
    19.46       17.67       18.38  
Third Quarter
    19.79       17.38       19.31  
Fourth Quarter
    22.14       19.24       21.54  
 
                       
Last six months
                       
2007
                       
December
    22.14       20.51       21.54  
2008
                       
January
    21.35       17.21       17.52  
February
    18.63       16.52       17.78  
March
    19.94       17.19       19.94  
April
    21.73       20.15       21.09  
May
    22.22       20.66       20.90  
June (through June 19, 2008)
  20.39     18.70     18.84  
On June 19, 2008, the reported last sale price of our ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange was $18.84.
B. Plan of distribution
Not Applicable
C. Markets
General
Spanish Securities Market
The Spanish securities market for equity securities (the “Spanish Stock Exchanges”) consists of four stock exchanges located in Madrid, Barcelona, Bilbao and Valencia (the “local exchanges”). The majority of the transactions conducted on them are done through the Automated Quotation System (Sistema Interbancario Bursátil Español or “S.I.B.E.”). During the year ended December 31, 2007, the Automated Quotation System accounted for the majority of the total trading volume of equity securities on the Spanish Stock Exchanges.
Automated Quotation System
The Automated Quotation System was introduced in 1989 and links the four local exchanges, providing those securities listed on it with a uniform continuous market that eliminates most of the differences among the local exchanges. The principal feature of the system is the computerized matching of buy and sell orders at the time of entry of the order. Each order is executed as soon as a matching order is entered, but can be modified or canceled until executed. The activity of the market can be continuously monitored by investors and brokers. The Automated Quotation System is operated and regulated by the Sociedad de Bolsas, a corporation owned by the companies that manage the local exchanges. All trades on the Automated Quotation System must be placed through a bank, brokerage firm, an official stock broker or a dealer firm member of a Spanish stock exchange directly.
There is a pre-opening session held from 8:30 a.m. to 9:00 a.m. each trading day on which orders are placed at that time. The computerized trading hours are from 9:00 a.m. to 5:30 p.m. Each session will end with a 5 minute auction, between 5:30 and 5:35 p.m., with a random closedown of 30 seconds. The price resulting from each auction will be the closing price of the session.

 

165


Table of Contents

From May 14, 2001, new rules came into effect regarding the maximum price fluctuations in the price of stocks. Under the new rules, each stock in the continuous market is assigned a static and a dynamic range within which the price of stocks can fluctuate. The price of a stock may rise or fall by its static range (which is published once a month and is calculated according to the stock’s average historic price volatility) above or below its opening price (which shall be the closing price of the previous session). When the stock trades outside of this range, the trading of the stock is suspended for 5 minutes, during which an auction takes place. After this auction, the price of the stock can once again rise or fall by its static range above or below its last auction price (which will be considered as the new static price before triggering another auction). Furthermore, the price of a stock cannot rise or fall by more than its dynamic price range (which is fixed and published once a month and is calculated according to the stock’s average intra-day volatility), from the last price at which it has traded. If the price variation exceeds the stock’s dynamic range a five minute auction is triggered.
Moreover, there is a block market (“el mercado de bloques”) allowing for block trades between buyers and sellers from 9:00 a.m. to 5:30 p.m. during the trading session. Under certain conditions, this market allows cross-transactions of trades at prices different from prevailing market prices. Trading in the block market is subject to certain limits with regard to price deviations and volumes.
Between 5:30 p.m. and 8:00 p.m., trades may occur outside the computerized matching system without prior authorization of the Sociedad de Bolsas, at a price within the range of 5% above the higher of the average price and closing price for the day and 5% below the lower of the average price and closing price for the day, if there are no outstanding bids or offers, as the case may be, on the system matching or bettering the terms of the proposed off-system transaction, and if the trade involves more than 300,000 and more than 20% of the average daily trading volume of the stock during the preceding quarter. At any time before 8:00 p.m., trades may take place (with the prior authorization of the Sociedad de Bolsas) at any price if:
   
the trade involves more than 1.5 million and more than 40% of average daily trading volume of the stock during the preceding quarter;
 
   
relates to a merger or spin-off of a listed company;
 
   
relates to the reorganization of a business group;
 
   
the transaction is executed for the purposes of settling litigation;
 
   
involves certain types of contracts or complex transactions; or
 
   
the Sociedad de Bolsas finds other justifiable cause.
Information with respect to computerized trades between 9:00 a.m. and 5:30 p.m. is made public immediately, and information with respect to trades outside the computerized matching system is reported to the Sociedad de Bolsas and published in the Boletín de Cotización and in the computer system by the next trading day.
Clearance and Settlement System
Until April 1, 2003, transactions carried out on the regional Spanish stock exchanges and the continuous market were cleared and settled through the Servicio de Compensación y Liquidación de Valores, S.A. (the “SCL”). Since April 1, 2003, the settlement and clearance of all trades on the Spanish stock exchanges, the Public Debt Market (Mercado de Deuda Pública), the AIAF Fixed Income Market (“Mercado AIAF de Renta Fija”) and Latibex — the Latin American stock exchange denominated in euros, are made through the Sociedad de Gestión de los Sistemas de Registro, Compensación y Liquidación de Valores, S.A. (“Iberclear”), which was formed as a result of a merger between SCL and Central de Anotaciones del Mercado de Deuda Pública (CADE), which was managed by the Bank of Spain.
Book-Entry System
Ownership of shares listed on any Spanish stock exchange is required to be represented by entries in a register maintained by Iberclear, and transfers or changes in ownership are effected by entries in such register. The securities register system is structured in two levels: the central registry managed by Iberclear which keeps the securities balances of the participants, and a detailed registry managed by the participants where securities are listed by holder’s name.

 

166


Table of Contents

Securities Market Legislation
The Spanish Securities Markets Act, which came into effect in 1989, among other things:
   
established an independent regulatory authority, the CNMV, to supervise the securities markets;
   
established a framework for the regulation of trading practices, tender offers and insider trading;
   
required stock exchange members to be corporate entities;
   
required companies listed on a Spanish stock exchange to file annual audited financial statements and to make public quarterly financial information;
   
established a framework for integrating quotations on the four Spanish stock exchanges by computer;
   
exempted the sale of securities from transfer and value added taxes;
   
deregulated brokerage commissions as of 1992; and
   
provided for transfer of shares by book-entry or by delivery of evidence of title.
The Securities Markets Act was amended by Law 37/1998, which implemented two European Union directives into Spanish law. The first is Directive 93/22/CE, relating to investment services within securities, later amended by Directive 95/26/CE of the European Parliament and Council. The second is Directive 97/9/CE of the European Parliament and Council, relating to indemnity systems.
Law 37/1998 introduced some innovations to the Securities Markets Act. The first was the recognition that both Spanish and other European Union Member State companies authorized to provide investment services have full access to the official secondary markets, with full capacity to operate, thereby enabling the direct admission of banking entities into the stock exchange area. The second innovation was that the scope of the Securities Markets Act was enlarged to include a list of financial instruments, such as financial exchange contracts, or installment financial contracts, which expanded the categories of securities included.
The Securities Markets Act has been further amended by Law 44/2002 (November 22, 2002) on reform measures of the financial system, which introduced certain modifications to the laws governing financial markets and corporations, generally, including:
   
provisions regarding market transparency such as: requiring listed companies to establish an audit committee, redefining the reporting requirements for relevant events, rules relating to the treatment of confidential and insider information and related party transactions, and prevention of manipulative and fraudulent practices with respect to market prices;
   
the establishment of Iberclear; and
   
the authorization of the Minister of Economy to regulate financial services electronic contracts.
On July 17, 2003, the Securities Market law was amended by Law 26/2003 in order to reinforce the transparency of listed companies. It introduced:
   
information and transparency obligations including detailed requirements of the contents of the corporate website of listed companies and the obligation to file with the CNMV an annual corporate governance report; and
   
the obligation to implement a series of corporate governance rules including, among others, regulations regarding the boards of directors and the general shareholders’ meeting.

 

167


Table of Contents

On March 11, 2005 Royal Decree Law 5/2005 was approved, modifying the Securities Market Law in order to implement the Directive 2003/71/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council on the prospectus to be published when securities are offered to the public or admitted to trading. The Directive: (i) harmonizes the requirements for the process of approval of prospectuses, which enables a prospectus to be valid throughout the European Union; and (ii) incorporates the application of the country of origin principle.
On April 22, 2005, the Securities Market Law was amended by Law 5/2005 on supervision of financial conglomerates in order to make the sectoral rules applicable to investment firms more consistent with other sectoral rules applicable to other groups with similar financial activities, such as credit institutions and insurance undertakings.
On November 14, 2005 the Securities Market Law was further amended by Law 19/2005, which refers to the European public limited-liability companies with registered offices in Spain and, on November 24, 2005, by Law 25/2005, of November 24, 2005, which regulates the capital risk entities.
Royal Decree 1310/2005 (November 4) partially developed the Securities Market Law 24/1988, in relation to the admission to trading of securities in the official secondary markets, the sale or subscription public offers and the prospectus required to those effects.
Royal Decree 1333/2005 (November 11), which developed the Securities Market Law 24/1988, in relation to market abuse.
Law 12/2006 (May 16) amended the Securities Market Law by (i) introducing a new article relating to notifications to the CNMV of transactions that might constitute insider dealing or market manipulation, (ii) completing the regulation of Bolsas y Mercados Españoles, and (iii) clarifying the regulation of significant participations on the entities which manage the clearing and settlement of securities and the Spanish secondary markets (see “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Supervision and Regulation—Recent Legislation”).
Law 36/2006 (November 30), relating to measures to prevent the tax fraud, among others, amends article 108 of the Securities Market Law.
Law 6/2007 (April 12) amends the Securities Market Law, in order to modify the rules for takeover bids and for issuers transparency. This Law came into effect on August 13, 2007, and partially integrates into the Spanish legal system Directive 2004/25/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 April 2004 on takeover bids and Directive 2004/109/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 15 December 2004 on the harmonization of transparency requirements in relation to information about issuers whose securities are admitted to trading on a regulated market and amending Directive 2001/34/EC. This Law has been further developed by Royal Decree 1066/2007 (July 27) on rules applicable to takeover bids for securities and by Royal Decree 1362/2007 (October 19) on transparency requirements for issuers of listed securities. For a brief description of the provisions of Law 6/2007 as regards the rules applicable to takeover bids see “Item 10. Additional Information—B. Memorandum and Articles of Association—Tender Offers”.
Law 6/2007 (i) introduces several changes to the periodical financial information, annual, biannual and quarterly, to be published by issuers of listed securities; and (ii) introduces new developments to the system which establishes the duty to notify significant stakes in an enterprise, such as:
   
anyone with a right to acquire, transfer or exercise voting rights granted by the shares, regardless of the actual ownership of the shares; and anyone owing, acquiring or transferring other securities or financial instruments which grant a right to acquire shares with voting rights, will also have to notify the holding of a significant stake in accordance with the developing regulations;
 
   
Directors of listed companies, in addition to notifying any transaction concerning the shares or other securities or financial instruments of the issuer which are linked to these shares, will have to inform the CNMV of their stake upon appointment or resignation;
 
   
Listed companies will be required to notify transactions concerning their treasury shares in certain cases, which will be established in the developing regulations.

 

168


Table of Contents

Law 47/2007 (December 19) amends the Securities Market Law in order to adapt it to Directive 2004/39/EC on markets in financial instruments (MiFID), Directive 2006/73/EC implementing Directive 2004/39/EC with respect to the organizational requirements and operating conditions for investment firms and defining terms for the purpose of that Directive, and Directive 2006/49/EC on the capital adequacy of investment firms and credit institutions. The amendments introduced by Law 47/2007 represent important reforms of the Securities Market Law and serve to (i) increase the number of investment services that can be performed by the entities; (ii) reinforce the measures for the protection of investors; (iii) establish new organizational procedures for investment firms; and (iv) reinforce the supervisory powers of the CNMV, establishing cooperation mechanisms among supervisory authorities. Directive 2006/49/EC and MiFID implementation have been introduced by Royal Decrees 216/2008 and 217/2008 (both of February 15), respectively.
Trading by Santander’s Subsidiaries in the Shares
Some of our subsidiaries, in accordance with customary practice in Spain, and as permitted under Spanish law, have regularly purchased and sold our shares both for their own account and for the accounts of customers. Our subsidiaries have intervened in the market for our shares primarily in connection with customer transactions and, occasionally, in connection with transactions by non-customers that are undertaken for commercial purposes or to supply liquidity to the market when it is reasonable to do so. Such trading activity also has provided a mechanism for accumulating shares that were used to meet conversions into our shares, of bonds issued by us and other affiliated companies and to make offerings of shares. We expect that our subsidiaries may continue to purchase and sell our shares from time to time.
Our trading activities in our shares are limited to those set forth above. No affiliated company acts as a “market maker” as that term is understood in the United States securities markets. The continuous market is driven by orders, which are matched by the market’s computer system according to price and time entered. Santander and Banesto’s broker subsidiaries, Santander Investment Bolsa, S.V., S.A., and Banesto Bolsa, S.A., S.V.B., and the other brokers authorized to trade on the continuous market (“Member Firms”) are not required to and do not serve as market makers maintaining independently established bid and ask prices. Rather, Member Firms place orders for their customers, or for their own account, into the market’s computer system. If an adequate counterparty order is not available on the continuous market at that time, the Member Firm may solicit counterparty orders from among its own clients and/or may accommodate the client by filling the client’s order as principal.
Under the Companies Law of Spain, a company and its subsidiaries are prohibited from purchasing shares of the company in the primary market. However, purchase of the shares is permitted in the secondary market provided that: (1) the aggregate of such purchases (referred to as “treasury stock” or “autocartera”) and the shares previously held by the company and its subsidiaries does not exceed 5% of the total capital stock of the company, (2) the purchases are authorized at a meeting of the shareholders of the acquiring company and, if the acquisition relates to shares in the parent company, the acquiring company’s parent, and (3) the acquiring company and its parent may create reserves equal to the book value of the parent company’s stock included in its assets.
The law requires that the CNMV be notified each time the acquisition of treasury stock made since the last notification reaches 1% of the voting rights of the company, regardless of any other preceding sales. The Companies Law establishes, in relation to the treasury stock shares (held by us and our affiliates), that the exercise of the right to vote and other non-financial rights attached to them shall be suspended. Financial rights arising from treasury stock held directly by us, with the exception of the right to allotment of new bonus shares, shall be attributed proportionately to the rest of the shares.
The portion of trading volume in the shares represented by purchases by our subsidiaries has varied widely from day to day and from month to month and may be expected to do so in the future. In 2007, 11.25% of the volume traded of the shares was effected not as principal by Santander Investment Bolsa, S.V., S.A. and 2.75% was effected not as principal by Banesto Bolsa, S.A., S.V.B. The portion of trading volume in shares allocable to purchases and sales as principal by our companies was approximately 5.7% in the same period. The monthly average percentage of outstanding shares held by our subsidiaries ranged from 0.06% to 0.39% in 2007. Our subsidiaries held 212,822 of our shares (0.003% of our total capital stock) at December 31, 2007.

 

169


Table of Contents

D. Selling shareholders
Not Applicable.
E. Dilution
Not Applicable.
F. Expense of the issue
Not Applicable.
Item 10. Additional Information
A. Share capital
Not Applicable.
B. Memorandum and articles of association
The following summary of the material terms of our By-laws is not meant to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to our By-laws. Because this is a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. You should read our By-laws carefully before you decide to invest. Copies of our By-laws are incorporated by reference.
Our shareholders acting at the General Shareholders’ Meeting held on June 21, 2008 approved, under item six of the agenda, new By-laws for Banco Santander, S.A., and abrogated the existing ones. The description set forth below reflects the new By-laws, which will become effective upon the granting of the necessary authorization from the Spanish Minister of Economy and Finance. The new By-laws will subsequently be filed with the office of the Mercantile Registry. We expect this filing to occur during the third quarter of 2008.
The amendment of the By-laws has three basic purposes: (i) to set out in the By-laws the basic principles that incorporate the most recent corporate governance recommendations for listed companies and, particularly, those of the Unified Good Governance Code approved by resolution of the Board of the Spanish National Securities Market Commission (Consejo de la Comisión Nacional del Mercado de Valores) on May 22, 2006, many of which were already included in the Rules and Regulations of the Board of Directors and in the Rules and Regulations for the General Shareholders’ Meeting; (ii) to include in the By-laws certain mechanisms which are necessary to give the Bank more flexible organization and management procedures, with a view to facilitating operations of potential interest and to incorporate technological developments; and (iii) to update and improve the text of the current By-laws, by supplementing and clarifying regulations on some matters.
Exhibit 15.2 to this Annual Report on Form 20-F contains the report submitted by the Board of Directors to the General Shareholders’ Meeting for purposes of compliance with the provisions of Section 144.1 a) of the Business Corporations Law (Ley de Sociedades Anónimas), in order to provide the rationale for the proposal of amendment of the By-laws of Banco Santander, S.A.
The new By-laws are included in Exhibit 1.2 and are still pending authorization from the Spanish Minister of Economy and Finance and subsequent registration in the office of the Mercantile Registry of Santander.
For more information on the resolutions adopted by the Shareholders’ Meeting held on June 21, 2008, see our Form 6-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 23, 2008.
General
As of December 31, 2007, the Bank’s share capital was 3,127,148,289.50, represented by a single class of 6,254,296,579 book-entry Santander shares with a nominal value of 0.50 each. Since that date, our share capital has not changed. All of our shares are fully paid and non-assessable. Spanish law requires that bank-listed equity securities be issued in book-entry form only.

 

170


Table of Contents

Register
Santander is registered with the Commercial Registry of Santander (Finance Section). The Bank is also recorded in the Special Registry of Banks and Bankers with registration number 0049, and its fiscal identification number is A-39000013.
Corporate Object and Purpose
Article 2 of our By-laws states that the corporate objective and purpose of Santander consists of carrying-out all types of activities, operations and services specific to the banking business in general and which are permitted under current legislation and the acquisition, holding and disposal of all types of securities.
Certain Provisions Regarding Shareholder Rights
As of the date of the filing of this report, Santander’s capital is comprised of only one class of shares, all of which are ordinary shares and have the same rights. Santander may issue non-voting shares for a nominal amount of not more than one-half of the paid-up share capital, and redeemable shares for a nominal amount of not more than one-fourth of its share capital.
Our By-laws do not contain any provisions relating to sinking funds.
Our By-laws do not specify what actions or quorums are required to change the rights of holders of our stock. Under Spanish law, the rights of holders of stock may only be changed by an amendment to the By-laws of the company that complies with the requirements explained below under "—Meetings and Voting Rights.”
Meetings and Voting Rights
We hold our annual general shareholders’ meeting during the first six months of each fiscal year on a date fixed by the Board of Directors. Extraordinary meetings may be called from time to time by the Board of Directors whenever the Board considers it advisable for corporate interests, and whenever so requested by stockholders representing at least 5% of the outstanding share capital of Santander. Notices of all meetings are published, at least one month prior to the date set for the meeting, in the Official Gazette of the Mercantile Register and in one of the local newspapers having the largest circulation in the province where the registered office of Santander is located. In addition, under Spanish law, the agenda of the meeting must be sent to the CNMV and the Spanish Stock Exchanges and published on the company’s website. Our last ordinary general meeting of shareholders was held on June 21, 2008 and our last extraordinary general meeting of shareholders was held on July 27, 2007.
Each Santander share entitles the holder to one vote. Registered holders of any number of shares who are current in the payment of capital calls will be entitled to attend shareholders’ meetings. Our By-laws do not contain provisions regarding cumulative voting.
Any Santander share may be voted by proxy. Subject to the limitations imposed by Spanish law, proxies may be given to any individual or legal person, must be in writing or by remote means of communication and are valid only for a single meeting except where the representative is the spouse or an ascendant or descendant of the shareholder giving the proxy, or where the proxy-holder holds a general power of attorney executed as a public instrument with powers to manage the assets of the represented party in the Spanish territory. According to Spanish law, if a director or another person solicits a proxy for a director thus obtaining more than three proxies and the director is subject to a conflict of interest, the director holding the proxies may not exercise the voting rights attaching to the represented shares in connection with decisions relating to:
   
his appointment or ratification, removal, dismissal or withdrawal as director;
 
   
the institution of a derivative action against him; or
 
   
the approval or ratification of transactions between Santander and the director in question, companies controlled or represented by him, or persons acting for his account.

 

171


Table of Contents

In accordance with the Rules and Regulations for the General Shareholders’ Meeting and in the manner established by such Rules and Regulations, the Group’s website includes from the date when the call of the General Shareholders’ Meeting is published, the text of all resolutions proposed by the Board of Directors with respect to the agenda items and the details regarding the manner and procedures for shareholders to follow to confer representation on any individual or legal entity. The manner and procedures for electronic delegation and voting via the Internet are also indicated.
At both General Shareholders’ Meetings held in 2004 (the Annual General Meeting of June 19, 2004 and the Extraordinary General Meeting of October 21, 2004) our shareholders could exercise their voting and representation rights prior to the meetings by electronic means (via the Internet). In addition, at the Extraordinary General Shareholders’ Meeting of October 21, 2004, our shareholders could vote by mail and in the Annual General Meetings held on June 18, 2005, June 17, 2006, June 23, 2007 and June 21, 2008, and in the Extraordinary General Shareholders’ Meeting of October 23, 2006 and July 27, 2007 our shareholders, besides exercising their voting and representation rights prior to the meeting by mail or via the Internet, were able to attend (besides attending and voting in person) via the Internet and were also able to vote in real time on the Internet on the resolutions considered at the meeting.
Only registered holders of Santander shares of record at least five days prior to the day on which a meeting is scheduled to be held may attend and vote at shareholders’ meetings. As a registered shareholder, the depositary will be entitled to vote the Santander shares underlying the Santander ADSs. The deposit agreement requires the depositary to accept voting instructions from holders of Santander ADSs and to execute such instructions to the extent permitted by law.
In general, resolutions passed by a general meeting are binding upon all shareholders. In certain circumstances, Spanish law gives dissenting or absent shareholders the right to have their Santander shares redeemed by us at prices determined in accordance with established formulae or criteria. Santander shares held by the Bank or its affiliates are counted for purposes of determining quorums but may not be voted by the Bank or by its affiliates.
Resolutions at general meetings are passed provided that, regarding the voting capital present or represented at the meeting, the number of votes in favor is higher than the number of votes against or blank and abstentions.
In accordance with Spanish law, a quorum on first call for a duly constituted ordinary or extraordinary general meeting of shareholders requires the presence in person or by proxy of shareholders representing 25% of our subscribed voting capital. On second call there is no quorum requirement. Notwithstanding the above, a quorum of 50% of our subscribed voting capital is required on the first call to approve any of the following actions:
   
issuance of bonds;
 
   
increase or reduction of share capital;
 
   
transformation of Santander (change in corporate nature);
 
   
merger, split or spin-off;
 
   
any other amendment of our By-laws; and
 
   
dissolution.
A quorum of 25% of the subscribed voting capital is required to vote on such actions on the second call. A two-third majority of the present or represented voting capital is required to approve all of the above listed actions when the shareholders’ meeting is held on second call and less than 50% of the subscribed voting capital is present.
For purposes of determining the quorum, those shareholders who vote by mail or through the Internet are counted as being present at the meeting, as provided by the Rules and Regulations of the Bank’s General Shareholders’ Meetings.

 

172


Table of Contents

Changes in Capital
Any increase or reduction in share capital must be approved at the general meeting in accordance with the procedures explained above in the section entitled “Meetings and Voting Rights”. However, the shareholders acting at the general shareholders’ meeting may delegate to the board of directors the power to increase share capital.
The capital increase may be effected by issuing new shares or by increasing the par value of existing shares. Capital reduction may be effected by reducing the par value of existing shares, by repurchasing them, or dividing them into groups for exchange.
Unpaid subscription amounts on partially paid-up shares must be paid by the shareholders at the time determined by the Board of Directors, within five years of the date of the resolution providing for the capital increase.
Dividends
We normally pay an annual dividend in advance in quarterly installments in August and November of the current year and February and generally in May, of the following year. We and our domestic banking subsidiaries are subject to certain restrictions on dividend payments, as prescribed by the Ministry of Economy and the Bank of Spain. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Supervision and Regulation—Restrictions on Dividends”.
Once the annual accounts have been approved, the shareholders at the General Shareholders’ Meeting will resolve on the allocation of the results for the fiscal year. Dividends may only be distributed out of the earnings for the fiscal year or with a charge to unappropriate reserves, after the payments required by the law and the By-laws have been made, provided that the shareholders’ equity disclosed in the accounts is not reduced , to less than the share capital as a result of the distribution. If there are any losses from prior fiscal years that reduce the Bank’s shareholders’ equity below the amount of the share capital, the earnings must be used to offset such losses.
The amount, time and form of payment of the dividends, to be distributed among the shareholders in proportion to their paid-in capital will be established by resolutions adopted at the general meeting. The Board of Directors is entitled to distribute sums for future dividends; these distributions must be eventually approved by the general meeting.
A shareholder’s dividend entitlement lapses five (5) years after the dividend payment date.
The shareholders at the general shareholders’ meeting may resolve that dividends in kind can be paid, provided that:
   
the property or securities to be distributed are of the same nature;
 
   
the property or securities have been admitted to listing on an official market as of the effective date of the resolution, or liquidity is guaranteed by Santander within a maximum period of one year; and
 
   
the property or securities are not distributed for a value that is lower than the value at which they are recorded on Santander’s balance sheet.
Preemptive Rights
In the event of a capital increase each shareholder has a preferential right by operation of law to subscribe for shares in proportion to its shareholding in each new issue of Santander shares. The same right is vested on shareholders upon the issuance of convertible debt. Holders of convertible debt also have preemptive rights. However, preemptive rights of shareholders and holders of convertible debt may be excluded under certain circumstances by specific approval at the shareholders’ meeting (or upon its delegation by the Board of Directors) and preemptive rights are deemed excluded by operation of law in the relevant capital increase when the shareholders approve:
   
capital increases following conversion of convertible bonds into Santander shares;
   
capital increases due to the absorption of another company or of part of the spun-off assets of another company, when the new shares are issued in exchange for the new assets received; or
   
capital increases due to Santander’s tender offer for securities using Santander’s shares as all or part of the consideration.
If capital is increased by the issuance of new shares in return for capital from certain reserves, the resulting new Santander shares will be distributed pro rata to existing shareholders.

 

173


Table of Contents

Redemption
Our By-laws do not contain any provisions relating to redemption of shares except as set forth in connection with capital reductions. Nevertheless, pursuant to Spanish law, redemption rights may be created at a duly held general shareholders’ meeting. Such meeting will establish the specific terms of any redemption rights created.
Registration and Transfers
The Santander shares are in book-entry form. We maintain a registry of shareholders. We do not recognize, at any given time, more than one person as the person entitled to vote each share in the shareholders meeting.
Under Spanish law and regulations, transfers of shares quoted on a stock exchange are normally made through a “Sociedad o Agencia de Valores”, credit entities and investment services companies, that are members of the Spanish stock exchange.
Transfers executed through stock exchange systems are implemented pursuant to the stock exchange clearing and settlement procedures of Iberclear. Transfers executed “over the counter” are implemented pursuant to the general legal regime for book entry transfer, including registration by Iberclear.
New shares may not be transferred until the capital increase is registered with the Commercial Registry.
Liquidation Rights
Upon a liquidation of Santander, our shareholders would be entitled to receive pro rata any assets remaining after the payment of our debts, taxes and expenses of the liquidation. Holders of non-voting shares, if any, are entitled to receive reimbursement of the amount paid before any amount is distributed to the holders of voting shares.
Change of Control
Our By-laws do not contain any provisions that would have an effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of the company and that would operate only with respect to a merger, acquisition or corporate restructuring involving Santander or any of our subsidiaries. Nonetheless, certain aspects of Spanish law described in the following section may delay, defer or prevent a change of control of the Bank or any of our subsidiaries in the event of a merger, acquisition or corporate restructuring.
Legal Restrictions on Acquisitions of Shares in Spanish Banks
Certain provisions of Spanish law require notice to the Bank of Spain prior to the acquisition by any individual or corporation of a substantial number of shares of a Spanish bank.
Any individual or corporation that wishes to acquire, directly or indirectly, a significant participation (participación significativa) in a Spanish bank must give advance notice to the Bank of Spain describing the size of such participation, its terms and conditions, and the anticipated closing date of the acquisition. “Significant participation” is defined as 5% of the outstanding share capital or voting rights of the bank or any lesser participation that gives the acquirer effective influence or control over the target bank.
In addition, advance notice must be given to the Bank of Spain of any increase, direct or indirect, in any significant participation at each of the following levels of ownership: 10%; 15%; 20%; 25%; 33%; 40%; 50%; 66% and 75%. Notice to the Bank of Spain is also required from anyone who, as a result of the contemplated acquisition, may attain sufficient power to control the credit entity.

 

174


Table of Contents

Any acquisition mentioned in the preceding sentence to which the required notice was not given or even if given, a three month period after receipt of notice has not yet elapsed, or that is opposed by the Bank of Spain will have the following effects: (1) the acquired shares will have no voting rights, (2) the Bank of Spain may seize control of the bank or replace its board of directors, and (3) a fine may be levied on the acquirer.
The Bank of Spain has three months after the receipt of notice to object to a proposed transaction. Such objection may be based on finding the acquirer unsuitable on the basis, inter alia, of its commercial or professional reputation, its solvency or the transparency of its corporate structure. If three months elapse without any word from the Bank of Spain, its authorization is deemed granted. However, absent objection by the Bank of Spain, it may set forth a different maximum period for closing the proposed transaction.
Any individual or institution that plans to sell its significant participation, or reduce it to one of the above-mentioned levels of ownership, or because of any sale will lose control of the entity, must provide advance notice to the Bank of Spain indicating the amount of the transaction and its anticipated closing date. Failure to comply with these requirements may subject the offending party to penalties.
Credit entities must notify the Bank of Spain as soon as they become aware of any acquisition or transfer of significant shares of its stock capital that exceeds the above-mentioned percentages. In addition, credit entities are required to provide periodic reports to the Bank of Spain describing the composition of and significant alterations to the ownership of the capital stock of the credit entity. This information must also provide the level of ownership, regardless of the amount, of any other financial entities in the capital stock of the credit entity.
If the Bank of Spain determines at any time that the influence of a person who owns a significant participation of a bank may adversely affect that bank’s financial situation, it may request that the Ministry of Economy and Finance: (1) suspend the voting rights of such person’s shares for a period not exceeding 3 years; (2) seize control of the bank or replace its board of directors; or (3) revoke the bank’s license in exceptional circumstances. A fine may also be levied on the relevant person.
The Bank of Spain also requires each bank to notify the Bank of Spain of a list, dated on the last day of each quarter and during April, July, October and January of all its shareholders that are financial institutions and all other shareholders that own at least 0.25% of the bank’s total equity. Furthermore, banks are required to inform the Bank of Spain as soon as they become aware, and in any case not later than in 15 days after, of each acquisition by a person or a group of at least 1% of such a bank’s total equity.
Tender Offers
Law 6/2007, of April 12, which amends the Securities Market Law, has modified the rules for takeover bids. This Law, which came into effect on August 13, 2007, partially transposes into the Spanish legal system Directive 2004/25/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of April 21, 2004 on takeover bids.
The new rules replace the traditional system where launching a takeover bid was compulsory prior to acquiring a significant shareholding in the target company and partial bids were permitted for a regime where takeover bids must be made for all the share capital after obtaining the control of a listed company (i.e. 30% of the voting rights or appointment of more than one-half of the members of the company’s board of directors) whether such control is obtained by means of an acquisition of securities or an agreement with other holders of securities.
The above does not prevent parties from making voluntary bids for a number that is less than the totality of securities in a listed company.
Law 6/2007 also regulates, among other things, (i) new obligations for the board of directors of the offeree company in terms of preventing the takeover bid (passivity rule); and (ii) the squeeze-out and sell-out rights when the offeror is a holder of securites representing at least 90% of the voting capital of the offeree company and the prior takeover bid has been accepted by holders of securities representing at least 90% of the voting rights covered by the bid.

 

175


Table of Contents

Royal Decree 1066/2007 on rules applicable to takeover bids for securities further developed the regulations on takeover bids established by Law 6/2007, completing the amendments introduced by Law 6/2007, in order to ensure that takeover bids are carried out within a comprehensive legal framework and with absolute legal certainty. The Royal Decree contains provisions regarding: (i) the scope and application to all takeover bids, whether voluntary or mandatory, for a listed company; (ii) the rules applicable to mandatory takeover bids when control of a company is obtained; (iii) other cases of takeover bids, such as bids for de-listing of securities and bids that must be made when a company wishes to reduce capital through the acquisition of its own shares for subsequent redemption thereof; (iv) the consideration and guarantees offered in a bid; (v) stages of the procedure that must be followed in a takeover bid; (vi) the mandatory duty of passivity of the offeree company’s board of directors and the optional regime of neutralization of other preventive measures against bids; (vii) changes to, withdrawal of, and cessation of effects of the bid; (viii) the acceptance period, the calculation of the acceptances received and the settlement of the bid; (ix) the procedures applicable to competing offers; (x) the rules for squeeze-outs and sell-outs; and (xi) certain rules on supervision, inspection and sanctions applicable with respect to the regulations on takeover bids.
Reporting Requirements
Royal Decree 1362/2007 requires that any entity which acquires or transfers shares and as a consequence the number of voting rights held exceeds, reaches or is below the threshold of three percent or any multiple of five percent, of the capital stock of a company, for which Spain is the member state of origin, listed on a Spanish stock exchange or on any other regulated market in the European Union, must, within 4 days after that acquisition or transfer, report it to such company, and to the CNMV. This duty to report the holding of a significant stake is applicable not only to the acquisitions and transfers in the terms described above, but also to those cases in which in the absence of an acquisition or transfer of shares, the ratio of an individual’s voting rights exceeds, reaches or is below the thresholds that trigger the duty to report, as a consequence of an alteration in the total number of voting rights of an issuer. The above mentioned threshold percentage will be 1% whenever the person who has the duty to notify is a resident of a tax haven or of a country or territory where there is no taxation or where there is no obligation to exchange tax information.
In addition, any Spanish company listed on a stock exchange must report any acquisition by such company (or a subsidiary) of the company’s own shares if the acquisition, together with any acquisitions since the date of the last report, causes the company’s ownership of its own shares to exceed 1% of its voting rights. See “Item 9. The Offer and Listing—C. Markets—Trading by Santander’s Subsidiaries in the Shares.”
Members of the board of directors of listed companies, in addition to notifying the CNMV of any transaction concerning the shares or other securities or financial instruments of the issuer which are linked to these shares, are required to inform the CNMV of their ratio of voting rights upon appointment or resignation.
In addition, top managers of any listed company must report to the CNMV the acquisition or disposal of shares or other securities or financial instruments of the issuer which are linked to these shares.
Board of Directors
Our Board of Directors may be made up of a minimum of 14 and a maximum of 22 members, appointed at the time of the general meeting of shareholders.
Members of the Board of Directors are elected for an initial term of five years but can be re-elected. One fifth of the members of the Board are elected each year.
A Director could serve for a term shorter than the one for which he or she has been initially elected if the shareholders acting at a duly called General Meeting decide that that Director be replaced before completing his or her term.
Although there is no provision in Spanish law regarding the composition of a board of directors, the Rules and Regulations of the Board provide that in exercising its powers to make proposals at the General Shareholders’ Meeting and to designate directors by interim appointment to fill vacancies, the Board shall endeavor to ensure that the external or non-executive Directors represent a wide majority over the executive Directors and that in all events, the Board of Directors shall endeavor the number of independent directors to represent at least one-third of all directors.

 

176


Table of Contents

Article 42.1 of our By-laws also provides that the shareholders at the general shareholders’ meeting shall endeavor to ensure that external or non-executive directors represent a large majority of the Board of Directors, and that a reasonable number of the Board of Directors are independent directors. In addition, the shareholders at the general shareholders’ meeting shall likewise endeavor to ensure that independent directors represent at least one-third of the total number of directors.
These independence standards may not necessarily be consistent with, or as stringent as, the director independence standards established by the NYSE. See “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—C. Board practices—Compliance with NYSE Listing Standards on Corporate Governance—Independence of the Directors on the Board of Directors”. The Bank currently complies with this requirement.
Certain Powers of the Board of Directors
The actions of the members of the Board are limited by Spanish law and certain general provisions contained in our By-laws. For instance, Article 57 of our new By-laws states that the directors will be liable to Santander, to our shareholders and to our corporate creditors for any damages that they may cause by acts or omissions which are contrary to law or to the By-laws or by acts or omissions contrary to the duties inherent in the exercise of their office.
A director’s power to vote on a proposal, arrangement or contract in which such director is materially interested is not regulated by our By-laws. Conflicts of interest are regulated by Article 30 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board. Under Article 30, a director is obliged to inform the Board of any direct or indirect conflict of interest which may exist with the Bank. If such a conflict relates to a particular transaction, then the director (i) may not undertake the transaction without the Board’s authorization (such authorization can only be granted following a report of the Appointments and Remuneration Committee); and (ii) the director may not take part in the discussion or voting regarding the transaction to which the conflict relates.
The Board of Directors may pass resolutions in order to establish the amount of each payment of any capital call with respect to partially paid-in shares. The Board will also establish the period within which the payments must be made and other details, all of which must be published in the “Boletín Oficial del Registro Mercantil” (the Official Gazette of the Mercantile Register). Any delays in the payment of capital calls will bear interest starting from the day when the payment is due and without the need for any judicial or extra-judicial summons. We will also be able to take any action authorized by law to collect such sums.
Our new By-laws provide that the members of the Board of Directors are entitled to receive compensation for performing the duties entrusted to them by reason of their appointment, to be paid as a share in profits and By-law mandated compensation. This compensation has two components: an annual amount and attendance fees. Attendance fees must be paid in advance on account of the profits for the fiscal year. The specific amount payable to each of the directors will be determined by the board of directors, taking into consideration the positions held by each director on the board and their membership in and attendance at the meetings of the various committees. The aggregate amount of the compensation for performing the duties entrusted to the directors by reason of their appointment is equal to one percent of Santander’s profit for the fiscal year, provided, however, that the Board may resolve that such percentage be reduced in those years in which the Board deems it justified.
Directors may also receive compensation in the form of shares of the Bank or options over the shares, or other remuneration linked to share value following a resolution adopted by the shareholders at the General Shareholders’ Meeting (conducted in accordance with our By-laws and applicable Spanish legislation).
Article 28.3 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board of Directors states that only executive directors can benefit from remuneration systems involving delivery of shares or rights on them.
Regardless of the limit set above, the directors are entitled to receive compensation (salaries, incentives, bonuses, pension, insurance and severance payments) that the Board of Directors consider appropriate, for the performance of duties in Santander other than the duties of supervision and collective decision-making that the directors perform as members of the board.
The Board of Directors must, on an annual basis, prepare a report, which sets forth the standards and basis used to determine the compensation of the directors and the compensation received by each director.

 

177


Table of Contents

Board of Directors Qualification
There are no mandatory retirement provisions due to age for Board members in our By-laws or in the regulations of our Board of Directors. These regulations contain provisions relating to the cessation of directorship for other reasons.
Subject to legal limitations, any person will be eligible to serve as a director of Santander without having to be a shareholder of the Bank.
C. Material contracts
During the past two years, the Bank was not a party to any contract outside its ordinary course of business that was material to the Group as a whole, except as disclosed in “Item 4. Information on the Company—A History and development of the company—Principal Capital Expenditures and Divestitures—Acquisitions, Dispositions, Reorganizations—ABN AMRO Holding N.V. (“ABN AMRO”).”
D. Exchange controls
Restrictions on Foreign Investments
Under present regulations, foreign investors may transfer invested capital, capital gains and dividends out of Spain without limitation on the amount other than applicable taxes. See "—Taxation”. On July 4, 2003, Law 19/2003 was approved which updates Spanish exchange control and money laundering prevention provisions, by recognizing the principle of freedom of the movement of capital between Spanish residents and non residents. The law establishes procedures for the declaration of capital movements for purposes of administrative or statistical information and authorizes the Spanish Government to take measures which are justified on grounds of public policy or public security. It also provides the mechanism to take exceptional measures with regard to third countries if such measures have been approved by the European Union or by an international organization to which Spain is a party. The Spanish stock exchanges and securities markets are open to foreign investors. Royal Decree 664/1999, on Foreign Investments (April 23, 1999), established a new framework for the regulation of foreign investments in Spain which, on a general basis, will no longer require any prior consents or authorizations from authorities in Spain (without prejudice to specific regulations for several specific sectors, such as television, radio, mining, telecommunications, etc.). Royal Decree 664/1999 requires notification of all foreign investments in Spain and liquidations of such investments upon completion of such investments to the Investments Registry of the Ministry of Economy, strictly for administrative statistical and economical purposes. Only investments from “tax haven” countries (as they are defined in Royal Decree 1080/1991), shall require notice before and after performance of the investment, except that no prior notice shall be required for: (1) investments in securities or participations in collective investment schemes that are registered with the CNMV, and (2) investments that do not increase the foreign ownership of the capital stock of a Spanish company to over 50%. In specific instances, the Counsel of Ministers may agree to suspend, all or part of, Royal Decree 664/1999 following a proposal of the Minister of Economy, or, in some cases, a proposal by the head of the government department with authority for such matters and a report of the Foreign Investment Body. These specific instances include a determination that the investments, due to their nature, form or condition, affect activities, or may potentially affect activities relating to the exercise of public powers, national security or public health. Royal Decree 664/1999 is currently suspended for investments relating to national defense. Whenever Royal Decree 664/1999 is suspended, the affected investor must obtain prior administrative authorization in order to carry out the investment.
E. Taxation
The following is a discussion of the material Spanish and U.S. federal income tax consequences to you of the ownership and disposition of the ADSs or shares.
The discussion of Spanish tax consequences below applies to you only if you are a non-resident of Spain and ownership of ADSs or shares is not effectively connected with a permanent establishment or fiscal base in Spain and only to U.S. residents entitled to the benefits of the Convention Between the United States and the Kingdom of Spain for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with Respect to Taxes on Income (the “Treaty”).

 

178


Table of Contents

You should consult your own tax adviser as to the particular tax consequences to you of owning the shares or ADSs including your eligibility for the benefits of any treaty between Spain and the country of your residence for the avoidance of double taxation, the applicability or effect of any special rules to which you may be subject, and the applicability and effect of state, local, foreign and other tax laws and possible changes in tax law.
Spanish tax considerations
The following is a summary of material Spanish tax matters and is not exhaustive of all the possible tax consequences to you of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of ADSs or shares. This discussion is based upon the tax laws of Spain and regulations thereunder, which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect.
Taxation of dividends
Under Spanish law, dividends paid by a Spanish resident company to a holder of ordinary shares or ADSs not residing in Spain for tax purposes and not operating through a permanent establishment in Spain are subject to Spanish Non-Resident Income Tax at an 18% rate since January 1, 2007. Prior to this date the rate was 15% which is also the rate to which you may be entitled to under the Treaty.
In addition, according to Spanish Non Resident Income Tax Law, if you are resident in the European Union or at a country with which there is an effective exchange of information for tax purposes as defined in Spanish Law 36/2006 and do not operate in Spain through a permanent establishment, dividends up to 1,500 euros, considering all Spanish source dividends you may obtain in the calendar year, are exempt from Spanish taxation.
We will levy an initial withholding tax on the gross amount of dividends at an 18% tax rate, following the procedures set forth by the Order of April 13, 2000. However, under the Spanish-U.S. income tax treaty and subject to the fulfillment of certain requirements, you may be entitled to a reduced rate of 15%.
To benefit from the Spanish-U.S. income tax treaty reduced rate of 15%, you must provide our depositary, JP Morgan Chase, with a certificate from the United States Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) stating that to the knowledge of the IRS, you are a resident of United States within the meaning of the Treaty. The IRS certificate is valid for a period of one year.
According to the Order of April 13, 2000, to get a direct application of the Treaty-reduced rate of 15%, the certificate referred to above must be provided to our depositary before the tenth day following the end of the month in which the dividends were distributable by us. If you fail to timely provide us with the required documentation, you may obtain a refund of the 3% in excess withholding that would result from the Spanish tax authorities in accordance with the procedures below.
Spanish refund procedure
According to Spanish Regulations on Non-Resident Income Tax, approved by Royal Decree 1776/2004, dated July 30, 2004, as amended, a refund of the amount withheld in excess of the rate provided by the Treaty can be obtained from the relevant Spanish tax authorities. To pursue the refund claim, if you are a U.S. resident entitled to the benefits of the Treaty, you are required to file all of the following:
   
a Spanish 210 Form,
 
   
the certificate referred to in the preceding section, and
 
   
evidence that Spanish non-resident income tax was withheld with respect to you.
The refund claim must be filed within four years of the date on which the withheld tax was collected by the Spanish tax authorities. You are urged to consult your own tax advisor regarding refund procedures and any U.S. tax implications of refund procedures.
Taxation of capital gains
Under Spanish law, any capital gains derived from securities issued by persons residing in Spain for tax purposes are considered to be Spanish source income and, therefore, are taxable in Spain. For Spanish tax purposes, income obtained by you if you are a U.S. resident from the sale of ADSs or shares will be treated as capital gains. As of January 1, 2007, Spanish non-resident income tax is currently levied at an 18% tax rate on capital gains obtained by persons not residing in Spain for tax purposes who are not entitled to the benefit of any applicable treaty for the avoidance of double taxation. Prior to January 1, 2007 the rate was 35%.

 

179


Table of Contents

Notwithstanding the above, capital gains derived from the transfer of shares on an official Spanish secondary stock market by any holder who is a resident at a country that has entered into a treaty for the avoidance of double taxation with Spain containing an “exchange of information” clause will be exempt from taxation in Spain. In addition, under the Treaty, capital gains realized by you upon the disposition of ADSs or shares will not be taxed in Spain provided you have not held, directly or indirectly, 25% or more of our stock during the twelve months preceding the disposition of the stock. You are required to establish that you are entitled to this exemption by providing to the relevant Spanish tax authorities an IRS certificate of residence in the United States, together with the appropriate Spanish tax form, not later than 30 days after the capital gain was realized.
Spanish wealth tax
Individuals not residing in Spain who hold shares or ADSs located in Spain are subject to the Spanish wealth tax (Spanish Law 19/1991), which imposes a tax on property located in Spain on the last day of any year. The Spanish tax authorities may take the view that all shares of Spanish corporations and all ADSs representing such shares are located in Spain for Spanish tax purposes. If such a view were to prevail, non-residents of Spain who held shares or ADSs on the last day of any year would be subject to the Spanish wealth tax for such year at marginal rates varying between 0.2% and 2.5% of the average market value of such shares or ADSs during the last quarter of such year.
Spanish inheritance and gift taxes
Transfers of shares or ADSs upon death or by gift are subject to Spanish inheritance and gift taxes (Spanish Law 29/1987) if the transferee is a resident in Spain for tax purposes, or if the shares or ADSs are located in Spain at the time of gift or death, or the rights attached thereto could be exercised or have to be fulfilled in the Spanish territory, regardless of the residence of the beneficiary. In this regard, the Spanish tax authorities may determine that all shares of Spanish corporations and all ADSs representing such shares are located in Spain for Spanish tax purposes. The applicable tax rate, after applying all relevant factors, ranges between 0% and 81.6% for individuals.
Gifts granted to corporations non-resident in Spain are subject to Spanish Non-Resident Income Tax at an 18% tax rate on the fair market value of the shares as a capital gain. Prior to January 1, 2007 the rate was 35%. If the donee is a United States corporation, the exclusions available under the Treaty described in the section “—Taxation of capital gains” above will be applicable.
Expenses of transfer
Transfers of ADSs or shares will be exempt from any transfer tax or value-added tax. Additionally, no stamp tax will be levied on such transfers.
U.S. Tax Considerations
The following summary describes the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of ADSs or shares, but it does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to a particular person’s decision to acquire such securities. The summary applies only to U.S. Holders (as defined below) that hold ADSs or shares as capital assets for tax purposes and does not address special classes of holders, such as:
   
certain financial institutions;
 
   
insurance companies;
 
   
dealers and traders in securities or foreign currencies;
 
   
holders holding ADSs or shares as part of a hedge, “straddle”, conversion transaction or integrated transaction;
 
   
holders whose “functional currency” is not the U.S. dollar;
 
   
holders liable for alternative minimum tax;

 

180


Table of Contents

   
tax exempt organizations;
 
   
partnerships or other entities classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes;
 
   
holders that own 10% or more of our voting shares; or
 
   
persons who acquired our ADSs or shares pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation.
If an entity that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds shares or ADSs, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Partnerships holding shares or ADSs and partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisers as to the particular U.S. federal income tax consequences of holding and disposing of the shares or ADSs.
The summary is based upon tax laws of the United States including the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended to the date hereof (the “Code”), administrative pronouncements, judicial decisions and final, temporary and proposed Treasury Regulations, changes to any of which may affect the tax consequences described herein possibly with retroactive effect. In addition, the summary is based on the Treaty and is based in part on representations of the Depositary and assumes that each obligation provided for in or otherwise contemplated by the Deposit Agreement or any other related document will be performed in accordance with its terms. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisers as to the U.S., Spanish or other tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of ADSs or shares in their particular circumstances.
As used herein, a “U.S. Holder” is a beneficial owner of ADSs or shares that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:
(i)  
a citizen or resident of the United States;
 
(ii)  
a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or of any political subdivision thereof; or
 
(iii)  
an estate or trust the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source.
In general, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, U.S. Holders of ADSs will be treated as the holders of the underlying shares represented by those ADSs. Accordingly, no gain or loss will be recognized if a U.S. Holder exchanges ADSs for the underlying shares represented by those ADSs.
The U.S. Treasury has expressed concerns that parties to whom American Depositary Receipts are released before delivery of shares to the depositary (“pre-release”), or intermediaries in the chain of ownership between U.S. holders and the issuer of the security underlying the American Depositary Receipts may be taking actions that are inconsistent with the claiming of foreign tax credits for U.S. holders of American Depositary Receipts. These actions would also be inconsistent with the claiming of the reduced rate of tax, described below, applicable to dividends received by certain non-corporate holders. Accordingly, the creditability of Spanish taxes and the availability of the reduced tax rate for dividends received by certain non-corporate holders, each described below, could be affected by actions taken by these parties or intermediaries.
Taxation of Distributions
Subject to the discussion of the passive foreign investment company rules below, to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined in accordance with U.S. federal income tax principles), distributions, including any Spanish withholding tax, made with respect to ADSs or shares (other than certain pro rata distributions of our capital stock or rights to subscribe for shares of our capital stock) will be includible in the income of a U.S. Holder as foreign source ordinary dividend income. Because we do not maintain calculations of our earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles, it is expected that distributions generally will be reported to U.S. Holders as dividends. These dividends will not be eligible for the “dividends received deduction” generally allowed to corporations receiving dividends from domestic corporations under the Code. The amount of the distribution will equal the U.S. dollar value of the euros received, calculated by reference to the exchange rate in effect on the date that distribution is received (which, for U.S. Holders of ADSs, will be the date that distribution is received by the Depositary), whether or not the Depositary or U.S. Holder in fact converts any euros received into U.S. dollars at that time. If the dividend is converted into U.S. dollars on the date of receipt, a U.S. Holder generally will not be required to recognize foreign currency gain or loss in respect of the dividend income. A U.S. Holder may have foreign currency gain or loss if the dividend is converted into U.S. dollars after the date of receipt. Any gains or losses resulting from the conversion of euros into U.S. dollars will be treated as ordinary income or loss, as the case may be, of the U.S. Holder and will be U.S. source.

 

181


Table of Contents

Subject to applicable limitations and the discussion above regarding concerns expressed by the U.S. Treasury, under current law, dividends paid to certain non-corporate U.S. holders in taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011 will be taxed at a maximum rate of 15%. Non-corporate holders should consult their own tax advisers to determine the implications of the rules regarding this favorable rate in their particular circumstances. The amount of dividend will include any amounts withheld by us or our paying agent in respect of Spanish taxes.
Subject to certain generally applicable limitations that may vary depending upon your circumstances and subject to the discussion above regarding concerns expressed by the U.S. Treasury, a U.S. Holder will be entitled to a credit against its U.S. federal income tax liability for Spanish withholding taxes at the rate provided by the Treaty. The limitation on foreign taxes eligible for credit is calculated separately with regard to specific classes of income. Instead of claiming a credit, a U.S. Holder may, at its election, deduct such otherwise creditable Spanish taxes in computing taxable income, subject to generally applicable limitations under U.S. law.
A U.S. Holder must satisfy minimum holding period requirements in order to be eligible to claim a foreign tax credit for foreign taxes withheld on dividends. The rules governing foreign tax credits are complex and, therefore, U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisers to determine whether they are subject to any special rules that limit their ability to make effective use of foreign tax credits.
Sale and Other Disposition of ADSs or Shares
Subject to the discussion of the passive foreign investment company rules below, gain or loss realized by a U.S. Holder on the sale or exchange of ADSs or shares will be subject to U.S. federal income tax as capital gain or loss (and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder held the shares or ADSs for more than one year) in an amount equal to the difference between the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the ADSs or shares and the amount realized on the disposition in each case as determined in U.S. dollars. Gain or loss, if any, will be U.S. source for foreign tax credit purposes. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations. Long-term capital gain of a non-corporate U.S. holder is generally taxed at a preferential rate.
Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules
We believe that we were not a “passive foreign investment company” (“PFIC”), for U.S. federal income tax purposes for the taxable year 2007. However, since our PFIC status depends upon the composition of our income and assets and the market value of our assets (including, among others, less than 25 percent owned equity investments) from time to time, and upon certain proposed Treasury Regulations that are not yet in effect but are proposed to become effective for taxable years after December 31, 1994, there can be no assurance that we will not be considered a PFIC for any taxable year.
If we are treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, any gain recognized by a U.S. Holder on a sale or other disposition of ADSs or shares would be allocated ratably over the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the ADSs or shares. The amounts allocated to the taxable year of the sale or other exchange and to any year before we became a PFIC would be taxed as ordinary income. The amount allocated to all other taxable years would be subject to tax at the highest rate in effect for individuals or corporations, as appropriate, and an interest charge would be imposed on the amount allocated to such taxable years. Further, any distribution in respect of ADSs or ordinary shares in excess of 125 percent of the average of the annual distributions on ADSs or ordinary shares received by the U.S. Holder during the preceding three years or the U.S. Holder’s holding period, whichever is shorter, would be subject to taxation as described above. Certain elections may be available (including a mark to market election) to U.S. persons that may mitigate the adverse consequences resulting from PFIC status.
In addition, if we were to be treated as a PFIC in a taxable year in which we pay a dividend or the prior taxable year, the 15% dividend rate discussed above with respect to dividends paid to non-corporate holders would not apply.

 

182


Table of Contents

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
Payment of dividends and sales proceeds that are made within the United States or through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries generally are subject to information reporting and to backup withholding unless (i) you are a corporation or other exempt recipient or (ii) in the case of backup withholding, you provide a correct taxpayer identification number and certify that you are not subject to backup withholding. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a U.S. Holder will be allowed as a credit against the U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle the U.S. Holder to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.
F. Dividends and paying agents
Not Applicable.
G. Statement by experts
Not Applicable.
H. Documents on display
We are subject to the information requirements of the Exchange Act, except that as a foreign issuer, we are not subject to the proxy rules or the short-swing profit disclosure rules of the Exchange Act. In accordance with these statutory requirements, we file or furnish reports and other information with the SEC. Reports and other information filed or furnished by us with the SEC may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at Room 1024, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, and at the SEC’s regional offices at 233 Broadway, New York, New York 10279 and Northwestern Atrium Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661-2511. Copies of such material may also be inspected at the offices of the New York Stock Exchange, 11 Wall Street, New York, New York 10005, on which our ADSs are listed. In addition, the SEC maintains a website that contains information filed electronically with the SEC, which can be accessed over the internet at http://www.sec.gov.
I. Subsidiary information
Not Applicable.

 

183


Table of Contents

Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Introduction
Our risk management activities involve the integrated qualification and quantification of the different types of risk (credit risk, operational risk, reputational risk and market risk) which are assumed by our business units in their activities.
We have divided this section in the following eight parts:
   
Organization of Risk Management;
 
   
Credit Risk;
 
   
Operational Risk;
 
   
Basel II Corporate project;
 
   
Economic Capital;
 
   
Reputational Risk;
 
   
Risk Training Activities; and
 
   
Market Risk.
For us, quality management of risk is one of our hallmarks and thus a priority in our activity. Throughout its 150 years, Santander has combined prudence in risk management with use of advanced risk management techniques, which have been proven to be decisive in generating recurrent and balanced earnings and, in short, the creation of shareholder value.
The importance attached to the quality of risk is a hallmark of our corporate culture and management style.
The turmoil affecting financial markets since July 2007 has put the effectiveness of Santander’s risk management policies to the test. Applying these policies has resulted in a very limited exposure to the instruments and operations that are most affected by the ongoing financial crisis. Grupo Santander has zero risk in the subprime segment of mortgages and little activity in structured products. Its exposure to hedge funds, asset-backed securities, monolines, conduits, and so forth is also very limited. In conclusion, Santander’s risk management policy has meant there has been no negative impact on the Group’s results related to these types of risks.
In this complicated environment, the Group’s management of structural liquidity has been conducted with the utmost care. In the same way, the turmoil and the increasing complexity of financial instruments make it necessary to continuously strengthen the efforts regarding analysis and monitoring control of operations in the financial markets, thereby enhancing the demanding principles of risk which the Group has been regularly applying.
Our risk management is based on the following principles:
   
Autonomy in each business area. Matías R. Inciarte, the Group’s third Vice-Chairman and Chairman of the Board’s Risk Committee, reports directly to the Executive Committee and to the Board.
   
Support for business, without eroding the principle of independence, in achieving commercial goals by maintaining the quality of risk. Consequently, the organizational structure is adapted to the commercial structure and business and risk managers cooperate.
   
Collective decisions (including at the branch) which ensures different opinions and does not make results dependent on decisions by individuals.
   
Longstanding tradition of using tools for internal rating and scoring, such as return on risk adjusted capital (“RORAC”), Value at Risk (“VaR”), economic capital, analysis of extreme scenarios, and so forth.

 

184


Table of Contents

   
Global focus, through integral treatment of all risk factors in all business units and using economic capital as the homogeneous metric of the risk assumed and the basis for measuring management.
 
   
Desire to maintain medium-low risk profiles as a target, accentuating their low volatility and predictable nature through:
   
the search for a high degree of diversification of risk, limiting concentrations in customers, groups, sectors, products and geographic areas;
 
   
maintaining a low degree of complexity in market activity;
 
   
continuous tracking of risks to prevent sufficiently far ahead possible deterioration of portfolios.
     
Our risk management and control is structured around the following phases:
 
   
Risk policies are set that reflect Santander’s risk management principles.
 
   
Risks are identified by continually reviewing and monitoring exposures, assessing new products and analyzing particular operations.
 
   
Risks are measured using methodologies and models that have been widely tested and proven.
 
   
The Group’s appetite for risk is quantified by setting global and specific limits for different types of risks, products, customers, groups, sectors and geographic areas.
 
   
A complete series of reports is drawn up and distributed, which are reviewed on a daily basis by those responsible for the management of Santander at all levels.
 
   
A system of risk control is executed, which verifies every day the extent to which Santander’s risk profile is in line with the approved risk policies and established limits.
We have been using a series of techniques and tools for many years. The techniques and tools that Santander implemented ahead of time and in line with BIS II are:
   
Internal qualitative and quantitative ratings and scorings, with valuation of the different components which, by client and facility, enable the probability of failure to be estimated and then the expected loss on the basis of historical data.
 
   
Economic capital, as the homogeneous metric of the risk assumed and the basis for measuring management.
 
   
Return on Risk Adjusted Capital (RORAC), for pricing operations (bottom up) and analysis of portfolios and units (top down).
 
   
Value at Risk (VaR) as an element of control and for setting the market risk limits of the different trading portfolios.
 
   
Stress testing to complement the analysis of market and credit risk, in order to assess the impact of alternative scenarios, including on provisions and capital.
For these reasons, Santander fully identifies with BIS II, as it recognizes from the regulatory sphere the banking industry’s most advanced practices, which Santander has been anticipating. The entry into effect of the Capital Accord will enable Santander to reflect its strength in this field and enable the Advanced Internal Ratings Based (AIRB) approaches in global management of the Group to be quickly applied.
As the entry into force of the new BIS II regulatory framework was on the horizon, 2007 was characterized by reviews conducted by the Bank of Spain and the Financial Services Authority (FSA) of the AIRB models of Santander, Banesto and Abbey, whose portfolios account for around 70% of the Group’s total exposure. The publication on June 10, 2008 of Bank of Spain’s Circular 3/2008 makes it possible to use these internal models for determining regulatory capital. Given the medium-low risk profile of our businesses, very focused on retail banking (SMEs and individual customers), Bank of Spain authorization is expected to generate significant capital savings in Pillar I, which establishes the capital requirements for covering credit, market and operational risks. The global savings which will materialize for Santander from implementing Basel II will depend on the result of the Capital Self-assessment Proposal (which develops Pillar II), in which the impact of the risks considered in Pillar II is taken into account as well as the benefits related to diversification by risks, businesses and geographic areas.

 

185


Table of Contents

We will continue to make the necessary efforts in human and technological resources to be able to satisfy the demanding requirements of the new capital agreement in a reasonable period, with a clear commitment to continue dedicating the necessary resources for its continuation in the security of the beneficial results it will bring.
Part 1. Organization of Risk Management
The main responsibilities of the Board’s Risk Committee are to:
   
Propose to the Board the risk policy for the Group, which must, in particular, identify:
   
The different types of risk (operational, technological, financial, legal and reputational, among others) facing the Bank;
 
   
The internal information and control systems used to control and manage these risks;
 
   
Set the level of risk considered acceptable; and
 
   
The measures envisaged to mitigate the impact of identified risks, in the event that they materialize.
   
Systematically review exposures with the main customers, economic sectors, geographic areas and types of risk.
 
   
Authorize the management tools and risk models as well as be familiar with the results of the internal validation.
 
   
Ensure that our actions are consistent with the previously decided risk tolerance level.
 
   
Resolve operations beyond the powers delegated to bodies immediately below, as well as the global limits of pre-classification of economic groups or in relation to exposures by classes of risk.
The Board’s Risk Committee delegates some of its powers in Risk Committees which are structured by geographic area, business and types of risk. Banesto, which is autonomously managed within Grupo Santander, manages its risks in coordination with the Group’s policies as defined in the Executive Committee.
The Board’s Risk Committee is headed by Grupo Santander’s third Vice-Chairman and has a minimum of four and a maximum of six members of the Board. It usually meets twice a week.
The principal types of risk facing the Group are credit, market, operational and reputational.
Part 2. Credit Risk
Credit risk is the possibility of financial losses stemming from the failure of our clients or counterparties to meet their financial obligations to us.
The table below sets out the global credit risk exposure in nominal amounts (except for derivatives and repos exposure which is expressed in equivalent credit) at December 31, 2007.
Spain accounts for 50% of the nominal credit risk exposure, similar to the figure in 2006 (+16% in absolute terms). The sharp rise in customer business in Spain (+12% in the balance sheet) was accompanied by a decrease in the portfolio of sovereign fixed income. Of particular note in the rest of Europe, which represents more than one-third of the Group’s credit exposure, was the presence in the UK, via Abbey (22% of the exposure). Overall, Europe represents 84% of our credit exposure.
Latin America contributed 15% of our credit exposure, also similar to 2006. Investment-grade countries accounted for more than half of the exposure in the region, while countries with a lower rating only accounted for 5% of the Group’s exposure.

 

186


Table of Contents

GRUPO SANTANDER. GROSS EXPOSURE TO CREDIT RISK
                                                                                 
                    Sovereign     Private                                          
                    fixed     fixed     Out-                                  
    Outstanding     Commitments     income     income     standing     Commitments     Derivatives                        
    to     to     (excluding     (excluding     to credit     to credit     and                     Var. vs.  
    customers     customers     trading)     trading)     entities     entities     Repos     Total     %     Dec-06  
SPAIN
    298,281       56,290       14,460       8,334       24,092       1,008       13,135       415,600       49.6 %     15.9 %
Parent bank
    179,476       38,604       10,895       3,613       18,142       670       9,545       260,945       31.1 %     20.6 %
Banesto
    83,648       11,100       3,002       2,302       2,903       136       3,422       106,514       12.7 %     6.4 %
Others
    35,157       6,586       563       2,419       3,047       201       168       48,141       5.7 %     14.4 %
Rest of Europe
    246,283       20,342       1,021       3,870       3,723       1       10,142       285,382       34.0 %     8.8 %
Germany
    17,195       2,181       100       60       388       0       5       19,931       2.4 %     13.6 %
Portugal
    23,017       6,431       794       290       1,046       1       1,845       33,423       4.0 %     1.9 %
UK
    165,158       6,961       0       3,227       975       0       8,199       185,521       22.0 %     2.2 %
Others
    40,913       4,769       127       293       1,313       0       93       47,508       5.5 %     50.6 %
Latin America
    70,858       22,130       8,330       1,841       16,704       2,001       5,710       127,574       15.2 %     9.0 %
Brazil
    22,653       7,537       2,334       418       9,036       0       2,031       44,010       5.2 %     41.8 %
Chile
    18,291       3,448       704       550       936       1       2,027       25,959       3.1 %     12.2 %
Mexico
    14,134       7,384       4,165       0       3,123       2,000       1,440       32,444       3.8 %     -17.1 %
Others
    15,780       3,761       1,126       872       3,609       0       212       25,361       3.0 %     6.0 %
Rest of world*
    4,967       444       327       1,412       2,954       0       46       10,151       1.2 %     30.2 %
TOTAL GROUP
    620,389       99,206       24,138       15,458       47,473       3,009       23,093       838,708       100 %     12.5 %
% of Total
    74.0 %     11.8 %     2.9 %     1.8 %     5.7 %     0.4 %     3.5 %     100.0 %                
%Change, vs. Dec-06
    11.9 %     10.3 %     -4.0 %     61.0 %     49.9 %     75.8 %     -13.1 %     12.5 %                
 
Data at December 31, 2007 based on the jurisdiction of incorporation of the Group company that has the exposure to the specified credit risk on its books
 
Derivatives and repos expressed in equivalent credit risk (ECR),
 
Balances with customers exclude repos (EUR 28,960 million),
 
Balances with credit entities (excluding repos and trading) include EUR 27,770 million of deposits in central banks,
     
*  
It includes Drive’s assets (Santander Consumer Finance), among others.

 

187


Table of Contents

GRUPO SANTANDER: RISK, NPLS, COVERAGE, PROVISIONS AND COST OF CREDIT
                                                                                 
    Credit risk                                     Spec, prov net of        
    with customers*     NPL ratio     Coverage     recovered write-offs     Credit cost  
    (million euros)     (%)     (%)     (million euros)     (% of risk)  
    2007     2006     2007     2006     2007     2006     2007     2006     2007     2006  
Continental Europe
    358,933       319,861       0.90       0.73       188.1       244.9       1,042       388       0.30       0.13  
Santander Branch Network
    131,676       120,161       0.65       0.57       248.1       295.8       116       58       0.09       0.05  
Banesto
    86,601       72,714       0.47       0.42       332.9       396.1       72       3       0.09       0.00  
Santander Consumer Finance
    32,178       30,417       2.84       2.57       95.7       114.1       837       312       1.88       0.87  
Portugal
    47,556       40,742       1.25       0.53       117.4       305.1       (12 )     16       0.04       0.06  
UK (Abbey)
    203,225       203,554       0.60       0.60       65.8       85.9       474       379       0.23       0.20  
Latin America
    84,073       70,582       1.87       1.38       134.4       167.3       1,527       934       1.99       1.47  
Brazil
    26,414       17,998       2.74       2.38       101.5       102.8       787       532       3.78       3.49  
Mexico
    15,012       16,598       1.20       0.64       192.3       279.2       452       182       2.91       1.26  
Chile
    19,198       16,741       2.11       1.59       118.5       152.6       121       182       0.67       1.07  
Puerto Rico
    5,067       5,467       3.17       1.67       101.7       161.7       111       46       2.08       0.85  
Venezuela
    4,452       3,238       0.98       0.98       371.3       435.5       21       6       0.53       0.24  
Colombia
    1,464       1,431       1.21       0.58       217.1       396.4       12       4       0.80       0.31  
Argentina
    2,898       2,565       1.24       1.25       235.9       258.2       20       (10 )     0.68       (0.44 )
Rest
    3,110       (5,625 )                                     90       (1 )                
Total Group
    649,342       588,372       0.95       0.78       150.6       187.2       3,132       1,700       0.50       0.32  
Memo item:
                                                                               
Spain
    276,313       249,072       0.63       0.53       264.5       328.4       335       149       0.12       0.07  
     
*  
Includes gross loans to customers, guarantees and documentary credits.
Data segmented based on the location of the Group company that manages the portfolio of the specified customers with credit risk
Evolution in 2007
Our ratio of non-performing loans stood at 0.95% at the end of 2007, 17 basis points higher than a year earlier. Coverage was 150.6%, down from 187.2% at the end of 2006.
Specific provisions for loan losses, net of recoveries, amounted to 3,132 million, 0.50% of the average credit exposure with customers (the year’s average lending plus financial guarantees), up from 0.32% in 2006.
Lending
The Group’s risk function organization is customer-focused. Customers are classified for the purposes of risk management into two large groups or segments: firms under individualized management and standardized firms.
   
Firms under individualized management are those customers who have been assigned, explicitly or implicitly, a risk analyst (attached to a Company Analysis Unit, Corporate Banking Risks or Risks with Financial Institutions). This category includes the segments of corporate banking, financial institutions, sovereigns and part of retail banking companies.
 
   
Standardized firms are the customers who have not been assigned a specific risk analyst and whose actual or potential risk is less than a pre-determined amount. These customers include individuals, individual businessmen and retail banking companies that are not segmented.
The Wholesale Banking and Companies Risks Area treats customers on a global basis (large corporates and multinational financial groups).
There is a pre-classification model for large corporates (setting of a maximum internal risk limit), based on a system of measurement and monitoring of economic capital.

 

188


Table of Contents

The charts below show the high level of guarantees and the high degree of diversification of our loans, both geographically as well as by customer segment where activity is concentrated.
(PIE CHART)
(PIE CHART)
Monitoring of risks
In order to control credit quality, as well as the tasks conducted by the Internal Auditing Division, the Directorate General of Risks has a specific function to monitor risks, for which resources and executives are identified. This function is based on permanent attention to ensure there is a timely reimbursement of operations and anticipating circumstances that could affect a smooth outcome and normal development.
We have a system called Companies in Special Watch (“FEVE”) which identifies four levels on the basis of the degree of concern arising from the negative circumstances (extinguish, secure, reduce and monitor). The inclusion in one of these levels means the automatic reduction of the delegated powers. Clients in FEVE are reviewed at least every six months, and every quarter for the most serious cases. A company can end up in special watch as a result of being monitored, a change in the rating assigned, a review conducted by internal auditing or the entry into functioning of the automatic warning system.

 

189


Table of Contents

RATINGS OF RISK BALANCES ACCORDING TO THE FIVE MONITORING SYSTEM
Million euros at December 2007.
                                         
    Extinguish     Secure     Reduce     Monitor     Total FEVE  
Spain-parent bank
    635       263       2,716       7,570       11,184  
Portugal
    154       54       203       1,337       1,748  
Latin America
    287       48       496       2,472       3,303  
Ratings are reviewed at least every year, but if weaknesses are detected, or in the case of certain particular ratings, they are reviewed more regularly.
The following charts show the NPLs, expressed as a percentage of balances, of operations to individuals granted in Spain each year (vintages) until maturity. The pattern of evolution enables future performances to be simulated.
(LINE GRAPH)
Analysis of the Group’s main mortgage portfolios
Mortgages account for 35% of total credit risk in Spain, with a Loan to Value (“LTV”) lower than 80% for 90% of the portfolio of mortgages for homes.
At Abbey, the mortgage portfolio is focused on first residence mortgages, with a high quality of risk in Loan to Value terms (average value of 46.3%).
MORTGAGE PORTFOLIO SPAIN
Million euros. December 2007
                 
            % of  
    Portfolio     loans  
Mortgages for homes
    66,737       27.9 %
First residence
    63,818       95.6 %
Second residence
    2,920       4.4 %
Real estate development loans
    16,569       6.9 %
Total
    83,306       34.9 %

 

190


Table of Contents

(PIE CHART)
MORTGAGE PORTFOLIO UNITED KINGDOM
Million euros. December 2007
                 
            % of  
    Portfolio     loans  
Mortgages for homes
    143,004       86.3 %
First Home Buyers
    141,085       98.7 %
Others
    1,919       1.3 %
Social Housing
    7,861       4.7 %
Total
    150,865       91.1 %
(PIE CHART)
In order to monitor and control the portfolio, regular stress testing of the portfolio is conducted. Analyzing crisis scenarios is an additional and fundamental tool for risk measurement, the purpose of which is to measure the changes in the value of a portfolio. The integrity of the management models is strengthened when least probable, but potentially more damaging situations, are examined.
2.1 Rating tools
Since 1993, the Group has been using its own models for assigning solvency and internal ratings, which measure the degree of risk of a client or transaction. Each rating corresponds to a certain probability of default or non-payment, the result of the Group’s past experience, except for some termed low default portfolios. The Group has around 200 internal rating models for risk admission and monitoring.

 

191


Table of Contents

Global rating tools are used for the segments of Sovereign risk, Financial Institutions and Global Wholesale Banking. Their management is centralized in the Group, both for determining their rating as well as monitoring the risk. These tools provide a rating for each customer, which is a combination of the results of a quantitative or automatic model, a qualitative model or one of expert adjustment by an analyst, and a series of final adjustments:
   
The quantitative rating is calibrated with the market price of credit derivatives, specifically credit default swaps, and with balance sheet information, giving rise to a statistical model based on the financial statements, which can also be used for institutions that do not have a liquid price in these instruments.
 
   
There is then a review of the rating which has been automatically calculated by the analysts, producing a final rating.
 
   
Lastly, in the case of global wholesale banking the rating is adjusted when the customer belongs to a group from whom explicit support is received.
In the case of Financial Institutions and Global Wholesale Banking, ratings can be changed on the basis of the country where the transaction is conducted, so that there is a local rating and a cross-border rating for each customer.
With respect to Private Companies and Institutions under Individualized Management, the parent Bank of Grupo Santander has defined a single methodology for formulating a rating in each country, based on the same models as the previous ratings: quantitative or automatic (in this case analyzing the credit performance of a selection of customers and the correlation with their financial statements), qualitative or review by the analyst, and final adjustments. Each unit contributes their own customer data, the financial statements of these customers, and examines the most statistically representative ratios. Once the specific rating for each country is created, its application is decentralized in each country, and there are various groups of analysts distributed to ensure their proximity to the customer.
In all cases, during the monitoring phase, the ratings are regularly reviewed, at least once a year, and new financial information and the experience in the development of the banking relationship taken into account. The regularity of the reviews increases in the case of clients who reach certain levels in the automatic warning systems and in those classified as special watch. The rating tools are also reviewed so that their accuracy can be fine-tuned.
In the case of Standardized Risks, both for transactions with companies (micro firm, businesses) as well as individuals, there are different scoring systems which automatically assess the proposals on the basis of the segment, product and channel.
These admission systems for new transactions are complemented by performance assessment models which are predictive, on the basis of the available information in the Group on the performance of clients in their banking relationship (balances maintained, movements, fulfillment of quotas, etc.). The information from these scorings plays a key role in risk management. Of note is their use in pre-authorized commercial campaigns.
The following charts show the distribution of exposure at December 31, 2007, once adjusted in terms of Exposure at Default (“EaD”), (i.e. which is after applying conversion factors to the off-balance sheet exposures), according to the rating and expected loss for each of the main groupings of credit risk: customers, counterparty (including positions with financial institutions and fixed-income positions, derivatives and repos with all types of counterparties), and sovereigns.
The rating distribution in the portfolio of clients corresponds to a typical profile of commercial banking. Most of the ratings below BBB are the portfolios of SMEs, consumer loans, cards and part of the Group’s mortgage portfolios. They have a high degree of granularity, lower proportional consumption of capital and levels of expected loss comfortably covered by the spread on the transactions.

 

192


Table of Contents

(LINE GRAPH)
Concepts of expected loss
As well as assessing the client, the analysis of transactions includes aspects such as the maturity, the type of product and the collaterals that exist, which helps to adjust the initial rating. As a result, not only is the Probability of Default (“PD”) taken into account, but also the EaD and the Loss Given Default (“LGD”).
By estimating these three factors, the expected loss of each transaction can be calculated. Its correct calculation is very important so that the price adequately reflects the resulting risk premium, and the expected loss is reflected as one more cost of the activity.
The following charts, reflecting data on non-performing loans in Spain, include the distribution of delinquent consumer and mortgage loans since 2001, according to the percentage of recoveries, after deducting all costs – including financial and opportunity – incurred in the process of recovery.
(BAR GRAPH)

 

193


Table of Contents

In the international sphere, the new Basel Capital Accord (BIS II) also uses the expected loss concept. Regulatory capital is determined by the difference between the unexpected and the expected loss. Meanwhile, the expected loss is compared with the loan-loss provisions that have actually been made, and if the result is higher than these then the difference must be removed from eligible shareholders’ funds. On the other hand, if the provisions are higher than the expected loss, then the difference can, with certain limits, be included as shareholders’ funds.
Master scale of ratings
In order to make the internal ratings of the various models – corporate, sovereign, financial institutions, etc. – comparable and make comparisons with the ratings of external rating agencies, the Group has a Master Ratings Scale.
The comparisons are established via the probability of default associated with each rating. These internally estimated probabilities are compared with the rates of default associated with external ratings, which are regularly published by rating agencies.
MASTER SCALE OF RATINGS
                 
            Equivalence with:
Internal   Probability of     Standard &    
Rating   default     Poor’s   Moody’s
9.3
    0.017 %   AAA   Aaa
9.2
    0.018 %   AA+   Aa1
9.0
    0.022 %   AA   Aa2
8.5
    0.035 %   AA-   Aa3
8.0
    0.06 %   A+   A1
7.5
    0.09 %   A   A2
7.0
    0.14 %   A-   A3
6.5
    0.23 %   BBB+   Baa1
6.0
    0.36 %   BBB   Baa2
5.5
    0.57 %   BBB-   Baa3
5.0
    0.92 %   BB+   Ba1
4.5
    1.46 %   BB   Ba2
4.0
    2.33 %   BB/BB-   Ba2/Ba3
3.5
    3.71 %   BB-/B+   Ba3/B1
3.0
    5.92 %   B+/B   B1/B2
2.5
    9.44 %   B   B2
2.0
    15.05 %   B-   B3
1.5
    24.00 %   CCC   Caa1
1.0
    38.26 %   CC/C   Caa1/Caa2
The following table shows Santander Spain’s portfolio of companies by rating:
(BAR GRAPH)

 

194


Table of Contents

2.2. Customer segmentation for credit risk management
The table below sets out the distribution by segments of the credit exposure to customers in terms of EaD. Approximately 83% of total risk with clients (excluding sovereign and counterparty risks) pertains to SMEs and loans to individuals, underlining the commercial focus of our business and of our risks. The expected loss from customer exposure is 0.81%, or 0.68% of our total loan exposure, which can be considered as a medium-to-low risk profile.
SEGMENTATION OF CREDIT RISK EXPOSURE

BY SEGMENTS. Million euros
                                         
    EAD     %     PD
Average
    LGD
Average
    EL  
Sovereign
    56,827       7.6 %     0.03 %     25.3 %     0.01 %
Counterparty
    69,887       9.4 %     0.19 %     41.2 %     0.08 %
Public sector
    1,635       0.2 %     0.65 %     21.3 %     0.14 %
Corporate
    101,383       13.6 %     0.67 %     40.4 %     0.27 %
Companies
    154,076       20.6 %     2.27 %     29.3 %     0.67 %
Mortgages
    257,001       34.4 %     2.72 %     7.1 %     0.19 %
Consumer
    89,072       11.9 %     6.10 %     45.1 %     2.75 %
Cards
    13,553       1.8 %     8.30 %     62.1 %     5.15 %
Rest
    3,302       0.4 %     2.40 %     57.0 %     1.37 %
Memo item customers
    620,022       83.0 %     2.88 %     28.0 %     0.81 %
Total Group
    746,737       100.0 %     2.41 %     28.1 %     0.68 %
SEGMENTATION OF THE CREDIT RISK EXPOSURE

BY BUSINESS UNIT. Million euros
                                         
    EAD     %     PD
Average
    LGD
Average
    EL  
Santander Branch Network Spain
    146,117       19.6 %     2.25 %     18.2 %     0.41 %
Banesto
    80,489       10.8 %     1.23 %     22.3 %     0.28 %
Abbey
    213,275       28.6 %     2.61 %     14.0 %     0.37 %
Portugal
    38,390       5.1 %     1.71 %     26.9 %     0.46 %
SCF
    48,596       6.5 %     4.58 %     40.1 %     1.83 %
Latin America
    130,663       17.5 %     3.63 %     47.1 %     1.71 %
Others (vertical)
    89,205       11.9 %     0.56 %     29.9 %     0.17 %
Global Wholesale*
    94,352       12.6 %     0.51 %     42.4 %     0.22 %
Total Group
    746,737       100.0 %     2.41 %     28.1 %     0.68 %
     
*  
Transversal measurment: some clients of Global Wholesale Banking are in other segments of the portfolio.
Measurements of expected loss by credit risk
Our expected credit risk loss (average of the economic cycle) at the end of 2007 was 0.68% of the credit exposure (0.63% in 2006 with figures adjusted by methodological changes to make them comparable with those of 2007), measured in terms of adjusted exposure (EaD). Our retail portfolios grew particularly strongly in 2007, in line with the objective of strengthening the predictable nature of our risk. This meant a small rise in expected loss, which, however, was offset by a higher financial margin and produced a higher risk adjusted return (RORAC).
When estimating expected loss and the economic capital needed, our methodology makes an adjustment to the economic cycle of losses observed, with very a rigorous criterion, taking into account the losses produced in the worst years of the cycle.
2.3 Test of reasonableness in expected loss of the parent bank
To test the calculation model for the expected loss of the parent Bank in Spain, the following table compares the specific provisions, net of recoveries, allocated on the average portfolio of customers with the estimated expected loss.
Loan-loss provisions fell substantially during 1995-99, grew again in the following years as a result of the slowdown in the Spanish economy, thereby reflecting their cyclical nature, and declined again as of 2003. The average losses must be adjusted to the effect of the economic cycle; the corrected average for the cycle of 0.35% is close to the 0.39% envisaged in the internal model in the case of the parent Bank.

 

195


Table of Contents

(LINE GRAPH)
2.4 Quantifying the cost of credit (observed loss)
Grupo Santander’s cost of credit is measured by various means: change in net entries (final doubtful loans, less initial doubtful loans, plus write offs, and less recovered write-offs), net loan-loss provisions (net specific provisions, less recovered write-offs) and net write-offs (write-offs, less recovered write-offs). The three approaches measure the same concept and are close to one another in the long term.
(LINE GRAPH)
The three indicators represent successive moments in measuring the cost of credit: entry in NPLs, coverage of NPLs and becoming write-offs. However, in the long term, although the three converge, they show differences at times because the various moments which the losses are calculated are determined by accounting rules. For example, mortgages have a calendar of coverage and become write-offs more “slowly” than consumer loans. In addition, the analysis can be complicated by changes in the policy of coverage and entry into write-offs, composition of the portfolio, doubtful loans of entities acquired, changes in accounting rules, sale of portfolios and so forth.

 

196


Table of Contents

The following charts reflect the cost of Grupo Santander’s credit and in its main areas of activity in 2007 and prior years, measured in various ways:
(BAR GRAPH)
(BAR GRAPH)
(BAR GRAPH)
The general trend over the past few years has been to maintain the cost of Santander’s credit at historically very low levels — ones difficult to repeat in the future. In 2007, there was a rise in the cost of credit due to stronger growth in retail portfolios which, with a higher expected loss, have higher levels of direct return (financial margin less cost of provisions) and indirect return (induced business) and are more attractive because of the more predictable nature of this type of risk. This strategy explains the rise in the cost of credit, particularly in Latin America.
2.5 Monitoring and control systems
A solid environment of control is paramount in order to ensure appropriate management of credit risk and maintain the Entity’s risk profile within the parameters set by the Board and senior management. At the same time, from the regulatory standpoint, financial institutions are required to have a control system that is adequate for the dimension and complexity of each organization.
During 2006, within the corporate framework established in the Group for complying with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, a corporate tool was developed on the Group’s intranet to document, manage and certify all the sub-processes, operational risks and controls for mitigating them. The Risks Division, as part of the Group, assessed the efficiency of the internal control of activities.

 

197


Table of Contents

As a result, these assessments represent a constant strengthening of the elements of control and discipline of already existing processes.
2.6 Risk concentration
Risk concentration, within the sphere of credit risk, is a fundamental element of management. We continuously track the degree of concentration of its credit risk portfolios using various criteria: geographic areas and countries, economic sectors, products and groups of clients.
The Board’s Risk Committee establishes the policies and reviews the appropriate exposure limits for appropriate management of the degree of concentration of credit risk portfolios.
The Group is subject to the Bank of Spain regulation on “large risks” (those that exceed 10% of eligible shareholders’ equity). In accordance with Circular 5/93, no individual exposure, including all types of credit risks and equities, can exceed 25% of the Group’s shareholders’ equity. Also, the total of “large risks” cannot be more than eight times higher than equity (excluding exposures to OECD governments). At December 31, 2007, the client with the largest risk, 17.4% of eligible shareholders’ equity in accordance with the regulatory criteria, was a Spanish company with an internal rating equivalent to “A-”. Another four groups, as well as this company, reached the large risk classification. Within this group were two Spanish companies with a rating equivalent to “A-” and two European banks with a rating equivalent to “AA”.
At December 31, 2007, the 20 largest economic and financial groups, excluding AAA government and sovereign securities denominated in local currency, represented 5.0% of the outstanding credit risk of the Group’s clients (lending plus guarantees).
The Group’s Risks Division works closely with the Financial Division to actively manage credit portfolios. Its activities include reducing the concentration of exposures through various techniques such as using credit derivatives and securitizations in order to optimize the risk-return relation of the whole portfolio.
2.7 Counterparty risk
Counterparty risk is a variant of credit risk. This area includes all types of exposure with credit entities as well as the risk of solvency in treasury operations (bonds and derivatives) with other types of clients.
Control is carried out in real time through an integrated system which provides information on the available credit line of any counterparty, in any product and maturity and at any branch of the Group.
Risk is measured by both the current as well as potential market value (value of risk positions taking into account the future variation of the underlying market factors in contracts). The Equivalent Credit Risk (“ERC”) is the sum of the Net Replacement Value plus the Maximum Potential Value of these contracts in the future. In 2007, it amounted to 20,269 million.
Derivatives transactions continued to be carried out with counterparties that enjoy excellent credit quality: 75.8% of counterparty risk has a rating equal to or superior to A-.
With regard to the geographic distribution of counterparty risk, 27.0% is with Spanish counterparties, 23.9% with UK counterparties (mainly transactions by Abbey), 16.6% within the rest of Europe, 12.7% within the US and 19.0% within Latin America.
The distribution of the risk by type of counterparty shows 54% in banks, 30% in large corporations and 16% in SMEs.
The notional and/or contractual value of the contracts in the table below are net positions in these instruments, the result of both compensations as well as combinations among them, according to risk criteria.

 

198


Table of Contents

NOTIONAL OTC DERIVATIVE PRODUCTS BY MATURITY*

Million euros at Decembers 31, 2007
                                                         
                                    Notional values  
    < 1 year     1-5 years     5-10 years     >10 years     Trade     Hedge     Total  
CDS protection acquired
    5,706       85,472       12,555       5       100,199       3,539       103,738  
CDS protection sold
    4,601       73,564       11,471       0       85,259       4,377       89,636  
CDS options
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
TOTAL CREDIT DERIVATIVES
    10,307       159,036       24,026       5       185,458       7,916       193,374  
Equity forwards
    2,256       97       0       0       323       2,030       2,353  
Equity options
    11,379       11,380       3,413       11       21,611       4,574       26,184  
Equity swaps
    2,721       7,784       4,268       0       12,767       2,006       14,773  
TOTAL EQUITY DERIVATIVES
    16,356       19,261       7,681       11       34,700       8,610       43,310  
Fixed-income forwards
    809       65       0       0       565       310       874  
Fixed-income options
    973       0       0       0       68       905       973  
Fixed-income spot
    1,236       0       0       0       294       942       1,236  
TOTAL FIXED INCOME DERIVATIVES
    3,018       65       0       0       927       2,157       3,083  
Asset swaps
    31,973       4,362       277       189       488       36,312       36,801  
Exchange-rate options
    41,609       4,296       633       11       25,312       21,237       46,548  
Exchange-rate swaps
    61,950       27,534       22,300       5,139       22,286       94,637       116,923  
Other exchange-rate derivatives
    171       82       0       0       211       41       253  
TOTAL EXCHANGE RATES
    135,703       36,274       23,209       5,339       48,297       152,227       200,525  
Asset swaps
    131       551       230       1,740       0       2,652       2,652  
Call money swaps
    40,821       4,472       2,686       0       45,240       2,740       47,980  
IRS
    474,211       678,418       302,562       125,459       1,053,906       526,745       1,580,651  
Forward interest rates
    324,302       250       281       0       324,833       0       324,833  
Other interest-rate derivatives
    80,629       114,309       35,170       53,692       68,824       214,976       283,800  
Interest rate structures
    1,551       16,664       417       346       18,763       215       18,977  
TOTAL INTEREST-RATE DERIVATIVES
    921,646       814,664       341,347       181,237       1,511,565       747,328       2,258,893  
Commodities
    245       602       638       0       654       832       1,486  
TOTAL COMMODITY DERIVATIVES
    245       602       638       0       654       832       1,486  
TOTAL OTC DERIVATIVES
    1,087,275       1,029,903       396,901       186,592       1,781,601       919,070       2,700,671  
* Banesto not included
Activity in credit derivatives
Grupo Santander mainly uses credit derivatives to cover lending transactions and, to a limited extent, as part of trading.
The risk of these activities is controlled via a broad series of limits such as VaR, nominal by rating, sensitivity to the spread by rating and name, sensitivity to the rate of recovery and sensitivity to correlation. Jump-to-default limits are also set by geographic area, sector and liquidity.
At December 31, 2007, for the Group’s trading activity, the sensitivity of net positions of credit derivatives to increases in the spread of one basis point was only 710,000 euros and the average VaR in the year in these instruments was 9.5 million.
DISTRIBUTION OF RISK IN OTC DERIVATIVES BY TYPE OF COUNTERPARTY
         
    %  
Banks
    53.7  
Corporates
    30.0  
SMEs
    15.6  
Public bodies
    0.7  

 

199


Table of Contents

OTC DERIVATIVES DISTRIBUTION BY NET REPLACEMENT VALUE AND EQUIVALENT CREDIT RISK*

Million euros, December 31, 2007
                                                 
    TOTAL NET NRV     TOTAL ECR  
    Trade     Hedge     Total     Trade     Hedge     Total  
CDS protection acquired
    742       6       748       793       -19       774  
CDS protection sold
    127       9       136       -697       33       -663  
CDS options
    0       0       0       0       0       0  
TOTAL CREDIT DERIVATIVES
    868       15       883       97       14       111  
Equity forwards
    0       27       27       0       -33       -33  
Equity options
    947       1,258       2,205       -104       276       173  
Equity swaps
    0       252       252       0       60       60  
TOTAL EQUITY DERIVATIVES
    947       1,537       2,485       -104       303       200  
Fixed-income forwards
    4       0       4       0       1       1  
Fixed- income options
    2       0       2       0       0       0  
Fixed- income spot
    0       0       0       0       0       0  
TOTAL FIXED INCOME DERIVATIVES
    6       0       6       1       1       2  
Asset swaps
    33       1,789       1,823       5       127       131  
Exchange-rate options
    209       232       441       32       293       325  
Exchange-rate swaps
    1,739       3,037       4,776       274       -1,654       -1,380  
Other exchange-rate derivatives
    44       1       45       25       0       26  
TOTAL EXCHANGE RATES
    2,025       5,060       7,085       336       -1,234       -898  
Asset swaps
    0       304       304       0       -9       -9  
Call money swaps
    62       25       87       -38       0       -38  
IRS
    6,609       2,382       8,990       -723       -298       -1,022  
Forward interest rates
    117       0       117       114       0       114  
Other interest-rate derivatives
    1,576       738       2,313       880       -721       159  
Interest rate structures
    989       5       994       332       1       333  
TOTAL INTEREST-RATE DERIVATIVES
    9,353       3,454       12,807       565       -1,028       -463  
Commodities
    6       17       23       0       7       7  
TOTAL COMMODITY DERIVATIVES
    6       17       23       0       7       7  
TOTAL OTC DERIVATIVES
    13,206       10,083       23,288       895       -1,937       -1,041  
CASH COLLATERAL
    -1,853       -1,136       -2,989                          
BOND COLLATERAL
    0       -30       -30                          
EQUITY COLLATERAL
    0       0       0                          
COLLATERALS
    -1,853       -1,166       -3,019                          
TOTAL
    11,353       8,916       20,269                          
     
*  
Banesto not included
DISTRIBUTION OF RISK IN OTC DERIVATIVES BY COUNTERPARTY RATING

Data at December 31, 2007
         
    %  
AAA
    0.9  
AA
    46.8  
A
    28.1  
BBB
    16.8  
BB
    3.9  
B
    0.2  
Without rating
    3.4  
DISTRIBUTION OF RISK IN OTC DERIVATIVES BY GEOGRAPHIC AREAS
         
    %  
Spain
    27.0%
UK
    23.9%
Rest of Europe
    16.6%
Latin America
    19.0%
US
    12.7%
Others
    0.8%

 

200


Table of Contents

2.8 Country-risk
Country-risk is a credit risk component in all cross-border credit transactions. Its main elements are sovereign risk, transfer risk and the risk of sharp fluctuation of local currencies.
Our regulatory country-risk exposure stood at 916 million at the end of 2007, 55 million lower than in 2006. Allowances assigned at the end of 2007 amounted to 124 million (233.5 million in 2006). This decline was mainly due to the change of composition in the country-risk position.
(BAR GRAPH)
The principles of country-risk management continued to follow prudent criteria; country-risk is assumed very selectively.
2.9 Sovereign risk
As a general criterion, sovereign risk is contracted in transactions with a central bank (including the regulatory cash reserve requirement), the issuer risk of the Treasury (portfolio of state debt) and that the risk arising from transactions with public institutions with the following features: their funds only come from institutions directly integrated into the State Sector; and their activities are of a non-commercial nature.
At December 31, 2007, Latin America accounted for 56% of total risk (Brazil and Mexico represented 45% of the total). The rest was mainly in the Eurozone (43% of the total), mostly in Spain (30% of the total). The increase over the end of 2006 was around 24%, as a result of the rise in positions in the Eurozone.
Latin America’s exposure to sovereign risk mainly comes from the obligations to which our subsidiary banks are subject to, for constituting certain deposits in the corresponding central banks, as well as from fixed-income portfolios maintained within the structural interest rate risk management strategy. These exposures are in local currency and are financed by locally captured customer deposits, also denominated in local currency. The exposures to sovereign risk of Latin American issuers denominated in currencies other than the official one of the country of issue amounted to 3,110 million (less than 10% of total sovereign risk with issuers).
2.10 Environmental risk
Analysis of the environmental risk of credit transactions is one of the commitments of the Strategic Plan of Corporate Social Responsibility.
Since the beginning of 2004, we have been using an Environmental Risks Valuation System (“VIDA”), developed in cooperation with the Spanish Export Credit Insurance Company (“CESCE”) and Garrigues Medioambiental. It evaluates the environmental risk inherent in each company, whether they are current or future clients.
This system gives us an environmental risk map of the portfolio of evaluated companies (very low, low, medium and high) which, if necessary, provides the option of new and more in-depth specific reviews.

 

201


Table of Contents

Part 3. Operational Risk
Definition and objectives
We define operational risk (“OR”) as the risk of losses from defects or failures in our internal processes, employees or systems, or those arising from unforeseen circumstances. They are purely operational events, which makes them different from market or credit risks. The objective is to identify, valuate, mitigate and monitor this risk.
Our greatest need, therefore, is to identify and eliminate operational risk focuses, regardless of whether they produce losses or not. Measurement also helps management to establish priorities and to create a decision-making hierarchy.
We opted, in principle, to use the standardized method for calculating regulatory capital by operational risk, envisaged in the BIS II rules. We are weighing the best moment to adopt the focus of Advanced Models (“AM”), bearing in mind that (i) the short-term priority centres on its mitigation; and (ii) most of the regulatory requirements established to adopt the AM must be incorporated into the Standard Model and this has already been done in the case of Grupo Santander’s operational risk management model.
Management model
The Central Unit, which supervises operational risks and is responsible for the Group’s global corporate program, assesses and controls this type of risk.
The management structure of operational risk is based on the knowledge and experience of executives and experts in the different areas and units. Particular importance is attached to the role of operational risk coordinators, who are the key figures in the organizational framework.
We have adopted the following framework for the phases of the process for managing operational risk:
(FLOW CHART)
The main advantages of our management structure are:
   
Integral and effective management of operational risk (identification, evaluation, monitoring, control/mitigation and reporting).
 
   
Providing better knowledge of existing and potential operational risks and the allocation of responsibility for them by managers of the business and support lines.
 
   
Drawing up of data on losses, enabling operational risk to be quantified for calculating both the economic and the regulatory capital.
 
   
Operational risk information helps to improve the processes and controls, reduce losses and the volatility of revenues.

 

202


Table of Contents

Implementing the model: global initiatives and results
The Corporate Department of Management and Control of Operational Risk, part of the Risk Division, has been operating since 2001. Its main functions, activities developed and global initiatives can be summarised as follows:
   
Fostering mitigation plans: controlling implementation of corrective measures as well as projects underway.
 
   
Presentations to senior management and development of internal rules.
 
   
Designation of coordinators and the creation of operational risk departments.
 
   
Training and exchange of experiences to communicate the best practices within the Group.
 
   
Design and putting into effect qualitative and quantitative operational risk tools.
 
   
Conciliation of databases of losses — accounting.
 
   
Developments for the automatic capturing of events through accounting systems.
 
   
Development of the corporate operational risk tool in a web-based environment.
 
   
Collaboration with the procurement area regarding its function in managing banking insurance related to operational risk (BBB policies, damage, civil responsibility and life).
 
   
Fostering contingency and business continuity plans.
The project began to be installed in the Group’s different entities in 2002. Almost all the Group’s units are already incorporated to the project with a high degree of uniformity.
Nonetheless, due to different paces of adoption, stages, schedules and the historical depth of the relevant data bases, the degree of implementation varies from country to country.
On a general basis:
   
Databases of losses classified by errors and operational types are received every month. The Group’s data base shows events (i.e. without exclusions for reasons of amount and with both the accounting impact -including positive effects as well as the non-accounting impact).
 
   
Self-assessment questionnaires filled in by almost all of our units are received and analyzed.
 
   
Operational risk indicators are available, regularly defined and updated by the main management units.
 
   
There are always a sufficient number of coordinators in the business and back-up areas.
 
   
The main events are identified and analyzed, and mitigation measures taken which, in significant cases, are disseminated to the Group’s other units as a Best Practices guide.
 
   
Processes are conducted to conciliate data bases with accounting.
Analysis and monitoring of controls in market operations
The turbulence in financial markets during 2007 and the increase in operational risk derived from the increasing complexity of financial instruments make it necessary to continuously strengthen the operating control efforts of activity in financial markets in the Group, enhancing the very demanding and conservative risk and operating principles that Grupo Santander already regularly applied.

 

203


Table of Contents

Over and above regular tracking of all aspects regarding operating control, all of our units paid more attention to the following areas, and the following areas, among others, are reviewed every month by the Management Committee of each unit:
   
Review of the valuation models and in general the valuation of portfolios
 
   
Capturing processes and independent validation of prices
 
   
Appropriate confirmation of operations with counterparties
 
   
Reviewing cancellations and modifications of operations
 
   
Reviewing and monitoring the effectiveness of guarantees, collateral and risk mitigation.
Corporate Reporting
During 2005, the Corporate Department of Operational Risk developed a system for Integral Management of Operational Risk Information, updated every quarter, which consolidates the information available from each country/unit in the operational risk sphere, so that there is an integral vision with the following features:
   
Two levels of information: one corporate and the other individualized for each country/unit.
 
   
It enables, via maintaining a data base of events and mitigating measures, the best practices to be disseminated among countries/Grupo Santander units.
This tool collects information on:
   
Our management model for operational risk.
 
   
Human resources and perimeter of action
 
   
Analysis of the data base of errors and events
 
   
Operational Risk Cost and Accounting Reconciliation
 
   
Self-assessment questionnaires
 
   
Indicators
 
   
Mitigating measures/asset management
 
   
Contingency plans
 
   
Regulatory framework: BIS II
 
   
Insurance
This information acts as the base for meeting the reporting needs to the Board’s Risk Committee, senior management, regulators, rating agencies, etc.
Insurance in the management of operational risk
Grupo Santander has been a pioneer in using insurance as a key element in management of operational risk. The area responsible for operational risk has been closely cooperating with the Group’s insurance area since 2004 in all activities that entail improvements in both areas. For example:
   
Cooperation in presenting our operational risk control and management model to insurance and reinsurance companies.
 
   
Analysis and monitoring of recommendations and suggestions to improve operational risks made by insurance companies, via prior audits conducted by specialized companies, and the subsequent implementation of these recommendations and suggestions.

 

204


Table of Contents

   
Exchange of information generated in both areas in order to strengthen the quality of databases of errors and the perimeter of coverage of insurance policies on different operational risks.
 
   
Close cooperation between local coordinators of operational risk and local coordinators of insurance, in order to enhance mitigation of operational risk.
 
   
Regular meetings on specific activities, status updates and projects in both areas.
 
   
Active participation of both areas in the unit for Global Sourcing of Insurance, our highest technical body for setting coverage strategies and contracting insurance.
As a result of this cooperation, we have insurance policies catalogued by type of operational risk according to internal and BIS II classification. At the end of 2007, 90% of banking business was catalogued.
GRUPO SANTANDER: TYPES OF COVERAGE
         
Object of protection   Type of coverage / BIS II category covered   Policy
Protection of the activity
  Financial / I Internal fraud and II external fraud   Integral Banking Policy (BBB)
 
      Cash and securities
 
      Safes
 
  Assets/ V Material damages   Material damages
 
      Cars
 
  Civil responsibility /   Civil responsibility
 
  IV Practices with clients, products and business and   Professional indemnity
 
  V Damage to physical assets   Directors & Officers
Protection of employees
  Employees / III Employment practices, health   Life and personal accident
 
  and safety at work   Health
Product support
  Products/I Internal fraud and II external fraud   Cards
 
      Current accounts
 
The BBB policy protects us, for example, from disasters such as internal fraud, theft, electronic crime, forgery and fraudulent mortgages,
Part 4. Basel II Corporate Project
Santander has been firmly committed right from the start to the principles behind the Revised Framework of International Convergence of Capital Measures and Rules (“Basel II”). This framework will enable institutions to conduct internal estimates of capital to ensure solvency in the event of circumstances caused by different types of risk. As a result of this commitment, Grupo Santander has assigned all of the resources needed to ensure Basel II is successfully implemented. Several years ago, a Basel II team was formed from the Group’s different areas (Risk, Technology, Financial Control, Operations, Finance and Business. Internal Auditing verifies the whole process, as the last element of control of the entity, and Business deals with everything relating to advanced integration of internal models in management. Furthermore, specific teams have been put together to tackle various specific events so that the project’s most complex aspects are appropriately managed.
As well as this Basel II operational team, senior management has been very involved from the outset. The Corporate Supervision Committee, chaired by the Group’s third Vice-Chairman and head of the Risk Division, supervises at the highest level the launch of initiatives in the Basel II corporate project, controlling their milestones of compliance, assigning staff and approving budgets, as well as assuming institutional representation of the Group for these purposes. The Management Committee and the Board were also informed of the progress made in the project and the implications for the Group of the New Capital Accord.
In the specific case of credit risk, Basel II means recognizing, for regulatory capital purposes, the internal models that have been used for management purposes for some time, and which led, in their day, to their approval, by our regulator, for calculating statistical provisions (“FONCEI”) in certain segments of risk.
Santander has proposed adhering to the Advanced Internal Ratings Based (“AIRB”) models of Basel II for exposures which represent close to 95% of the Group’s total. The institutions which plan to install this new system for calculating regulatory capital as of January 2008 (the first year allowed by the Bank of Spain) are Santander (parent Bank), Banesto and Abbey whose portfolios account for around 70% of exposure. The rest of the most significant units will gradually adopt the AIRB focus in accordance with the schedule sent to the Bank of Spain and to the various local regulators.

 

205


Table of Contents

During 2007, supervisory validation was conducted by both the Bank of Spain as well as the Financial Services Authority (FSA). At the end of 2007 the FSA authorized local use of Abbey’s models for the requested segments (portfolios of financial institutions, social housing, retail, including mortgages). In the case of Santander (parent Bank) and Banesto, the decision is pending for the entry into force of the relevant regulation which will empower the Spanish supervisor to grant this kind of authorization.
Given the medium-low risk profile characteristic of Santander’s businesses, with a focus on retail banking (SMEs and individual customers), Bank of Spain authorization is expected to generate significant capital savings in Pillar I, which establishes the capital requirements for covering credit, market and operational risks. The global savings that will materialize for Santander from implementing Basel II will depend on the result of the Proposal of Self-Assessment of Capital (which develops Pillar II), which takes into account the impact of the risks not considered in Pillar I as well as the benefits related to diversification by risks, businesses and geographic areas.
Aside from the supervisory validation process, Santander also completed in 2007 the necessary internal technological developments which contemplate for all business units, a common structure of data bases and calculation engine supporting the processes for estimating the parameters (PD, LGD and EaD) and calculating capital at the local and corporate levels. This focus achieved the three objectives of installing in each unit the corporate criteria established, covering the existing local requirements and attaining synergies in costs through global definitions and developments.
In addition, although the internal models of risk have been actively deployed for some time in many of the Group’s processes (setting limits, admission, tracking, pricing and/or calculating risk adjusted returns, according to portfolios), work continued on various initiatives identified for advancing in integrating these models into active management of the Group in order to extend this practice to all portfolios and further their effects.
With regards to the rest of risks explicitly contemplated in Pillar I of Basel II, in Market Risk we continued the lines of work defined some time ago in the Group for authorization of the internal model — based on calculating VaR — for regulatory purposes (note that Basel I includes recognition of the internal model of Market Risk). In Operational Risk, the Group decided to adopt the standard focus for calculating regulatory capital insofar as the objective of mitigation of this risk is appropriately articulated through all the requirements of this focus. Taking this objective into consideration, work continued on identifying and mitigating this risk throughout the Group, progress was made in developing corporate tools for self-assessment, setting and tracking of indicators, capturing events and so forth.
Pillar II is another important line of work of the Basel II Corporate Project. As well as reviewing the methodology of the Economic Capital model (supported by the Integral Framework of Risks tool), a technological approach to the platform supporting Pillar I is being made, so that all the information related to Credit Risk comes from the same source. The Group’s Economic Capital model has already been presented to the European regulators in the countries where Santander conducts activity (Supervisory College). The model will be thoroughly reviewed by regulators during 2008.
Internal validation of internal risk model
Internal validation is an unavoidable prerequisite for authorization from the supervisory body, and consists of a specialized and sufficiently independent unit within the institution to obtain a technical opinion on whether the internal model is appropriate for the purposes used (internal and regulatory) and concluding on its usefulness and effectiveness. Moreover, it must evaluate whether the risk management and control procedures are appropriate for the entity’s strategy and risk profile.
Internal validation also constitutes a fundamental support for the Board’s Risk Committee and Local Committees of Risk in their responsibilities of authorizing the use (management and regulatory) of models and their periodic review, as senior management must ensure the Group has the appropriate procedures and systems for monitoring and controlling credit risk.

 

206


Table of Contents

The model covers systems and strategies for classifying clients and operations, estimating the parameters of risk (PD, LGD and EaD), technological systems that make implementation effective and, in general, all relevant aspects for the advanced management of risk (controls, reporting, uses, involvement of senior management, etc.). The purpose of internal validation is thus to review quantitative, qualitative and technological aspects and those related to corporate governance.
The function of Internal Validation is located, at the corporate level, within the Area of Integral Control and Internal Validation of Risk which reports directly to the Group’s third Vice-Chairman and Chairman of the Board’s Risk Committee. This global function in the Group requires the internal validation of around 160 internal models of Credit Risk, in 13 different units and with nine local regulators. This makes it necessary to apply a common methodology for internal validation, ensuring coherence and consistency in the use of IRB models for calculating capital, both from the internal standpoint as well as the Bank of Spain’s. The common methodology is applied independent of the degree of decentralization of its execution, to meet the requirements of local regulators or because of the very nature of the tests.
This corporate methodology is supported by a series of tools developed internally in Santander, which provide a robust framework for its application in all the Group’s units and automates some verifications so that the revisions are done effectively and efficiently.
Our corporate framework of internal validation is fully aligned with the criteria for internal validation of advanced models recently issued by the Bank of Spain. The criterion for separation of functions is maintained between Internal Validation and Internal Auditing which, as the last element of control in the Group, is responsible for reviewing the methodology, tools and work done by Internal Validation and to give its opinion on its degree of effective independence.
All the models of Spain-parent Bank, Banesto and Abbey UK (36 in all) were internally validated during 2007 so that they could be authorized for regulatory use during 2008.
Part 5. Economic Capital
Traditionally, the concept of economic capital has been contrasted with that of regulatory capital, as economic capital is the one required for the regulation of solvency which, until formal adoption of the new Basel II capital regulations, has been suffering from an insufficient sensitivity to risk. The new Basel II capital framework is undoubtedly going to bring both concepts closer together.
When calculating economic capital, the Bank must decide the level of losses it wants to cover with economic capital (i.e. the level of confidence with which it wants to ensure the continuation of its business). In our case, the desired confidence level to be attained with economic capital is 99.97%, above the 99.90% assumed by the regulatory capital formulas proposed in the New Basel Capital Accord. The difference between the two levels means assuming a default probability for the Group of 0.03% instead of 0.1%, three times lower than the default probability proposed by BIS II.
In terms of external rating, given the higher probability of default associated, a confidence level of 99.97% requires having sufficient capital to attain a solvency level equivalent to an AA rating, while 99.90% would only allow a rating of A-.
The Group’s model of economic capital quantifies the consolidated risk profile, taking into account all the significant risks of activity, as well as the substantial diversification effect on a multinational and multi-business group such as Santander. This economic capital model serves as the Group’s base for preparing its Proposal of Self-assessment of Capital in accordance with the Bank of Spain’s regulations under the Basel II Pillar II framework.
Within the framework of the model for the measurement and aggregation of economic capital, the risk of concentration for wholesale portfolios (large companies, banks and sovereigns) is particularly considered.

 

207


Table of Contents

Global risk analysis profile
The Group’s risk profile at December 31, 2007, measured in terms of economic capital, is distributed by types of risk and the main business units, and is reflected below.
Credit activity, which required 48% of the Group’s economic capital, continued to be the main source of risk. This was followed by the market risk of the equity portfolio which increased significantly at the end of 2007 because of the inclusion of our stake in RFS Holdings (Banco Real).
The distribution of economic capital among the main business units reflects the diversification of the Group’s business. Latin America’s share (25.5%) was lower than in 2006.
The Group’s geographic diversification represents a profit of 23% on the consolidated economic capital and 18% for the diversification between different types of risk.
The Group’s risk-adjusted return in 2007 was 28.9%. Some methodological aspects of the internal model of economic capital were reviewed during 2007. Taking into consideration these changes, the net variation over 2006 in the global RORAC was an increase of 4.6 percentage points.
(PIE CHART)
The Group periodically assesses the level and evolution of the creation of value (“CV”) and the RORAC of its main business units. The CV is the profit generated above the cost of capital employed, and is calculated using the following formula:
Creation of value = Economic profit — (average EC x cost of capital)
The economic profit is obtained by making the necessary adjustments to attributable profit, so as to extract just the recurring profit that each unit generates in the year of its activity. The cost of capital, which is the minimum remuneration required by shareholders, can be calculated objectively by adding to the risk-free return the premium that shareholders require to invest in our Group. This premium will essentially depend on the degree of volatility in the price of our shares in relation to the market’s performance. The cost of capital calculated is 9.7% for 2007.
In 2007, all of the main business units obtained a RORAC higher than the cost of capital. The relative share of each business unit in the total value created (as previously defined, the value created represents the economic profit that exceeds the cost of capital) by the Group at December 31, 2007 is shown below.
We also conduct capital planning with the main objective of obtaining future projections of economic and regulatory capital, to assess sufficiency of capital. Results forecasts for the Group are incorporated into the various scenarios in a coherent way, including their strategic objectives (organic growth, M&A, pay-out ratio, etc.), and the economic picture in the face of stress situations. Possible capital management strategies are identified to enable the Bank’s solvency and return on capital to be optimized.
Our capital planning framework gives a global vision of the capital sufficiency situation for various time periods and stress scenarios, which, in turn, complement some aspects in the PAC guide, compiled by the Bank of Spain in compliance with the objectives set in Pillar II of Basel II.

 

208


Table of Contents

Comparing the economic capital results with available capital, it can be concluded that the Group is sufficiently capitalized to support the risk of its activity with a confidence level equivalent to an objective rating of AA.
(PIE CHART)
Return on risk adjusted capital methodology (“RORAC”)
We have been using RORAC methodology in its credit risk management since 1993, with the following purposes:
   
to analyze and set prices during the decision-taking process for operations (admission) and clients (monitoring);
 
   
to estimate the capital consumption of each client, portfolio or business segment, in order to facilitate the optimal allocation of economic capital; and
 
   
to calculate the level of provisions that correspond to average expected losses.
With regards to each transaction, the economic capital calculation is based on the same variables needed to calculate the expected loss (i.e. the client’s rating, the maturity and the guarantees of the transaction). By aggregation, the economic capital of the rest of the transactions with this client can be calculated. In addition, taking into consideration the appropriate factors of diversification and correlation, the economic capital of a portfolio of clients, a business unit and the Bank as a whole can be calculated.
The spread on these transactions must not only cover costs, including the expected loss or the cost of risk, but also be sufficient for an adequate return on the economic capital consumed by these operations.
As a result, RORAC methodology enables assessment of whether the return on a transaction covers costs of the risk, the expected loss, and the cost of the capital invested in the transaction.
The minimum return on capital which a transaction must obtain is determined by the cost of capital. If an transaction or portfolio obtains a positive return, it is contributing to the Group’s profits, but it is not really creating value for the shareholder if the return does not cover the cost of capital.
RORAC methodology enables the return on transactions, clients, portfolios and businesses to be made on a homogeneous basis, identifying those that obtain a risk adjusted return higher than the cost of the Group’s capital, thus aligning risk and business management with the overall objective to maximize the creation of value.

 

209


Table of Contents

Part 6. Reputational risk
The General Secretariat Division is responsible for managing reputational risks and compliance in Banco Santander.
As part of the General Secretariat Division, Compliance Management is entrusted with managing compliance and reputational risks. Compliance risk is understood as the possibility of failing to comply with legal regulations, rules, standards of conduct adopted by the institution, or codes of conduct applicable to Santander’s activities which could give rise to sanctions (regulatory risk). Reputational risk emanates from the perception that stakeholders, both internal and external, have of the Bank in the development of its activity. It includes legal, economic, financial, ethical, social and environmental aspects, among others. Both risks may produce a material adverse impact on results, capital or the expectations of development of Santander’s businesses.
We have established a Compliance Policy, which sets out the organization, mechanisms and existing procedures to: (i) minimize the probability of irregularities; (ii) identify, report and quickly resolve the irregularities that might occur; and (iii) justify, when necessary, that the Bank has the appropriate organization, procedures and resources to comply with the aforementioned purposes.
The specific areas where Compliance activity is particularly concentrated are:
 
Own account transactions
 
 
Related party transactions
 
 
Conflicts of interest
 
 
Treatment of sensitive information (confidential, reserved or privileged)
 
 
Prevention of money-laundering
 
 
Approval and marketing of financial products
 
 
Preparation and dissemination of information and documents for markets (material facts, periodic public information, prospectus, etc.)
 
 
Protection of personal data
 
 
Institutional relations with regulatory bodies
 
 
Handling of customers’ complaints
 
 
Verifying specific aspects related to the Markets in Financial Instruments Directive (“MiFID”)
The Compliance function is developed with various levels of responsibility and different tasks by the Board of Directors, which approves the general policy and receives information on how it is implemented by the Audit and Compliance Committee. The Audit and Compliance Committee supervises compliance with both the Code of Conduct in the Securities Markets and the manuals and procedures to prevent money-laundering. The Audit and Compliance Committee also reviews the compliance of actions and measures that are the result of reports or measures of supervisors, and of Senior Management, which fosters compliance with the policy in its respective areas of responsibility.
Compliance Management carries out the policy of compliance together with other areas or units which, for operational or specialization reasons, do not organically form part of Compliance Management, but help Compliance Management to execute the policy. In addition to ensuring that the policy is appropriately executed, Compliance Management must: (i) advise on how to resolve doubts regarding the policy; (ii) keep the General Secretary, the Audit and Compliance Committee and the Board informed of the state of execution of the policy; and (iii) promote the creation of a corporate culture of compliance.

 

210


Table of Contents

Compliance Management reports on an ongoing basis to the Board via the Audit and Compliance Committee. The Chief Compliance Officer took part in 10 of the 13 meetings held during 2007. The Compliance Committee, which monitors the Compliance Policy, held four meetings in 2007.
Adapting to MiFID and marketing of financial products
During 2007, Compliance Management participated in the process of adapting to MiFID (2004/39) (see “Item 4. Information on the Company— B. Business Review-Recent Legislation”), mainly regarding the marketing of financial products. The new requirements introduced by MiFID demand greater information from customers and from new categories of customers and types of products and made it necessary to reform the former Procedures Manual for selling financial products to retail clients. The former Procedures Manual had been used since 2004 and was replaced by the current Manual of Procedures for Marketing Financial Products, approved by the Executive Committee on October 29, 2007.
We also made a great effort to prepare employees affected by the new Directive by implementing a training plan structured in three levels: an introduction course (basic concepts) in which 20,448 employees participated; a basic level (specific actions in certain units) attended by 18,546 employees and; an advanced level (modules differentiated by subject matter) attended by 2,275 people.
Our Compliance area, via the Global Committee of New Products, develops all the processes related to approving new products and services offered to customers. This committee held 14 meetings in 2007 at which 186 products or families of products were reviewed.
Relations with supervisory authorities and dissemination of information in the markets
Compliance Management is responsible for responding to the information requirements of the regulatory and supervisory bodies in Spain and in other countries where the Group operates. In addition, it monitors the implementation of measures resulting from reports or inspection activities of these supervisory bodies. Finally, Compliance Management supervises the way in which the Group disseminates institutional information in the markets, ensuring it is done transparently and in accordance with the requirements of regulators.
Compliance Management received and replied to a total of 103 information requirements during 2007 and informed the Audit and Compliance Committee of the most significant ones.
The Bank made public 119 relevant facts, both in Spain and in the rest of the markets where its shares are traded.
Off-shore centers
In accordance with the recommendations of the Bank of Spain in the 2003 Report of Banking Supervision in Spain regarding subsidiaries and branches in tax havens, Compliance Management reports every year on these establishments. The report for 2007 concluded that control of them from the standpoint of money-laundering was adequate and that the phase of implementing the policy for consolidated risk management of knowledge of customers was being satisfactorily concluded.
Anti-money laundering
Santander is aware of the importance to advanced societies of fighting money-laundering and the financing of terrorism and is keeping its commitment to cooperate with governments and authorities in all countries where it operates. Santander is strengthening its policies and procedures at the global level and applying them in all its units and subsidiaries, in line with the strictest guidelines and mandates of the Financial Action Task Force (“FATF”), the Basle Banking Supervision Committee, the EU Directive on Money-Laundering and the US Patriot Act. The prevention of money-laundering is a very important part of our culture.
The organization for prevention is a pyramid-shaped structure involving the whole Group. At the top is the Analysis and Resolution Committee, which defines the policies and general objectives. The Central Department for the Prevention of Money-laundering is responsible for implementing, coordinating and globally supervising the system. Below it is staff responsible for prevention systems in their respective areas (business areas, units, branches and accounts). This central organization is replicated in all countries. The prevention system at Santander throughout the world is subject to the policies, control and direct supervision of the parent Bank in Spain.

 

211


Table of Contents

The prevention organization covers 232 units in 40 countries. In 2007, 413 Group employees were involved in fighting money-laundering and the financing of terrorism, two-thirds of which were full time.
Our policies are set forth in Corporate Manuals, approved by the Board of Directors of Banco Santander (universal, private and correspondent banking). These internal regulations were last updated in December 2007. They regulate all aspects related to the prevention of money-laundering and the financing of terrorism and are implemented in all the Group’s units.
Our website, www.santander.com, contains the Group’s policies and procedures for the prevention of money-laundering. The information on our website is not incorpored by reference into this Annual Report.
Our model is based on “Customer Acceptance Policies”, which establish rigorous filters, such as a ban on operating with certain people or risk sectors and, in other cases a strict regime of authorization. The business areas with the highest risk have specific and much more demanding regulations. Forms must be filled out regarding identification, activities, origin of the capital, references, and so forth.
In order to control and analyze risk transactions, we have installed a mixed model in all units, which covers all transactions and involves everyone in the Group. The model, unique in banks of our size, combines decentralized software in business areas with centralized applications in money-laundering prevention departments. BlanCa II, the corporate tool of centralized control, enables us to increase the scope of reviews by incorporating the profiles of each customer, whose breaches are analyzed on a centralized basis. This complements the decentralized analysis by each business unit and allows an operation susceptible of being linked to money-laundering or the financing of terrorism to be analyzed, identified and monitored.
These tools cover not only the transactions of the branch network, but also those in the securities markets, correspondent and direct banking.
One of the obligations in the regulations of all countries is to train employees in techniques that enable them to detect and prevent potential money-laundering transactions. The staff in all units receive training by experts. Specialized training has also been developed for certain areas, such as private and correspondent banking.
In 2007, 79,948 employees received training in all the different levels of prevention of money-laundering, including awareness, strengthening and updating and specialization (8,019 in Spain and 71,839 in other countries).
Our prevention system is under constant review. The Central Department for the Prevention of Money-laundering, whose main function is to implement policies and procedures globally, also directly supervises activities. During 2007 it reviewed 147 units, 26 of them in Spain and the rest abroad, and issued reports on the steps to be taken to improve or strengthen systems.
In addition, the Internal Auditing Division has regular review programs in branches and throughout the organization responsible for money-laundering prevention. It conducted thorough review during 2007.
Lastly, many units undergo regular reviews by external auditors. In 2007, Deloitte conducted a full review of the parent Bank’s global system for the prevention of money-laundering and in the rest of the units in Spain. Deloitte stated in its report that the review showed no deficiency in the prevention model.
All units have procedures for communicating suspicious transactions to authorities, ensuring the strictest confidentiality. The Group opened and investigated 26,694 cases in 2007 on customers and transactions which showed signs of links to criminal activities, of which 6,923 were reported to authorities of the respective countries.
Santander is a founding member of the Wolfsberg Group (www.wolfsberg-principles.com) along with 11 other large international banks. The Group’s objective is to establish international standards that increase the effectiveness of programmes to fight money-laundering and the financing of terrorism. Various initiatives have been developed on the prevention of money-laundering in private and correspondent banking and the financing of terrorism, among others. All regulators in the world and experts in this area believe that the principles and guidelines set by this Group are a major reference in the fight against money-laundering, corruption, terrorism and other serious dangers. At the beginning of 2007, the Group, together with Transparency International and the Basel Institute on Governance, published a Declaration Against Corruption.

 

212


Table of Contents

MAIN INDICATORS OF ACTIVITY
                                 
                    Transactions        
    Subsidiaries     Number of files     communicated to the     Number of employees  
Year 2007   reviewed     investigated     authorities     trained  
 
                               
Spain
    26       2,462       241       8,109  
 
                               
Abroad
    121       24,232       6,682       71,839  
 
                               
Total
    147       26,694       6,923       79,948  
Part 7. Risk training activities
Santander has a Corporate School of Risks, which helps to consolidate the risk management culture in the Bank and ensures the training and development of all risk professionals with the same criteria.
The school, which gave 32,872 hours of classes to 3,032 employees during 2007, is the base for strengthening the Bank’s leadership in this sphere by continuously enhancing the skills of all those who work in the Risk area.
The school also trains employees in other business segments, particularly the commercial area, aligning the demands of risk management with business objectives.

 

213


Table of Contents

Part 8. Market Risk
Generally
We are exposed to market risk mainly as a result of the following activities:
   
Trading in financial instruments, which involves interest rate, foreign exchange rate, equity price and volatility risks.
 
   
Engaging in retail banking activities, which involves interest rate risk since a change in interest rates affects interest income, interest expense and customer behavior. This interest rate risk arises from the gap (maturity and repricing) between assets and liabilities.
 
   
Investing in assets (including subsidiaries) whose returns or accounts are denominated in currencies other than the Euro, which involves foreign exchange rate risk between the Euro and such other currencies.
 
   
Investing in subsidiaries and other companies, which subject us to equity price risk.
 
   
Liquidity risk is embedded in all activities, trading and non-trading.
Primary Market Risks and How They Arise
The primary market risks to which we are exposed are interest rate risk, foreign exchange rate risk, equity price risk, volatility risk and liquidity risk. We are exposed to interest rate risk whenever there is a mismatch between interest rate sensitive assets and liabilities, subject to any hedging with interest rate swaps or other off-balance sheet derivative instruments. Interest rate risk arises in connection with both our trading and non-trading activities.
We are exposed to foreign exchange rate risk as a result of mismatches between assets and liabilities, and off-balance sheet items denominated in different currencies, either as a result of trading or in the normal course of business. We maintain non-trading open currency positions arising from our investments in overseas subsidiaries, affiliates and their currency funding. The principal non-trading currency exposures are the euro to the US dollar and the British pound and the euro to the main Latin American currencies. Trading foreign exchange rate open risk is not material compared to non-trading foreign exchange risk.
We are exposed to equity price risk in connection with both our trading and non-trading investments in equity securities.
We are also exposed to liquidity risk. Market depth is the main liquidity driver in our trading portfolio, even though our policy is to trade the most liquid assets. Our liquidity risk also arises in non-trading activity due to the maturity gap between assets and liabilities in the retail banking business.
We use derivatives for both trading and non-trading activities. Trading derivatives are used to eliminate, to reduce or to modify risk in trading portfolios (interest rate, foreign exchange and equity), and to provide financial services to clients. Our principal counterparties for this activity are financial institutions. The principal types of derivatives used are: interest rate swaps, future rate agreements, interest rate options and futures, foreign exchange forwards, foreign exchange futures, foreign exchange options, foreign exchange swaps, cross currency swaps, equity index futures and equity options.
Derivatives are also used in non-trading activity in order to manage the interest rate risk and foreign exchange risk arising from asset and liability management activity. Interest rate and foreign exchange non-optional derivatives are used in non-trading activity.
The Group also has an incipient activity in credit derivatives. These derivatives are used to hedge credit risk in fixed income portfolios and to provide financial services to clients. To a lesser extent, they are used in proprietary trading and to diversify the global credit portfolio. Most of the activity is made in credit default swaps on individual names or indices.

 

214


Table of Contents

Procedures for Measuring and Managing Market Risk
Our Board, through its Risk Committee, is responsible for establishing our policies, procedures and limits with respect to market risks, including which businesses to enter and maintain. The Committee also monitors our overall performance in light of the risks assumed. Together with the local and global Assets and Liabilities Committees (“ALCO”), each Market Risk Unit measures and monitors our market risks, and provides figures to ALCO to use in managing such risks, as well as liquidity risk.
Our market risk policy is to maintain a medium to low risk profile in business units. The risk activity is regulated and controlled through certain policies, documented in our Market and Liquidity Risk Management Policies Manual (as described below), and through a limit structure on our exposure to these market and liquidity risks which includes global limits for the entire Group (total risk limit unit) to specific portfolio limits; in addition, authorized products are listed and reviewed periodically.
These policies, procedures and limits on market risk are applicable to all units, businesses or portfolios susceptible to market risk.
1. Market and Liquidity Risk Management Policies Manual
The Market and Liquidity Risk Management Policies Manual is a compilation of policies that describe the control framework used by our Group to identify, measure and manage market risk exposures inherent to our activities in the financial markets. The Manual is employed for market risk management purposes at all involved levels in the Group and subsidiaries, providing a general and global action framework and establishing risk rules for all levels.
The Manual’s main objective is to describe and report all risk policies and controls that our Board of Directors has established as well as its risk predisposition.
All Group managers must ensure that each business activity is performed in accordance with the policies established in the Manual. The Manual is applied to all business units and activities, directly or indirectly, related to market risk decision-making.
2. Market Risk Management Procedures
All the functions developed by a risk manager are documented and regulated by different procedures, including measurement, control and reporting responsibilities. Internal and external auditors audit the compliance with this internal regulation control in order to ensure that our market risk policies are being followed.
3. Market Risk Limit Structure
The market risk limit structure can be defined as the Board of Director’s risk “appetite” and is managed by the Global Market Risk Function that accounts for all Group business units.
Its main functions are to:
   
Identify and define the main types of risk incurred efficiently and comprehensively to be consistent with the management and strategy of the business.
 
   
Quantify and inform the business areas of the risk levels and profile that senior management believes can be assumed, in order to avoid undesired risks.
 
   
Give flexibility to the business areas to build risk positions efficiently and on a timely basis according to changes in the market and in the business strategies, and always within the risk levels regarded as acceptable by the Group.
 
   
Allow the generators of business to take prudent risks which are sufficient to attain budgeted results.
 
   
Establish investment alternatives by limiting equity consumption.
 
   
Define the range of products and underlying assets with which each unit of Treasury can operate, taking into consideration features such as the model and valuation systems, the liquidity of the tools used, etc. This will help to constrain all market risk within the business management and defined risk strategy.

 

215


Table of Contents

The Global Market Risk Function defines the limit structure while the Risk Committee reviews and approves it. Business managers then administer their activities within these limits. The limit structure covers both our trading and non-trading portfolios and it includes limits on fixed income instruments, equity securities, foreign exchange and other derivative instruments.
Limits considered to be global limits refer to the business unit level. Local business managers set lower level limits, such as portfolio or trader limits. To date, system restrictions prevent intra-day limits.
Business units must always comply with approved limits. Potential excesses will require a range of actions carried out by the Global Market Risk Function unit including:
   
Providing risk reducing levels suggestions and controls. These actions are the result of breaking “alarm” limits.
 
   
Taking executive actions that require risk takers to close out positions to reduce risk levels.
Statistical Tools for Measuring and Managing Market Risk
1. Trading activity
The Trading Portfolio is defined as proprietary positions in financial instruments held for resale and/or bought to take advantage of current and/or expected differences between purchase and sale prices. These portfolios also include positions in financial instruments deriving from market-making, sale and brokering activity.
As a result of trading fixed income securities, equity securities and foreign exchange, we are exposed to interest rate, equity price and foreign exchange rate risks. We are also exposed to volatility when derivatives (options) are used.
Market risk arising from proprietary trading and market-making activities is actively managed through the use of cash and derivative financial instruments traded in OTC and organized markets.
Interest rate risk derived from market-making is typically hedged by buying or selling very liquid cash securities such as government bonds, or futures contracts listed in organized markets like Liffe, Eurex, Meff and CBOT.
Foreign exchange rate risk is managed through spot transactions executed in the global foreign exchange inter-bank market, as well as through forward foreign exchange, cross currency swaps and foreign exchange options.
Equity price risk is hedged by buying or selling the underlying individual stocks in the organized equity markets in which they are traded or futures contracts on individual stocks listed in organized markets like Meff and Liffe.
In the case of equity indexes such as S&P 500, Euro STOXX 50, or IBEX 35, the hedging is done through futures contracts listed in the aforementioned organized markets.
Volatility risk arising from market-making in options and option-related products is hedged by, either buying and selling option contracts listed in organized markets like Eurex, Meff, and CBOT, or entering risk reversal transactions in the inter-bank OTC market.
Credit risk is managed through the use of credit derivatives.
We use Value at Risk (“VaR”) to measure our market risk associated with all our trading activity.
1.1 VaR Model
We use a variety of mathematical and statistical models, including VaR models, historical simulations, stress testing and evaluations of Return on Risk Adjusted Capital (“RORAC”) to measure, monitor, report and manage market risk. We call our VaR figures daily or annual “capital at risk” figures (“DCaR” or “ACaR”), depending on their time horizon, since we use them to allocate economic capital to various activities in order to evaluate the RORAC of such activities.

 

216


Table of Contents

As calculated by us, DCaR is an estimate of the expected maximum loss in the market value of a given portfolio over a one-day time horizon at a 99% confidence interval. It is the maximum one-day loss that we estimate we would suffer on a given portfolio 99% of the time, subject to certain assumptions and limitations discussed below. Conversely, it is the figure that we would expect to exceed only 1% of the time, or approximately three days per year. DCaR provides a single estimate of market risk that is comparable from one market risk to the other.
The standard methodology used is based on historical simulation (520 days). In order to capture recent market volatility in the model, our DCaR figure is the maximum between the 1% percentile and the 1% weighted percentile of the simulated profit and loss distribution. This loss distribution is calculated by applying an exponential decline factor, which accords less weight to the observations furthest away in time.
We use DCaR estimates to alert senior management whenever the statistically estimated losses in our portfolios exceed prudent levels. Limits on DCaR are used to control exposure on a portfolio-by-portfolio basis. DCaR is also used to calculate the RORAC for a particular activity in order to make risk-adjusted performance evaluations.
1.2 Assumptions and Limitations
Our DCaR and VaR methodology should be interpreted in light of the limitations of our model, which include:
   
A one-day time horizon may not fully capture the market risk of positions that cannot be liquidated or hedged within one day.
 
   
At present, we compute DCaR at the close of business and trading positions may change substantially during the course of the trading day.
1.3 Scenario Analysis and Calibration Measures
Because of these limitations in DCaR and VaR methodology, in addition to historical simulation, we use stress testing to analyze the impact of extreme market movements and to adopt policies and procedures in an effort to protect our capital and results of operation against such contingencies.
In order to calibrate our VaR model, we use back testing processes. Back testing is a comparative analysis between VaR estimates and the daily clean P&L (theoretical result generated assuming the Mark-to-Market daily variation of the portfolio only considering the movement of the market variables). The purpose of these tests is to verify and measure the precision of the models used to calculate VaR.
The analyses of our back testing comply, at a minimum, with the BIS recommendations regarding the verification of the internal systems used to measure and manage market risks.
2. Non Trading activity
2.1 Foreign Exchange Risk and Equity Price Risk
Due to its nature, changes in strategic positions have to be approved by local/global functions in ALCO committee. Position limits with respect to these investments are established, although they will be measured under VaR and other methods that attempt to implement immediate action plans if a particular loss level is reached.
Our foreign exchange rate risk with respect to our non-trading activity can be either permanent or temporary. The permanent risk reflects the book value of investments net of the initial goodwill, while the temporary risk basically stems from purchase/sale operations made to hedge the exchange rate risk derived from dividend flows and expected results. The exchange rate differences generated for each position are recorded in reserves and in profit and loss account respectively.
In order to manage the exchange rate risk of the book value of permanent investments, our general policy is to finance the investment in local currency, provided there is a deep market which allows it and that the cost of doing so is justified by the expected depreciation. If local markets were not deep enough, our investments in foreign currency would be financed in euros and so would generate an exchange-rate risk. Certain one-off hedges of permanent investments are made when it is believed that a local currency could weaken against the euro more quickly than the market is discounting. In addition, operations are carried out to hedge the currency risk of the Group’s results and dividends in Latin America.

 

217


Table of Contents

Our equity price risk arises from our portfolio of investments in industrial and strategic shareholdings. However, in the last few years the Group’s equity price risk has decreased due to divestments in the industrial and strategic equity portfolio.
2.2 Interest Rate Risk
The Group analyzes the sensitivity of net interest margin and market value of equity to changes in interest rates. This sensitivity arises from gaps in maturity dates and review of interest rates in the different asset and liability accounts. Certain re-pricing hypotheses are used for products without explicit contractual maturities based on the economic environment (financial and commercial).
On the basis of the positioning of balance sheet interest rates, as well as the market situation and outlook, the financial measures are agreed to adjust the positioning to levels desired by the Group. These measures range from taking positions in markets to defining the interest rate features of commercial products. We manage investments by determining a target range for each sensitivity and providing the appropriate hedge (mainly with government debt, interest rate swaps and interest rate options) in order to maintain these sensitivities within that range.
The measures used to control interest rate risk are the interest rate gap and the sensitivity of net interest margin and market value to changes in interest rates, VaR and analysis of scenarios.
a) Interest rate gap of assets and liabilities
Interest rate gap analysis focuses on lags or mismatches between changes in the value of asset, liability and off-balance sheet items. Gap analysis provides a basic representation of the balance sheet structure and allows for the detection of interest rate risk by concentration of maturities. It is also a useful tool for estimating the impact of eventual interest rate movements on net interest margin or equity.
All on- and off-balance sheet items must be broken down by their flows and analyzed at in terms of repricing and maturity. In the case of those items that do not have a contractual maturity, an internal model of analysis is used and estimates are made of their duration and sensitivity.
b) Net interest margin sensitivity (NIM)
The sensitivity of net interest margin measures the change in the short/medium term in the accruals expected over a particular period (12 months), in response to a shift in the yield curve.
It is calculated by simulating the net interest margin, both for a scenario of a shift in the yield curve as well as for the current scenario. The sensitivity is the difference between the two margins calculated.
c) Market value of equity sensitivity (MVE)
Net worth sensitivity measures in the long term (the whole life of the operation) the interest risk implicit in net worth (equity) on the basis of the effect that a change in interest rates has on the current values of financial assets and liabilities. This is an additional measure to the sensitivity of the net interest margin.
d) Value at Risk (VaR)
The Value at Risk for balance sheet activity and investment portfolios is calculated with the same standard as for trading, historical simulation with a confidence level of 99% and a time frame of one day. Statistical adjustments are made which effectively and quickly incorporates the latest developments that condition the risk levels assumed.

 

218


Table of Contents

e) Analysis of scenarios
Two scenarios for the performance of interest rates are established: maximum volatility and sudden crisis. These scenarios are applied to the balance sheet, obtaining the impact on net worth as well as the projections of net interest revenue for the year.
2.3 Liquidity Risk
Liquidity risk is associated with our capacity to finance our commitments, at reasonable market prices, as well as to carry out our business plans with stable sources of funding. We permanently monitor maximum gap profiles.
We have a diversified portfolio of assets that are liquid or can be made so in the short term. We also have an active presence in a wide and diversified series of financing and securitization markets, limiting our dependence on specific markets and keeping open the capacity of recourse to alternative markets.
The measures used to control liquidity risk are the liquidity gap, liquidity ratio, stress scenarios and contingency plans.
a) Liquidity gap
The liquidity gap provides information on contractual and expected cash inflows and outflows for a certain period of time, for each of the currencies in which we operate. The gap measures the net need or excess of funds at a particular date, and reflects the level of liquidity maintained under normal market conditions.
b) Liquidity ratios
The liquidity coefficient compares liquid assets available for sale (after applying the relevant discounts and adjustments) with total liabilities to be settled, including contingencies. This coefficient shows, for currencies that cannot be consolidated, the level of immediate response of the entity to firm commitments.
Net accumulated illiquidity is defined as the 30-day accumulated gap obtained from the modified liquidity gap. The modified contractual liquidity gap is calculated on the basis of the contractual liquidity gap and by placing liquid assets or repos at the point of settlement and not at their point of maturity.
c) Analysis of scenarios/Contingency Plan
Our liquidity management focuses on preventing a crisis. Liquidity crises, and their immediate causes, cannot always be predicted. Consequently, our Contingency Plan concentrates on creating models of potential crises by analyzing different scenarios, identifying crisis types, internal and external communications and individual responsibilities.
The Contingency Plan covers the activity of a local unit and of central headquarters. Each local unit must prepare a Plan of Contingency Financing, indicating the amount it would potentially require as aid or financing from headquarters during a crisis. Each unit must inform headquarters (Madrid) of its plan at least every six months so that it can be reviewed and updated. These plans, however, must be updated more frequently if market circumstances make it advisable.

 

219


Table of Contents

Quantitative analysis1
A. Trading activity2
Quantitative analysis of daily VaR in 2007
Our risk performance with regard to trading activity in financial markets during 2007, measured by daily Value at Risk “VaR”, is shown in the following graph.
(PERFORMANCE GRAPH)
VaR during 2007 fluctuated 90% of the time in a range between 20 million and 35 million, with two exceptions. The first, at the end of July, was due to the greater volatility in Brazilian markets. The subsequent decline in VaR was because of reduced positions, particularly fixed income and currency in Brazil. The temporary rise at the end of August was due to the increased volatility in all financial markets, which particularly affected Brazil. The minimum VaR for the year of 19.6 million was reached on November 19, as a result of the reduced positions in the treasuries of Madrid and Mexico.
As the VaR calculation is affected by market volatility, which increased significantly during the second half of 2007, the average assumption of risk (i.e., the taking of net open positions) was considerably lower in that period than in the first half of the year.
The average VaR of the Group’s trading portfolio in 2007 (28.9 million) was lower than in 2006, despite higher volatility. Compared to other financial groups, the Group has a medium/low trading risk profile. The dynamic management of VaR enables the Group to adopt changes of strategy in order to exploit opportunities in an environment of uncertainty.
 
     
1  
All figures in this report are measured in euros. The exchange rate used is the one quoted in the market on the reference date.
 
2  
Banesto is not included in the Group’s VaR for trading activity.

 

220


Table of Contents

The following risk histogram shows the distribution of average risk in terms of VaR during 2007. It was between 24.5 million and 34.5 million on 88.4% of days and between 27 million and 32 million on 62% of days.
(BAR GRAPH)
Risk by factor
The minimum, maximum, average and year-end 2007 risk values in VaR terms were as follows:
                                     
        Minimum     Average     Maximum     Last  
TOTAL TRADING
  Total VaR     19.6       28.9       56.1       27.7  
 
  Diversification effect     (3.1 )     (11.1 )     (17.3 )     (10.5 )
 
  Fixed-Income VaR     15.4       24.3       44.1       26.0  
 
  Equity VaR     3.7       5.8       12.1       4.6  
 
  FX VaR     5.4       9.8       17.4       7.6  
 
                                   
LATIN AMERICA
  VaR Total     12.9       22.3       48.4       15.2  
 
  Diversification effect     (0.1 )     (8.6 )     (15.1 )     (10.0 )
 
  Fixed-Income VaR     11.2       20.1       38.9       16.9  
 
  Equity VaR     2.0       4.0       11.3       3.5  
 
  FX VaR     3.4       6.8       13.7       4.7  
 
                                   
USA
  VaR Total     0.6       1.7       3.3       0.9  
 
  Diversification effect     0.0       (0.6 )     (2.6 )     (0.8 )
 
  Fixed-Income VaR     0.5       1.5       3.3       0.8  
 
  Equity VaR     0.0       0.2       1.6       0.3  
 
  FX VaR     0.1       0.5       2.5       0.5  
 
                                   
EUROPE
  VaR Total     6.3       12.0       23.2       18.3  
 
  Diversification effect     (3.1 )     (6.0 )     (13.1 )     (4.6 )
 
  Fixed-Income VaR     4.7       9.3       18.0       15.6  
 
  Equity VaR     2.7       4.1       7.2       3.0  
 
  FX VaR     1.0       4.7       14.9       4.2  
EUR million

 

221


Table of Contents

The average VaR was 6.8 million lower than in 2006, due to the decline in fixed-income risk which dropped from 32.5 million to 24.3 million. The average risk of the two other main factors - equities and exchange rates (5.8 million and 9.8 million, respectively) increased slightly in 2007 (4.0 million and 9.2 million, respectively). The reduction of fixed-income risk mainly took place in Latin America, where its average VaR was 20.1 million in 2007, down from 26.0 million in 2006.
Although credit derivatives activity continued to rise in 2007, due to the still relatively low exposure of the credit risk factor, it is still included in fixed-income. It will be shown separately in the future insofar as its level of activity or risk requires it.
(LINE GRAPH)
The performance of the VaRD during 2007 underlines the Group’s flexibility and agility in adapting its risk profile on the basis of changes in strategy stemming from an evolving assessment of market expectations.
Distribution of risks and results
   
Geographic distribution
Latin America contributed 77% of the Group’s total VaR in trading activity and 38% in economic results. Europe, contributed 59% of results and 22% of global risk, as most of its treasury activity focused on professional clients. New York contributed 3.6% of results and 0.4% of global risk.
(BAR GRAPH)

 

222


Table of Contents

The minimum, average, maximum and year-end risk values in daily VaR terms, by geographic area, are shown in the following table.
Risks statistics in 2007
( million)
                                 
    Minimum     Average     Maximum     Last  
TOTAL
    19.6       28.9       56.1       27.7  
 
                               
EUROPE
    6.3       12.0       23.2       18.3  
USA
    0.6       1.7       3.3       0.9  
LATIN AMERICA
    12.9       22.3       48.4       15.2  
EUR Million
Monthly distribution of risks and results
The following chart shows that the risk assumption profile, in terms of VaR, was relatively constant in 2007. The profile of monthly economic P&L, on the other hand, was much more erratic. The months with the highest profits were those in the first half of 2007, before the subprime crisis in August, after which activity in many financial markets, particularly primary ones, was substantially reduced. The two months with the worst results, August and December, coincided with periods of global turbulence in the financial markets. On average, the risk assumption profile was relatively constant. May and June were the two months with the highest level of risk because of the general rise in volatility in financial markets. The performance of results, on the other hand, was less erratic.
(BAR GRAPH)

 

223


Table of Contents

Histogram of daily Marked-to-Market (“MtM”) results
The following histogram of frequencies shows the distribution of daily MtM results on the basis of size. The daily yield was between -7 and +7 million on 258 days (69% of the days of the market).
(BAR GRAPH)
Risk management of structured derivatives
Our structured derivatives activity (non-organized markets) is mainly focused on structuring investment and hedging products for clients. These transactions include options on equities, currencies and fixed-income instruments.
The units where this activity mainly takes place are: Madrid, London, Brazil and Mexico and, to a lesser extent, Chile and Portugal.
Most of the time, risk moved in a range between 5 and 11 million. The main exception was between the end of July and the end of September, because of the rise in risk resulting from the general increase in volatility in global financial markets. The maximum risk, for these reasons, was reached on August 20 (20.5 million) and the minimum on February 12 (4.1 million), in a context of low volatility.
Test and calibration measures
In accordance with the BIS recommendations for gauging and monitoring the effectiveness of internal market risk measurement and management systems, in 2007 we carried out regular analysis and contrasting measures which confirmed the reliability of the model.
Scenario Analysis
Different stress test scenarios were analyzed during 2007. A scenario of maximum volatility, which applies six standard deviations to different market factors as of December 31, 2007, generated results that are presented below.

 

224


Table of Contents

Maximum volatility scenario
The table below shows, at December 31, 2007, the maximum losses for each product (fixed-income, equities and currencies), in a scenario in which volatility equivalent to six standard deviations in a normal distribution is applied (interest rate rises, falls in stock markets, the dollar’s slide and the rise in volatility).
Maximum volatility Stress Test
                                         
million   Fixed income     Equities     Exchange rate     Volatility     Total  
Total Trading
    -19.2       -5.7       -35.4       7.4       -52.9  
Europe
    14.9       0.4       -2.6       7.3       20.0  
Latin America
    -36.2       -5.5       -34.1       0.1       -75.7  
USA (New York)
    2.0       -0.5       1.4       0.0       2.9  
The stress test shows that the economic loss suffered by the Group in the MtM result would be, if this scenario materialized in the market, 52.9 million, and would be concentrated in Latin American fixed income.
B. Non-Trading Activity
B.1. Asset and liability management
We actively manage the market risks inherent in retail banking. Management addresses the structural risks of interest rates, liquidity, exchange rates and credit.
The purpose of financial management is to make net interest revenue from our commercial activities more stable and recurrent, maintaining adequate levels of liquidity and solvency.
The Financial Management Area analyzes structural interest rate risk derived from mismatches in maturity and revision dates for assets and liabilities in each of the currencies in which we operate. For each currency, the risk measured is the interest gap, the sensitivity of net interest revenue, the economic value and the duration of equity.
The Financial Management Area manages structural risk on a centralized basis. This allows the use of homogenous methodologies, adapted to each local market where we operate.
In the euro-dollar area, the Financial Management Area directly manages the risks of the parent Bank and coordinates management of the rest of the units that operate in convertible currencies. There are local teams in the banks in Latin America that manage balance sheet risks under the same frameworks, in coordination with the global Financial Management Area.
The Asset and Liability Committees (ALCO’s) of each country and, where necessary, the Markets Committee of the parent Bank are responsible for the risk management decisions.
B.1.1. Quantitative analysis of interest rate risk in 2007
a) Convertible currencies
At the end of 2007, the sensitivity of net interest margin at one year, to a parallel rise of 100 basis points in the euro yield curve, was negative 362 million, almost all corresponding to the parent Bank. The sensitivity of the net interest margin of other convertible currencies was insignificant.
In addition, at the end of 2007, the sensitivity of net worth to parallel rises of 100 basis points in the most relevant yield curves was concentrated in the euro curve (-161 million) and in the sterling curve (-£197 million).
Generally speaking, during the second half of 2007, balances were positioned to protect them from a scenario of interest rate cuts.
 
     
3.  
Includes the total balance sheet except for trading portfolios

 

225


Table of Contents

Structural Gap. Santander Parent Company (December 31, 2007)
                                                 
    Not     Up to 1                     More than 5        
million   sensitive     year     1-3 years     3-5 years     years     TOTAL  
Money and securities market
          28,444       111       2,723       8,824       40,102  
Loans
          114,366       24,309       3,048       2,380       144,103  
Permanent equity stakes
    71,956                               71,956  
Other assets
    6,120       33,105                         39,225  
Total assets
    78,076       175,915       24,420       5,771       11,204       295,386  
Money market
          28,253       10       2             28,266  
Customer deposits
          16,601       10,139       12,562       13,121       52,423  
Debt Issues and securitizations
          120,565       113       1,107       245       122,231  
Shareholders’ equity and other liabilities
    59,931       38,527       1,089       831       1,695       102,074  
Total liabilities
    59,931       203,946       11,552       14,502       15,062       304,994  
Balance sheet Gap
    18,144       (28,032 )     12,869       (8,732 )     (3,858 )     (9,608 )
Off-balance sheet structural Gap
          10,172       2,465       731       (494 )     12,873  
Total structural Gap
    18,144       (17,859 )     15,333       (8,001 )     (4,352 )     3,265  
Accumulated Gap
          (17,859 )     (2,526 )     (10,527 )     (14,879 )      
b) Latin America
The interest rate risk of Latin America’s balance sheet management portfolios, measured by the sensitivity of market value of the net interest margin (NIM) to a parallel movement of 100 basis points, remained at low levels during 2007 and moved within a narrow band (maximum of 54 million in October). In terms of equity sensitivity, it fluctuated in a wider range of between 300 million and 400 million, with a downward path in the second half of the year mainly because of reduced positions of the portfolio in Mexico. The aim of this portfolio of government securities in local currencies and interest rate swaps is to cover possible losses in net interest margin.
(BAR GRAPH)
At the end of 2007, the risk consumption for the region, measured by the market value of equity sensitivity to 100 basis points, was 326 million (377 million in 2006), while that of the net interest margin at one year, measured by its sensitivity to 100 basis points, was 21 million (20 million in 2006).

 

226


Table of Contents

Interest rate risk profile at December 31, 2007
The gap tables below show the distribution of risk by maturity in Latin America as of December 31, 2007 (Figures in millions of euros).
                                                 
Gaps in Local Currency   TOTAL     0-6 months     6-12 months     1-3 years     > 3 years     Not sensitive  
Assets
    104,788       57,014       3,957       14,557       14,937       14,208  
Liabilities
    105,690       66,334       4,285       12,320       2,841       19,910  
Off-balance Sheet
    77       (806 )     6,047       (7,125 )     1,435       526  
Gap
    (825 )     (10,232 )     7,096       (5,381 )     12,967       (5,274 )
                                                 
Gaps in Foreign Currency   TOTAL     0-6 months     6-12 months     1-3 years     > 3 years     Not sensitive  
Assets
    23,636       13,984       2,165       1,985       3,504       1,998  
Liabilities
    22,734       14,041       3,497       1,807       2,680       708  
Off-balance Sheet
    (77 )     (1,330 )     (11 )     221       1,262       (219 )
Gap
    825       (1,387 )     (1,343 )     399       2,086       1,071  
Net Interest Margin (NIM) sensitivity
For the whole of Latin America, the risk consumption at the end of 2007 was 21 million (sensitivity of net interest margin at one year to 100 basis points). The geographic distribution is shown in the graph below.
More than 90% of the risk is concentrated in four countries: Puerto Rico, Brazil, Chile and Venezuela.
NIM Sensitivity by countries
(PIE CHART)
Others: Colombia, Panama, Santander Overseas and Uruguay

 

227


Table of Contents

Market Value of Equity (MVE) sensitivity
For the whole of Latin America, the risk consumption at the end of 2007 was 326 million (MVE sensitivity to a parallel movement of 100 basis points in the yield curve). The geographic distribution is shown in the graph below.
More than 90% of the risk is concentrated in four countries: Chile, Brazil, Puerto Rico and Mexico.
MVE Sensitivity by countries
(PIE CHART)
Others: Colombia, Panama, Santander Overseas and Uruguay
B.1.2. Structural management of credit risk
Structural management of credit risk aims to reduce the concentrations which naturally occur as a result of commercial activity through the sale of assets. These operations are financed by the acquisition of other assets, which enables the diversification of the lending portfolio as a whole. The Financial Management Area analyzes these strategies and makes management proposals to the Assets and Liabilities Committee in order to optimize exposure to credit risk and to create value.
During 2007:
   
44,500 million of loans were securitized, of which 30,250 million were placed in the market. In the secondary market 1,000 million of securitization bonds (AAA and AA), 96.5 million (BBB) and 14.6 million (BB) were sold;
 
   
hedging of securitization bonds took place (2,400 million); and
 
   
in the second half of 2007, due to the deterioration in the credit market, 2,500 million of AAA securitization bonds were re-purchased, as the high spreads did not justify their underlying risk.
B.1.3. Management of structural liquidity
Structural liquidity management aims to finance the Group’s recurring activity in optimum conditions of maturity and cost and avoid assuming undesired risks.

 

228


Table of Contents

Santander manages its liquidity on the basis of a comfortable structural liquidity position because of its retail banking nature. Its management principles are based on prudence and anticipation as follows:
   
Comfortable structural liquidity position. Santander is fundamentally a retail bank, therefore customer deposits are the main source in its financing structure of liquidity. These deposits added to capital and the rest of similar instruments enable us to cover most of the Group’s liquidity needs, making financing from the wholesale markets small.
 
   
In Latin America, deposits are larger in volume than loans which means that financing in the wholesale markets is in practice residual, and principally for reasons of presence and diversification. For the rest of the Group (denominated as “area of convertible currencies”), the deposits added to the permanent funds in the balance sheet (capital and similar liabilities) cover around three-quarters of loans net of securitizations. In convertible currencies, only one-quarter of unsecuritized loans are financed via the wholesale markets with medium- and long-term debt with an adequate structure.
 
   
Ample access to the wholesale liquidity markets on the basis of high short-term and long-term ratings. In the last two years, all of the rating agencies have upgraded Santander’s long-term rating, bringing it to AA or higher (Moody’s rating is Aa1, equivalent to AA+; the other three put it at AA) at the end of 2007 and each with stable outlook.
 
   
Diversification of markets and instruments to obtain liquidity. The Group has an active presence in a broad and diversified series of financing markets, limiting dependence on specific markets and maintaining available a comfortable capacity of recourse to the markets. This enables us to have an adequate structure of medium-term and long-term issues, with reduced recourse to short-term wholesale financing. At the end of 2007, commercial paper and notes only accounted for 7% of total wholesale financing. This structure is based on securitizations (around one-third of the total) and a portfolio of medium-term and long-term issues (around 60% of the total), well diversified by products and with an average maturity of 4.4 years.
 
   
High capacity to obtain liquidity on the balance sheet. The Group maintains on its balance sheet a diversified portfolio of liquid assets, or those that can become so in the short term appropriate to their positions. In addition, the Group has a large amount of assets available in the European Central Bank that can be discounted (around 30 billion on average in the first quarter of 2008).
 
   
Independence of the subsidiaries in financing within a centralized management. The most important subsidiaries, except for Santander Consumer Finance, must obtain their financing in wholesale markets in accordance with their needs, establishing their own liquidity plans and contingencies, without recourse to lines from the parent Bank to finance their activity.
The Group, as a holding company, carries out the functions of control and management, which means planning the funding needs, structuring the financing sources, optimizing their diversification by maturities, instruments and markets, as well as defining the contingency plans.
In practice, the Group’s liquidity management consists of the following:
   
A liquidity plan is drawn up every year, based on the financing needs resulting from the business budgets. On the basis of these needs, and bearing in mind the limits on recourse to short-term markets, the annual issuance and securitization plan is established.
 
   
During the year the evolution of financing needs is regularly monitored, giving rise to changes to the plan.
 
   
Control and analysis of liquidity risk is also very important. Its first objective is to ensure that the Group maintains acceptable levels of liquidity to cover its financing needs in the short and long-term under normal market situations. Various measures are used to control the balance sheet such as the liquidity gap and liquidity ratios.
Various scenarios, such as stress scenarios, are also analyzed, in which additional needs are considered because of different rare but possible events. By doing this, all eventualities that could affect the Group, with a greater or lesser probability are covered, which enable it to prepare the corresponding contingency plans.

 

229


Table of Contents

The analysis conducted in the last four months of 2007 showed that the Group, even in a scenario of minimal demand for medium-term and long-term issues, maintained a comfortable liquidity situation.
In 2007, the Group’s units in convertible currency areas captured 44,000 million in medium-term and long-term issues in the wholesale markets, and securitized assets of another 44,500 million.
The Group was particularly active in the first half of 2007 in capturing medium- and long-term funds in the capital markets, at a time when these markets reflected a very positive situation in terms of liquidity and costs. This enabled us to face the deterioration in the markets in the second half of the year in a very comfortable position.
As of the summer of 2007, the Group completed some one-off operations, mainly to finance the acquisition of ABN AMRO, through transactions which were placed at a very reasonable cost taking into consideration the general situation of the markets.
We also took advantage of the second half of 2007 to develop short-term financing markets such as commercial paper and CDs. Due to our conservative liquidity management policies, the Group maintained a very small recourse to short-term institutional financing, enabling us to go to these sources when there are tensions in the longer maturity markets.
Our structural liquidity situation (with 75% of its needs covered via deposits and permanent funds of the balance sheet in the area of convertible currencies and more than 100% in the Latin American banks) and the quantity and quality of our liquid assets have and continue to enable us to maintain normal lending activity.
B.2. Exchange rate risk; Portfolio of industrial and strategic shareholdings
B.2.1. Exchange rate risk
Structural exchange rate risk arises from Group operations in currencies, mainly permanent financial investments, results and the dividends of these investments.
This exchange rate risk management is dynamic and seeks to limit the impact on equity of currency devaluations and to optimize the financial cost of hedging.
As regards the exchange-rate risk of permanent investments, the general policy is to finance them in the currency of the investment provided the depth of the market allows it and the cost is justified by the expected depreciation. One-off hedging is also done when a local currency could weaken against the euro significantly more quickly than the market is discounting.
At the end of 2007, the Group had hedged, through options structures, all of its significant stakes in its foreign subsidiaries (including Banco Real). This protected the Group from the impact of a certain level of currency depreciation on its capital.
In addition, we manage the expected exchange rate risk of the Group’s results and dividends in those units whose base currency is not the euro. In Latin America, local units manage the exchange rate risk between the local currency and the dollar, the currency used to manage the region. Financial Management at the consolidated level is responsible for its part of the risk management between the euro and the rest of convertible currencies.
B.2.2. Portfolio of industrial and strategic shareholdings
In 2007 the Group’s exposure in industrial and strategic equity portfolios increased 30% in MtM terms, partly due to the positive revaluation of the market prices (for instance, Cepsa, the greatest position in the portfolio, rose 18% in the year) and partly due to the entrance of new positions. All in all, the risk of the structural equity portfolio, measured in terms of VaR, increased 133.7 million compared to the end of 2006, up to 411.3 million, partly due to the increase in market volatility.
The average daily VaR for the year 2007 was 396.7 million, with a minimum of 297.8 million and a maximum of 469.8 million, in January and August 2007, respectively.

 

230


Table of Contents

C. Exposures related to assets or special businesses
Grupo Santander’s exposure to instruments and complex structured vehicles is very limited with: no exposure to subprime mortgages, no material exposure subject to Mark-to-Model, and limited exposure to hedge funds, asset backed securities, monolines, conduits, etc.
This policy meant that this type of activity had no negative impact on our 2007 results.
Santander’s policy regarding the approval of new transactions has traditionally been very prudent and conservative, as it is subject to strict supervision by the Group’s senior management. Before giving the green light to a new transaction, product or underlying asset, the Risk Division verifies the following:
   
The existence of an appropriate valuation model to monitor the value of each exposure: Mark-to-Market, Mark-to-Model or Mark-to-Liquidity;
 
   
The availability in the market of the necessary inputs to apply this valuation model;
 
   
The availability of duly adapted and appropriate systems to calculate and monitor each day the results, positions and risks of the new operations raised; and
 
   
The degree of liquidity of the product or underlying assets, in order to make their coverage possible when deemed necessary.
Note that the first two points must always be met.
Without detriment to the Group’s limited exposure to businesses or special vehicles, the Group’s exposure to the various instruments are as follows:
   
CDOs and other complex credit instruments: the Group’s total exposure to these instruments is small (less than 25 million).
 
   
Hedge funds: the main exposure is via the financing to these funds (counterparty risk). This exposure, however, is not significant (1,906 million at the end of the year, of which 101 million was in trading portfolios and the rest in investment portfolios) and with low levels of Loan-to-Value of around 45% (collateral of 4,227 million at the end of the year).The risk with this type of counterparty is analyzed case-by-case, establishing the percentages of collateral on the basis of the features and assets of each fund.
 
   
Investments in structured investment vehicles, SIV-Lites and other investment vehicles with high leverage: no exposure.
 
   
Conduits: at the end of 2007, the Group had two conduits promoted in the past, which have always been in the Group’s perimeter of consolidation:
• Altamira: at the end of 2007 it had total assets of 276 million, none of them related to mortgage operations. At that date, it was in the process of being wound down and integrated into the Group’s standard structure.
• Cantabric: at the end of 2007 total assets amounted to 183 million. The underlying asset is short-term commercial paper generated by retail banking activity in Spain, with a high degree of diversification and small nominal amounts.
   
Monolines: Santander’s exposure to these bond insurance companies at the end of 2007 was less than 350 million, mainly concentrated in the indirect exposure (342 million), by virtue of the guarantee provided for this type of entity to various financing operations or traditional securitization. The exposure in this case is double default; the primary underlying assets are of high credit quality (mostly AA). The small remainder is direct exposure, for example, via purchase of protection against the risk of non-payment by some of these insurers via a credit default swap.

 

231


Table of Contents

D. Structured financing transactions
In this area, Grupo Santander has a low exposure and its activities are diversified by products, sector and number of transactions. The exposure at the end of 2007 for 351 transactions was 16,926 million, broken down as follows: 10,060 million (103 transactions) in acquisition finance; 5,524 million (213 transactions) in project finance; and the rest in leveraged buy-outs (LBOs) and other modalities. Writedowns were not necessary in the investment portfolio. There has been no significant LBO since July 2007.
E. Capital Management
Capital management’s objective is to optimize its structure and its cost, from the regulatory and economic perspectives. Therefore, different tools and policies are utilized, such as capital increases and computable issuances (preferred and subordinated), results, dividend policy and securitizations.
In accordance with the criteria of the Bank for International Settlements (“BIS”), our shareholders’ equity amounted to 65,225 million, 5,448 million more than at the end of 2006 (+9.1%). The surplus over the minimum requirement was 24,021 million.
Our capital ratios remain at comfortable levels. The BIS ratio was 12.66%, Tier I 7.71% and core capital 6.25% (an increase of 34 basis points over 2006). During 2007, Standard and Poor’s improved the ratings of the Group and its main subsidiaries to AA and Moody’s confirmed them. This makes us one of the European banks with the best long-term rating.
We are progressively incorporating the creation of value as a tool to (i) measure the contribution of the different units that are part of the portfolio of business and (ii) assess the management of each unit.
F. Market Risk: VaR Consolidated Analysis
Our total daily VaR as of December 31, 2006, and December 31, 2007, broken down by trading and structural (non-trading) portfolios, were as set forth below. The Trading VaR data do not include the trading activities of Banesto, whose VaR trading amount is immaterial to the Group.
Figures in millions of EUR
                                         
            Dec-07  
    Dec-06     Low     Average     High     Period End  
TOTAL
    353.3       397.1       484.0       586.5       586.5  
 
                             
Trading
    36.8       23.9       30.7       36.4       25.2  
Non-Trading
    351.3       395.8       483.1       585.8       585.8  
Diversification Effect
    (34.9 )     (22.6 )     (29.8 )     (35.7 )     (24.5 )
Our daily VaR estimates of interest rate risk, foreign exchange rate risk and equity price risk, were as set forth below. The Trading VaR data do not reflect the trading activities of Banesto, whose VaR trading amount is immaterial to the Group.
Interest Rate Risk
Figures in millions of EUR
                                         
            Dec-07  
    Dec-06     Low     Average     High     Period End  
Interest Rate Risk
                                       
Trading
    29.7       20.0       25.9       30.7       22.2  
Non-Trading
    114.4       68.3       81.4       96.7       72.1  
Diversification Effect
    (25.9 )     (17.1 )     (21.9 )     (26.0 )     (18.8 )
 
                             
TOTAL
    118.2       71.2       85.5       101.5       75.4  

 

232


Table of Contents

Foreign Exchange Rate Risk
Figures in millions of EUR
                                         
            Dec-07  
    Dec-06     Low     Average     High     Period End  
Exchange Rate Risk
                                       
Trading
    14.7       5.4       10.3       14.8       10.6  
Non-Trading
    90.3       89.2       102.7       157.8       157.8  
Diversification Effect
    (13.5 )     (5.3 )     (9.7 )     (14.1 )     (10.3 )
 
                             
TOTAL
    91.5       89.3       103.2       158.5       158.1  
Equity Price Risk
Figures in millions of EUR
                                         
            Dec-07  
    Dec-06     Low     Average     High     Period End  
Equity Price Risk
                                       
Trading
    5.0       3.7       5.8       12.4       5.1  
Non-Trading
    277.6       297.8       394.3       469.7       411.3  
Diversification Effect
    (5.0 )     (3.7 )     (5.8 )     (12.2 )     (5.0 )
 
                             
TOTAL
    277.7       297.8       394.4       469.9       411.3  
Our daily VaR estimates by activity, were as set forth below. The Trading VaR data do not reflect the trading activities of Banesto, whose VaR trading amount is immaterial to the Group.
                                         
            Dec-07  
    Dec-06     Low     Average     High     Period End  
Trading
                                       
Interest Rate
    29.7       20.0       25.9       30.7       22.2  
Exchange Rate
    14.7       5.4       10.3       14.8       10.6  
Equity
    5.0       3.7       5.8       12.4       5.1  
 
                             
TOTAL
    36.8       23.9       30.7       36.4       25.2  
 
                                       
Non-Trading Interest Rate
                                       
Interest Rate
    114.4       68.3       81.4       96.7       72.1  
 
                             
 
                                       
Non-Trading Foreign Exchange
                                       
Exchange Rate
    90.3       89.2       102.7       157.8       157.8  
 
                             
 
                                       
Non-Trading Equity
                                       
Equity
    277.6       297.8       394.3       469.7       411.3  
 
                             
 
                                       
TOTAL
    353.3       397.1       484.0       586.5       586.5  
 
                             
Interest Rate
    118.2       71.2       85.5       101.5       75.4  
Exchange Rate
    91.5       89.3       103.2       158.5       158.1  
Equity
    277.7       297.8       394.4       469.9       411.3  

 

233


Table of Contents

Item 12. Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities.
A. Debt Securities.
Not Applicable
B. Warrants and Rights.
Not Applicable
C. Other Securities.
Not Applicable
D. American Depositary Shares.
Not Applicable

 

234


Table of Contents

PART II
Item 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies.
Not Applicable
Item 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds.
A. Not Applicable
B. Not Applicable
C. Not Applicable
D. Not Applicable
E. Use of proceeds.
Not Applicable
Item 15. Controls and Procedures
(a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures.
As of December 31, 2007, Banco Santander, S.A., under the supervision and with the participation of the Bank’s management, including its Disclosure Committee, our Chief Executive Officer, our Chief Financial Officer, and our Chief Accounting Officer, performed an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15 (f) under the Exchange Act). There are, as described below, inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any control system, including disclosure controls and procedures. Accordingly, even effective disclosure controls and procedures can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving their control objectives.
Based on such evaluation, the Bank’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective in ensuring that information we are required to disclose in the reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is (1) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations, and (2) gathered and communicated to the Bank’s management, including its Disclosure Committee, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and the Chief Accounting Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.
(b) Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
The management of Banco Santander, S.A. is responsible for establishing and maintaining an adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a-15 (f) under the Exchange Act.
Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the Bank’s principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by the Bank’s Board of Directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated financial statements for external purposes, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. For Banco Santander, S.A., generally accepted accounting principles refers to the International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union (“EU-IFRS”) required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 as well as the accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) relating to the reconciliation of the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 to U.S. GAAP and the information presented in Notes 57 and 58 to our consolidated financial statements relating to the nature and effect of such differences.

 

235


Table of Contents

Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:
   
Pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets;
 
   
Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and
 
   
Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
We have adapted our internal control over financial reporting to the most rigorous international standards and comply with the guidelines set by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in its Enterprise Risk Management Integrated Framework. These guidelines have been extended and installed in our Group companies, applying a common methodology and standardizing the procedures for identifying processes, risks and controls, based on the Enterprise Risk Management Integrated Framework.
The documentation process in the Group’s companies has been constantly directed and monitored by a global coordination team, which set the guidelines for its development and supervised its execution at the unit level.
The general framework is consistent, as it assigns to management specific responsibilities regarding the structure and effectiveness of the processes related directly and indirectly with the production of consolidated financial statements, as well as the controls needed to mitigate the risks inherent in these processes.
Under the supervision and with the participation of the management of the Group, including our Chief Executive Officer, our Chief Financial Officer and our Chief Accounting Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on the framework set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in Enterprise Risk Management — Integrated Framework. Based on this assessment, management believes that, as of December 31, 2007, its internal control over financial reporting was effective based on those criteria.

 

236


Table of Contents

Our independent auditors have issued an audit report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007. This report follows below.
(c) Attestation report of the registered public accounting firm.
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Banco Santander, S.A.:
We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Banco Santander, S.A. (the “Bank”) and Companies composing, together with the Bank, the Santander Group (the “Group”) as of December 31, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Group’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Group’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, the Group maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2007 of the Group and our report dated June 27, 2008 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements and included an explanatory paragraph stating that the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 vary in certain significant respects from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”), and that the information relating to the nature and effect of such differences is presented in Notes 57 and 58 to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Group.
/s/ DELOITTE, S.L.
Deloitte, S.L.
Madrid — Spain
June 27, 2008
(d) Changes in internal controls over financial reporting. There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

237


Table of Contents

Item 16. [Reserved]
Item 16A. Audit committee financial expert
The Audit and Compliance Committee has five members, all of whom are non-executive independent directors (as defined by Article 5.4 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board). All members of the Audit and Compliance Committee also meet the independence criteria set by the NYSE for foreign private issuers. Our Rules and Regulations of the Board provide that the chairman of the Audit and Compliance Committee must be an independent director (as defined by Article 5.4 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board) and someone who has the necessary knowledge and experience in matters of accounting, auditing or risk management. Currently, the chairman of the Audit and Compliance Committee is Luis Ángel Rojo. Our standards for director independence may not necessarily be consistent with, or as stringent as, the standards for director independence established by the NYSE.
Our Board of Directors has determined that Manuel Soto is an “Audit Committee Financial Expert” in accordance with SEC rules and regulations.
Item 16B. Code of Ethics
We have adopted a code of ethics (the “General Code of Conduct”) that is applicable to all members of the boards of the companies of the Group, to all employees subject to the Code of Conduct of the Securities Market, including the Bank’s Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer, and to all those employees designated by the Human Resources Division that have been specifically informed of their subjection to this General Code of Conduct. This Code establishes the principles that guide these officers’ and directors’ respective actions: ethical conduct, professional standards and confidentiality. It also establishes the limitations and defines the conflicts of interest arising from their status as senior executives or directors.
This Code is available on our website, which does not form part of this annual report on Form 20-F, at www.santander.com under the heading “Information for Shareholders and Investors—Corporate Governance— Internal Code of Conduct”.
Item 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services
Amounts paid to the firms belonging to the Deloitte worldwide organization, the Group’s principal auditor, for statutory audit and other services were as follows:
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
    (in millions of euros)  
 
                       
Audit Fees (1)
    15.9       15.6       15.8  
Audit Related Fees (2)
    11.1       11.9       8.5  
Tax Fees (3)
    2.5       1.9       1.4  
All Other Fees (4)
    5.3       5.5       4.5  
 
                 
 
    34.8       34.9       30.2  
     
(1)  
Fees for annual company audits of the Group.
 
(2)  
In recent years, in addition to the audits of financial statements, the internal control audit was performed in accordance with the requirements of the US Sarbanes-Oxley Act (for 4.8 million in 2007, 5.6 million in 2006 and 5.4 million in 2005) and other reports were prepared in accordance with the requirements of the legal and tax regulations issued by the national supervisory authorities of the countries in which the Group operates, including most notably the six-monthly audit reports and those which comply with the US SEC requirements (other than Sarbanes-Oxley Act) totaling 3.7 million, 3.9 million and 3.9 million in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Additionally, in 2007 1.4 million were paid in connection with the work relating to the Group’s adaptation to the new capital regulations (Basel — 2006: 1.0 million); while due diligence review and other corporate transaction services totaled 3.7 million (2006: 3.3 million; 2005: 0.6 million).
 
(3)  
Fees for professional services rendered for tax compliance, tax advice, and tax planning in the countries in which the Group operates.
 
(4)  
Other non-attest services provided by the Group’s auditors to various Group companies for 5.3 million in 2007, 5.5 million in 2006 and 4.5 million in 2005.

 

238


Table of Contents

The services commissioned from the Group’s auditors meet the independence requirements stipulated by Law 44/2002, of November, 22 on Financial System Reform Measures and by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and they did not involve the performance of any work that is incompatible with the audit function.
The Audit and Compliance Committee proposes to the Board the fees to be paid to the external auditor and the scope of its professional mandate.
The Audit and Compliance Committee is required to pre-approve the main audit contract of the Bank or of any other company of the Group with its principal auditing firm. This main contract sets forth the scope of the audit services and audit-related services to be provided by the auditing firm, the term (typically, three years), the fees to be paid and the Group companies to which it will be applied. Once the term of the first contract expires, it can be rolled over by subsequent periods of one year upon approval by the Audit and Compliance Committee.
If a new Group company is required to engage an auditing firm for audit and audit-related services, those services have to be pre-approved by the Audit and Compliance Committee.
All non-audit services provided by the Group’s principal auditing firm or other auditing firms in 2007 were approved by the Audit and Compliance Committee, and all such non-audit services to be provided in the future will also require approval from the Audit and Compliance Committee.
The Audit and Compliance Committee is regularly informed of all fees paid to the auditing firms by the Group companies.
Item 16D. Exemption from the Listing Standards for Audit Companies
Not applicable.
Item 16E. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers.
The following table shows the repurchases of shares made by the Bank or any of its Affiliated Purchasers during 2006:
                                 
                            (d) Maximum number (or  
            (b) Average     (c) Total number of shares (or     approximate dollar value) of  
    (a) Total number of     price paid per     units) purchased as part of     shares (or units) that may yet  
    shares (or units)     share (or     publicly announced plans or     be purchased under the plans  
2007   purchased     unit)     programs     or programs  
January
    57,718,813     14.37              
February
    39,452,454     14.37              
March
    30,707,371     13.23              
April
    59,184,061     13.41              
May
    51,948,497     13.27              
June
    48,706,259     13.83              
July
    73,672,787     13.73              
August
    50,672,621     13.49              
September
    43,275,561     13.18              
October
    50,234,083     14.12              
November
    57,722,035     14.58              
December
    47,844,360     14.59              
Total
    611,138,902                          
During 2007, all purchases and sales of equity securities were made in open-market transactions.

 

239


Table of Contents

PART III
Item 17. Financial Statements.
We have responded to Item 18 in lieu of this item.
Item 18. Financial Statements.
Reference is made to Item 19 for a list of all financial statements filed as part of this Form 20-F.
Item 19. Exhibits.
(a) Index to Financial Statements
(b) List of Exhibits.
     
Exhibit    
Number   Description
        1.1  
By-laws (Estatutos) of Banco Santander, S.A., as amended.
           
 
        1.2 *  
By-laws (Estatutos) of Banco Santander, S.A., as amended.
           
 
        1.3  
By-laws (Estatutos) of Banco Santander, S.A., as amended (English translation of By-laws set forth in Exhibit 1.1 hereto).
           
 
        1.4  
By-laws (Estatutos) of Banco Santander, S.A., as amended (English translation of the By-laws set forth in Exhibit 1.2 hereto).
           
 
        4.1 **  
Consortium and Shareholders’ Agreement dated May 28, 2007, among the Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc, Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A., Fortis SA/N.V. and RFS Holdings B.V. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2006, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 2, 2007).
           
 
        8.1  
List of Subsidiaries (incorporated by reference as Exhibits I, II and III of our Financial Statements filed with this Form 20-F).
           
 
        12.1  
Section 302 Certification by the Chief Executive Officer
           
 
        12.2  
Section 302 Certification by the Chief Financial Officer
           
 
        12.3  
Section 302 Certification by the Chief Accounting Officer
           
 
        13.1  
Section 906 Certification by the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer and the Chief Acounting Officer
           
 
        15.1  
Consent of Deloitte, S.L.
           
 
        15.2  
Report submitted by the Board of Directors to the General Shareholders’ Meeting describing the By-laws amendments
We will furnish to the Securities and Exchange Commission, upon request, copies of any unfiled instruments that define the rights of holders of long-term debt of Banco Santander, S.A.
     
*  
These By-laws will go into effect (and replace the By-laws set forth in Exhibit 1.1) upon the granting of the necessary authorization by the Spanish Minister of Economy and Finance and their subsequent filing with the office of the Mercantile Registry in Santander.
 
**  
Pursuant to a request for confidential treatment filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, the confidential portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

240


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.
         
  BANCO SANTANDER, S.A.
 
 
  By:   /s/ José Antonio Álvarez    
    Name:   José Antonio Álvarez   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
Date: June 27, 2008


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(a) Index to Financial Statements

 

 


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Banco Santander, S.A.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Banco Santander, S.A. (the “Bank”) and Companies composing, together with the Bank, the Santander Group (the “Group”), as of December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, and the related consolidated income statements, statements of changes in equity (recognized income and expense), and cash flow statements for the years then ended. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Bank’s directors. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statements presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Banco Santander, S.A. and Companies composing the Santander Group as of December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards, as adopted by the European Union (“EU-IFRS”) required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 (Note 1.b).

The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 vary in certain significant respects from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP). Information relating to the nature and effect of such differences is presented in Notes 57 and 58 to the consolidated financial statements.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Group’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on the criteria established in Internal Control–Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated June 27, 2008 expressed an unqualified opinion on the Group’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

/s/ DELOITTE, S.L.

Deloitte, S.L.
Madrid-Spain
June 27, 2008

 

F-1


Table of Contents

SANTANDER GROUP
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS AT DECEMBER 31, 2007, 2006 AND 2005 (NOTES 1 to 4)
(Thousands of Euros)
                                 
    Note     2007     2006     2005  
 
ASSETS
                               
 
CASH AND BALANCES WITH CENTRAL BANKS
            31,062,775       13,835,149       16,086,458  
 
                               
FINANCIAL ASSETS HELD FOR TRADING:
            158,800,435       170,422,722       154,207,859  
Loans and advances to credit institutions
    6       12,294,559       14,627,738       10,278,858  
Loans and advances to customers
    10       23,704,481       30,582,982       26,479,996  
Debt instruments
    7       66,330,811       76,736,992       81,741,944  
Other equity instruments
    8       9,744,466       13,490,719       8,077,867  
Trading derivatives
    9       46,726,118       34,984,291       27,629,194  
 
                               
OTHER FINANCIAL ASSETS AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH PROFIT OR LOSS:
            24,829,441       15,370,682       48,862,267  
Loans and advances to credit institutions
    6       6,865,073       185,485       2,428,663  
Loans and advances to customers
    10       8,021,623       7,972,544       6,431,197  
Debt instruments
    7       7,072,423       4,500,220       9,699,237  
Other equity instruments
    8       2,870,322       2,712,433       30,303,170  
 
                               
AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE FINANCIAL ASSETS:
            44,348,907       38,698,299       73,944,939  
Debt instruments
    7       34,187,077       32,727,454       68,054,021  
Other equity instruments
    8       10,161,830       5,970,845       5,890,918  
 
                               
LOANS AND RECEIVABLES:
            579,530,145       544,048,823       459,783,749  
Loans and advances to credit institutions
    6       31,759,867       45,361,315       47,065,501  
Money market operations through counterparties
                  200,055        
Loans and advances to customers
    10       533,750,907       484,790,338       402,917,602  
Debt instruments
    7       1,668,339       621,770       171,203  
Other financial assets
    24       12,351,032       13,075,345       9,629,443  
 
                               
HELD-TO-MATURITY INVESTMENTS
                         
 
                               
CHANGES IN THE FAIR VALUE OF HEDGED ITEMS IN PORTFOLIO HEDGES OF INTEREST RATE RISK
    36       297,131       (259,254 )      
 
                               
HEDGING DERIVATIVES
    11       3,063,169       2,987,964       4,126,104  
 
                               
NON-CURRENT ASSETS HELD FOR SALE:
            10,156,429       327,384       336,324  
Loans and advances to credit institutions
            5,596              
Loans and advances to customers
            14,499              
Debt instruments
            20,321              
Equity instruments
    12       9,025,936              
Tangible assets
    12       1,061,743       327,384       336,324  
Other assets
            28,334              
 
                               
INVESTMENTS:
            15,689,127       5,006,109       3,031,482  
Associates
    13       15,689,127       5,006,109       3,031,482  
 
                               
INSURANCE CONTRACTS LINKED TO PENSIONS
    14       2,525,550       2,604,535       2,676,365  
 
                               
REINSURANCE ASSETS
    15       309,774       261,873       2,387,701  
 
                               
TANGIBLE ASSETS:
            9,459,033       10,110,996       9,993,207  
Property, plant and equipment for own use
    16       4,287,612       5,284,177       5,204,931  
Investment property
    16       460,725       374,547       667,449  
Other assets leased out under an operating lease
    16       4,710,696       4,452,272       4,120,827  
Memorandum item: Acquired under a finance lease
            394,187       200,838       83,459  
 
                               
INTANGIBLE ASSETS:
            16,033,042       16,956,841       16,229,271  
Goodwill
    17       13,830,708       14,512,735       14,018,245  
Other intangible assets
    17       2,202,334       2,444,106       2,211,026  
 
                               
TAX ASSETS:
            12,698,072       9,856,053       10,127,059  
Current
            1,845,310       699,746       1,217,646  
Deferred
    27       10,852,762       9,156,307       8,909,413  
 
                               
PREPAYMENTS AND ACCRUED INCOME
    18       1,749,193       1,581,843       2,969,219  
 
                               
OTHER ASSETS:
            2,362,748       2,062,696       4,344,910  
Inventories
            231,734       143,354       2,457,842  
Other
    19       2,131,014       1,919,342       1,887,068  
 
                       
TOTAL ASSETS
            912,914,971       833,872,715       809,106,914  
 
                       
 
                               
MEMORANDUM ACCOUNTS:
                               
 
                               
CONTINGENT LIABILITIES:
            76,924,835       58,769,309       48,453,575  
Financial guarantees
    35       76,316,446       58,205,412       48,199,671  
Assets earmarked for third-party obligations
    35       3       4       24  
Other contingent liabilities
    35       608,386       563,893       253,880  
 
                               
CONTINGENT COMMITMENTS:
            114,676,563       103,249,430       96,263,262  
Drawable by third parties
    35       102,215,927       91,690,396       77,678,333  
Other commitments
    35       12,460,636       11,559,034       18,584,929  
 
                               
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
                               
 
                               
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES HELD FOR TRADING
            122,753,987       123,996,445       112,466,429  
Deposits from credit institutions
    20       23,254,111       39,690,713       31,962,919  
Customer deposits
    21       27,992,480       16,572,444       14,038,543  
Marketable debt securities
    22       17,090,935       17,522,108       19,821,087  
Trading derivatives
    9       48,803,227       38,738,118       29,228,080  
Short positions
    9       5,613,234       11,473,062       17,415,800  
 
                               
OTHER FINANCIAL LIABILITIES AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH PROFIT OR LOSS
            33,155,674       12,411,328       11,809,874  
Deposits from credit institutions
    20       12,207,579              
Marketable debt securities
    22       10,279,037       12,138,249       11,809,874  
Customer deposits
    21       10,669,058       273,079        
 
                               
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH EQUITY
                         
 
                               
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES AT AMORTISED COST:
            652,952,005       605,302,821       565,651,643  
Deposits from central banks
    20       28,748,079       16,529,557       22,431,194  
Deposits from credit institutions
    20       48,686,254       56,815,667       94,228,294  
Money market operations through counterparties
                         
Customer deposits
    21       317,042,764       314,377,078       291,726,737  
Marketable debt securities
    22       206,264,524       174,409,033       117,209,385  
Subordinated liabilities
    23       35,670,179       30,422,821       28,763,456  
Other financial liabilities
    24       16,540,205       12,748,665       11,292,577  
 
                               
CHANGES IN THE FAIR VALUE OF HEDGED ITEMS IN PORTFOLIO HEDGES OF INTEREST RATE RISK
    36       (516,725 )            
 
                               
HEDGING DERIVATIVES
    11       4,134,571       3,493,849       2,310,729  
 
                               
LIABILITIES ASSOCIATED WITH NON- CURRENT ASSETS HELD FOR SALE:
            63,420             7,967  
Other liabilities
            63,420             7,967  
 
                               
LIABILITIES UNDER INSURANCE CONTRACTS
    15       13,033,617       10,704,258       44,672,300  
 
                               
PROVISIONS:
            16,570,899       19,226,513       19,822,990  
Provisions for pensions and similar obligations
    25       11,819,748       14,014,305       14,172,961  
Provisions for contingent liabilities and commitments
    25       636,316       598,735       487,048  
Other provisions
    25       4,114,835       4,613,473       5,162,981  
 
                               
TAX LIABILITIES:
            6,156,365       4,539,051       3,867,795  
Current
            2,412,133       761,529       1,100,567  
Deferred
    27       3,744,232       3,777,522       2,767,228  
 
                               
ACCRUED EXPENSES AND DEFERRED INCOME
    18       4,050,992       2,999,080       3,048,733  
 
                               
OTHER LIABILITIES:
            2,479,457       3,458,740       1,512,908  
Other
    19       2,479,457       3,458,740       1,512,908  
 
                               
EQUITY HAVING THE SUBSTANCE OF A FINANCIAL LIABILITY
    26       522,558       668,328       1,308,847  
 
                       
TOTAL LIABILITIES
            855,356,820       786,800,413       766,480,215  
 
                       
 
                               
MINORITY INTERESTS
    28       2,358,269       2,220,743       2,848,223  
 
                               
VALUATION ADJUSTMENTS:
            722,036       2,870,757       3,077,096  
Available-for-sale financial assets
    29       1,418,966       2,283,323       1,941,690  
Cash flow hedges
    29       (58,655 )     49,252       70,406  
Hedges of net investments in foreign operations
    29       638,474       (173,503 )     (384,606 )
Exchange differences
    29       (1,276,749 )     711,685       1,449,606  
 
                               
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY:
    30       54,477,846       41,980,802       36,701,380  
Issued capital
    31       3,127,148       3,127,148       3,127,148  
Share premium
    32       20,370,128       20,370,128       20,370,128  
Reserves
            16,371,430       12,289,480       8,703,789  
Accumulated reserves
    33       15,475,993       11,491,670       8,100,140  
Reserves of entities accounted for using the equity method:
            895,437       797,810       603,649  
Associates
    33       895,437       797,810       603,649  
Other equity instruments:
    34       7,086,881       62,118       77,478  
Equity component of compound financial instruments
                  12,118       34,977  
Other
            7,086,881       50,000       42,501  
Treasury shares
    34       (192 )     (126,801 )     (53,068 )
Profit attributed to the Group
    30       9,060,258       7,595,947       6,220,104  
Dividends and remuneration
    30       (1,537,807 )     (1,337,218 )     (1,744,199 )
 
                       
TOTAL EQUITY
            57,558,151       47,072,302       42,626,699  
 
                       
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
            912,914,971       833,872,715       809,106,914  
 
                       
The accompanying Notes 1 to 58 and Exhibits are an integral part of the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2007.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

SANTANDER GROUP
CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2007, 2006 AND 2005 (NOTES 1 to 4)
(Thousands of Euros)
                                 
            (Debit) Credit  
    Note     2007     2006 (*)     2005 (*)  
 
INTEREST AND SIMILAR INCOME
    38       45,803,354       36,832,823       33,088,647  
INTEREST EXPENSE AND SIMILAR CHARGES:
    39       (30,921,470 )     (24,757,027 )     (22,764,846 )
Return on equity having the substance of a financial liability
            (47,290 )     (85,229 )     (118,389 )
Other
            (30,874,180 )     (24,671,798 )     (22,646,457 )
INCOME FROM EQUITY INSTRUMENTS
    40       413,242       404,000       335,576  
NET INTEREST INCOME
            15,295,126       12,479,796       10,659,377  
SHARE OF RESULTS OF ENTITIES ACCOUNTED FOR USING THE EQUITY METHOD:
    41       441,457       426,921       619,157  
Associates
            441,457       426,921       619,157  
 
                               
FEE AND COMMISSION INCOME
    42       9,479,986       8,288,580       7,153,947  
FEE AND COMMISSION EXPENSE
    43       (1,439,811 )     (1,264,385 )     (1,092,751 )
INSURANCE ACTIVITY INCOME
    44       319,353       253,084       201,466  
Insurance and reinsurance premium income
            5,377,949       4,664,812       2,214,344  
Reinsurance premiums paid
            (197,490 )     (137,129 )     (98,610 )
Claims paid and other insurance-related expenses
            (2,862,786 )     (2,049,620 )     (1,408,361 )
Reinsurance income
            152,038       101,229       88,452  
Net provisions for insurance contract liabilities
            (2,738,701 )     (2,948,083 )     (1,199,112 )
Finance income
            597,503       840,838       735,830  
Finance expense
            (9,160 )     (218,963 )     (131,077 )
GAINS/LOSSES ON FINANCIAL ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (Net):
    45       2,321,624       2,052,539       1,457,847  
Held for trading
            1,396,349       1,807,380       990,722  
Other financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss
            115,702       (119,860 )     6,879  
Available-for-sale financial assets
            1,051,914       338,263       532,310  
Loans and receivables
            (141,995 )     78,519       70,645  
Other
            (100,346 )     (51,763 )     (142,709 )
EXCHANGE DIFFERENCES (net)
    46       650,734       96,635       76,513  
GROSS INCOME
            27,068,469       22,333,170       19,075,556  
SALES AND INCOME FROM THE PROVISION OF NON-FINANCIAL SERVICES
    47       771,027       734,602       565,525  
COST OF SALES
    47       (618,955 )     (615,689 )     (409,347 )
OTHER OPERATING INCOME
    48       351,097       323,900       256,123  
PERSONNEL EXPENSES
    49       (6,551,201 )     (5,967,873 )     (5,611,308 )
OTHER GENERAL ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES
    50       (4,467,128 )     (4,001,298 )     (3,753,100 )
DEPRECIATION AND AMORTISATION:
            (1,267,880 )     (1,146,547 )     (1,013,943 )
Tangible assets
    16       (621,271 )     (628,537 )     (618,109 )
Intangible assets
    17       (646,609 )     (518,010 )     (395,834 )
OTHER OPERATING EXPENSES
    51       (469,736 )     (442,525 )     (344,829 )
NET OPERATING INCOME
            14,815,693       11,217,740       8,764,677  
IMPAIRMENT LOSSES (net):
            (5,078,513 )     (2,550,570 )     (1,801,934 )
Available-for-sale financial assets
    8       (6,546 )     2,869       110,977  
Loans and receivables
    10       (3,496,058 )     (2,483,862 )     (1,747,900 )
Non-current assets held for sale
    12       (27,299 )     (48,796 )     (10,536 )
Investments
    13       (363,637 )     (380 )      
Tangible assets
    16       (1,444 )     (6,457 )     (15,090 )
Goodwill
  13 and 17       (599,989 )     (12,811 )      
Other intangible assets
    17       (562,883 )           (130,977 )
Other assets
            (20,657 )     (1,133 )     (8,408 )
PROVISIONS (net)
    25       (706,621 )     (1,079,337 )     (1,807,381 )
FINANCE INCOME FROM NON-FINANCIAL ACTIVITIES
            4,617       7,386       2,846  
FINANCE EXPENSES OF NON-FINANCIAL ACTIVITIES
            (3,184 )     (5,553 )     (10,709 )
OTHER GAINS:
    52       2,631,570       1,672,944       2,760,566  
Gains on disposal of tangible assets
            1,859,383       147,763       151,043  
Gains on disposal of investments
            17,408       273,656       1,306,357  
Other
            754,779       1,251,525       1,303,166  
OTHER LOSSES:
    52       (488,321 )     (267,224 )     (247,168 )
Losses on disposal of tangible assets
            (55,275 )     (58,869 )     (70,424 )
Losses on disposal of investments
            (1,020 )     (1,695 )     (7,422 )
Other
            (432,026 )     (206,660 )     (169,322 )
PROFIT BEFORE TAX
            11,175,241       8,995,386       7,660,897  
INCOME TAX
    27       (2,335,686 )     (2,254,598 )     (1,241,830 )
PROFIT FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS
            8,839,555       6,740,788       6,419,067  
PROFIT FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS (Net)
    37       796,595       1,504,965       330,703  
CONSOLIDATED PROFIT FOR THE YEAR
            9,636,150       8,245,753       6,749,770  
PROFIT ATTRIBUTED TO MINORITY INTERESTS
    28       (575,892 )     (649,806 )     (529,666 )
PROFIT ATTRIBUTED TO THE GROUP
            9,060,258       7,595,947       6,220,104  
 
                       
EARNINGS PER SHARE:
                               
From continuing operations and discontinued operations
                               
Basic earnings per share (euros)
            1.4287       1.2157       0.9967  
Diluted earnings per share (euros)
            1.4139       1.2091       0.9930  
From continuing operations
                               
Basic earnings per share (euros)
            1.3170       1.0127       0.9599  
Diluted earnings per share (euros)
            1.3033       1.0072       0.9563  
     
(*)  
Reclassified in order to reflect the operations classified as discontinued in 2007 (see Note 37).
The accompanying Notes 1 to 58 and Exhibits are an integral part of the consolidated income statement for the year ended December 31, 2007.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

SANTANDER GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
(CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF RECOGNISED INCOME AND EXPENSE)
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2007, 2006 AND 2005 (NOTES 1 to 4)
(Thousands of Euros)
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
 
NET INCOME RECOGNISED DIRECTLY IN EQUITY:
    (2,148,721 )     (206,339 )     1,299,532  
Available-for-sale financial assets-
    (864,357 )     341,633       4,872  
Revaluation gains/losses
    825,812       1,663,713       911,814  
Amounts transferred to income statement
    (1,583,126 )     (1,177,308 )     (883,474 )
Income tax
    (107,043 )     (144,772 )     (23,468 )
 
                       
Cash flow hedges-
    (107,907 )     (21,154 )     72,193  
Revaluation gains/losses
    (156,313 )     9,087       83,216  
Amounts transferred to income statement
    (14,227 )            
Income tax
    62,633       (30,241 )     (11,023 )
 
                       
Hedges of net investments in foreign operations-
    811,977       211,103       (1,022,833 )
Revaluation gains/losses
    811,977       211,103       (1,022,833 )
 
                       
Exchange differences-
    (1,988,434 )     (737,921 )     2,245,300  
Translation gains/losses
    (2,048,430 )     (741,085 )     2,411,831  
Amounts transferred to income statement
    59,996       3,164       (166,531 )
 
                       
CONSOLIDATED PROFIT FOR THE YEAR:
    9,636,150       8,245,753       6,749,770  
Published consolidated profit for the year
    9,636,150       8,245,753       6,749,770  
 
                 
 
    7,487,429       8,039,414       8,049,302  
 
                 
TOTAL INCOME AND EXPENSE FOR THE YEAR:
                       
Parent
    6,911,537       7,389,608       7,519,636  
Minority interests (*)
    575,892       649,806       529,666  
 
                 
TOTAL (*)
    7,487,429       8,039,414       8,049,302  
 
                 
     
(*)  
In addition, in 2007 and 2006 the net revenue recognized directly in equity relating to minority interests amounted to (175) million and (121) million, respectively.
The accompanying Notes 1 to 58 and Exhibits are an integral part of the consolidated statement of changes in equity
(consolidated statement of recognized income and expense) for the year ended December 31, 2007.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

SANTANDER GROUP
CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2007, 2006 AND 2005 (NOTES 1 to 4)
(Thousands of Euros)
                         
    2007     2006 (*)     2005 (*)  
 
                       
1. CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
                       
Consolidated profit for the year
    9,636,150       8,245,753       6,749,770  
Adjustments to profit-
    9,952,115       8,183,303       5,065,489  
Depreciation of tangible assets
    621,271       628,537       618,109  
Amortization of intangible assets
    646,609       518,010       395,834  
Impairment losses (net)
    5,702,733       2,550,570       1,801,934  
Net provisions for insurance contract liabilities
    2,738,701       2,948,083       1,199,112  
Provisions (net)
    706,621       1,079,337       1,807,381  
Gains/losses on disposal of tangible assets
    (1,804,108 )     (88,894 )     (80,619 )
Gains/losses on disposal of investments
    (16,388 )     (271,961 )     (1,298,935 )
Share of results of entities accounted for using the equity method
    (294,809 )     (426,921 )     (619,157 )
Other non-monetary items(and monetary items related to discontinuous operations)
    (684,201 )     (1,008,056 )      
Taxes
    2,335,686       2,254,598       1,241,830  
Of which paid
    3,181,098       949,050       1,036,379  
 
                 
 
    19,588,265       16,429,056       11,815,259  
 
                 
Net increase/decrease in operating assets:
    (48,589,631 )     (72,431,214 )     (142,040,315 )
Financial assets held for trading-
    11,289,111       (17,673,307 )     (42,451,923 )
Loans and advances to credit institutions
    2,333,179       (4,346,626 )     2,599,313  
Loans and advances to customers
    6,878,501       (4,120,763 )     (8,972,411 )
Debt instruments
    10,180,799       5,004,952       (25,872,315 )
Other equity instruments
    3,640,211       (5,412,852 )     (3,658,529 )
Trading derivatives
    (11,743,579 )     (8,798,018 )     (6,547,981 )
Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss-
    3,578,501       (1,385,171 )     (3,103,172 )
Loans and advances to credit institutions
    6,471,028       (662,145 )     4,095,407  
Loans and advances to customers
    (49,079 )     (1,541,615 )     (1,139,646 )
Debt instruments
    (2,572,203 )     (1,487,469 )     9,933,721  
Other equity instruments
    (271,245 )     2,306,058       (15,992,654 )
Available-for-sale financial assets-
    (6,424,418 )     35,824,761       (28,558,595 )
Debt instruments
    (1,507,435 )     35,324,083       (31,237,853 )
Other equity instruments
    (4,916,983 )     500,678       2,679,258  
Loans and receivables-
    (53,673,405 )     (85,625,778 )     (67,542,207 )
Loans and advances to credit institutions
    357,129       1,063,273       (8,087,968 )
Money market operations through counterparties
    200,055       (200,055 )     3,907,905  
Loans and advances to customers
    (53,908,199 )     (82,610,198 )     (58,557,032 )
Debt instruments
    (1,046,569 )     (461,403 )     (171,203 )
Other financial assets
    724,179       (3,417,395 )     (4,633,909 )
Other operating assets
    (3,359,420 )     (3,571,719 )     (384,418 )
Net increase/decrease in operating liabilities:
    23,791,209       3,861,319       95,919,375  
Financial liabilities held for trading-
    (9,059,282 )     15,327,711       14,736,090  
Deposits from credit institutions
    (16,436,602 )     7,727,794       6,738,176  
Customer deposits
    11,420,036       2,533,901       (6,502,682 )
Marketable debt securities
    (8,247,997 )     1,498,716       1,825,604  
Trading derivatives
    10,065,109       9,510,038       3,984,312  
Short positions
    (5,859,828 )     (5,942,738 )     8,690,680  
Other financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss-
    (3,021,055 )     (5,381,405 )     555,299  
Deposits from credit institutions
    (6,071,507 )     822,550        
Customer deposits
    3,050,452       282,806        
Marketable debt securities
          (6,486,761 )     555,299  
Financial liabilities at amortized cost-
    41,805,727       (4,453,117 )     82,195,979  
Deposits from central banks
    12,218,526       (5,901,637 )     14,363,334  
Deposits from credit institutions
    10,149,673       (36,075,478 )     43,770,558  
Money market operations through counterparties
                (2,499,000 )
Customer deposits
    10,011,213       22,733,508       29,056,346  
Marketable debt securities
    5,619,970       13,337,020       (7,925,063 )
Other financial liabilities
    3,806,345       1,453,470       5,429,804  
Other operating liabilities
    (5,934,181 )     (1,631,870 )     (1,567,993 )
 
                 
Total net cash flows from operating activities (1)
    (5,210,157 )     (52,140,839 )     (34,305,681 )
 
                 
Of which:
                       
Interest and similar income collected (Note 38)
    45,237,669       36,412,213       31,326,727  
Interest expense and similar charges paid (Note 39)
    (29,436,256 )     (23,915,708 )     (18,819,373 )

 

F-5


Table of Contents

SANTANDER GROUP
CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2007, 2006 AND 2005 (NOTES 1 to 4)
(Thousands of Euros)
                         
    2007     2006 (*)     2005 (*)  
 
                       
2. CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
                       
Investments-
    (26,303,306 )     (7,546,963 )     (2,465,956 )
Subsidiaries, jointly controlled entities and associates (Note 13)
    (12,285,132 )     (2,693,849 )     (18,479 )
Tangible assets (Note 16)
    (2,797,760 )     (3,380,790 )     (1,986,595 )
Intangible assets (Note 17)
    (1,862,422 )     (1,472,324 )     (451,089 )
Other financial assets (Note 12)
    (9,066,352 )            
Other assets
    (291,640 )           (9,793 )
 
                       
Divestments-
    5,159,250       10,050,174       6,613,439  
Subsidiaries, jointly controlled entities and associates (Note 13)
    978,584       7,477,594       1,750,126  
Tangible assets (Note 16)
    3,496,430       1,957,246       2,479,579  
Other financial assets
                1,814,418  
Other assets
    684,236       615,334       569,316  
 
                 
Total net cash flows from investing activities (2)
    (21,144,056 )     2,503,211       4,147,483  
 
                 
 
                       
3. CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
                       
Acquisition of own equity instruments (**)
    (8,473,038 )     (73,733 )      
Disposal of own equity instruments (**)
    8,599,647             73,432  
Issuance/Redemption of other equity instruments (Note 34)
    7,024,763       (15,360 )     (16,089 )
Redemption of equity having the substance of a financial liability
    (94,912 )     (472,925 )     (944,968 )
Issuance of subordinated liabilities (Note 23)
    8,329,817       5,896,301       2,507,872  
Redemption of subordinated liabilities (Note 23)
    (2,339,981 )     (2,739,743 )     (2,410,288 )
Issuance of other long-term liabilities (Note 22)
    122,530,232       78,851,479       52,669,694  
Redemption of other long-term liabilities (Note 22)
    (85,674,400 )     (30,510,388 )     (14,269,479 )
Increase/Decrease in minority interests
    (438,366 )     (124,026 )     233,241  
Dividends paid (Note 30)
    (3,456,732 )     (2,779,334 )     (2,208,518 )
Other items related to financing activities
    (2,253,661 )     (767,419 )     1,500,947  
 
                 
Total net cash flows from financing activities (3)
    43,753,369       47,264,852       37,135,844  
 
                 
 
                       
4. EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS (4)
    (171,530 )     121,467       307,400  
 
                 
 
                       
5. NET INCREASE/DECREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS (1+2+3+4)
    17,227,626       (2,251,309 )     7,285,046  
 
                 
 
                       
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    13,835,149       16,086,458       8,801,412  
 
                 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
    31,062,775       13,835,149       16,086,458  
 
                 
     
(*)  
Restated in order to include the operations classified as discontinued in 2007 (see Note 37).
 
(**)  
The acquisitions and disposals of own equity instruments were presented at their net amount in 2006 and 2005. The acquisitions made in 2006 and 2005 amounted to 5,723 million and 5,073 million, respectively, and the disposals amounted to 5,649 million and 5,146 million, respectively.
The accompanying Notes 1 to 58 and Exhibits are an integral part of the consolidated cash flow statement for the year ended December 31, 2007.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Santander Group
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005
1.  
Introduction, basis of presentation of the consolidated financial statements and other information
  a)  
Introduction
 
     
Banco Santander, S.A. (“the Bank” or “Banco Santander”) is a private-law entity subject to the rules and regulations applicable to banks operating in Spain. The bylaws and other public information on the Bank can be consulted on the website of the Bank (www.santander.com) and at its registered office at Paseo de Pereda 9-12, Santander.
 
     
In addition to the operations carried on directly by it, the Bank is the head of a group of subsidiaries that engage in various business activities and which compose, together with it, the Santander Group (“the Group” or “the Santander Group”). Therefore, the Bank is obliged to prepare, in addition to its own individual financial statements, the Group’s consolidated financial statements, which also include the interests in joint ventures and investments in associates.
 
     
The Group’s consolidated financial statements for 2005 were approved by the shareholders at the Bank’s Annual General Meeting on June 17, 2006. The Group’s consolidated financial statements for 2006 were approved by the shareholders at the Bank’s Annual General Meeting on June 23, 2007. The 2007 consolidated financial statements of the Group and the 2007 financial statements of the Bank and of substantially all the Group companies have not yet been approved by their shareholders at the respective Annual General Meetings. However, the Bank’s Board of Directors considers that the aforementioned financial statements will be approved without any changes.
  b)  
Basis of presentation of the consolidated financial statements
 
     
Under Regulation (EC) no 1606/2002 of the European Parliament and of the Council of July 19, 2002, all companies governed by the law of an EU Member State and whose securities are admitted to trading on a regulated market of any Member State must prepare their consolidated financial statements in conformity with the International Financial Reporting Standards previously adopted by the European Union (“EU-IFRS”). Bank of Spain Circular 4/2004 of December 22, 2004 on Public and Confidential Financial Reporting Rules and Formats (“Circular 4/2004”) requires Spanish credit institutions to adapt their accounting systems to the principles derived from the adoption by the European Union of International Financial Reporting Standards. Therefore, the Group is required to prepare its consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2007 in conformity with the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004, which profit and loss account mandatory presentation excludes certain operating expenses, including various impairment and provision charges from “Net Operating Income”, and reduces “Gross Income” by certain expenses.
 
     
Under EU-IFRS financial institutions that have entity specific historical loss experience should evaluate impairment in future cash flows in a group of financial assets on the basis of such historical loss experience for assets with similar credit risk characteristics. The Group has such entity-specific historical loss experience.
 
     
The Group, in recognizing the inherent losses in such financial assets, and in contingent exposures classified as standard, has developed internal models that take into account our historical experience of impairment adjusted as appropriate for other objective observable data known at the time of assessment.
 
     
We utilize the inherent loss concept to quantify the cost of our credit risk in order to be able to incorporate such risk in the calculation of our risk adjusted return of operations. Additionally, the parameters necessary to calculate such return are used in the calculation of economic capital and, in the future, in the calculation of regulatory capital under the internal models of Basel II.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

     
The Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 requires that the internal valuation allowance methodology described above shall be tested and validated by the Bank of Spain. The Bank of Spain has not yet verified such internal models (although it is in the process of reviewing them). The Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 requires that until our internal models are so validated, the ratio of the allowance for loan losses to insolvencies incurred but not specifically identified for our Spanish operations must not be lower than would result under the application of the methodology established by the Bank of Spain, under Circular 4/2004, which is based on historical statistical data relating to the Spanish financial sector as a whole, as opposed to our specific historical loss experience (see Note 2-g).
 
     
The risk categories and the ranges of loan loss percentages that we must use to calculate the amounts needed to cover the impairment losses inherent in debt instruments and contingent exposures classified as standard, in each case for our Spanish operations, as of the balance sheet date are described in Note 2-g.
 
     
The Group’s consolidated financial statements for 2007 were prepared by the Bank’s directors (at the Board Meeting on March 24, 2008) in accordance with the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004, and applying the basis of consolidation, accounting policies and measurement bases set forth in Note 2 and, accordingly, they present fairly the Group’s equity and financial position at December 31, 2007, and the consolidated results of its operations, the changes in consolidated recognized income and expense and the consolidated cash flows in 2007. These consolidated financial statements were prepared from the individual accounting records of the Bank and of each of the companies composing the Group, and include the adjustments and reclassifications required to unify the accounting policies and measurement bases applied by the Group.
 
     
The notes to the consolidated financial statements contain supplementary information to that presented in the consolidated balance sheet, consolidated income statement, consolidated statement of recognized income and expense and consolidated cash flow statement, and provide, in a clear, relevant, reliable and comparable manner, narrative descriptions and breakdowns of these financial statements.
 
     
All accounting policies and measurement bases with a material effect on the consolidated financial statements were applied in their preparation.
  i.  
Adoption of new standards and interpretations
     
Standards and interpretations in force in 2007
 
     
In 2007 the Group adopted IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosure, which entered into force on January 1, 2007 for years beginning on or after that date, and the amendments to IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements in relation to capital disclosures.
 
     
Additionally, four IFRIC Interpretations became effective for the first time this year: IFRIC 7 Applying the Restatement Approach under IAS 29 Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies; IFRIC 8 Scope of IFRS 2; IFRIC 9 Reassessment of Embedded Derivatives; and IFRIC 10 Interim Financial Reporting and Impairment. The adoption of these interpretations did not have an impact on the consolidated financial statements.
 
     
Standards and interpretations issued but not in force
 
     
At the date of preparation of these consolidated financial statements, the following standards and interpretations had been published by the IASB but had not yet entered into force, either because their effective date is subsequent to the date of the consolidated financial statements or because they had not yet been adopted by the European Union. The entry into force of these standards and interpretations will not have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

         
        Obligatory Application in
        the Years Beginning on
Standards       or after:
 
       
IFRS 8
  Operating Segments   January 1, 2009
Revision of IAS 23 (*)
  Borrowing Costs   January 1, 2009
Revision of IAS 1 (*)
  Presentation of Financial Statements   January 1, 2009
Revision of IFRS 3 (*)
  Business Combinations   July 1, 2009
Amendment to IAS 27 (*)
  Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements   July 1, 2009
Amendment to IFRS 2 (*)
  Share-based Payments   January 1, 2009
IFRIC 11
  IFRS 2 — Group and Treasure Share Transactions   March 1, 2007
IFRIC 12 (*)
  Service Concession Arrangements   January 1, 2008
IFRIC 13 (*)
  Customer Loyalty Programmes   July 1, 2009
IFRIC 14 (*)
  IAS 19 — Defined Benefit Asset   January 1, 2008
     
(*)  
Standards and interpretations not adopted by the European Union at the date of preparation of these consolidated financial statements.
     
IFRS 8 Operating Segments
 
     
This standard replaces IAS 14. It requires an entity to disclose information on the financial performance of its business segments on the basis of the information used internally by management to assess the profit or loss of these segments.
 
     
Revision of IAS 23 Borrowing Costs
 
     
The option of the immediate recognition as an expense of the borrowing costs relating to assets that take a substantial period of time to get ready for use or sale is eliminated.
 
     
Review of IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements
 
     
This review affects mainly the presentation and disclosure requirements.
 
     
Revision of IFRS 3 Business Combinations and Amendment to IAS 27 Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements
 
     
The revised IFRS 3 and the amendments to IAS 27 give rise to significant changes in several matters relating to the accounting for business combinations, which generally place more emphasis on the use of fair value. Since the changes are significant, set forth below are certain of these changes, merely for illustration purposes: acquisition costs, which will be expensed rather than be considered as an increase in the cost of the business combination as per the current accounting treatment; step acquisitions, in which the acquirer revalues the investment at fair value on the date on which control is obtained; or the option to measure at fair value the minority interests of the acquiree rather than measure them as the proportional part of the fair value of the net assets acquired as per the current accounting treatment. Since the standard will be applied prospectively, the business combinations already effected will not have any impact.
 
     
Amendment to IFRS 2 Share-based Payment
 
     
The objective of the amendment is to clarify the concepts of vesting conditions and cancellations in share-based payments.
 
     
IFRIC 11 IFRS 2 Group and Treasure Share Transactions
 
     
Treasury or group share-based payment transactions will be accounted for as equity-settled, regardless of how the equity instruments needed are obtained.
 
     
IFRIC 12 Service Concession Arrangements and IFRIC 13 Customer Loyalty Programmes
 
     
Given the nature of these interpretations, their entry into force will not have any impact on the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

     
IFRIC 14 IAS 19 – The Limit on a Defined Benefit Asset, Minimum Funding Requirements and their Interaction
 
     
IFRIC 14 provides general guidance on how to assess the limit in IAS 19 Employee Benefits on the amount of the surplus that can be recognized as an asset. It also explains how pension assets or liabilities can be affected when there is a statutory or contractual minimum funding requirement and establishes that the entity needs to recognize an additional liability if it has a contractual obligation to make additional contributions to the plan and its capacity to recover them is restricted. The interpretation will standardize the practice and ensure that the entities recognize an asset in relation to a surplus on a consistent basis.
  c)  
Use of estimates
 
     
The consolidated results and the determination of consolidated equity are sensitive to the accounting policies, measurement bases and estimates used by the directors of the Bank in preparing the consolidated financial statements. The main accounting policies and measurement bases are set forth in Note 2.
 
     
In the consolidated financial statements estimates were occasionally made by the senior executives of the Bank and of the consolidated entities in order to quantify certain of the assets, liabilities, income, expenses and commitments reported herein. These estimates, which were made on the basis of the best information available, relate basically to the following:
   
The impairment losses on certain assets (Notes 6, 7, 8, 10, 12, 13, 16 and 17);
 
   
The assumptions used in the actuarial calculation of the post-employment benefit liabilities and commitments and other obligations (Note 25);
 
   
The useful life of the tangible and intangible assets (Notes 16 and 17);
 
   
The measurement of goodwill arising on consolidation (Note 17); and
 
   
The fair value of certain unquoted assets (Notes 8, 9 and 11).
  d)  
Other matters
  i.  
Disputed corporate resolutions
     
The directors of the Bank and their legal advisers consider that the objection to certain resolutions adopted by the Bank’s shareholders at the General Meetings on January 18, 2000, March 4, 2000, March 10, 2001, February 9, 2002, June 24, 2002, June 21, 2003, June 19, 2004 and June 18, 2005 will have no effect on the financial statements of the Bank and the Group.
 
     
On April 25, 2002, the Santander Court of First Instance number 1 dismissed in full the claim contesting the resolutions adopted by the shareholders at the General Meeting on January 18, 2000. The plaintiff filed an appeal against the judgment. On December 2, 2002, the Cantabria Provincial Appellate Court dismissed the appeal. A cassation appeal has been filed against the judgment of the Cantabria Provincial Appellate Court.
 
     
On November 29, 2002, the Santander Court of First Instance number 2 dismissed in full the claims contesting the resolutions adopted at the General Meeting on March 4, 2000. The plaintiffs filed an appeal against the judgment. On July 5, 2004, the Cantabria Provincial Appellate Court dismissed the appeal. One of the appellants prepared and filed an extraordinary appeal on grounds of procedural infringements and a cassation appeal against the judgment, which were not given leave to proceed by order of the Supreme Court of July 31, 2007.
 
     
On March 12, 2002, the Santander Court of First Instance number 4 dismissed in full the claims contesting the resolutions adopted at the General Meeting on March 10, 2001. The plaintiffs filed an appeal against the judgment. On April 13, 2004, the Cantabria Provincial Appellate Court dismissed the appeals. One of the appellants prepared and filed an extraordinary appeal on grounds of procedural infringements and a cassation appeal against the judgment, which were not given leave to proceed by order of the Supreme Court of November 6, 2007.
 
     
On September 9, 2002, the Santander Court of First Instance number 5 dismissed in full the claim contesting the resolutions adopted at the General Meeting on February 9, 2002. The plaintiff filed an appeal against the judgment. On January 14, 2004, the Cantabria Provincial Appellate Court dismissed the appeal. The appellant prepared and filed an extraordinary appeal on grounds of procedural infringements and a cassation appeal against the judgment, which were not given leave to proceed by order of the Supreme Court of May 8, 2007.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

     
On May 29, 2003, the Santander Court of First Instance number 6 dismissed in full the claim contesting the resolutions adopted at the General Meeting on June 24, 2002. The plaintiffs filed an appeal against the judgment. On November 15, 2005, the Cantabria Provincial Appellate Court dismissed the appeal in full. The appellants have prepared and filed an extraordinary appeal on grounds of procedural infringements and a cassation appeal against the judgment.
 
     
On November 23, 2007, the Santander Court of First Instance number 7 dismissed in full the claims contesting the resolutions adopted at the General Meeting on June 21, 2003. An appeal has been filed against the judgment. The Court has been notified of the recent death of one of the appellants and the appeals are currently being held in abeyance until his heirs have been identified.
 
     
On October 28, 2005, the Santander Court of First Instance number 8 dismissed in full the claims contesting the resolutions adopted at the General Meeting on June 19, 2004. The plaintiffs filed an appeal against the judgment, but the appeal was dismissed in full by the Cantabria Provincial Appellate Court. Against this judgment the plaintiffs have prepared and filed a cassation appeal and an extraordinary appeal on the grounds of procedural infringements. The cassation and extraordinary appeals for procedural infringement filed by one of the appellants were not given leave to proceed due to the death of the appellant and then non-appearance of his heirs. However, this decision has been appealed against by the legal representative of the late appellant.
 
     
On July 13, 2007, the Santander Court of First Instance number 10 dismissed in full the claims contesting the resolutions adopted at the General Meeting on June 18, 2005. An appeal has been filed against the judgment.
  ii.  
Credit assignment transactions
     
Following the investigations carried out since 1992 by the Madrid Central Examining Court number 3, and despite the fact that the Government Lawyer, as the representative of the Public Treasury, and the Public Prosecutor’s Office have repeatedly applied to have the case against the Bank and its executives dismissed and struck out, a decision was rendered on June 27, 2002 to turn the preliminary court proceedings into an “abbreviated” proceeding. The Public Prosecutor’s Office, the Bank and its executives have appealed against this decision.
 
     
On June 23, 2003, Panel Two of the Criminal Chamber of the National Appellate Court partially upheld these appeals, and explicitly recognized that the assignments of naked credit ownership were lawfully marketed and reduced the proceedings from 138 to 38 customer transactions (it should be noted that the Government Lawyer and the Public Prosecutor’s Office had also requested dismissal and strike-out of the case on grounds that no offence had been committed) with respect to which the Bank’s possible involvement continued to be alleged.
 
     
Following the submissions phase, in which the Public Prosecutor’s Office and the Government Lawyer reiterated their petition to have the proceedings dismissed and struck out, based on the class accusation filed by the Association for the Defence of Investors and Customers, on October 6, 2004 the Court ordered commencement of a trial against the Chairman of the Bank and three executives.
 
     
Once the trial had commenced at Panel One of the Criminal Chamber of the National Appellate Court and after the debate on preliminary issues was held at the end of November 2006, without the appearance of the Government Lawyer, in which the Public Prosecutor’s Office reiterated its appeal to set aside the trial and interrupt the proceedings, on December 20, 2006, the Criminal Chamber of the National Appellate Court ordered the dismissal of the proceedings, as requested by the Public Prosecutor’s Office and the private prosecution.
 
     
A cassation appeal was filed against the aforementioned order by the Association for the Defence of Investors and Customers and “Iniciativa per Catalunya Verds” and, following the opposition by the Public Prosecutor’s Office, the Government Lawyer and the remaining appearing parties, it was dismissed by a Supreme Court Decision handed down on December 17, 2007.
 
     
A decision has not yet been handed down by the Supreme Court on the ancillary suit for nullity of proceedings filed by the Association for the Defence of Investors and Customers.
  e)  
Information relating to 2006 and 2005
 
     
The information relating to 2006 and 2005 contained in these notes to the consolidated financial statements does not constitute the Group’s statutory consolidated financial statements for those years.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

  f)  
Capital management
 
     
The Group’s capital management is performed at regulatory and economic levels.
 
     
Regulatory capital management is based on the analysis of the capital base and the capital ratios (core capital, TIER 1, etc.) using Basel (“BIS”) and Bank of Spain criteria. The aim is to achieve a capital structure that is as efficient as possible in terms of both cost and compliance with the requirements of regulators, ratings agencies and investors. Active capital management includes securitizations, sales of assets, and preference and subordinated issues of equity securities and hybrid instruments.
 
     
From an economic standpoint, capital management seeks to optimize value creation at the Group and at its different business units. To this end, the economic capital, return on risk adjusted capital (RORAC) and value creation data for each business unit are generated, analyzed and reported to the Management Committee on a quarterly basis.
 
     
In order to adequately manage the Group’s capital, it is essential to estimate and analyze future needs, in anticipation of the various phases of the business cycle. Projections of regulatory and economic capital are made based on reference to the budgetary information (balance sheet, income statement, etc.) and on macroeconomic scenarios defined by the Economic Research Service. These estimates are used by the Group as a reference to plan the management actions (issues, securitizations, etc.) required to achieve its capital targets.
 
     
In addition, certain stress scenarios are simulated in order to assess the availability of capital in adverse situations. These scenarios are based on sharp fluctuations in macroeconomic variables, GDP, interest rates, stock market indexes, etc. that mirror historical crises that could happen again.
 
     
It should be noted that the regulations governing compliance with minimum capital requirements for credit institutions, both as individual entities and as consolidated groups, came into force through the publication of Law 13/1992, of June 1, and of Bank of Spain Circular 5/1993 and subsequent amendments thereto.
 
     
At December 31, 2007, the Group’s eligible capital exceeded the minimum requirements by 14,517 million (December 31, 2006: 11,172 million; December 31, 2005: 10,384 million).
 
     
Royal Decree 216/2008, of February 15, on the capital of financial institutions was published on February 16, 2008. Also, a series of amendments were introduced to Law 13/1985, of May 25, on investment ratios, capital and reporting requirements of financial intermediaries. The main purpose of these new regulations is to transpose into Spanish law Directive 2006/48/EC and Directive 2006/49/EC which, in turn, transpose into Community law the New Basel Capital Accord (“Basel II”- BIS II).
 
     
Accordingly, in 2008 the Bank and its Group must calculate their capital requirements in accordance with the aforementioned regulations, which change the way entities must calculate their minimum capital, including new risks that require the use of capital, such as operational risk, and introduce new calculation methodologies and models to be applied by the entities, and new requirements in terms of validation mechanisms and public information to be disclosed to the market.
 
     
The new regulations permit the use of internal parameters for the calculation of minimum capital requirements, which will become effective from June 30, 2008.
 
     
The Group intends to use, from the outset, advanced internal models to calculate the capital requirements for credit risk of the units with the largest credit risk exposure (the Parent Bank and Banco Español de Crédito -Banesto- in Spain and Abbey in the UK), and plans to extend these models to its other main units in the next few years. The use of advanced internal models is subject to stringent internal validation and supervisory approval requirements. Internal validation and supervisory review and approval of the models are not confined to the quantitative model, but also encompass qualitative requirements relating to the technological environment and the integration of the models into management. In the case of the Group, this has entailed the review and approval by the Bank of Spain and the Financial Services Authority (FSA) of 36 credit risk models applicable to the various business segments.
 
     
The calculation of the minimum capital requirements under the new regulations, the so-called Pillar 1, is supplemented by an internal capital adequacy assessment process (ICAAP) and supervisory review, also referred to as Pillar 2. In the case of the Group, this ICAAP is based on an internal model which is used to quantify the economic capital required, given the Group’s global risk profile, to maintain a target AA rating. Lastly, BIS II regulations establish, through the so-called Pillar 3, strict standards of transparency in the disclosure of risk information to the market.
 
     
We consider that the new regulations will give rise to significant savings with respect to the regulatory capital requirements as from their effective implementation on June 30, 2008.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

  g)  
Environmental impact
 
     
In view of the business activities carried on by the Group entities, the Group does not have any environmental liability, expenses, assets, provisions or contingencies that might be material with respect to its consolidated equity, financial position or results. Therefore, no specific disclosures relating to environmental issues are included in these notes to the consolidated financial statements.
  h)  
Events after the balance sheet date
 
     
It should be noted that from January 1, 2008 to the date on which these financial statements were authorized for issue, the following significant events occurred in the Santander Group:
   
Banco Santander entered into an agreement with the consortium led by Propinvest for the sale of the Santander business campus and the subsequent leaseback thereof for a period of 40 years, whereby the Bank also reserves a purchase option at the end of this period.
 
     
This transaction is performed within the framework of the restricted private bid organized by Banco Santander for the sale and subsequent leaseback of a portfolio of properties owned by it in Spain, of which it is the last part. The price agreed upon for the Santander business campus is 1,900 million (Note 12).
 
   
Santander and Fortis entered into an agreement whereby Santander will acquire from Fortis the asset management activities of ABN AMRO in Brazil, which Fortis purchased as part of the ABN AMRO acquisition performed by the Consortium (RBS, Fortis and Santander).
 
     
This transaction, which is valued at 209 million, is expected to be closed in the second quarter of 2008 and will be subject to the normal closing conditions and to the relevant regulatory approvals.
  i)  
Comparative information
 
     
The accompanying consolidated income statement for 2006 differs from the consolidated income statement approved by the Bank’s Annual General Meeting in that, as a result of the Group’s divestment of the pensions business in Latin America, the results arising from the consolidation of these companies (116 million) were reclassified for comparison purposes, as stipulated by the accounting standards, from the headings under which they were recorded in the approved consolidated financial statements for 2005 to “Profit from discontinued operations” in the accompanying consolidated income statement for 2006 (Note 37).
 
     
Also, the results arising from the consolidation of the divested companies in the pensions business in Latin America (106 million) and the results relating to the investments disposed of in 2006 –most notably Inmobiliaria Urbis, S.A. (Urbis) and Abbey’s insurance business (238 million)- were reclassified in 2005 from the related headings in the consolidated income statement to “Profit from discontinued operations” in the accompanying consolidated income statement (Note 37).
 
     
The gains arising in 2007 on the disposal of the investment in Intesa Sanpaolo and of the properties in Spain (566 million and 1,620 million, respectively, recognized under “Other gains” — Note 52), the proceeds from the divestment of the pensions business in Latin America (831 million, recognized under “Discontinued operations” — Note 37) and the gains on the disposal of the investment in Banco Portugués do Investimento (107 million, recognized under “Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities” — Note 45) were used to write down the investment in Sovereign (1,053 million — Note 13-c), to write down intangible assets (542 million — Note 17), to recognize special provisions for retirement and pension plans (317 million — Note 52) and to recognize other provisions and write-downs (117 million). Therefore, the gross gains realized in 2007 (3,124 million) contributed 950 million, after the aforementioned uses and net of tax and minority interests, to “Profit attributed to the Group”.
 
     
The gains arising in 2006 on the disposal of the investments in Banco Santander Chile, San Paolo ImI, S.p.A. (San Paolo) and Antena 3 (270 million, 705 million and 294 million, respectively, recognized under “Other gains” — Note 52) and on the divestment of Urbis (1,218 million recognized under “Discontinued operations” — Note 37) were used to fund a significant portion of the retirement plans detailed in Note 25-c (716 million), to re-estimate the deferred tax assets and liabilities detailed in Note 2-y as a result of the reduction in the statutory tax rate for income tax purposes in Spain (491 million) and to recognize the expense relating to the delivery of 100 Bank shares to each Group employee (179 million). Accordingly, the gains realized in 2006 (2,487 million, before tax) contributed 1,014 million, after the aforementioned uses and net of tax and minority interests, to the profit attributable to the Group.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

     
In 2005, the gains on the disposal of the investments in Unión Fenosa, S.A., Royal Bank of Scotland Group Plc and Auna Operadores de Telecomunicaciones, S.A. (1,157 million, 717 million and 355 million, respectively, recognized under “Other gains” — Note 52) were partially used to fund early retirement plans and to amortize early restructuring costs. Therefore, the realized gains (2,229 million before tax) contributed 1,008 million, after the aforementioned uses and net of tax, to the profit attributed to the Group for 2005.
2.  
Accounting policies and measurement bases
 
   
The accounting policies and measurement bases applied in preparing the consolidated financial statements were as follows:
  a)  
Foreign currency transactions
  i.  
Functional currency
     
The Group’s functional currency is the euro. Therefore, all balances and transactions denominated in currencies other than the euro are deemed to be denominated in “foreign currency”.
  ii.  
Translation of foreign currency balances
     
Foreign currency balances are translated to euros in two consecutive stages:
   
Translation of foreign currency to the functional currency (currency of the main economic environment in which the Group operates), and
 
   
Translation to euros of the balances held in the functional currencies of entities whose functional currency is not the euro.
 
     
Translation of foreign currency to the functional currency
 
     
Foreign currency transactions performed by consolidated entities (or entities accounted for using the equity method) not located in EMU countries are initially recognized in their respective currencies. Monetary items in foreign currency are subsequently translated to their functional currencies using the closing rate.
 
     
Furthermore:
   
Non-monetary items measured at historical cost are translated to the functional currency at the exchange rate at the date of acquisition.
 
   
Non-monetary items measured at fair value are translated at the exchange rate at the date when the fair value was determined.
 
   
Income and expenses are translated at the average exchange rates for the period for all the transactions performed during the year.
 
   
The balances arising from non-hedging forward foreign currency/foreign currency and foreign currency/euro purchase and sale transactions are translated at the closing rates prevailing in the forward foreign currency market for the related maturity.
     
Translation of functional currencies to euros
 
     
If the functional currency is not the euro, the balances in the financial statements of the consolidated entities (or entities accounted for using the equity method) are translated to euros as follows:
   
Assets and liabilities, at the closing rates.
 
   
Income and expenses, at the average exchange rates for the year.
 
   
Equity items, at the historical exchange rates.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

  iii.  
Recognition of exchange differences
     
The exchange differences arising on the translation of foreign currency balances to the functional currency are generally recognized at their net amount under “Exchange differences” in the consolidated income statement, except for exchange differences arising on financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss, which are recognized in the consolidated income statement without distinguishing them from other changes in fair value, and for exchange differences arising on non-monetary items measured at fair value through equity, which are recognized under “Valuation adjustments — Exchange differences”.
 
     
The exchange differences arising on the translation to euros of the financial statements in functional currencies other than the euro are recognized under “Valuation adjustments — Exchange differences” in the consolidated balance sheet until the related item is derecognized, when they are recognized in the consolidated income statement.
  iv.  
Entities located in hyperinflationary economies
     
None of the functional currencies of the consolidated entities and associates located abroad relate to hyperinflationary economies as defined by the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 as adopted by the European Union. Accordingly, at 2007, 2006 and 2005 year-end it was not necessary to adjust the financial statements of any of the consolidated entities or associates to correct for the effect of inflation.
  v.  
Exposure to foreign currency risk
     
At December 31, 2007, the Group’s largest exposures on temporary positions (with a potential impact on the income statement) were concentrated, in descending order, on the US dollar and the pound sterling. At that date, its largest exposures on permanent positions (with a potential impact on equity) were concentrated, in descending order, on the Brazilian real, the pound sterling, the Mexican peso and the Chilean peso. The Group hedges a portion of these permanent positions using foreign exchange derivative financial instruments (Note 36-a).
 
     
At December 31, 2006, the Group’s largest exposures on temporary positions (with a potential impact on the income statement) were concentrated, in descending order, on the US dollar, the pound sterling and the Chilean peso. At that date, its largest exposure on permanent positions (with a potential impact on equity) were concentrated, in descending order, on the pound sterling, the Brazilian real, the Mexican peso and the Chilean peso. The Group hedges a portion of these permanent positions using foreign exchange derivative financial instruments (Note 36-a).
 
     
At December 31, 2005, the Group’s largest exposures on more temporary positions (with a potential impact on the income statement) were concentrated, in descending order, on the US dollar, the Chilean peso, the pound sterling and the Mexican peso. At that date, its largest exposures on more permanent positions (with a potential impact on equity) were concentrated, in descending order, on the Brazilian real, the pound sterling, the Mexican peso and the US dollar. The Group hedges a portion of these permanent positions using foreign exchange derivative financial instruments (Note 36-a).
 
     
The following tables show the sensitivity of consolidated profit and consolidated equity to changes in the Group’s financial instruments due to 1% variations in the various foreign currencies in which the Group had material balances.
 
     
The estimated effect on the Group’s consolidated equity and consolidated profit of a 1% appreciation of the euro against the related currency is as follows:
                                                 
    Millions of Euros  
    Effect on Consolidated Equity     Effect on Consolidated Profit  
Currency   2007     2006     2005     2007     2006     2005  
 
                                               
US dollar
          0.1       (10.1 )     20.1       30.2       18.7  
Chilean peso
    (13.7 )     (9.8 )     (1.0 )           2.2        
Pound sterling
    (4.3 )     (49.0 )     (32.6 )     12.2       23.2       13.4  
Mexican peso
    (16.3 )     (20.5 )     (19.5 )           5.2       1.9  
Brazilian real
    (68.5 )     (25.4 )     (27.5 )                  

 

F-15


Table of Contents

     
Similarly, the estimated effect on the Group’s consolidated equity and consolidated profit of a 1% depreciation of the euro against the related currency is as follows:
                                                 
    Millions of Euros  
    Effect on Consolidated Equity     Effect on Consolidated Profit  
Currency   2007     2006     2005     2007     2006     2005  
 
                                               
US dollar
          (0.1 )     10.3       (20.5 )     (30.8 )     (19.1 )
Chilean peso
    14.5       10.9       1.0             (6.0 )      
Pound sterling
    8.5       33.1       30.3       (12.5 )     (16.7 )     (0.5 )
Mexican peso
    16.5       24.7       18.3             (7.3 )     (1.3 )
Brazilian real
    69.4       26.0       28.0                    
     
The foregoing data were obtained by calculating the possible effect of a variation in the exchange rates on the various asset and liability items and on other foreign currency-denominated items, such as the Group’s derivative instruments, considering the offsetting effect of the various hedging transactions on these items. This effect was estimated using the exchange difference recognition methods set forth in Note 2-a-iii above.
 
     
The estimates used to obtain the foregoing data were performed taking into account the effects of the exchange rate fluctuations isolated from the effect of the performance of other variables, the changes in which would affect equity and profit, such as variations in the interest rates of the reference currencies or other market factors. Accordingly, all variables other than the exchange rate fluctuations remained unchanged with respect to their positions at December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005.
  b)  
Basis of consolidation
  i.  
Subsidiaries
     
“Subsidiaries” are defined as entities over which the Bank has the capacity to exercise control; this capacity is, in general but not exclusively, presumed to exist when the Parent owns directly or indirectly half or more of the voting power of the investee or, even if this percentage is lower or zero, when, as in the case of agreements with shareholders of the investee, the Bank is granted control. Control is the power to govern the financial and operating policies of an entity so as to obtain benefits from its activities.
 
     
The financial statements of the subsidiaries are fully consolidated with those of the Bank. Accordingly, all balances and transactions between consolidated entities are eliminated on consolidation.
 
     
On acquisition of a subsidiary, its assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities are recognized at fair value at the date of acquisition. Any positive differences between the acquisition cost and the fair values of the identifiable net assets acquired are recognized as goodwill (Note 17). Negative differences are charged to income on the date of acquisition.
 
     
Additionally, the share of third parties of the Group’s equity is presented under “Minority interests” in the consolidated balance sheet (Note 28) and their share of the profit for the year is presented under “Profit attributed to minority interests” in the consolidated income statement.
 
     
The results of subsidiaries acquired during the year are included in the consolidated income statement from the date of acquisition to year-end. Similarly, the results of subsidiaries disposed of during the year are included in the consolidated income statement from the beginning of the year to the date of disposal.
 
     
The Exhibits contain significant information on these entities.
  ii.  
Interests in joint ventures (jointly controlled entities)
     
“Joint ventures” are deemed to be ventures that are not subsidiaries but which are jointly controlled by two or more unrelated entities. This is evidenced by contractual arrangements whereby two or more entities (“venturers”) acquire interests in entities (jointly controlled entities) or undertake operations or hold assets so that strategic financial and operating decisions affecting the joint venture require the unanimous consent of the venturers.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

     
The financial statements of investees classified as joint ventures are proportionately consolidated with those of the Bank and, therefore, the aggregation of balances and subsequent eliminations are made only in proportion to the Group’s ownership interest in the capital of these entities.
 
     
The Exhibits contain significant information on these entities.
  iii.  
Associates
     
Associates are entities over which the Bank is in a position to exercise significant influence, but not control or joint control, usually because it holds 20% or more of the voting power of the investee.
 
     
In the consolidated financial statements, investments in associates are accounted for using the equity method, i.e. at the Group’s share of net assets of the investee, after taking into account the dividends received therefrom and other equity eliminations. The profits and losses resulting from transactions with an associate are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest in the associate.
 
     
The Exhibits contain significant information on these entities.
  iv.  
Other matters
     
The companies less than 50% owned by the Group that constituted a decision-making unit at December 31, 2007 and which, therefore, were accounted for as subsidiaries are: (i) Inmuebles B de V 1985 C.A., (ii) Luri 1, S.A. and (iii) Luri 2, S.A. and (iv) Luri Land, S.A., in which the Group held ownership interests of 35.63%, 5.58%, 4.81% and 5.15%, respectively, at that date (Exhibit I).
 
     
The companies less than 20% owned by the Group over which it exercises significant influence and which, therefore, were accounted for as associates at December 31, 2007 are: (i) Attijariwafa Bank Société Anonyme and (ii) Sociedad Operadora de la Cámara de Compensación de Pagos de Alto Valor, S.A., in which the Group held ownership interests of 14.55% and 13.94%, respectively, at that date (Exhibit II).
  v.  
Business combinations
     
A business combination is the bringing together of two or more separate entities or economic units into one single entity or group of entities.
 
     
Business combinations performed on or after January 1, 2004 whereby the Group obtains control over an entity are recognized for accounting purposes as follows:
   
The Group measures the cost of the business combination, defined as the fair value of the assets given, the liabilities incurred and the equity instruments issued, if any, by the entity, plus any cost directly attributable to the business combinations, including the fees paid to the auditors, legal advisers, investment banks and other consultants. The amount recognized as an increase in the cost of the business combinations effected in 2007 (see the transaction described in Note 3-b), which required auditor’s reports to be issued by our auditors, amounted to 5.8 million.
 
   
The fair values of the assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of the acquiree, including any intangible assets which might have not been recognized by the acquiree, are estimated and recognized in the consolidated balance sheet.
 
   
Any negative difference between the net fair value of the assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of the acquiree and the business combination cost is recognized as discussed in Note 2-m; any positive difference is recognized in “Other gains” in the consolidated income statement.
  vi.  
Acquisitions and disposals
     
Note 3 provides information on the most significant acquisitions and disposals in 2007, 2006 and 2005.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

  c)  
Definitions and classification of financial instruments
  i.  
Definitions
     
A “financial instrument” is any contract that gives rise to a financial asset of one entity and, simultaneously, to a financial liability or equity instrument of another entity.
 
     
An “equity instrument” is any agreement that evidences a residual interest in the assets of the issuing entity after deducting all of its liabilities.
 
     
A “financial derivative” is a financial instrument whose value changes in response to the change in an observable market variable (such as an interest rate, foreign exchange rate, financial instrument price, market index or credit rating), whose initial investment is very small compared with other financial instruments with a similar response to changes in market factors, and which is generally settled at a future date.
 
     
“Hybrid financial instruments” are contracts that simultaneously include a non-derivative host contract together with a derivative, known as an embedded derivative, that is not separately transferable and has the effect that some of the cash flows of the hybrid contract vary in a way similar to a stand-alone derivative.
 
     
“Compound financial instruments” are contracts that simultaneously create for their issuer a financial liability and an own equity instrument (such as convertible bonds, which entitle their holders to convert them into equity instruments of the issuer).
 
     
The following transactions are not treated for accounting purposes as financial instruments:
   
Investments in subsidiaries, jointly controlled entities and associates (Note 13).
 
   
Rights and obligations under employee benefit plans (Note 25).
 
   
Rights and obligations under insurance contracts (Note 15).
 
   
Contracts and obligations relating to employee remuneration based on own equity instruments (Note 34).
  ii.  
Classification of financial assets for measurement purposes
     
Financial assets are initially classified into the various categories used for management and measurement purposes, unless they have to be presented as “Non-current assets held for sale” or they relate to “Cash and balances with central banks”, “Changes in the fair value of hedged items in portfolio hedges of interest rate risk” (asset side), “Hedging derivatives” and “Investments”, which are reported separately.
 
     
Financial assets are included for measurement purposes in one of the following categories:
   
Financial assets held for trading (at fair value through profit or loss): this category includes the financial assets acquired for the purpose of generating a profit in the near term from fluctuations in their prices and financial derivatives that are not designated as hedging instruments.
 
   
Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss: this category includes hybrid financial assets not held for trading that are measured entirely at fair value and financial assets not held for trading that are managed jointly with “Liabilities under insurance contracts” measured at fair value or with derivative financial instruments whose purpose and effect is to significantly reduce exposure to variations in fair value, or that are managed jointly with financial liabilities and derivatives for the purpose of significantly reducing overall exposure to interest rate risk.
 
     
Financial instruments included in this category (and “Other financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss”) are permanently subject to an integrated and consistent system of measuring, managing and controlling risks and returns that enables all the financial instruments involved to be monitored and identified and allows the effective reduction of risk to be checked.
 
   
Available-for-sale financial assets: this category includes debt instruments not classified as “Held-to-maturity investments” or as “Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss”, and equity instruments issued by entities other than subsidiaries, associates and jointly controlled entities, provided that such instruments have not been classified as “Financial assets held for trading” or as “Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss”.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

   
Loans and receivables: this category includes financing granted to third parties, based on their nature, irrespective of the type of borrower and the form of financing, including finance lease transactions in which the consolidated entities act as lessors.
 
     
The consolidated entities generally intend to hold the loans and credits granted by them until their final maturity and, therefore, they are presented in the consolidated balance sheet at their amortized cost (which includes any reductions required to reflect the estimated losses on their recovery).
 
   
Held-to-maturity investments: this category includes debt instruments with fixed maturity and with fixed or determinable payments.
  iii.  
Classification of financial assets for presentation purposes
     
Financial assets are classified by nature into the following items in the consolidated balance sheet:
   
Cash and balances with central banks: cash balances and balances receivable on demand relating to deposits with the Bank of Spain and other central banks.
 
   
Loans and advances to credit institutions: credit of any nature in the name of credit institutions.
 
   
Money market operations through counterparties: amount of the money market operations conducted through central counterparties.
 
   
Loans and advances to customers: all credit granted by the Group, other than that represented by marketable securities, money market operations through central counterparties, finance lease receivables and loans and advances to credit institutions.
 
   
Debt instruments: bonds and other securities that represent a debt for their issuer, that generate an interest return, and that are in the form of certificates or book entries.
 
   
Other equity instruments: financial instruments issued by other entities, such as shares and non-voting equity units, which have the nature of equity instruments for the issuer, unless they are investments in subsidiaries, jointly controlled entities or associates. Investment fund units and shares are included in this item.
 
   
Trading derivatives: includes the fair value in favor of the Group of derivatives which do not form part of hedge accounting.
 
   
Other financial assets: other debit balances in favor of the Group in respect of transactions which do not have the nature of credit (such as cheques drawn on credit institutions, the amounts receivable from clearing houses and settlement agencies for transactions on the stock exchange and organized markets, bonds given in cash, capital calls, and fees and commissions receivable for financial guarantees).
 
   
Changes in the fair value of hedged items in portfolio hedges of interest rate risk: this item is the balancing entry for the amounts credited to the consolidated income statement in respect of the measurement of the portfolios of financial instruments which are efficiently hedged against interest rate risk through fair value hedging derivatives.
 
   
Hedging derivatives: includes the fair value in favor of the Group of derivatives designated as hedging instruments in hedge accounting.
 
   
Investments: includes the investments in the share capital of associates
  iv.  
Classification of financial liabilities for measurement purposes
     
Financial liabilities are initially classified into the various categories used for management and measurement purposes, unless they have to be presented as “Liabilities associated with non-current assets held for sale” or they relate to “Hedging derivatives”, “Changes in the fair value of hedged items in portfolio hedges of interest rate risk” (liability side) and “Equity having the substance of a financial liability”, which are reported separately.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

     
Financial liabilities are classified for measurement purposes into one of the following categories:
   
Financial liabilities held for trading (at fair value through profit or loss): this category includes the financial liabilities issued for the purpose of generating a profit in the near term from fluctuations in their prices, financial derivatives not considered to qualify for hedge accounting and financial liabilities arising from the outright sale of financial assets purchased under resale agreements or borrowed (“short positions”).
 
   
Other financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss: this category includes all hybrid financial liabilities not held for trading that have to be measured entirely at fair value, including life insurance linked to investment funds that does not expose the issuer of the contract to a significant insurance risk, when the financial assets to which they are linked are also measured at fair value through profit or loss.
 
   
Financial liabilities at fair value through equity: financial liabilities associated with available-for-sale financial assets arising as a result of transfers of assets in which the consolidated entities as transferors neither transfer nor retain substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the assets.
 
   
Financial liabilities at amortized cost: financial liabilities, irrespective of their instrumentation and maturity, not included in any of the above-mentioned categories which arise from the funding-taking activities carried on by financial institutions.
  v.  
Classification of financial liabilities for presentation purposes
     
Financial liabilities are classified by nature into the following items in the consolidated balance sheet:
   
Deposits from credit institutions: deposits of any nature, including credit and money market operations received in the name of credit institutions.
 
   
Money market operations through counterparties: amount of the money market operations conducted through central counterparties.
 
   
Customer deposits: includes all repayable balances received in cash by the Group, other than those represented by marketable securities, money market operations through central counterparties, subordinated liabilities and deposits from central banks and credit institutions.
 
   
Marketable debt securities: includes the amount of bonds and other debt represented by marketable securities, other than subordinated liabilities. This item includes the component considered to be a financial liability of issued securities that are compound financial instruments.
 
   
Trading derivatives: includes the fair value of the Group’s liability in respect of derivatives which do not form part of hedge accounting.
 
   
Deposits from central banks: deposits of any nature received from the Bank of Spain or other central banks.
 
   
Short positions: includes the amount of financial liabilities arising from the outright sale of financial assets purchased under reverse repurchase agreements or borrowed.
 
   
Subordinated liabilities: amount of financing received which, for the purposes of payment priority, ranks behind ordinary debt.
 
   
Other financial liabilities: includes the amount of payment obligations having the nature of financial liabilities not included in other items.
 
   
Changes in the fair value of hedged items in portfolio hedges of interest rate risk: this item is the balancing entry for the amounts charged to the consolidated income statement in respect of the measurement of the portfolios of financial instruments which are efficiently hedged against interest rate risk through fair value hedging derivatives.
 
   
Hedging derivatives: includes the fair value of the Group’s liability in respect of derivatives designated as hedging instruments in hedge accounting.
 
   
Equity having the substance of a financial liability: amount of the financial instruments issued by the consolidated entities that, although equity for legal purposes, do not meet the requirements for classification as equity.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

  d)  
Measurement of financial assets and liabilities and recognition of fair value changes
 
     
In general, financial assets and liabilities are initially recognized at fair value which, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, is deemed to be the transaction price, and are subsequently measured at each period-end as follows:
  i.  
Measurement of financial assets
     
Financial assets are measured at fair value, except for loans and receivables, held-to-maturity investments, equity instruments whose fair value cannot be determined in a sufficiently objective manner and financial derivatives that have those equity instruments as their underlying and are settled by delivery of those instruments.
 
     
The “fair value” of a financial instrument on a given date is taken to be the amount for which it could be bought or sold on that date by two knowledgeable, willing parties in an arm’s length transaction acting prudently. The most objective and common reference for the fair value of a financial instrument is the price that would be paid for it on an organized, transparent and deep market (“quoted price” or “market price”).
 
     
If there is no market price for a given financial instrument, its fair value is estimated on the basis of the price established in recent transactions involving similar instruments and, in the absence thereof, of valuation techniques commonly used by the international financial community, taking into account the specific features of the instrument to be measured and, particularly, the various types of risk associated with it.
 
     
All derivatives are recognized in the balance sheet at fair value from the trade date. If the fair value is positive, they are recognized as an asset and if the fair value is negative, they are recognized as a liability. The fair value on the trade date is deemed, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, to be the transaction price. The changes in the fair value of derivatives from the trade date are recognized in “Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities” in the consolidated income statement. Specifically, the fair value of standard financial derivatives included in the portfolios of financial assets or liabilities held for trading is deemed to be their daily quoted price and if, for exceptional reasons, the quoted price cannot be determined on a given date, these financial derivatives are measured using methods similar to those used to measure OTC derivatives.
 
     
The fair value of OTC derivatives is taken to be the sum of the future cash flows arising from the instrument, discounted to present value at the date of measurement (“present value” or “theoretical close”) using valuation techniques commonly used by the financial markets: “net present value” (NPV), option pricing models and other methods.
 
     
“Loans and receivables” and “Held-to-maturity investments” are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. “Amortized cost” is understood to be the acquisition cost of a financial asset or liability plus or minus, as appropriate, the principal repayments and the cumulative amortization (taken to the income statement) of the difference between the initial cost and the maturity amount. In the case of financial assets, amortized cost furthermore includes any reductions for impairment or uncollectability. In the case of loans and receivables hedged in fair value hedges, the changes in the fair value of these assets related to the risk or risks being hedged are recognized.
 
     
The “effective interest rate” is the discount rate that exactly matches the initial amount of a financial instrument to all its estimated cash flows of all kinds over its remaining life. For fixed rate financial instruments, the effective interest rate coincides with the contractual interest rate established on the acquisition date plus, where applicable, the fees and transaction costs that, because of their nature, form part of their financial return. In the case of floating rate financial instruments, the effective interest rate coincides with the rate of return prevailing in all connections until the next benchmark interest reset date.
 
     
Equity instruments whose fair value cannot be determined in a sufficiently objective manner and financial derivatives that have those instruments as their underlying and are settled by delivery of those instruments are measured at acquisition cost adjusted, where appropriate, by any related impairment loss.
 
     
The amounts at which the financial assets are recognized represent, in all material respects, the Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk at each reporting date. Also, the Group has received collateral and other credit enhancements to mitigate its exposure to credit risk, which consist mainly of mortgage guarantees, cash collateral, equity instruments and personal security, assets leased out under leasing and renting agreements, assets acquired under repurchase agreements, securities loans and derivatives.
  ii.  
Measurement of financial liabilities
     
In general, financial liabilities are measured at amortized cost, as defined above, except for those included under “Financial liabilities held for trading”, “Other financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss” and “Financial liabilities at fair value through equity” and financial liabilities designated as hedged items (or hedging instruments) in fair value hedges, which are measured at fair value.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

  iii.  
Valuation techniques
     
The following table summarizes the recorded fair values at each of the dates set forth for the asset and liability classes below, broken down by valuation methodology used by the Group to determine their fair value:
                                                                         
    December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (in millions of euros)  
    Published                     Published                     Published              
    Price                     Price                     Price              
    Quotations in                     Quotations in                     Quotations in              
    Active     Internal             Active     Internal             Active     Internal        
    Markets     Models (*)     Total     Markets     Models (*)     Total     Markets     Models (*)     Total  
 
                                                                       
Financial assets held for trading
    76,310       82,490       158,800       84,009       86,414       170,423       85,558       68,650       154,208  
Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
    6,945       17,884       24,829       4,543       10,828       15,371       39,020       9,842       48,862  
Available-for-sale financial assets
    37,908       6,441       44,349       32,111       6,587       38,698       72,909       1,036       73,945  
Hedging derivatives (assets)
          3,063       3,063             2,988       2,988             4,126       4,126  
Financial liabilities held for trading
    24,447       98,307       122,754       30,657       93,339       123,996       35,156       77,310       112,466  
Other financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
    117       33,039       33,156       259       12,152       12,411             11,810       11,810  
Hedging derivatives (liabilities)
    110       4,024       4,135             3,494       3,494             2,311       2,311  
Liabilities under insurance contracts
    5,678       7,356       13,034       5,760       4,944       10,704       13,076       31,596       44,672  
 
                                                     
     
(*)  
In substantially all cases, the principal variables that are input into these models are derived from observable market data.
     
Financial instruments carried at fair value and determined on the basis of published price quotations in active markets include government debt securities, private-sector debt securities, asset-backed securities, equity securities, short securities positions and fixed-income securities issued.
 
     
In the absence of published price quotations for a particular financial instrument, management uses internal models to make its best estimate of the price that the market would set for that financial instrument. In order to make these estimates, various techniques are employed, including extrapolation from observable market data. The best evidence of the fair value of a financial instrument on initial recognition is the transaction price, unless the value of the instrument can be evidenced by comparison with other observable market transactions involving the same or similar instruments or measured by using a valuation technique where variables include only observable market data, mainly interest rates. Under EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004, any difference between the transaction price and the fair value based on valuation techniques is not initially recognized in the income statement.
 
     
Set forth below are the main valuation techniques employed in our internal models to measure the fair value of the financial instruments disclosed above at December 31, 2007:
   
In the valuation of financial instruments permitting static hedging (basically, forwards and swaps), and in the valuation of loans and advances, the “present value” method is used. Expected future cash flows are discounted using the interest rate curves of the applicable currencies. The interest rate curves are generally observable market data.
 
   
In the valuation of financial instruments requiring dynamic hedging (principally structured options and other structured instruments), the Black-Scholes model is generally used. Certain observable market inputs are used in the Black-Scholes model to generate variables such as the bid-offer spread, exchange rates, volatility, correlation between indexes and market liquidity, as appropriate.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

   
In the valuation of financial instruments exposed to interest rate risk (such as interest rate futures, caps and floors), the present value method (futures) and Black-Scholes model (plain vanilla options) are used. For more structured instruments that require dynamic hedging, the Heath-Jarrow-Morton model is employed. The main inputs used in these models are principally observable market data, including appropriate interest rate curves, volatilities, correlations and exchange rates.
 
   
In the case of linear instruments (for example, bonds and fixed-income derivatives), credit risk is measured using dynamic models similar to those used in the measurement of interest rate risk. In the case of non-linear instruments, if they are exposed to portfolio credit risk (for example, credit derivatives), the joint probability of default is determined using the Standard Gaussian Copula model. The main inputs used in the Standard Gaussian Copula model are generally data relating to individual issuers in the portfolio and correlations thereto. The main inputs used in determining the underlying cost of credit for credit risk derivatives are quoted credit spreads, and the correlation between individual issuers’ quoted credit derivatives.
     
The estimates thus obtained could vary if other methods or assumptions were used for interest rate risk, credit risk, market risk and foreign currency risk spreads, or for their related correlations and volatilities. Nevertheless, management considers that the financial assets and liabilities recognized at fair value in the consolidated balance sheet and the gains and losses arising from these financial instruments are reasonable.
 
     
The fair values of the financial instruments arising from the aforementioned internal models take into account, among other things, contract terms and observable market data, which include interest rates, credit risk, exchange rates, the quoted market price of raw materials and equity securities, volatility and prepayments. The valuation models are not significantly subjective, because they can be tested and, if necessary, recalibrated by the internal calculation of and

 

F-23


Table of Contents

     
subsequent comparison to market prices of actively traded securities. Set forth below are the financial instruments at fair value where measurement is based on internal models at December 31, 2007, and the potential effect on fair value as of such date to changes to other reasonably likely assumptions that are not based on observable market data:
                                 
    In Millions of Euros  
    Fair Value                
    Calculated             Other reasonably likely  
    Using             assumptions  
    Internal             More     Less  
    Models     Valuation Techniques   Main Assumptions (*)   Favorable     Favorable  
 
ASSETS:
                               
Financial assets held for trading
    82,490               103       (88 )
Loans and advances to credit institutions (Note 6)
    12,295     Present Value Method   Observable market data            
Loans and advances to customers (**) (Note 10)
    23,704     Present Value Method   Observable market data            
Debt and equity interests
    2,087     Present Value Method   Observable market data            
Trading derivatives
    44,404               103       (88 )
Swaps (***)
    28,312     Present Value Method   Observable market data, Liquidity     61       (46 )
Exchange rate options
    375     Black-Scholes Model   Observable market     1       (1 )
 
              data, Liquidity                
Interest rate options
    8,683     Black-Scholes Model   Observable market     24       (16 )
 
          HJM Model   data, Liquidity,                
 
              Correlation                
Interest rate futures
    1,039     Present Value Method   Observable market data            
Index and securities options
    3,799     Black-Scholes Model   Observable market     17       (25 )
 
              data, Dividend,                
 
              Correlation,                
 
              Liquidity                
Investment futures
    28     Present Value Method   Observable market data            
Other
    2,168     N/A   N/A            
Hedging derivatives
    3,063                      
Swaps
    2,614     Present Value Method   Observable market data            
Exchange rate options
    359     Black-Scholes Model   Observable market data            
Interest rate options
    86     Black-Scholes Model   Observable market data            
Other
    4     N/A                
Other financial assets at fair value Through profit or loss
    17,884                          
Loans and advances to credit institutions (Note 6)
    6,865     Present Value Method   Observable market data            
Loans and advances to customers (****) (Note 10)
    8,022     Present Value Method   Observable market data            
Debt and equity interests
    2,997     Present Value Method   Observable market data            
Available-for-sale financial assets
    6,441                          
Debt and equity interests
    6,441     Present Value Method   Observable market data            
LIABILITIES:
                               
Financial liabilities held for trading
    98,307               108       (90 )
Deposits from credit institutions
    23,254     Present Value Method   Observable market data            
Customer deposits
    27,992     Present Value Method   Observable market data            
Trading derivatives
    47,061               108       (90 )
Swaps (***)
    39,204     Present Value Method   Observable market     90       (69 )
 
              data, Liquidity                
Exchange rate options
    907     Black-Scholes Model   Observable market     2       (2 )
 
              data, Liquidity                
Interest rate options
    1,325     Black-Scholes Model   Observable market     4       (2 )
 
          HJM Model   data, Liquidity,                
 
              Correlation                
Index and securities options
    2,527     Black-Scholes Model   Observable market     12       (17 )
 
              data, Dividend,                
 
              Correlation,                
 
              Liquidity                
Forward purchase and sale contracts
    1,411     N/A   N/A            
Interest rate and investment futures
    1,100     Present Value Method   Observable market data            
Other
    587     N/A   N/A            
Hedging derivatives
    4,024                      
Swaps
    3,924     Present Value Method   Observable market data            
Exchange rate options
    27     Black-Scholes Model   Observable market data            
Interest rate options
    73     Black-Scholes Model   Observable market data            
Other financial liabilities at fair value Through profit or loss
    33,039     Present Value Method   Observable market data            
Liabilities under insurance contracts
    7,356     Note 15                
 
                         
TOTAL
    252,604               211       (178 )
 
                         
     
(*)  
The use of observable market data assumes that the markets in which the Group operates are operationally efficient and, hence that such data is meaningful. The following are the principal assumptions used in the valuation of the financial instruments listed in the table above that are measured by means of internal models in which non-observable market data is utilized:

 

F-24


Table of Contents

   
Correlation: assumptions regarding the correlation between the value of market-traded assets and those non-traded assets are based on the historical correlation between the impact of adverse movements in market data and the corresponding valuation of the associated non-traded assets. The valuation will vary depending on whether a more or less conservative degree of correlation scenario is selected.
 
   
Dividend: estimates of the dividends used as inputs in internal models are based on the expected dividend distributions from the issuer companies. Since the expected dividend may change or differ depending on the source of the dividend data (generally either historic data or market consensus for option pricing), and the dividend policy of companies may vary, the measurement is adapted to arrive at the best estimate of a reasonable level of expected dividend within more or less conservative scenarios.
 
   
Liquidity: assumptions include estimates in response to market liquidity. For example to take into account market liquidity or where the financial instrument is part of a new or developing market where, due to lack of market prices that reflect a reasonable price for those products, the standard calculation methodology and estimates available may result in a less accurate valuation of the instrument at that time.
     
(**)  
Principally includes short-term loans and repurchase agreements with corporate non-bank customers (mainly brokerage and investment firms).
 
(***)  
Includes credit risk derivatives with a fair value of 2.5 million (for assets) and 3.3 million (for liabilities) recognized on the consolidated balance sheet. These are measured by means of the Standard Gaussian Copula model, discussed above.
 
(****)  
Includes loans to Housing Associations in the United Kingdom (which are regulated and part Government-funded) secured by UK residential property. The fair values of the loans are modelled using observable market inputs, including current market transactions for UK Housing Associations of similar size and security structure. Due to the Government involvement with these entities, credit spreads have remained stable and are homogeneous across the industry. Model output values are benchmarked against current market transaction prices.
     
As detailed in the table above, the potential effect on the valuation of financial instruments of a change in the principal assumptions (models, correlations and dividends) to other reasonably likely assumptions that are less favorable in the lower end of the reasonably likely range would be to decrease gains, or increase losses, by 178 million (2006: 141 million; 2005: 140 million). The effect of the use of reasonable assumptions that are more favorable than those used by the Group, in the top end of the reasonably likely range, would increase gains, or decrease losses, by 211 million (2006: 183 million; 2005: 155 million).
     
The total loss recognized in the consolidated income statement for 2007 arising from the aforementioned valuation models amounted to 479 million (2006: total loss of 1,005 million; 2005: total gain of 762 million).
  iv.  
Recognition of fair value changes
     
As a general rule, changes in the carrying amount of financial assets and liabilities are recognized in the consolidated income statement, distinguishing between those arising from the accrual of interest and similar items -which are recognized under “Interest and similar income” or “Interest expense and similar charges”, as appropriate- and those arising for other reasons, which are recognized at their net amount under “Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities”.
 
     
Adjustments due to changes in fair value arising from:
   
“Available-for-sale financial assets” are recognized temporarily in equity under “Valuation adjustments — Available-for-sale financial assets”, unless they relate to exchange differences, in which case they are recognized in “Valuation adjustments - Exchange differences” (exchange differences arising on monetary financial assets are recognized in “Exchange differences” in the consolidated income statement).
 
   
Items charged or credited to “Valuation adjustments — Available-for-sale financial assets” and “Valuation adjustments — Exchange differences” remain in the Group’s consolidated equity until the related assets are derecognized, whereupon they are charged to the consolidated income statement.
 
   
Unrealized gains on available-for-sale financial assets classified as “Non-current assets held for sale” because they form part of a disposal group or a discontinued operation are recognized in “Valuation adjustments — Non-current assets held for sale”.
 
   
“Financial liabilities at fair value through equity” are recognized in “Valuation adjustments — Financial liabilities at fair value through equity”.
 
  v.  
Hedging transactions
     
The consolidated entities use financial derivatives for the purpose of trading with customers who request these instruments in order to manage their own market and credit risks and for investment purposes; for the purpose of managing the risks of the Group entities’ own positions and assets and liabilities (“hedging derivatives”); or for the purpose of obtaining gains from changes in the prices of these derivatives.
 
     
Financial derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting are treated for accounting purposes as trading derivatives.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

     
A derivative qualifies for hedge accounting if all the following conditions are met:
  1.  
The derivative hedges one of the following three types of exposure:
  a.  
Changes in the fair value of assets and liabilities due to fluctuations, among others, in the interest rate and/or exchange rate to which the position or balance to be hedged is subject (“fair value hedge”);
 
  b.  
Changes in the estimated cash flows arising from financial assets and liabilities, commitments and highly probable forecast transactions (“cash flow hedge”);
 
  c.  
The net investment in a foreign operation (“hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation”).
  2.  
It is effective in offsetting exposure inherent in the hedged item or position throughout the expected term of the hedge, which means that:
  a.  
At the date of arrangement the hedge is expected, under normal conditions, to be highly effective (“prospective effectiveness”).
 
  b.  
There is sufficient evidence that the hedge was actually effective during the whole life of the hedged item or position (“retrospective effectiveness”).
  3.  
There must be adequate documentation evidencing the specific designation of the financial derivative to hedge certain balances or transactions and how this effective hedge was expected to be achieved and measured, provided that this is consistent with the Group’s management of own risks.
 
     
The changes in value of financial instruments qualifying for hedge accounting are recognized as follows:
  a.  
In fair value hedges, the gains or losses arising on both the hedging instruments and the hedged items attributable to the type of risk being hedged are recognized directly in the consolidated income statement.
 
     
In fair value hedges of interest rate risk on a portfolio of financial instruments, the gains or losses that arise on measuring the hedging instruments are recognized directly in the consolidated income statement, whereas the gains or losses due to changes in the fair value of the hedged amount (attributable to the hedged risk) are recognized in the consolidated income statement with a balancing entry under “Changes in the fair value of hedged items in portfolio hedges of interest rate risk” on the asset or liability side of the balance sheet, as appropriate.
 
  b.  
In cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the change in value of the hedging instrument is recognized temporarily in equity under “Valuation adjustments — Cash flow hedges” until the forecast transactions occur, when it is recognized in the consolidated income statement, unless, if the forecast transactions result in the recognition of non-financial assets or liabilities, it is included in the cost of the non-financial asset or liability. The ineffective portion of the change in value of hedging derivatives is recognized directly in the consolidated income statement.
 
  c.  
In hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation, the gains and losses attributable to the portion of the hedging instruments qualifying as an effective hedge are recognized temporarily in equity under “Valuation adjustments — Hedges of net investments in foreign operations” until the gains or losses on the hedged item are recognized in the consolidated income statement.
 
  d.  
The ineffective portion of the gains and losses on the hedging instruments of cash flow hedges and hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation are recognized directly under “Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities” in the consolidated income statement.
     
If a derivative designated as a hedge no longer meets the requirements described above due to expiration, ineffectiveness or for any other reason, the derivative is classified as a trading derivative.
 
     
When fair value hedge accounting is discontinued, the adjustments previously recognized on the hedged item are transferred to profit or loss at the effective interest rate re-calculated at the date of hedge discontinuation. The adjustments must be fully amortized at maturity.
 
     
When cash flow hedges are discontinued, any cumulative gain or loss on the hedging instrument recognized in equity under “Valuation adjustments” (from the period when the hedge was effective) remains recognized in equity until the forecast transaction occurs at which time it is recognized in profit or loss, unless the transaction is no longer expected to occur, in which case any cumulative gain or loss is recognized immediately in profit or loss.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

     
Derivatives embedded in other financial instruments or in other host contracts are accounted for separately as derivatives if their risks and characteristics are not closely related to those of the host contracts, provided that the host contracts are not classified as “Other financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss” or as “Financial assets/liabilities held for trading”.
  e)  
Derecognition of financial assets and liabilities
 
     
The accounting treatment of transfers of financial assets depends on the extent to which the risks and rewards associated with the transferred assets are transferred to third parties:
  1.  
If the Group transfers substantially all the risks and rewards to third parties -unconditional sale of financial assets, sale of financial assets under an agreement to repurchase them at their fair value at the date of repurchase, sale of financial assets with a purchased call option or written put option that is deeply out of the money, securitization of assets in which the transferor does not retain a subordinated debt or grant any credit enhancement to the new holders, and other similar cases-, the transferred financial asset is derecognized and any rights or obligations retained or created in the transfer are recognized simultaneously.
 
  2.  
If the Group retains substantially all the risks and rewards associated with the transferred financial asset -sale of financial assets under an agreement to repurchase them at a fixed price or at the sale price plus interest, a securities lending agreement in which the borrower undertakes to return the same or similar assets, and other similar cases-, the transferred financial asset is not derecognized and continues to be measured by the same criteria as those used before the transfer. However, the following items are recognized:
  a.  
An associated financial liability, for an amount equal to the consideration received; this liability is subsequently measured at amortized cost.
 
  b.  
The income from the transferred financial asset not derecognized and any expense incurred on the new financial liability.
  3.  
If the Group neither transfers nor retains substantially all the risks and rewards associated with the transferred financial asset -sale of financial assets with a purchased call option or written put option that is not deeply in or out of the money, securitization of assets in which the transferor retains a subordinated debt or other type of credit enhancement for a portion of the transferred asset, and other similar cases-, the following distinction is made:
  a.  
If the transferor does not retain control of the transferred financial asset, the asset is derecognized and any rights or obligations retained or created in the transfer are recognized.
 
  b.  
If the transferor retains control of the transferred financial asset, it continues to recognize it for an amount equal to its exposure to changes in value and recognizes a financial liability associated with the transferred financial asset. The net carrying amount of the transferred asset and the associated liability is the amortized cost of the rights and obligations retained, if the transferred asset is measured at amortized cost, or the fair value of the rights and obligations retained, if the transferred asset is measured at fair value.
     
Accordingly, financial assets are only derecognized when the rights on the cash flows they generate have been extinguished or when substantially all the inherent risks and rewards have been transferred to third parties. Similarly, financial liabilities are only derecognized when the obligations they generate have been extinguished or when they are acquired (with the intention either to cancel them or to resell them).
  f)  
Offsetting of financial instruments
 
     
Financial asset and liability balances are offset, i.e. reported in the consolidated balance sheet at their net amount, only if the subsidiaries currently have a legally enforceable right to set off the recognized amounts and intends either to settle them on a net basis or to realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

  g)  
Impairment of financial assets
  i.  
Definition
     
A financial asset is considered to be impaired -and therefore its carrying amount is adjusted to reflect the effect of impairment- when there is objective evidence that events have occurred which:
   
In the case of debt instruments (loans and debt securities), give rise to an adverse impact on the future cash flows that were estimated at the transaction date.
 
   
In the case of equity instruments, mean that their carrying amount may not be fully recovered.
     
As a general rule, the carrying amount of impaired financial instruments is adjusted with a charge to the consolidated income statement for the period in which the impairment becomes evident, and the reversal, if any, of previously recognized impairment losses is recognized in the consolidated income statement for the period in which the impairment is reversed or reduced.
 
     
Balances are deemed to be impaired, and the interest accrual is suspended, when there are reasonable doubts as to their full recovery and/or the collection of the related interest for the amounts and on the dates initially agreed upon, after taking into account the guarantees received by the consolidated entities to secure (fully or partially) collection of the related balances. Collections relating to impaired loans and advances are used to recognize the accrued interest and the remainder, if any, to reduce the principal amount outstanding. The amount of the financial assets that would be deemed to be impaired had the conditions thereof not been renegotiated is not material with respect to the Group’s financial statements taken as a whole.
 
     
When the recovery of any recognized amount is considered unlikely, the amount is written off, without prejudice to any actions that the consolidated entities may initiate to seek collection until their contractual rights are extinguished due to expiry of the statute-of-limitations period, forgiveness or any other cause.
  ii.  
Debt instruments measured at amortized cost
     
The amount of an impairment loss incurred on a debt instrument measured at amortized cost is equal to the difference between its carrying amount and the present value of its estimated future cash flows, and is presented as a reduction of the balance of the asset adjusted.
 
     
In estimating the future cash flows of debt instruments the following factors are taken into account:
   
All the amounts that are expected to be obtained over the remaining life of the instrument; including, where appropriate, those which may result from the collateral provided for the instrument (less the costs for obtaining and subsequently selling the collateral). The impairment loss takes into account the likelihood of collecting accrued interest receivable.
 
   
The various types of risk to which each instrument is subject, and
 
   
The circumstances in which collections will foreseeably be made.
     
These cash flows are subsequently discounted using the instrument’s effective interest rate (if its contractual rate is fixed) or the effective contractual rate at the discount date (if it is variable).
 
     
Specifically as regards impairment losses resulting from materialization of the insolvency risk of the obligors (credit risk), a debt instrument is impaired due to insolvency:
   
When there is evidence of a deterioration of the obligor’s ability to pay, either because it is in arrears or for other reasons, and/or
 
   
When country risk materializes: country risk is considered to be the risk associated with debtors resident in a given country due to circumstances other than normal commercial risk.
* * * * *
     
The Group has certain policies, methods and procedures for covering its credit risk arising both from insolvency allocable to counterparties and from country risk.
 
     
These policies, methods and procedures are applied in the granting, examination and documentation of debt instruments, and contingent liabilities and commitments, the identification of their impairment and the calculation of the amounts necessary to cover the related credit risk.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

With respect to the allowance for loss arising from credit risk, the Group makes the following distinction:
  1.  
Specific credit risk allowance:
  a.  
Specific allowance:
 
     
The impairment of debt instruments not measured at fair value through profit or loss that are classified as doubtful are generally recognized in accordance with the criteria set forth below:
  i.  
Assets classified as doubtful due to counterparty arrears:
 
     
Debt instruments, whoever the obligor and whatever the guarantee or collateral, with amounts more than three months past due are assessed individually, taking into account the age of the past-due amounts, the guarantees or collateral provided and the financial situation of the counterparty and the guarantors.
 
     
The allowance percentages applied to unsecured transactions, based on the age of the past-due amounts, are as follows:
   
Less than 6 months: between 4.5% and 5.3%
 
   
More than 6 months and less than 12 months: between 27.4% and 27.8%
 
   
More than 12 months and less than 18 months: between 60.5% and 65.1%
 
   
More than 18 months and less than 24 months: between 93.3% and 95.8%
 
   
More than 24 months: 100%
The allowance percentages applied to loans secured by mortgage on completed homes, based on the age of the past-due amounts, are as follows:
   
Less than 3 years, provided that the outstanding loan does not exceed 80% of the appraisal value of the home: 2%
 
   
More than 3 years and less than 4 years: 25%
 
   
More than 4 years and less than 5 years: 50%
 
   
More than 5 years and less than 6 years: 75%
 
   
More than 6 years: 100%
The allowance percentages applied to loans secured by real property, when the Group has initiated procedures to foreclose such assets, based on the age of the past-due amounts, are as follows:
   
Less than 6 months: between 3.8% and 4.5%
 
   
More than 6 months and less than 12 months: between 23.3% and 23.6%
 
   
More than 12 months and less than 18 months: between 47.2% and 55.3%
 
   
More than 18 months and less than 24 months: between 79.3% and 81.4%
 
   
More than 24 months: 100%
  ii.  
Assets classified as doubtful for reasons other than counterparty arrears:
 
     
Debt instruments which are not classifiable as doubtful due to arrears but for which there are reasonable doubts as to their repayment under the contractual terms are assessed individually, and their allowance is the difference between the amount recognized in assets and the present value of the cash flows expected to be received.
  b.  
General allowance for inherent losses:
 
     
The Group covers its losses inherent in debt instruments not measured at fair value through profit or loss and in contingent liabilities taking into account the historical experience of impairment and other circumstances known at the time of assessment. For these purposes, inherent losses are losses incurred at the reporting date, calculated using statistical methods, that have not yet been allocated to specific transactions.
 
     
The Group uses the expected loss concept to quantify the cost of the credit risk and include it in the calculation of the risk-adjusted return of its transactions. The parameters necessary for this calculation are also used to calculate economic capital and, in the future, to calculate BIS II regulatory capital under internal models (Note 1-f).
 
     
Expected loss is the expected cost, on average in a complete business cycle, of the credit risk of a transaction, considering the characteristics of the counterparty and the guarantees and collateral associated with the transaction.
 
     
The expected loss is calculated by multiplying three factors: “exposure at default”, “probability of default” and “loss given default”.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

   
Exposure at default (EAD) is the amount of risk exposure at the date of default by the counterparty.
 
   
Probability of default (PD) is the probability of the counterparty failing to meet its principal and/or interest payment obligations. The probability of default is associated with the rating/scoring of each counterparty/transaction.
 
     
PD is measured using a time horizon of one year; i.e. it quantifies the probability of the counterparty defaulting in the coming year. The definition of default used includes past-dues by 90 days or more and cases in which there is no default but there are doubts as to the solvency of the counterparty (subjective doubtful assets).
 
   
Loss given default (LGD) is the loss arising in the event of default. It depends mainly on the guarantees associated with the transaction.
The calculation of the expected loss also takes into account the adjustment to the cycle of the aforementioned factors, especially PD and LGD.
The approach described above is used as a general rule. However, in certain cases, as a result of its particular characteristics, this approach is not applied and alternative approaches are used:
  1.  
Low default portfolios
 
     
In certain portfolios (sovereign risk, credit institutions or large corporations) the number of defaults observed is very small or zero. In these cases, the Group opted to use the data contained in the credit derivative spreads to estimate the expected loss discounted by the market and break it down into PD and LGD.
 
  2.  
Top-down units
 
     
In the cases in which the Group does not have sufficient data to construct a sufficiently robust credit risk measurement model, the expected loss on the loan portfolios is estimated based on a top-down approximation in which the historically observed average cost of the loan portfolios is used as the best estimate of the expected loss. As the credit models are developed and bottom-up measurements are obtained, the top-down measurements used for these units are gradually replaced.
* * * * *
However, by express requirement of the Bank of Spain, until the Spanish regulatory authority has verified and approved these internal models (which are currently under review), the general allowance must be calculated as set forth below.
Based on its experience and on the information available to it on the Spanish banking industry, the Bank of Spain has established various categories of debt instruments and contingent liabilities, classified as standard risk, which are recognized at Spanish entities or relate to transactions performed on behalf of residents in Spain which are recognized in the accounting records of foreign subsidiaries, and has applied a range of required allowances to each category.
   
Negligible risk: 0%
 
   
Low risk: 0.20% — 0.75%
 
   
Medium-low risk: 0.50% — 1.88%
 
   
Medium risk: 0.59% — 2.25%
 
   
Medium-high risk: 0.66 — 2.50%
 
   
High risk: 0.83% — 3.13%
Our internal models produce a range of allowances that include the allowances required by the Bank of Spain.
  2.  
Country risk allowance:
 
     
Country risk is considered to be the risk associated with counterparties resident in a given country due to circumstances other than normal commercial risk (sovereign risk, transfer risk and risks arising from international financial activity). Based on the countries’ economic performance, political situation, regulatory and institutional framework, and payment capacity and record, the Group classifies all the transactions performed with third parties into six different groups, from group 1 (transactions with ultimate obligors resident in European Union countries, Norway, Switzerland, Iceland, the United States, Canada, Japan, Australia and New Zealand) to group 6 (transactions the recovery of which is considered remote due to circumstances attributable to the country), assigning to each group the credit loss allowance percentages resulting from the aforementioned analyses.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

     
However, due to the size of the Group and to the proactive management of its country risk exposure, the allowances recognized in this connection are not material with respect to the credit loss allowances recognized.
 
  iii.  
Debt or equity instruments classified as available for sale
The amount of the impairment losses on these instruments is the positive difference between their acquisition cost (net of any principal repayment or amortization in the case of debt instruments) and their fair value, less any impairment loss previously recognized in the consolidated income statement.
When there is objective evidence at the date of measurement of these instruments that the aforementioned differences are due to permanent impairment, they are no longer recognized in equity under “Valuation adjustments — Available-for-sale financial assets” and are reclassified, for the cumulative amount at that date, to the consolidated income statement.
If all or part of the impairment losses are subsequently reversed, the reversed amount is recognized, in the case of debt instruments, in the consolidated income statement for the year in which the reversal occurred (or in equity under “Valuation adjustments — Available-for-sale financial assets” in the case of equity instruments).
  iv.  
Equity instruments measured at cost
     
The impairment loss on equity instruments measured at cost is the difference between the carrying amount and the present value of the expected future cash flows discounted at the market rate of return for similar securities.
 
     
Impairment losses are recognized in the consolidated income statement for the period in which they arise as a direct reduction of the cost of the instrument. These losses can only be reversed subsequently if the related assets are sold.
 
  h)  
Repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements
 
     
Purchases (sales) of financial assets under a non-optional resale (repurchase) agreement at a fixed price (“repos”) are recognized in the consolidated balance sheet as financing granted (received), based on the nature of the debtor (creditor), under “Loans and advances to credit institutions” or “Loans and advances to customers” (“Deposits from credit institutions” or “Customer deposits”).
 
     
Differences between the purchase and sale prices are recognized as interest over the contract term.
 
  i)  
Non-current assets held for sale and Liabilities associated with non-current assets held for sale
 
     
“Non-current assets held for sale” includes the carrying amount of individual items or disposal groups or items forming part of a business unit earmarked for disposal (“Discontinued operations”), whose sale in their present condition is highly probable and is expected to occur within one year from the reporting date. Therefore, the carrying amount of these items -which can be of a financial nature or otherwise- will foreseeably be recovered through the proceeds from their disposal. Specifically, property or other non-current assets received by the consolidated entities as total or partial settlement of their debtors’ payment obligations to them are deemed to be non-current assets held for sale, unless the consolidated entities have decided to make continuing use of these assets.
 
     
“Liabilities associated with non-current assets” includes the credit balances arising from assets or disposal groups and from discontinued operations.
 
     
Non-current assets held for sale are generally measured at the lower of fair value less costs to sell and their carrying amount at the date of classification in this category. Non-current assets held for sale are not depreciated as long as they remain in this category.
 
     
Impairment losses on an asset or disposal group arising from a reduction in its carrying amount to its fair value (less costs to sell) are recognized under “Impairment losses — Non-current assets held for sale” in the consolidated income statement. The gains on a non-current asset held for sale resulting from subsequent increases in fair value (less costs to sell) increase its carrying amount and are recognized in the consolidated income statement up to an amount equal to the impairment losses previously recognized.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

  j)  
Reinsurance assets and Liabilities under insurance contracts
 
     
Insurance contracts involve the transfer of a certain quantifiable risk in exchange for a periodic or one-off premium. The effects on the Group’s cash flow will arise from a deviation in the payments forecast and/or an insufficiency in the premium set.
 
     
The Group controls its insurance risk as follows:
   
By applying of a strict methodology in the launch of products and in the assignment of value thereto.
 
   
By using deterministic and stochastic models for measuring commitments.
 
   
By using reinsurance as a risk mitigation technique as part of the credit quality guidelines in line with the Group’s general risk policy.
 
   
By establishing an operating framework for credit risks.
 
   
By actively managing asset and liability matching.
 
   
By applying security measures in processes.
“Reinsurance assets” includes the amounts that the consolidated entities are entitled to receive for reinsurance contracts with third parties and, specifically, the reinsurer’s share of the technical provisions recorded by the consolidated insurance entities.
At least once a year these assets are reviewed for impairment (if there is objective evidence, as a result of an event that occurred after initial recognition of the reinsurance asset, that the Group may not receive all amounts due to it under the terms of the contract and the amount that will not be received can be reliably measured), and any impairment loss is recognized in the consolidated income statement and the assets are derecognized.
“Liabilities under insurance contracts” includes the technical provisions recorded by the consolidated entities to cover claims arising from insurance contracts in force at year-end.
Insurers’ results relating to their insurance business are recognized under “Insurance activity income” in the consolidated income statement.
In accordance with standard accounting practice in the insurance industry, the consolidated insurance entities credit to the consolidated income statement the amounts of the premiums written and charge to income the cost of the claims incurred on final settlement thereof. Insurance entities are therefore required to accrue at period-end the unearned revenues credited to their income statements and the accrued costs not charged to income.
At least at each reporting date the Group assesses whether the insurance contract liabilities recognized in the consolidated balance sheet are adequately measured. For this purpose, it calculates the difference between the following amounts:
   
Current estimates of future cash flows under the insurance contracts of the consolidated entities. These estimates include all contractual cash flows and any related cash flows, such as claims handling costs; and
 
   
The value recognized in the consolidated balance sheet for insurance liabilities (Note 15), net of any related deferred acquisition costs or related intangible assets, such as the amount paid to acquire, in the event of purchase by the entity, the economic rights held by a broker deriving from policies in the entity’s portfolio.
If the calculation results in a positive amount, this deficiency is charged to the consolidated income statement. When unrealized gains or losses on assets of the Group’s insurance companies affect the measurement of liabilities under insurance contracts and/or the related deferred acquisition costs and/or the related intangible assets, these gains or losses are recognized directly in equity. The corresponding adjustment in the liabilities under insurance contracts (or in the deferred acquisition costs or in intangible assets) is also recognized in equity.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

  k)  
Tangible assets
 
     
“Tangible assets” includes the amount of buildings, land, furniture, vehicles, computer hardware and other fixtures owned by the consolidated entities or acquired under finance leases. Tangible assets are classified by use as follows:
  i.  
Property, plant and equipment for own use
Property, plant and equipment for own use -including tangible assets received by the consolidated entities in full or partial satisfaction of financial assets representing receivables from third parties which are intended to be held for continuing use and tangible assets acquired under finance leases- are presented at acquisition cost, less the related accumulated depreciation and any impairment losses (net carrying amount higher than recoverable amount).
For this purpose, the acquisition cost of foreclosed assets is the carrying amount of the financial assets settled through foreclosure.
Depreciation is calculated, using the straight-line method, on the basis of the acquisition cost of the assets less their residual value. The land on which the buildings and other structures stand has an indefinite life and, therefore, is not depreciated.
The tangible asset depreciation charge is recognized in the consolidated income statement and is calculated basically using the following depreciation rates (based on the average years of estimated useful life of the various assets):
         
    Annual  
    Rate  
 
       
Buildings for own use
    2  
Furniture
    7.5 – 10  
Fixtures
    6 – 10  
Office and IT equipment
    10 – 25  
Leasehold improvements
    5 – 10  
The consolidated entities assess at the reporting date whether there is any indication that an asset may be impaired (i.e. its carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount). If this is the case, the carrying amount of the asset is reduced to its recoverable amount and future depreciation charges are adjusted in proportion to the revised carrying amount and to the new remaining useful life (if the useful life has to be re-estimated).
Similarly, if there is an indication of a recovery in the value of a tangible asset, the consolidated entities recognize the reversal of the impairment loss recognized in prior periods and adjust the future depreciation charges accordingly. In no circumstances may the reversal of an impairment loss on an asset raise its carrying amount above that which it would have if no impairment losses had been recognized in prior years.
The estimated useful lives of the items of property, plant and equipment for own use are reviewed at least at the end of the reporting period with a view to detecting significant changes therein. If changes are detected, the useful lives of the assets are adjusted by correcting the depreciation charge to be recognized in the consolidated income statement in future years on the basis of the new useful lives.
Upkeep and maintenance expenses relating to property, plant and equipment for own use are recognized as an expense in the period in which they are incurred.
  ii.  
Investment property
“Investment property” reflects the net values of the land, buildings and other structures held either to earn rentals or for capital appreciation.
The criteria used to recognize the acquisition cost of investment property, to calculate its depreciation and its estimated useful life and to recognize any impairment losses thereon are consistent with those described in relation to property, plant and equipment for own use.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

  iii.  
Other assets leased out under an operating lease
“Other assets leased out under an operating lease” reflects the net values of the tangible assets, other than land and buildings, leased out by the Group under an operating lease.
The criteria used to recognize the acquisition cost of assets leased out under operating leases, to calculate their depreciation and their respective estimated useful lives and to recognize the impairment losses thereon are consistent with those described in relation to property, plant and equipment for own use.
  l)  
Accounting for leases
  i.  
Finance leases
Finance leases are leases that transfer substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership of the leased asset to the lessee.
When the consolidated entities act as the lessors of an asset, the sum of the present value of the lease payments receivable from the lessee plus the guaranteed residual value -which is generally the exercise price of the purchase option of the lessee at the end of the lease term- is recognized as lending to third parties and is therefore included under “Loans and receivables” in the consolidated balance sheet.
When the consolidated entities act as the lessees, they present the cost of the leased assets in the consolidated balance sheet, based on the nature of the leased asset, and, simultaneously, recognize a liability for the same amount (which is the lower of the fair value of the leased asset and the sum of the present value of the lease payments payable to the lessor plus, if appropriate, the exercise price of the purchase option). The depreciation policy for these assets is consistent with that for property, plant and equipment for own use.
In both cases, the finance income and finance expense arising from these contracts is credited and debited, respectively, to “Interest and similar income” and “Interest expense and similar charges” in the consolidated income statement so as to achieve a constant rate of return over the lease term.
  ii.  
Operating leases
In operating leases, ownership of the leased asset and substantially all the risks and rewards incidental thereto remain with the lessor.
When the consolidated entities act as the lessors, they present the acquisition cost of the leased assets under “Tangible assets” (Note 16). The depreciation policy for these assets is consistent with that for similar items of property, plant and equipment for own use and income from operating leases is recognized on a straight-line basis under “Other operating income” in the consolidated income statement.
When the consolidated entities act as the lessees, the lease expenses, including any incentives granted by the lessor, are charged on a straight-line basis to “Other general administrative expenses” in their consolidated income statements.
  iii.  
Sale and leaseback transactions
In the case of sale at fair value and operating leasebacks, the profit or loss generated is recognized at the time of sale. In the case of finance leasebacks, the profit or loss generated is amortized over the lease term.
  m)  
Intangible assets
 
     
Intangible assets are identifiable non-monetary assets (separable from other assets) without physical substance which arise as a result of a legal transaction or which are developed internally by the consolidated entities. Only assets whose cost can be estimated reliably and from which the consolidated entities consider it probable that future economic benefits will be generated are recognized.
 
     
Intangible assets are recognized initially at acquisition or production cost and are subsequently measured at cost less any accumulated amortization and any accumulated impairment losses.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

  i.  
Goodwill
Any excess of the cost of the investments in the consolidated entities and entities accounted for using the equity method over the corresponding underlying carrying amounts acquired, adjusted at the date of first-time consolidation, is allocated as follows:
   
If it is attributable to specific assets and liabilities of the companies acquired, by increasing the value of the assets (or reducing the value of the liabilities) whose fair values were higher (lower) than the carrying amounts at which they had been recognized in the balance sheets of the acquirees.
 
   
If it is attributable to specific intangible assets, by recognizing it explicitly in the consolidated balance sheet provided that the fair value of these assets within 12 months following the date of acquisition can be measured reliably.
 
   
The remaining amount is recognized as goodwill, which is allocated to one or more specific cash-generating units (a cash generating unit is the smallest identifiable group of assets that, as a result of continuing operation, generates cash inflows that are largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or groups of assets). The cash-generating units represent the Group’s geographical and/or business segments.
Goodwill -which is only recognized when it has been acquired for consideration- represents, therefore, a payment made by the acquirer in anticipation of future economic benefits from assets of the acquired entity that are not capable of being individually identified and separately recognized.
At the end of each reporting period goodwill is reviewed for impairment (i.e. a reduction in its recoverable amount to below its carrying amount) and any impairment is written down with a charge to “Impairment losses — Goodwill” in the consolidated income statement.
An impairment loss recognized for goodwill is not reversed in a subsequent period.
  ii.  
Other intangible assets
“Other intangible assets” includes the amount of identifiable intangible assets (such as purchased customer lists and computer software).
Other intangible assets can have an indefinite useful life -when, based on an analysis of all the relevant factors, it is concluded that there is no foreseeable limit to the period over which the asset is expected to generate net cash inflows for the consolidated entities- or a finite useful life, in all other cases.
Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized, but rather at the end of each reporting period the consolidated entities review the remaining useful lives of the assets in order to determine whether they continue to be indefinite and, if this is not the case, to take the appropriate steps.
Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortized over those useful lives using methods similar to those used to depreciate tangible assets.
The intangible asset amortization charge is recognized under “Depreciation and amortization - Intangible assets” in the consolidated income statement.
In both cases the consolidated entities recognize any impairment loss on the carrying amount of these assets with a charge to “Impairment losses — Other intangible assets” in the consolidated income statement. The criteria used to recognize the impairment losses on these assets and, where applicable, the reversal of impairment losses recognized in prior years are similar to those used for tangible assets (Note 2-k).
Internally developed computer software
Internally developed computer software is recognized as an intangible asset if, among other requisites (basically the Group’s ability to use or sell it), it can be identified and its ability to generate future economic benefits can be demonstrated.
Expenditure on research activities is recognized as an expense in the year in which it is incurred and cannot be subsequently capitalized.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

  n)  
Prepayments and accrued income and Accrued expenses and deferred income
 
     
These items include all the balances of prepayments and accrued income and of accrued expenses and deferred income, excluding accrued interest.
 
  ñ)  
Other assets and Other liabilities
 
     
“Other assets” in the consolidated balance sheet includes the amount of assets not recorded in other items, the breakdown being as follows:
   
Inventories: this item includes the amount of assets, other than financial instruments, that are held for sale in the ordinary course of business, that are in the process of production, construction or development for such purpose, or that are to be consumed in the production process or in the provision of services. “Inventories” includes land and other property held for sale in the property development business.
 
     
Inventories are measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value, which is the estimated selling price of the inventories in the ordinary course of business, less the estimated costs of completion and the estimated costs required to make the sale.
 
     
Any write-downs of inventories -such as those due to damage, obsolescence or reduction of selling price- to net realizable value and other impairment losses are recognized as expenses for the year in which the impairment or loss occurs. Subsequent reversals are recognized in the consolidated income statement for the year in which they occur.
 
     
The carrying amount of inventories is derecognized and recognized as an expense in the period in which the revenue from their sale is recognized. This expense is included under “Cost of sales” in the accompanying consolidated income statements (Note 47) when it relates to activities of the non-financial entities that do not form part of the consolidable group of credit institutions or under “Other operating expenses” in all other cases.
 
   
Other: this item includes the amount of the difference between pension plan obligations and the value of the plan assets with a debit balance for the entity, when the net amount is to be reported in the consolidated balance sheet, and the amount of any other assets not included in other items.
“Other liabilities” includes the payment obligations having the substance of liabilities and not included in any other category.
  o)  
Provisions and contingent assets and liabilities
 
     
The directors of the consolidated entities, in preparing their respective financial statements, made a distinction between:
   
Provisions: credit balances covering present obligations at the balance sheet date arising from past events which could give rise to a loss for the consolidated entities, which is considered to be likely to occur and certain as to its nature but uncertain as to its amount and/or timing; and
 
   
Contingent liabilities: possible obligations that arise from past events and whose existence will be confirmed only by the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more future events not wholly within the control of the consolidated entities. They include the present obligations of the consolidated entities when it is not probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle them.
 
   
Contingent assets: possible assets that arise from past events and whose existence is conditional on, and will be confirmed only by, the occurrence or non-occurrence of events beyond the control of the Group. Contingent assets are not recognized in the consolidated balance sheet or in the consolidated income statement, but rather are disclosed in the notes, provided that it is probable that these assets will give rise to an increase in resources embodying economic benefits.
The Group’s consolidated financial statements include all the material provisions with respect to which it is considered that it is more likely than not that the obligation will have to be settled. In accordance with accounting standards, contingent liabilities must not be recognized in the consolidated financial statements, but must rather be disclosed in the notes. In this respect, the financial statements of Abbey disclose the contingent liability arising from the claims made by the customers of the main UK financial institutions in relation to certain fees and commissions charged by them.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

Provisions, which are quantified on the basis of the best information available on the consequences of the event giving rise to them and are reviewed and adjusted at the end of each year, are used to cater for the specific obligations for which they were originally recognized. Provisions are fully or partially reversed when such obligations cease to exist or are reduced.
Provisions are classified according to the obligations covered as follows:
   
Provisions for pensions and similar obligations: includes the amount of all the provisions made to cover post-employment benefits, including obligations to early retirees and similar obligations.
 
   
Provisions for taxes: includes the amount of the provisions made to cover tax contingencies.
 
   
Provisions for contingent liabilities and commitments: includes the amount of the provisions made to cover contingent liabilities -defined as those transactions in which the Group guarantees the obligations of a third party, arising as a result of financial guarantees granted or contracts of another kind- and contingent commitments -defined as irrevocable commitments that may give rise to the recognition of financial assets.
 
   
Other provisions: includes the amount of other provisions made by the consolidated entities. This item includes, inter alia, provisions for restructuring costs and litigation (Note 25).
  p)  
Litigation and/or claims in process
 
     
In addition to the disclosures made in Note 1, at the end of 2007 certain litigation and claims were in process against the consolidated entities arising from the ordinary course of their operations (Note 25).
 
  q)  
Own equity instruments
 
     
Own equity instruments are those meeting both of the following conditions:
   
The instruments do not include any contractual obligation for the issuer: (i) to deliver cash or another financial asset to a third party; or (ii) to exchange financial assets or financial liabilities with a third party under conditions that are potentially unfavorable to the issuer.
 
   
The instruments will or may be settled in the issuer’s own equity instruments and are: (i) a non-derivative that includes no contractual obligation for the issuer to deliver a variable number of its own equity instruments; or (ii) a derivative that will be settled by the issuer through the exchange of a fixed amount of cash or another financial asset for a fixed number of its own equity instruments.
Transactions involving own equity instruments, including their issuance and cancellation, are deducted from equity.
Changes in the value of instruments classified as own equity instruments are not recognized in the consolidated financial statements. Consideration received or paid in exchange for such instruments are directly added to or deducted from equity.
  r)  
Equity-instrument-based employee remuneration
 
     
Equity instruments delivered to employees in consideration for their services, if the instruments are delivered once the specific period of service has ended, are recognized as an expense for services (with the corresponding increase in equity) as the services are rendered by employees during the service period. At the grant date the services received (and the related increase in equity) are measured at the fair value of the equity instruments granted. If the equity instruments granted are vested immediately, the Group recognizes in full, at the grant date, the expense for the services received.
 
     
When the requirements stipulated in the remuneration agreement include external market conditions (such as equity instruments reaching a certain quoted price), the amount ultimately to be recognized in equity will depend on the other conditions being met by the employees, irrespective of whether the market conditions are satisfied. If the conditions of the agreement are met but the external market conditions are not satisfied, the amounts previously recognized in equity are not reversed, even if the employees do not exercise their right to receive the equity instruments.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

  s)  
Recognition of income and expenses
 
     
The most significant criteria used by the Group to recognize its income and expenses are summarized as follows:
  i.  
Interest income, interest expenses and similar items
Interest income, interest expenses and similar items are generally recognized on an accrual basis using the effective interest method. Dividends received from other companies are recognized as income when the consolidated entities’ right to receive them arises.
However, the recognition of accrued interest in the consolidated income statement is suspended for debt instruments individually classified as impaired and for the instruments for which impairment losses have been assessed collectively because they have payments more than three months past due. This interest is recognized as income, when collected, as a reversal of the related impairment losses.
  ii.  
Commissions, fees and similar items
Fee and commission income and expenses are recognized in the consolidated income statement using criteria that vary according to their nature. The main criteria are as follows:
   
Fee and commission income and expenses relating to financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss are recognized when paid.
 
   
Those arising from transactions or services that are performed over a period of time are recognized over the life of these transactions or services.
 
   
Those relating to services provided in a single act are recognized when the single act is carried out.
  iii.  
Non-finance income and expenses
These are recognized for accounting purposes on an accrual basis.
  iv.  
Deferred collections and payments
These are recognized for accounting purposes at the amount resulting from discounting the expected cash flows at market rates.
  v.  
Loan arrangement fees
Loan arrangement fees, mainly loan origination and application fees, are accrued and recognized in income over the term of the loan. The related direct costs can be deducted from this amount.
  t)  
Financial guarantees
 
     
“Financial guarantees” are defined as contracts whereby an entity undertakes to make specific payments for a third party if the latter does not do so, irrespective of the various legal forms they may have, such as guarantees, irrevocable documentary credits issued or confirmed by the entity, insurance and credit derivatives.
 
     
The Group initially recognizes the financial guarantees provided on the liability side of the consolidated balance sheet at fair value, which is generally the present value of the fees, commissions and similar interest receivable from these contracts over the term thereof, and simultaneously the Group recognizes, on the asset side of the consolidated balance sheet, the amount of the fees, commissions and interest received at the start of the transactions and the amounts receivable at the present value of the fees, commissions and interest receivable.
 
     
Financial guarantees, regardless of the guarantor, instrumentation or other circumstances, are reviewed periodically so as to determine the credit risk to which they are exposed and, if appropriate, to consider whether a provision is required. The credit risk is determined by application of criteria similar to those established for quantifying impairment losses on debt instruments measured at amortized cost as described in section g) above.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

     
The provisions made for these transactions are recognized under “Provisions — Provisions for contingent liabilities and commitments” in the consolidated balance sheet (Note 25). These provisions are recognized and reversed with a charge or credit, respectively, to “Provisions (net)” in the consolidated income statement.
 
     
If a specific provision is required for financial guarantees, the related unearned commissions recognized under “Accrued expenses and deferred income” in the consolidated balance sheet are reclassified to the appropriate provision.
 
  u)  
Assets under management and investment and pension funds managed by the Group
 
     
Assets owned by third parties and managed by the consolidated entities are not presented on the face of the consolidated balance sheet. Management fees are included in “Fee and commission income” in the consolidated income statement. Note 36-b contains information on the third-party assets managed by the Group.
 
     
The investment funds and pension funds managed by the consolidated entities are not presented on the face of the Group’s consolidated balance sheet since the related assets are owned by third parties. The fees and commissions earned in the year for the services rendered by the Group entities to these funds (asset management and custody services) are recognized under “Fee and commission income” in the consolidated income statement.
 
  v)  
Post-employment benefits
 
     
Under the collective labor agreements currently in force and other arrangements, the Spanish banks included in the Group and certain other Spanish and foreign consolidated entities have undertaken to supplement the public social security system benefits accruing to certain employees, and to their beneficiary right holders, for retirement, permanent disability or death, the benefits and indemnity payments payable, the contributions to employee welfare systems for early retirees and the post-employment welfare benefits.
 
     
The Group’s post-employment obligations to its employees are deemed to be “defined contribution plans” when the Group makes pre-determined contributions (recognized in “Personnel expenses” in the consolidated income statement) to a separate entity and will have no legal or effective obligation to make further contributions if the separate entity cannot pay the employee benefits relating to the service rendered in the current and prior periods. Post-employment obligations that do not meet the aforementioned conditions are classified as “defined benefit plans” (Note 25).
 
     
Defined contribution plans
 
     
The contributions made in this connection in each year are recognized under “Personnel expenses” in the consolidated income statement. The amounts not yet contributed at each year-end are recognized, at their present value, under “Provisions — Provisions for pensions and similar obligations” on the liability side of the consolidated balance sheet.
 
     
Defined benefit plans
 
     
The Group recognizes under “Provisions — Provisions for pensions and similar obligations” on the liability side of the consolidated balance sheet (or under “Other assets — Other” on the asset side, as appropriate) the present value of its defined benefit post-employment obligations, net of the fair value of the plan assets and of the net unrecognized cumulative actuarial gains and/or losses disclosed in the valuation of these obligations, which are deferred using a corridor approach, and net of the past service cost, which is deferred over time, as explained below.
 
     
“Plan assets” are defined as those that will be directly used to settle obligations and that meet the following conditions:
   
They are not owned by the consolidated entities, but by a legally separate third party that is not a party related to the Group.
 
   
They can only be used to pay or finance post-employment benefits and cannot be returned to the consolidated entities unless the assets remaining in the plan are sufficient to meet all obligations of the plan and of the entity relating to current or former employee benefits, or to reimburse employee benefits already paid by the Group.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

If the Group can look to an insurer to pay part or all of the expenditure required to settle a defined benefit obligation, and it is practically certain that said insurer will reimburse some or all of the expenditure required to settle that obligation, but the insurance policy does not qualify as a plan asset, the Group recognizes its right to reimbursement as an asset item in the consolidated balance sheet under “Insurance contracts linked to pensions”, which, in all other respects, is treated as a plan asset.
“Actuarial gains and losses” are defined as those arising from differences between the previous actuarial assumptions and what has actually occurred and from the effects of changes in actuarial assumptions. The Group uses, on a plan-by-plan basis, the corridor method and recognizes in the consolidated income statement the amount resulting from dividing by five the net amount of the cumulative actuarial gains and/or losses not recognized at the beginning of each year which exceeds 10% of the present value of the obligations or 10% of the fair value of the plan assets at the beginning of the year, whichever amount is higher. The maximum five-year allocation period, which is required by the Bank of Spain for all Spanish financial institutions, is shorter than the average number of remaining years of active service relating to the employees participating in the plans, and is applied systematically.
The “past service cost” -which arises from changes to current post-employment benefits or from the introduction of new benefits- is recognized on a straight-line basis in the consolidated income statement over the period from the time the new commitments arise to the date on which the employee has an irrevocable right to receive the new benefits.
Post-employment benefits are recognized in the consolidated income statement as follows:
   
Current service cost -defined as the increase in the present value of the obligations resulting from employee service in the current period-, under “Personnel expenses”.
 
   
Interest cost -defined as the increase during the year in the present value of the obligations as a result of the passage of time-, under “Interest expense and similar charges”. When obligations are presented on the liability side of the consolidated balance sheet, net of the plan assets, the cost of the liabilities recognized in the income statement relates exclusively to the obligations recognized as liabilities.
 
   
The expected return on plan assets and the gains or losses on the value of the plan assets, less any plan administration costs and less any applicable taxes, under “Interest and similar income”.
 
   
The actuarial gains and losses calculated using the corridor approach and the unrecognized past service cost, under “Provisions (net)” in the consolidated income statement.
  w)  
Other long-term employee benefits
 
     
“Other long-term employee benefits”, defined as obligations to early retirees -taken to be those who have ceased to render services at the entity but who, without being legally retired, continue to have economic rights vis-à-vis the entity until they acquire the legal status of retiree-, long-service bonuses, obligations for death of spouse or disability before retirement that depend on the employee’s length of service at the entity and other similar items, are treated for accounting purposes, where applicable, as established above for defined benefit post-employment plans, except that all past service costs and actuarial gains and losses are recognized immediately (Note 25).
 
  x)  
Termination benefits
 
     
Termination benefits are recognized when there is a detailed formal plan identifying the basic changes to be made, provided that implementation of the plan has begun, its main features have been publicly announced or objective facts concerning its implementation have been disclosed.
 
  y)  
Income tax
 
     
The expense for Spanish corporation tax and other similar taxes applicable to the foreign consolidated entities is recognized in the consolidated income statement, except when it results from a transaction recognized directly in equity, in which case the tax effect is also recognized in equity.
 
     
The current income tax expense is calculated as the sum of the current tax resulting from application of the appropriate tax rate to the taxable profit for the year (net of any deductions allowable for tax purposes), and of the changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities recognized in the consolidated income statement.
 
     
Deferred tax assets and liabilities include temporary differences, which are identified as the amounts expected to be payable or recoverable on differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their related tax bases, and tax loss and tax credit carryforwards. These amounts are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the asset is realized or the liability is settled.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

     
“Tax assets” includes the amount of all tax assets, which are broken down into “current” -amounts of tax to be recovered within the next twelve months- and “deferred” -amounts of tax to be recovered in future years, including those arising from unused tax losses or tax credits.
 
     
“Tax liabilities” includes the amount of all tax liabilities (except provisions for taxes), which are broken down into “current” -the amount payable in respect of the income tax on the taxable profit for the year and other taxes in the next twelve months- and “deferred” -the amount of income tax payable in future years.
 
     
Deferred tax liabilities are recognized in respect of taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, associates or joint ventures, except when the Group is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference and, in addition, it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.
 
     
Deferred tax assets are only recognized for temporary differences to the extent that it is considered probable that the consolidated entities will have sufficient future taxable profits against which the deferred tax assets can be utilized, and the deferred tax assets do not arise from the initial recognition (except in a business combination) of other assets and liabilities in a transaction that affects neither taxable profit or accounting profit. Other deferred tax assets (tax loss and tax credit carryforwards) are only recognized if it is considered probable that the consolidated entities will have sufficient future taxable profits against which they can be utilized.
 
     
Income and expenses recognized directly in equity are accounted for as temporary differences.
 
     
The deferred tax assets and liabilities recognized are reassessed at each balance sheet date in order to ascertain whether they still exist, and the appropriate adjustments are made on the basis of the findings of the analyses performed.
 
     
Law 35/2006, of 28 November, on personal income tax and partially amending the Spanish Corporation Tax, Non-resident Income Tax and Wealth Tax Laws, establishes, inter alia, a reduction over two years of the standard tax rate for Spanish corporation tax purposes, which until December 31, 2006 was 35%, as follows:
         
Tax Periods      
Beginning on or after   Tax Rate  
 
       
January 1, 2007
    32.5 %
January 1, 2008
    30.0 %
Accordingly, in 2006 the Group estimated the deferred tax assets and liabilities and the tax credit and tax loss carryforwards recognized in the consolidated balance sheet, taking into account the year in which the related reversal will foreseeably take place. As a result, a net charge of 491 million relating to 2006 was recognized under “Income tax” in the consolidated income statement (Note 27).
  z)  
Residual maturity periods and average interest rates
 
     
The analysis of the maturities of the balances of certain items in the consolidated balance sheets and the average interest rates at 2007, 2006 and 2005 year-end is provided in Note 53.
 
  aa)  
Consolidated cash flow statements
 
     
The following terms are used in the consolidated cash flow statements with the meanings specified:
   
Cash flows: inflows and outflows of cash and cash equivalents, which are short-term, highly liquid investments that are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.
 
   
Operating activities: the principal revenue-producing activities of credit institutions and other activities that are not investing or financing activities.
 
   
Investing activities: the acquisition and disposal of long-term assets and other investments not included in cash and cash equivalents.
 
   
Financing activities: activities that result in changes in the size and composition of the equity and liabilities that are not operating activities.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

In preparing the consolidated cash flow statement, short-term highly liquid investments that are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value were classified as “Cash and cash equivalents”. Accordingly, the Group classifies as cash and cash equivalents the balances recognized under “Cash and balances with central banks” in the consolidated balance sheet.
3.  
Santander Group
  a)  
Banco Santander, S.A. and international Group structure
 
     
The growth of the Group in the last decade has led the Bank to also act, in practice, as a holding entity of the shares of the various companies in its Group, and its results are becoming progressively less representative of the performance and earnings of the Group. Therefore, each year the Bank determines the amount of the dividends to be distributed to its shareholders on the basis of the consolidated net profit, while maintaining the Group’s traditionally high level of capitalization and taking into account that the transactions of the Bank and of the rest of the Group are managed on a consolidated basis (notwithstanding the allocation to each company of the related net worth effect).
 
     
At international level, the various banks and other subsidiaries, jointly controlled entities and associates of the Group are integrated in a corporate structure comprising various holding companies which are the ultimate shareholders of the banks and subsidiaries abroad.
 
     
The purpose of this structure, all of which is controlled by the Bank, is to optimize the international organization from the strategic, economic, financial and tax standpoints, since it makes it possible to define the most appropriate units to be entrusted with acquiring, selling or holding stakes in other international entities, the most appropriate financing method for these transactions and the most appropriate means of remitting the profits obtained by the Group’s various operating units to Spain.
 
     
The Exhibits provide relevant data on the consolidated Group companies and on the companies accounted for using the equity method.
 
  b)  
ABN AMRO Holding N.V. (“ABN AMRO”)
 
     
On July 20, 2007, having obtained the regulatory authorizations required to publish the documentation on the takeover bid for ABN AMRO, the Bank, together with the Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc, Fortis N.V. and Fortis S.A./N.V. (together, “the Banks”) formally launched, through RFS Holdings B.V., the offer for all the ordinary shares, ADSs and previously convertible preference shares of ABN AMRO. The initial acceptance period of this offer (“the Offer”) ended on October 5, 2007.
 
     
On October 10, 2007 the Banks declared the Offer to be unconditional. At that date, the owners of 86% of the ordinary share capital of ABN AMRO had accepted the Offer (including certain shares that the Banks already owned and had undertaken to contribute to RFS Holdings B.V.).
 
     
On this same date the commencement of an additional offer period was announced, during which the holders of ordinary shares and ADSs of ABN AMRO could sell them, under the same terms and conditions as those of the Offer, until October 31, 2007.
 
     
Once the aforementioned additional offer period had ended, the owners of 98.8% of the ordinary share capital of ABN AMRO (excluding its treasury shares) had definitively accepted the Offer.
 
     
The investment made by the Bank amounts to 20,615 million and, at December 31, 2007, consisted of the Bank’s 27.9% ownership interest in the share capital of RFS Holdings B.V., the holding entity of the shares of ABN AMRO.
 
     
Following all these actions, the spin-off of the business lines of ABN AMRO commenced with a view to their subsequent integration into each of the Banks. The following correspond to Banco Santander: the Latin American Business Unit of ABN AMRO -basically Banco ABN AMRO Real S.A. (“Banco Real”) in Brazil-, the Banca Antoniana Popolare Veneta Spa Banking Group (“Antonveneta”), the cash relating to the sale of the consumer banking unit of ABN AMRO in the Netherlands -Interbank and DMC Consumer Finance-, plus 27.9% of the assets that were not allocated to any of the Banks of the consortium and which are intended to be disposed of. The finalization of the asset spin-off and integration process is subject to approval, among other regulators, by the Dutch Central Bank, which is expected to be obtained in 2008.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

     
On November 15, 2007, ABN AMRO sold the aforementioned consumer finance units located in the Netherlands for 98 million. Additionally, on November 8, 2007, the Bank entered into an agreement with Monte dei Paschi di Siena for the sale, at the earliest possible date and no later than September 2008, of Antonveneta (excluding Interbanca, the corporate banking division of Antonveneta, whose net investment value amounts to approximately 800 million) for 9,000 million. The transaction is subject to the approval of the competent authorities (Note 12).
 
     
Accordingly, once the sale of Antonveneta to Monte dei Paschi di Siena has been authorized, the net investment made by the Bank, basically in Banco Real and Interbanca, will amount to approximately 11,615 million (Note 13).
 
     
Banco Real
 
     
Banco Real is the fourth-largest bank in Brazil in terms of volume of loans, deposits and income. It has an extensive distribution network (1,900 branches and 8,700 ATMs), which enables it to carry on in full the retail and wholesale banking activities throughout Brazil, catering for over 13 million customers. It also has entities specializing in private banking and vehicle financing, the last-mentioned business activity being related to more than 15,000 car dealers.
 
     
Owing to the potential and the geographical and business complementarity of Santander Brazil and Banco Real, their combination grants them a banking leadership in all of Brazil, with a market share and an infrastructure equal to those of the two leading private banks, and gives rise to the second-largest bank in terms of deposits, the third-largest in terms of lending and network size, and the fourth-largest in terms of income.
 
     
At December 31, 2006, Banco Real had assets amounting to BRL 120,830 million (50,000 million), equity amounting to BRL 9,779 million (4,000 million) and attributed profit amounting to BRL 2,480 million (1,000 million).
 
  c)  
Acquisitions and disposals
 
     
The other main equity investments acquired and sold by the Group in 2007, 2006 and 2005 and other significant corporate transactions were as follows:
  i.  
Abbey National plc (Abbey)
On July 25, 2004, the respective Boards of Directors of the Bank and Abbey approved the terms on which the Board of Directors of Abbey recommended to its shareholders the takeover bid launched by Banco Santander for all the ordinary share capital of Abbey under a Scheme of Arrangement subject to the UK Companies Act. After the related Annual General Meetings of Abbey and the Bank were held in October 2004, and the other conditions of the transaction were met, on November 12, 2004 the acquisition was completed through the delivery of one new Banco Santander share for every Abbey ordinary share. The capital increase performed to cater for the purchase amounted to 12,541 million, equal to 1,485,893,636 new shares of 0.5 par value each and a share premium of 7.94 each.
  ii.  
Abbey’s insurance business
In June 2006 Abbey entered into an agreement with Resolution plc (“Resolution”) to sell its life insurance business to the latter for 5,340 million (GBP 3,600 million). The transaction did not give rise to any gains for the Group.
The main insurance companies sold were Scottish Mutual Assurance plc, Scottish Provident Limited and Abbey National Life plc, including their subsidiaries Scottish Mutual International plc (Dublin) and Scottish Provident International Life Assurance Limited (Isle of Man).
  iii.  
Interbanco, S.A. (Interbanco)
In September 2005 the Group and the Portuguese company SAG (Soluções Automóvel Globlais) reached an agreement to jointly provide consumer finance and vehicle financing services in Portugal and operate the vehicle “renting” business in Spain and Portugal.
In January 2006 the Group paid 118 million for a 50.001% interest in the share capital of Interbanco.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

At the beginning of 2007 the Group acquired an additional 9.999% of Interbanco through the integration in the latter of the branches of Santander Consumer E.F.C., S.A. and Santander Consumer Finance, S.A. located in Portugal. As a result of this acquisition Interbanco changed its name to Banco Santander Consumer Portugal. Following this transaction, by virtue of the initial purchase agreements, the Group acquired the remaining 40% of this entity for 138 million. These transactions gave rise to goodwill of 74 million. At December 31, 2007, the Group owned all the shares of Banco Santander Consumer Portugal.
  iv.  
Elcon Finans AS (Elcon) and Bankia Bank ASA (Bankia)
In September 2004 the Group acquired all the shares of Elcon (a leading Norwegian vehicle financing company) for NOK 3,440 million (400 million). Subsequently, the Group resolved to sell Elcon’s leasing and factoring businesses for 160 million. The resulting goodwill amounted to 120 million.
In 2005 the Group acquired all the shares of the Norwegian bank Bankia for 54 million. The goodwill arising on this investment amounted to 45 million.
The merger of these two companies in 2005 gave rise to Santander Consumer Bank AS (Note 17).
  v.  
Compañía Española de Petróleos, S.A. (Cepsa)
In 2003 the Bank launched a takeover bid for up to 42,811,991 Cepsa shares, and the offer was accepted for 32,461,948 shares, representing an investment of 909 million.
Total, S.A. considered that the takeover bid breached historical side agreements between it (or its subsidiary, Elf Aquitaine, S.A.-Elf) and the Bank in relation to Cepsa and, accordingly, filed a request for arbitration at the Netherlands Court of Arbitration.
On April 3, 2006, the partial award rendered by the Arbitral Tribunal which, in the framework of the Netherlands Arbitration Institute, resolved the request for arbitration filed by Total, S.A. against the Bank was notified to the parties. The Tribunal considered that the side agreements contained in the agreements relating to Cepsa between the Bank and Total, S.A. (or its subsidiary, Elf) were rendered invalid by application of Transitional Provision Three of Law 26/2003, of July 17. However, the fact that the Bank launched the aforementioned takeover bid without prior consultation with Total, S.A. caused, in the opinion of the Tribunal, an insurmountable disagreement between the two parties which, in application of the part of the agreements that was not rendered invalid, entitled Total, S.A. to repurchase from the Bank a 4.35% ownership interest in Cepsa at the price established in the agreements.
Also, the aforementioned partial award ordered the dissolution of Somaen-Dos, S.L. (Sole-Shareholder Company), the sole company object of which was the holding of ownership interests in Cepsa, with a view to each shareholder recovering direct ownership of their respective Cepsa shares, in accordance with the agreements entered into between the Bank and Total, S.A. (or its subsidiary, Elf). To this end, on August 2, 2006, Banco Santander, S.A. and Riyal, S.L. entered into two agreements with Elf Aquitaine, S.A. and Odival, S.A., on the one hand, and with Unión Fenosa, S.A., on the other, to enforce the partial award and separate the ownership interests that they each held in Cepsa through Somaen-Dos, S.L.
On October 13, 2006, Elf received notification from the European Commission communicating the authorization of the concentration resulting from the acquisition by Elf of shares representing 4.35% of the share capital of Cepsa. Consequently, the Group sold 11,650,893 Cepsa shares to Elf for 53 million. This disposal gave rise to a loss of 158 million which was covered by a provision recognized for this purpose.
At December 31, 2007, Banco Santander’s holding in Cepsa was 31.64%.
  vi.  
Unión Eléctrica Fenosa, S.A. (Unión Fenosa)
In 2002 several purchases of shares of Unión Fenosa were made for a total amount of 465 million. In 2004 the Group sold 1% of its holding in Unión Fenosa, leaving an ownership interest of 22.02% at December 31, 2004.
The investment in Unión Fenosa was sold in 2005 at a price of 2,219 million and the gain on this disposal, which amounted to 1,157 million, was recognized in “Other gains” (Note 52).

 

F-44


Table of Contents

  vii.  
Sovereign Bancorp Inc. (Sovereign)
In October 2005 the Group reached an agreement with Sovereign, a US entity based in Philadelphia, for the acquisition of a 19.8% stake in the US bank.
Under this agreement the Group subscribed to a USD 1,931 million capital increase and purchased treasury shares amounting to approximately USD 464 million, in both cases at USD 27 per share, giving rise to a total investment of USD 2,395 million (approximately 1,883 million) and goodwill amounting to USD 760 million.
This agreement entitled the Group to increase its ownership interest to 24.99% through the purchase of shares in the market, but, unless expressly authorized otherwise by the shareholders of Sovereign at an Annual General Meeting, the shares purchased for the purpose of this increase had to be deposited in a voting trust and its votes exercised in the same proportion as the votes of the shareholders of Sovereign other than Santander and its shareholders. On May 3, 2007, Sovereign’s shareholders approved an amendment to the entity’s bylaws which, inter alia, authorizes Santander to exercise the vote relating to the shares held in the voting trust and any other Sovereign shares that Santander might acquire in the future. On May 16, 2007, the voting trust held 4.9% of the voting shares of Sovereign. Santander and Sovereign have taken the appropriate steps to terminate the voting trust and to transfer the shares held therein to Santander. As from June 6, 2007, Santander can exercise the voting right on 24.7% of Sovereign shares. Except with the consent of the Board of Directors of Sovereign or through the procedures described below, Santander cannot increase its percentage of ownership to over 24.99% until the end of the period established by the Investment Agreement (June 1, 2010, unless a takeover bid is launched by the Group or by a third party before that date).
Additionally, from June 1, 2008 to May 31, 2011 Santander will have the option of launching an offer for all the shares of Sovereign, subject to compliance with certain conditions and limitations agreed upon by both parties. If such an offer is made by Santander, the Board of Directors of Sovereign could resist it by means of a bidding process or competitive valuation procedure. If these procedures determine that there is no higher offer, the Board of Directors of Sovereign must accept this offer, taking into account the fact that, from June 1, 2008 to May 31, 2009 any offer made by Santander must involve a price of, at least, USD 38 per share (the amount resulting from the application of adjustments to the figure of USD 40 per share established under the Investment Agreement to take account of the dilutive effect of a dividend paid by Sovereign in the form of shares). Even if the Board of Directors of Sovereign accepts the offer, Santander will not be permitted to complete the acquisition of Sovereign unless the majority of the shareholders, other than Santander itself, by means of a vote at Sovereign’s Annual General Meeting, approve the acquisition. Additionally, until May 31, 2011, Santander will have the pre-emptive right in any negotiation and may match any offer by third parties to acquire Sovereign. Lastly, with certain exceptions, Santander has agreed that, until May 31, 2011, it will not sell or dispose of in any manner the shares of Sovereign.
At December 31, 2007, the Group’s ownership interest in Sovereign stood at 24.43%. The acquisition cost of this holding amounted to 2,300 million. In 2007, the Group assessed its ownership interest in Sovereign and adjusted the value of the investment by 1,053 million (Note 13).
  viii.  
Island Finance
In January 2006 the Group’s subsidiary in Puerto Rico (Santander BanCorp) and Wells Fargo & Company entered into a definitive agreement for the acquisition from the latter of the assets and operations of Island Finance in Puerto Rico. At December 31, 2005, Island Finance’s loans in Puerto Rico amounted to approximately USD 627 million.
The deal provided for the acquisition by the Group of all the operations of Island Finance, except for its debt and the remaining liabilities.
The deal was completed in the first quarter of 2006 for USD 742 million, giving rise to goodwill of USD 114 million (Note 17-a). In 2007, the Group assessed its ownership interest in Island Finance and adjusted the value of the investment by 14 million (Note 17).
Island Finance provides consumer and mortgage lending to approximately 205,000 customers through its 70 branch offices in Puerto Rico, as well as installment sales through retail businesses. Island Finance belongs to Wells Fargo Financial, the consumer finance subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company.
  ix.  
Drive Consumer USA, Inc. (Drive)
In 2006 the Group entered into an agreement to acquire 90% of Drive for USD 637 million in cash (approximately 494 million), which is 6.8 times the estimated profit for 2006.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

The transaction gave rise to goodwill of USD 544 million.
The agreement established that the price paid by the Group could be increased by up to USD 175 million if the company meets certain profit targets for 2007 and 2008. In July 2007, an agreement was entered into to advance this payment in exchange for a reduction from USD 175 million to USD 135 million (97 million), giving rise to additional goodwill for the amount disbursed (Note 17-q).
Drive is one of the leading vehicle financing entities in the subprime segment in the United States. Its headquarters are located in Dallas (Texas), it is present in 35 states and close to 50% of its business activities are concentrated in the states of Texas, California, Florida and Georgia. It has approximately 600 employees and its products are distributed through more than 10,000 car dealers with which it has commercial agreements.
Drive was 64.5%-owned by HBOS and 35.5%-owned by management. Following the acquisition, the current Chairman and COO of Drive will perform the functions of CEO and hold an ownership interest in the company of 10%, a percentage on which there are certain purchase and sale options which might lead to the Group acquiring a further 10% stake between 2009 and 2013 at prices linked to the performance of the company’s profit.
  x.  
Banco Santander Chile
In 2006 the Group placed 7.23% of the share capital of Banco Santander Chile through a takeover bid registered with the US Securities and Exchange Commission, giving rise to gross gains of 270 million (Note 52) which are recognized under “Other gains”.
  xi.  
Merger
At the Extraordinary General Meeting of Banco Santander, S.A. held on October 23, 2006, the shareholders approved the merger of Riyal, S.L., Lodares Inversiones, S.L., Sole-Shareholder Company, Somaen-Dos, S.L., Sole-Shareholder Company, Gessinest Consulting, S.A., Sole-Shareholder Company, and Carvasa Inversiones, S.L., Sole-Shareholder Company (the absorbed entities) into Banco Santander, S.A. (the absorbing entity), through the dissolution without liquidation of the five absorbed entities and the transfer en bloc, by universal succession, of their assets and liabilities to Banco Santander, S.A.
  xii.  
Inmobiliaria Urbis, S.A. (Urbis)
On July 27, 2006, the Group and Construcciones Reyal, S.A.U. (Reyal) entered into an agreement whereby Reyal undertook to launch a takeover bid for all the share capital of Urbis, at a price of 26 per share, provided that at least 50.267% of the share capital of Urbis was accepted. The Group undertook to transfer to Reyal all its ownership interest in Urbis and not to accept any competing offers. Upon completion of the terms stipulated by current legislation, on December 15, 2006, the Spanish National Securities Market Commission (CNMV) announced that the takeover bid was valid, since it had been accepted by 96.40% of the shares of Urbis. The transaction was definitively settled on December 21, 2006 and gave rise to pre-tax gains of 1,218 million (Note 37).
  xiii.  
Unifin S.p.A. (Unifin)
In May 2006 the Group acquired 70% of the Italian consumer finance entity Unifin for 44 million, giving rise to goodwill of 37 million.
  xiv.  
Banco Portugués de Investimento (BPI)
The Santander Group announced in January 2007 that it had entered into a definitive agreement with Banco Comercial Portugués (BCP) for the sale to this bank of 44.6 million shares of the Portuguese bank BPI, representing 5.87% of its share capital, at 5.70 per share, equal to that offered by BCP in the takeover bid launched by it on BPI, or at the higher price resulting from any upward revision of the offer price. The transaction was conditional upon the relevant regulatory authorizations being obtained.
The takeover bid was closed in May 2007 and was unsuccessful since the minimum acceptance level upon which it was conditional was not reached. The Bank of Portugal had established certain limits on BCP’s ownership interest in BPI in the event that the takeover bid failed. Ultimately, 35.5 million shares of BPI were sold to BCP, giving rise to gains of 107 million for the Group.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

  xv.  
Santander Consumer Chile
Santander Consumer Finance and the Bergé Group, through its Chilean subsidiary SKBergé, a company formed by Sigdo Koppers and Bergé (SKB), reached a strategic agreement to set up a finance company in Chile, whereby Santander Consumer Finance will subscribe to between 90% and 51% of the share capital and SKBergé will subscribe to between 10% and 49% of the share capital. The new company, which will operate under the name of Santander Consumer Chile, will engage in consumer finance, focussing both on the automotive and other durable consumer goods industry and on the credit cards business. At December 31, 2007, Santander Consumer Finance had subscribed to 89% of the share capital of Santander Consumer Chile (with a disbursement of 13 million), the remaining 11% corresponding to SKBergé.
  xvi.  
Orígenes AFJP and Orígenes Seguros de Retiro
In 2007 the Group entered into an agreement with ING Groep NV for the sale to the latter of the Group’s ownership interest in the pension fund manager Orígenes AFJP and in Orígenes Seguros de Retiro, in Argentina, for USD 166 million (112 million), giving rise to gross gains of 84 million for the Group (Note 37-b).
  xvii.  
Pension fund managers
In 2007 the Group completed the sale of its obligatory pension fund managers in Latin America to ING Groep NV for USD 1,314 million (906 million), giving rise to a gross gain of 747 million (Note 37-b). This transaction includes the pension fund managers in Mexico (Afore Santander), Chile (AFP Bansander), Colombia (AFP Cesantías Santander) and Uruguay (Afinidad AFAP).
  xviii.  
CB Extrobank
In 2007, the Group acquired all the shares of the Russian bank CB Extrobank for 48 million, giving rise to goodwill of 37 million.
* * * * *
The cost, total assets and gross income of the other consolidated companies acquired and disposed of in the last three years were not material with respect to the related consolidated totals.
  d)  
Off-shore entities
 
     
At December 31, 2007, the Group had ownership interests in the share capital of 19 subsidiaries resident in tax havens, excluding Abbey subsidiaries, which are dealt with at the end of this note.
 
     
The individual results of these subsidiaries, calculated in accordance with local accounting principles, are shown in the Exhibits to these consolidated financial statements together with other data thereon.
 
     
It should be noted that the individual results include transactions performed with other Group companies, such as dividend collection, recognition and reversal of provisions and corporate restructuring results which, in accordance with accounting standards, are eliminated on consolidation in order to avoid the duplication of profit or the recognition of intra-Group results. Individual results also include the profit attributable to the holders of preference shares. Therefore, they are not representative of the Group’s operations in these countries or of the results contributed to the Santander Group.
 
     
These banks and companies, whose activities are detailed below, contributed 146 million to the Group’s consolidated profit.
 
     
These Group entities operate mainly in the Bahamas and have a total of 137 employees.
 
     
The business activities of these entities are classified into four categories, namely:

 

F-47


Table of Contents

  i.  
Operating subsidiaries engaging in banking or financial activities
The subsidiaries engaging in banking or financial activities at 2007 year-end were as follows:
   
Santander Bank and Trust, Ltd., a bank resident in the Bahamas which engages mainly in international private banking for foreign customers. It also handles investments in bonds and equities and financing transactions.
 
   
Banco Santander Bahamas International, Ltd., an entity resident in the Bahamas which engages mainly in financing transactions and equities trading.
 
   
Santander Investment Limited, a company resident in the Bahamas which is managed from the New York branch. It performs brokerage and investment activities in the US market, mainly related to Latin American fixed-income securities.
 
   
Santander Trade Services, Ltd. (Hong Kong), an intermediary in export documentary credits
 
   
Banco Santander (Panamá), S.A. performs a limited banking activity.
 
  ii.  
Inactive or mere asset holding subsidiaries
At 2007 year-end, the following companies were inactive, mere asset holding companies or in liquidation:
   
Santander Merchant Bank, Ltd., (Bahamas), inactive.
 
   
Santander Investment Bank, Ltd., (Bahamas), a mere asset holding company.
 
   
Pan American Bank, Ltd., a Bahamas-resident bank which is inactive.
 
   
Serfin International Bank and Trust, Ltd. (Cayman Islands), a bank which is virtually inactive.
 
   
Larix Limited, an Isle of Man-resident property and marketable securities holding company.
 
  iii.  
Holding companies
The two holding companies (Holbah, Ltd. and Holbah II, Ltd.), which are resident in the Bahamas, are mainly holders of investments in other Group companies abroad.
These companies do not perform any kind of business activity other than equity investment management. Their assets consist mainly of permanent equity investments, cash and accounts receivable from other Group companies. They are funded through their own funds and Group loans.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

  iv.  
Issuing companies
The Group has seven issuing companies located in the following jurisdictions:
  1.  
Issuers of preferred securities:
   
Banesto Holdings, Ltd. (Guernsey)
 
   
Totta & Açores Financing, Limited (Cayman Islands)
 
   
Pinto Totta International Finance, Limited (Cayman Islands): its last issue expired in August 2007 and, accordingly, it is expected to be liquidated in 2008.
  2.  
Issuers of debt:
   
Banesto Issuances, Ltd. (Cayman Islands)
 
   
Santander Central Hispano Financial Services, Ltd. (Cayman Islands)
 
   
Santander Central Hispano International, Ltd. (Cayman Islands)
 
   
Santander Central Hispano Issuances, Ltd. (Cayman Islands)
The preferred securities and subordinated debt issues launched by the aforementioned issuers were authorized by the Bank of Spain or the Bank of Portugal as computable for eligible capital calculation purposes.
The results contributed to the Group in 2007 by the main subsidiaries described above, including those arising from their financial position, are detailed below:
             
        Millions  
Unit   Location   of Euros  
 
           
Santander Bank & Trust, Ltd.
  Bahamas     219  
Santander Investment Limited
  Bahamas     (30 )
Banco Santander Bahamas International, Ltd.
  Bahamas     45  
Santander Trade Services, Ltd.
  Hong Kong     7  
Holbah, Ltd.
  Bahamas     (87 )
Holbah II, Ltd.
  Bahamas     (13 )
Additionally, the Santander Group, excluding Abbey subsidiaries, has three financial investments in which it has no voting rights: The HSH Coinvest in the Cayman Islands, Asiabridge Fund I LLC in Mauritius and Olivant Limited in Guernsey. It also has an ownership interest in Algebris Global Financials Fund and control over a securitization vehicle, both in the Cayman Islands.
The Group also has three branches, one located in the Bahamas, one in the Netherlands Antilles and one in the Cayman Islands. In 2007 the Bank of Spain and the local supervisors approved the opening of a branch in Hong Kong, which will commence operations in 2008. These branches report to, and consolidate their balance sheets and income statements with, their respective parents.
As a result of the acquisition of the Portuguese Interbanco Group by Consumer Finance, in 2006 the Group acquired a holding in two entities located in Malta which are currently in liquidation.
Also, at 2007 year-end Abbey had 19 subsidiaries resident in tax havens. These companies contributed an aggregate amount of 53 million to the Group’s consolidated profit. The individual results of these entities are shown in the Exhibits to these consolidated financial statements.
These Abbey entities operate mainly in Jersey and have a total of 141 employees.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

Their grouping by line of business is as follows:
   
Insurance, carried on by two subsidiaries: James Hay Insurance Company Limited in Jersey and Baker Street Risk and Insurance (Guernsey) Limited in Guernsey.
 
   
Issuance, carried on by two subsidiaries in Jersey: Abbey National GP (Jersey) Limited and AN Structured Issues Limited.
 
   
Banking, performed by one subsidiary in Jersey: Abbey National International Limited.
 
   
Four portfolio or asset holding companies, of which three are located in Jersey –Abbey National Offshore Holdings Limited, Abbey National Jersey International Limited and Brettwood Limited– and one in Gibraltar –Abbey National (Gibraltar) Limited (which was virtually inactive at year-end).
 
   
US equities trading, performed by Abbey National Financial and Investment Services (Jersey) Limited.
 
   
Services, mainly administrative services, performed by Abbey National Secretariat Services (Jersey) Limited.
 
   
Also, eight subsidiaries continued to be inactive at 2007 year-end and their possible liquidation is being assessed. Six are located in Jersey –Whitewick Limited, Cater Allen Trust Company (Jersey) Limited, Sandywick Limited, Cater Allen Nominees (Jersey) Limited, Cater Allen Registrars Limited and Abbey National Financial Investments No. 2 Limited–, one in the Isle of Man –Abbey National Treasury International (IOM) Limited–, and one in Guernsey –Carfax (Guernsey) Limited.
Additionally, Abbey has two financial investments in Guernsey (Guaranteed Investment Product 1 PCC, Ltd and FTSE Commercial Property Index Fund) and three branches –one located in the Cayman Islands and two in the Isle of Man–, one of which ceased operations in 2006 but has not yet been deregistered. The balance sheets and income statements of these branches are consolidated with those of their respective parents.
* * * * *
The Group has established the proper procedures and controls (risk management, supervision, verification and review plans and periodic reports) to prevent reputational and legal risk arising at these entities. Also, the Group has continued to implement its policy, as in recent years, to reduce the number of off-shore units. The financial statements of the Group’s off-shore units are audited by member firms of the Deloitte worldwide organization.
4.  
Distribution of the Bank’s profit and Earnings per share
  a)  
Distribution of the Bank’s profit
 
     
The distribution of the Bank’s net profit for 2007 that the Board of Directors will propose for approval by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting is as follows:
         
    Thousands  
    of Euros  
 
Interim dividends
    4,070,179  
Of which:
       
Distributed at December 31, 2007 (*)
    1,537,807  
Third interim dividend
    768,903  
Fourth interim dividend
    1,763,469  
Voluntary reserves
    68  
 
     
Net profit for the year
    4,070,247  
 
     
     
(*)  
Recognized under “Shareholders’ equity — Dividends and remuneration”.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

The provisional accounting statements prepared by the Bank pursuant to legal requirements evidencing the existence of sufficient funds for the distribution of the interim dividends were as follows:
                                 
    Millions of Euros  
    31/05/07     30/09/07     31/12/07     31/12/07  
    First     Second     Third (*)     Fourth (*)  
 
                               
Profit after tax
    1,252       2,600       4,070       4,070  
Dividends paid
          (769 )     (1,538 )     (2,307 )
 
                       
 
    1,252       1,831       2,532       1,763  
 
                       
Interim dividends
    769       769       769       1,763  
 
                       
 
                               
Accumulated interim dividends
    769       1,538       2,307       4,070  
Gross dividend per share (euros)
    0.12294       0.12294       0.12294       0.28196  
Date of payment
    01/08/07       01/11/07       01/02/08       01/05/08  
     
(*)  
Dividends not distributed at December 31, 2007.
  b)  
Earnings per share in continuing operations and discontinued operations
  i.  
Basic earnings per share
Basic earnings per share are calculated by dividing the net profit attributable to the Group by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year, excluding the average number of treasury shares held in the year.
Accordingly:
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
 
                       
Profit attributable to the Group (thousands of euros)
    9,060,258       7,595,947       6,220,104  
 
                 
 
                       
Weighted average number of shares outstanding
    6,241,049,030       6,248,375,663       6,240,611,051  
Assumed conversion of convertible debt
    100,721,755              
 
                 
Adjusted number of shares
    6,341,770,785       6,248,375,663       6,240,611,051  
 
                 
Basic earnings per share (euros)
    1.4287       1.2157       0.9967  
 
                 
  ii.  
Diluted earnings per share
In calculating diluted earnings per share, the amount of profit attributable to ordinary shareholders and the weighted average number of shares outstanding, net of treasury shares, are adjusted to take into account all the dilutive effects inherent to potential ordinary shares (share options, warrants and convertible debt instruments).

 

F-51


Table of Contents

Accordingly, diluted earnings per share were determined as follows:
                         
    Thousands of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
                       
Profit attributable to the Group
    9,060,258       7,595,947       6,220,104  
Dilutive effect of changes in profit for the year arising from potential conversion of ordinary shares
                 
 
                 
 
    9,060,258       7,595,947       6,220,104  
 
                 
 
                       
Weighted average number of shares outstanding
    6,241,049,030       6,248,375,663       6,240,611,051  
Dilutive effect of:
                       
Assumed conversion of convertible debt (Note 34)
    100,721,755              
Options
    66,362,931       34,052,536       23,325,614  
 
                 
Adjusted number of shares
    6,408,133,716       6,282,428,199       6,263,936,665  
 
                 
Diluted earnings per share (euros)
    1.4139       1.2091       0.9930  
 
                 
5.  
Remuneration and other benefits paid to the Bank’s directors and senior managers
  a)  
Remuneration of directors
  i.  
Bylaw-stipulated directors’ emoluments and attendance fees
Article 38 of the Bank’s bylaws provides that the share in the Bank’s profit for each year to be received by the members of the Board of Directors for discharging their duties will be up to 1% of the Bank’s net profit for the year.
The Board of Directors, making use of the powers conferred on it, set the related amount at 0.126% of the Bank’s net profit for 2007 (2006: 0.143%; 2005: 0.152%).
The Board of Directors, also under the powers conferred on it, resolved to allocate this amount as follows (assigning the respective proportional amounts to any directors who did not sit on the Board for the whole year): each Board member received a gross emolument of 118.1 thousand (2006: 107.4 thousand; 2005: 89.5 thousand) and, additionally, each member of the following Board Committees received the following gross emoluments: Executive Committee, 236.9 thousand (2006: 215.4 thousand; 2005: 179.5 thousand); Audit and Compliance Committee, 55 thousand (2006 and 2005: 50 thousand); Appointments and Remuneration Committee, 33 thousand (2006 and 2005: 30 thousand). Also, the First Deputy Chairman and the Fourth Deputy Chairman received a gross amount of 39.6 thousand each (2006 and 2005: 36 thousand).
Furthermore, in 2007 the directors received fees for attending Board and Committee meetings (excluding Executive Committee meetings).
The gross amounts for attending Board meetings, which were agreed upon by the directors at the Board meeting held on December 15, 2004, are as follows: Board meetings: 2,310 for resident directors and 1,870 for non-resident directors (2,310 thousand and 1,870 thousand, respectively, in both 2006 and 2005).
At the meeting held on December 18, 2006, the Board of Directors approved the proposal of the Appointments and Remuneration Committee made at its meeting on December 31, 2006 to modify the amount of fees received for attending the meetings of the Risk Committee and the Audit and Compliance Committee, which it set at 1,500 effective from January 1, 2007, without changing the amounts received in this connection by members of the Board of Directors and the other Committees –the Appointments and Remuneration Committee, the International Committee and the Technology, Productivity and Quality Committee-, excluding the Executive Committee, since no attendance fees are received for this Committee. The agreed-upon gross amounts are as follows:
   
Risk Committee and Audit and Compliance Committee: 1,500 for resident directors and 1,212 for non-resident directors.
 
   
Other Committees: 1,155 for resident directors and 935 for non-resident directors.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

The amounts received by directors for attending Board Committee meetings amounted to 1,155 for resident directors and 935 for non-resident directors in both 2006 and 2005.
  ii.  
Salaries
The detail of the salaries received by the Bank’s executive directors, who at December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 were Mr. Emilio Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y García de los Ríos, Mr. Alfredo Sáenz Abad, Mr. Matías Rodríguez Inciarte, Ms. Ana Patricia Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y O’Shea and Mr. Francisco Luzón López, is as follows:
                         
    Thousands of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
                       
Total salaries
    24,315       20,970       18,494  
Of which: variable remuneration
    16,088       13,666       11,412  

 

F-53


Table of Contents

  iii.  
Detail by director
The detail, by director, of the remuneration earned by the Bank’s directors in 2007 is as follows:
                                                                                                         
    Thousands of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
    Bylaw-Stipulated Emoluments     Attendance Fees     Salary of Executive Directors (1)                          
                            Appointments                                                              
                    Audit and     and                                                              
            Executive     Compliance     Remuneration             Other             Variable             Other                    
    Board     Committee     Committee     Committee     Board     Fees     Fixed     (a)     Total     Remuneration     Total     Total     Total  
 
Mr. Emilio Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y García de los Ríos
    118       237                   25       5       1,187       2,337       3,524       1       3,910       3,459       3,035  
Mr. Fernando de Asúa Álvarez
    158       237       55       33       25       169                               677       590       519  
Mr. Alfredo Sáenz Abad
    118       237                   25       5       3,126       5,582       8,708       511       9,604       8,099       7,161  
Mr. Matías Rodríguez Inciarte
    118       237                   25       141       1,510       2,945       4,455       178       5,154       4,501       3,970  
Mr. Manuel Soto Serrano
    158             55       33       25       35                               306       271       246  
Assicurazioni Generali, Spa.
    137                         6                                     143       136       110  
Mr. Antonio Basagoiti García Tuñón
    118       237                   25       133                         10       523       3,477 (4)     414  
Ms. Ana Patricia Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y O’Shea
    118       237                   25       2       1,133       1,985       3,118       17       3,517       3,084       2,733  
Mr. Francisco Javier Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y O’Shea (2)
    118                         25                                     143       128       106  
Lord Terence Burns (***)
    118                         17                                     135       122       105  
Mr. Guillermo de la Dehesa Romero
    118       237             33       25       14                               427       381       326  
Mr. Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo
    118       237             33       25       119                         30       562       1,388       1,329  
Mr. Antonio Escámez Torres
    118       237                   25       128                         42       550       1,329       1,337  
Mr. Francisco Luzón López
    118       237                   25       2       1,271       3,239       4,510       728       5,620       4,601       4,003  
Mr. Luís Ángel Rojo Duque (****)
    118             55       33       14       29                               249       232       113  
Mr. Abel Matutes Juan
    118             55             25       15                               213       189       172  
Mutua Madrileña Automovilista (3)
    137                         16                                     153       148       122  
Mr. Luis Alberto Salazar-Simpson Bos
    118             55             25       16                               214       192       173  
Mr. Jay S. Sidhu (b)
                                                                        58        
Mr. Emilio Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y O’Shea (**)
                                                                            98  
Mr. Elías Masaveu Alonso del Campo (**)
                                                                            47  
Ms. Isabel Tocino Biscarolasaga (*)
    82                         21                                     103              
 
                                                                             
Total 2007
    2,324       2,370       275       165       424       813       8,227       16,088       24,315       1,517       32,203              
 
                                                                             
Total 2006
    2,092       2,150       250       150       386       630       7,304       13,666       20,970       5,757             32,385        
 
                                                                             
Total 2005
    1,795       1,800       256       148       315       607       7,082       11,412       18,494       2,704                   26,119  
 
                                                                             
     
(*)  
Appointed by co-optation by the Board of Directors at its meeting on March 26, 2007, Ms. Isabel Tocino Biscarolasaga took office at the meeting held on April 23, 2007. Her appointment was ratified by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting held on June 23, 2007.
 
(**)  
Directors who were Board members for some months in 2005 but ceased to be directors prior to December 31, 2005.
 
(***)  
Appointed as member of the Bank’s Board of Directors on December 20, 2004 and subsequently ratified by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting on June 18, 2005.
 
(****)  
Appointed as member of the Bank’s Board of Directors on April 25, 2005 and subsequently ratified by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting on June 18, 2005.
 
(a)  
Accrued in 2007.
 
(b)  
Appointed by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting on June 17, 2006 and ceased to discharge his duties on December 31, 2006.
 
(1)  
Recognized under “Personnel expenses” in the income statement of the Bank, except for the salary of Ms. Ana Patricia Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y O’Shea, which is recognized at Banco Español de Crédito, S.A.
 
(2)  
Amounts contributed to Fundación Marcelino Botín.
 
(3)  
Ceased to be a director on December 19, 2007.
 
(4)  
Includes 3 million for duties discharged on the Board of Directors of Unión Fenosa during the period in which he belonged to this Board at the proposal of the Bank. At the proposal of the Appointments and Remuneration Committee, this remuneration was approved by the Bank’s Board of Directors at its meeting on February 6, 2006.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

  iv.  
Other remuneration
The amounts recorded under “Other remuneration” in the foregoing table include, inter alia, the life and medical insurance costs borne by the Group.
  b)  
Remuneration of the Board members as representatives of the Bank
 
     
By resolution of the Executive Committee, all the remuneration received by the Bank’s directors who represent the Bank on the Boards of Directors of listed companies in which the Bank has a stake (at the expense of those companies) and which relates to appointments made after March 18, 2002, will accrue to the Group. The remuneration received in respect of representation duties of this kind, relating to appointments agreed upon before March 18, 2002, was as follows:
                             
        Thousands of Euros  
    Company   2007     2006     2005  
 
                           
Mr. Emilio Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y García de los Ríos
  Shinsei Bank, Ltd.     50.1       59.9       58.7  
Mr. Fernando de Asúa Álvarez
  Cepsa     97.2       95.6       89.9  
Mr. Antonio Escámez Torres
  Attijariwafa Bank Société Anonyme     9.9       5.0       5.1  
 
        157.2       160.5       153.7  
In 2007 Mr. Emilio Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y García de los Ríos also received options to acquire 10,000 shares of Shinsei Bank, Ltd. (Shinsei) at a price of JPY 555 each. Previously, in 2006 and 2005, Mr. Emilio Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y García de los Ríos had received options to acquire 25,000 Shinsei shares in each year at a price of JPY 825 each for those received in 2006 and JPY 601 each for those received in 2005. At December 31, 2007, the market price of the Shinsei share was JPY 408 and, therefore, regardless of the stipulated exercise periods, the options granted in 2007, 2006 and 2005 would not have given rise to any gains had they been exercised.
Furthermore, other directors of the Bank earned a total of 750 thousand in 2007 as members of the Boards of Directors of Group companies (2006: 732 thousand; 2005: 739 thousand), the detail being as follows: Lord Burns (Abbey), 682 thousand; Mr. Rodrigo Echenique (Banco Banif, S.A.), 36 thousand; and Mr. Matías Rodríguez Inciarte (U.C.I., S.A.), 32 thousand.
  c)  
Post-employment and other long-term benefits
 
     
The total balance of supplementary pension obligations assumed by the Group over the years to its current and retired employees, which amounted to 11,820 million (covered mostly by in-house provisions) at December 31, 2007, includes the obligations to those who have been directors of the Bank during the year and who discharge (or have discharged) executive functions. The total pension obligations to these directors, together with the total sum insured under life insurance policies and other items, amounted to 264 million at December 31, 2007 (December 31, 2006: 234 million; December 31, 2005: 182 million).
 
     
The following table provides information on: (i) the pension obligations assumed and covered by the Group; and (ii) other insurance -the premiums of which are paid by the Group, the related cost being included in the “Other remuneration” column in the table in Note 5-a.iii-, in both cases in respect of the Bank’s executive directors:
                                                 
    Thousands of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
    Accrued             Accrued             Accrued        
    Pension     Other     Pension     Other     Pension     Other  
    Obligations     Insurance     Obligations     Insurance     Obligations     Insurance  
 
                                               
Mr. Emilio Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y García de los Ríos
    22,926             21,068             11,785        
Mr. Alfredo Sáenz Abad
    68,070       9,378       55,537       8,155       45,444       7,917  
Mr. Matías Rodríguez Inciarte
    44,226       4,529       39,390       4,117       28,953       3,997  
Ms. Ana Patricia Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y O’Shea
    17,975       1,403       15,045       1,402       12,232       1,373  
Mr. Francisco Luzón López
    45,468       7,624       39,187       6,571       39,188       6,380  
 
    198,665       22,934       170,227       20,245       137,602       19,667  

 

F-55


Table of Contents

The amounts in the “Accrued pension obligations” column in the foregoing table relate to the present actuarial value of the accrued future annual payments to be made by the Group. These amounts were obtained using actuarial calculations and cover the obligations to pay the respective calculated pension supplements. In the case of Mr. Emilio Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y García de los Ríos, Mr. Alfredo Sáenz Abad, Mr. Matías Rodríguez Inciarte and Ms. Ana Patricia Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y O’Shea, these supplements were calculated as 100% of the sum of the fixed annual salary received at the date of effective retirement plus 30% of the arithmetical mean of the last three variable salary payments received. In addition, in the case of Mr. Francisco Luzón López, to the amount thus calculated will be added the amounts received by him in the year before retirement or early retirement in his capacity as a member of the Board of Directors or the Committees of the Bank or of other consolidable Group companies.
On December 17, 2007 and March 24, 2008, the Board of Directors of the Bank resolved to authorize a change in the contracts of the executive directors and the other members of the Bank’s senior management -the “Senior Executives”- granting them the right, on the date of retirement -or pre-retirement, as appropriate- to opt to receive accrued pensions -or amounts similar thereto- in the form of income or capital -i.e. in one single payment- in full but not in part. In order to maintain the financial neutrality for the Group, the amount to be received in the form of capital by the commitment beneficiary at the date of the retirement must be the aliquot part of the market value of the assets assigned to cover the mathematical provisions to cater of the policy instrumenting these commitments to senior executives. The Senior Executives who are still in service on reaching the age of retirement –or who at the date of the contract entered into have passed the age of retirement- must state whether they wish to opt for this form of benefit. Should the Senior Executive subsequently die whilst still in service and prior to retirement, the capital of the pension will correspond to his/her heirs.
Pension charges recognized and reversed in 2007 amounted to 21,615 thousand and 580 thousand, respectively (2006: 44,819 thousand and 629 thousand, respectively; 2005: 4,414 thousand and 4,449 thousand, respectively).
Additionally, other directors have life insurance policies the cost of which is borne by the Group, the related insured sum being 3 million at December 31, 2007 (2006 and 2005: 3 million). Also, the payments made in 2007 to the members of the Board entitled to post-employment benefits amounted to 2.6 million.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

  d)  
Share option plans granted to directors
The detail of the Bank’s share options granted to directors (Note 49) is as follows:
                                                                                                                                                         
            Options                                             Options     Exercised                                                                
            Granted     Exercised Options                     Granted     Options                     Concessions Granted     Exercised Options             Date of     Date of  
    Options at                   Exercise     Market     Options at     Exercise                 Options at     Exercise             Exercise             Exercise     Market     Options at     Commencement     Expiry of  
    1 January                   Price     Price     December     Price                 December     Price             Price             Price     Price     December 31,     of Exercise     Exercise  
    2005     Number     Number     (Euros)     Applied (Euros)     31, 2005     (Euros)     Number     Number     31, 2006     (Euros)     Number     (Euros)     Number     (Euros)     Applied (Euros)     2007     Period     Period  
Managers Plan 2000:
                                                                                                                                                       
Mr. Emilio Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y García de los Ríos
    150,000             (150,000 )     10.545       11.12                                                                               30/12/03       29/12/05  
Mr. Alfredo Sáenz Abad
    100,000             (100,000 )     10.545       11.14                                                                               30/12/03       29/12/05  
Mr. Matías Rodríguez Inciarte
    125,000             (125,000 )     10.545       11.14                                                                               30/12/03       29/12/05  
Mr. Antonio Escámez Torres
    100,000             (100,000 )     10.545       11.07                                                                               30/12/03       29/12/05  
Mr. Francisco Luzón López
    100,000             (100,000 )     10.545       11.14                                                                                             30/12/03       29/12/05  
 
                                                                                                                 
    575,000             (575,000 )     10.545       11.12                                                                                          
 
                                                                                                                 
Long-Term Incentive Plan (I06) (Note 49):                                                                                                                                                        
Mr. Emilio Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y García de los Ríos
    541,400                               541,400       9.09                   541,400       9.09                                     541,400       15/01/08       15/01/09  
Mr. Alfredo Sáenz Abad
    1,209,100                               1,209,100       9.09                   1,209,100       9.09                                     1,209,100       15/01/08       15/01/09  
Mr. Matías Rodríguez Inciarte
    665,200                               665,200       9.09                   665,200       9.09                                     665,200       15/01/08       15/01/09  
Ms. Ana Patricia Botín-Sanz de
                                                                                                                                                       
Sautuola y O’Shea (*)
    293,692                               293,692       9.09                   293,692       9.09                                     293,692       15/01/08       15/01/09  
Mr. Francisco Luzón López
    639,400                               639,400       9.09                   639,400       9.09                                     639,400       15/01/08       15/01/09  
 
                                                                                                                 
    3,348,792                               3,348,792       9.09                   3,348,792       9.09                                     3,348,792                  
 
                                                                                                                 
Long-Term Incentive Plan (I09) (Note 49):                                                                                                                                                        
Mr. Emilio Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y García de los Ríos
                                                                      41,785                               41,785       23/06707       31/07/09  
Mr. Alfredo Sáenz Abad
                                                                      110,084                               110,084       23/06/07       31/07/09  
Mr. Matías Rodríguez Inciarte
                                                                      53,160                               53,160       23/06/07       31/07/09  
Ms. Ana Patricia Botín-Sanz
                                                                                                                                                       
de Sautuola y O’Shea (**)
                                                                      27,929                               27,929       23/06/07       31/07/09  
Mr. Francisco Luzón López
                                                                      44,749                               44,749       23/06/07       31/07/09  
 
                                                                                                                 
                                                                      277,707                               277,707                  
 
                                                                                                                 
Long-Term Incentive Plan (I10) (Note 49):                                                                                                                                                        
Mr. Emilio Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y García de los Ríos
                                                                      62,589                               62,589       23/06/07       31/07/10  
Mr. Alfredo Sáenz Abad
                                                                      164,894                               164,894       23/06/07       31/07/10  
Mr. Matías Rodríguez Inciarte
                                                                      79,627                               79,627       23/06/07       31/07/10  
Ms. Ana Patricia Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y O’Shea (**)
                                                                      41,835                               41,835       23/06/07       31/07/10  
Mr. Francisco Luzón López
                                                                      67,029                               67,029       23/06/07       31/07/10  
 
                                                                                                                 
 
                                                                      415,974                               415,974                  
 
                                                                                                                 
     
(*)  
Approved by Banesto’s shareholders at its Annual General Meeting on February 28, 2006.
 
(**)  
Without prejudice to the Banesto shares relating to Ms. Ana Patricia Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y O’Shea by virtue of the Banesto Share-Based Payment Incentive Plan approved by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting of Banesto held on June 27, 2007, the maximum number of shares shown in the foregoing table relate to the aforementioned executive director, based on the resolution adopted at the aforementioned Annual General Meeting.

 

F-57


Table of Contents

Additionally, the maximum limits to the Matched Deferred Bonus Plan (Note 49) are as follows:
         
    Maximum  
    Number of  
Executive Directors   Shares  
   
Mr. Emilio Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y García de los Ríos
    16,306  
Mr. Alfredo Sáenz Abad
    37,324  
Mr. Matías Rodríguez Inciarte
    20,195  
Ms. Ana Patricia Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y O’Shea (*)
    13,610  
Mr. Francisco Luzón López
    22,214  
 
     
 
    109,649  
 
     
     
(*)  
In accordance with the resolution adopted by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting of Banco Santander held on June 23, 2007, the maximum number of shares relating to Ms. Ana Patricia Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y O’Shea is that shown in the foregoing table, in accordance with the resolution adopted by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting of Banesto held on June 27, 2007.
  e)  
Loans
 
     
The Group’s direct risk exposure to the Bank’s directors and the guarantees provided for them are detailed below. These transactions were made on an arm’s-length basis or the related compensation in kind was charged:
                                                                         
    Thousands of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
    Loans and                     Loans and                     Loans and              
    Credits     Guarantees     Total     Credits     Guarantees     Total     Credits     Guarantees     Total  
   
Mr. Emilio Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y García de los Ríos
                                        2             2  
Mr. Fernando de Asúa Álvarez
                                        4             4  
Mr. Alfredo Sáenz Abad
    6             6       21             21       16             16  
Mr. Matías Rodríguez Inciarte
    18       10       28                         8       10       18  
Mr. Manuel Soto Serrano
    4             4       4             4       3             3  
Mr. Antonio Basagoiti García Tuñón
    94       1       95       125       1       126       145       1       146  
Ms. Ana Patricia Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y O’Shea
                      2             2                    
Mr. Francisco Javier Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y O’Shea
                                        60             60  
Mr. Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo
    7             7       33             33       5             5  
Mr. Antonio Escámez Torres
    309             309       289             289       295             295  
Mr. Francisco Luzón López
    722             722       875             875       1,026             1,026  
 
                                                     
 
    1,160       11       1,171       1,489       64       1,553       1,569       58       1,627  
 
                                                     
  f)  
Senior managers
 
     
Following is a detail of the remuneration paid to the Bank’s General Managers (*) in 2007, 2006 and 2005:
                                                 
    Number of     Thousands of Euros  
    Managers     Salary     Other        
Year   (1)     Fixed     Variable     Total     Remuneration     Total  
   
2005
    24       16,450       27,010       43,460       2,708       46,168  
2006
    26       19,119       34,594       53,713       11,054       64,767  
2007
    26       19,504       42,768       62,272       10,092       72,364  
     
(*)  
Excluding executive directors’ remuneration, which is detailed above.
 
(1)  
At some point in the year they occupied the position of General Manager. The amounts reflect the annual remuneration regardless of the number of months in which the position of General Manager was occupied.

 

F-58


Table of Contents

The actuarial liability recognized in respect of post-employment benefits earned by the Bank’s senior managers totaled €202 million at December 31, 2007 €December 31, 2006: €186 thousand; December 31, 2005: €150 million). The charge to the consolidated income statement in this connection amounted to €24 million in 2007 €2006: €46 million; 2005: €24 million). Additionally, the total sum insured under life and accident insurance policies relating to this group amounted to €56 million at December 31, 2007 €December 31, 2006: €52 million; December 31, 2005: €43 million).
The 912,000 share options granted to the Bank’s General Managers €excluding executive directors) under the Managers Plan 2000 €Note 49), the exercise price of which was €10.545 per share, were exercised in 2005 at an average market price of €11.06 per share. Also, the Bank’s General Managers €excluding executive directors) held 7,235,988 options on the Bank’s shares under Plan I06 at December 31, 2007 €December 31, 2006: 7,268,572 options — Note 49). The Bank’s General Managers €excluding executive directors) had the right to receive a maximum number of 889,109 and 1,333,465 shares under Plan I09 and Plan I010, respectively €Note 49). Additionally, with respect to the Matched Deferred Bonus Plan, the maximum amount relating to the general managers is €3.7 million.
The remuneration in kind paid to the Bank’s General Managers €excluding executive directors), mainly in respect of life insurance, totaled €1,094 thousand in 2007 €2006: €909 thousand; 2005: €777 thousand).
  g)  
Post-employment benefits to former directors and former general managers
 
     
The post-employment benefits paid in 2007 to former directors of the Bank and former general managers amounted to €7.9 million and €8.7 million, respectively €2006: €7.6 million and €6.7 million, respectively; 2005: €7.3 million and €6.3 million, respectively).
 
     
The expense recognized in the consolidated income statement for 2007 in connection with pension and similar obligations assumed by the Group to former directors of the Bank and former general managers amounted to €308 thousand and €99 thousand, respectively €2006: €2.8 million and €0.3 million, respectively; 2005: €2.4 million and 9.6 million, respectively.
 
     
Furthermore, “Provisions — Provisions for pensions and similar obligations” in the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2007 included €89.2 million and €142.9 million in respect of the post-employment benefit obligations to former directors of the Bank and former general managers, respectively €2006: €91.7 million and €95.9 million, respectively; 2005: €91.5 million and €110.3 million, respectively).
  h)  
Termination benefits
 
     
The Bank has signed contracts with all its executive directors.
 
     
The Bank’s executive directors have indefinite-term employment contracts. However, executive directors whose contracts are terminated voluntarily or due to breach of duties are not entitled to receive any economic compensation. If the contracts are terminated for reasons attributable to the Bank or due to objective circumstances €such as those affecting the executive directors’ functional and organic statute), the directors will be entitled, at the date of termination of their employment relationships with the Bank, to the following:
   
In the case of Mr. Emilio Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y García de los Ríos, to acquire the status of retiree and to accrue a pension supplement. At December 31, 2007, the annual pension supplement would amount to €1,706 thousand €December 31, 2006: €1,529 thousand).
 
   
In the cases of Mr. Matías Rodríguez Inciarte and Mr. Francisco Luzón López, to acquire the status of early retirees and to accrue pension supplements. At December 31, 2007, the annual pension supplements would amount to €2,146 thousand for Mr. Matías Rodríguez Inciarte and €2,293 thousand for Mr. Francisco Luzón López €2006: €1,916 thousand and €1,972 thousand, respectively; 2005: €1,801 thousand and €1,938 thousand, respectively).
 
   
In the case of Ms. Ana Patricia Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y O’Shea, to receive a termination benefit amounting to up to five years’ annual fixed salary payments, as established in the related contract, based on the date on which the contract is terminated. At December 31, 2007, this benefit would amount to €3,399 thousand €December 31, 2006: €4,120 thousand; December 31, 2005: €4,000 thousand). Receipt of this termination benefit is incompatible with that of a pension supplement.
 
   
In the case of Mr. Alfredo Sáenz Abad, to acquire the status of retiree or, alternatively, to receive a termination benefit equal to 40% of his annual fixed salary multiplied by the number of years of service at the Bank, up to a maximum of ten times his annual fixed salary. At December 31, 2007, the amount relating to the first option would be €4,257 thousand per year and that relating to the second option would be €31.3 million. The two alternatives are mutually exclusive and, therefore, if Mr. Alfredo Sáenz Abad opted to receive the termination benefit, he would not receive any pension supplement €December 31, 2006: €3,657 thousand per year and €27.2 million, respectively; December 31, 2005: €3,421 thousand per year and €26.4 million, respectively).
 
   
In the case of Mr. Juan Rodríguez Inciarte, to acquire the status of special early retiree, early retiree or retiree and to accrue a pension supplement. At December 31, 2007 the annual pension supplement would amount to €930 thousand.

 

F-59


Table of Contents

Additionally, other members of the Group’s senior management have contracts which entitle them to receive benefits in the event of termination for reasons other than voluntary redundancy, retirement, disability or serious breach of duties. These benefits are recognized as a provision for pensions and similar obligations and as a personnel expense only when the employment relationship between the Bank and its managers is terminated before the normal retirement date.
  i)  
Detail of the directors’ investments in companies with similar business activities and performance by directors, as independent professionals or as employees, of similar activities
 
     
In accordance with the requirements of Article 127 ter.4 of the Spanish Companies Law, in order to enhance the transparency of listed companies, following is a detail of the directors’ investments in the share capital of entities engaging in banking, financing or lending; and of the management or governing functions, if any, that the directors discharge thereat:
                 
        Number of      
Director   Corporate Name   Shares     Functions
   
Mr. Emilio Botín-Sanz de Sautuola
  Bankinter, S.A.     3,300,395    
y García de los Ríos
  Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc     8,230,000    
 
  Shinsei Bank, Limited         Director (1)
 
  Bank of America Corporation     560    
 
  Santander Investment, S.A.         Chairman (1)
 
               
Mr. Fernando de Asúa Álvarez
  Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A.     16,905    
 
  Commerzbank, AG     5,000    
 
  UBS     950    
 
  Unibanco     630    
 
               
Mr. Alfredo Sáenz Abad
  Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A.     25,000    
 
  HSBC Holdings     8,298    
 
  Lloyds TSB     218    
 
  Banco Banif, S.A.         Chairman (1)
 
  Santander Investment, S.A.         Deputy Chairman (1)
 
               
Mr. Matías Rodríguez Inciarte
  Banesto     27,575     Director (1)
 
  Banco Santander Totta, S.A.         Deputy Chairman (1)
 
               
Mr. Manuel Soto Serrano
  Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A.     72,000    
 
  BNP Paribas     13,000    
 
  Istituto per le Opere di Religione (IOR)         Director (2)
 
  UniCredito Italiano S.p.A.     294,000    

 

F-60


Table of Contents

                 
        Number of      
Director   Corporate Name   Shares     Functions
   
Assicurazioni Generali S.p.A. (3)
  BSI SA     4,400,000    
 
  Commerzbank, AG     57,480,386    
 
  Intesa Sanpaolo     623,154,355    
 
  Mediobanca - Banca di Credito Finanziario S.p.A.     16,381,963    
 
  Bank Leumi le-Israel B.M.     19,711,333    
 
  Erste Bank AG     3,248,964    
 
  Banca Monte dei Paschi di Siena S.p.A.     22,062,700    
 
  UniCredito Italiano S.p.A.     105,996,338    
 
  Société Générale     1,841,117    
 
  Deustche Bank, A.G.     920,619    
 
  Banesto     760,000    
 
               
Mr. Antonio Basagoiti García-Tuñón
  Banco Popular Español, S.A.     800    
 
  Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A.     850    
 
               
Ms. Ana Patricia Botín-Sanz
  Banesto     356,848     Chairman
de Sautuola y O’Shea
  Santander Investment, S.A.         Director (1)
 
  BSN-Banco Santander de Negocios Portugal, S.A.         Director (1)
 
  Bankinter, S.A.     5    
 
               
Lord Burns (Terence)
  Abbey National plc         Chairman (1)
 
               
Mr. Guillermo de la Dehesa Romero
  Goldman Sachs & Co.     12,888    
 
  Goldman Sachs Europe Ltd.         Director (1)
 
  Banco Pastor, S.A.     11,088    
 
               
Mr. Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo
  Banco Popular Español, S.A.     12,600    
 
  Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A.     13,580    
 
  Mitsubishi UFJ FIN     6,000    
 
  Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc     5,975    
 
  Mizuho Financial Group, Inc.     5    
 
  Banco Banif, S.A.         Second Deputy
 
              Chairman (1)
 
  Santander Investment, S.A.         Director (1)
 
  Allfunds Bank, S.A.         Chairman (1)
 
  Banco Santander International         Director(1)
 
               
Mr. Antonio Escámez Torres
  Attijariwafa Bank     10     Deputy Chairman (1)
 
  Banco de Valencia, S.A.     349    
 
  Santander Consumer Finance, S.A.         Chairman (1)
 
  Open Bank Santander Consumer, S.A.         Chairman (1)
 
               
Mr. Francisco Luzón López
  Banco Santander, S.A. (4)         Director (1)
 
  Banco Santander International         Director (1)

 

F-61


Table of Contents

                 
        Number of      
Director   Corporate Name   Shares     Functions
   
Mr. Abel Matutes Juan
  Intesa Sanpaolo     2,359,665    
 
  Eurizon Financial Group         Director (1)
 
  Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A.     554,366    
 
  Banesto     11,980    
 
               
Mr. Luis Alberto Salazar-Simpson Bos
  Bankinter, S.A.     2,798    
 
               
Ms. Isabel Tocino Biscarolasaga
  Banco Banif, S.A.         Director (5)
 
               
Mr. Antoine Bernheim (6)
  BNP Paribas     14,400    
 
  UBS     40,164    
 
  Crédit Suisse     35,200    
 
  Intesa Sanpaolo     398,533     Deputy Chairman (7)
 
  Mediobanca - Banca di Credito Finanziario S.p.A.     60,000     Director (1)
 
  UniCredito Italiano S.p.A.     126,455    
 
  Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc     11,998    
 
  Bank of New York Mellon     10,000    
 
  BSI SA         Director (1)
     
(1)  
Non-executive.
 
(2)  
Non-executive member of the Control Committee.
 
(3)  
More detailed information on the ownership interests held by Assicurazioni Generali, S.p.A. can be consulted in the notes to the financial statements of this company or on its website (www.generali.it).
 
(4)  
Formerly Banco Santander Serfin, S.A.
 
(5)  
Ceased to be non-executive director of Banco Banif, S.A., since he was appointed as director of Banco Banif, S.A.
 
(6)  
Representative on the Bank’s Board of Directors of the non-executive nominee director Assicurazioni Generali S.p.A.
 
(7)  
(Non-executive) Deputy Chairman of the Supervisory Board.
None of the members of the Board of Directors perform, as independent professionals or as employees, activities of the nature detailed in the foregoing table.
6.  
Loans and advances to credit institutions
 
   
The breakdown, by classification, type and currency, of the balances of “Loans and advances to credit institutions” in the consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

 

F-62


Table of Contents

                         
    Thousands of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
   
Classification:
                       
Financial assets held for trading (Note 2.d.iii)
    12,294,559       14,627,738       10,278,858  
Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss (Note 2.d.iii)
    6,865,073       185,485       2,428,663  
Loans and receivables
    31,759,867       45,361,315       47,065,501  
 
                 
 
    50,919,499       60,174,538       59,773,022  
 
                 
Type:
                       
Reciprocal accounts
    417,438       503,299       345,104  
Time deposits
    13,569,362       16,842,601       21,962,472  
Reverse repurchase agreements
    30,276,080       37,010,008       33,634,326  
Other accounts
    6,656,619       5,818,630       3,831,120  
 
                 
 
    50,919,499       60,174,538       59,773,022  
 
                 
Currency:
                       
Euro
    28,547,895       33,380,000       33,537,338  
Pound sterling
    6,139,274       4,364,111       5,313,338  
US dollar
    11,486,584       16,150,735       16,848,462  
Other currencies
    4,764,233       6,292,419       4,109,930  
Impairment losses
    (18,487 )     (12,727 )     (36,046 )
 
                 
 
    50,919,499       60,174,538       59,773,022  
 
                 
The impairment losses on financial assets classified as loans and receivables are disclosed in Note 10.
Note 53 contains a detail of the residual maturity periods of loans and receivables and of the related average interest rates.
7.  
Debt instruments
 
   
The breakdown, by classification, type and currency, of the balances of “Debt instruments” is as follows:

 

F-63


Table of Contents

                         
    Thousands of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
   
Classification:
                       
Financial assets held for trading
    66,330,811       76,736,992       81,741,944  
Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
    7,072,423       4,500,220       9,699,237  
Available-for-sale financial assets
    34,187,077       32,727,454       68,054,021  
Loans and receivables
    1,668,339       621,770       171,203  
 
                 
 
    109,258,650       114,586,436       159,666,405  
 
                 
Type:
                       
Spanish government debt securities- Treasury bills
    5,558,420       3,160,674       3,948,045  
Government bonds
    376,393       535,584       3,287,406  
Other book-entry debt securities
    9,440,746       9,080,043       12,481,210  
Foreign government debt securities
    21,617,457       22,250,587       48,120,701  
Issued by financial institutions
    43,443,566       56,063,543       61,080,306  
Other fixed-income securities
    28,913,821       23,586,327       30,828,737  
Impairment losses
    (91,753 )     (90,322 )     (80,000 )
Of which: on available-for-sale financial assets
    (91,753 )     (90,322 )     (80,000 )
 
                 
 
    109,258,650       114,586,436       159,666,405  
 
                 
Currency:
                       
Euro
    55,013,063       43,708,401       79,195,677  
Pound sterling
    16,164,296       22,488,577       32,983,211  
US dollar
    13,341,949       12,483,749       12,591,314  
Other currencies
    24,831,095       35,996,031       34,976,203  
Impairment losses
    (91,753 )     (90,322 )     (80,000 )
 
                 
 
    109,258,650       114,586,436       159,666,405  
 
                 
At December 31, 2007, the nominal amount of Spanish government debt securities assigned to certain Group or third-party commitments amounted to €695 million (December 31, 2006: €695 million; December 31, 2005: €70 million).
Additionally, at December 31, 2007, other debt securities totaling €16,171 million had been assigned to own obligations.
The impairment losses on available-for-sale financial assets are disclosed in Note 8.
Note 53 contains a detail of the residual maturity periods of available-for-sale financial assets and of loans and receivables and of the related average interest rates.
8.  
Other equity instruments
  a)  
Breakdown
 
     
The breakdown, by classification and type, of the balances of “Other equity instruments” is as follows:

 

F-64


Table of Contents

                         
    Thousands of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
   
Classification:
                       
Financial assets held for trading
    9,744,466       13,490,719       8,077,867  
Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
    2,870,322       2,712,433       30,303,170  
Available-for-sale financial assets
    10,161,830       5,970,845       5,890,918  
Of which:
                       
Disregarding impairment losses
    10,173,068       5,984,704       5,908,576  
Impairment losses
    (11,238 )     (13,859 )     (17,658 )
 
                 
 
    22,776,618       22,173,997       44,271,955  
 
                 
Type:
                       
Shares of Spanish companies
    6,375,891       5,185,206       5,707,494  
Shares of foreign companies
    9,787,139       11,138,458       8,256,086  
Investment fund units and shares
    4,068,215       3,410,494       18,563,343  
Of which: Abbey
    602,067       669,689       17,041,821  
 
Pension fund units
          144,320       133,918  
Other securities
    2,556,611       2,309,378       11,628,772  
Of which: unit linked
    2,556,611       2,309,378       11,628,772  
 
                       
Impairment losses
    (11,238 )     (13,859 )     (17,658 )
 
                 
 
    22,776,618       22,173,997       44,271,955  
 
                 
  b)  
Changes
 
     
The changes in the balance of “Available-for-sale financial assets”, disregarding impairment losses, were as follows:
                         
    Millions of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
   
Balance at beginning of year
    5,985       5,909       7,850  
Net additions /disposals
    3,096       (1,232 )     (2,984 )
Of which:
                       
Antena 3 Televisión, S.A.
          (398 )      
San Paolo IMI, S.p.A.
          (1,499 )      
Assicurazioni Generali, S.p.A.
          399        
Royal Bank of Scotland Group, plc
    1,368             (2,028 )
Commerzbank AG
                (306 )
Shinsei Bank, Ltd.
                (52 )
Fortis SA/NV
    892              
Iberdrola, S.A.
    1,503              
BPI
    (229 )            
Intesa Sanpaolo
    (1,206 )            
Transfers
                396  
Valuation adjustments
    1,092       1,308       647  
Of which:
                       
San Paolo IMI, S.p.A.
          607       414  
Companhía Energética de Sao Paulo
    331              
Bovespa Holding, S.A.
    330              
 
                 
Balance at end of year
    10,173       5,985       5,909  
 
                 

 

F-65


Table of Contents

The main acquisitions and disposals made in 2007, 2006 and 2005 were as follows:
  i.  
Shinsei Bank, Ltd. (Shinsei)
In February 2004 the shareholders of Shinsei, which was 11.4%-owned by the Group, resolved to float on the stock exchange 35% of the bank’s shares, which gave rise to the sale of a 4% holding by the Santander Group, at a gain of €118 million. Following this sale, the Group’s holding in this bank was 7.4%. In the first quarter of 2005, the Group disposed of a further 2.7% of Shinsei Bank at a gain of €49 million.
At December 31, 2007, the Group had a 4.23% ownership interest in the share capital of Shinsei.
  ii.  
Royal Bank of Scotland Group Plc (RBS)
In 2004 the Group sold 79 million shares of RBS, representing 2.51% of its share capital, giving rise to a gain of approximately €472 million. In 2005 the Group sold all the ownership interest held by it in RBS (2.57%) for €2,007 million, giving rise to a consolidated gain of €717 million which was recognized in “Other gains — Other” (Note 52). In 2007 the Group acquired a 2.3% stake in the share capital of RBS.
  iii.  
Auna Operadores de Telecomunicaciones, S.A. (Auna)
In January 2004 the Bank exercised certain agreements in connection with this company, thereby increasing its holding by 2.5%, and subsequently made several acquisitions representing a further 1.5% ownership interest. The holding in Auna was 27.3% at December 31, 2004, representing a cost of €1,814 million.
In the first half of 2005, the Group increased its holding by 4.7%, at a cost of €422 million, to 32.08%. In November 2005, the Group sold part of its ownership interest in Auna (27.07%) at a gain of €355 million, which was recognized under “Other gains — Other” (Note 52).
  iv.  
Commerzbank AG
In 2005 the Group progressively sold its holding in Commerzbank AG (3.38%), giving rise to a total gain of €24 million.
  v.  
Antena 3 Televisión, S.A. (“Antena 3”)
On October 25, 2006, Antena 3 announced its acquisition of a 10% stake owned by the Group, giving rise to a gain of €294 million for the Group which was recognized under “Other gains - Other” (Note 52).
  vi.  
San Paolo IMI, S.p.A. (“San Paolo”)
In December 2006, the Group sold 89.9 million shares of San Paolo, representing 4.8% of its share capital, giving rise to a gain of €705 million which was recognized under “Other gains — Other” (Note 52).
  vii.  
Intesa Sanpaolo
In 2007 the Group sold its 1.79% ownership interest in the share capital of the Italian entity Intesa Sanpaolo, for a total amount of €1,206 million, which gave rise to a gain of €566 million.
  viii.  
Banco BPI, S.A. (“BPI”)
In 2007 the Group sold 35.5 million shares of BPI, for a total amount of €228 million, giving rise to a gain of €107 million. The ownership interest in BPI at December 31, 2007 was 1.2%.
  ix.  
Other holdings
In 2007 the Group acquired ownership interests in Iberdrola, S.A. and Fortis, N.V. At December 31, 2007, it had stakes of 3.3% and 2.1%, respectively, in the share capital of these companies.

 

F-66


Table of Contents

  c)  
Notifications of acquisitions of investments
 
     
The notifications made by the Bank in 2007, in compliance with Article 86 of the Spanish Companies Law and Article 53 of Securities Market Law 24/1998, of the acquisitions and disposals of holdings in investees are listed in Exhibit IV.
 
  d)  
Impairment losses
 
     
Following is a summary of the changes in the impairment losses on these items and on debt instruments classified as “Available-for-sale financial assets” (Note 7):
                         
    Thousands of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
   
Balance at beginning of year
    104,181       97,658       250,560  
Net impairment losses for the year
    6,546       (2,869 )     (110,977 )
Of which:
                       
Impairment losses charged to income
    34,341       6,737       36,156  
Impairment losses reversed with a credit to income
    (27,795 )     (9,606 )     (147,133 )
   
Net changes in the scope of consolidation
    (6,737 )            
Write-off of impaired balances against recorded impairment allowance
    (97 )     (4,009 )     (21,471 )
Transfers between allowances
    (3,928 )     18,349       (26,402 )
Exchange differences and other items
    3,026       (4,948 )     5,948  
 
                 
Balance at end of year
    102,991       104,181       97,658  
 
                 
   
Of which:
                       
By geographical location of risk:
                       
Spain
    57,931       52,225       31,868  
Rest of Europe
    6,964       3,122       2,553  
Latin America
    38,096       48,834       63,237  
   
By type of asset covered:
                       
Debt instruments — Available-for-sale financial assets (Note 7)
    91,753       90,322       80,000  
Other equity instruments — Available-for-sale financial assets
    11,238       13,859       17,658  
9.  
Trading derivatives (assets and liabilities) and Short positions
  a)  
Trading derivatives
 
     
The detail, by type of inherent risk, of the fair value of the trading derivatives arranged by the Group is as follows (Note 36):
                                                 
    Thousands of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
    Debit     Credit     Debit     Credit     Debit     Credit  
    Balance     Balance     Balance     Balance     Balance     Balance  
   
Interest rate risk
    33,298,794       35,195,843       24,522,311       24,785,804       23,944,965       23,733,558  
Foreign currency risk
    4,369,032       6,809,887       3,416,681       4,204,816       1,325,399       1,330,493  
Price risk
    6,365,243       6,068,122       5,121,227       7,938,554       1,949,054       3,695,552  
Other risks
    2,693,049       729,375       1,924,072       1,808,944       409,776       468,477  
 
                                   
 
    46,726,118       48,803,227       34,984,291       38,738,118       27,629,194       29,228,080  
 
                                   

 

F-67


Table of Contents

  b)  
Short positions
 
     
Following is a breakdown of the short positions:
                         
    Thousands of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
   
Borrowed securities:
                       
Debt instruments
    2,424,447       5,459,927       7,033,121  
Of which: Abbey
    1,783,832       4,574,639       6,156,838  
Equity instruments
    1,596,775       4,151,317       6,279,410  
Of which:
                       
Bank
    277,595       8,800       1,193,790  
Abbey
    1,285,989       3,995,291       4,975,258  
Short sales:
                       
Debt instruments
    1,582,052       1,842,729       4,051,078  
Of which: the Bank
    1,485,173       1,721,742       3,876,223  
Equity instruments
    9,960       19,089       52,191  
 
                 
 
    5,613,234       11,473,062       17,415,800  
 
                 
10.  
Loans and advances to customers
  a)  
Breakdown
 
     
The breakdown, by classification, of the balances of “Loans and advances to customers” in the consolidated balance sheets is as follows:
                         
    Thousands of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
   
Financial assets held for trading (*) (Note 2.d.iii)
    23,704,481       30,582,982       26,479,996  
Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss (*) (Note 2.d.iii)
    8,021,623       7,972,544       6,431,197  
Loans and receivables (**) (Note 53)
    533,750,907       484,790,338       402,917,602  
Of which:
                       
Disregarding impairment losses
    542,446,111       492,953,782       410,527,527  
Impairment losses
    (8,695,204 )     (8,163,444 )     (7,609,925 )
 
                 
 
    565,477,011       523,345,864       435,828,795  
 
                 
Loans and advances to customers disregarding impairment losses
    574,172,215       531,509,308       443,438,720  
 
                 
     
(*)  
Relate to loans originated under wholesale banking operations.
 
(**)  
Relate to the commercial banking loan portfolio.
Note 53 contains a detail of the residual maturity periods of loans and receivables and of the related average interest rates.
There are no loans and advances to customers for material amounts without fixed maturity dates.

 

F-68


Table of Contents

  b)  
Detail
 
     
Following is a detail, by loan type and status, borrower sector, geographical area of residence and interest rate formula, of the loans and advances to customers, which reflect the Group’s exposure to credit risk in its core business, disregarding impairment losses:
                         
    Millions of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
   
Loan type and status:
                       
Commercial credit
    22,364       21,565       16,931  
Secured loans
    322,269       302,361       255,041  
Reverse repurchase agreements
    29,089       30,502       27,581  
Other term loans
    171,931       148,110       119,179  
Finance leases
    15,727       13,991       11,899  
Receivable on demand
    6,722       10,367       8,452  
Impaired assets
    6,070       4,613       4,356  
 
                 
 
    574,172       531,509       443,439  
 
                 
Borrower sector:
                       
Public sector — Spain
    5,633       5,329       5,243  
Public sector — Other countries
    2,296       4,970       6,608  
Households
    316,129       302,451       248,615  
Energy
    7,820       4,616       5,583  
Construction
    21,137       19,659       13,694  
Manufacturing
    31,839       28,682       25,649  
Services
    98,548       91,592       63,585  
Other sectors
    90,770       74,210       74,462  
 
                 
 
    574,172       531,509       443,439  
 
                 
Geographical area:
                       
Spain
    234,146       205,246       158,782  
European Union (excluding Spain)
    235,849       231,445       203,111  
United States and Puerto Rico
    32,070       31,385       25,884  
Other OECD countries
    6,633       6,020       3,943  
Latin America
    60,753       54,274       49,227  
Rest of the world
    4,721       3,139       2,492  
 
                 
 
    574,172       531,509       443,439  
 
                 
Interest rate formula:
                       
Fixed interest rate
    228,434       178,423       143,316  
Floating rate
    345,738       353,086       300,123  
 
                 
 
    574,172       531,509       443,439  
 
                 

 

F-69


Table of Contents

  c)  
Impairment losses
 
     
The changes in the impairment losses on the assets making up the balances of “Loans and receivables — Loans and advances to customers”, “Loans and receivables — Loans and advances to credit institutions” (Note 6) and “Other financial assets” (Note 24) were as follows:
                         
    Thousands of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
   
Balance at beginning of year
    8,288,128       7,756,675       6,997,428  
Impairment losses charged to income for the year:
    4,120,278       3,035,468       2,234,186  
Of which:
                       
Individually assessed
    4,223,069       2,584,434       1,874,413  
Collectively assessed
    1,077,785       1,151,376       636,836  
Impairment losses reversed with a credit to income
    (1,180,576 )     (700,342 )     (277,063 )
Inclusion of entities in the Group in the year
    7,356       164,530       4,006  
Write-off of impaired balances against recorded impairment allowance
    (3,320,162 )     (2,369,865 )     (1,519,494 )
Exchange differences and other changes
    (316,169 )     (261,034 )     267,090  
Transfers between allowances
    16,940       (37,646 )     (226,541 )
 
                 
Balance at end of year
    8,796,371       8,288,128       7,756,675  
 
                 
 
                       
Of which:
                       
By method of assessment:
                       
Individually assessed
    3,356,264       3,190,220       3,520,985  
Of which: country risk (Note 2-g)
    51,522       159,024       281,389  
Of which: on loans and advances to credit institutions (Note 6)
    18,487       12,727       36,046  
Of which: on other financial assets (Note 24)
    82,680       111,957       110,704  
Collectively assessed
    5,440,107       5,097,908       4,235,690  
By geographical location of risk:
                       
Spain
    4,512,000       4,318,320       3,664,349  
Rest of Europe
    2,250,127       2,358,448       2,153,620  
Americas
    2,034,244       1,611,360       1,938,706  
Previously written-off assets recovered in 2007, 2006 and 2005 amounted to €624,220 thousand, €551,606 thousand and €486,286 thousand, respectively. Taking into account these amounts and those recognized in “Impairment losses charged to income for the year” in the foregoing table, impairment losses on “Loans and receivables” amounted to €3,496,058 thousand in 2007, €2,483,862 thousand in 2006 and €1,747,900 thousand in 2005.
  d)  
Impaired assets
 
     
The detail of the changes in the balance of the financial assets classified as loans and receivables and considered to be impaired due to credit risk is as follows:
                         
    Millions of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
   
Balance at beginning of year
    4,613       4,356       4,208  
Net additions
    4,898       2,723       1,356  
Written-off assets
    (3,320 )     (2,370 )     (1,519 )
Exchange differences and other
    (120 )     (96 )     311  
 
                 
Balance at end of year
    6,070       4,613       4,356  
 
                 
This amount, after deducting the related allowances, represents the Group’s best estimate of the fair value of the impaired assets.

 

F-70


Table of Contents

Following is a detail of the financial assets classified as loans and receivables and considered to be impaired due to credit risk at December 31, 2007, and of the assets which, although not considered to be impaired, include any past-due amount at that date, classified by geographical location of risk and by age of the oldest past-due amount:
                                                         
    Millions of Euros  
    With no                    
    Past-Due                    
    Balances or                    
    Less than     With Balances Past Due by        
    3 Months     3 to 6     6 to 12     12 to 18     18 to 24     More than        
    Past Due     Months     Months     Months     Months     24 Months     Total  
   
Spain
    209       708       524       206       71       64       1782  
European Union (excluding Spain)
    121       1,422       530       172       115       244       2,604  
United States and Puerto Rico
    32       168       22       15       8       35       279  
Other OECD countries
    15       146       14       2       1       1       178  
Latin America
    53       350       348       42       17       409       1,219  
Rest of the world
          6       1                         7  
 
                                         
 
    429       2,799       1,440       436       212       754       6,070  
 
                                         
The detail at December 31, 2006 is as follows:
                                                         
    Millions of Euros  
    With no                    
    Past-Due                    
    Balances or                    
    Less than     With Balances Past Due by        
    3 Months     3 to 6     6 to 12     12 to 18     18 to 24     More than        
    Past Due     Months     Months     Months     Months     24 Months     Total  
   
Spain
    159       491       210       370       73       98       1,401  
European Union (excluding Spain)
    15       515       275       1,060       87       173       2,125  
United States and Puerto Rico
          118       8       41       3       15       185  
Other OECD countries
    4       19       21       4       2       83       133  
Latin America
    40       180       177       103       10       252       762  
Rest of the world
    5                               2       7  
 
                                         
 
    223       1,323       691       1,578       175       623       4,613  
 
                                         
  e)  
Securitization
 
     
“Loans and advances to customers” includes, inter alia, the securitized loans transferred to third parties on which the Group has retained risks, albeit partially, and which therefore, in accordance with the applicable accounting standards, cannot be derecognized. The breakdown of the securitized loans, by type of financial instrument, and of the securitized loans derecognized because the stipulated requirements were met (Note 2-e) is shown below. Note 22 details the liabilities associated with these securitization transactions.
                         
    Millions of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
   
Derecognized
    3,742       4,901       6,065  
Of which: mortgage-backed securities
    2,479       2,981       2,897  
Retained on the balance sheet
    92,023       59,426       46,523  
Of which: mortgage-backed securities
    60,056       36,363       33,085  
 
                 
Total
    95,765       64,327       52,588  
 
                 
The growth in securitization in 2007 was the result of its use as a tool for the management of regulatory capital and as a means of diversifying the Group’s liquidity sources.

 

F-71


Table of Contents

  f)  
Guarantees
 
     
At December 31, 2007, financial assets securing liabilities or contingent liabilities amounted to €109,019 million (Note 22), the detail being as follows:
         
    Millions  
    of Euros  
 
Commercial paper (promissory notes)
    183  
Asset-backed securities
    63,172  
Other mortgage securities
    45,664  
Of which: mortgage bonds (cédulas hipotecarias)
    32,264  
 
     
Total
    109,019  
 
     
The mortgage-backed securities (€46,164 million) and other mortgage securities are secured by mortgage loans with average maturities of more than ten years. The main terms and conditions of these loans are as follows:
   
First mortgage on principal residence.
 
   
Loans current in payment, with minimum experience of payments being honored.
 
   
Appraisal conducted by specialist valuer.
 
   
The amount of the loan must not exceed 80% of the appraised value.
 
   
Arrangement of insurance contract for an amount not less than the appraised value.
The other securitizations are secured by SME and consumer loan portfolios with average maturities of seven and five years, respectively.
The fair value of the guarantees received by the Group (financial and non-financial assets) which the Group is authorized to sell or pledge even if the owner of the guarantee has not defaulted is scantly material taking into account the Group’s financial statements as a whole.
11.  
Hedging derivatives
 
   
The detail, by type of risk hedged, of the fair value of the derivatives qualifying for hedge accounting is as follows (Note 36):
                                                 
    Thousands of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
    Assets     Liabilities     Assets     Liabilities     Assets     Liabilities  
 
Fair value hedges
    2,662,762       (3,862,500 )     2,866,213       (3,340,480 )     3,757,503       (1,710,911 )
Of which: Portfolio hedges
    398,143       826,178                          
Cash flow hedges
    101,629       (238,277 )     98,220       (132,658 )     368,601       (344,717 )
Of which: Recognized in equity (Note 29)
          58,655             (49,252 )           (70,406 )
Hedges of net investments in foreign operations
    298,778       (33,794 )     23,531       (20,711 )           (255,101 )
 
                                   
 
    3,063,169       (4,134,571 )     2,987,964       (3,493,849 )     4,126,104       (2,310,729 )
 
                                   
In 2007 the Group implemented a fair value hedge of the interest rate risk of a portfolio of financial instruments. The aim of this hedge is to maintain the economic value of the hedged items, consisting of fixed-rate marketable debt securities originally maturing at long term which have been hedged with IRSs.

 

F-72


Table of Contents

12.  
Non-current assets held for sale
 
   
The breakdown of “Non-current assets held for sale” is as follows:
                         
    Thousands of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
Equity instruments:
                       
Antonveneta (Note 3-b)
    9,000,000              
Other instruments
    25,936              
 
                 
 
    9,025,936              
 
                 
Tangible assets:
                       
Foreclosed assets
    364,345       265,311       271,574  
Assets recovered from finance leases
    19,196       13,528       20,785  
Other assets
    678,202       48,545       43,965  
Of which: Ciudad Financiera business campus
    625,124              
 
                 
 
    1,061,743       327,384       336,324  
 
                 
In 2007 the Group organized a restricted, private competition for the sale and subsequent leaseback of a property portfolio owned by it in Spain. Certain of these properties were sold in the year (Note 16-d) and at 2007 year-end the sale of the “Ciudad Financiera” business campus in which the Bank’s head offices are located had not yet been completed (Note 1-h). The foregoing table shows the carrying amount of these properties in the Group’s balance sheet at December 31, 2007.
Impairment losses of €112,030 thousand, €138,246 thousand and €123,246 thousand were deducted from the balance of this item at December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The net charges recorded in those years amounted to €27,299 thousand, €48,796 thousand and €10,536 thousand, respectively.
13.  
Investments — Associates
  a)  
Breakdown
 
     
The breakdown, by company, of the balance of “Investments — Associates” (Note 2-c) is as follows:
                         
    Thousands of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
RFS Holdings B.V. (Note 3-b)
    11,778,624              
Cepsa
    2,548,035       2,291,599       2,619,264  
Sovereign
    1,026,826       2,246,824        
Attijariwafa Bank Société Anonyme
    188,149       177,048       166,225  
Vaporeón, S.L.
    41,050       35,985        
Abbey companies
    5,104       3,531       34,103  
Other companies
    101,339       251,122       211,890  
 
                 
 
    15,689,127       5,006,109       3,031,482  
 
                 
Of which:
                       
Euros
    14,431,945       2,544,864       2,793,030  
Listed
    3,763,010       4,715,471       2,785,489  
Goodwill
    8,942,799       1,502,441       664,768  
Of which:
                       
RFS Holdings B.V. (Note 3-b)
    7,993,875              
Cepsa
    940,199       833,241       650,949  
Sovereign
          653,946        
At December 31, 2007, the unrealized capital gains on investments in Group associates, based on the related market values, amounted to €3,771 million (December 31, 2006: €2,899 million; December 31, 2005: €1,056 million).

 

F-73


Table of Contents

  b)  
Changes
 
     
The changes in the balance of this item were as follows:
                         
    Thousands of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
Balance at beginning of year
    5,006,109       3,031,482       3,747,564  
Acquisitions and capital increases (Note 3)
    11,773,567       2,618,196       18,470  
Of which:
                       
Sovereign
          2,299,893        
RFS Holdings B.V.
    11,614,871              
Disposals and capital reductions (Note 3)
    (27,421 )     (753,071 )     (1,168,585 )
Of which:
                       
Unión Fenosa
                (1,083,305 )
Cepsa
          (711,393 )      
Effect of equity accounting
    441,457       426,921       619,157  
Impairment losses
    (1,052,673 )     (380 )      
Dividends paid
    (147,820 )     (164,606 )     (181,179 )
Change in consolidation method
    (13,389 )     (84,503 )     (39,608 )
Exchange differences and other changes
    (290,703 )     (67,930 )     35,663  
 
                 
Balance at end of year
    15,689,127       5,006,109       3,031,482  
 
                 
  c)  
Impairment losses
 
     
No impairment was detected with respect to investments in associates in 2005. In 2006 impairment losses amounting to €380 thousand were recognized and in 2007 an impairment of €1,053 million was recognized on the investment in Sovereign. Of this amount, €586 million relate to goodwill inherent in Sovereign and €104 million to exchange differences.
 
  d)  
Other disclosures
 
     
Following is a summary of the financial information on the associates (obtained from the information available at the reporting date):
                 
    Millions of Euros  
    2007     2006  
 
Total assets
    168,320       91,987  
Total liabilities
    (151,891 )     (78,869 )
Minority interests
    (355 )     (203 )
Net assets
    16,074       12,915  
 
           
Group’s share of the net assets of associates
    6,746       3,504  
 
               
Goodwill
    8,943       1,502  
 
           
Total Group share
    15,689       5,006  
 
           
 
               
Total income
    16,058       16,195  
Total profit
    1,211       1,237  
 
           
Group’s share of the profit of associates
    441       427  
 
           

 

F-74


Table of Contents

14.  
Insurance contracts linked to pensions
 
   
The detail of the balance of “Insurance contracts linked to pensions” (Note 25-c) is as follows:
                         
    Thousands of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
   
Assets relating to insurance contracts covering post-employment benefit plan obligations:
                       
Bank
    2,220,638       2,272,786       2,320,512  
Banesto
    257,633       274,400       285,573  
Other Spanish companies
    33,286       34,442       35,526  
Assets relating to insurance contracts covering other similar obligations:
                       
Bank
    10,663       18,713       29,576  
Other Spanish companies
    3,330       4,194       5,178  
 
                 
 
    2,525,550       2,604,535       2,676,365  
 
                 
15.  
Liabilities under insurance contracts and Reinsurance assets
 
   
The breakdown of the balances of “Liabilities under insurance contracts” and “Reinsurance assets” in the consolidated balance sheets (Note 2-j) is as follows:
                                                                         
    Thousands of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
    Direct                     Direct                     Direct                
    Insurance                     Insurance                     Insurance                
    and             Total     and             Total     and             Total  
    Reinsurance     Reinsurance     (Balance     Reinsurance     Reinsurance     (Balance     Reinsurance     Reinsurance     (Balance  
Technical Provisions for:   Assumed     Ceded     Payable)     Assumed     Ceded     Payable)     Assumed     Ceded     Payable)  
   
Unearned premiums and unexpired risks
    351,799       (128,663 )     223,136       172,226       (78,340 )     93,886       119,114       (39,376 )     79,738  
Life insurance:
                                                                       
Unearned premiums and unexpired risks
    120,747       (23,580 )     97,167       119,867       (11,031 )     108,836       113,381       (31,615 )     81,766  
Mathematical provisions
    2,885,581       (17,727 )     2,867,854       3,049,875       (10,496 )     3,039,379       28,523,561       (2,200,524 )     26,323,037  
Claims outstanding
    364,878       (29,213 )     335,665       162,484       (37,362 )     125,122       350,865       (15,798 )     335,067  
Bonuses and rebates
    15,957       (13,359 )     2,598       11,414       (5,399 )     6,015       579,895       (5,246 )     574,649  
Equalization
                                        25             25  
Life insurance policies where the investment risk is borne by the Policyholders
    9,097,620       (90,395 )     9,007,225       7,175,926       (118,993 )     7,056,933       14,855,872       (94,732 )     14,761,140  
Other technical provisions
    197,035       (6,837 )     190,198       12,466       (252 )     12,214       129,587       (410 )     129,177  
 
                                                     
 
    13,033,617       (309,774 )     12,723,843       10,704,258       (261,873 )     10,442,385       44,672,300       (2,387,701 )     42,284,599  
 
                                                     

 

F-75


Table of Contents

16.  
Tangible assets
  a)  
Changes
 
     
The changes in “Tangible assets” in the consolidated balance sheets were as follows:
                                 
    Thousands of Euros  
    Property,             Other Assets        
    Plant and             Leased out        
    Equipment     Investment     under an        
    for Own Use     Property     Operating Lease     Total  
 
Cost:
                               
Balances at January 1, 2005
    9,541,389       2,148,841       5,398,778       17,089,008  
Additions/Disposals (net)
    315,027       (1,480,536) (*)     441,162       (724,346 )
Exchange differences (net)
    561,772       49,393       133,883       745,048  
 
                       
Balances at December 31, 2005
    10,418,188       717,698       5,973,823       17,109,710  
Additions/Derecognitions (net) due to change in the scope of consolidation
    (3,938 )     (557,549 )     180,492       (380,995 )
Additions/Disposals (net)
    (358,066 )     240,900       366,485       249,319  
Transfers and other changes
    (32,271 )                 (32,271 )
Exchange differences
    (182,605 )     (55 )     97,526       (85,134 )
 
                       
Balances at December 31, 2006
    9,841,308       400,994       6,618,326       16,860,629  
Additions/Derecognitions (net) due to change in the scope of consolidation
    (43,055 )                 (43,055 )
Additions/Disposals (net)
    (1,156,036 )     77,285       545,769       (532,982 )
Transfers and other changes
    (713,511 )     9,680       86,768       (617,063 )
Exchange differences (net)
    (97,641 )     (511 )     (411,297 )     (509,449 )
 
                       
Balances at December 31, 2007
    7,831,065       487,448       6,839,566       15,158,079  
 
                       
Accumulated depreciation:
                               
Balances at January 1, 2005
    (4,572,468 )     (33,018 )     (1,786,713 )     (6,392,199 )
Disposals
    224,135       1,588       57,969       283,692  
Charge for the year
    (606,510 )     (2,007 )     (9,592 )     (618,109 )
Exchange differences and other items
    (245,261 )     (5,745 )     (44,714 )     (295,720 )
 
                       
Balances at December 31, 2005
    (5,200,104 )     (39,182 )     (1,783,050 )     (7,022,336 )
Additions/Derecognitions (net) due to change in the scope of consolidation
    8,421       24,743       (35,748 )     (2,584 )
Disposals
    1,174,842       1,314       274,008       1,450,164  
Transfers and other changes
    7,624             (508,549 )     (500,925 )
Charge for the year
    (618,135 )     (2,876 )     (7,526 )     (628,537 )
Exchange differences
    81,301       2       (33,805 )     47,498  
 
                       
Balances at December 31, 2006
    (4,546,051 )     (15,999 )     (2,094,670 )     (6,656,720 )
Additions/Derecognitions (net) due to change in the scope of consolidation
    21,681                   21,681  
Disposals
    1,440,435       14,363       202,503       1,657,301  
Transfers and other changes
    110,941       (12,629 )     (304,805 )     (206,493 )
Charge for the year
    (600,454 )     (3,561 )     (17,256 )     (621,271 )
Exchange differences and other items
    40,848       1,451       156,020       198,319  
 
                       
Balances at December 31, 2007
    (3,532,600 )     (16,375 )     (2,058,208 )     (5,607,183 )
 
                       
Impairment losses:
                               
Balances at January 1, 2005
    (43,689 )           (67,927 )     (111,616 )
Impairment charge for the year
    (12,463 )     (2,564 )     (63 )     (15,090 )
Exchange differences
    43,000       (8,504 )     (1,957 )     32,539  
 
                       
Balances at December 31, 2005
    (13,152 )     (11,068 )     (69,947 )     (94,167 )
Additions/Derecognitions (net) due to change in the scope of consolidation
    755                   755  
Net impairment charge
    (7,091 )     634             (6,457 )
Exchange differences and other changes
    8,408       (14 )     (1,438 )     6,956  
 
                       
Balances at December 31, 2006
    (11,080 )     (10,448 )     (71,385 )     (92,913 )
Impairment charge for the year
    (1,452 )     8             (1,444 )
Additions/Derecognitions (net) due to change in the scope of consolidation
    549                   549  
Exchange differences
    1,130       92       723       1,945  
 
                       
Balances at December 31, 2007
    (10,853 )     (10,348 )     (70,662 )     (91,863 )
 
                       
Tangible assets, net
                               
Balances at December 31, 2005
    5,204,931       667,449       4,120,827       9,993,207  
Balances at December 31, 2006
    5,284,177       374,547       4,452,272       10,110,996  
 
                       
Balances at December 31, 2007
    4,287,612       460,725       4,710,696       9,459,033  
 
                       
     
(*)  
Mainly Abbey.

 

F-76


Table of Contents

  b)  
Property, plant and equipment for own use
 
     
The detail, by class of asset, of the balance of “Property, plant and equipment for own use” in the consolidated balance sheets is as follows:
                                 
    Millions of Euros  
            Accumulated     Impairment     Net  
    Cost     Depreciation     Losses     Balance  
 
Land and buildings
    3,835       (851 )     (13 )     2,971  
IT equipment and fixtures
    2,619       (1,957 )           662  
Furniture and vehicles
    3,786       (2,275 )           1,511  
Construction in progress and other items
    178       (117 )           61  
 
                       
Balances at December 31, 2005
    10,418       (5,200 )     (13 )     5,205  
 
                       
 
                               
Land and buildings
    3,704       (848 )     (11 )     2,845  
IT equipment and fixtures
    2,059       (1,495 )           564  
Furniture and vehicles
    3,838       (2,114 )           1,724  
Construction in progress and other items
    240       (89 )           151  
 
                       
Balances at December 31, 2006
    9,841       (4,546 )     (11 )     5,284  
 
                       
 
                               
Land and buildings
    2,632       (682 )     (11 )     1,939  
IT equipment and fixtures
    1,903       (1,303 )           600  
Furniture and vehicles
    3,019       (1,460 )           1,559  
Construction in progress and other items
    277       (88 )           189  
 
                       
Balances at December 31, 2007
    7,831       (3,533 )     (11 )     4,287  
 
                       
The net balance at December 31, 2007 in the foregoing table includes the following amounts:
   
Approximately €5,335 million relating to property, plant and equipment owned by Group entities and branches located abroad (December 31, 2006: €5,272 million; December 31, 2005: €5,171 million).
 
   
Approximately €394 million relating to property, plant and equipment being acquired under finance leases by the consolidated entities (Note 2-l discloses additional information on these items — December 31, 2006: €183 million; December 31, 2005: €83 million).
  c)  
Investment property
 
     
The fair value of investment property at December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 amounted to €588 million, €425 million and €944 million, respectively.
 
     
The rental income earned from investment property and the direct costs related both to investment properties that generated rental income in 2007, 2006 and 2005 and to investment properties that did not generate rental income in those years are not material in the context of the consolidated financial statements.
 
  d)  
Sale of properties
 
     
On November 14, 2007, the Group sold ten singular properties to two companies in the Pontegadea Group for €458 million and recognized a net gain of €216 million. At the same time, an operating lease agreement for the aforementioned properties (with maintenance, insurance and taxes payable by the Group) was entered into with these companies, with compulsory terms of between 12 and 15 years, during which the rent (currently set at €1,722 thousand per month) will be reviewed annually on the date of completion of each year of the lease term, based on the percentage variation in the Spanish Consumer Price Index (CPI) in the preceding twelve months, except in the fifth year (effective from the sixth year), in which the rent for nine of the ten properties will be reviewed on the basis of the CPI plus three percentage points. In nine of the ten lease agreements, the agreement is renewable for five additional five-year periods and a last three-year renewal period, up to a total of 40 years. In one of the ten lease agreements, the agreement is renewable for five additional five-year periods up to a total of 40 years. Nine of the ten lease agreements provide for adjustment of the rent to market in each renewal period. One of the ten lease agreements provides for adjustment of the rent to market in 2017, with subsequent adjustments to market taking place every five years from 2017 onwards. Also, the lease agreements include a purchase option exercisable by the Group on final expiry of the agreements (2047), with the exception of one of the leases, which envisages the possibility of exercising the purchase option in March 2023, March 2028, March 2033, March 2038, March 2043 and March 2047. In all the lease agreements, the value of the properties in the event that the purchase option is exercised shall be the market value of the properties on the related dates; this market value will be determined, if appropriate, by independent appraisers.

 

F-77


Table of Contents

     
Also, on November 23, 2007 the Group sold 1,152 of its branch offices to the Pearl Group for €2,040 million and recognized a net gain of €860 million. Simultaneously, an operating lease agreement for the aforementioned branch offices (with maintenance, insurance and taxes payable by the Group) was entered into with the Pearl Group, with compulsory terms of 24, 25 or 26 years (depending on the property), during which the rent (currently set at €8,417 thousand per month, payable quarterly) will be reviewed annually on the date of completion of each year of the lease term: (i) during the first ten years of the agreement, based on the percentage variation in the Spanish CPI in the preceding twelve months, plus 215 basis points; and (ii) from the eleventh year onwards, based on variations in the CPI. The agreement is renewable for a maximum of three additional seven-year periods, up to a total of 45, 46 or 47 years (depending on the property), the rent being adjusted to market at the end of the compulsory term and of each renewal period, and includes an option, exercisable by the Group on final expiry of the lease (45, 46 or 47 years, depending on the property) to purchase the properties at their market value on the expiry date; this market value will be determined, if appropriate, by independent appraisers.
 
     
The most noteworthy feature of the other agreed terms and conditions, all of which are customary market conditions for operating lease agreements, is that none of the aforementioned lease agreements provides for the transfer of ownership of the properties to the Group on expiry thereof, and the Group is entitled not to renew the rentals beyond the minimum compulsory term. Furthermore, the Group has not granted any guarantee to the buyers for any losses that might arise from the early termination of the agreements or for possible fluctuations in the residual value of the aforementioned properties.
 
     
The Group was advised in the above-mentioned transactions by independent advisors, who estimated the economic lives of the transferred properties at the transaction date, which in all cases were more than 60 years. These advisors also analyzed both the selling prices of the properties and the agreed subsequent rental payments, and concluded that they had been set at fair market values at that date.
 
     
The rental expense recognized by the Group in 2007 in connection with these agreements amounted to €10 million, which related in full to the minimum contractual payments. The present value of the minimum future payments that the Group will incur during the compulsory term (since it is considered that the agreements will not be renewed and the existing purchase options will not be exercised) amounts to €122 million payable within one year, €443 million payable at between one and five years -€117 million in 2009, €113 million in 2010, €109 million in 2011 and €105 million in 2012-, and €1,253 million payable at more than five years.
17.  
Intangible assets
  a)  
Goodwill
 
     
The breakdown of “Goodwill”, based on the companies giving rise thereto (Note 3-c), is as follows:
                         
    Thousands of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
Abbey (UK)
    8,167,868       8,920,188       8,740,560  
Totta Group (Portugal)
    1,640,746       1,640,746       1,639,560  
CC Holding (AKB Germany)
    824,483       824,483       824,483  
Banco Santander Chile
    680,937       717,957       908,879  
Grupo Financiero Santander Serfin (Mexico)
    498,074       560,327       633,638  
Meridional Group (Brazil)
    501,192       458,202       469,372  
Drive Group
    419,481       412,986        
Banesto
    372,655       373,562       380,008  
Santander Consumer Bank AS (Norway)
    133,742       116,568       120,262  
Finconsumo (Italy)
    105,921       105,921       105,921  
Banco Santander Consumer Portugal, S.A.
    163,438       89,743        
Bansander Leasing, Corp. (Island Finance)
    58,888       80,873        
Banco Santander Internacional
    38,384       42,905       47,899  
CB Extrobank
    36,767              
Unifin
    36,437       37,490        
PTF (Poland)
    23,956       22,471       22,303  
Other entities
    127,739       108,313       125,360  
 
                 
 
    13,830,708       14,512,735       14,018,245  
 
                 

 

F-78


Table of Contents

At least once per year (or whenever there is any indication of impairment), the Group reviews goodwill for impairment (i.e. a potential reduction in its recoverable value to below its carrying amount). For this purpose, it analyses the following: (i) certain macroeconomic variables that might affect its investments (population data, political situation, economic situation -including bankarization-, among others); (ii) various microeconomic variables comparing the investments of the Group with the financial services industry of the country in which the Group carries on most of its business activities (balance sheet composition, total funds under management, results, efficiency ratio, capital ratio, return on equity, among others); and (iii) the price earnings (P/E) ratio of the investments as compared with the P/E ratio of the stock market in the country in which the investments are located and that of comparable local financial institutions.
Based on the foregoing, and in accordance with the estimates, projections and measurements available to the Bank’s directors, except for the impairment losses reflected in the following table, these assets were not impaired in the last three years, and the projected income attributable to the Group is at least equal to the amount recognized as goodwill.
The changes in “Goodwill” were as follows:
                         
    Millions of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
Balance at beginning of year
    14,513       14,018       15,090  
Additions (Note 3)
    252       650       62  
Of which:
                       
Drive Group
    97       422        
Santander Central Hispano Inc. (Island Finance)
          96        
Banco Santander Consumer Portugal, S.A.
    74       90        
Unifin
          37        
Santander BanCorp
                11  
CB Extrobank
    38              
Santander Consumer Bank AS (by Bankia)
                  45  
 
Definitive assessment of acquisitions
    (50 )           (1,856 )
Of which (transfer to other intangible assets):
                     
Abbey
                (1,753 )
Santander Consumer Bank AS (by Elcon)
                (28 )
Santander Consumer Bank AS (by Bankia)
                (22 )
PTF
                (52 )
Of which other:
                     
Drive Group
    (49 )            
 
Impairment losses
    (15 )     (13 )      
Of which:
                       
Cambios Sol, S.A.
          (7 )      
Santander Financial Services Inc. (Island Finance)
    (14 )     (6 )      
 
Disposals
    (6 )     (76 )     (2 )
Of which:
                       
Banco Santander Chile
          (67 )      
 
Exchange differences and other items
    (863 )     (66 )     724  
 
                 
Balance at end of year
    13,831       14,513       14,018  
 
                 

 

F-79


Table of Contents

  b)  
Other intangible assets
 
     
The breakdown of the balance of “Other intangible assets” is as follows:
                                 
    Estimated     Thousands of Euros  
    Useful Life     2007     2006     2005  
 
                               
With indefinite useful life:
                               
Brand name
          446,175       487,177       459,680  
Of which: Abbey
          429,536       469,099       459,680  
With finite useful life:
                               
Customer deposits (Abbey)
  10 years     1,175,428       1,283,693       1,257,843  
Credit cards (Abbey)
  5 years     32,727       35,741       35,021  
IT developments
  3 years     1,574,969       1,309,678       1,207,606  
Other assets
          233,352       323,026       163,199  
Accumulated amortization
            (1,234,838 )     (980,530 )     (704,345 )
Impairment losses
            (25,479 )     (14,679 )     (207,978 )
 
                         
 
            2,202,334       2,444,106       2,211,026  
 
                         
     
The changes in “Other intangible assets” were as follows:
                         
    Millions of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
                       
Balance at beginning of year
    2,444       2,211       413  
Additions/Disposals (net)
    1,074       757       403  
Exchange differences and other changes (net)
    (107 )     (6 )     66  
Impairment losses
    (563 )           (131 )
Transfers from “Goodwill”
    1             1,856  
Amortization
    (647 )     (518 )     (396 )
 
                 
Balance at end of year
    2,202       2,444       2,211  
 
                 
     
At 2007 year-end, the useful lives of certain intangible assets acquired during the year were revised, and the carrying amounts of these assets were adjusted on the basis of the estimated economic benefits that are expected to be obtained therefrom following the purchases described in Note 3.
18.  
Prepayments and accrued income and Accrued expenses and deferred income
 
   
The breakdown of the balances of “Prepayments and accrued income” and “Accrued expenses and deferred income” is as follows:
                                                 
    Thousands of Euros  
    Assets     Liabilities  
    2007     2006     2005     2007     2006     2005  
 
                                               
Prepayments (*)
    594,506       521,246       1,792,886                    
Accrued expenses
                      (2,444,509 )     (2,197,921 )     (2,012,861 )
Other
    1,154,687       1,060,597       1,176,333       (1,606,483 )     (801,159 )     (1,035,872 )
 
                                   
 
    1,749,193       1,581,843       2,969,219       (4,050,992 )     (2,999,080 )     (3,048,733 )
 
                                   
     
(*)  
Of the amount for 2005, 1,160 million relate to Abbey’s insurance business.

 

F-80


Table of Contents

19.  
Other assets — Other and Other liabilities — Other
 
   
The breakdown of the balances of these items is as follows:
                                                 
    Thousands of Euros  
    Assets     Liabilities  
    2007     2006     2005     2007     2006     2005  
 
                                               
Transactions in transit
    147,392       163,655       122,316       (150,609 )     (311,283 )     (469,211 )
Net pension plan assets (Note 25)
    239,392       223,851       54,693                    
Other
    1,744,230       1,531,836       1,710,059       (2,328,848 )     (3,147,457 )     (1,043,697 )
 
                                   
 
    2,131,014       1,919,342       1,887,068       (2,479,457 )     (3,458,740 )     (1,512,908 )
 
                                   
20.  
Deposits from central banks and Deposits from credit institutions
 
   
The breakdown, by classification, counterparty, type and currency, of the balances of these items is as follows:
                         
    Thousands of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
                       
Classification:
                       
Financial liabilities held for trading
    23,254,111       39,690,713       31,962,919  
Other financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
    12,207,579              
Financial liabilities at amortized cost
    77,434,333       73,345,224       116,659,488  
Of which:
                       
Deposits from central banks
    28,748,079       16,529,557       22,431,194  
Deposits from credit institutions
    48,686,254       56,815,667       94,228,294  
 
                 
 
    112,896,023       113,035,937       148,622,407  
 
                 
Type:
                       
Reciprocal accounts
    562,619       411,314       190,885  
Time deposits
    71,226,437       63,589,635       47,224,471  
Other demand accounts
    2,466,370       2,225,037       7,383,695  
Repurchase agreements
    36,615,910       45,417,839       91,399,196  
Central bank credit account drawdowns
    2,008,927       1,348,815       2,369,406  
Other financial liabilities associated with transferred financial assets
          8,445       7,170  
Hybrid financial liabilities
    15,760       34,852       47,584  
 
                 
 
    112,896,023       113,035,937       148,622,407  
 
                 
Currency:
                       
Euro
    58,327,694       43,828,306       79,664,528  
Pound sterling
    14,947,746       24,543,241       26,488,413  
US dollar
    28,930,017       27,883,219       20,307,158  
Other currencies
    10,690,566       16,781,171       22,162,308  
 
                 
 
    112,896,023       113,035,937       148,622,407  
 
                 
   
Note 53 contains a detail of the residual maturity periods of financial liabilities at amortized cost and of the related average interest rates.

 

F-81


Table of Contents

21.  
Customer deposits
   
The breakdown, by classification, geographical area and type, of the balances of “Customer deposits” is as follows:
                         
    Thousands of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
                       
Classification:
                       
Financial liabilities held for trading
    27,992,480       16,572,444       14,038,543  
Other financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
    10,669,058       273,079        
Financial liabilities at amortized cost
    317,042,764       314,377,078       291,726,737  
 
                 
 
    355,704,302       331,222,601       305,765,280  
 
                 
Geographical area:
                       
Spain
    132,008,374       120,485,991       107,117,818  
European Union (excluding Spain)
    134,620,750       136,730,342       133,274,597  
United States and Puerto Rico
    17,888,682       7,512,963       7,578,598  
Other OECD countries
    189,548       79,117       106,151  
Latin America
    69,361,574       64,984,913       56,395,157  
Rest of the world
    1,635,374       1,429,275       1,292,959  
 
                 
 
    355,704,302       331,222,601       305,765,280  
 
                 
Type:
                       
Demand deposits-
                       
Current accounts
    87,136,743       89,151,030       80,631,188  
Savings accounts
    90,727,525       93,717,633       90,471,827  
Other demand deposits
    3,593,720       2,025,095       1,747,720  
Time deposits-
                       
Fixed-term deposits
    92,673,147       86,345,788       77,166,817  
Home-purchase savings accounts
    296,768       324,262       269,706  
Discount deposits
    9,933,139       7,132,341       16,128,577  
Funds received under financial asset transfers
                1  
Hybrid financial liabilities
    8,494,773       4,994,535       4,141,071  
Other financial liabilities associated with transferred financial assets
                20,346  
Other time deposits
    113,562       470,140       351,620  
Notice deposits
    283,301       45,849       33,713  
Repurchase agreements
    62,451,624       47,015,928       34,802,694  
 
                 
 
    355,704,302       331,222,601       305,765,280  
 
                 
   
Note 53 contains a detail of the residual maturity periods of financial liabilities at amortized cost and of the related average interest rates.
 
22.  
Marketable debt securities
  a)  
Breakdown
 
     
The breakdown, by classification and type, of the balances of “Marketable debt securities” is as follows:
                         
    Thousands of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
                       
Classification:
                       
Financial liabilities held for trading
    17,090,935       17,522,108       19,821,087  
Other financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
    10,279,037       12,138,249       11,809,874  
Financial liabilities at amortized cost
    206,264,524       174,409,033       117,209,385  
 
                 
 
    233,634,496       204,069,390       148,840,346  
 
                 
Type:
                       
Bonds and debentures outstanding
    200,905,082       168,661,356       123,566,864  
Notes and other securities
    32,729,414       35,408,034       25,273,482  
 
                 
 
    233,634,496       204,069,390       148,840,346  
 
                 
     
At December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, none of these issues was convertible into Bank shares or granted privileges or rights which, in certain circumstances, make them convertible into shares (except for the Santander Securities (“Valores Santander”), which are described in Note 34-a).
 
     
At December 31, 2007, asset-backed securities amounted to 63,172 million. In 2007 asset-backed securities amounting to 28,520 million were issued, of which 15,924 million were issued by Abbey, 2,666 million by Fondo de Titulización de Activos Santander Empresas 3, 2,585 million by Santander Consumer Bank AG, 1,733 million by Hipototta No. 5 plc. and 1,659 million by Fondo de Titulización de Activos Santander Consumer Spain Auto 07 – 1.

 

F-82


Table of Contents

     
Additionally, total mortgage bonds at December 31, 2007 amounted to 45,664 million. In 2007 the Bank and Banesto issued mortgage bonds (cédulas hipotecarias) amounting to 4,500 million and 1,750 million, respectively. The mortgage bonds outstanding in connection with these issues totaled 39,264 million at December 31, 2007.
 
     
At December 31, 2006, asset-backed securities amounted to 48,226 million (December 31, 2005: 27,997 million). In 2006 asset-backed securities amounting to 21,380 million were issued, of which 11,004 million were issued by Abbey, 4,374 million by the Bank and 1,769 million by Santander Consumer Bank AG.
 
     
Additionally, total mortgage bonds at December 31, 2006 amounted to 42,425 million. In 2006 the Bank and Banesto issued mortgage bonds (cédulas hipotecarias) amounting to 7,500 million and 3,000 million, respectively. The mortgage bonds outstanding in connection with these issues totaled 36,224 million at December 31, 2006 (December 31, 2005: 27,250 million).
 
     
Note 53 contains a detail of the residual maturity periods of financial liabilities at amortized cost and of the related average interest rates in each year.
  b)  
Bonds and debentures outstanding
 
     
The breakdown, by currency of issue, of the balance of this account is as follows:
                                         
                            December 31, 2007  
                            Outstanding        
                            Issue Amount        
                            in Foreign     Annual  
    Millions of Euros     Currency     Interest  
Currency of Issue   2007     2006     2005     (Millions)     Rate (%)  
 
                                       
Euro
    132,031       112,622       78,499       132,032       4.39  
US dollar
    38,864       30,001       20,429       57,212       5.54  
Pound sterling
    23,154       21,128       19,274       16,980       6.24  
Chilean peso
    2,239       1,725       1,701       1,640,995       4.54  
Other currencies
    4,617       3,185       3,664              
 
                                 
Balance at end of year
    200,905       168,661       123,567                  
 
                                 

 

F-83


Table of Contents

     
The changes in “Bonds and debentures outstanding” were as follows:
                         
    Millions of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
                       
Balance at beginning of year
    168,661       123,567       83,021  
Net inclusion of entities in the Group
    36       1,895        
Issues
    122,530       76,956       52,670  
Of which:
                       
Banco Santander, S.A.-
                       
Non-convertible debentures February and December — floating rate
          4,374        
Mortgage bonds — fixed rate
    4,500       7,500       7,000  
Banesto-
                       
Mortgage bonds — fixed rate
    1,708       3,000       4,000  
Bonds
    5,006       5,547       3,750  
Santander International Debt, S.A., Sole-Shareholder Company-
                       
Bonds — floating rate
    10,059       11,709       10,169  
Abbey-
                       
Holmes Financing Series 10
          5,581        
Holmes Master Issuer plc
    15,924       5,153        
Holmes Financing Series 9
                5,540  
Bonds in pounds sterling
    26,613       6,608       3,729  
Bonds in other currencies
    41,122       7,284       9,156  
Santander US Debt, S.A., Sole-Shareholder Company-
                       
Debentures — floating rate
    2,038       3,785       5,086  
Santander Consumer Bank AG-
                       
Asset-backed securities
    2,585       1,769       1,668  
Banco Santander Totta, S.A.-
                       
Asset-backed securities
    890       3,808       736  
FTA Santander Consumer Spain Auto 06-
                       
Asset-backed securities
          1,350        
Redemptions
    (85,674 )     (30,510 )     (14,269 )
Of which:
                       
Banco Santander, S.A.
    (3,987 )     (3,038 )     (1,000 )
Banesto
    (2,358 )     (2,037 )     (2,000 )
Santander Consumer Bank S.p.A.
    (26 )     (179 )     (102 )
Abbey
    (70,535 )     (21,210 )     (7,503 )
Exchange differences
    (2,864 )     (1,557 )     958  
Other changes
    (1,748 )     (1,690 )     1,187  
 
                 
Balance at end of year
    200,905       168,661       123,567  
 
                 
  c)  
Notes and other securities
 
     
These notes were basically issued by Banco Santander, S.A.; Abbey National North America LLC; Abbey National Treasury Services, plc; Abbey National, plc; Santander Central Hispano Finance (Delaware) Inc.; Banco Santander, S.A.; Institución de Banca Múltiple, Grupo Financiero Santander; Santander Consumer Finance, S.A.; Banco Santander Puerto Rico; Banesto and CB Extrobank.

 

F-84


Table of Contents

23.  
Subordinated liabilities
  a)  
Breakdown
 
     
The detail, by currency of issue, of the balance of “Subordinated liabilities” is as follows:
                                         
    Thousands of Euros     December 31, 2007  
                          Outstanding        
                          Issue        
                          Amount        
                          in Foreign     Annual  
                          Currency     Interest Rate  
Currency of Issue   2007     2006     2005     (Millions)     (%)  
 
                                       
Euro
    19,224,529       16,309,049       14,706,164       19,224       5.15  
US dollar
    7,358,576       6,898,455       7,843,846       10,832       7.11  
Pound sterling
    6,918,511       5,631,867       5,761,408       5,073       7.10  
Other currencies
    2,168,563       1,583,450       452,038              
 
                                 
Balance at end of year
    35,670,179       30,422,821       28,763,456                  
 
                                 
     
Note 53 contains a detail of the residual maturity periods of subordinated liabilities at each year-end and of the related average interest rates in each year.
 
  b)  
Changes
 
     
The changes in the balance of “Subordinated liabilities” were as follows:
                         
    Millions of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
                       
Balance at beginning of year
    30,423       28,763       27,470  
Net inclusion of entities in the Group
          (459 )      
Of which:
                       
Scottish Pensions Limited
          (292 )      
Issues
    8,330       5,881       2,507  
Of which:
                       
Santander Consumer Finance, S.A.
                       
Banco do Estado de Sao Paulo, S.A. (Banespa)
          995       420  
Abbey
                793  
Santander Central Hispano Issuances, Limited
    5,908       3,484        
Santander Finance Capital, S.A., Sole-Shareholder Company
                1,000  
Santander Perpetual, S.A., Sole-Shareholder Company
    1,019              
Santander Finance Preferred, S.A., Sole-Shareholder Company
    1,072              
Redemptions
    (2,340 )     (2,265 )     (2,410 )
Of which:
                       
Abbey
    (944 )     (763 )     (551 )
Santander Central Hispano Issuances, Limited
    (1,188 )     (1,369 )     (1,189 )
Exchange differences
    (1,353 )     (1,093 )     659  
Other changes
    610       (404 )     537  
 
                 
Balance at end of year
    35,670       30,423       28,763  
 
                 
  c)  
Other information
 
     
For the purposes of payment priority preference shares are junior to all general creditors and to subordinated deposits. The payment of dividends on these shares, which have no voting rights, is conditional upon the obtainment of sufficient distributable profit and upon the limits imposed by Spanish banking regulations on equity.
 
     
The other issues are subordinated and, therefore, rank junior to all general creditors of the issuers. The issues launched by Santander Central Hispano Issuances, Limited, Santander Central Hispano Financial Services, Limited, Santander Issuances, S.A., Sole-Shareholder Company, Santander Perpetual, S.A., Sole-Shareholder Company, Santander Finance Capital, S.A., Sole-Shareholder Company, and Santander Finance Preferred S.A., Sole-Shareholder Company, are guaranteed by the Bank or by restricted deposits arranged by the Bank for this purpose.

 

F-85


Table of Contents

     
Except for those described in Note 34-a), at December 31, 2007 none of these issues was convertible into Bank shares or granted privileges or rights which, in certain circumstances, make them convertible into shares. Abbey has a GBP 200 million subordinated debt issue which is convertible, at Abbey’s option, into preference shares of Abbey, at a price of GBP 1 per share. Banco Santander, S.A. Institución de Banca Múltiple, Grupo Financiero Santander has two USD 150 million issues of unguaranteed subordinated preference debentures that are voluntarily convertible into ordinary shares of Banco Santander, S.A. Institución de Banca Múltiple, Grupo Financiero Santander.
24.  
Other financial assets and Other financial liabilities
 
   
The breakdown of the balances of these items is as follows:
                                                 
    Thousands of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
    Other     Other     Other     Other     Other     Other  
    Financial     Financial     Financial     Financial     Financial     Financial  
    Assets     Liabilities     Assets     Liabilities     Assets     Liabilities  
 
                                               
Declared dividends payable
                                  (581,400 )
Trade receivables (payables)
    105,255       (3,350,422 )     104,281       (3,070,870 )     808,401       (2,907,828 )
Clearing houses
    1,872,444       (1,106,714 )     760,839       (544,004 )     913,953       (408,700 )
Public agency revenue collection accounts
          (2,040,547 )           (2,031,137 )           (1,758,574 )
Factoring accounts payable
          (326,107 )           (284,331 )           (169,627 )
Bonds
    5,582,063       (994,572 )     3,478,722       (41,447 )     2,639,426       (15,988 )
Unsettled financial transactions
    2,455,085       (2,994,299 )     6,548,625       (1,978,120 )     3,653,275       (1,369,389 )
Other financial assets (liabilities)
    2,336,185       (5,727,544 )     2,182,878       (4,798,756 )     1,614,388       (4,081,071 )
 
                                   
 
    12,351,032       (16,540,205 )     13,075,345       (12,748,665 )     9,629,443       (11,292,577 )
 
                                   
   
At December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, impairment losses amounted to 82,680 thousand, 111,957 thousand and 110,704 thousand, respectively (Note 10-c).
   
Note 53 contains a detail of the residual maturity periods of other financial assets and liabilities at each year-end.
25.  
Provisions
  a)  
Breakdown
 
     
The breakdown of the balance of “Provisions” is as follows:
                         
    Thousands of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
                       
Provisions for pensions and similar obligations
    11,819,748       14,014,305       14,172,961  
Provisions for contingent liabilities and commitments (Note 2)
    636,316       598,735       487,048  
Of which: country risk
    48,831       57,216       11,529  
Other provisions
    4,114,835       4,613,473       5,162,981  
 
                 
Total provisions
    16,570,899       19,226,513       19,822,990  
 
                 

 

F-86


Table of Contents

  b)  
Changes
 
     
The changes in “Provisions” were as follows:
                                                                                                 
    Millions of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
            Contingent                             Contingent                             Contingent              
            Liabilities and     Other                     Liabilities and     Other                     Liabilities and     Other        
    Pensions     Commitments     Provisions     Total     Pensions     Commitments     Provisions     Total     Pensions     Commitments     Provisions     Total  
 
                                                                                               
Balances at beginning of year
    14,014       599       4,614       19,227       14,173       487       5,163       19,823       13,441       361       4,222       18,024  
Net inclusion of entities in the Group
    (2 )           (35 )     (37 )                 1       1       (1 )                 (1 )
Additions charged to income:
                                                                                               
Interest expense and similar charges (Note 39)
    488                   488       735                   735       641                   641  
Personnel expenses (Note 49)
    209                   209       223                   223       246                   246  
Additions to provisions
    114       96       497       707       984       96       (1 )     1,079       776       20       1,011       1,807  
Other additions (Note 52)
    317                   317                                                  
Other additions arising from insurance contracts linked to pensions
    (17 )                 (17 )     (6 )                 (6 )     (10 )                 (10 )
Payments to pensioners and early retirees with a charge to internal provisions
    (1,109 )                 (1,109 )     (1,422 )                 (1,422 )     (1,258 )                 (1,258 )
Insurance premiums paid
    (6 )                 (6 )     (2 )                 (2 )     (8 )                 (8 )
Payments to external funds
    (2,168 )                 (2,168 )     (743 )                 (743 )     (212 )                 (212 )
Amount used
                (921 )     (921 )                 (982 )     (982 )           (9 )     (560 )     (569 )
Transfers, exchange differences and other changes
    (20 )     (59 )     (40 )     (119 )     72       16       433       521       558       115       491       1,164  
 
                                                                       
Balances at end of year
    11,820       636       4,115       16,571       14,014       599       4,614       19,227       14,173       487       5,164       19,823  
 
                                                                       

 

F-87


Table of Contents

  c)  
Provisions for pensions and similar obligations
 
     
The breakdown of the balance of “Provisions for pensions and similar obligations” is as follows:
                         
    Millions of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
                       
Provisions for post-employment plans — Spanish entities
    5,723       5,647       5,657  
Of which, defined benefit
    5,626       5,647       5,657  
Provisions for other similar obligations — Spanish entities
    4,001       4,527       4,269  
Of which: early retirements
    3,950       4,481       4,215  
Provisions for post-employment plans — Abbey
    1,275       1,642       1,788  
Provisions for post-employment plans and other similar obligations
                       
— Other foreign subsidiaries
    821       2,198       2,459  
 
                 
Provisions for pensions and similar obligations
    11,820       14,014       14,173  
 
                 
  i.  
Spanish entities — Post-employment plans and other similar obligations
     
At each year-end, the Spanish consolidated entities had post-employment benefit obligations under defined benefit plans. At its meeting on December 17, 2007, the Bank’s Board of Directors approved the implementation of a defined contribution retirement plan for executives of the Bank. This plan recognizes an extraordinary contribution totaling 97 million for services rendered, and subsequent current contributions. On July 25, 2006, the Bank entered into an agreement with the employee representatives to promote a defined contribution plan aimed at all current personnel. Also, in 2007, 2006 and 2005 some of the consolidated entities offered certain of their employees the possibility of taking early retirement and, therefore, provisions were recognized in those years for the obligations to employees taking early retirement —in terms of salaries and other employee welfare costs— from the date of early retirement to the date of effective retirement.
 
     
At each year-end, the Spanish entities had post-employment benefit obligations under defined contribution and defined benefit plans. The expenses incurred in respect of contributions to defined contribution plans amounted to 14 million in 2007, 13 million in 2006 and 2 million in 2005.
 
     
The amount of defined benefit obligations was determined by independent actuaries using the following actuarial techniques:
  1.  
Valuation method: projected unit credit method, which sees each year of service as giving rise to an additional unit of benefit entitlement and measures each unit separately.
 
  2.  
Actuarial assumptions used: unbiased and mutually compatible. Specifically, the most significant actuarial assumptions used in the calculations were as follows:
                         
    Post-Employment Plans   Other Similar Obligations
    2007   2006   2005   2007   2006   2005
 
                       
Annual discount rate
  4.0%   4.0%   4.0%   4.0%   4.0%   4.0%
Mortality tables
  GRM/F-95 (PERM/F-2000 in the case of Banesto)   GRM/F-95 (PERM/F-2000 in the case of Banesto)   GRM/F-95 (PERM/F-2000 in the case of Banesto)   GRM/F-95 (PERM/F-2000 in the case of Banesto)   GRM/F-95 (PERM/F-2000 in the case of Banesto)   GRM/F-95 (PERM/F-2000 in the case of Banesto)
Cumulative annual CPI growth
  1.5%   1.5%   1.5%   1.5%   1.5%   1.5%
Annual salary increase rate
  2.50% (2.9% in the case of Banesto)   2.50% (2.9% in the case of Banesto)   2.50% (2.9% in the case of Banesto)            
Annual social security pension increase rate
  1.5%   1.5%   1.5%   n/a   n/a   n/a
Annual benefit increase rate
  n/a   n/a   n/a   0% to 1.5%   0% to 1.5%   0% to 1.5%

 

F-88


Table of Contents

  3.  
The estimated retirement age of each employee is the first at which the employee is entitled to retire or the agreed-upon age, as appropriate.
 
     
The fair value of insurance contracts was determined as the present value of the related payment obligations, taking into account the following assumptions:
                                                 
    Post-Employment Plans     Other Similar Obligations  
    2007     2006     2005     2007     2006     2005  
 
                                               
Expected rate of return on plan assets
    4.0 %     4.0 %     4.0 %                  
Expected rate of return on reimbursement rights
    4.0 %     4.0 %     4.0 %     4.0 %     4.0 %     4.0 %
     
The funding status of the defined benefit obligations is as follows:
                                                 
    Millions of Euros  
    Post-Employment Plans     Other Similar Obligations  
    2007     2006     2005     2007     2006     2005  
 
                                               
Present value of the obligations:
                                               
To current employees
    1,259       1,215       1,207                    
Vested obligations to retired employees
    4,876       4,958       4,942                    
To early retirees
                      3,950       4,481       4,215  
Long-service bonuses and other obligations
                      50       46       54  
Other
    174       164       225       1              
 
                                   
 
    6,309       6,337       6,374       4,001       4,527       4,269  
 
                                   
Less:
                                               
Fair value of plan assets
    192       203       211                    
Unrecognized actuarial (gains)/losses
    487       482       506                    
Unrecognized past service cost
    4       5                          
 
                                   
Provisions — Provisions for pensions
    5,626       5,647       5,657       4,001       4,527       4,269  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Of which:
                                               
Internal provisions for pensions
    3,114       3,065       3,015       3,987       4,504       4,235  
Insurance contracts linked to pensions (Note 14)
    2,512       2,582       2,642       14       23       34  
     
The amounts recognized in the consolidated income statement in relation to the aforementioned defined benefit obligations are as follows:
                                                 
    Millions of Euros  
    Post-Employment Plans     Other Similar Obligations  
    2007     2006     2005     2007     2006     2005  
 
                                               
Current service cost
    56       55       54       5       3       6  
Interest cost
    242       239       255       166       156       150  
Expected return on plan assets
    (8 )     (8 )     (9 )                  
Expected return on insurance contracts linked to pensions
    (102 )     (103 )     (105 )     (1 )     (1 )     (2 )
Extraordinary charges:
                                               
Actuarial (gains)/losses recognized in the year
    6       8       13       13       16       14  
Past service cost
    58       151       35                    
Early retirement cost
    2       (24 )     (13 )     39       799       671  
Other
    (16 )     (21 )     (38 )     (22 )     (10 )     (2 )
 
                                   
Total
    238       297       192       201       963       837  
 
                                   

 

F-89


Table of Contents

     
The changes in the present value of the accrued defined benefit obligations were as follows:
                                                 
    Millions of Euros  
    Post-Employment Plans     Other Similar Obligations  
    2007     2006     2005     2007     2006     2005  
 
                                               
Present value of the obligations at beginning of year
    6,337       6,374       6,433       4,527       4,269       4,099  
Net inclusion of entities in the Group
                                   
Current service cost
    56       55       54       5       3       6  
Interest cost
    242       239       255       166       156       150  
Early retirement cost
    2       (24 )     (13 )     39       799       671  
Effect of curtailment/settlement
    (16 )     (21 )     (38 )     (22 )     (10 )     (2 )
Benefits paid
    (350 )     (415 )     (324 )     (729 )     (708 )     (673 )
Past service cost
    58       156       35       1              
Actuarial (gains)/losses
    (19 )     (25 )     (26 )     13       16       14  
Other
    (1 )     (2 )     (2 )     1       2       4  
 
                                   
Present value of the obligations at end of year
    6,309       6,337       6,374       4,001       4,527       4,269  
 
                                   
     
The changes in the fair value of plan assets and of insurance contracts linked to pensions were as follows:
 
     
Plan assets
                         
    Millions of Euros  
    Post-Employment Plans  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
                       
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
    203       211       212  
Expected return on plan assets
    8       8       9  
Actuarial gains/(losses)
    (12 )     (4 )     1  
Contributions
    6       2       8  
Benefits paid
    (13 )     (14 )     (19 )
 
                 
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
    192       203       211  
 
                 
     
Insurance contracts linked to pensions
                                                 
    Millions of Euros  
    Post-Employment Plans     Other Similar Obligations  
    2007     2006     2005     2007     2006     2005  
 
                                               
Fair value of insurance contracts linked to pensions at beginning of year
    2,582       2,642       2,703       23       34       51  
Expected return on insurance contracts (Note 38)
    102       103       105       1       1       2  
Actuarial gains/(losses)
    (17 )     (6 )     (10 )                  
Premiums paid
    12       11       12                    
Benefits paid
    (165 )     (168 )     (168 )     (10 )     (12 )     (19 )
Exchange differences
    (2 )                              
 
                                   
Fair value of insurance contracts linked to pensions at beginning of year
    2,512       2,582       2,642       14       23       34  
 
                                   
     
In 2008 the Group expects to make contributions in Spain to fund its defined benefit pension obligations for amounts similar to those made in 2007.
 
     
The plan assets and the insurance contracts linked to pensions are instrumented through insurance policies.
 
     
The following table shows the estimated benefits payable at December 31, 2007 for the next ten years:
         
    Millions  
    of Euros  
 
       
2008
    1,026  
2009
    969  
2010
    908  
2011
    844  
2012
    788  
2013 to 2017
    2,941  
 
     
 
    7,476  
 
     

 

F-90


Table of Contents

  ii.  
Abbey
     
At the end of each of the last three years, Abbey had post-employment benefit obligations under defined contribution and defined benefit plans. The expenses incurred in respect of contributions to defined contribution plans amounted to 10 million in 2007, 5 million in 2006 and 6 million in 2005.
 
     
The amount of the defined benefit obligations was determined by independent actuaries using the following actuarial techniques:
  1.  
Valuation method: projected unit credit method, which sees each year of service as giving rise to an additional unit of benefit entitlement and measures each unit separately.
 
  2.  
Actuarial assumptions used: unbiased and mutually compatible. Specifically, the most significant actuarial assumptions used in the calculations were as follows:
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
 
                       
Annual discount rate
    5.30 %     5.20 %     4.85 %
Mortality tables
  PA92MC C2006   PA92MC C2006   PA92MC C2005
Cumulative annual CPI growth
    3.0 %     3.0 %     2.8 %
Annual salary increase rate
    4.0 %     4.0 %     4.3 %
Annual pension increase rate
    3.0 %     3.0 %     2.8 %
     
The funding status of the defined benefit obligations is as follows:
                         
    Millions of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
                       
Present value of the obligations
    6,248       6,350       6,337  
 
                 
Less:
                       
Fair value of plan assets
    4,913       4,810       4,326  
Unrecognized actuarial (gains)/losses
    60       (102 )     223  
Unrecognized past service cost
                 
 
                 
Provisions — Provisions for pensions
    1,275       1,642       1,788  
 
                 
     
The amounts recognized in the consolidated income statement in relation to the aforementioned defined benefit obligations are as follows:
                         
    Millions of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
                       
Current service cost
    97       119       131  
Interest cost
    322       309       294  
Expected return on plan assets
    (284 )     (263 )     (240 )
Extraordinary charges:
                       
Actuarial gains/losses recognized in the year
    (1 )            
Past service cost
                 
Early retirement cost
          3        
 
                 
Total
    134       168       185  
 
                 
     
The changes in the present value of the accrued defined benefit obligations were as follows:
                         
    Millions of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
                       
Present value of the obligations at beginning of year
    6,350       6,337       5,232  
Net inclusion of entities in the Group
                 
Current service cost
    97       119       131  
Interest cost
    322       309       294  
Early retirement cost
          3        
Benefits paid
    (175 )     (178 )     (102 )
Actuarial (gains)/losses
    200       (342 )     570  
Exchange differences and other items
    (546 )     102       212  
 
                 
Present value of the obligations at end of year
    6,248       6,350       6,337  
 
                 

 

F-91


Table of Contents

     
The changes in the fair value of the plan assets were as follows:
                         
    Millions of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
                       
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
    4,810       4,326       3,504  
Net inclusion of entities in the Group
                 
Expected return on plan assets
    284       263       240  
Actuarial gains/losses
    45       (13 )     347  
Contributions
    387       303       238  
Benefits paid
    (175 )     (178 )     (102 )
Exchange differences
    (438 )     109       99  
 
                 
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
    4,913       4,810       4,326  
 
                 
     
Through Abbey, the Group expects to make contributions in 2008 to fund these defined benefit pension obligations for amounts similar to those made in 2007.
 
     
The main categories of plan assets as a percentage of total plan assets are as follows:
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
 
                       
Equity instruments
    46 %     46 %     51 %
Debt instruments
    52 %     51 %     48 %
Other
    1 %     3 %     1 %
     
The expected return on plan assets was determined on the basis of the market expectations for returns over the duration of the related obligations.
 
     
The following table shows the estimated benefits payable at December 31, 2007 for the next ten years:
         
    Millions  
    of Euros  
 
       
2008
    174  
2009
    187  
2010
    202  
2011
    217  
2012
    233  
2013 to 2017
    1,466  
 
     
 
    2,479  
 
     
  iii.  
Other foreign subsidiaries
     
Certain of the consolidated foreign entities have acquired commitments to their employees similar to post-employment benefits.
 
     
At December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, these entities had defined contribution and defined benefit post-employment benefit obligations. The expenses incurred in respect of contributions to defined contribution plans amounted to 23 million in 2007, 19 million in 2006 and 13 million in 2005.
 
     
The actuarial assumptions used by these entities (discount rates, mortality tables and cumulative annual CPI growth) are consistent with the economic and social conditions prevailing in the countries in which they are located.

 

F-92


Table of Contents

     
The funding status of the obligations similar to post-employment benefits is as follows:
                         
    Millions of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
                       
Present value of the obligations
    7,264       6,198       5,481  
 
                 
Less:
                       
Fair value of plan assets
    6,725       3,917       2,523  
Unrecognized actuarial (gains)/losses
    134       517       760  
Unrecognized past service cost
                2  
 
                 
21. Provisions — Provisions for pensions
    405       1,764       2,196  
 
                 
 
Of which:
                       
Internal provisions for pensions
    821       2,198       2,459  
Net assets for pensions
    (239 )     (224 )     (55 )
Unrecognized net assets for pensions
    (177 )     (210 )     (208 )
     
In January 2007 Banco do Estado de Sao Paulo, S.A.- Banespa (which merged with Banco Santander Banespa, S.A. on August 31, 2006) externalized a portion of the pension obligations to employees for which it still recognized an internal provision and for this purpose arranged an external plan or fund managed by Banesprev. As a result of this externalization, the related assets and liabilities were transferred to Banesprev, and “Provisions — Provisions for Pensions and Similar Obligations” at December 31, 2007 included the present value of the aforementioned obligations, net of the fair value of the related plan assets and the net unrecognized cumulative actuarial gains and/or losses.
 
     
The amounts recognized in the consolidated income statement in relation to these obligations are as follows:
                         
    Millions of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
                       
Current service cost
    51       46       54  
Interest cost
    608       574       413  
Expected return on plan assets
    (559 )     (271 )     (222 )
Extraordinary charges:
                       
Actuarial gains/losses recognized in the year
    22       93       35  
Past service cost
          29        
Early retirement cost
    16       72       62  
Other
    216       (132 )      
 
                 
Total
    354       411       342  
 
                 
     
The changes in the present value of the accrued obligations were as follows:
                         
    Millions of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
                       
Present value of the obligations at beginning of year
    6,198       5,481       4,092  
Current service cost
    51       46       54  
Interest cost
    608       574       413  
Early retirement cost
    16       72       62  
Effect of curtailment/settlement
    (4 )     (132 )      
Benefits paid
    (492 )     (513 )     (423 )
Past service cost
          27       2  
Actuarial (gains)/losses
    707       72       455  
Exchange differences and other items
    180       571       826  
 
                 
Present value of the obligations at end of year
    7,264       6,198       5,481  
 
                 

 

F-93


Table of Contents

     
The changes in the fair value of the plan assets were as follows:
                         
    Millions of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
                       
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
    3,917       2,523       1,962  
Expected return on plan assets
    559       271       222  
Actuarial gains/(losses)
    586       12       9  
Contributions
    1,863       461       168  
Benefits paid
    (452 )     (199 )     (165 )
Exchange differences and other items
    252       849       327  
 
                 
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
    6,725       3,917       2,523  
 
                 
     
In 2008 the Group expects to make contributions to fund these obligations for amounts similar to those made in 2007.
 
     
The main categories of plan assets as a percentage of total plan assets are as follows:
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
 
                       
Equity instruments
    27 %     27 %     28 %
Debt instruments
    66 %     61 %     64 %
Properties
    2 %     3 %     4 %
Other
    5 %     8 %     4 %
     
The expected return on plan assets was determined on the basis of the market expectations for returns over the duration of the related obligations.
 
     
The following table shows the estimated benefits payable at December 31, 2007 for the next ten years:
         
    Millions  
    of Euros  
 
       
2008
    441  
2009
    455  
2010
    471  
2011
    488  
2012
    507  
2013 to 2017
    2,799  
 
     
 
    5,159  
 
     

 

F-94


Table of Contents

  d)  
Other provisions
 
     
The balance of “Provisions — Other provisions”, which includes, inter alia, provisions for restructuring costs and tax and legal litigation, was estimated using prudent calculation procedures in keeping with the uncertainty inherent in the obligations covered. The definitive date of the outflow of resources embodying economic benefits for the Group depends on each obligation; in certain cases, these obligations have no fixed settlement period and, in other cases, are based on litigation in progress.
 
     
The breakdown of the balance of “Provisions — Other provisions” is as follows:
                         
    Millions of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
                       
Provisions for contingencies and commitments in operating units:
                       
Recognized by Spanish companies
    814       892       937  
Of which:
                       
Bank
    326       400       376  
Banesto
    197       249       331  
Recognized by other EU companies
    886       1,230       1,876  
Of which: Abbey
    584       931       1,458  
Recognized by other companies
    2,415       2,492       2,350  
Of which:
                       
Brazil
    1,989       1,795       1,318  
Mexico
    159       193       233  
 
                 
 
    4,115       4,614       5,163  
 
                 
  e)  
Litigation
  i.  
Tax litigation
     
At December 31, 2007, the main tax litigation concerning the Group was as follows:
   
The “Mandado de Segurança” filed by Banco Santander Banespa, S.A. claiming its right to pay the Brazilian social contribution tax on net income at a rate of 8%. On January 14, 2008, an unfavorable judgment was handed down by the Federal Regional Court, against which the directors of Banco Santander S.A. (Brazil) intend to file an appeal at a higher court.
 
   
The “Mandado de Segurança” filed by Banco Santander Banespa, S.A. claiming its right to consider the social contribution tax on net income as deductible in the calculation of Brazilian corporation tax. This action was declared unwarranted and an appeal was filed at the Federal Regional Court, requesting to have the claimability of the tax credit stayed and obtaining permission to deposit with the courts the disputed amounts. On October 1, 2007, an unfavorable judgment was handed down by the Federal Regional Court, which was appealed against by Banco Santander S.A. (Brazil) through the presentation of “Embargos de Declaraçao” on October 8, 2007. A decision has not yet been handed down by the Court.
 
   
The “Mandado de Segurança” filed by Banco Santander, S.A. and other Group entities claiming their right to pay the Brazilian PIS and COFINS social contributions only on the income from the provision of services. The “Mandado de Segurança” was declared unwarranted and an appeal was filed at the Federal Regional Court. On September 13, 2007, this Court handed down a favorable judgment. Unión Federal has filed an appeal against this judgment at a higher court.
 
   
A claim was filed against Abbey National Treasury Services plc by tax authorities abroad in relation to the refund of certain tax credits and other associated amounts. The legal advisers of Abbey National Treasury Services plc considered that the grounds to contest this claim were well-founded, proof of which is that a favorable judgment was handed down at first instance in September 2006, although the judgment was appealed against by the tax authorities in January 2007. However, in December 2006 an unfavorable judgment for another taxpayer was handed down on another proceeding which might affect this case.
     
At December 31, 2007, other less significant tax litigation was in progress.

 

F-95


Table of Contents

  ii.  
Legal litigation
     
At December 31, 2007, the main legal litigation concerning the Group was as follows:
   
Misselling: claims associated with the sale by Abbey of certain financial products to its customers.
 
     
The provisions recorded by Abbey in this connection were calculated on the basis of the best estimate of the number of claims that will be received, of the percentage of claims that will be upheld and of the related amounts.
   
LANETRO, S.A.: claim (ordinary lawsuit no. 558/2002) filed by LANETRO, S.A. against Banco Santander, S.A. at Madrid Court of First Instance no. 34, requesting that the Bank comply with the obligation to subscribe to 30.05 million of a capital increase at the plaintiff.
 
     
On December 16, 2003, a judgment was handed down dismissing the plaintiff’s request. The subsequent appeal filed by LANETRO was upheld by a decision of the Madrid Provincial Appellate Court on October 27, 2006.
 
     
The Bank has filed extraordinary appeals on grounds of procedural infringements and an extraordinary cassation appeal against the aforementioned decision.
 
   
Galesa de Promociones, S.A.: small claims proceeding at Elche Court of First Instance no. 4 (case no. 419/1994), in connection with the claim filed by Galesa de Promociones, S.A. (Galesa) requesting the Court to annul a previous legal foreclosure proceeding brought by the Bank against the plaintiff in 1992, which culminated in the foreclosure of certain properties that were subsequently sold by auction.
 
     
The judgments handed down at first and second instance were in the Bank’s favor. The cassation appeal filed by Galesa at the Supreme Court was upheld by virtue of a decision on November 24, 2004 which ordered the reversal of the legal foreclosure proceeding to before the date on which the auctions were held. On June 8, 2006, Galesa filed a claim for the enforcement of the decision handed down by the Supreme Court, requesting that the Bank be ordered to pay 56 million, the estimated value of the properties, plus a further 33 million for loss of profit. The Bank challenged this claim on the grounds that the Supreme Court decision could not be enforced —since no order had been pronounced against the Bank, but rather a proceeding had merely been annulled— and it also argued that the damages requested would have to be ruled upon by an express court decision, which had not been pronounced.
 
     
The Elche Court of First Instance, by virtue of an order dated September 18, 2006, found in favor of the Bank, and referred the plaintiff to the appropriate ordinary proceeding for the valuation of the aforementioned damages.
 
     
Galesa filed an appeal for reconsideration, which was dismissed by a resolution on 11 November 2006. Galesa lodged an appeal against this resolution at the Alicante Provincial Appellate Court. This appeal was in turn contested by the Bank and a favorable judgment was handed down.
 
   
Declaratory large claims action brought at Madrid Court of First Instance no. 19 (case no. 87/2001) in connection with a claim filed by Inversión Hogar, S.A. against the Bank. This claim sought the termination of a settlement agreement entered into between the Bank and the plaintiff on December 11, 1992.
 
     
On May 19, 2006, a judgment was handed down at first instance, whereby the agreement was declared to be terminated and the Bank was ordered to pay 1.8 million, plus the related legal interest since February 1997, to return a property that was given in payment under the aforementioned agreement, to pay an additional 72.9 million relating to the replacement value of the assets foreclosed, and subsequently sold, by the Bank, and to pay all the related court costs. The Bank and Inversión Hogar, S.A. filed appeals against the judgment.
 
     
On July 30, 2007, the Madrid Provincial Appellate Court handed down a decision upholding in full the appeal filed by the Bank, revoking the ruling issued at first instance and dismissing the appeal lodged by Inversión Hogar, S.A. Inversión Hogar, S.A. has announced that, on completion of the clarification procedure, it will file a cassation appeal against the aforementioned decision at the Civil Chamber of the Supreme Court.
 
   
Complaint in an ordinary proceeding filed by Inés Arias Domínguez and a further 17 persons against Santander Investment, S.A. at Madrid Court of First Instance no. 13 (case no. 928/2007), seeking damages of approximately 43 million, plus interest and costs. The plaintiffs, who are former shareholders of Yesocentro S.A. (Yesos y Prefabricados del Centro, S.A.) allege that Santander Investment, S.A. breached the advisory services agreement entered into on October 19, 1989 between the former Banco Santander de Negocios, S.A. and the plaintiffs, the purpose of which was the sale of shares owned by the plaintiffs to another company called Invercámara, S.A.
 
     
This complaint was duly contested by Santander Investment, S.A. on November 5, 2007. The parties are currently awaiting notification of the hearing to be held prior to the court proceeding.
     
At December 31, 2007, other less significant legal litigation was in progress.
* * * * *

 

F-96


Table of Contents

     
At the end of each of the last three years, the Group had recorded provisions that reasonably cover any contingencies that might arise from the aforementioned tax and legal litigation.
 
     
Following is a description of the developmemts in 2007 in the litigation against Casa de Bolsa Santander, S.A. de C.V. Grupo Financiero Santander (Casa de Bolsa):
   
In 1997 Casa de Bolsa was sued for an alleged breach of various stock brokerage contracts. On July 6, 1999, Civil Court number thirty-one of the Federal District handed down a judgment ordering Casa de Bolsa to return to the plaintiff 2,401,588 shares of México 1 and 11,219,730 shares of México 4 at their market value and to pay MXP 15 million, plus interest calculated at the average percentage borrowing cost (C.P.P.) multiplied by four.
 
     
After numerous appeals were filed concerning the method used for calculating this interest, a final judgment was handed down ruling that the interest should not be capitalized.
 
     
Following this judgment, the amount owed was paid in full and there are currently no claims outstanding in this connection.
26.  
Equity having the substance of a financial liability
 
   
This category includes the financial instruments issued by the consolidated companies which, although equity for legal purposes, do not meet the requirements for classification as equity.
 
   
These shares do not carry any voting rights and are non-cumulative. They were subscribed to by non-Group third parties and, except for the shares of Abbey amounting to GBP 325 million, are redeemable at the discretion of the issuer, based on the terms and conditions of each issue.
 
   
The changes in the balance of “Equity having the substance of a financial liability” were as follows:
                         
    Thousands of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
                       
Balance at beginning of year
    668,328       1,308,847       2,124,222  
Redemptions
    (94,912 )     (472,925 )     (944,968 )
Of which:
                       
Totta & Açores Financing, Limited
          (118,483 )      
Abbey National, plc
          (354,442 )      
BSCH Finance, Ltd.
                (754,774 )
BCH Capital, Ltd.
                (190,194 )
Pinto Totta Internacional Finance, Limited
    (94,912 )            
Exchange differences and other changes
    (50,858 )     (167,594 )     129,593  
 
                 
Balance at end of year
    522,558       668,328       1,308,847  
 
                 
   
The detail of the issuers and of the most significant terms and conditions of the issues is as follows:
                                                                 
    Millions of Euros              
    2007     2006     2005     Annual        
    Equivalent     Foreign     Equivalent     Foreign     Equivalent     Foreign     Interest     Redemption  
Issuer and Currency of Issue   Euro Value     Currency     Euro Value     Currency     Euro Value     Currency     Rate (%)     Option (1)  
 
                                                               
Banesto Holdings Ltd. (US dollar)
    53       77       59       77       66       77       10.50%     30/06/12  
Totta & Açores Financing, Limited (US dollar)
                            127       150              
Pinto Totta International Finance, Limited (US dollar)
                95       125       212       250              
Abbey (US dollar)
                            381       450              
Abbey (Pound sterling)
    443       325       484       325       474       325     8.63% to 10.38%   No option
Valuation adjustments
    27             30             49                    
 
                                                         
Balance at end of year
    523               668               1,309                          
 
                                                         
     
(1)  
From these dates, the issuer can redeem the shares, subject to prior authorization by the national supervisor.

 

F-97


Table of Contents

27.  
Tax matters
  a)  
Consolidated Tax Group
 
     
Pursuant to current legislation, the consolidated tax group includes Banco Santander , S.A. (as the Parent) and the Spanish subsidiaries that meet the requirements provided for in Spanish legislation regulating the taxation of the consolidated profits of corporate groups (as the controlled entities).
 
     
The other Group banks and companies file income tax returns in accordance with the tax regulations applicable in each country.
 
  b)  
Years open for review by the tax authorities
 
     
At December 31, 2007, the consolidated tax group had, in addition to the two years mentioned below, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 and 2007 open for review in relation to the main taxes applicable to it.
 
     
The other consolidated entities have the corresponding years open for review, pursuant to their respective tax regulations.
 
     
The tax audit of 2001 and 2002 for the main taxes applicable to the consolidated tax group was completed in March 2007. Most of the tax assessments issued were signed on a contested basis.
 
     
In 2007 there were no significant developments in connection with the tax disputes at the different instances, which were pending resolution at December 31, 2006.
 
     
Because of the possible different interpretations which can be made of the tax regulations, the outcome of the tax audits of the years reviewed and of the open years might give rise to contingent tax liabilities which cannot be objectively quantified. However, the Group’s tax advisers consider that the possibility of such contingent liabilities becoming actual liabilities is remote, and that in any event the tax charge which might arise therefrom would not materially affect the consolidated financial statements of the Group.
 
  c)  
Reconciliation
 
     
The reconciliation of the corporation tax expense calculated at the standard tax rate to the income tax expense recognized is as follows:
                         
    Millions of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
                       
Consolidated profit before tax:
                       
From continuing operations
    11,175       8,995       7,661  
From discontinued operations
    973       1,840       480  
 
                 
 
    12,148       10,835       8,141  
 
                 
Corporation tax at 32.5% (*)
    3,948       3,792       2,849  
Decreases due to permanent differences
    (1,062 )     (1,022 )     (981 )
Of which:
                       
Due to effect of different tax rates
    (851 )     (1,364 )     (627 )
Due to effect on deferred taxes of change in Spanish tax rate
          491       -  
 
                 
Income tax of Group companies, per local books
    2,886       2,770       1,868  
 
                 
Net increases (decreases) due to other permanent differences
    (577 )     (568 )     (539 )
Other, net
    204       388       62  
 
                 
Current income tax
    2,513       2,590       1,391  
 
                 
 
                       
Of which:
                       
Ordinary activities
    2,336       2,255       1,242  
Discontinued operations
    177       335       149  
Of which:
                       
Current tax
    2,805       2,003       837  
Deferred taxes
    (292 )     587       554  
Taxes paid in the year
    3,181       949       1,036  
     
(*)  
35% for 2006 and 2005.

 

F-98


Table of Contents

     
The effective tax rate is as follows:
                         
    Millions of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
                       
Consolidated tax group
    5,043       4,212       3,281  
Other Spanish entities
    50       1,518       389  
Foreign entities
    7,055       5,105       4,471  
 
                 
 
    12,148       10,835       8,141  
 
                 
Income tax
    2,513       2,590       1,391  
 
                 
Effective tax rate
    20.69 %     23.90 %     17.09 %
 
                 
  d)  
Tax recognized in equity
 
     
In addition to the income tax recognized in the consolidated income statement, the Group recognized the following amounts in consolidated equity:
                         
    Millions of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
                       
Tax charged to equity
    (497 )     (418 )     (438 )
Measurement of available-for-sale fixed-income securities
    (104 )     (276 )     (184 )
Measurement of available-for-sale equity securities
    (393 )     (99 )     (230 )
Measurement of cash flow hedges
          (43 )     (24 )
 
                       
Tax credited to equity
    20              
Measurement of cash flow hedges
    20              
 
                 
Total
    (477 )     (418 )     (438 )
 
                 
  e)  
Deferred taxes
 
     
The balance of “Tax assets” in the consolidated balance sheets includes debit balances with the tax authorities relating to deferred tax assets. The balance of “Tax liabilities” includes the liability for the Group’s various deferred tax liabilities.
 
     
The detail of the balances of “Deferred tax assets” and “Deferred tax liabilities” is as follows:
                         
    Millions of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
                       
Deferred tax assets
    10,853       9,156       8,909  
Of which:
                       
Banespa
    1,905       1,577       1,201  
Abbey
    1,257       1,517       1,390  
Early retirements
    1,167       1,482       1,286  
Other pensions
    1,167       966       1,225  
Prepaid taxes- Investments
    965              
Deferred tax liabilities
    3,744       3,778       2,767  
Of which:
                       
Abbey
    741       799       957  
Banespa
    253       149       33  
Banco Santander, S.A. Institución de Banca Múltiple Grupo Financiero Santander
    101       159       6  
Santander Consumer Bank Aktiengesellschaft
    104       104       83  
Valuation adjustments
    534       425       560  

 

F-99


Table of Contents

     
The changes in the balances of “Deferred tax assets” and “Deferred tax liabilities” were as follows:
                                                 
    Millions of Euros  
                    Foreign                    
                    Currency     Charge/Credit              
                    Balance     to Asset              
    Balances at             Translation     and Liability     Acquisitions     Balances at  
    December 31,     (Charge)/Credit     Differences and     Revaluation     for the Year     December 31,  
    2005     to Income     Other Items     Reserve     (Net)     2006  
 
                                               
Deferred tax assets
    8,909       148       225       (22 )     (104 )     9,156  
Deferred tax liabilities
    (2,767 )     (735 )     (252 )     112       (136 )     (3,778 )
 
                                   
Total
    6,142       (587 )     (27 )     90       (240 )     5,378  
 
                                   
                                                         
    Millions of Euros  
                    Foreign                            
                    Currency     Charge/Credit                      
                    Balance     to Asset                      
    Balances at             Translation     and Liability             Acquisitions     Balances at  
    December 31,     (Charge)/Credit     Differences and     Revaluation     Prepaid     for the Year     December 31,  
    2006     to Income     Other Items     Reserve     Taxes     (Net)     2007  
 
                                                       
Deferred tax assets
    9,156       419       230       110       965       (27 )     10,853  
Deferred tax liabilities
    (3,778 )     (127 )     252       (128 )           37       (3,744 )
 
                                         
Total
    5,378       292       482       (18 )     965       10       7,109  
 
                                         
  f)  
Other information
 
     
In conformity with the Listing Rules Instrument 2005 published by the UK Financial Services Authority, it is hereby stated that shareholders of the Bank resident in the United Kingdom will be entitled to a tax credit in respect of the withholdings the Bank is required to make from the dividends to be paid to them. The shareholders of the Bank resident in the United Kingdom who hold their ownership interest in the Bank through Grupo Santander Nominee Service will be informed directly of the amount thus withheld and of any other data they may require to complete their tax returns in the United Kingdom. The other shareholders of the Bank resident in the United Kingdom should contact their bank or securities broker.

 

F-100


Table of Contents

28.  
Minority interests
 
   
“Minority interests” include the net amount of the equity of subsidiaries attributable to equity instruments that do not belong, directly or indirectly, to the Bank, including the portion attributed to them of profit for the year.
  a)  
Breakdown
 
     
The detail, by Group company, of the balance of “Equity — Minority interests” is as follows:
                         
    Thousands of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
                       
Grupo Financiero Santander, S.A. de C.V.
    649,291       657,013       609,728  
Banesto
    476,152       303,889       767,833  
Banco Santander Chile
    241,726       234,726       146,192  
Brazil Group
    56,062       45,161       44,275  
Santander BanCorp
    30,701       31,311       29,539  
Other companies
    328,445       298,837       720,990  
 
                 
 
    1,782,377       1,570,937       2,318,557  
 
                 
Profit for the year attributed to minority interests
    575,892       649,806       529,666  
 
                 
Of which:
                       
Banesto Group
    81,467       260,591       149,143  
Grupo Financiero Santander, S.A. de C.V.
    281,186       166,103       139,885  
Banco Santander Chile
    138,781       84,640       58,153  
Somaen-Dos, S.L.
          77,177       138,919  
Brazil Group
    7,005       10,568       11,559  
Santander BanCorp
    1,626       3,053       6,680  
 
                 
 
    2,358,269       2,220,743       2,848,223  
 
                 
  b)  
Changes
 
     
The changes in the balance of “Minority interests” are summarized as follows:
                         
    Millions of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
                       
Balance at beginning of year
    2,221       2,848       2,085  
(Net) inclusion of companies in the Group and changes in scope of consolidation
    (9 )     (1,050 )     34  
Change in proportion of ownership interest
    (117 )     72       (1 )
Valuation adjustments
    (57 )     15       49  
Dividends paid to minority interests
    (360 )     (160 )     (137 )
Changes in share capital
    220       (29 )     (25 )
Exchange differences and other items
    (116 )     (125 )     313  
Profit for the year attributed to minority interests
    576       650       530  
 
                 
Balance at end of year
    2,358       2,221       2,848  
 
                 

 

F-101


Table of Contents

29.   
Valuation adjustments
 
   
The balances of “Valuation adjustments” include the amounts, net of the related tax effect, of adjustments to the assets and liabilities recognized temporarily in equity through the statement of changes in equity until they are extinguished or realized, when they are recognized definitively as shareholders’ equity through the consolidated income statement. The amounts arising from subsidiaries, jointly controlled entities and associates are presented, on a line by line basis, in the appropriate items according to their nature.
 
   
“Valuation adjustments” include the following items:
  a)  
Available-for-sale financial assets
This item includes the net amount of unrealized changes in the fair value of assets classified as available-for-sale financial assets.
The changes in this item were as follows:
                         
    Thousands of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
                       
Balance at beginning of year
    2,283,323       1,941,690       1,936,818  
Revaluation gains
    825,812       1,663,713       911,814  
Income tax
    (107,043 )     (144,772 )     (23,468 )
Amounts transferred to income
    (1,583,126 )     (1,177,308 )     (883,474 )
 
                 
Balance at end of year
    1,418,966       2,283,323       1,941,690  
 
                 
 
                       
Of which:
                       
Fixed-income
    157,698       594,719       407,084  
Equities
    1,261,268       1,688,604       1,534,606  
  b)  
Cash flow hedges
 
     
This item includes the net amount of changes in the value of financial derivatives designated as hedging instruments in cash flow hedges, for the portion of these changes considered as effective hedges (Note 11).
 
     
The changes in this item were as follows:
                         
    Thousands of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
                       
Balance at beginning of year
    49,252       70,406       (1,787 )
Valuation gains/(losses)
    (156,313 )     9,087       83,216  
Income tax
    62,633       (30,241 )     (11,023 )
Amounts transferred to income
    (14,227 )            
 
                 
Balance at end of year
    (58,655 )     49,252       70,406  
 
                 
 
                       
Of which:
                       
Spain
    (53,294 )     (54,498 )     43,709  
Mexico
    16,863       83,608       17,439  
Italy
    20,393       17,825        
United States
    (36,987 )            
Other countries
    (5,630 )     2,317       9,258  

 

F-102


Table of Contents

  c)  
Hedges of net investments in foreign operations and Exchange differences
 
     
“Hedges of net investments in foreign operations” include the net amount of changes in the value of hedging instruments in hedges of net investments in foreign operations, for the portion of these changes considered as effective hedges (Note 11).
 
     
“Exchange differences” include the net amount of exchange differences arising on non-monetary items whose fair value is adjusted against equity and the differences arising on the translation to euros of the balances of the consolidated entities whose functional currency is not the euro (Note 2-a).
     
The changes in these two items were as follows:
                         
    Thousands of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
                       
Balance at beginning of year
    538,182       1,065,000       (157,467 )
Revaluation gains (losses)
    (1,236,453 )     (529,982 )     1,388,998  
Amounts transferred to income
    59,996       3,164       (166,531 )
 
                 
Balance at end of year
    (638,275 )     538,182       1,065,000  
 
                 
 
                       
Of which:
                       
Arising on consolidation:
                       
Subsidiaries:
    (663,779 )     549,211       1,061,515  
Brazil Group
    696,462       456,412       544,228  
Chile Group
    (130,186 )     (40,677 )     178,260  
Mexico Group
    (508,264 )     (217,746 )     87,093  
Abbey Group
    (562,990 )     490,771       264,769  
Other
    (158,801 )     (139,549 )     (12,835 )
Associates (Note 13)
    25,504       (11,029 )     3,485  

 

F-103


Table of Contents

30.   
Shareholders’ equity
 
   
“Shareholders’ equity” includes the amounts of equity contributions from shareholders, accumulated profit or loss recognized through the consolidated income statement, and components of compound financial instruments having the substance of permanent equity. Amounts arising from subsidiaries and jointly controlled entities are presented in the appropriate items based on their nature.
   
The changes in “Shareholders’ equity” were as follows:
                                                                         
    Thousands of Euros  
                            Reserves of                                    
                            Entities                                    
                            Accounted                     Profit              
                            for Using     Other             Attributed              
    Share     Share     Accumulated     the Equity     Equity     Treasury     to the     Dividends and        
    Capital     Premium     Reserves     Method     Instruments     Shares     Group     Remuneration     Total  
 
                                                                       
Balances at January 1, 2005
    3,127,148       20,370,128       6,256,632       621,195       93,567       (126,500 )     3,605,870       (1,310,662 )     32,637,378  
Profit attributable to the Group for the year
                                        6,220,104             6,220,104  
Appropriation of profit for the year
                3,279,608       326,262                   (3,605,870 )            
Dividends/Remuneration
                (1,721,691 )     (115,582 )                       (433,537 )     (2,270,810 )
Issues (reductions)
                (2,531 )                                   (2,531 )
Purchase and sale of own equity instruments
                26,421                   73,432                   99,853  
Payments with equity instruments
                            19,167                         19,167  
Transfers
                267,052       (243,462 )     (23,590 )                        
Other
                (5,351 )     15,236       (11,666 )                       (1,781 )
 
                                                     
Balances at December 31, 2005
    3,127,148       20,370,128       8,100,140       603,649       77,478       (53,068 )     6,220,104       (1,744,199 )     36,701,380  
 
                                                     
Profit attributable to the Group for the year
                                        7,595,947             7,595,947  
Appropriation of profit for the year
                5,828,922       391,182                   (6,220,104 )            
Dividends/Remuneration
                (2,495,742 )     (109,173 )                       406,981       (2,197,934 )
Issues (reductions)
                (4,163 )                                   (4,163 )
Purchase and sale of own equity instruments
                9,627                   (73,733 )                 (64,106 )
Payments with equity instruments
                            19,167                         19,167  
Transfers
                79,346       (44,369 )     (34,977 )                        
Other
                (26,460 )     (43,479 )     450                         (69,489 )
 
                                                     
Balances at December 31, 2006
    3,127,148       20,370,128       11,491,670       797,810       62,118       (126,801 )     7,595,947       (1,337,218 )     41,980,802  
 
                                                     
Profit attributable to the Group for the year
                                        9,060,258             9,060,258  
Appropriation of profit for the year
                7,169,330       426,617                   (7,595,947 )            
Dividends/Remuneration
                (3,117,057 )     (139,086 )                       (200,589 )     (3,456,732 )
Issues (reductions)
                (1,704 )           7,000,000                         6,998,296  
Purchase and sale of own equity instruments
                4,575                   126,609                   131,184  
Payments with equity instruments
                            48,548                         48,548  
Transfers
                207,364       (195,246 )     (12,118 )                        
Other
                (278,185 )     5,342       (11,667 )                       (284,510 )
 
                                                     
Balances at December 31, 2007
    3,127,148       20,370,128       15,475,993       895,437       7,086,881       (192 )     9,060,258       (1,537,807 )     54,477,846  
 
                                                     
Parent
    3,127,148       20,370,128       7,696,864             7,078,622             4,070,247       (1,537,807 )     40,805,202  
Subsidiaries
                7,687,422             8,259       (192 )     4,501,609             12,197,098  
Jointly controlled entities
                91,707                         46,945             138,652  
Associates
                      895,437                   441,457             1,336,894  
31.   
Issued capital
  a)  
Changes
 
     
At the end of each of the last three years, the share capital consisted of 6,254,296,579 shares and amounted to 3,127,148,290.
 
     
The Bank’s shares are listed on the computerized trading system of the Spanish stock exchanges and on the New York, London, Milan, Lisbon, Buenos Aires and Mexico stock exchanges, and all of them have the same features and rights. At December 31, 2007, the only shareholders with an ownership interest in the Bank’s share capital of over 3% were Chase Nominees Ltd. (with a 10.80% holding), State Street Bank & Trust (with an 8.13% holding) and EC Nominees Ltd. (with a 5.85% holding).
  b)  
Other considerations
 
     
At December 31, 2006, the additional share capital authorized by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting of the Bank amounted to 1,564 million.
 
     
The shareholders at the Annual General Meeting on June 23, 2007 resolved to increase capital by 375 million, and fully empowered the Board of Directors to set and establish, within a period of one year, the terms and conditions for this capital increase in all matters not already provided for by the Annual General Meeting. In exercising these powers, the Board of Directors must determine whether the capital increase is to be performed through the issuance of new shares or by increasing the par value of the shares outstanding.

 

F-104


Table of Contents

     
Also, the aforementioned Annual General Meeting authorized the Bank’s Board of Directors to issue fixed-income securities for up to a maximum amount of 35,000 million (or the equivalent amount in another currency) by any lawful means. The shareholders at the Annual General Meeting on June 21, 2003 authorized the Board to issue fixed-income securities, convertible into new shares or exchangeable for outstanding shares, for up to 4,000 million over a five-year period, and empowered the Bank’s Board of Directors to increase capital by the required amount to cater for the requests for conversion. Of the aforementioned amount, 2,000 million are still available for issue.
 
     
At December 31, 2007, the shares of the following companies were listed on official stock markets: Banco Río, S.A.; Banco de Venezuela, S.A.; Banco Universal; Banco Santander Colombia, S.A.; Santander BanCorp (Puerto Rico); Grupo Financiero Santander, S.A. de C.V.; Banco Santander Chile; Cartera Mobiliaria, S.A., S.I.C.A.V.; Inversiones Tesoreras, S.I.C.A.V., S.A.; Santander Chile Holding, S.A.; Inmuebles B de V 1985 C.A.; Banco Santander, S.A. (Brazil); Banco Español de Crédito, S.A.; Portada, S.A. and Capital Variable S.I.C.A.V., S.A.
 
     
At December 31, 2007, the number of Bank shares owned by third parties and managed by Group management companies (mainly portfolio, collective investment undertaking and pension fund managers) was 31,899,321, which represented 0.51% of the Bank’s share capital. In addition, the number of Bank shares owned by third parties and received as security was 14,767,478 (equal to 0.236% of the Bank’s share capital).
 
     
At December 31, 2007, the capital increases in progress at Group companies and the additional capital authorized by their shareholders at the respective Annual General Meetings were not material at Group level.
32.   
Share premium
 
   
“Share premium” includes the amount paid up by the Bank’s shareholders in capital issues in excess of the par value.
 
   
The Consolidated Spanish Companies Law expressly permits the use of the share premium account balance to increase capital at the entities at which it is recognized and does not establish any specific restrictions as to its use.
33.   
Reserves
  a)  
Definitions
 
     
The balance of “Shareholders’ equity – Reserves – Accumulated reserves” includes the net amount of the accumulated profit or loss recognized in previous years through the consolidated income statement that, in the distribution of profit, was appropriated to equity, and the own equity instrument issuance expenses and the differences between the selling price of treasury shares and the cost of acquisition thereof.
 
     
The balance of “Shareholders’ equity – Reserves of entities accounted for using the equity method” includes the net amount of the accumulated profit or loss generated in previous years by entities accounted for using the equity method, recognized through the consolidated income statement.

 

F-105


Table of Contents

  b)  
Breakdown
 
     
The breakdown of the balances of these reserve accounts is as follows:
                         
    Thousands of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
                       
Accumulated reserves:
                       
Restricted reserves-
                       
Legal reserve
    625,430       625,430       625,430  
Reserve for treasury shares
    218,603       378,700       173,103  
Revaluation reserve Royal Decree-Law 7/1996
    42,666       42,666       42,666  
Reserve for retired capital
    10,610       10,610        
Voluntary reserves (*)
    3,668,316       3,711,534       3,791,677  
Consolidation reserves attributed to the Bank
    3,131,239       1,831,093       992,066  
Reserves at subsidiaries
    7,779,129       4,891,637       2,475,198  
 
                 
 
    15,475,993       11,491,670       8,100,140  
 
                 
Reserves of entities accounted for using the equity method:
                       
Associates
    895,437       797,810       603,649  
 
                 
Of which:
                       
Cepsa
    734,719       662,172       469,763  
Attijariwafa Bank
    126,626       111,701       102,692  
 
                 
 
    16,371,430       12,289,480       8,703,789  
 
                 
     
(*)  
Include the reserves stipulated by Article 81 of the Consolidated Spanish Companies Law for an amount equal to the loans granted by Group companies to third parties for the acquisition of treasury shares.
  i.  
Legal reserve
Under the Consolidated Companies Law, Spanish entities must transfer 10% of net profit for each year to the legal reserve. These transfers must be made until the balance of this reserve reaches 20% of the share capital. The legal reserve can be used to increase capital provided that the remaining reserve balance does not fall below 10% of the increased share capital amount.
  ii.  
Reserve for treasury shares
Pursuant to the Consolidated Companies Law, a restricted reserve has been recorded for an amount equal to the carrying amount of the Bank shares owned by subsidiaries. The balance of this reserve will become unrestricted when the circumstances which gave rise to its mandatory recording cease to exist. Additionally, this reserve covers the outstanding balance of loans granted by the Group secured by Bank shares.
  iii.  
Revaluation reserve Royal Decree Law 7/1996, of 7 June
The balance of “Revaluation reserve Royal Decree-Law 7/1996” can be used, free of tax, to increase share capital. From January 1, 2007, the balance of this account can be taken to unrestricted reserves, provided that the monetary surplus has been realized. The surplus will be deemed to have been realized in respect of the portion on which depreciation has been taken for accounting purposes or when the revalued assets have been transferred or derecognized.
If the balance of this reserve were used in a manner other than that provided for in Royal Decree-Law 7/1996, of June 7, it would be subject to taxation.

 

F-106


Table of Contents

  iv.  
Reserves at subsidiaries and jointly controlled entities
The detail, by company, of the balance of “Reserves at subsidiaries”, based on the subsidiaries’ contribution to the Group (considering the effect of consolidation adjustments) is as follows:
                         
    Millions of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
                       
Banco Español de Crédito, S.A. (Banesto) (Consolidated Group)
    3,319       2,312       1,809  
Banco Santander, S.A., Institución de Banca Múltiple, Grupo Financiero Santander (Consolidated Group)
    1,819       1,336       998  
Abbey Group
    1,419       742        
Banespa (Consolidated Group)
    1,036       976       927  
Banco Santander Totta, S.A. (Consolidated Group)
    939       784       642  
Banco Santander Chile (Consolidated Group)
    589       473       215  
Banco de Venezuela, S.A., Banco Universal (Consolidated Group)
    502       402       272  
Grupo Santander Consumer Finance, S.A.
    323       304       302  
Cartera Mobiliaria, S.A., S.I.C.A.V.
    298       281       241  
Santander Investment, S.A.
    181       167       129  
Banco Santander International (United States)
    178       156       138  
Banco Santander (Suisse), S.A.
    139       110       90  
BSN — Banco Santander de Negocios Portugal, S.A.
    78       63       44  
Banco Santander Río, S.A.
    (525 )     (587 )     (379 )
Exchange differences
    (3,167 )     (3,167 )     (3,167 )
Consolidation adjustments and other companies
    652       540       214  
 
                 
Total
    7,779       4,892       2,475  
 
                 
 
                       
Of which: restricted
    925       740       556  
 
                 
34.   
Other equity instruments and Treasury shares
  a)  
Other equity instruments
 
     
“Other equity instruments” includes the equity component of compound financial instruments, the increase in equity due to personnel remuneration, and other items not recognized in other “Shareholders’ equity” items.
 
     
Valores Santander
 
     
In 2007, in order to partially finance the takeover bid launched on ABN AMRO (Note 3), Santander Emisora 150, S.A.U. issued securities mandatorily convertible into newly-issued ordinary shares of the Bank (“Valores Santander") amounting to 7,000 million. These securities can be voluntarily exchanged for Bank shares on 4 October 2008, 2009, 2010 and 2011, and must be mandatorily exchanged on October 4, 2012.
 
     
The reference price of the Bank’s share for conversion purposes was set at 16.04 per share, and the conversion ratio of the bonds –i.e. the number of Bank shares corresponding to each Valor Santander for conversion purposes– is 311.76 shares for each Valor Santander. The nominal interest rate on these securities is 7.30% until October 4, 2008 and Euribor plus 2.75% thereafter until the securities are exchanged for shares.
  b)  
Treasury shares
 
     
The balance of “Shareholders’ equity – Treasury shares” includes the amount of equity instruments held by all the Group entities.
 
     
Transactions involving own equity instruments, including their issuance and cancellation, are recognized directly in equity, and no profit or loss may be recognized on these transactions. The costs of any transaction involving own equity instruments are deducted directly from equity, net of any related tax effect.
 
     
The shareholders at the Bank’s Annual General Meeting on June 23, 2007 set the maximum number of Bank shares that the Bank and/or any Group subsidiary are authorized to acquire at 5% of the fully paid share capital amount, at a minimum share price which cannot be lower than par value and a maximum share price of up to 3% higher than the quoted price on the computerized trading system of the Spanish stock exchanges at the date of acquisition.

 

F-107


Table of Contents

     
The Bank shares owned by the consolidated companies accounted for less than 0.01% of issued capital (also less than 0.01% including derivatives on own equity instruments) at December 31, 2007 (December 31, 2006: 0.15%; December 31, 2005: 0.08%).
 
     
The average purchase price of the Bank’s shares in 2007 was 13.86 per share and the average selling price was 13.86 per share.
 
     
The effect on equity arising from transactions involving Bank shares (gains of 5 million in 2007, gains of 10 million in 2006 and gains of 26 million in 2005) was recognized in equity.
35.   
Off-balance-sheet items
 
   
“Off-balance-sheet items” relate to balances representing rights, obligations and other legal situations that in the future may have an impact on net assets, as well as any other balances needed to reflect all transactions performed by the consolidated entities although they may not impinge on their net assets.
  a)  
Contingent liabilities
 
     
“Contingent liabilities” includes all transactions under which an entity guarantees the obligations of a third party and which result from financial guarantees granted by the entity or from other types of contract. The breakdown is as follows:
  i.  
Financial guarantees
Financial guarantees are the amounts that would be payable by the consolidated entities on behalf of third parties as a result of the commitments assumed by those entities in the course of their ordinary business, if the parties who are originally liable to pay failed to do so.
The breakdown of “Financial guarantees” is as follows:
                         
    Millions of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
                       
Bank guarantees and other indemnities provided
    69,805       52,697       44,251  
Credit derivatives sold
    708       478       180  
Irrevocable documentary credits
    5,803       5,029       3,767  
Other financial guarantees
          1       2  
 
                 
 
    76,316       58,205       48,200  
 
                 
A significant portion of these guarantees will expire without any payment obligation materializing for the consolidated entities and, therefore, the aggregate balance of these commitments cannot be considered as an actual future need for financing or liquidity to be provided by the Group to third parties.
Income from guarantee instruments is recognized under “Fee and commission income” in the consolidated income statements and is calculated by applying the rate established in the related contract to the nominal amount of the guarantee.
  ii.  
Assets earmarked for third-party obligations
“Assets earmarked for third-party obligations” includes the carrying amount of the assets owned by the consolidated entities that have been earmarked for the full performance of customer transactions.
  iii.  
Other contingent liabilities
This item includes the amount of any contingent liability not included in other items.

 

F-108


Table of Contents

  b)  
Contingent commitments
 
     
“Contingent commitments” includes those irrevocable commitments that could give rise to the recognition of financial assets.
     
The breakdown of “Contingent commitments” is as follows:
                         
    Millions of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
                       
Drawable by third parties
    102,216       91,690       77,678  
Financial asset forward purchase commitments
    1,440       1,449       991  
Regular way financial asset purchase contracts
    4,181       3,202       9,886  
Securities subscribed but not paid
    107       83       196  
Securities placement and underwriting commitments
    33       3       16  
Documents delivered to clearing houses
    5,988       6,013       6,030  
Other contingent commitments
    711       809       1,466  
 
                 
 
    114,676       103,249       96,263  
 
                 
36.   
Other disclosures
  a)  
Notional amounts and market values of trading and hedging derivatives
 
     
The breakdown of the notional and/or contractual amounts and the market values of the trading and hedging derivatives held by the Group is as follows:
                                                 
    Millions of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
    Notional     Market     Notional     Market     Notional     Market  
    Amount     Value     Amount     Value     Amount     Value  
 
                                               
Trading derivatives:
                                               
Interest rate risk-
                                               
Forward rate agreements
    330,315       (878 )     116,858       (267 )     16,332       3  
Interest rate swaps
    1,923,372       (455 )     1,466,880       761       1,156,681       (2,019 )
Options and futures
    953,315       (463 )     825,795       (780 )     419,628       345  
Foreign currency risk-
                                               
Foreign currency purchases and sales
    117,868       (505 )     81,612       (142 )     63,203       108  
Foreign currency options
    62,723       (566 )     62,852       (464 )     39,091       (223 )
Currency swaps
    75,090       (1,020 )     56,096       (366 )     45,458       (154 )
Securities and commodities derivatives
    157,807       1,809       138,628       (2,496 )     90,547       341  
 
                                   
 
    3,620,490       (2,078 )     2,748,721       (3,754 )     1,830,940       (1,599 )
 
                                   
Hedging derivatives:
                                               
Interest rate risk-
                                               
Forward rate agreements
                1             737       (3 )
Interest rate swaps
    120,822       (1,159 )     103,564       547       89,713       1,630  
Futures and options
    10,660       (112 )     9,793       (66 )     106,341       (28 )
Foreign currency risk-
                                               
Foreign currency purchases and sales
    28       6       1,745       3       6,856       (25 )
Foreign currency options
    16,630       292       15,266       6       110        
Currency swaps
    16,372       (99 )     26,372       (989 )     20,563       248  
Securities and commodities derivatives
    155       1       622       (7 )     2,307       (7 )
 
                                   
 
    164,667       (1,071 )     157,363       (506 )     226,627       1,815  
 
                                   
Total
    3,785,157       (3,149 )     2,906,084       (4,259 )     2,057,567       216  
 
                                   
The notional and/or contractual amounts of the contracts entered into do not reflect the actual risk assumed by the Group, since the net position in these financial instruments is the result of offsetting and/or combining them. This net position is used by the Group basically to hedge the interest rate, underlying asset price or foreign currency risk; the results on these financial instruments are recognized under “Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities (net)” in the consolidated income statements and increase or offset, as appropriate, the gains or losses on the investments hedged (Note 11).
Additionally, in order to interpret correctly the results on the “Securities and Commodities Derivatives” shown in the foregoing table, it should be considered that these items relate mostly to securities options for which a premium has been received which offsets their negative market value. Also, this market value is offset by positive market values generated by symmetrical positions in the Group’s held-for-trading portfolio.

 

F-109


Table of Contents

The Group manages the credit risk exposure of these contracts through netting arrangements with its main counterparties and by receiving assets as collateral for its risk positions.
The detail of the cumulative credit risk exposure, by financial derivative, is as follows.
                         
    Millions of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
                       
Credit derivatives
    1,008       709       242  
Securities derivatives
    3,227       2,148       1,573  
Fixed-income derivatives
    405       9       67  
Currency derivatives
    7,990       7,498       7,386  
Interest rate derivatives
    17,507       18,084       19,319  
Commodities derivatives
    23       4        
Collateral received
    (3,084 )     (1,562 )     (2,496 )
 
                 
Total
    27,076       26,890       26,091  
 
                 
The fair value of hedging derivatives, by type of hedge, is as follows:
                         
    Millions of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
                       
Fair value hedges
    (1,199 )     (474 )     2,046  
Cash flow hedges
    (137 )     (35 )     24  
Hedges of net investments in foreign operations
    265       3       (255 )
 
                 
 
    (1,071 )     (506 )     1,815  
 
                 
Following is the description of the main hedges (including the results of the hedging instrument and the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk):
  i.  
Fair value hedges
The Group hedges the interest rate risk of the issues secured by the Bank. At 2007 year-end the Group held IRS contracts with an equivalent euro nominal value of 49,593 million, of which 37,125 million were denominated in euros, 5,655 million in US dollars and 5,557 million in pounds sterling. The fair value of these transactions at that date represented a loss of 964.7 million, which was offset by the gain on the hedged items, giving rise to a net loss of 17.1 million. In addition, there was an unrealized gain of 18.9 million relating to a cash flow hedge on a floating rate issue.
In the case of fair value hedges of interest rate risk on financial instrument portfolios, the gain or loss on the hedged items is recognized in assets or liabilities under “Changes in the fair value of hedged items in portfolio hedges of interest rate risk”. At December 31, 2007, the gains associated with assets and liabilities thus hedged amounted to 297 million and 517 million, respectively.
An expense of 1,274.9 million and a revenue of 1,196.4 million were recognized in profit or loss (Note 45) in 2007 on the hedging instruments and on the hedged items attributable to the hedged risk, respectively.
At 2006 year-end, the Group held IRS contracts with an equivalent euro nominal value of 43,026 million, of which 34,160 million were denominated in euros, 4,243 million in US dollars and 3,574 million in pounds sterling. The fair value of these transactions at that date represented a loss of 471.5 million, which was offset by the gain on the hedged items, giving rise to a net loss of 5.1 million.
  ii.  
Foreign currency hedges (net investments in foreign operations)
As part of its financial strategy, the Group hedges the foreign currency risk arising from its investments in non-euro-area countries. To this end, it arranges foreign currency derivatives in order to take a long position in euros vis-à-vis the local currency of the investment. At 2007 year-end, the Group held foreign currency options in this connection with an equivalent euro nominal value of 12,878 million, of which 5,046 million were denominated in pounds sterling, 3,592 million in Brazilian reais, 2,560 million in Mexican pesos and 1,320 million in Chilean pesos. In 2007 gains amounting to 37.6 million arising from the settlement of options that matured in the year were taken to reserves. At 2007 year-end, the unrealized gain on the options not yet exercised amounted to 256 million.

 

F-110


Table of Contents

At 2006 year-end, the Group held foreign currency options in this connection with an equivalent euro nominal value of 8,900 million, of which 4,939 million were denominated in pounds sterling, 2,570 million in Mexican pesos and 1,390 million in Chilean pesos. In 2006 losses amounting to 45.9 million arising from the settlement of options that matured in the year were allocated to reserves. At 2006 year-end the unrealized gains on the options not yet exercised amounted to 15.2 million.
  b)  
Off-balance-sheet funds under management
 
     
The detail of off-balance-sheet funds managed by the Group is as follows:
                         
    Millions of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
                       
Investment funds
    119,211       119,838       109,480  
Pension funds
    11,952       29,450       28,619  
Assets under management
    19,814       17,836       14,746  
 
                 
 
    150,977       167,124       152,845  
 
                 
37.   
Discontinued operations
  a)  
Description of divestments
  i.  
Abbey’s insurance business (Note 3-c.ii)
In the third quarter of 2006 an agreement was entered into with Resolution plc (“Resolution”) for the sale to the latter of Abbey’s life insurance business for 5,340 million (GBP 3,600 million). The transaction did not give rise to any gains for the Group.
  ii.  
Inmobiliaria Urbis (Note 3-c.xvi)
The agreement to sell the Group’s 53.62% ownership interest in Urbis to Construcciones Reyal for 1,776 million was executed in December 2006. This divestment gave rise to a pre-tax gain of 1,218 million.
Additionally, the Group made other less significant disposals totaling 128 million, giving rise to a gain of 89 million.
  iii.  
Pension fund managers (AFPs)
The agreement to sell the obligatory pension fund managers in Latin America (AFPs) to ING Groep NV for 906 million was executed in December 2007. The agreement covered the AFPs in Chile (AFP Bansander), Colombia (AFP Cesantías Santander), Mexico (Afore Santander) and Uruguay (Afinidad AFAP). These disposals gave rise to gross gains totaling 747 million.
Also, an agreement was entered into for the sale of the Argentine companies Orígenes AFJP and Orígenes Seguro de Retiro to ING Groep NV. The agreement was executed in December 2007 for 112 million, giving rise to a pre-tax gain of 84 million.

 

F-111


Table of Contents

  b)  
Profit and net cash flows from discontinued operations
 
     
The detail of the profit from discontinued operations is set forth below.
     
The comparative figures for 2006 and 2005 were restated in order to reflect the operations classified as discontinued in 2007.
                         
    Thousands of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
                       
Net interest income
    5,476       (74,950 )     (164,223 )
Share of results of entities accounted for using the equity method
          123       9  
 
                       
Net fee and commission income
    177,892       220,997       254,826  
Insurance activity income
    74,179       378,106       614,053  
Gains/Losses on financial assets and liabilities
    17,741       49,040       31,376  
Exchange differences
    (94 )     72       (168 )
 
                 
Gross income
    275,194       573,388       735,873  
 
                 
Sales and income from the provision of non-financial services
          762,041       845,989  
Cost of sales
          (455,817 )     (576,135 )
Other operating income (Net)
    (1,780 )     (4,920 )     (14,404 )
Personnel expenses
    (73,552 )     (173,536 )     (208,638 )
Other general administrative expenses
    (45,375 )     (131,743 )     (252,941 )
Depreciation and amortization
    (4,530 )     (7,734 )     (7,268 )
 
                 
Net operating income
    149,957       561,679       522,476  
 
                 
Other gains (Net)
    (7,703 )     (28,988 )     (42,427 )
 
                 
Profit before tax
    142,254       532,691       480,049  
 
                 
Income tax
    (29,860 )     (152,056 )     (149,346 )
 
                       
Profit from divestments
    830,928       1,307,033        
Income tax on profit from divestments
    (146,727 )     (182,703 )      
 
                 
Profit from discontinued operations
    796,595       1,504,965       330,703  
 
                 
Additionally, following is a detail of the net cash flows attributable to the operating, investing and financing activities of discontinued operations.
                         
    Thousands of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
                       
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    59       78,701       76,625  
Cash flows from operating activities
    (28,849 )     180,407       (2,065,721 )
Cash flows from investing activities
    65     (64,253 )     1,639,319  
Cash flows from financing activities
    28,780       (127,380 )     428,478  
 
                 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
    55       67,475       78,701  
 
                 

 

F-112


Table of Contents

  c)  
Consideration received
 
     
The breakdown of the assets and liabilities associated with discontinued operations is as follows:
                 
    Millions of Euros  
    2007     2006  
ASSETS:
               
Cash and balances with central banks
          68  
Financial assets held for trading
    426       1,495  
Of which: Abbey Insurance
          1,482  
Orígenes Seguros de Retiro
    348        
 
               
Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
    110       35,837  
Of which: Abbey Insurance
          35,812  
Orígenes Seguros de Retiro
               
 
               
Available-for-sale financial assets
    43       6  
Loans and receivables
    422       1,461  
Of which: Abbey Insurance
          1,105  
Orígenes Seguros de Retiro
    410        
 
               
Non-current assets held for sale
          8  
Investments
          10  
Reinsurance assets
          2,361  
Of which: Abbey Insurance
          2,361  
 
               
Tangible assets
    18       726  
Intangible assets
          31  
Tax assets
          89  
Prepayments and accrued income
          1,135  
Of which: Abbey
          1,134  
 
               
Other assets
    62       2,910  
Of which: Urbis
          2,904  
 
               
LIABILITIES:
               
Other financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
          (845 )
Financial liabilities at amortized cost
    (68 )     (4,355 )
Of which: Urbis
          (2,707 )
 
               
Liabilities under insurance contracts
    (640 )     (34,355 )
Of which: Abbey Insurance
          (34,355 )
Orígenes Seguro de Retiro
    (640 )        
 
               
Provisions
    (55 )     (57 )
Tax liabilities
          (147 )
Accrued expenses and deferred income
          (16 )
Other liabilities
    (117 )     (6 )
 
           
Net asset value
    201       6,356  
Goodwill
    5       46  
Minority interests
    (19 )     (464 )
 
           
Net amount
    187       5,938  
Profit from divestments
    831       1,307  
 
           
Consideration received
    1,018       7,245  
 
           
Of which: in cash
    1,018       7,245  
 
           
  d)  
Earnings per share relating to discontinued operations
 
     
The earnings per share relating to discontinued operations were as follows:
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
 
                       
Basic earnings per share (euros)
    0.1117       0.2030       0.0368  
Diluted earnings per share (euros)
    0.1105       0.2019       0.0367  

 

F-113


Table of Contents

38.   
Interest and similar income
 
   
“Interest and similar income” in the consolidated income statement comprises the interest accruing in the year on all financial assets with an implicit or explicit return, calculated by applying the effective interest method, irrespective of measurement at fair value; and the rectifications of income as a result of hedge accounting. Interest is recognized gross, without deducting any tax withheld at source.
 
   
The breakdown of the main interest and similar income items earned in 2007, 2006 and 2005 is as follows:
                         
    Thousands of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
                       
Balances with the Bank of Spain and other central banks
    633,417       616,125       404,506  
Due from credit institutions
    2,881,240       2,363,762       2,396,787  
Debt instruments
    4,049,941       4,567,889       4,332,376  
Loans and advances to customers
    35,202,921       26,498,414       21,398,898  
Insurance contracts linked to pensions (Note 25)
    102,604       103,821       106,617  
Other interest
    2,933,231       2,682,812       4,449,463  
 
                 
Total
    45,803,354       36,832,823       33,088,647  
 
                 
39.   
Interest expense and similar charges
 
   
“Interest expense and similar charges” in the consolidated income statement includes the interest accruing in the year on all financial liabilities with an implicit or explicit return, including remuneration in kind, calculated by applying the effective interest method, irrespective of measurement at fair value; the rectifications of cost as a result of hedge accounting; and the interest cost attributable to pension funds.
 
   
The breakdown of the main items of interest expense and similar charges accrued in 2007, 2006 and 2005 is as follows:
                         
    Thousands of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
                       
Deposits from the Bank of Spain and other central banks
    279,624       300,374       485,725  
Deposits from credit institutions
    3,581,327       3,297,332       3,106,892  
Customer deposits
    12,408,001       11,083,439       9,382,865  
Marketable debt securities
    9,351,606       5,828,925       4,262,401  
Subordinated liabilities (Note 23)
    2,053,389       1,693,737       1,568,471  
Pension funds (Note 25)
    487,911       735,004       640,545  
Equity having the substance of a financial liability
    47,290       85,229       118,389  
Other interest
    2,712,322       1,732,987       3,199,558  
 
                 
Total
    30,921,470       24,757,027       22,764,846  
 
                 
40.   
Income from equity instruments
 
   
“Income from equity instruments” includes the dividends and payments on equity instruments out of profits generated by investees after the acquisition of the equity interest.
 
   
The breakdown of the balance of “Income from equity instruments” is as follows:
                         
    Thousands of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
                       
Equity instruments classified as:
                       
Financial assets held for trading
    201,186       258,126       175,543  
Available-for-sale financial assets
    212,056       145,874       160,033  
Of which: relating to San Paolo IMI S.p.A.
    80,500       90,037       74,281  
 
                 
 
    413,242       404,000       335,576  
 
                 

 

F-114


Table of Contents

41.   
Share of results of entities accounted for using the equity method - Associates
 
   
“Share of results of entities accounted for using the equity method – Associates” comprises the amount of profit or loss attributable to the Group generated during the year by associates.
 
   
The breakdown of the balance of this item is as follows:
                         
    Thousands of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
                       
Cepsa
    206,706       370,169       476,191  
Attijariwafa
    25,700       24,230       16,707  
Sovereign
    43,355       9,199        
RFS Holdings B.V.
    141,348              
Unión Fenosa
                78,597  
Técnicas Reunidas, S.A.
                11,287  
U.C.I., S.A.
                19,850  
Other companies
    24,348       23,323       16,525  
 
                 
 
    441,457       426,921       619,157  
 
                 
42.   
Fee and commission income
 
   
“Fee and commission income” comprises the amount of all fees and commissions accruing in favor of the Group in the year, except those that form an integral part of the effective interest rate on financial instruments.
 
   
The breakdown of the balance of this item is as follows:
                         
    Thousands of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
                       
Collection and payment services:
                       
Bills
    240,976       247,129       233,503  
Demand accounts
    571,394       554,882       544,629  
Cards
    1,524,161       1,291,327       1,153,252  
Cheques
    411,256       455,194       270,867  
Orders
    252,052       213,982       214,184  
 
                 
 
    2,999,839       2,762,514       2,416,435  
 
                 
Marketing of non-banking financial products:
                       
Investment funds
    1,812,975       1,685,459       1,498,757  
Pension funds
    171,935       155,059       141,524  
Insurance
    1,476,202       1,207,905       924,121  
 
                 
 
    3,461,112       3,048,423       2,564,402  
 
                 
Securities services:
                       
Securities underwriting and placement
    262,645       113,712       71,562  
Securities trading
    434,182       350,801       258,364  
Administration and custody
    266,598       263,529       274,444  
Asset management
    94,594       76,613       58,574  
 
                 
 
    1,058,019       804,655       662,944  
 
                 
Other:
                       
Foreign exchange
    65,502       70,680       59,968  
Financial guarantees
    360,893       306,853       254,608  
Commitment fees
    166,374       106,412       58,380  
Other fees and commissions
    1,368,247       1,189,043       1,137,210  
 
                 
 
    1,961,016       1,672,988       1,510,166  
 
                 
 
    9,479,986       8,288,580       7,153,947  
 
                 

 

F-115


Table of Contents

43.   
Fee and commission expense
 
   
“Fee and commission expense” shows the amount of all fees and commissions paid or payable by the Group in the year, except those that form an integral part of the effective interest rate on financial instruments.
 
   
The breakdown of the balance of this item is as follows:
                         
    Thousands of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
                       
Fees and commissions assigned to third parties
    924,801       798,034       653,362  
Of which: Cards
    671,077       627,610       533,333  
 
                       
Brokerage fees on lending and deposit transactions
    21,882       55,105       66,047  
Other fees and commissions
    493,128       411,246       373,342  
 
                 
 
    1,439,811       1,264,385       1,092,751  
 
                 
44.   
Insurance activity income
 
   
“Insurance activity income” includes the net amount of the contribution from consolidated insurance and reinsurance companies to the Group’s gross income.
                                                                         
    Thousands of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
    Life     Non-Life     Total     Life     Non-Life     Total     Life     Non-Life     Total  
 
                                                                       
Net premiums collected
    4,861,011       319,448       5,180,459       4,313,315       214,369       4,527,683       2,000,625       115,109       2,115,734  
Claims paid and other insurance-related expenses
    (2,601,011 )     (261,775 )     (2,862,786 )     (1,919,737 )     (129,884 )     (2,049,620 )     (1,336,851 )     (71,510 )     (1,408,361 )
Reinsurance income
    58,853       93,185       152,038       44,302       56,927       101,229       52,712       35,740       88,452  
Net charges to liabilities under insurance contracts
    (2,632,133 )     (106,568 )     (2,738,701 )     (2,884,231 )     (63,852 )     (2,948,083 )     (1,149,586 )     (49,526 )     (1,199,112 )
Finance income
    563,121       34,382       597,503       887,643       (46,805 )     840,838       724,697       11,133       735,830  
Finance charges
    (7,178 )     (1,982 )     (9,160 )     (216,671 )     (2,292 )     (218,963 )     (130,509 )     (568 )     (131,077 )
 
                                                     
 
    242,663       76,690       319,353       224,621       28,463       253,084       161,088       40,378       201,466  
 
                                                     

 

F-116


Table of Contents

45.   
Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities
 
   
“Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities” includes the amount of the valuation adjustments of financial instruments, except those attributable to interest accrued as a result of application of the effective interest method and to allowances, and the gains or losses obtained from the sale and purchase thereof.
  a)  
Breakdown
 
     
The breakdown of the balance of this item, by type of instrument, is as follows:
                         
    Thousands of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
                       
Fixed-income
    (402,884 )     77,724       793,527  
Equities, financial derivatives and other
    2,724,508       1,974,815       664,320  
Of which:
                       
Financial assets and liabilities held for trading and derivatives
    2,019,787       1,549,486       317,608  
Available-for-sale financial assets
    704,721       374,150       345,561  
Of which due to the sale of:
                       
Bolsas y Mercados Españoles, Sociedad Holding de Mercados y Sistemas Financieros
    110,587       106,197        
BPI
    107,000              
Telefónica, S.A.
    138,410              
Shinsei
                49,332  
Commerzbank
                24,424  
 
                 
 
    2,321,624       2,052,539       1,457,847  
 
                 
Of which:
                       
Financial assets and liabilities classified as at fair value through profit or loss on initial recognition
    1,411,705       1,635,757       854,892  
  b)  
Financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
 
     
The detail of the amount of the asset balances is as follows:
                         
    Million of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
                       
Loans and advances to credit institutions
    19,160       14,813       12,708  
Loans and advances to customers
    31,726       38,556       32,911  
Debt instruments
    73,403       81,237       91,441  
Other equity instruments
    12,615       16,203       38,381  
Derivatives
    46,726       34,985       27,629  
 
                 
 
    183,630       185,794       203,070  
 
                 
The foregoing table shows the maximum credit risk exposure of these assets. The Group mitigates and reduces this exposure as explained below.
With respect to derivatives, the Group has entered into framework agreements with a large number of credit institutions and customers for the netting-off of asset positions and the provision of collateral for non-payment. For derivatives arranged with customers, the Group applies a risk premium accrual policy. At December 31, 2007, the actual credit risk exposure of the derivatives was 27,076 million (Note 36).
“Loans and advances to credit institutions” and “Loans and advances to customers” included repos amounting to 38,809 million at December 31, 2007. Also, mortgage-backed assets totaled 7,773 million.
Debt instruments include 18,155 million of Spanish and foreign government securities.
At December 31, 2007, the amount of the change in the year in the fair value of financial assets at fair value through profit or loss attributable to variations in their credit risk (spread) was not material.

 

F-117


Table of Contents

The detail of the amount of the liability balances is as follows:
                         
    Millions of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
                       
Derivatives
    (48,803 )     (38,738 )     (29,228 )
Other liabilities
    (107,107 )     (97,670 )     (95,048 )
 
                 
 
    (155,910 )     (136,408 )     (124,276 )
 
                 
The difference between the amount recognized as liabilities at fair value and the amount which the Group would contractually be required to pay to the holders of the related obligations at maturity, in other than derivative transactions, was 839 million at December 31, 2007.
46.   
Exchange differences
 
   
“Exchange differences” shows basically the gains or losses on currency dealings, the differences that arise on translations of monetary items in foreign currencies to the functional currency, and those disclosed on non-monetary assets in foreign currency at the time of their disposal.
47.   
Sales and income from the provision of non-financial services and cost of sales
 
   
These items in the consolidated income statements show, respectively, the amount of sales of goods and income from the provision of services that constitute the typical activity of the non-financial consolidated Group entities and the related cost of sales. The main lines of business of these entities are as follows:
                                                 
    Thousands of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
    Sales/     Cost of     Sales/     Cost of     Sales/     Cost of  
Line of Business   Income     Sales     Income     Sales     Income     Sales  
 
                                               
Property
    40,368       (12,232 )     45,875       (17,531 )     80,464       (55,789 )
Rail transport
    251,545       (188,514 )     240,411       (190,236 )     285,207       (233,085 )
Other
    479,114       (418,209 )     448,316       (407,922 )     199,854       (120,473 )
 
                                   
 
    771,027       (618,955 )     734,602       (615,689 )     565,525       (409,347 )
 
                                   
48.   
Other operating income
 
   
The breakdown of the balance of “Other operating income” is as follows:
                         
    Thousands of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
                       
Exploitation of investment property and operating leases
    2,758       3,976       4,306  
Commissions on financial instruments offsetting related direct costs
    195,272       176,536       154,187  
Other
    153,067       143,388       97,630  
 
                 
 
    351,097       323,900       256,123  
 
                 

 

F-118


Table of Contents

49.   
Personnel expenses
  a)  
Breakdown
 
     
The breakdown of “Personnel expenses” is as follows:
                         
    Thousands of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
                       
Wages and salaries
    4,819,751       4,364,858       4,032,728  
Social security costs
    729,496       673,338       638,674  
Charges to defined benefit pension provisions (Note 25)
    209,193       222,257       245,112  
Contributions to defined contribution pension funds
    47,485       36,653       20,126  
Share-based payment costs
    48,546       19,167       19,167  
Of which:
                       
Granted to the Bank’s directors
    1,424       641       641  
 
                       
Other personnel expenses
    696,730       651,600       655,501  
 
                 
 
    6,551,201       5,967,873       5,611,308  
 
                 
  b)  
Headcount
 
     
The average number of employees in the Group, by professional category, was as follows:
                         
    Average Number of Employees (**)  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
                       
The Bank:
                       
Senior executives (*)
    93       81       81  
Other line personnel
    16,153       15,729       15,731  
Clerical staff
    4,147       4,231       4,595  
General services personnel
    42       45       49  
 
                 
 
    20,435       20,086       20,456  
Banesto
    10,524       10,188       10,560  
Rest of Spain
    5,582       4,996       3,789  
Abbey
    15,771       17,461       19,904  
Other companies
    76,820       70,477       65,372  
 
                 
 
    129,132       123,208       120,081  
 
                 
     
(*)  
Categories of Deputy Assistant General Manager and above, including senior management.
 
(**)  
Excluding personnel assigned to discontinued operations.
The functional breakdown, by gender, at December 31, 2007 is as follows:
                                                 
    Functional Breakdown by Gender  
    Executives     Other Line Personnel     Clerical Staff  
    Men     Women     Men     Women     Men     Women  
 
                                               
Continental Europe
    85 %     15 %     60 %     40 %     58 %     42 %
United Kingdom
    79 %     21 %     47 %     53 %     31 %     69 %
Latin America
    64 %     35 %     56 %     43 %     43 %     57 %
 
                                   
Total
    76 %     24 %     58 %     42 %     44 %     56 %
 
                                   

 

F-119


Table of Contents

The breakdown at December 31, 2006 is as follows:
                                                 
    Functional Breakdown by Gender  
    Executives     Other Line Personnel     Clerical Staff  
    Men     Women     Men     Women     Men     Women  
 
                                               
Continental Europe
    85 %     15 %     61 %     39 %     62 %     38 %
United Kingdom
    80 %     20 %     44 %     56 %     24 %     76 %
Latin America
    72 %     28 %     60 %     40 %     44 %     56 %
 
                                   
Total
    79 %     21 %     59 %     41 %     44 %     56 %
 
                                   
     
The labor relations between employees and the various Group companies are governed by the related collective labor agreements or similar regulations.
 
  c)  
Share-based payments
  i.  
The Bank
In addition to the extraordinary allocation of 100 Bank shares to each Group employee, as discussed in Note 1-i, to celebrate the Bank’s 150th Anniversary, in recent years the Bank has set up remuneration systems tied to the performance of the stock market price of the shares of the Bank based on the achievement of certain targets indicated below:
                                                         
            Euros                             Date of     Date of  
    Number of     Exercise     Year     Employee     Number     Commencement     Expiry of  
    Shares     Price     Granted     Group     of Persons     of Exercise Period     Exercise Period  
 
                                                       
Plans outstanding at 1 January 2005
    21,126,750       9.94                                          
 
                                                   
 
                                                       
Options granted (Plan I06)
    99,900,000       9.09 (**)           Managers     2,601       15/01/2008       15/01/2009  
Options exercised
    (15,606,000 )     (9.83 )                                        
Of which:
                                                       
Plan Four
    (228,000 )     7.84                                          
Young Executives Plan
    (329,000 )     2.29                                          
Managers Plan 2000
    (12,389,000 )     10.545                                          
European Branches Plan
    (2,660,000 )     7.60 (*)                                        
 
                       
Options cancelled or not exercised
    (5,520,750 )                                              
 
                                                   
Plans outstanding at December 31, 2005
    99,900,000       9.09                                          
 
                                                   
 
                                                       
Options exercised
                                                   
Options cancelled, net (Plan I06)
    (3,648,610 )     9.09             Managers     (44 )     15/01/2008       15/01/2009  
 
                                                   
Plans outstanding at December 31, 2006
    96,251,390       9.09                                          
 
                                                   
 
                                                       
Options granted (Plan I09)
    10,448,480                   Managers     5,476       23/06/2007       31/07/2009  
Options granted (Plan I10)
    15,690,283                   Managers     5,506       23/06/2007       31/07/2010  
Options cancelled, net (Plan I06)
    (1,195,371 )     9.09             Managers     (45 )     15/01/2008       15/01/2009  
 
                                                   
Plans outstanding at December 31, 2007
    121,194,782                                                
 
                                                   
 
                                                       
Of which:
                                                       
Plan I06
    95,056,019       9.09                                          
Plan I09
    10,448,480                                                
Plan I10
    15,690,283                                                
     
(*)  
The average exercise price ranges from 5.65 to 10.15 per share.
 
(**)  
The exercise price of the options under Plan I06 is 9.09 per share, which is the weighted average of the daily average market price of the Bank shares on the continuous market in the first 15 trading days of January 2005. This was the criterion established in the resolution approving Plan I06 adopted at the Annual General Meeting held on June 18, 2005. The documentation on the aforementioned resolution stated correctly the method to be used to set the exercise price but, by mistake, an amount of 9.07 per share was mentioned rather than the correct amount of 9.09 per share.

 

F-120


Table of Contents

Plan I06
In 2004 a long-term incentive plan (I06) was designed which, consisting of options on shares of the Bank, is tied to the achievement of two targets: appreciation of the Bank’s share price and growth in earnings per share, in both cases above a sample of comparable banks. These targets were achieved. At December 31, 2007, 2,512 Group executives were included in Plan I06 and 95,056,019 options on Bank shares at a price of 9.09 correspond to them. The exercise period is from January 15, 2008 to January 15, 2009. This plan was approved by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting on June 18, 2005.
The fair value of the equity instruments granted (57.5 million) is charged to income (Note 49-a), with a credit to equity, in the specific period in which the beneficiaries provide their services to the Group.
The executive directors are beneficiaries under this plan; the number of Bank share options held by them is indicated in Note 5-d.
Long-term incentive policy
At its meeting on March 26, 2007, following the report of the Appointments and Remuneration Committee, the Bank’s Board of Directors approved a long-term incentive policy aimed at the Bank’s executive directors and certain executive personnel of the Bank and of other Santander Group companies (excluding Banesto). Implementation of this policy, which includes Bank share-based payments, requires, in conformity with the Law and the Bank’s bylaws, specific resolutions to be adopted by the Annual General Meeting.
Were it necessary or advisable for legal, regulatory or other similar reasons, the delivery mechanisms described below may be adapted in specific cases without altering the maximum number of shares linked to the plan or the essential conditions to which the delivery thereof is subject. These adaptations may involve replacing the delivery of shares with the delivery of cash amounts of an equal value.
The plans shaping the aforementioned incentive policy are as follows: (i) Performance Share Plan; (ii) Matched Deferred Bonus Plan; (iii) Restricted Shares Plan; and (iv) Minimum Investment Programme. The characteristics of the plans are set forth below:
  (i)  
Performance Share Plan
This multiannual incentive plan is payable in shares of the Bank. The beneficiaries of the plan are the executive directors and other members of senior management, together with any other Group executives determined by the Board of Directors or, when delegated by it, the Executive Committee.
This plan will involve successive three-year cycles of share deliveries to the beneficiaries, so that each year one cycle will begin and, from 2009 onwards, another cycle will also end. The aim is to establish an adequate sequence between the end of the incentive programme linked to the previous Plan I06 and the successive cycles of this plan. Thus, the first two cycles will commence in July 2007, the first cycle having a duration of two years (PI09) and the second cycle having a standard three-year term (PI10).
For each cycle a maximum number of shares is established for each beneficiary who remains in the Group’s employ for the duration of the plan. The targets, which, if met, will determine the number of shares to be delivered, are defined by comparing the Group’s performance with that of a benchmark group of financial institutions and are linked to two parameters, namely Total Shareholder Return (TSR) and growth in Earnings per Share (EPS). These parameters each have a 50% weighting in determining the percentage of shares to be delivered.
The ultimate number of shares to be delivered will be determined in each of the cycles by the degree of achievement of the targets on the third anniversary of commencement of each cycle (with the exception of the first cycle, for which the second anniversary will be considered), and the shares will be delivered within a maximum period of seven months from the end of the cycle. This number will range from the maximum percentage of shares, if Santander, for each of the measures considered (TSR and EPS growth), ranks within the third quartile of the Benchmark Group, including the 75th percentile, to 30% of the maximum number of shares if it is placed at the median (50th percentile). If Santander ranks below the median, all assignments of shares will be rendered null and void.
At December 31, 2007, the maximum number of shares to be delivered was 10,448,480 (for a total of 5,476 participants) for the first cycle (PI09) and 15,690,283 (5,506 participants) for the second cycle (PI10). The fair value of the equity instruments granted under these plans was 149 million, and this amount is charged to “Personnel expenses”, with a credit to equity, in the specific period in which the beneficiaries provide their services to the Group.

 

F-121


Table of Contents

The fair value was calculated as follows:
   
It was assumed that the beneficiaries will not leave the Group’s employ during the term of each plan.
 
   
The fair value of the 50% relating to the Bank’s relative TSR position was determined on the basis of the report of an independent expert whose assessment was based, inter alia, on the following variables:
   
Expected volatility: determined on the basis of the historical volatility over a two-year period for PI09 and a three-year period for PI10. In the case of the Bank, the average volatility used was 16.25% for PI09 and 15.67% for PI10.
 
   
Annual dividend yield: based on the data for the last two/three years before July 1, 2007. In the case of the Bank, this yield stood at 3.23% for PI09 and 3.24% for PI10.
 
   
Risk-free interest rate: return on Treasury Bonds (zero coupon) offered on July 1, 2007 for a period of two years for PI09 (4.473%) and three years for PI10 (4.497%)
 
   
Monte Carlo valuation model: performance of 10,000 simulations to determine the TSR of each of the companies in the Benchmark Group, taking into account the aforementioned variables. The results (each of which represents the delivery of a number of shares) are classified in decreasing order by calculating the weighted average and discounting the amount at the risk-free interest rate. Application of the simulation model results in percentage values of 42.7% for PI09 and 42.3% for PI10 (second cycle), which are applied to 50% of the value of the shares granted, in order to determine the cost per books of the TSR-based portion of the incentive. Since this valuation refers to a market condition, it cannot be adjusted after the grant date.
   
In view of the high correlation between TSR and EPS, it was considered feasible to extrapolate that, in a high percentage of cases, the TSR value is also valid for EPS. Therefore, it was determined that the fair value of the portion of the plans linked to the Bank’s relative EPS position, i.e. of the remaining 50% of the shares granted, was the same as that of the 50% corresponding to the TSR. Since this valuation refers to a non-market condition, it shall be reviewed and adjusted on a yearly basis.
  (ii)  
Matched Deferred Bonus Plan
This multiannual incentive plan is payable in shares of the Bank and is conditional upon compliance with certain investment and continued service requirements.
The beneficiaries of the plan, which currently total 32, are the executive directors and other members of the Bank’s senior management, together with other senior executives of the Santander Group (see Note 5).
This plan is structured in three-year cycles which start each year. The beneficiaries of the plan must use 10% of their gross annual variable remuneration (or bonus) to acquire shares of the Bank in the market (the “Obligatory Investment”).
Participants who hold the shares acquired through the Obligatory Investment and remain in the Group’s employ for three years from the date on which the Obligatory Investment is made will be entitled to receive the same number of Bank shares as that composing their initial Obligatory Investment.
The shares will be delivered within a maximum period of one month from the third anniversary of the date on which the Obligatory Investment was made.
  (iii)  
Restricted Shares Plan
This plan envisages the selective delivery of shares in special circumstances relating to the hiring or retention of employees. All employees and executives, except for the Bank’s executive directors, are eligible for this plan, provided that they have completed a minimum of three to four years of service at the Group. Each participant will be entitled to receive the shares upon completion of the minimum period of service.
  (iv)  
Minimum Investment Programme
This programme consists of the obligation of the Group’s top 32 executives (including executive directors) to hold Bank shares equal to one year’s fixed remuneration. This amount must be reached within a maximum period of five years.

 

F-122


Table of Contents

  ii.  
Abbey
The option plans on shares of the Bank originally granted by management of Abbey to its employees (on Abbey shares) are as follows:
                                                         
            Pounds                                      
            Sterling (*)                             Date of     Date of  
    Number of     Exercise     Year     Employee     Number     Commencement     Expiry of  
    Shares     Price (*)     Granted     Group     of Persons     of Exercise Period     Exercise Period  
 
                                                       
Plans outstanding at January 1, 2005
    17,675,567       3.58                                          
 
                                                   
 
                                                       
Options exercised
    (1,769,216 )     4.45                                          
Of which:
                                                       
Executive Options
    (89,305 )     4.43                                          
Employee Options
    (2,550 )     5.90                                          
Sharesave
    (1,677,361 )     4.45                                          
Options cancelled or not exercised
    (1,783,670 )                                              
Plans outstanding at December 31, 2005
    14,122,681       3.41                                          
Of which:
                                                       
Executive Options
    269,539       4.07                                          
Employee Options
    54,000       5.90                                          
Sharesave
    13,799,142       3.38                                          
 
                                                   
Plans outstanding at December 31, 2005
    14,122,681       3.41                                          
 
                                                   
 
                                                       
Options granted (MTIP)
    2,825,123       7.50     2005 and 2006   Managers     174     First half of 2008   First half of 2008
Options exercised
    (5,214,171 )     3.41                                          
Of which:
                                                       
Executive Options
    (87,659 )     4.07                                          
Employee Options
    (33,000 )     5.90                                          
Sharesave
    (5,093,512 )     3.38                                          
Options cancelled or not exercised
    (1,379,401 )                                              
 
                                                   
Plans outstanding at December 31, 2006
    10,354,232       4.32                                          
 
                                                   
 
                                                       
Of which:
                                                       
Executive Options
    178,026       4.11       2003-2004     Managers     13       26/03/06       24/03/13  
Employee Options
                                         
Sharesave
    7,638,791       3.32       1998-2004     Employees     4,512 (**)     01/04/06       01/09/11  
MTIP
    2,537,415       9.39     2005 and 2006   Managers     170     First half of 2008   First half of 2008
Options granted (MTIP)
                                                   
Options exercised
    (1,535,325 )     3.81                                          
Of which:
                                                       
Executive Options
    (33,904 )     3.96                                          
Sharesave
    (1,501,421 )     3.81                                          
Options cancelled (net) or not exercised
    (770,595 )                                              
 
                                                   
Plans outstanding at December 31, 2007
    8,048,312       5.32                                          
 
                                                   
 
                                                       
Of which:
                                                       
Executive Options
    144,122       4.15       2003-2004     Managers     4       26/03/06       24/03/13  
Sharesave
    5,684,340       3.18       1998-2004     Employees     2,239 (**)     01/04/06       01/09/11  
MTIP
    2,219,850       10.88     2005 and 2006   Managers     157     First half of 2008   First half of 2008
     
(*)  
At December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, the euro/pound sterling exchange rate was 1.36360/GBP 1; 1.4892/GBP 1 and 1.4592/GBP 1, respectively.
 
(**)  
Number of accounts/contracts. A single employee may have more than one account/contract.

 

F-123


Table of Contents

In 2005 the Group designed a Medium-Term Incentive Plan (MTIP) involving the delivery of Bank shares to Abbey executives. Under the plan, effective allocation of the shares in 2008 is tied to the achievement of business targets by Abbey (in terms of net profit and income). This Plan was approved by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting on June 17, 2006. Subsequently, it was considered necessary to amend the conditions of the Plan in order to reflect the impact of the sale of Abbey’s life insurance business to Resolution on the income targets of Abbey for 2007. The Board of Directors, after obtaining a favorable report from the Appointments and Remuneration Committee, submitted this amendment for ratification by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting held on June 23, 2007. The amendment was approved thereat.
  iii.  
Fair value
The fair value of each option granted by the Group is calculated at the grant date. In order to value Plan I06 two valuation reports were performed by two multinational investment banks. These investment banks used the Black-Scholes equity option pricing model considering the following parameters: the expected life of the options, interest rates, volatility, exercise price, market price and dividends of the Bank shares and the shares of comparable banks. The fair value of the options granted was calculated as the average value resulting from the two valuations.
With the exception of the share option plans which include terms relating to market conditions, the transfer terms included in the vesting conditions are not taken into account to estimate fair value. The transfer terms that are not based on market conditions are taken into account by adjusting the number of shares or share options included in the measurement of the service cost of the employee so that, ultimately the amount recognized in the income statement is based on the number of shares or share options transferred. When the transfer terms are related to market conditions, the charge for the services received is recognized regardless of whether the market conditions for the transfer are met, although the non-market transfer terms must be satisfied. The share price volatility is based on the implicit volatility scale for the Bank’s shares at the exercise prices and the duration corresponding to most of the sensitivities.
The fair value of each option granted by Abbey was estimated at the grant date using a European/American Partial Differential Equation model with the following assumptions:
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
 
                       
Risk-free interest rate
    5.0%-5.8 %   4.5% to 5%   4.5% to 4.6%
Dividend increase, based solely on the average increase since 1989
    10%       10%       10%  
Volatility of underlying shares based on historical volatility over 5 years
    19.80%-26.90 %   17.70% to 19.85%   16.96% to 17.58%
Expected life of options granted under:
                       
Employee Sharesave Plan (*)
  3, 5 and 7 years   3, 5 and 7 years   3, 5 and 7 years
Executive Share Option Plan
  10 years   10 years   10 years
Employee Share Option Plan
  10 years   10 years   10 years
Medium-Term Incentive Plan
  3 years   3 years   3 years

 

F-124


Table of Contents

50.  
Other general administrative expenses
  a)  
Breakdown
The breakdown of the balance of “Other general administrative expenses” is as follows
                         
    Thousands of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
                       
Property, fixtures and supplies
    989,663       972,933       880,117  
Other administrative expenses
    912,621       835,554       821,405  
Technology and systems
    488,741       417,977       419,116  
Advertising
    563,986       474,290       390,202  
Communications
    417,587       346,854       390,668  
Technical reports
    298,175       258,349       270,282  
Per diems and travel expenses
    279,298       242,444       214,553  
Taxes other than income tax
    279,093       227,835       179,889  
Surveillance and cash courier services
    201,532       189,474       158,566  
Insurance premiums
    36,432       35,588       28,302  
 
                 
 
    4,467,128       4,001,298       3,753,100  
 
                 
  b)  
Other information
The balance of “Technical reports” includes the fees paid by the various Group companies (detailed in the accompanying Exhibits) to their respective auditors, the detail being as follows:
                         
    Millions of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
                       
Audit of the annual financial statements of the companies audited by the Deloitte worldwide organization
    15.9       15.6       15.8  
Of which:
                       
Abbey
    4.1       4.1       4.9  
Audit of the Bank’s individual and consolidated financial statements
    1.0       1.0       1.0  
In recent years, in addition to the audits of financial statements, the internal control audit was performed in accordance with the requirements of the US Sarbanes-Oxley Act (for 4.8 million in 2007, 5.6 million in 2006 and 5.4 million in 2005) and other reports were prepared in accordance with the requirements of the legal and tax regulations issued by the national supervisory authorities of the countries in which the Group operates, including most notably the six-monthly audit reports and those which comply with the US SEC requirements (other than Sarbanes-Oxley Act) totaling 3.7 million, 3.9 million and 3.9 million in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Additionally, in 2007 1.4 million were paid in connection with the work relating to the Group’s adaptation to the new capital regulations (Basel — 2006: 1.0 million).
The detail of the other services provided to the various Group companies in 2007 is as follows:
  1.  
Due diligence review and other corporate transaction services (see Notes 2-b and 3): 3.7 million (2006: 3.3 million; 2005: 0.6 million). Additionally, the Group’s auditors provided other non-attest services to various Group companies for 5.3 million in 2007, 5.5 million in 2006 and 4.5 million in 2005.
 
     
The services commissioned from the Group’s auditors meet the independence requirements stipulated by Law 44/2002, of 22 November, on Financial System Reform Measures and by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and they did not involve the performance of any work that is incompatible with the audit function.
 
  2.  
Services provided by audit firms other than Deloitte: 12.5 million (2006: 14.6 million; 2005: 21.4 million).

 

F-125


Table of Contents

51.  
Other operating expenses
The breakdown of the balance of “Other operating expenses” is as follows:
                         
    Thousands of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
                       
Contribution to Deposit Guarantee Fund
    168,617       179,209       171,153  
Other
    301,119       263,316       173,676  
 
                 
 
    469,736       442,525       344,829  
 
                 
52.  
Other gains and Other losses
“Other gains” and “Other losses” include the income and expenses arising from non-ordinary activities not included in other items. The breakdown of the net balance of these two items is as follows:
                         
    Thousands of Euros  
Net Balance   2007     2006     2005  
 
                       
On disposal of tangible assets
    1,804,108       88,894       80,619  
Of which, on sale of properties (Note 16-d)
    1,620,119              
 
                       
On disposal of investments
    16,388       271,961       1,298,935  
Of which:
                       
Unión Fenosa (Note 3-c)
                1,156,648  
Sale of ADRs (Chile) (Note 3-c)
          269,768        
 
                       
Other
    322,753       1,044,865       1,133,844  
Of which: gains obtained on the disposal of:
                       
Antena 3
          294,287        
San Paolo
    566,086       704,936        
Royal Bank of Scotland Group, plc
                717,394  
Auna
                354,838  
Of which, extraordinary retirement plans (Note 25)
    (316,942 )            
 
                 
Net gains
    2,143,249       1,405,720       2,513,398  
 
                 

 

F-126


Table of Contents

53.  
Other disclosures
  a)  
Residual maturity periods and Average interest rates
The breakdown, by maturity, of the balances of certain items in the consolidated balance sheets is as follows:
                                                                         
    December 31, 2007  
    Millions of Euros     Average  
            Within 1     1 to 3     3 to 12     1 to 3     3 to 5     After 5             Interest  
    Demand     Month     Months     Months     Years     Years     Years     Total     Rate  
 
                                                                       
Assets:
                                                                       
Cash and balances with central banks
    14,102       10,278       5       10       1,265       4,295       1,108       31,063       5.93 %
Available-for-sale financial assets-
                                                                       
Debt instruments
    31       953       1,070       2,060       5,837       6,450       17,786       34,187       5.11 %
Loans and receivables-
                                                                       
Loans and advances to credit institutions
    4,865       9,785       6,333       4,113       884       759       5,021       31,760       4.53 %
Loans and advances to customers
    9,848       29,446       28,607       65,696       58,124       62,048       279,982       533,751       6.75 %
Debt instruments
    1       4             5       634       65       959       1,668       4.55 %
Other financial assets
    7,165       2,393       99       282       372       766       1,274       12,351        
 
                                                     
 
    36,012       52,859       36,114       72,166       67,116       74,383       306,130       644,780       6.51 %
 
                                                     
Liabilities:
                                                                       
Financial liabilities at amortized cost-
                                                                       
Deposits from central banks
    3,534       21,322       3,691       201                         28,748       4.45 %
Deposits from credit institutions
    5,704       22,412       6,504       6,197       3,002       3,111       1,756       48,686       4.55 %
Customer deposits
    178,538       55,381       27,839       28,959       13,141       11,145       2,040       317,043       4.12 %
Marketable debt securities
    868       13,310       17,600       24,198       35,294       26,745       88,250       206,265       4.61 %
Subordinated liabilities
    88       8       61       569       4,065       2,357       28,522       35,670       5.69 %
Other financial liabilities
    11,251       931       1,343       1,034       79       1,780       123       16,540        
 
                                                     
 
    199,983       113,364       57,038       61,158       55,581       45,138       120,691       652,952       4.41 %
 
                                                     
Difference (assets less liabilities)
    (163,970 )     (60,505 )     (20,924 )     11,008       11,535       29,245       185,439       (8,172 )        
 
                                                       
                                                                 
    December 31, 2006  
    Millions of Euros     Average  
            Within 1     1 to 3     3 to 12     1 to 5     After 5             Interest  
    Demand     Month     Months     Months     Years     Years     Total     Rate  
 
                                                               
Assets:
                                                               
Cash and balances with central banks
    9,725       3,281             1             828       13,835       3.99 %
Available-for-sale financial assets-
                                                               
Debt instruments
    26       2,260       2,501       3,771       9,599       14,570       32,727       5.96 %
Loans and receivables-
                                                               
Loans and advances to credit institutions
    5,668       20,073       6,459       6,118       4,002       3,041       45,361       3.85 %
Loans and advances to customers
    10,291       19,607       30,625       56,311       112,644       255,312       484,790       5.86 %
Debt instruments
    565                               57       622       3.02 %
Other financial assets
    7,330       2,356       184       693       1,411       1,101       13,075        
 
                                               
 
    33,605       47,577       39,769       66,894       127,656       274,909       590,410       5.66 %
 
                                               
Liabilities:
                                                               
Financial liabilities at amortized cost-
                                                               
Deposits from central banks
    2       14,366       1,657       503       2             16,530       5.25 %
Deposits from credit institutions
    6,445       21,646       9,981       11,680       5,446       1,618       56,816       4.07 %
Customer deposits
    198,606       54,331       24,976       22,199       12,594       1,671       314,377       3.90 %
Marketable debt securities
    2,288       14,079       16,489       14,701       37,170       89,682       174,409       3.91 %
Subordinated liabilities
    253             234       108       5,577       24,250       30,422       5.74 %
Other financial liabilities
    6,797       1,653       1,161       2,378       266       494       12,749        
 
                                               
 
    214,391       106,075       54,498       51,569       61,055       117,715       605,303       4.05 %
 
                                               
Difference (assets less liabilities)
    (180,786 )     (58,498 )     (14,729 )     15,325       66,601       157,194       (14,893 )        
 
                                                 

 

F-127


Table of Contents

                                                                 
    December 31, 2005  
    Millions of Euros     Average  
            Within 1     1 to 3     3 to 12     1 to 5     After 5             Interest  
    Demand     Month     Months     Months     Years     Years     Total     Rate  
 
                                                               
Assets:
                                                               
Cash and balances with central banks
    7,232       4,701       4,152       1                   16,086       2.62 %
Available-for-sale financial assets-
                                                               
Debt instruments
    77       1,769       4,239       4,553       41,930       15,486       68,054       3.58 %
Loans and receivables-
                                                               
Loans and advances to credit institutions
    4,102       20,681       9,121       7,070       5,247       845       47,066       2.93 %
Loans and advances to customers
    11,131       14,728       24,026       43,508       85,929       223,596       402,918       5.84 %
Debt instruments
                      17       46       108       171       2.49 %
Other financial assets
    4,656       2,988       29       567       393       996       9,629        
 
                                               
 
    27,198       44,867       41,567       55,716       133,545       241,031       543,924       5.10 %
 
                                               
Liabilities:
                                                               
Financial liabilities at amortized cost-
                                                               
Deposits from central banks
    396       18,262       3,773                         22,431       2.42 %
Deposits from credit institutions
    3,709       50,254       20,781       11,593       6,195       1,696       94,228       2.91 %
Customer deposits
    166,531       42,322       39,397       25,199       16,742       1,537       291,728       3.59 %
Marketable debt securities
          7,128       13,613       9,124       46,826       40,518       117,209       3.91 %
Subordinated liabilities
          48       175       1,437       4,240       22,863       28,763     Note 23
Other financial liabilities
    7,815       971       396       1,184       893       34       11,293        
 
                                               
 
    178,451       118,985       78,135       48,537       74,896       66,648       565,652       3.54 %
 
                                               
Difference (assets less liabilities)
    (151,253 )     (74,118 )     (36,568 )     7,179       58,649       174,383       (21,728 )        
 
                                                 
  b)  
Equivalent euro value of assets and liabilities
The detail of the main foreign currency balances in the consolidated balance sheet, based on the nature of the related items, is as follows:
                                                 
    Equivalent Value in Millions of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
    Assets     Liabilities     Assets     Liabilities     Assets     Liabilities  
 
                                               
Cash and balances with central banks
    16,155             10,042             11,749        
Financial assets and liabilities held for trading
    124,409       100,719       139,783       106,075       128,973       95,225  
Other financial instruments at fair value
    15,815       28,553       10,414       12,140       45,534       11,810  
Available-for-sale financial assets
    15,395             18,530             16,814        
Loans and receivables
    260,435             248,977             221,041        
Investments
    13,036             2,461             238        
Tangible assets
    4,665             4,696             4,745        
Intangible assets
    12,557             13,626             12,910        
Financial liabilities at amortized cost
          308,166             309,610             279,575  
Liabilities under insurance contracts
          2,139             2,157             38,247  
Other
    8,388       19,120       7,793       20,598       11,741       18,919  
 
                                   
 
    470,855       458,697       456,322       450,580       453,745       443,776  
 
                                   
  c)  
Fair value of financial assets and liabilities not measured at fair value
The financial assets owned by the Group are measured at fair value in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet, except for loans and receivables and held-to-maturity investments, equity instruments whose market value cannot be estimated reliably and derivatives that have these instruments as their underlyings and are settled by delivery thereof.
Similarly, the Group’s financial liabilities —except for financial liabilities held for trading, those measured at fair value and derivatives other than those having as their underlyings equity instruments whose market value cannot be estimated reliably— are measured at amortized cost in the consolidated balance sheet.

 

F-128


Table of Contents

  i)  
Financial assets measured at other than fair value
Following is a comparison of the carrying amounts of the Group’s financial assets measured at other than fair value and their respective fair values at year-end:
                                                 
    Millions of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
    Carrying             Carrying             Carrying        
Assets   Amount     Fair Value     Amount     Fair Value     Amount     Fair Value  
 
                                               
Loans and receivables:
                                               
Loans and advances to credit institutions
    31,760       31,765       45,361       45,359       47,066       46,560  
Money market operations through counterparties
                200       200              
Loans and advances to customers (Note 10)
    533,751       535,513       484,790       487,533       402,918       404,950  
Debt instruments
    1,668       1,668       622       622       171       171  
Other financial assets
    12,351       12,340       13,076       13,076       9,629       9,629  
 
                                   
 
    579,530       581,286       544,049       546,790       459,784       461,310  
 
                                   
  ii)  
Financial liabilities measured at other than fair value
Following is a comparison of the carrying amounts of the Group’s financial liabilities measured at other than fair value and their respective fair values at year-end:
                                                 
    Millions of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
    Carrying             Carrying             Carrying        
Liabilities   Amount     Fair Value     Amount     Fair Value     Amount     Fair Value  
 
                                               
Financial liabilities at amortized cost:
                                               
Deposits from central banks
    28,748       28,748       16,530       16,528       22,431       22,431  
Deposits from credit institutions
    48,686       48,727       56,816       56,826       94,228       94,221  
Money market operations through counterparties
                                   
Customer deposits (*)
    317,043       317,184       314,377       314,320       291,727       291,727  
Marketable debt securities
    206,265       206,480       174,409       174,878       117,209       117,117  
Subordinated liabilities
    35,670       36,286       30,423       31,822       28,763       29,278  
Other financial liabilities
    16,540       16,538       12,748       12,752       11,293       11,293  
 
                                   
 
    652,952       653,963       605,303       607,126       565,651       566,067  
 
                                   
     
(*)  
For these purposes, the fair value of customer demand deposits is taken to be the same as their carrying amount.
54.  
Geographical and business segment reporting
  a)  
Geographical segments
This primary level of segmentation, which is based on the Group’s management structure, comprises four segments: three operating areas plus the Financial Management and Equity Stakes Unit. The operating areas, which include all the business activities carried on therein by the Group, are Continental Europe, the United Kingdom (Abbey) and Latin America, based on the location of our assets.
The Continental Europe area encompasses all the Commercial Banking (including the Private Banking entity Banif), Wholesale Banking and Asset Management and Insurance business activities carried on in Europe with the exception of Abbey. Latin America includes all the financial activities carried on by the Group through its banks and subsidiaries, as well as the specialized units of Santander Private Banking, which is treated as a globally managed independent unit, and the New York business.

 

F-129


Table of Contents

The Financial Management and Equity Stakes segment includes the centralized management business relating to financial and industrial investments, the financial management of the Parent’s structural currency position and its structural interest rate risk position and the management of liquidity and equity through issues and securitizations. As the Group’s holding unit, this segment handles the total capital and reserves, capital allocations and liquidity with the other businesses.
The financial statements of each operating segment are prepared by aggregating the figures for the Group’s various business units. The basic information used for segment reporting comprises the accounting data of the legal units composing each segment and the data available from the management information systems. All segment financial statements have been prepared on a basis consistent with the accounting policies used by the Group.
Consequently, the sum of the figures in the income statements of the various segments is equal to those in the consolidated income statement. With regard to the balance sheet, due to the required segregation of the various business units (included in a single consolidated balance sheet), the amounts lent and borrowed between the units are shown as increases in the assets and liabilities of each business. These amounts relating to intra-Group liquidity are classified under “Loans and advances to credit institutions/Deposits from credit institutions” and, therefore, the sum of these line items exceeds the figure for the consolidated Group.
Additionally, for segment presentation purposes, the equity of each geographical unit is that reflected in the related individual financial statements and is offset by a capital endowment made by the Financial Management and Equity Stakes Unit which, as explained earlier, acts as the holding unit for the other businesses and, therefore, reflects the Group’s total equity.
There are no customers located in areas other than those in which our assets are located that generate income exceeding 10% of gross income.

 

F-130


Table of Contents

The summarized balance sheets and income statements of the various geographical segments are as follows:
                                                                                                                         
    Millions of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
                            Financial                                     Financial                                     Financial        
                            Management                                     Management                                     Management        
    Continental             Latin     and Equity             Continental             Latin     and Equity             Continental             Latin     and Equity        
(Summarized) Balance Sheet   Europe     Abbey     America     Stakes     Total     Europe     Abbey     America     Stakes     Total     Europe     Abbey     America     Stakes     Total  
 
                                                                                                                       
Loans and advances to customers
    310,618       184,086       68,854       1,919       565,477       271,687       190,512       60,172       975       523,346       210,299       171,796       52,919       815       435,829  
Financial assets held for trading (excluding loans and advances)
    44,846       53,782       22,845       1,328       122,801       33,831       61,507       27,846       2,028       125,212       26,315       64,014       25,844       1,276       117,449  
Available-for-sale financial assets
    10,149       44       12,628       21,528       44,349       13,126       23       17,943       7,606       38,698       12,604       18       16,308       45,015       73,945  
Loans and advances to credit institutions
    53,205       19,810       11,146       25,429       109,590       67,061       18,185       20,311       22,956       128,513       69,621       13,070       24,436       15,718       122,845  
Non-current assets
    5,373       4,685       1,805       (202 )     11,661       4,558       5,059       1,695       1,243       12,555       4,219       5,197       1,392       1,396       12,204  
Other asset accounts
    25,876       9,458       24,707       170,154       230,195       18,583       8,691       16,842       126,028       170,144       15,709       47,420       17,194       94,342       174,665  
 
                                                                                         
Total assets/liabilities
    450,067       271,865       141,985       220,156       1,084,073       408,846       283,977       144,809       160,836       998,468       338,767       301,515       138,093       158,562       936,937  
 
                                                                                         
 
                                                                                                                       
Customer deposits
    149,167       122,514       82,054       1,969       355,704       140,231       115,194       75,301       497       331,223       127,355       110,776       65,707       1,927       305,765  
Marketable debt securities
    70,344       76,055       5,039       82,196       233,634       47,633       72,858       5,258       78,320       204,069       27,011       62,462       6,213       53,154       148,840  
Subordinated liabilities
    2,379       7,876       2,540       22,875       35,670       2,362       9,430       2,383       16,248       30,423       2,241       11,428       1,130       13,964       28,763  
Liabilities under insurance contracts
    10,907       6       2,121             13,034       8,547       71       2,086             10,704       6,414       36,521       1,737             44,672  
Deposits from credit institutions
    66,027       38,688       19,017       47,834       171,566       89,016       51,020       32,403       8,935       181,374       90,341       40,761       42,208       38,385       211,695  
Other liability accounts
    130,970       23,549       22,626       18,326       195,471       103,090       32,076       19,530       21,137       175,833       70,527       37,259       13,033       18,907       139,726  
Equity
    20,274       3,177       8,588       46,955       78,994       17,967       3,328       7,847       35,700       64,842       14,878       2,307       8,066       32,225       57,476  
Off-balance-sheet customer funds
    92,761       10,225       47,991             150,977       102,465       8,307       56,352             167,124       97,141       6,000       49,705             152,846  
 
                                                                                         
Total funds under management
    542,829       282,090       189,976       220,155       1,235,050       511,311       292,284       201,160       160,837       1,165,592       435,908       307,514       187,799       158,562       1,089,783  
 
                                                                                         
 
    Millions of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
                            Financial                                     Financial                                     Financial        
                            Management                                     Management                                     Management        
    Continental             Latin     and Equity             Continental             Latin     and Equity             Continental             Latin     and Equity        
(Summarized) Income Statement   Europe     Abbey     America     Stakes     Total     Europe     Abbey     America     Stakes     Total     Europe     Abbey     America     Stakes     Total  
 
                                                                                                                       
NET INTEREST INCOME
    7,894       2,335       6,654       (1,588 )     15,295       6,206       2,108       5,272       (1,106 )     12,480       5,366       2,083       3,950       (740 )     10,659  
Share of results of entities accounted for using the equity method
    9       2       4       427       442       6       3       7       411       427       26       2       7       584       619  
Net fee and commission income
    4,137       1,007       2,866       30       8,040       3,653       1,025       2,357       (11 )     7,024       3,291       947       1,842       (19 )     6,061  
Insurance activity income
    148             171             319       137             120       (4 )     253       115             84       3       202  
Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities and Exchange differences
    732       436       691       1,113       2,972       708       424       604       413       2,149       505       345       733       (48 )     1,535  
 
                                                                                         
GROSS INCOME
    12,920       3,780       10,386       (18 )     27,068       10,710       3,560       8,360       (297 )     22,333       9,303       3,377       6,616       (220 )     19,076  
 
                                                                                         
Sales and income from the provision of non-financial services (net of expenses) and Other operating income/expense
    30       51       (141 )     15       (45 )     39       42       (118 )     (33 )     (70 )     55       36       (89 )     (26 )     (24 )
General administrative expenses:
                                                                                                                       
Personnel expenses
    (3,014 )     (1,037 )     (2,222 )     (236 )     (6,509 )     (2,684 )     (1,062 )     (1,975 )     (204 )     (5,925 )     (2,510 )     (1,119 )     (1,742 )     (183 )     (5,554 )
Other administrative expenses
    (1,513 )     (780 )     (1,867 )     (270 )     (4,430 )     (1,272 )     (815 )     (1,726 )     (160 )     (3,973 )     (1,154 )     (888 )     (1,507 )     (170 )     (3,719 )
Depreciation and amortization
    (559 )     (102 )     (348 )     (259 )     (1,268 )     (523 )     (105 )     (305 )     (214 )     (1,147 )     (489 )     (117 )     (334 )     (74 )     (1,014 )
 
                                                                                         
NET OPERATING INCOME
    7,864       1,912       5,808       (768 )     14,816       6,270       1,620       4,236       (908 )     11,218       5,205       1,289       2,944       (673 )     8,765  
Net impairment losses
    (1,580 )     (312 )     (1,660 )     (1,527 )     (5,079 )     (1,355 )     (387 )     (886 )     77       (2,551 )     (977 )     (318 )     (433 )     (74 )     (1,802 )
Other gains/losses
    39       22       (368 )     1,745       1,438       (245 )           (230 )     803       328       (18 )     76       (213 )     853       698  
 
                                                                                         
PROFIT/(LOSS) BEFORE TAX
    6,323       1,622       3,780       (550 )     11,175       4,670       1,233       3,120       (28 )     8,995       4,210       1,047       2,298       106       7,661  
 
                                                                                         
PROFIT FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS
    4,546       1,201       2,958       134       8,839       3,269       889       2,451       132       6,741       3,020       725       1,876       798       6,419  
Profit from discontinued operations
                112       685       797       1,147       114       124       120       1,505       111       86       134             331  
 
                                                                                         
CONSOLIDATED PROFIT FOR THE YEAR
    4,546       1,201       3,070       819       9,636       4,416       1,003       2,575       252       8,246       3,131       811       2,010       798       6,750  
 
                                                                                         
PROFIT ATTRIBUTED TO THE GROUP
    4,439       1,201       2,666       754       9,060       4,144       1,003       2,287       162       7,596       2,980       811       1,779       650       6,220  
 
                                                                                         

 

F-131


Table of Contents

  b)  
Business segments
At this secondary level of segment reporting, the Group is structured into Commercial Banking, Asset Management and Insurance and Global Wholesale Banking; the sum of these three segments is equal to that of the three primary operating geographical segments. Total figures for the Group are obtained by adding to the business segments the data for the Financial Management and Equity Stakes segment.
The Commercial Banking segment encompasses the entire commercial banking business (except for the Corporate Banking business managed globally using the Global Relationship Model). The Asset Management and Insurance segment includes the contribution to the Group arising from the design and management of the investment fund, pension and insurance businesses of the various units. The Global Wholesale Banking segment reflects the returns on the Global Corporate Banking business, those on Investment Banking and Markets worldwide, including all the globally managed treasury departments and the equities business.

 

F-132


Table of Contents

The summarized income statements and other significant data are as follows:
                                                                                                                         
    Millions of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
                    Asset     Financial                             Asset     Financial                             Asset     Financial        
            Global     Management     Management                     Global     Management     Management                     Global     Management     Management        
    Commercial     Wholesale     and     and Equity             Commercial     Wholesale     and     and Equity             Commercial     Wholesale     and     and Equity        
(Summarized) Income Statement   Banking     Banking     Insurance     Stakes     Total     Banking     Banking     Insurance     Stakes     Total     Banking     Banking     Insurance     Stakes     Total  
 
                                                                                                                       
NET INTEREST INCOME
    15,339       1,492       52       (1,588 )     15,295       12,310       1,241       35       (1,106 )     12,480       10,640       724       35       (740 )     10,659  
Share of results of entities accounted for using the equity method
    15                   427       442       16                   411       427       35                   584       619  
Net fee and commission income
    6,668       919       423       30       8,040       5,966       646       423       (11 )     7,024       5,196       488       396       (19 )     6,061  
Insurance activity income
                319             319                   257       (4 )     253                   199       3       202  
Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences
    1,349       491       19       1,113       2,972       1,042       690       4       413       2,149       927       654       2       (48 )     1,535  
 
                                                                                         
GROSS INCOME
    23,371       2,902       813       (18 )     27,068       19,334       2,577       719       (297 )     22,333       16,798       1,866       632       (220 )     19,076  
 
                                                                                         
Sales and income from the provision of non-financial services (net of expenses) and Other operating income/expense
    (30 )     (29 )     (1 )     15       (45 )     (4 )     (33 )           (33 )     (70 )     25       (24 )     1       (26 )     (24 )
General administrative expenses:
                                                                                                                       
Personnel expenses
    (5,603 )     (542 )     (128 )     (236 )     (6,509 )     (5,165 )     (447 )     (109 )     (204 )     (5,925 )     (4,907 )     (350 )     (114 )     (183 )     (5,554 )
Other administrative expenses
    (3,737 )     (310 )     (113 )     (270 )     (4,430 )     (3,455 )     (252 )     (106 )     (160 )     (3,973 )     (3,219 )     (219 )     (111 )     (170 )     (3,719 )
Depreciation and amortization
    (899 )     (91 )     (19 )     (259 )     (1,268 )     (848 )     (68 )     (17 )     (214 )     (1,147 )     (868 )     (59 )     (13 )     (74 )     (1,014 )
 
                                                                                         
NET OPERATING INCOME
    13,102       1,930       552       (768 )     14,816       9,862       1,777       487       (908 )     11,218       7,829       1,214       395       (673 )     8,765  
Net impairment losses
    (3,488 )     (63 )     (1 )     (1,527 )     (5,079 )     (2,324 )     (304 )           77       (2,551 )     (1,659 )     (69 )           (74 )     (1,802 )
Other gains/losses
    (256 )     (35 )     (16 )     1,745       1,438       (412 )     (48 )     (15 )     803       328       (176 )     12       9       853       698  
 
                                                                                         
PROFIT/(LOSS) BEFORE TAX
    9,358       1,832       535       (550 )     11,175       7,126       1,425       472       (28 )     8,995       5,994       1,157       404       106       7,661  
 
                                                                                         
 
                                                                                                                       
Other aggregates:
                                                                                                                       
Total assets
    678,867       166,979       18,071       220,156       1,084,073       668,960       153,005       15,667       160,836       998,468       624,040       145,163       9,172       158,562       936,937  
Loans and advances to customers
    510,561       52,975       22       1,919       565,477       474,253       47,948       171       974       523,346       404,656       30,163       194       816       435,829  
Customer deposits
    308,652       45,082       1       1,969       355,704       288,533       42,194             496       331,223       268,225       35,592       21       1,927       305,765  

 

F-133


Table of Contents

55.  
Related-party transactions
The parties related to the Group are deemed to include, in addition to its subsidiaries, associates and jointly controlled entities, the Bank’s key management personnel (the members of its Board of Directors and the General Managers, together with their close family members) and the entities over which the key management personnel may exercise significant influence or control.
Following is a detail of the transactions performed by the Group with its related parties, distinguishing between associates and jointly controlled entities, members of the Bank’s Board of Directors, the Bank’s General Managers, and other related parties. Related-party transactions were made on terms equivalent to those that prevail in arm’s-length transactions or were charged to the related compensation in kind.

 

F-134


Table of Contents

                                                                                                 
    Millions of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
    Associates     Members                     Associates     Members                     Associates     Members                
    and Jointly     of the             Other     and Jointly     of the             Other     and Jointly     of the             Other  
    Controlled     Board of     General     Related     Controlled     Board of     General     Related     Controlled     Board of     General     Related  
    Entities     Directors     Managers     Parties     Entities     Directors     Managers     Parties     Entities     Directors     Managers     Parties  
 
                                                                                               
Assets:
                                                                                               
Loans and advances to credit institutions
    3,169                   136       2,051                   97       1,864                   958  
Loans and advances to customers
    262       1       14       2,040       246       1       10       3,198       215       2       8       100  
Debt instruments
                      293       103                   51                          
 
                                                                                               
Liabilities:
                                                                                               
Deposits from credit institutions
    (284 )                       (115 )                 (4 )     (64 )                 (979 )
Customer deposits
    (4 )     (7 )     (18 )     (265 )     (249 )     (63 )     (8 )     (133 )     (25 )     (98 )     (7 )     (68 )
Marketable debt securities
                            (98 )                                          
 
                                                                                               
Income statement:
                                                                                               
Interest and similar income
    110                   117       80                   35       19                   29  
Interest expense and similar charges
    (11 )                 (6 )     (25 )     (2 )           (3 )     (1 )     (3 )           (12 )
Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities
    6                   21                         22                          
Fee and commission income
    48                   15       30       1             36       10       1             1  
Fee and commission expense
    (16 )                       (12 )                       (1 )                  
 
                                                                                               
Others:
                                                                                               
Contingent liabilities
    365             2       968       40             2       1,333       96                   45  
Contingent commitments
    358       1       1       280       467             1       2       117                   477  
Derivative financial instruments
    7,823             4       831       6,121                   245                          

 

F-135


Table of Contents

56.  
Risk management
Risk management at the Santander Group is based on the following principles:
   
Independence of the risk function with respect to the business. The head of the Group’s Risk Division, Mr. Matías Rodríguez Inciarte, as third deputy chairman and in his capacity as chairman of the Board’s Risk Committee, reports directly to the Executive Committee and the Board.
 
   
Commitment to supporting the business by contributing, without undermining the preceding principle, to the achievement of commercial objectives whilst maintaining risk quality. To this end, the organizational structure is adapted to the commercial structure so as to encourage cooperation between business and risk managers.
 
   
Collective decisions (even at branch level), which ensure that different opinions are taken into account and avoid situations in which decisions are taken individually.
 
   
Well-established tradition of using internal rating and scoring tools, return on risk-adjusted capital (RORAC), value-at-risk (VaR), economic capital, extreme scenario analyses, etc.
 
   
Global approach, achieved by addressing in full all the risk factors in all the business units and using the concept of economic capital as a consistent measure of the risk assumed and as the basis for assessing the management performed.
 
   
Desire to continue to target a medium-low risk profile, emphasizing its low volatility and its predictability, by:
   
seeking to achieve a high degree of risk diversification, thus limiting risk concentration on particular customers, groups, sectors, products or geographical locations.
 
   
maintaining a low level of complexity in Markets operations.
 
   
paying ongoing attention to risk monitoring in order to prevent potential portfolio impairment sufficiently in advance.
At Santander, the risk management and control process is structured into the following phases:
   
Establishment of risk policies that reflect Santander’s risk management principles;
 
   
Identification of risks, through the constant review and monitoring of exposures, the assessment of new products and businesses and the specific analysis of singular transactions;
 
   
Measurement of risks using extensively tested methods and models;
 
   
Definition of the Group’s risk appetite by setting overall and specific limits for the various types of risks, products, customers, groups, sectors and geographical locations;
 
   
Preparation and distribution of a complete set of reports that are reviewed daily by the heads at all levels of Santander management;
 
   
Implementation of a risk control system which checks, on a daily basis, the degree to which Santander’s risk profile matches the risk policies approved and the risk limits set.
For many years the Santander Group has managed risk using a number of techniques and tools which are described in detail in this section. The most noteworthy of these techniques and tools, due to the foresight with which Santander implemented them at the time and their current significance in light of the New Basel Capital Accord (BIS II), are as follows:
   
Internal ratings and scorings, based on qualitative and quantitative weighting of risk, which, by assessing the various risk components by customer and transaction, make it possible to estimate, firstly, probability of default and, subsequently, expected loss, based on LGD estimates.
 
   
Economic capital, as a homogeneous measure of the risk assumed and a basis for the measurement of the management performed.

 

F-136


Table of Contents

   
RORAC, which is used both as a transaction pricing tool (bottom-up approach) and in the analysis of portfolios and units (top-down approach).
 
   
VaR, which is used for controlling market risk and setting the market risk limits for the various trading portfolios.
 
   
Extreme scenario analysis, used to supplement market and credit risk analyses in order to assess the impact of alternative scenarios, even on provisions and capital.
Consequently, Santander fully identifies with BIS II, insofar as it recognizes, from a regulatory standpoint, the leading-edge industry practices that the Group has implemented in advance. The entry into force of the aforementioned Capital Accord will enable Santander to once again demonstrate its strength in this field, which will entail the swift application of the advanced internal risk-based (AIRB) approach to the Group’s global management.
Due to the imminent implementation of the new regulatory framework (BIS II), 2007 was marked by the review conducted by the Bank of Spain and the Financial Services Authority (FSA) of the AIRB models of the Parent, Banesto and Abbey, whose portfolios represent approximately 70% of the Group’s total exposure. Once the Bank of Spain has issued the necessary rules, which are expected to be published in the near future, the Group will be able to use these internal models to calculate its regulatory capital.
  A.  
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE OF THE RISK FUNCTION
The responsibilities assigned to the Board’s Risk Committee are essentially as follows:
   
To propose to the Board the Group’s risk policy, which will identify, in particular:
   
The various types of risk (financial, operational, technological, legal and reputational, inter alia) facing the Group;
 
   
The information and internal control systems to be used to control and manage these risks;
 
   
The level of risk deemed acceptable;
 
   
The measures envisaged to mitigate the impact of the identified risks in the event that they materialize.
   
To conduct systematic reviews of the Group’s exposure to its main customers, economic activity sectors, geographical areas and types of risk.
 
   
To authorize the management tools and risk models and ascertain the result of their internal validation.
 
   
To ensure that the Group’s actions are consistent with the level of risk tolerance previously defined.
 
   
To resolve transactions outside the powers delegated to lower-ranking bodies and the overall limits for pre-classified risk categories in favor of economic groups or in relation to exposure by type of risk.
The Board’s Risk Committee has delegated certain of its powers to Risk Committees which are structured by geographical area, business line and type of risk. Although Banesto has been granted autonomous risk management powers within the Santander Group, the Executive Committee ensures that its risk management policy is consistent with the Group’s policies.
The Board’s Risk Committee, which is chaired by the third deputy chairman of the Santander Group and comprises a minimum of four and a maximum of six Group directors, normally meets twice a week.

 

F-137


Table of Contents

  B.  
CREDIT RISK
Credit risk is the possibility of loss stemming from the total or partial failure of our customers or counterparties to meet their financial obligations to the Group.
The following table shows the global map of credit risk, expressed in nominal amounts (with the exception of exposure in derivatives and repos, which is expressed in credit risk equivalent), to which the Group was exposed at December 31, 2007.
                                                                                 
Santander Group — Gross Credit Risk Exposure  
    Customer     Drawable     Sovereign     Private     Credit     Drawable     Derivatives                      
    Draw     by     Fixed-Income     Fixed-Income     Institutions     by Credit     and                   Change/  
    -downs     Customers     (Excl. Trad.)     (Excl. Trad.)     Drawdowns     Institutions     Repos (REC)     Total     %     Dec-06  
 
                                                                               
Spain
    298,281       56,290       14,460       8,334       24,092       1,008       13,135       415,600       49.6 %     15.9 %
Parent bank
    179,476       38,604       10,895       3,613       18,142       670       9,545       260,945       31.1 %     20.6 %
Banesto
    83,648       11,100       3,002       2,302       2,903       137       3,422       106,514       12.7 %     6.4 %
Other
    35,157       6,586       563       2,419       3,047       201       168       48,141       5.8 %     14.4 %
Other European countries (*)
    246,283       20,342       1,021       3,870       3,723       1       10,142       285,382       34.0 %     8.8 %
Germany
    17,196       2,181       100       60       388             5       19,931       2.4 %     13.6 %
Portugal
    23,016       6,431       794       290       1,046       1       1,845       33,423       4.0 %     1.9 %
UK
    165,159       6,961             3,227       975             8,199       184,521       22.0 %     2.2 %
Other
    40,911       4,769       127       293       1,314             93       47,507       5.6 %     50.6 %
Latin America
    70,858       22,130       8,330       1,842       16,704       2,000       5,710       127,574       15.2 %     9.0 %
Brazil
    22,654       7,537       2,334       418       9,036             2,031       44,010       5.3 %     41.8 %
Chile
    18,291       3,448       704       550       936       1       2,027       25,959       3.1 %     12.2 %
Mexico
    14,133       7,384       4,165             3,123       1,999       1,440       32,244       3.8 %     (17.1 %)
Other
    15,778       3,761       1,127       874       3,609             212       25,361       3.0 %     6.0 %
Rest of the world
    4,967       445       327       1,412       2,954             46       10,151       1.2 %     30.2 %
 
                                                           
Total Group
    620,389       99,207       24,138       15,458       47,473       3,009       29,033       838,707       100 %     12.5 %
 
                                                           
%/Total
    74.0 %     11.8 %     2.9 %     1.8 %     5.7 %     0.3 %     3.5 %     100.0 %                
 
                                                               
% Change/Dec-06
    11.9 %     10.3 %     (4.0 %)     61.0 %     49.9 %     75.8 %     (13.1 %)     12.5 %                
 
                                                               
     
   
Data at 31/12/07, prepared on the basis of legal-entity criteria.
 
   
Derivatives, including repos, expressed in credit risk equivalent.
 
   
Balances drawn down by customers exclude repos (28,980 million).
 
   
Balances with credit institutions (excluding repos and trading portfolio) include 27,770 million of deposits at central banks.
 
(*)  
Includes the assets of Santander Consumer Finance, including Drive.
Spain accounts for 50% of the nominal credit risk exposure, a similar percentage to 2006, with absolute growth of 16% on December. The strong growth in the customer business in Spain (drawn-down balance up 12%) was accompanied by a decrease in sovereign fixed-income securities. Other European countries represent more than one third of credit risk exposure. Particularly noteworthy in this respect is the presence in the United Kingdom through Abbey, which accounts for 22% of the exposure. Taken as a whole, Europe represents 84% of credit risk exposure.
Latin America accounts for 15% of credit risk exposure, a similar proportion to 2006. Countries with higher credit ratings (investment grade) represent more than half of the exposure in the region, whereas countries with lower credit ratings represent only 5% of the Group’s exposure.
The organization of the Group’s risk function is customer-centric. To this end, customers are classified for risk management purposes into two major groups or segments: individualized and standardized.
   
Individualized risks: individualized customers are defined as those to which, either explicitly or implicitly, the Group has assigned a Risk Analyst (belonging to a Business Analysis Unit or to Corporate Banking Risks or Exposure to Financial Institutions). This category includes the following segments: Corporate Banking, Financial Institutions, Sovereigns and certain enterprises belonging to Commercial Banking.
 
   
Standardized risks: standardized customers are those which have not been assigned a specific Risk Analyst and with respect to which the Group’s current or potential exposure does not exceed a pre-established amount. This category includes Individuals, Individual Entrepreneurs, and Commercial Banking enterprises not classified as individualized customers.
The Wholesale and Corporate Banking Risk Area deals with the Group’s global customers (Large Corporations and Multinational Financial Groups).
For large corporate groups, a pre-classification model is used (which sets a maximum internal risk limit), based on an economic capital measurement and monitoring system.

 

F-138


Table of Contents

  B.1  
Rating tools
Since 1993 the Group has used proprietary internal rating models to measure the degree of risk inherent in a given customer or transaction. Each rating relates to a certain probability of default or non-payment, determined on the basis of the Entity’s historical experience, with the exception of certain portfolios classified as “low default portfolios”. More than 200 internal rating models are used in the Group’s loan approval and risk monitoring process.
Global rating tools are applied to the Sovereign Risk, Financial Institutions and Global Wholesale Banking segments. Management of these segments is centralized at Group level, for both rating calculation and risk monitoring purposes. These tools furnish a rating for each customer, which combines the results provided by a quantitative or automatic module, a qualitative or expert analyst adjustment module, and a set of final adjustments.
  B.2.  
Customer segmentation for credit risk management
The table below details the distribution, by segment, of the credit risk exposure to customers in terms of EAD. Approximately 83% of total risk exposure to customers (excluding sovereign and counterparty risk) relates to the SME and individuals financing segments, which reflects the commercial orientation of the Santander Group’s business and risks. The expected loss arising from customer exposure is 0.81%, as compared with 0.68% for the Group’s total credit risk exposure, and, accordingly, the profile of the credit risk assumed can be classified as medium-low.
                                         
    Segmentation of Credit Risk Exposure  
                    Average     Average        
    EAD     %     PD     LGD     EL  
 
                                       
Sovereign
    56,827       7.6 %     0.03 %     25.3 %     0.01 %
Counterparty
    69,887       9.4 %     0.19 %     41.2 %     0.08 %
Public sector
    1,635       0.2 %     0.65 %     21.3 %     0.14 %
Corporate
    101,383       13.6 %     0.67 %     40.4 %     0.27 %
Businesses
    154,076       20.6 %     2.27 %     29.3 %     0.67 %
Mortgages
    257,001       34.4 %     2.72 %     7.1 %     0.19 %
Consumer loans
    89,072       11.9 %     6.10 %     45.1 %     2.75 %
Cards
    13,553       1.8 %     8.30 %     62.1 %     5.15 %
Other
    3,302       0.4 %     2.40 %     57.0 %     1.37 %
Memorandum item — customers
    620,022       83.0 %     2.88 %     28.0 %     0.81 %
 
                             
Total
    746,737       100.0 %     2.41 %     28.1 %     0.68 %
 
                             
 
Source: Economic Capital Model — December 2007 (millions of euros).
  B.3  
Control and monitoring systems
A robust control environment is of vital importance in ensuring the adequate management of credit risk and in keeping the Entity’s risk profile in line with the parameters defined by the Board of Director and senior management. Also, from the regulatory standpoint (Sarbanes-Oxley, BIS II), financial institutions are required to have a control system that is commensurate with the size and complexity of each organization.
In 2006, within the corporate framework established in the Group for compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, a corporate tool was made available on the Group’s intranet for the documentation and certification of all the subprocesses, operational risks and related mitigating controls. The Risk Division, as a part of the Group, assessed the efficiency of the internal control of its activities in 2006, and is currently conducting the same assessment for 2007, in which no material shortcomings have been detected.
Prior to conducting these assessments at the Parent bank, the subprocesses were documented in keeping with established internal policies and procedures, and for each control a person was designated as responsible for performing the related assessment, in terms of design and operation, which was later ratified by the head of the corresponding subprocess, process and activity. This assessment was performed in accordance with the procedure, scope and documentation requirements established in the Group’s internal control model which, in turn, was based on the framework proposed by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
Consequently, these assessment exercises serve to steadily strengthen the components of process control and discipline with respect to those previously in place.

 

F-139


Table of Contents

  B.4  
Concentration risk
Concentration risk is an essential factor in the area of credit risk management. The Group constantly monitors the degree of concentration of its credit risk portfolios, by geographical area/country, economic sector, product and customer group.
The Board’s Risk Committee establishes the risk policies and reviews the exposure limits required to ensure adequate management of credit risk portfolio concentration.
  C.  
MARKET RISK
  C.1  
ACTIVITIES SUBJECT TO MARKET RISK
The Financial Risks area measures, controls and monitors all operations in which net worth risk is assumed. This risk arises from changes in the risk factors —interest rate, exchange rate, equities and the volatility thereof— and from the solvency and liquidity risk of the various products and markets in which the Group operates.
The activities are segmented by risk type as follows:
  a)  
Trading: this item includes financial services for customers, trading operations and positioning in fixed-income, equity and foreign currency products.
 
  b)  
Balance sheet management: interest rate risk and liquidity risk arising as a result of the maturity and repricing gaps of all assets and liabilities. This item also includes the active management of the credit risk inherent in the Group’s balance sheet.
 
  c)  
Structural risks:
   
Structural foreign currency risk/hedges of results: foreign currency risk arising from the currency in which investments in consolidable and non-consolidable companies are made (structural exchange rate). This item also includes the positions taken to hedge the foreign currency risk on future results generated in currencies other than the euro (hedges of results).
 
   
Structural equities risk: this item includes equity investments in non-consolidated financial and non-financial companies that give rise to equities risk.
The Treasury area is responsible for managing the positions taken in the trading activity.
The Financial Management area is responsible for managing the balance sheet management risk and structural risks centrally through the application of uniform methodologies adapted to the situation of each market in which the Group operates. Thus, in the convertible currencies area, Financial Management directly manages the Parent’s risks and coordinates the management of the other units operating in these currencies. Decisions affecting the management of these risks are taken through the ALCO Committees in the respective countries and, ultimately, by the Parent’s Markets Committee.
The aim pursued by Financial Management is to ensure the stability and recurring nature of both the net interest margin of the commercial activity and the Group’s economic value, whilst maintaining adequate liquidity and solvency levels.
Each of these activities is measured and analyzed using different tools in order to reflect their risk profiles as accurately as possible.
  C.2  
METHODOLOGIES
(C.2.1) Trading
The standard methodology applied to trading activities by the Santander Group in 2007 was Value at Risk (VaR), which measures the maximum expected loss with a given confidence level and time horizon. This methodology was based on a standard historical simulation with a 99% confidence level and a one-day time horizon. Statistical adjustments were made to enable the swift and efficient incorporation of the most recent events that condition the level of risk assumed. Specifically, the Group uses a time window of two years or at least 520 daily data obtained retrospectively from the reference date of the VaR calculation. Two figures are calculated each day, one by applying an exponential decline factor which gives a lesser weighting to more distant observations in time, and another with uniform weightings for all observations. The VaR reported is the higher of these two figures.

 

F-140


Table of Contents

VaR is not the only measure. It is used because it is easy to calculate and because it provides a good reference of the level of risk incurred by the Group. However, other measures are simultaneously being implemented to enable the Group to exercise greater risk control in all the markets in which it operates.
One of these measures is scenario analysis, which consists of defining behavior scenarios for various financial variables and determining the impact on results of applying them to the Group’s activities. These scenarios can replicate past events (such as crises) or, conversely, determine plausible scenarios that are unrelated to past events. A minimum of three types of scenarios are defined (plausible, severe and extreme) which, together with VaR, make it possible to obtain a much more complete spectrum of the risk profile.
The positions are monitored daily through an exhaustive control of changes in the portfolios, the aim being to detect possible incidents and correct them immediately. The daily preparation of an income statement is an excellent risk indicator, insofar as it allows us to observe and detect the impact of changes in financial variables on the portfolios.
Lastly, due to their atypical nature, derivatives and credit management activities are controlled by assessing specific measures on a daily basis. In the case of derivatives, these measures are sensitivities to fluctuations in the price of the underlying (delta and gamma), in volatility (vega) and in time (theta). For credit management activities, the measures controlled include sensitivity to spread, jump-to-default and position concentrations by rating level.
(C.2.2) Balance-sheet management
  1.  
Interest rate risk
The Group analyses the sensitivity of the net interest margin and market value of equity to changes in interest rates. This sensitivity arises from maturity and interest rate repricing gaps in the various balance sheet items.
On the basis of the balance-sheet interest rate position, and considering the market situation and outlook, the necessary financial measures are adopted to align this position with that desired by the Bank. These measures can range from the taking of positions on markets to the definition of the interest rate features of commercial products.
The measures used by the Group to control interest rate risk in these activities are the interest rate gap, the sensitivity of net interest margin and market value of equity to changes in interest rates, the duration of capital, Value at Risk (VaR) and scenario analysis.
  a)  
Interest rate gap of assets and liabilities
The interest rate gap analysis focuses on the mismatches between the interest reset periods of on-balance-sheet assets and liabilities and of off-balance-sheet items. This analysis facilitates a basic snapshot of the balance sheet structure and enables concentrations of interest rate risk to be detected in the various maturities. Additionally, it is a useful tool for estimating the possible impact of potential changes in interest rates on the Entity’s net interest margin and market value of equity.
The flows of all the on- and off-balance-sheet aggregates must be broken down and placed at the point of repricing or maturity. The duration and sensitivity of aggregates that do not have a contractual maturity date are analyzed and estimated using an internal model.
  b)  
Net interest margin (NIM) sensitivity
Net interest margin sensitivity measures the change in the expected accruals for a given period (12 months) in the event of a shift in the interest rate curve.
Net interest margin sensitivity is calculated by simulating the margin both for a scenario of changes in the interest rate curve and for the current scenario, the sensitivity being the difference between the two margins so calculated.

 

F-141


Table of Contents

  c)  
Market value of equity (MVE) sensitivity
Market value of equity sensitivity is a supplementary measure to net interest margin sensitivity.
This sensitivity measures the interest rate risk implicit in the market value of equity based on the effect of changes in interest rates on the present values of financial assets and liabilities.
  d)  
Value at Risk (VaR)
The Value at Risk for balance sheet aggregates and investment portfolios is calculated by applying the same standard as that used for Trading: historical simulation with a confidence interval of 99% and a one-day time horizon. Statistical adjustments were made to enable the swift and efficient incorporation of the most recent events that condition the level of risk assumed.
  e)  
Scenario analysis
Two interest rate behavior scenarios are established: maximum volatility and severe crisis. These scenarios are applied to the activities under analysis, thus obtaining the impact on the market value of equity and the net interest margin projections for the year.
  2.  
Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is associated with the Group’s ability to finance its commitments at reasonable market prices and to carry out its business plans with stable sources of funding. The Group permanently monitors maximum gap profiles.
The measures used to control liquidity risk in Balance Sheet Management are the liquidity gap, liquidity ratios, stress scenarios and contingency plans.
  a)  
Liquidity gap
The liquidity gap provides information on contractual and expected cash inflows and outflows for a given period for each currency in which the Group operates. The gap measures net cash requirements or surpluses at a given date and reflects the liquidity level maintained under normal market conditions.
The Group conducts two types of liquidity gap analyses, depending on the balance sheet item in question:
  1.  
Contractual liquidity gap: all cash-flow generating on- and off-balance-sheet items are analyzed and placed at the point of contractual maturity. For assets and liabilities without contractual maturities, an internal analysis model is used based on a statistical study of the time series of the products, and the so-called stable or instable balance for liquidity purposes is determined.
 
  2.  
Operational liquidity gap: this is a scenario for normal liquidity profile conditions, since the cash flows of the on-balance-sheet items are placed at the point of probable liquidity rather than at the point of contractual maturity. In this analysis, the definition of the behavior scenario (renewal of liabilities, discounts in portfolio disposals, renewal of assets, etc.) is the fundamental point.
 
  b)  
Liquidity ratios
The liquidity ratio compares the liquid assets available for sale or transfer (after the relevant discounts and adjustments have been applied) with the total amount of liabilities (including contingencies). This ratio shows, by non-consolidable currency, the Entity’s capacity to immediately respond to its commitments.
Cumulative net illiquidity is defined as the 30-day cumulative gap obtained from the modified liquidity gap. The modified contractual liquidity gap is calculated on the basis of the contractual liquidity gap, and places liquid assets at the point of settlement or transfer rather than at the point of maturity.
  c)  
Scenario analysis/Contingency Plan
The Santander Group’s liquidity management focuses on adopting all the measures required to prevent a crisis. It is not always possible to predict the causes of a liquidity crisis and, therefore, contingency plans focus on the modeling of potential crises by analyzing various scenarios, the identification of crisis types, internal and external communications, and individual responsibilities.

 

F-142


Table of Contents

The Contingency Plan spans management activity from local unit to head office level. At the first sign of a crisis, it specifies clear lines of communication and suggests a wide range of responses to different levels of crisis.
Since a crisis can occur locally or globally, each local unit must prepare a Contingency Funding Plan, in which it indicates the amount of aid or funding that might be required from headquarters during a crisis. Each local unit must inform headquarters (Madrid) of its Contingency Plan at least every six months so that it can be reviewed and updated. However, these plans must be updated more frequently if market conditions make this advisable.
(C.2.3) Structural foreign currency risk / Hedges of results / Structural equities risk
These activities are monitored by measuring positions, VaR and results.
  C.3  
RISKS AND RESULTS IN 2007
(C.3.1) Trading
The average VaR of the Group’s trading portfolio in 2007, 28.9 million, was lower than that for 2006.
(C.3.2) Balance sheet management
  1.  
Interest rate risk
 
  a)  
Convertible currencies
At the end of December 2007, the sensitivity of the net interest margin at one year to parallel increases of 100 b.p. in the euro interest rate curve was negative by 362 million, substantially all the risk being concentrated on the Parent bank. The sensitivity of the margin for other convertible currencies is scantly material.
Also at 2007 year-end, the sensitivity of value to parallel increases of 100 b.p. in the main interest rate curves was concentrated on the euro and pound sterling curves, whose sensitivities were negative by 161 million and GBP 197 million, respectively.
  b)  
Latin America
The interest rate risk in Balance Sheet Management portfolios in Latin America, measured in terms of sensitivity of the net interest margin (NIM) at one year to a parallel increase of 100 b.p. in the interest rate curve, remained at low levels throughout 2007, fluctuating within a narrow band and reaching a high of 54 million in October. Measured in terms of value sensitivity, it fluctuated between 300 million and 400 million, showing a downward trend in the second half of the year, due mainly to the reduction of the portfolio positions in Mexico. This portfolio, consisting of local-currency government securities and interest rate swaps, is intended to cover possible future margin losses.
At the end of December 2007, the risk consumption for the region, measured in terms of 100 b.p. sensitivity of the MVE, stood at 326 million (December 2006: 377 million), while the net interest margin risk at one year, measured in terms of 100 b.p sensitivity of this margin, was 21 million (December 2006: 20 million).
  2.  
Structural credit risk management
The aim of structural credit risk management is to reduce, through the sale of assets, the concentrations that arise naturally as a result of commercial activity. These transactions are financed with the acquisition of other assets which permit diversification of the loan portfolio as a whole. The Financial Management area analyses these strategies and submits management proposals to the ALCO with a view to optimizing credit risk exposure and contributing to the creation of value.

 

F-143


Table of Contents

  3.  
Structural liquidity management
Structural liquidity management seeks to finance the Group’s recurring business with optimal maturity and cost conditions, avoiding the need to assume undesired liquidity risks.
The Group manages its liquidity on the basis of the ample structural liquidity resulting from its commercial banking activities and of the following management principles founded on prudence and anticipation:
   
Ample structural liquidity position. Since Santander is basically a commercial bank, customer deposits constitute the main source of liquidity in its financing structure. These deposits, combined with capital and other similar instruments, enable the Group to cover most of its liquidity requirements and, as a result, reduce the need to seek financing in the wholesale markets.
 
   
Thus, in Latin America the excess of deposits over loans means that in practice the raising of financing in wholesale markets is residual, corresponding basically to the need to maintain a presence and to achieve diversification. As regards the rest of the Group (referred to as the “convertible currencies area”), deposits plus long-term on-balance-sheet funds (capital and similar liabilities) cover approximately three quarters of loans (excluding securitizations).
 
   
Broad access to wholesale liquidity markets based on high short- and long-term ratings.
 
   
Obtainment of liquidity through diversification in markets and instruments. The Group is actively present in a wide, diverse range of financing markets, thus limiting its dependence on specific markets and ensuring the availability of ample market funding.
 
   
This enables the Group to have an adequate structure of medium- and long-term issues, with reduced short-term wholesale financing (at 2007 year-end, commercial paper and notes represented only 7% of total wholesale financing). This structure is based on securitizations (accounting for around one third of the total) and a medium- and long-term issue portfolio (around 60% of the total) featuring high product diversification and an average maturity of 4.4 years.
 
   
High capacity to obtain on-balance-sheet liquidity. The Group has on its balance sheet, aligned with its positions, a diversified portfolio of liquid assets and assets convertible into cash in the short term.
 
   
Independent financing of subsidiaries within a centralized management structure. The main legal entities, with the exception of Santander Consumer Finance, must obtain financing in the wholesale markets based on their needs and establish their own liquidity and contingency plans, without resorting to credit facilities from the Parent to fund their activities.
 
   
The Group, as a holding, performs control and management functions, which involves planning its funding requirements, structuring the sources of financing to achieve optimum diversification in terms of maturities, instruments and markets, and defining contingency plans.
In practice, the liquidity management performed by the Group consists of the following:
   
Each year, a liquidity plan is prepared on the basis of the financing needs arising from the budgets of each business. Based on these liquidity requirements and taking into account certain prudential limits on the obtainment of short-term market financing, the Group establishes an issue and securitization plan for the year.
 
   
Throughout the year the Group periodically monitors the actual changes in financing requirements and updates this plan accordingly.
 
   
Another task of fundamental importance is the control and analysis of liquidity risk. The primary objective is to guarantee that the Group has sufficient liquidity to meet its short- and long-term financing requirements in normal market situations. To this end, the Group employs certain balance-sheet control measures, such as the liquidity gap and liquidity ratios.
 
     
Simultaneously, various scenario (or stress-scenario) analyses are conducted which consider the additional requirements that could arise if certain extreme but plausible events occur. The aim pursued is to cover a broad spectrum of situations that are more or less likely to affect the Group, thus enabling it to prepare the related contingency plans.
     
The scenario analyses conducted in the last four months of 2007 evidenced how the Group, even in a scenario of scant demand for medium- and long-term issues, maintained ample liquidity conditions.

 

F-144


Table of Contents

Set forth below are certain highlights of structural liquidity management in 2007:
   
Throughout the year, the Group’s units in the convertible currencies area obtained a total of 45,000 million through medium- and long-term issues in the wholesale markets, and securitized assets for a further 44,500 million.
 
   
The Group’s structural liquidity position (long-term on-balance-sheet deposits and funds cater for 75% of its needs in the convertible currencies area and for more than 100% in the Latin American banks) and the quantity and quality of its liquid assets continue to enable Santander to conduct its lending business as usual.
(C.3.3) Structural foreign currency risk/hedges of results
Structural foreign currency risk arises from the Group’s operations in foreign currencies, and relates mainly to long-term investments, and the results and hedges of those investments.
Foreign currency risk is managed dynamically in order to limit the impact on capital of currency depreciations and optimize the financial cost of hedges.
The Group’s general policy for managing the foreign currency risk on long-term investments is to finance these investments in the currency in which they are denominated, provided that the market is sufficiently deep and the cost is justified by the expected currency depreciation. Also, hedges are arranged on an as-needed basis when it is considered that a local currency may weaken against the euro at a significantly quicker pace than that at which it is being discounted in the market.
At 2007 year-end, the Group had hedged all its significant investments in foreign subsidiaries (including the foreign currency risk arising from the direct investment in Banco Real) through option structures. These hedges protect the Group’s capital against the impact of currency depreciation (exceeding a given level).
(C.3.4) Exposures relating to special assets and businesses
The Santander Group’s exposure to complex structured instruments and vehicles is highly limited:
   
No exposure to sub-prime mortgages;
 
   
Non-material exposure subject to mark-to-model;
 
   
Limited exposure to hedge funds, asset-backed securities, monoliners, conduits, etc.;
The Santander Group’s policy with respect to the approval of new transactions has traditionally been very prudent and conservative, subject to strict supervision by senior Group management. Before approval is given for a new transaction, product or underlying, the Risk Division checks:
   
whether there is an adequate valuation model to monitor the value of each exposure: mark-to-market, mark-to-model or mark-to-liquidity;
 
   
whether the inputs enabling application of the valuation model are available in the market.
Provided the two aforementioned conditions are met, the Division ascertains:
   
the availability of adequate systems duly adapted for the calculation and daily monitoring of the results, positions and risks of the new transactions envisaged.
 
   
the degree of liquidity of the product or underlying, with a view to arranging the related hedge on a timely basis.

 

F-145


Table of Contents

(C.3.5) Structured financing operations
The Santander Group’s structured financing operations are subject to low exposure and are diversified in terms of product type, sector and number of transactions.
  D.  
OPERATIONAL RISK
The Santander Group defines operational risk as “the risk of loss resulting from deficiencies or failures of internal processes, human resources or systems or that arising due to external causes”. This risk relates to events of a purely operational nature, which differentiates it from market or credit risk.
The Group’s aim in operational risk control and management is to identify, prevent, measure, mitigate and monitor this risk.
The overriding requirement for the Group, therefore, is to identify and eliminate any clusters of operational risk, irrespective of whether losses have been incurred. Measurement of this risk also facilitates its management, since it enables priorities to be established and decisions to be hierarchized.
Analysis and monitoring of controls in market operations
The turmoil in the financial markets in 2007 and the increased operational risk arising from the growing complexity of financial instruments prompted the Group to steadily strengthen the operational control of its financial market activities, thus bolstering the highly stringent and conservative risk and operational principles already applied on a regular basis by the Santander Group.
In addition to specifically monitoring all operational control-related matters, in all its units the Group placed greater emphasis on the following aspects, the reviews conducted being validated on a monthly basis by the management Committee of each unit. The most noteworthy of these aspects are as follows:
   
Review of the valuation models and, in general, of the values of the portfolios.
 
   
Processes for the capture and independent validation of prices.
 
   
Adequate confirmation of transactions with counterparties.
 
   
Review of transaction cancellations/modifications.
 
   
Review and monitoring of the effectiveness of guarantees, collateral and risk mitigators.
Role of insurance in operational risk management
The Santander Group was a pioneer in considering insurance as a key factor in operational risk management. Since 2004 the Operational Risk area has worked closely with the Insurance area in the Santander Group in all activities leading to improvements in the two areas.
As a result of this cooperation, the Santander Group has classified its insurance policies by type of operational risk, based on internal and BIS classifications. At December 31, 2007, 90% of its banking business had been catalogued in this way.
The BBB policy provides protection against, for instance, the losses resulting from internal fraud, robbery, raids, electronic crime, forgery and fraudulent mortgages.

 

F-146


Table of Contents

  E.  
ECONOMIC CAPITAL
In calculating economic capital, a bank must decide what level of losses it wishes to cover, i.e. with what confidence level it wishes to ensure the continuity of its business. The target confidence level that the Santander Group intends to achieve using economic capital is 99.97%, higher than the 99.90% assumed by the regulatory capital formulas proposed in the New Basel Capital Accord. The difference between the two levels means that the probability of failure assumed by the Group is 0.03%, instead of 0.1%, i.e. 3 times lower (3 times better) than the BIS proposal.
In external rating terms, a 99.97% confidence level requires the Group to have sufficient capital to achieve a degree of solvency equivalent to an AA rating, whereas the maximum rating attainable with a 99.90% confidence level would be A-, given the higher associated probability of failure.
The Group’s economic capital model enables it to quantify the consolidated risk profile taking into account all the significant risks of the business and the diversification effect inherent in a multinational, multibusiness group like Santander. The Group is using this model as a basis for its proposal in the Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process in accordance with Bank of Spain rules within the framework of Pillar 2 of Basel II.
The economic capital measurement and aggregation model pays particular attention to the concentration risk for wholesale portfolios (large corporations, banks and sovereigns).
Analysis of global risk profile
At December 31, 2007, the distribution, by type of risk and main business units, of the Group’s global risk profile measured in terms of economic capital, was as follows:
         
By business unit:        
 
       
Latin America
    25.5 %
Financial Management and Investments
    31.6 %
Abbey
    5.3 %
Santander Network Spain
    8.1 %
Banesto
    6.2 %
Wholesale Banking Spain
    8.7 %
Portugal
    3.3 %
Santander Consumer
    5.7 %
Other
    5.7 %
         
By type of risk:        
 
       
Credit risk
    48.2 %
Equities market risk
    21.4 %
Other market risks
    9.1 %
Structural interest rate risk
    5.9 %
Business risk
    3.9 %
Operational risk
    6.6 %
Other risks
    5.0 %
The lending business, which accounts for 48.2% of the Group’s economic capital, continues to be the main source of risk. It is followed in importance by equities market risk, which was heightened at 2007 year-end due to the treatment under the capital model of the investment in RFS Holding (Banco Real).
The distribution of the economic capital among the main units reflects the diversification of the Group’s business. Latin America, with 25.5%, accounts for a slightly lower proportion than in 2006.

 

F-147


Table of Contents

  F.  
REPUTATIONAL RISK
The Santander Group considers the reputational risk function to be an essential feature of its activities in all areas of the Organization. Management of this risk is performed mainly through:
Global New Products Committee (CGNP)
Any new product or service that a Santander Group entity intends to market must be authorized by this Committee.
In 2007 the Committee held 14 meetings (two of which were conducted in writing without convening a formal meeting), at which a total of 186 products or product families were analyzed.
A Local New Products Committee is set up in each country in which a Santander Group entity is based. Once a new product or service has undergone the required procedures, this Committee must seek the approval of the Global New Products Committee. In Spain, the functions of the Local New Products Committee are discharged by the Global New Products Committee.
The areas represented on the Global New Products Committee, which is chaired by the General Secretary, are: Tax Advisory, Legal Advisory, Customer Care, Internal Audit, Commercial Banking, Global Corporate Banking, Santander Private Banking, Compliance, the Controller’s Unit, Financial Transactions and Markets, Operations and Services, Global Wholesale Banking Risks, Corporate Banking Risks and IFIs, Credit Risk, Financial Risks, Methodology, Processes and Infrastructure Risks, Operational Risk, Technology, Global Treasury, Universities and, lastly, the unit proposing the new product or a representative of the Local New Products Committee.
Before a new product or service is launched, the aforementioned areas, together with any independent experts required to correctly evaluate the risks incurred (such as, for example, Money Laundering Prevention), conduct an exhaustive analysis of all the matters involved and express their opinion as to whether the product or service should be marketed.
On the basis of the documentation received, the Global New Products Committee, after checking that all requirements for the approval of the new product or service have been met and considering the risk guidelines established by the Santander Group’s Risk Standing Committee, either approves, rejects or sets conditions for the proposed new product or service.
The Global New Products Committee pays particular attention to the suitability of the new product or service for the environment in which it is to be marketed. To this end, it places particular emphasis on ensuring that:
   
Each product or service is sold by people who know how to sell it.
 
   
Customers know what they are investing in and are aware of the risk involved in the particular product or service, and this can be evidenced by supporting documentation.
 
   
The product or service fits the customer’s risk profile.
 
   
Each product or service is sold where its sale is possible, not only from a legal or tax standpoint (i.e. it complies with the legal or tax regime of the country in question), but also with regard to the local financial culture.
 
   
When a given product or service is approved, maximum placement limits are set for the amount that can be sold in each country.
Procedures Manual for the Marketing of Financial Products
This Manual, which has been used at Banco Santander since 2004 in the retail sale of financial products in Spain, was fully updated in 2007 as a result of the entry into force on 1 November of Directive 2004/39 on Markets in Financial Instruments (“MiFID”), which establishes new requirements governing the sale of financial products.
The objective of this Manual is to guarantee: (i) the appropriate valuation of financial products prior to their commercial use; (ii) the proper conduct of commercial activities, based on the characteristics of the service, the product and the customer; and (iii) compliance with the regulations applicable to the marketing of financial products, including MiFID.
Investment services for financial products, including: fixed-income or equity securities or other financial instruments, money market instruments, shares or units in collective investment undertakings, savings and investment insurance, traded derivatives, OTC derivatives and atypical financial contracts, will be subject to this Manual. Nevertheless, the Global New Products Committee may opt to include other financial products within the scope of the Procedures Manual.
The Manual starts out with a segmentation of customers and products and establishes various categories of commercial treatment, which basically depend on the type of service to be provided. The combination of these elements (customer category, product type and commercial treatment) produces a matrix that determines the mechanism to be applied (advisability test, suitability test) in order to assess a customer’s suitability for a given product, and to establish the warnings that should be given to the customer.

 

F-148


Table of Contents

The customer and product segmentation is the result of uniting the internal classification used by Santander prior to MiFID with that established by the Directive, giving rise to a level of protection that surpasses the minimum required under MiFID.
The various types of commercial treatment, arranged on a scale of descending involvement of the Bank, are as follows: (i) advised sale, which includes, in turn, portfolio advice and management; and (ii) non-advised sale, which encompasses marketing and mere performance of the sale.
In 2007, 120 products subject to this Manual were submitted for approval. Although the vast majority of these products are investment funds, authorization was also granted for the marketing of other kinds of products, such as warrants, hedging products, preference shares and IPOs and secondary offerings.
Of these 120 products, 68 were new products submitted to the Global New Products Committee and 52 were existing products submitted to the Office of the Manual (this specific body created to oversee implementation of the Manual forms part of the Compliance Department). These 120 products were categorized as follows: 36 green products (30%), 49 yellow products (41%) and 32 red products (27%). Three products were not assigned any color: two of them because they are generic products to which a color will be assigned for each particular issue that it is intended to market, and the third because its approval is conditional upon a final review. The red, yellow and green colors are assigned, not only on the basis of the risk of loss involved, but also taking into account the difficulty experienced by the public in understanding the features of the related products.
Of the 28 products approved on or after 1 November, 19 were classified under MiFID as complex products and 9 as non-complex products.
Board’s Risk Committee
The Board’s Risk Committee, in its capacity as the body ultimately responsible for global risk management and for all banking operations, assesses, with the support of the General Secretary’s Division, the reputational risk within its scope of competence in areas for which it has decision-making powers.
Audit and Compliance Committee
The Audit and Compliance Committee is also responsible for the Group’s reputational risk. Amongst other functions, it supervises compliance with the Group’s Code of Conduct in Securities Markets, the manuals and procedures for the prevention of money laundering and, in general, the Bank’s governance and compliance rules, and makes any required proposals for improvement.

 

F-149


Table of Contents

57.  
Significant differences between the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. generally accepted accounting principles
As described in Note 1, the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements of the Santander Group are presented in the formats stipulated by the Bank of Spain Circular 4/2004, of 22 December, on Public and Confidential Financial Reporting Rules and Formats, and were prepared by applying the generally accepted accounting principles for the International Financial Reporting Standards, as adopted by the European Union pursuant to Regulation (EC) Nº 1606/2002 of the European Parliament of the Council of July 19, 2002. Such formats and accounting principles vary in certain respects from those generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”). This Note includes relevant information about valuation differences, differences in Financial Statements presentation and additional disclosure requirements.
IFRS 1 “First-time Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards” provides first-time adopters of the EU-IFRS with a number of exemptions and exceptions from full retrospective application, some of which were applicable to Santander Group. Had the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 been applied fully retrospectively, net income and shareholders’ equity under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 shown in the tables below would have been different and the reconciling items to U.S. GAAP shown below would also have been different.
The information included in this Note is classified as follows:
     
Note 57.1.
 
U.S. GAAP Recent Pronouncements
 
 
 
Note 57.2.
 
Significant valuation and income recognition principles under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP
 
 
 
Note 57.3.
 
Net Income and Stockholders’ Equity reconciliations between the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP
 
 
 
Note 57.4.
 
Significant presentation differences between the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP
 
 
 
Note 57.5.
 
Consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
Note 57.6.
 
Preference Shares and Preferred Securities
 
 
 
Note 57.7.
 
Business combinations: Goodwill and Other assets and liabilities
 
 
 
Note 57.8.
 
Earnings per Share

 

F-150


Table of Contents

57.1 U.S. GAAP Recent Pronouncements
A summary of the recent pronouncements that have been adopted by the Group as of December 31, 2007, is as follows:
  1.  
In September 2005, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (“AICPA”) issued Statement of Position (“SOP”) 05-1 “Accounting by Insurance Enterprises for Deferred Acquisition Costs in Connection With Modifications or Exchanges of Insurance Contracts”. SOP 05-1 provides guidance on accounting by insurance enterprises for deferred acquisition costs on internal replacements of insurance and investment contracts other than those specifically described in SFAS 97 “Accounting and Reporting by Insurance Enterprises for Certain Long-Duration Contracts and for Realized Gains and Losses from the Sale of Investments”. SOP 05-1 is effective for internal replacements occurring in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. The adoption of SOP 05-1 did not have a material impact on the Group’s financial position or results of operations.
  2.  
In March 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statements of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 156 “Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets—an amendment of FASB Statement No. 140”. SFAS 156 amends SFAS 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities”, with respect to the accounting for separately recognized servicing assets and servicing liabilities. SFAS 156 requires a company to recognize a servicing asset or servicing liability each time it undertakes an obligation to service a financial asset by entering into a servicing contract principally in a transfer of the servicer’s financial assets that either meets the requirements for sale accounting, or is to a qualifying special-purpose entity in a guaranteed mortgage securitization in which the transferor retains all of the resulting securities and classifies them as either available-for-sale securities or trading securities in accordance with SFAS 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities. SFAS 156 requires all separately recognized servicing assets and servicing liabilities to be initially measured at fair value, if practicable, and permits a company to choose to subsequently measure each class of separately recognized servicing assets and servicing liabilities using either a specified amortization method or a specified fair value measurement method. At its initial adoption, SFAS 156 permits a one-time reclassification of available-for-sale securities to trading securities by companies with recognized servicing rights, without calling into question the treatment of other available-for-sale securities under SFAS 115, provided that the available-for-sale securities are identified in some manner as offsetting the company’s exposure to changes in fair value of servicing assets or servicing liabilities that a servicer elects to subsequently measure at fair value. SFAS 156 is applicable to all transactions entered into in fiscal years that begin after September 15, 2006. The adoption of this statement did not have a material impact on the Group’s financial position, results of operations or cash-flows.
  3.  
In April 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation (“FIN”) 46(R)-6, “Determining the Variability to Be Considered in Applying FASB Interpretation No. 46(R)” (FSP FIN 46(R)-6). FSP FIN 46(R)-6 addresses the application of FIN 46(R), “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities,” in determining whether certain contracts or arrangements with a variable interest entity (VIE) are variable interests by requiring companies to base such evaluations on an analysis of the VIE’s purpose and design, rather than its legal form or accounting classification. FSP FIN 46(R)-6 is required to be applied for all reporting periods beginning after June 15, 2006. The adoption of FSP FIN 46(R)-6 did not have a material impact on the Group’s financial position, results of operations or cash-flows.
  4.  
In July 2006, the FASB issued a Staff Position, “Accounting for a Change or Projected Change in the Timing of Cash Flows Relating to Income Taxes Generated by a Leverage Lease Transaction” (FSP 13-2), which provides guidance regarding changes or projected changes in the timing of cash flows relating to income taxes generated by a leveraged lease transaction. Leveraged leases can provide significant tax benefits to the lessor. Since changes in the timing and/or amount of these tax benefits may have a material effect on the cash flows of a lease transaction, a lessor, in accordance with FSP 13-2, will be required to perform a recalculation of a leveraged lease when there is a change or projected change in the timing of the realization of tax benefits generated by that lease. FSP 13-2 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006 with early application permitted. The adoption of FSP 13-2 did not have a material impact on the Group’s financial position or results of operations.
  5.  
On July 13, 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 48 “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109” (FIN 48). This statement was issued to provide additional guidance and clarification on accounting for uncertainty in income tax positions. The interpretation prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions, as well as increased disclosure requirements with regards to uncertain tax positions. This interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 uses a two-step approach wherein a tax benefit is recognized if a position is more likely than not to be sustained. The amount of the benefit is then measured to be the highest tax benefit which is greater than fifty percent likely to be realized. FIN 48 also sets out disclosure requirements to enhance transparency of an entity’s tax reserves. The adoption by the Group of FIN 48 had no material effect on the retained earnings as of January 1, 2007.

 

F-151


Table of Contents

  6.  
In May 2007, the FASB issued a Staff Position “Definition of Settlement in FASB Interpretation No. 48” (FSP FIN 48-1). FSP FIN 48-1 clarifies that a tax position can be considered “effectively settled” upon completion of an examination by a taxing authority without being legally extinguished. Where tax positions are considered effectively settled, an entity recognizes the full amount of tax benefit, even if (1) the position is not considered more likely than not to be sustained solely on the basis of its technical merits and (2) the statute of limitations remains open. FSP FIN 48-1 is effective on adoption of FIN 48. The adoption of FSP FIN 48-1 did not have a material effect on the Group’s financial position or results of operations.
Additionally, a summary of the recent pronouncements that have been issued but have not yet been adopted by the Group as of December 31, 2007, is as follows:
  1.  
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” (SFAS No. 157). This Standard defines fair value, establishes a consistent framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosure requirements about fair value measurements. In addition, SFAS No. 157 disallows the use of block discounts and supersedes the guidance in EITF 02-3, which prohibited the recognition of day-1 gains on certain derivative trades when determining the fair value of instruments traded in an active market. With the adoption of this Standard, these changes will be reflected as a cumulative effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings. The Standard also requires reflecting its own credit standing when measuring the fair value of debt it has issued, including derivatives, prospectively from the date of adoption. SFAS No. 157 is effective for fiscal years beginning after January 1, 2008, with earlier adoption permitted. The Group continues to evaluate the potential impact of adopting this Statement.
  2.  
In February 2008, the FASB issued a Staff Position “Application of FASB Statement No. 157 to FASB Statement No. 13 and Other Accounting Pronouncements That Address Fair Value Measurements for Purposes of Lease Classification or Measurement Under Statement 13” (FSP FAS 157-1) which amends SFAS 157 “Fair value measurements”, where leases that fall under the scope of SFAS 13 “Accounting for leases” are excluded from the scope of SFAS 157. FSP FAS 157-1 is effective on the adoption of SFAS 157. The Group continues to evaluate the potencial impact of the adoption of FSP FAS 157-1.
  3.  
In February 2008, the FASB issued a Staff Position “Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157” (FSP FAS 157-2) which delays the effective date of SFAS 157 for non-recurring fair value measurements of non financial assets and liabilities until fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008. Entities are encouraged to adopt SFAS 157 in its entirety. FSP FAS 157-2 is effective upon issuance. The Group continues to evaluate the potencial impact of the adoption of FSP FAS 157-2.
  4.  
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159 ‘‘The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities-Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115’’. The fair value option established by SFAS 159 permits all entities to choose to measure eligible items at fair value at specified election dates. Eligible items include a financial asset and financial liability, a firm commitment involving financial instruments that would not otherwise be recognized at fair value, a written loan commitment, certain rights and obligations under an insurance contract, and certain rights and obligations under a warranty. A business entity shall report unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected in earnings at each subsequent reporting date. In accordance with SFAS 159, the fair value option (1) can be applied instrument by instrument, with a few exceptions, such as investments otherwise accounted for by the equity method, (2) is irrevocable (unless a new election date occurs), and (3) cannot be applied to portions of instruments. SFAS 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 with early adoption permitted provided the entity also elects to apply the provisions of SFAS 157,‘‘Fair Value Measurements’’. The Group continues to evaluate the potential impact of adopting this Standard.
  5.  
In April 2007, the FASB issued a Staff Position “Amendment of FASB Interpretation No. 39 “(FSP FIN 39-1). FSP FIN 39-1 specifies the conditions that have to be met to enable an entity to offset amounts recognized in the balance sheet and clarifies when it is appropriate to offset amounts recognized for forwards, interest rate swaps, currency swaps, options and other conditional or exchange contracts. Offsetting of derivative contract fair values is permitted when executed with the same counterparty under a master netting agreement. FSP FIN 39-1 should be applied retrospectively for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 with early adoption permitted. The adoption of FSP FIN 39-1 is not expected to have a material effect on the Group’s financial position, results of operations or cash-flows.
  6.  
In July 2007, the AICPA issued Statement of Position 07-1, “Clarification of the Scope of the Audit and Accounting Guide for Investment Companies and Accounting by Parent Companies and Equity Method Investors for Investments in Investment Companies” (SOP 07-1). SOP 07-1 clarifies which entities are in the scope of the AICPA Audit and Accounting Guide “Investment Companies”. In addition, SOP 07-1 establishes new criteria for a parent company or equity method investor to retain investment company accounting in their consolidated financial statements. Investment companies record all their investments at fair value with changes in value reflected in earnings. SOP 07-1 was effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2007, however in February 2008 the FASB issued a Staff Position “Effective date of AICPA Statement of Position 07-1” (FSP SOP 07-1-1) which, in the majority of circumstances, indefinitely defers the adoption of SOP 07-1 for companies that had not adopted the statement by December 15, 2007.

 

F-152


Table of Contents

  7.  
In November 2007, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 109 (SAB 109), “Written Loan Commitments Recorded at Fair Value Through Earnings” which requires that the fair value of a written loan commitment that is marked to market through earnings should include the future cash flows related to the loan’s servicing rights. However, the fair value measurement of a written loan commitment still must exclude the expected net cash flows related to internally-developed intangible assets (such as customer relationship intangible assets). SAB 109 applies to two types of loan commitments: (1) written mortgage loan commitments for loans that will be held-for-sale when funded that are marked to market as derivatives under FAS 133 (derivative loan commitments); and (2) other written loan commitments that are accounted for at fair value through earnings under Statement 159’s fair-value election. SAB 109 supersedes SAB 105, which applied only to derivative loan commitments and allowed the expected future cash flows related to the associated servicing of the loan to be recognized only after the servicing asset had been contractually separated from the underlying loan by sale or securitization of the loan with servicing retained. The staff expects registrants to apply the views in Question 1 of SAB 109 on a prospective basis to derivative loan commitments issued or modified in fiscal quarters beginning after December 15, 2007. The Group is evaluating the impact, if any, that the adoption of SAB 109 may have on its consolidated financial statements and disclosures.
  8.  
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007) “Business Combinations” which is a revision of SFAS 141. SFAS 141(R) defines the acquirer in a business combination as the entity that obtains control of one or more businesses in the business combination and establishes the acquisition date as the date that the acquirer achieves control. The scope of SFAS 141 has also been extended to include all business combinations and not just those where control is obtained by transferring consideration. Assets acquired, liabilities assumed and any noncontrolling interest at the acquisition date must be recognized at their fair value, with limited exceptions, and contingencies are also recognized at fair value if it is more likely than not that they meet the definition of an asset or a liability. Contingent consideration should be measured initially and at each subsequent accounting period at fair value and all acquisition related costs should be expensed in the period in which the costs were incurred or the services received. SFAS 141(R) applies prospectively to business combinations where the acquisition date is on or after December 15, 2008. As SFAS 141(R) will be prospectively applied, its adoption will have no effect on the business combinations already recognized in the financial statements at the adoption date.
  9.  
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160 “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements” an amendment of ARB No. 51 “Consolidated Financial Statements”. The Statement requires that minority interests are presented in equity and on the face of the income statement separately from equity and income attributable to the parent. Changes in ownership interests without a change in control are accounted for as equity transactions and no gain or loss recognized in the income statement. When a subsidiary is deconsolidated any remaining minority interest should be initially measured at fair value and any gain or loss based on that value. SFAS 160 should be applied prospectively for fiscal years and interim periods beginning on or after December 15, 2008 except for the presentation and disclosure requirements which should be applied retrospectively for all periods presented. As SFAS 160 will be prospectively applied, its adoption will have no effect on changes in ownership interests that have already been recognized in the financial statements at the adoption date.
  10.  
In February 2008, the FASB released a Staff Position “Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets and Repurchase Financing Transactions” (FSP FAS 140-3). FSP FAS 140-3 clarifies the accounting where a security is sold and is subsequently subject to a repurchase agreement which is linked to the initial sale. Where the sale and the repurchase agreement are linked, the transaction is either accounted for as a forward rate agreement or, if the transfer meets the SFAS 140 criteria, as a sale unless certain conditions are met. The FSP is effective for repurchase financing in which the initial transfer is entered into in fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008. Early adoption or retrospective application is prohibited. The adoption of FSP FAS 140-3 is not expected to have a material impact on the Group’s financial position or results of operations.
  11.  
In March 2008, the FASB released SFAS No. 161 “Disclosures About Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (SFAS 161), an amendment of SFAS No. 133 “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (SFAS 133). SFAS 161 applies to all entities with derivative instruments subject to SFAS 133 as well as hedged items, bifurcated derivatives and non-derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as hedging instruments. The statement requires an entity to make certain qualitative disclosures about the derivative instruments it holds including, how and why they are used and the volume of activity, distinguishing between instruments used for risk management and those used for other purposes. There is also a requirement to disclose quantitative information regarding derivative instruments, in a tabular format, in order to highlight the effect that the use of these instruments has on the income statement, the balance sheet and the entity’s cashflows. An entity can elect not to disclose gains and losses on derivatives classified as trading, though alternative disclosures must be made. The effect of credit-risk-contingent features is also required to be disclosed. The adoption of SFAS 161 is not expected to have a material impact on the Group’s financial position, results of operations or cash-flows.

 

F-153


Table of Contents

  12.  
In April 2008, the FASB issued FSP FAS 142-3 “Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets”. FSP FAS 142-3 amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under SFAS No. 142 “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”. The objective of FSP FAS 142-3 is to improve the consistency between the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under SFAS No.142 and the period of expected cash flows to measure the fair value of an asset under SFAS No. 141R “Business Combinations”, and other U.S. generally accepted accounting principle. The FSP FAS 142-3 is effective on January 1, 2009 and early adoption is prohibited. The Group is currently evaluating the impact of adopting FSP FAS 142-3 on its consolidated financial condition, operating results and cash flows.
  13.  
In May 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff position No. APB 14-1 “Accounting for Convertible Debt Instruments That May Be Settled in Cash upon Conversion (Including Partial Cash Settlement)”. This FASB Staff Position (FSP) clarifies that convertible debt instruments that may be settled in cash upon conversion (including partial cash settlement) are not addressed by paragraph 12 of APB Opinion No. 14,“Accounting for Convertible Debt and Debt Issued with Stock Purchase Warrants”. Additionally, this FSP specifies that issuers of such instruments should separately account for the liability and equity components in a manner that will reflect the entity’s nonconvertible debt borrowing rate when interest cost is recognized in subsequent periods. This FSP nullifies EITF Issues No. 90-19 “Convertible Bonds with Issuer Option to Settle for Cash upon Conversion”, and No. 03-7 “Accounting for the Settlement of the Equity-Settled Portion of a Convertible Debt Instrument That Permits or Requires the Conversion Spread to Be Settled in Stock” (Instrument C of Issue No. 90-19). This FSP amends EITF Issues No. 98-5 “Accounting for Convertible Securities with Beneficial Conversion Features or Contingently Adjustable Conversion Ratios”, No. 99-1 “Accounting for Debt Convertible into the Stock of a Consolidated Subsidiary”, No. 00-27 “Application of Issue No. 98-5 to Certain Convertible Instruments”, No. 04-8 “The Effect of Contingently Convertible Instruments on Diluted Earnings per Share”, No. 05- 1 “Accounting for the Conversion of an Instrument That Becomes Convertible upon the Issuer’s Exercise of a Call Option”, and No. 06-7 “Issuer’s Accounting for a Previously Bifurcated Conversion Option in a Convertible Debt Instrument When the Conversion Option No Longer Meets the Bifurcation Criteria in FASB Statement No. 133”. This FSP is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The adoption of FSP APB 14-1 is not expected to have a material effect on the Group’s financial position, results of operations or cash-flows.
  14.  
In May 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 162 “The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles”. This Statement identifies the sources of accounting principles and the framework for selecting the principles used in the preparation of financial statements of nongovernmental entities that are presented in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) in the United States (the GAAP hierarchy). This Statement applies to financial statements of nongovernmental entities that are presented in conformity with GAAP. This Statement shall be effective 60 days following the SEC’s approval of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB) amendments to AU Section 411 “The Meaning of Present Fairly in Conformity With Generally Accepted Accounting Principles”. The Group will adopt this Statement, upon its effective date, for the preparation of its financial statements in future fiscal years.
57.2  
Significant valuation and income recognition principles under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP
Following is a description of the most significant valuation and income recognition principles under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP, which differ among them, applicable to the financial statements of the Santander Group:

 

F-154


Table of Contents

     
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s    
Circular 4/2004   U.S. GAAP
Business combinations, goodwill and intangible assets
 
 
(See Notes 2.b.v and 2.m)
 
 
 
 
 
Business combinations performed on or after January 1, 2004 whereby the Group obtains control over an entity are recognized for accounting purposes as follows:


  The Group measures the cost of the business combination, defined as the fair value of the assets given, the liabilities incurred and the equity instruments issued, if any, by the entity.

   The fair values of the assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of the acquiree, including any intangible assets which might have not been recognized by the acquiree, are estimated and recognized in the consolidated balance sheet.

    Any positive difference between the net fair value of the assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of the acquiree and the business combination cost is recognized in “Other Gains” in the consolidated income statement.


Any excess of the cost of the investments in the consolidated entities and entities accounted for using the equity method over the corresponding underlying carrying amounts acquired, adjusted at the date of first time consolidation, is allocated to:

    specific assets and liabilities of the companies acquired,

    to specific intangible assets, by recognizing it explicitly in the consolidated balance sheet provided that their fair value at the date of acquisition can be measured reliably, and

    the remaining amount is recognized as goodwill, which is allocated to one or more specific cash-generating units.

The cash generating units represent the Group’s geographical and/or business segments.

At the end of each reporting period goodwill is reviewed for impairment at a cash-generating-unit level and any impairment is written down with a charge to “Impairment Losses — Goodwill” in the consolidated income statement. An impairment loss recognized for goodwill is not reversed in a subsequent period.

In the first adoption of the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004, we have used the goodwill existing at January 1, 2004, recalculated from euros to local currency as of the date it arose.
 
SFAS 141 requires that all business combinations are accounted for using the purchase method. Business combinations are recognized as follows:

    The Group measures the cost of the business combination as the fair value of the net assets at the time of acquisition.

    Any excess of the acquisition cost over the value of the net assets is recognized as goodwill.

    Any excess of the value of the net assets acquired over the acquisition cost is initially allocated to certain non-financial assets with any remaining amount being recognized in the income statement.

    Income earned from the acquired company is recognized from the acquisition date.

Intangible assets acquired in a business combination must be identified and recognized separately from goodwill.

SFAS 142, requires that goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are subject to an impairment test at a reporting unit level at least annually. These assets should be written-off to the extent that their carrying amount is not recoverable. An impairment loss recognized cannot be reversed in a subsequent period.
 
 
 
Consolidation procedures
 
 
(See Note 2.b)
 
 
 
 
 
i. Subsidiaries

“Subsidiaries” are defined as entities over which the Bank has the capacity to exercise management control; this capacity is, in general but not exclusively, presumed to exist when the Parent owns directly or indirectly half or more of the voting power of the investee or, even if this percentage is lower or zero, when, as in the case of agreements with shareholders of the investee, the Bank is granted control. Control is the power to govern the financial and operating policies of an entity so as to obtain benefits from its activities.

The financial statements of the subsidiaries are fully consolidated with those of the Bank. Accordingly, all balances and transactions between consolidated entities are eliminated on consolidation.

ii. “Joint ventures” are deemed to be ventures that are not subsidiaries but which are jointly controlled by two or more unrelated entities. The financial statements of investees classified as joint ventures are proportionately consolidated with those of the Bank.

iii. Associates

“Associates” are entities over which the Bank is in a position to exercise significant influence, but not control or jointly control, usually because it holds 20% or more of the voting power of the investee.

Investments in associates are accounted for using the equity method. In the case of transactions with an associate, the related profits or losses are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest in the associate.
 
Generally, consolidation is required for, and limited to, all investments of greater than 50% of the outstanding voting rights, except when control does not rest with the majority owner.

To determine whether certain entities should be consolidated, FIN 46-R introduces the concept of a “Variable Interest Entity” (VIE). A VIE is an entity which fulfills one of the following criteria:

(1) It has equity that is insufficient to permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties.

(2) The equity investor cannot make significant decisions about the entity’s operations, or although it could, it doesn’t absorb the expected losses or receive the expected returns of the entity.

(3) The equity investors have voting rights that are not proportionate to their economic interests and substantially all the activities of the entity involved are conducted on behalf of an investor with a disproportionately small voting interest.

A VIE is consolidated by its primary beneficiary, which is the party involved with the VIE that has a majority of the expected losses or a majority of the expected residual returns or both.

US GAAP requires full consolidation of companies controlled by the parent company, whether as a result of voting rights or another mechanism after eliminating all intercompany transactions and recognizing minority interest.

Proportional consolidation for Joint Ventures is not permitted. Joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method.

The equity method is used to account for certain equity investments when the investor has significant influence over the investee (generally an investment of between 20% and 50% in the outstanding voting rights) but does not control the investee. Using the equity method, an investor adjusts the carrying amount of an investment for its share of the earnings or losses of the investee subsequent to the date of investment and reports the recognized earnings or losses in income. Dividends received from an investee reduce the carrying amount of the investment.

 

F-155


Table of Contents

     
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s    
Circular 4/2004   U.S. GAAP
Post-employment benefits
 
 
(See Notes 2.v and 2.w)
 
 
 
 
 
The Group recognizes under “Provisions — Provisions for Pensions and Similar Obligations” the present value of its defined benefit pension obligations, net of the fair value of the plan assets and of the net unrecognized cumulative actuarial gains or losses disclosed in the valuation of these obligations, which are deferred using a corridor approach, and net of the past service cost, which is deferred over time.

“Plan assets” are defined as those that will be directly used to settle obligations and that meet specific conditions.

“Actuarial gains and losses” are deemed to be those arising from differences between previous actuarial assumptions and what has actually occurred in the plan and from changes in the actuarial assumptions used.

The Group uses, on a plan-by-plan basis, the corridor method and recognizes in the consolidated income statement the amount resulting from dividing by five the net amount of the cumulative actuarial gains and/or losses not recognized at the beginning of each year which exceeds 10% of the present value of the obligations or 10% of the fair value of the plan assets at the beginning of the year, whichever amount is higher.

The past service cost -which arises from changes to current post-employment benefits or from the introduction of new benefits- is recognized on a straight-line basis in the consolidated income statement over the period from the time the new commitments arise to the date on which the employee has an irrevocable right to receive the new benefits.

“Other Long-Term Employee Benefits”, defined as commitments to early retirees -taken to be those who have ceased to render services at the entity but who, without being legally retired, continue to have economic rights vis-à-vis the entity until they acquire the legal status of retiree-, long-service bonuses, commitments for death of spouse or disability before retirement that depend on the employee’s length of service at the entity and other similar items, are treated for accounting purposes, where applicable, as established above for defined benefit post-employment plans, except that all past service costs and actuarial gains and losses are recognized immediately.
 
Under U.S. GAAP, the Group applies the provisions of SFAS No. 87, “Employers’ Accounting for Pensions”, SFAS No. 88, “Employers’ Accounting for Settlements and Curtailment of Defined Benefit Pension Plans and for Termination Benefits”, SFAS No. 106, “Employers Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions” and SFAS No. 158 “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 132(R)”, as applicable. Furthermore, the Group provides the required disclosures in accordance to SFAS No. 132(R) “Employers’ Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88 and 106”.

These Standards do no significantly differ from the provisions followed and applied in our primary financial statements under IFRS, IAS 19 “Employee Benefits”.

A liability and a loss in net income are recognized for early retirement plans when the employees accept the offer and the amount can be reasonably estimated.

 
 
 
Financial instruments
 
 
(See Notes 2.c and 2.g)
 
 
 
 
 
Financial assets are included for measurement purposes in one of the following categories:

 Financial assets held for trading (at fair value through profit or loss): this category includes the financial assets acquired for the purpose of generating a profit in the near term from fluctuations in their prices and financial derivatives that are not designated as hedging instruments.

 Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss: this category includes hybrid financial assets not held for trading that are measured entirely at fair value and financial assets not held for trading that are managed jointly with “liabilities under insurance contracts” measured at fair value or with derivative financial instruments whose purpose and effect is to significantly reduce exposure to variations in fair value, or that are managed jointly with financial liabilities and derivatives for the purpose of significantly reducing overall exposure to interest rate risk.

 Available-for-sale financial assets: this category includes debt instruments not classified as “held-to-maturity investments” or as “financial assets at fair value through profit or loss”, and equity instruments issued by entities other than subsidiaries, associates and jointly controlled entities, provided that such instruments have not been classified as “financial assets held for trading” or as “other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss”.
 
Investments in equity securities with readily determinable market values and all debt securities are classified as trading securities, available-for-sale securities, or held to maturity securities in accordance with SFAS 115.

Trading assets are debt and equity securities that are held principally for the purpose of sale in the near term. They are initially and subsequently recognized at fair value, with movements reported in the statement of income.

Debt and equity securities classified as available-for-sale represent securities not classified as either held to maturity or trading securities. They are initially recognized at fair value including direct and incremental transaction costs and are subsequently measured at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities arising from changes in fair value are included in “Other comprehensive income” as a separate component of equity until sale when the cumulative gain or loss is transferred to the income statement. Foreign exchange differences on available-for-sale securities denominated in foreign currency are also excluded from earnings and recorded as part of the same separate component of equity.

 

F-156


Table of Contents

     
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s    
Circular 4/2004   U.S. GAAP
 Loans and receivables: this category includes financing granted to third parties, based on their nature, irrespective of the type of borrower and the form of financing, including finance lease transactions in which the consolidated entities act as lessors.

     The consolidated entities generally intend to hold the loans and credits granted by them until their final maturity and, therefore, they are presented in the consolidated balance sheet at their amortized cost (which includes the required adjustments to reflect estimated impairment losses).

 The statistical percentages obtained from historical trends as determined by the Bank of Spain guidance (Circular) are applied, being the amounts determined within the range of possible estimated losses calculated internally.

 Held-to-maturity investments: this category includes debt instruments with fixed maturity and with fixed or determinable payments.

As a general rule, the carrying amount of impaired financial instruments is adjusted with a charge to the consolidated income statement for the period in which the impairment becomes evident, and the reversal of previously recognized impairment losses, if any, is recognized in the consolidated income statement for the year in which the impairment ceases to exist or is reduced.
 
Securities classified as available-for-sale are required to be reviewed on an individual basis to identify whether their fair value has declined to a level below amortized cost and, if so, whether the decline is other-than-temporary. If it is probable that an investor will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of a debt security, an other-than-temporary impairment is considered to have occurred. An other-than-temporary impairment may be required as a result of a decline in a security’s value due to deterioration in the issuer’s creditworthiness, an increase in market interest rates or a change in foreign exchange rates since acquisition. Other circumstances in which a decline in the fair value of a debt security may be other-than-temporary include situations where the security will be disposed of before it matures or the investment is not realizable. Provision is reflected in earnings as a realized loss for any impairment that is considered to be other-than-temporary.

The loan loss allowance should represent the best and most probable estimate of all possible scenarios, being the internally calculated amount determined within the range of possible estimated losses.

If an other-than-temporary impairment is recognized, the cost basis of the individual security is written down to fair value as a new cost basis. The new cost basis is not increased for subsequent recoveries in fair value.

Debt securities classified as held-to-maturity are securities that the group has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity. These securities are stated at amortized cost.

Under SFAS 155, financial assets and financial liabilities may be measured at fair value through the income statement where they contain substantive embedded derivatives that would otherwise require bifurcation under SFAS 133.

 

F-157


Table of Contents

     
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s    
Circular 4/2004   U.S. GAAP
Preference Securities and Preference Shares
 
 
(See Notes 57.5 and 57.6)
 
 
 
 
 
Following the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 consolidation rules, special purpose entities used to issue preference shares are consolidated.

Preference securities are classified as financial liabilities, and presented as “Subordinated Debt” or as “Equity Having The Substance of a Financial Liability” if they are shares. Preference securities and shares denominated in a foreign currency are retranslated at each balance sheet date. The dividends on preference securities and shares are recognized in the income statement as interest expense on an amortized cost basis using the effective interest method.
 
As a consequence of FIN 46-R certain special purpose entities which are used to issue preference shares are excluded from consolidation as the Group is no longer the primary beneficiary. These preference shares are recognized as subordinated deposits held by the Bank that act as a guarantee of the securities.

All other preference shares are classified in equity if they are not mandatorily redeemable and do not have redemption features that are not solely within the control of the issuer. The dividends on preference securities and shares are accounted for as an appropriation of profit.
 
 
 
Securitized assets
 
 
(See Notes 2.e, 57.3.g and 58.1)
 
 
 
 
 
The accounting treatment of transfers of financial assets depends on the extent to which the risks and rewards associated with the transferred assets are transferred to third parties:

1.   If the Group transfers substantially all the risks and rewards to third parties the transferred financial asset is derecognized and any right or obligation retained or created in the transfer is recognized simultaneously.

2.   If the Group retains substantially all the rights and rewards associated with the transferred financial asset, the transferred financial asset is not derecognized and continues to be measured by the same criteria used before the transfer. However:

a.   An associated financial liability is recognized for an amount equal to the consideration received.

b.   The income from the transferred financial asset not derecognized and any expense incurred on the new financial liability are recognized in the consolidated income statement.

3.   If the Group neither transfers nor retains substantially all the risks and rewards associated with the transferred financial asset, the following distinction must be made:

a.   If the transferor does not retain control, the transferred financial asset is derecognized and any right or obligation retained or created in the transfer is recognized.

b.   If the transferor retains control, it continues to recognize the transferred financial asset for an amount equal to its exposure to changes in value and recognizes a financial liability associated with the transferred financial asset. The net carrying amount of the transferred asset and the associated liability shall be the amortized cost of the rights and obligations retained, if the transferred asset is measured at amortized cost, or the fair value of the rights and obligations retained, if the transferred asset is measured at fair value.
 
U.S. GAAP SFAS 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities”, requires that after a transfer of financial assets an entity recognizes the financial and servicing assets it controls and the liabilities it has incurred, derecognizes financial assets when control has been surrendered, and derecognizes liabilities when extinguished. The statement contains rules for distinguishing transfers of financial assets that are sales from transfers that are secured borrowings. SFAS 156, “Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets — an amendment of FASB Statement No. 140” requires that a servicing asset or liability is recognized each time an entity undertakes an obligation to service a financial asset by entering into a servicing contract principally in a transfer of the servicer’s financial assets that either meets the requirements for sale accounting or is to a qualifying special-purpose entity in a guaranteed mortgage securitization.

Certain mortgage securitization vehicles held by the Group were considered “qualifying special purpose entities” under U.S. GAAP and therefore were outside the scope of FIN 46(R). These securitizations were treated as sales and, where appropriate, a servicing asset and an interest-only security were recognized. Servicing assets are amortized over the periods in which the benefits are expected to be received and the interest-only security was accounted for as an available-for-sale security. Evaluation for impairment was conducted in accordance with EITF 99-20.

If previously derecognized assets no longer meet the requirements of SFAS 140, the assets are deemed to have been repurchased by the transferor at fair value. The recognized assets are classified as loans and subsequently measured at amortized cost. On rerecognition of the transferred assets, any difference between fair value on transfer and the book value of the asset will be recognized in the income statement as part of the effective interest calculation in accordance with SFAS 91.

Once an entity no longer meets the requirements for a qualifying special purpose entity it is no longer outside the scope of FIN 46(R) and will be subject to its provisions as described in the consolidation section above.

See notes 57.3 g) and 58.1 for details.

 

F-158


Table of Contents

     
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s    
Circular 4/2004   U.S. GAAP
Derivative instruments and hedging activities
 
 
(See Notes 2.d.v and 57.3.f)
 
 
 
 
 
All derivatives are recognized either as assets or liabilities on the balance sheet and measured at their fair value. The accounting for changes in the fair value of a derivative (that is, gains and losses) depends on the intended use of the derivative and the resulting designation as Trading or Hedging (of Cash Flow, of Fair Value or of a foreign currency investment exposure).

    Effectiveness testing: the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 allows prospective and retrospective effectiveness testing.

    Macro hedging is permitted.

    Dynamic portfolio hedging is permitted.
 
Accounting for derivatives under U.S. GAAP is similar to that of the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004. There are however differences in their detailed application.


    Effectiveness testing: retrospective testing may not be required if the short cut and matched terms methods can be used

    Macro hedging is not permitted

   Non-dynamic portfolio hedging requires that the individual items respond in a “generally proportionate manner” to the overall change in fair value of the aggregate portfolio; and that all cash flows of the hedged items be included in the hedge relationship.
 
 
 
Sale — Leaseback transactions involving real estate
 
 
(See Notes 2.l and 57.3.e)
 
 
 
 
 
According to IAS 17 a lease is classified as a finance lease if it transfers substantially all risks and rewards incidental to ownership of the leased asset to the lessee;otherwise it is classified as an operating lease.

Under IAS 17, if a sale-leaseback transaction that involves real estate includes a genuine repurchase option (that is, an option whose exercise is not almost certain), that transaction should be accounted for as a sale and lease-back transaction. Any gain would be recognized based on the classification of the leaseback, as either operating (at the time of the sale-leaseback) or finance leases (over the lease term).
 
According to SFAS No. 13 leased properties are also classified as either operating or capital leases based on certain criteria, and any sale-leaseback properties involving real estate are dealt with in SFAS No. 66 and SFAS No. 98.

A sale- leaseback transaction that does not qualify for sale-leaseback accounting because of any form of continuing involvement (e.g. repurchase option at fair value under SFAS No. 98) by the seller-lessee other than a normal leaseback shall be accounted for by the deposit or financing method, whichever is appropriate under SFAS No. 98.

If a sale-leaseback transaction has to be reported as a financing method, the seller-lessee reports the sales proceeds as a liability, continues to report the real estate or the real estate and equipment as an asset, and continues to depreciate the property. Lease payments are considered interest payments, are accounted in the income statement and do not reduce the liability (sales proceeds).
 
 
 
Fair value option
 
 
(See Note 2.c)
 
 
 
 
 
The Fair value option is permitted in accordance with IAS 39.
 
The Fair value option is not permitted as of December 31, 2007 unless SFAS 159 is early adopted. The Group has not early adopted SFAS No. 159.

 

F-159


Table of Contents

57.3  
Net Income and Stockholders’ Equity reconciliations between the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP
 
   
Following is a summary of the adjustments to consolidated net income and to consolidated Stockholders’ Equity which would be required if U.S. GAAP had been applied to the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
 
   
Our primary financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004. For this reason, reconciliation to U.S. GAAP starts from our EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 financial statements. These adjustments are explained in the following Notes a — j.
 
   
After the reconciliation, the Comprehensive Income reporting required by SFAS 130 is disclosed. More information about it can be found in Note j.
                                 
            Thousands of Euros  
            Increase (decrease)  
            2007     2006     2005  
NET INCOME
                               
Net income in accordance with the EU-IFRS (*)
            9,636,150       8,245,753       6,749,770  
Less: Net income attributable to minority interest under the EU-IFRS (*) (**)
            (575,892 )     (649,806 )     (529,666 )
 
                         
Net income attributable to the Group in accordance with the EU-IFRS (*)
            9,060,258       7,595,947       6,220,104  
Of which:
                               
Continuing operations
            8,351,941       6,327,643       5,990,404  
Discontinued operations
            708,317       1,268,304       229,700  
 
                               
Adjustments to conform to U.S. GAAP:
                               
Allowances for credit losses
    (a )     (347,155 )     (226,365 )     (302,033 )
Investment securities
    (b )     15,215       161,268       82,052  
Goodwill and business combinations
    (d )     (83,249 )     (170,325 )     69,675  
Intangible assets
    (d )                 (50,661 )
Premises and equipment
    (e )     (1,636,780 )     9,507       7,669  
Hedge accounting: derivative instruments
    (f )     (711,599 )     (550,276 )     342,382  
Securitization
    (g )     293,869       174,237       72,961  
Pension liabilities and other post-employment benefits
    (h )     (97,206 )     412,085        
Income taxes
    (i )     803,464       8,493       (123,689 )
 
                         
Total adjustments:
            (1,763,441 )     (181,376 )     98,356  
 
                               
Net income attributable to the Group in accordance with U.S. GAAP
            7,296,817       7,414,571       6,318,460  
Of which:
                               
Continuing operations
            6,724,962       6,305,470       6,088,760  
Discontinued operations
            571,855       1,109,101       229,700  
     
 
 
(*)  
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004.
 
(**)  
Under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 equity and net income includes the equity and net income corresponding to the shareholders of both the Parent and the minority interests. Under U.S. GAAP, shareholder’s equity and net income is made up only of the portion attributed to equity holders of the Parent. Therefore, an adjustment to reconcile to U.S. GAAP is recorded in order to exclude the Minority Interests portion of shareholder’s equity and net income.
   
The accompanying Notes are an integral part of reconciliation of consolidated net income and stockholders’ equity to U.S. GAAP as of December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 and for the years then ended.

 

F-160


Table of Contents

                                 
            Thousands of Euros  
            Increase (decrease)  
            2007     2006     2005  
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
                               
Total Equity in accordance with the EU-IFRS (*)
            57,558,151       47,072,302       42,626,699  
Less: Minority Interest under the EU-IFRS (*) (**)
            (2,358,269 )     (2,220,743 )     (2,848,223 )
 
                         
Stockholders’ Equity in accordance with the EU-IFRS (*)
            55,199,882       44,851,559       39,778,476  
 
                               
Adjustments to conform to U.S. GAAP:
                               
Allowances for credit losses
    (a )     281,230       628,385       854,750  
Loans granted to purchase parent company shares
    (c )     (19,133 )     (25,875 )     (120,035 )
Investment securities
    (b )                  
Goodwill and business combinations
    (d )     3,115,032       3,113,896       2,972,556  
Intangible assets
    (d )                  
Premises and equipment
    (e )     (1,890,253 )     (253,473 )     (262,980 )
Hedge accounting: derivative instruments
    (f )     (899,347 )     (155,288 )     395,350  
Securitization
    (g )     906,462       640,357       494,674  
Pension liabilities and other post-employment benefits
    (h )     117,816       105,612        
Taxes
    (i )     581,908       (201,633 )     (328,456 )
 
                         
Total adjustments:
            2,193,715       3,851,981       4,005,859  
 
                               
Stockholders’ Equity in accordance with U.S. GAAP
            57,393,597       48,703,540       43,784,335  
     
 
 
(*)  
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004.
 
(**)  
Under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 equity and net income includes the equity and net income corresponding to the shareholders of both the Parent and the minority interests. Under U.S. GAAP, shareholder’s equity and net income is made up only of the portion attributed to equity holders of the Parent. Therefore, an adjustment to reconcile to U.S. GAAP is recorded in order to exclude the Minority Interests portion of shareholder’s equity and net income.
   
The accompanying Notes are an integral part of reconciliation of consolidated net income and stockholders’ equity to U.S. GAAP as of December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 and for the year then ended.

 

F-161


Table of Contents

   
Considering the adjustments included in the reconciliation, the Other Comprehensive Income information required by SFAS 130 is summarized in the table below:
                         
    Thousands of Euros  
    Increase (decrease)  
    2007     2006     2005  
CHANGES IN EQUITY FROM NON-OWNER SOURCES
                       
 
                       
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income, net of tax:
                       
Unrealized gains (losses) on securities
    1,275,349       2,163,558       1,954,932  
Net gains (losses) on derivative instruments
    (58,655 )     49,252       70,406  
Foreign currency translation adjustment
    (7,884,100 )     (6,747,605 )     (6,245,939 )
Pension liabilities and other post-employment benefits
    (137,944 )     (214,531 )      
 
                 
Total Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
    (6,805,350 )     (4,749,326 )     (4,220,601 )
 
                       
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
                       
 
                       
Net income attributable to the Group in accordance with U.S. GAAP
    7,296,817       7,414,571       6,318,460  
 
                       
Other Comprehensive Income, net of tax:
                       
Unrealized gains (losses) on securities
    (888,209 )     208,626       (82,458 )
Net gains (losses) on derivative instruments
    (107,907 )     (21,154 )     (268,660 )
Foreign currency translation adjustment
    (1,136,495 )     (501,666 )     1,112,333  
Pension liabilities and other post-employment benefits
    76,587       (214,531 )      
 
                 
Other Comprehensive Income (see Note 57.3.j)
    (2,056,024 )     (528,725 )     761,215  
 
                       
Comprehensive Income in accordance with U.S. GAAP
    5,240,793       6,885,846       7,070,675  
   
The accompanying Notes are an integral part of reconciliation of consolidated net income and stockholders’ equity to U.S. GAAP as of December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 and for the years then ended.

 

F-162


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE NET INCOME AND TO THE STOCKHOLDERS’ RECONCILIATION
Upon the adoption of the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004, among other decisions permitted by the rules of adoption of the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004, the Bank decided to reclassify all held to maturity portfolio to the available-for-sale portfolio. Consequently, even though the decision was made in 2005, the Bank included the effect of this accounting change in its reconciliation to U.S. GAAP as of December 31, 2004.
Under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004, some companies are consolidated by using the proportional consolidation method, which is not allowed under U.S. GAAP. The use of this method instead of the global integration method has no impact on the consolidated Stockholders’ Equity or on the consolidated net income attributable to the Group. In our 2007 financial statements there were 14 entities (15 in 2006) consolidated by the proportional method which, on an aggregated basis, have assets of 3,092 million and net income of 99 million (2,227 and 68 million in 2006, respectively), amounts that are not material, in light of the amounts involved as compared to our consolidated financial statements taken as a whole.
The adoption of FIN 46-R had no effect on stockholders’ equity or net income attributable to the Group, but changed the consolidation scope under U.S. GAAP, requiring the consolidation of some entities that previously were not consolidated (such as some securitization vehicles) and excluding others that previously were consolidated. As a result, most of our issuances of preference shares were classified as long term debt (6,988,882 thousand, 6,665,166 thousand and 6,854,071 thousand at December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively) and its share of net income considered as interest expense, while some issuances made from operating subsidiaries (i.e. Abbey and Banesto) were classified in Minority Interest (795,058 thousand, 839,732 thousand and 1,227,544 thousand at December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively), see Notes 57.2 and 57.6. Most of these changes in the consolidation scope were the same as those arising in the first adoption of the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004.
The Group enters into transactions under which it lends and borrows stock using other stock as collateral, and these are accounted for as Off-Balance Sheet Commitments under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004. Under SFAS 140, these transactions are grossed up on the balance sheet. At December 31, 2007, the Group has included assets of 24,058 million (December 31, 2006: 28,809 million and December 31, 2005: 27,493 million) as collateral received and liabilities of 24,058 million (December 31, 2006: 28,809 million and Decemeber 31, 2005: 27,493 million) as an obligation to return collateral received.
Following are the explanations of the reconciliation items.
a) Allowances for credit losses
Under IAS 39, as we described in Note 2.g) to the Consolidated Financial Statements, a debt instrument not measured at fair value through profit or loss and in contingent exposures classified as standard are considered to be impaired — and therefore its carrying amount is adjusted to reflect the effect of its impairment — when there is objective evidence that events have occurred which give rise to a negative impact on the future cash flows that were estimated at the time the transaction was arranged.
As a general rule, the carrying amount of an impaired debt instrument not measured at fair value through profit or loss and in contingent exposures classified as standard are adjusted with a charge to the consolidated income statement for the year in which the impairment becomes known, and the recoveries of previously recognized impairment losses are recognized in the consolidated income statement for the year in which the impairment is reversed or reduced by collection.
Impairment exists if the book value of a claim or a portfolio of claims exceeds the present value of the cash flows actually expected in future periods.
Impairment losses on these impaired assets and contingent liabilities are assessed as follows:
Individually, for all significant debt instruments and for instruments which, although not material, are not susceptible to being classified in homogeneous groups of instruments with similar risk characteristics: instrument type, debtor’s industry and geographical location, type of guarantee or collateral, and age of past-due amounts, taking into account: (i) the present value of future cash flows, discounted at an appropriate discount rate; (ii) the debtor’s financial situation; and (iii) any guarantees in place.
Collectively in all other cases.
Additionally, we recognize an impairment allowance for credit losses when it is probable that a loss has been incurred and taking into account the historical loss experience and other circumstances known at the time of assessment. For these purposes, inherent losses are the incurred but not specifically identified losses as at the date of the financial statements, calculated using statistical procedures.

 

F-163


Table of Contents

The Group, in recognizing the inherent losses in debt instruments measured at amortized cost and in contingent exposures classified as standard, takes into account its historical experience of impairment and the other circumstances known at the time of assessment and has developed internal risk models, based on historical information available for each country taking into account the influence of business cycles and type of risk (homogenous portfolios). Nonetheless, as an explicit requirement of the Bank of Spain, until the Spanish regulator and supervisory authority has not satisfactorily verified such internal models, the coverage of insolvencies incurred but not specifically identified calculated therein, must not result in a lower amount than those calculated under the criteria described in Note 2.g).
The allowance for credit losses recorded by the Santander Group as at December 31, 2007, under our internal models was 9,426 million (8,865 million in 2006). Our internal models determine a range of provisions which comprise the amount as required by the Bank of Spain.
The Bank has included in the reconciliation of stockholders’ equity and net income a difference between the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP related to the determination of allowance losses not allocated to specific loans, basically due to:
   
Under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 we use “peer group” information as indicated in Note 2.g) in the calculation of allowances for inherent losses incurred but not yet identified, until the Bank’s internal risk models are reviewed and approved by the Bank of Spain.
 
   
Under U.S. GAAP, pursuant to SFAS 5, Accounting for Contingencies (SFAS 5) and paragraph 3 of Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Interpretation No. 14 (FIN 14), Reasonable Estimation of the Amount of a Loss we calculate credit losses based on our internal risk models using the best estimates, after considering our experience, the information about debtors profiles and appraisal of the receivables in light of the current economic environment at the balance sheet date.
 
   
Under U.S. GAAP the methodology in developing our internal risk models is consistent with the guidance described in AICPA Accounting Guidance for Banking Industry for identified loans that are to be evaluated for collectibility.
 
   
Also considered are the view points included in EITF Topic D-80 Application of FASB Statement 5 and 114 to a loan portfolio which state in part:
 
  Arriving at an appropriate allowance involves a high degree of management judgment and results in a range of estimated losses.
 
   
Institutions should maintain prudent, conservative, but not excessive, loan loss allowances that fall within an acceptable range of estimated losses. Consistent with GAAP, an institution should record its best estimate within the estimated range of credit losses, including when the best estimate is at the high end of the range.
 
   
When determining the level for the allowance, management should always ensure that the overall allowance appropriately reflects a margin for the imprecision inherent in most estimates of inherent credit losses (footnote omitted).
 
   
Simply because a portion of the allowance is designated as “unallocated,” it is not thereby inconsistent with GAAP. The important consideration is whether the allowance reflects an estimate of probable losses, determined in accordance with GAAP, and is appropriately supported.
 
   
Allowance estimates should be based on a comprehensive, well-documented, and consistently applied analysis of the loan portfolio.
   
As described in the Note above our calculation under U.S. GAAP is based on the best estimate within the estimated range of credit losses. Moreover, paragraph 23 of SFAS 5 states the following:
“Whether the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated (the condition in paragraph 8(b)) will normally depend on, among other things, the experience of the enterprise, information about the ability of individual debtors to pay, and appraisal of the receivables in light of the current economic environment. In the case of an enterprise that has no experience of its own, reference to the experience of other enterprises in the same business may be appropriate.”
   
Hence, the use of “peer group” statistical assumptions are not appropriate, even when the amount falls within an acceptable range of estimated losses, as the amount does not correspond with the best estimate of loan losses. Consequently, for U.S. GAAP purposes we have used our own appropriately adjusted experience in determining the allowance for loan losses.
 
   
Accordingly, we have recorded an adjustment between U.S. GAAP and the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 which caused a decrease of 347,155, 226,365 and 302,033 thousand to our income statement in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The effect in shareholders’ equity under U.S. GAAP is an increase of 281,230 thousand, 628,385 thousand, 854,750 thousand as of December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

 

F-164


Table of Contents

b) Investment securities
In this item we consider the adjustments that arise from different cost in securities, either they arise from previous Spanish GAAP or from the different accounting treatment of impairment losses under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP (i.e. the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 permit to register as an income the recoveries in value of past impairments).
Under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004, the criteria for presentation, valuation and recognition of debt and equity instruments are those disclosed in Note 2.c) and 2.d).
During the first-time adoption of the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004, the recognition, measurement and disclosure criteria included in IAS 32 and 39, were applied retrospectively to January 1, 2004 (the date of transition to the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004).
1- Different cost in debt and equity securities:
Under previous Spanish GAAP, some investments in listed affiliated companies in which the Group held an ownership interest of more than 3% and less than 20% were accounted for by the equity method. Under U.S. GAAP, the Group’s investments in these companies were accounted for as indicated by SFAS No. 115. As a result of the first-time adoption of the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004, such investments were classified as “Available for sale financial assets” and valued in accordance to IAS 32 and 39, for which the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 accounting treatment of new and former investments in affiliated companies is identical to that under U.S. GAAP.
In previous years this adjustment reflected the changes in the valuation of these holdings from the equity accounting method to the lower of cost or market value (available-for-sale securities under previous Spanish GAAP classification). Subsequently, an additional adjustment was made to meet SFAS 115 requirements. Currently, this adjustment reflects the reversal of those impairments upon sale of the corresponding investments, recorded prior to January 1, 2004 (transition date); in determining other than temporary impairments realized in accordance to SFAS 115, for both debt and equity instruments.
In this regard, historical differences in the amortized cost of past investments in affiliated companies, debt securities and available for sale financial assets remain (the amortized cost is higher under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 than it is under U.S. GAAP) and therefore, at the time of their sale, the capital gains resulting will be lower under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 than under U.S. GAAP.
The 2007 reconciliation item reflects the adjustment to the profit on sale of the final stake of 1.79% that we held in Intesa Sanpaolo, S.p.A. (equivalent to the 3.6% stake in San Paolo, IMI before the merger with Intesa).
The 2006 reconciliation item reflects the adjustment to the profit on sale of the 4.8% stake on San Paolo IMI, S.p.A, and maintains the adjustment for the 3.6% holding that we keep on our books at December 31, 2006.
The 2005 reconciliation item reflects the adjustment to the profit on sale of our holdings in Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc and Commerzbank AG (2.57% and 3.38% of their capital respectively, see Note 8) and maintains differences between the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP on the holdings recorded under previous Spanish GAAP, due to different valuation criteria used prior to January 1, 2004.
2- Different treatment of reversal of impairment in debt securities under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 or U.S. GAAP
The Group conducts reviews to assess whether other-than-temporary impairment exists. These reviews consist of (i) the identification of the securities that maintain impairments during the last six months, and (ii) the determination of the value of the impairment that is not expected to be recovered. Changing global and regional conditions and conditions related to specific issuers or industries could adversely affect these values. Changes in the fair values of trading securities are recognized in earnings.
Additionally, under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 when there is evidence that a reduction in the fair value of a debt security is due to impairment, the unrealized loss is charged to net income but, if afterwards it recovers its value the impairment losses are subsequently reversed to net income.
Under U.S. GAAP impairment losses cannot be reversed and the criteria to determine if other-than-temporary impairment exists are different (see Note 58.3).
c) Loans granted to purchase parent company shares
Loans granted to employees for the acquisition of the Bank shares have been recorded under U.S. GAAP as a reduction of Stockholders’ Equity.

 

F-165


Table of Contents

d) Goodwill and business combinations
As disclosed in Note 57.2 to our financial statements, in the first adoption of the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 we used the goodwill existing under our previous Spanish GAAP at January 1, 2004, recalculating its value from euros to local currency as of the date it arose.
Most of the goodwill differences between the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP came from differences that already existed under previous Spanish GAAP. These differences only appear in net income when we sell our holding or when there is a different impairment write-off. In the meantime they are reflected as differences in our stockholders’ equity. For information about the main differences that remain unchanged in the reported periods, see Note 57.7. Business combinations: Goodwill and Other assets and liabilities.
The 2007 net income reconciliation adjustment reflects, mainly, the differences on the gains on sale of the pension fund managers in Latin America (see Note 3-c) due to the different cost basis for such subsidiaries under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP.
The 2006 net income reconciliation adjustment reflects differences on the profit on sale of our business in Perú and Bolivia and on the sale of 7.23% of Banco Santander Chile. In 1997, all the goodwill relating to our investments in Perú and in Chile was written-off under our previous Spanish GAAP but not under our U.S. GAAP reconciliation. From 1998 to 2001 the goodwill of our investments in Perú, Bolivia and Chile were amortized under U.S. GAAP but were booked in different currencies (euros under previous Spanish GAAP and local currency under U.S. GAAP), producing differences in the amounts recorded. Later, when SFAS 141 became effective (in June 2001), we faced two different goodwill impairment tests (U.S. GAAP and previous Spanish GAAP), producing even more differences. Finally, when we changed from our previous Spanish GAAP to the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004, we recalculated our goodwill (from euros to local currency as of the date it arose) and performed impairment tests over the new values resulting in write-downs. Under U.S. GAAP no write-downs were needed.
The 2005 net income reconciliation adjustment reflects mainly the adjustment to the profit on sale of our holding in Unión Fenosa S.A. (see Note 3-c).
The net income differences from goodwill of our investment in Unión Fenosa S.A. also come from differences that arose years ago. Our holding in Unión Fenosa S.A. was acquired in 1999 through the purchase of Banco Central Hispano S.A. (under Previous Spanish GAAP this business combination was accounted for as a merger). Until the third quarter of 2002 our stake was lower than 20%, and it was accounted for by the equity method under previous Spanish GAAP and “as available for sale” in our reconciliation to U.S. GAAP. As a result of that different accounting treatment, net income from goodwill of our investment in Unión Fenosa S.A. was higher under previous Spanish GAAP than under U.S. GAAP. In 2002 we increased our stake above 20% and the investment was accounted for by the equity method under both GAAPs, but the goodwill was valued differently in each one. Finally, when we changed from previous Spanish GAAP to the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004, we maintained the value of the goodwill from our previous Spanish GAAP. In 2005 when we sold our investment in Unión Fenosa S.A. we wrote-down its goodwill to calculate the profit in sale, which was higher under U.S. GAAP (by an amount similar to the net income anticipated under previous Spanish GAAP and recognized as retained earnings under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004).
For the purposes of the reconciliation to U.S. GAAP, the Group conducted a goodwill impairment test according to SFAS 142. The procedures followed to calculate are:
First, cash-generating units (“CGU”) are determined.
Second, goodwill is allocated to these CGUs. This criterion is different from the allocation criteria followed in the business segment information presented in Note 54, where all the goodwill is allocated to the non-operating segment (Financial Management and Equity Stakes segment). Impairment testing is not possible without this goodwill allocation. The carrying value of the CGU, including the allocated goodwill, is compared to its fair value in order to determine whether impairment exists.
Finally, as the fair value of the CGUs was greater than their carrying amount, the Group did not proceed to perform step 2 under SFAS 142 for the goodwill impairment test under U.S. GAAP. As a result, there is no more impairment other than that recognized under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004.
e) Premises and equipment
In November 2007, the Group sold ten singular properties and 1,152 of its branch offices and, at the same time, entered into operating lease agreements with the buyers which include an option to repurchase the properties at fair values, exercisable by the Group on the agreed dates (mostly the final expiry date of each lease agreement).
Under US GAAP (SFAS 98 par 11) the transaction does not qualify as a sale and lease-back because the existence of a repurchase option of the properties at fair values implies a continuing involvement of the seller-lessee and, consequently, the transaction cannot be considered as a sale.

 

F-166


Table of Contents

From an EU-IFRS (IAS 17) perspective, there is nothing that leads to such an automatic assumption. The repurchase option needs to be assessed to determine whether there is reasonable certainty at the beginning of the operating lease term that it will be exercised, and to whom the gains and losses in fluctuations of fair value of the residual value flow. After completing such assessment of the transaction, we concluded that there is no reasonable certainty that the repurchase option will be exercised, because it is at fair value, and there are no other indicators that we expect would economically force us to exercise the repurchase option; thus we concluded to use sale and lease-back accounting under EU-IFRS.
In addition, we completed an analysis of the other main factors of the transaction and concluded that the lease agreements had the characteristics of operating leases, the sale price and lease payments were at fair value so, in effect, there had been a normal sale transaction and the gain on the sale of the properties was recognized immediately in the statement of income in 2007.
Accordingly, in order to account for the transaction in conformity with the financing method under SFAS 98, we have made an adjustment to: (1) undo the sale, place the properties back in the accounting books (755 million) and continue to depreciate them for the entire year (6 million); (2) eliminate the profit on sale (1,620 million) and create a liability for the total amount of the cash received and (3) record the operating leases rental payments incurred by the Group during November and December as interest expense (10 million).
In addition, under IFRS 1, paragraph 16, IG8-IG9, we are allowed to use as deemed cost the revalued amount of fixed assets under previous Spanish GAAP, which is something that U.S. GAAP does not allow and thus creates the need for an adjustment.
Based on the above, the premises and equipment opening balance under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 is different from the balances carried under U.S. GAAP since some real estate properties were revalued under previous Spanish GAAP (but not U.S. GAAP), and thus their related depreciation would reverse through profit and loss and the fixed assets revaluation amount through equity. As a result, the depreciation of these fixed assets is calculated on the restated value (deemed cost) under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004. This valuation is also considered when calculating profits on sale of fixed assets. Under U.S. GAAP these assets are valued at cost.
The adjustment to net income reflects the reversal of the additional depreciation on the revalued premises and equipment, corrections to profits on sale and, if necessary, corrections to the value of the premises. The related deferred tax asset is being recorded in income in the years in which the relevant deductions are allowed for income tax purposes. The adjustment to Stockholders’ Equity also reflects the reversal of all unamortized revaluation surpluses.
f) Hedge accounting: derivative instruments
The Group uses derivative financial instruments for trading purposes and to hedge risk exposures. Derivatives accounted for as hedging operations include instruments that meet specific criteria required by Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 which are in accordance with IAS 39. Derivatives accounted for as trading operations include instruments held for trading purposes and those that do not meet our hedging requirements. A full description of the principles applied by the Group in accounting for derivative financial instruments is disclosed in Note 2.d.v to the financial statements.
For U.S. GAAP purposes, SFAS No. 133 establishes similar criteria to account for derivatives, including embedded derivatives, and derivative instruments used for hedging activities.
Nevertheless, the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP differ, in certain respects, in the requirements for hedge accounting for these transactions; accordingly, all hedge accounting will need to be separately considered under each GAAP to ensure that the respective rules under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP are satisfied. See Note 57.2 for a summary of the accounting criteria.
In the Group, the use of derivatives for trading purposes is subject to clearly defined limits (at all levels: trader, entity, business segment, country, etc.) and controlled using Value at Risk (VaR) methodology. Derivatives are also used for hedging purposes when a reduction of risk is desired. However, risk reduction is not in itself sufficient to qualify for hedge accounting.
We have procedures in place that ensure that the requirements with respect to the designation as a hedge or speculative transaction, the documentation of the hedging relationship, the identification of hedged items and the hedging instruments, and the assessment and testing of hedge effectiveness are met under both GAAPs (the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP).

 

F-167


Table of Contents

Accordingly, the Group’s policies require that an effectiveness test is performed for each hedge position at inception and on a monthly basis. The Group has established the following effectiveness tests to ensure the effectiveness of each hedging relationship:
Prospective test: Upon designation of a hedging relationship (as well as on ongoing basis), the Group must be able to justify an expectation that the relationship will be highly effective over future periods in achieving offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows, and;
Retrospective test: At least quarterly, the Group must determine whether the hedging relationship has been highly effective in having achieved offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows through the date of the periodic assessment.
Only if the hedge effectiveness percentages are between 80% and 125% is the hedge considered to be highly effective. If the calculated percentages are outside this range the hedge is not considered to be effective and hedge accounting is discontinued (the hedging instruments are accounted for as speculative derivatives).
Additional information is collected to identify those hedges under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 that do not fully comply with SFAS 133 requirements (i.e. adjustments to effectiveness tests that are not suitable for U.S. GAAP requirements). Accordingly, for U.S. GAAP reconciliation purposes, only those transactions which fully comply with SFAS 133 requirements are considered to be hedge transactions.
The main differences included in the reconciliation between the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP relate to the following:
Some transactions that qualify as hedging relationships under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 are adjusted to trading accounting under U.S. GAAP: i.e. the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004, in accordance to IAS 39 F.2.17 “Partial term hedging”, allows us to designate a hedging instrument as hedging only a portion of the time period to maturity and therefore adjust the effectiveness test to comply with the hedging objective. Under U.S. GAAP such hedges are possible although in practice rare because of the difficulty to meet the effectiveness criteria in fair value partial term hedge due to the fact that the adjustment effectiveness is reversed.
The hedge relationship files of certain dynamic portfolio hedges that relate to Abbey do not fulfill all the documentation requirements under SFAS 133. Therefore we reversed the effects of the hedge accounting claimed under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 in our U.S. GAAP reconciliation.
The variations registered in 2007 and 2006 in the net income adjustment are due to the interest rate increases during these periods. Most hedge relationships that qualify under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 but not under U.S. GAAP are fair value hedges related to long term debt. An interest rate increase has a positive impact in the income statement as a result of the valuation of the debt instrument and a negative impact from the valuation of the hedging derivative. If the hedge relationship is valid, both effects are reflected on the income statement, with a net impact that is equal to the ineffectiveness of the hedge. Under U.S GAAP, for those hedges that are not valid, the positive impact coming from the valuation of the debt instrument is not reflected on the income statement and therefore the profit under U.S. GAAP is lower.
For more information about derivatives, see Notes 9, 11, 36 and 58.4.
g) Securitizations
In accordance with SFAS 140, the assets that have been transferred to special purpose entities (securitized) and meet the criteria required under SFAS 140 for a sale are no longer retained on the balance sheet. In the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006 certain securitized assets met these criteria and were derecognized. From the date of the issuance in December 2007 these transferred assets no longer met the SFAS 140 criteria for a sale (for further details see Note 58.1).
Due to the recognition of a retained interest under U.S. GAAP, gains of 290,945, 174,237 and 72,961 thousand have been recognized for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The remuneration received for servicing is considered to be adequate and therefore no servicing assets were recognized.
Under SFAS 140, a retained interest (interest-only strip) is recognized which represents the retained interest in the securitized assets. The fair value of the interest-only strip is calculated as the present value of the future income streams expected to be received discounted at market rates for these types of securities. In accordance with SFAS 140, the receivable is treated as an available-for-sale security that is revalued at the end of each reporting period. Increases and decreases in value of the retained interest are taken to the statement of comprehensive income, unless the value of the security falls below its original cost. In such circumstances, other-than-temporary losses are considered to have occurred and the impairment losses are taken to the income statement.
If previously derecognized assets no longer meet the requirements of SFAS 140, the assets are deemed to have been repurchased by the transferor at fair value. The recognized assets are classified as loans and subsequently measured at amortized cost. On rerecognition of the transferred assets, any difference between fair value on transfer and the book value of the asset (the interest only strip), will be recognized in the income statement as part of the effective interest calculation, in accordance with SFAS 91.

 

F-168


Table of Contents

An impairment loss of 51m was recognized in 2007. There was no impairment loss in any other period presented. Below is the mortgage asset securitization summary:
Mortgage assets securitization
                         
Thousands of Euros   2007     2006     2005  
Value of interest-only strip at inception (1)
    903,538       798,213       621,626  
Increase/(decrease) in value of interest only strip (recorded in Other Comprehensive Income, see Note 57.3.j)
          (157,856 )     (126,952 )
Impairment
    (51,171 )                
Reclassify as net loans and leases
    (852,367 )            
 
                 
Value of interest-only strip at December 31(1)
          640,357       494,674  
 
                 
     
(1)  
The valuation of the interest-only strip asset is based on a key assumption of a discount rate of 8.2% (9.4% in 2006 and 8.4% in 2005). Interest-only strip assets purchased in Abbey’s business combination are valued at purchase price.
h) Pension liabilities and other post-employment benefits
Under U.S. GAAP, the Group applies the provisions of SFAS No. 87, “Employers’ Accounting for Pensions”, SFAS No. 88, “Employers’ Accounting for Settlements and Curtailment of Defined Benefit Pension Plans and for Termination Benefits,” and SFAS No. 106, “Employers Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions”, as applicable.
These Standards do not significantly differ from the provisions followed and applied in our primary financial statements under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004; IAS 19 “Employee Benefits”.
Nevertheless, the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 pension allowance includes some liabilities that under U.S. GAAP are presented separately. This different balance sheet classification does not generate a net income or stockholders’ equity difference.
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 “Defined Benefit Obligations” differ from its U.S. GAAP equivalent “Projected Benefit Obligation” (“PBO”) (as defined according to SFAS 87) because it includes other commitments such as those arising from employees taking early retirement or annuity contracts. The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 “Plan assets” also include annuity contracts which are not permitted to be included in SFAS 87 calculations. Total Accrued Commitments should be funded both under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 or U.S. GAAP, and the only difference is the classification as one liability under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and various liabilities under U.S. GAAP.
Difference in the date of recognizing of a “special termination benefit” under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP:
As indicated in Notes 1.i and 25.c, during 2006 and 2007 the Group offered early retirement benefits (special termination benefits) to its employees, which were accounted for under IAS 19 in the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004. Under IAS 19, paragraphs 133 and 134, an entity can recognize an early retirement benefit as a liability and expense as long at it has committed to the early retirement benefit plan, has offered it to its employees and there is no realistic possibility of withdrawal. Thus, the Group has recorded such liability and expense for all the employees to whom the plan was offered, whether or not they had accepted the offer. However, under U.S. GAAP, SFAS No. 88 paragraph 15, a liability and expense can only be recognized for those employees that have accepted the early retirement benefit offer and the amount can be reasonably estimated as of December 31, 2007.
The 2007 net income reconciliation adjustment of -97 million reflects the net amount of the early retirement benefits not accepted by some employees in 2007 and the reversal of the early retirement benefits fund as of December 31, 2007.
The stockholder’ equity adjustment of 118 million reflects principally the impact of SFAS 158 (explained below) and of undoing the early retirement benefits fund at December 31, 2007.
Additionally, on September 29, 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R)” (SFAS 158), which requires the recognition of a plan’s over-funded or under-funded status as an asset or liability with an offsetting adjustment to Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (OCI). SFAS 158 further requires the determination of the fair values of a plan’s assets at a company’s year-end and recognition of actuarial gains and losses, prior service costs or credits, and transition assets or obligations as a component of Accumulated OCI. This statement was effective as of December 31, 2006.

 

F-169


Table of Contents

As a consequence of the adoption of SFAS 158, the Group has recognized the over — or under-funded status of defined benefit pension plans and post retirement healthcare plans as an asset or a liability within its balance sheet. Actuarial losses and prior service costs (137,944 thousands) at December 31, 2007 have been transferred to accumulated other comprehensive income.
Disclosures in Notes 2.v and 25 of our primary financial statements along with the following disclosures are substantially in accordance with the disclosure requirements established under U.S. GAAP, being the underlying assumptions used to calculate the projected benefit obligations and net period benefit costs the same under both the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP.
The following table shows the differences between the Defined Benefit Obligations registered under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and those that should be registered under U.S. GAAP:
Millions of Euros
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
 
                       
Defined Benefit Obligation (see Note 25)
    23,822       23,412       22,461  
Commitments arising from employees retired early (Note 25.c)
    (3,949 )     (4,481 )     (4,215 )
Other commitments
    (312 )     (264 )     (330 )
Annuity contracts, total accrued commitments and other
    (1,884 )     (1,973 )     (2,547 )
 
                 
Projected Benefit Obligation under U.S. GAAP
    17,677       16,694       15,369  
 
                 
The Group maintains adequate funding according to the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004; therefore, there is no need for minimum additional liabilities under U.S. GAAP. The differences between both regulations in terms of how to present the information are reconciled in the following table that summarizes the 2007 funded status of pension liabilities:
         
    Thousands of Euros  
Liability under the EU-IFRS (*)
    11,819,748  
Funds from employees taking early retirement
    (3,949,388 )
Annuity contracts
    (606,859 )
Other commitments
    (312,091 )
Assets pledged
    10,528,195  
Plan Assets
    (14,310,443 )
Liability under U.S. GAAP (before SFAS 158 adjustment)
    3,169,162  
 
     
SFAS 158 effect
    197,063  
 
     
Liability under U.S. GAAP (after SFAS 158 adjustment)
    3,366,225  
 
     
                         
                    Minimum  
    ABO     Plan Assets     Liability  
Spanish entities
    5,155,288       3,815,248       1,340,040  
Abbey
    5,772,142       4,911,707       860,435  
Other foreign subsidiaries
    5,957,020       5,583,488       373,532  
 
                       
 
                 
TOTAL
    16,884,450       14,310,443       2,574,007  
 
                 
 
                       
Liability (before FAS 158) in excess over Minimum Liability as per SFAS 87     595,155  
 
                     
     
(*)  
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004
The requirement within SFAS 158, effective for the year-ended December 31, 2008, to measure plan assets and benefit obligations as of the employer’s fiscal year end balance sheet date will not impact the Group’s financial statements, as plan assets and benefit obligations are currently measured as of the balance sheet date.
Amounts in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income expected to be recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost in 2008 amount to 27.8 million.

 

F-170


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the adjustment included in the reconciliation to U.S. GAAP at December 31, 2007:
                                 
                    Other     Effect on  
    Profit and             Comprehensive     Stockholders’  
Thousands of Euros   Loss     Reserves     Income     Equity  
 
                               
Effect of adopting SFAS 158-
                               
Actuarial losses & Prior service cost
                (197,063 )     (197,063 )
Total effect of adopting SFAS 158
                (197,063 )     (197,063 )
 
                               
Effect of special termination benefits-
                               
Reversal of early retirement plans not individually accepted
    (97,206 )     412,085             314,879  
Total effect of special termination benefits
    (97,206 )     412,085             314,879  
 
                               
 
                       
TOTAL BEFORE TAXES
    (97,206 )     412,085       (197,063 )     117,816  
 
                       
Taxes
    29,162       (123,626 )     59,119       (35,345 )
 
                       
TOTAL AFTER TAXES
    (68,044 )     288,460       (137,944 )     82,471  
 
                       
i) Income taxes (SFAS No. 109)
The previous adjustments to Net income and Stockholders’ Equity do not include their related effects on corporate income tax, which are disclosed under “Cumulative tax effect of adjustments” item on the reconciliation statements.
The current income tax expense is calculated as the sum of the current tax resulting from application of the appropriate tax rate to the taxable profit for the year (net of any deductions allowable for tax purposes), and of the changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities recognized in the consolidated income statement.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities include temporary differences, which are identified as the amounts expected to be payable or recoverable on differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their related tax bases, and tax loss and tax credit carryforwards. These amounts are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the asset is realized or the liability is settled.
Deferred tax liabilities are recognized in respect of taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, associates or joint ventures, except when the Group is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference and, in addition, it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.
Deferred tax assets are only recognized for temporary differences to the extent that it is considered probable that the consolidated entities will have sufficient future taxable profits against which the deferred tax assets can be utilized, and the deferred tax assets do not arise from the initial recognition (except in a business combination) of other assets and liabilities in a transaction that affects neither taxable profit or accounting profit. Other deferred tax assets (tax loss and tax credit carryforwards) are only recognized if it is considered probable that the consolidated entities will have sufficient future taxable profits against which they can be utilized.
The deferred tax assets and liabilities recognized are reassessed at year-end in order to ascertain whether they still exist, and the appropriate adjustments are made on the basis of the findings of the analysis performed.
Income and expenses recognized directly in equity are accounted for as temporary differences.
A reconciliation of the Group’s effective income tax expense to the Spanish statutory income tax expense has been disclosed in Note 27.

 

F-171


Table of Contents

Following is a summary of the deferred tax assets and liabilities that should be recorded under SFAS No. 109, in addition to timing differences recorded under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004:
                                                 
    Thousands of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
    Deferred     Deferred     Deferred     Deferred     Deferred     Deferred  
    Tax     Tax     Tax     Tax     Tax     Tax  
    Assets     Liabilities     Assets     Liabilities     Assets     Liabilities  
Tax effect of EU-IFRS (*) to U.S. GAAP reconciliation adjustments:
                                               
 
                                               
Premises and equipment
    616,265             74,735             77,346        
Effect of net unrealized gains on derivative instruments
    269,803             66,679                   138,373  
Loan allowances
          84,369             219,935             299,162  
Pension Liabilities and other post-employment benefits
    (35,345 )           (36,964 )                  
Securitization
          114,360             55,079             (17,743 )
Other items
          71,604             32,467       13,990        
Effect on deferred taxes of change in tax rates
    (12,985 )     (14,503 )     (25,488 )     (26,886 )            
 
                                   
Total
    837,738       255,830       78,962       280,595       91,336       419,792  
     
(*)  
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004
The change in the Spanish tax rate accounts for the impacts in 2006 of both the equity adjustment effect under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004, and the tax effects of the cumulative applicable reconciling adjustments to U.S. GAAP. Additionally, from April 2008 the UK corporation tax rate will change from 30% to 28%. Therefore, in 2007 the deferred tax effect adjustments to U.S. GAAP reflect the deferred tax to be recognized on Abbey’s effective tax rate.
Net deferred tax liability arising from Abbey’s acquisition with no impact on the reconciliation adjustments has been considered amounting 340,901 thousand, 356,838 thousand and 371,430 thousand in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
FIN 48 disclosures:
At December 31, 2007 and January 1, 2007, the Group’s unrecognized tax benefits, including related interest expense and penalties was 1,445 million and 1,326 million, respectively, of which 1,010 million, if recognized, would reduce the annual effective tax rate. As the Group is presently under audit by a number of tax authorities, it is reasonably possible that unrecognized tax benefits could change over the next 12 months. The Group does not expect that any such changes would have a material impact on its annual effective tax rate.
Due to the inherent complexities arising from the nature of the Group’s businesses, and from conducting businesses that are taxed in a substantial number of jurisdictions, significant judgements and estimates are required to be made. Agreement of tax liabilities between the Group and the many tax jurisdictions in which Group files tax returns may not be finalized for several years. Thus, the Group’s final tax-related assets and liabilities may ultimately be different from those currently reported.
The following is a roll-forward of the Company’s FIN 48 unrecognized tax benefits from January 1, 2007 to December 31, 2007:
         
Millions of euros        
Total unrecognized tax benefits at January 1, 2007
    1,326  
Net amount of increases for current year’s tax positions
    32  
Gross amount of increases for prior years’ tax positions
    78  
Gross amount of decreases for prior years’ tax positions
    (6 )
Foreign exchange and acquisitions
    15  
 
     
Total unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2007
    1,445  
 
     
The Group classifies interest as interest expense but penalties are classified as tax expense. During the year ended December 31, 2007, the Group recognized approximately 37 million in interest and penalties. The Group had approximately 424 million for the payment of interest and penalties accrued at December 31, 2007.
The following are the major tax jurisdictions in which the Bank and its affiliates operate and the earliest tax year subject to examination:
         
Jurisdiction     Tax year  
Spain
    2001-2007  
United Kingdom
    2003-2007  
Brazil
    2003-2007  
Mexico
    2002-2007  
Chile
    2004-2007  

 

F-172


Table of Contents

j) Other Comprehensive Income (SFAS 130)
SFAS No. 130 establishes requirements for reporting and displaying comprehensive income and its components in a full set of general-purpose financial statements. The objective of the statement is to report a measure of all changes in Stockholders’ Equity that result from transactions and other economic events of the period from non-owner sources. It includes all changes in equity during a period except those resulting from investments by owners and distributions to owners.
The accumulated balances of other comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 were as follows:
                                         
                            Pension        
                            liabilities        
            Net Gains     Unrealized     and other        
    Foreign     (Losses) on     Gains     post-     Other  
    Currency     Derivative     (Losses) on     employment     Comprehensive  
Thousands of Euros   Items     Instruments     Securities     benefits     Income (Loss)  
Balance as of December 31, 2004
    (7,358,272 )     339,066       2,037,390             (4,981,816 )
Changes in 2005
    1,112,333       (268,660 )     (82,458 )           761,215  
 
                             
Balance as of December 31, 2005
    (6,245,939 )     70,406       1,954,932             (4,220,601 )
Changes in 2006
    (501,666 )     (21,154 )     208,626       (214,531 )     (528,725 )
 
                             
Balance as of December 31, 2006
    (6,747,605 )     49,252       2,163,558       (214,531 )     (4,749,326 )
Changes in 2007
    (1,136,495 )     (107,907 )     (888,209 )     76,587       (2,056,024 )
 
                             
Balance as of December 31, 2007
    (7,884,100 )     (58,655 )     1,275,349       (137,944 )     (6,805,350 )
Taxes allocated to each component of Other Comprehensive Income in 2007, 2006 and 2005 were as follows:
                                                                         
    2007     2006     2005  
            Tax                     Tax                     Tax        
    Before Tax     expense or     Net of tax     Before Tax     expense or     Net of tax     Before Tax     expense or     Net of tax  
Thousands of Euros   amount     benefit     amount     amount     benefit     amount     amount     benefit     amount  
 
                                                                       
Foreign currency translation adjustments
    (1,136,495 )           (1,136,495 )     (501,666 )           (501,666 )     1,112,333             1,112,333  
 
                                                     
 
                                                                       
Net Gains on Derivatives
    (170,539 )     62,632       (107,907 )     9,087       (30,241 )     (21,154 )     (427,569 )     158,909       (268,660 )
 
                                                     
Pension liabilities and other post-employment benefits
    109,410       (32,823 )     76,587       (306,473 )     91,942       (214,531 )                  
 
                                                     
 
                                                                       
Unrealized gains on securities:
                                                                       
 
                                                                       
Total holding gains arising during the period
    823,396       (262,847 )     560,549       1,632,809       (487,179 )     1,145,630       1,114,565       (68,898 )     1,045,667  
Less: reclassification adjustment for gains included in net income
    (1,609,127 )     160,369       (1,448,758 )     (1,338,576 )     401,572       (937,004 )     (1,173,555 )     45,430       (1,128,125 )
 
                                                     
 
                                                                       
Net unrealized gains(losses)
    (785,731 )     (102,478 )     (888,209 )     294,233       (85,607 )     208,626       (58,990 )     (23,468 )     (82,458 )
 
                                                     
 
                                                                       
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
    (1,983,355 )     (72,669 )     (2,056,024 )     (504,819 )     (23,906 )     (528,725 )     625,774       135,441       761,215  
 
                                                     

 

F-173


Table of Contents

57.4  
Significant presentation differences between the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP
 
   
In addition to the differences in valuation and income recognition principles disclosed in Note 57.2, other differences relating to the financial statements presentation exist between the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 as applied by Spanish banks and U.S. GAAP presentation following the formatting guidelines in Regulation S-X of the Securities and Exchange Commission of the United States. Although these differences do not cause differences between the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP reported Net income and/or Stockholders’ Equity, it may be useful to understand them to better interpret the Group’s financial statements presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Following is a summary of the significant classification differences that pertain to the basic financial statements.
 
   
Balance Sheet-
  a.  
The captions “Loans and advances to credit institutions”, “Cash and balances with central banks” and “Loans and advances to customers” (see Notes 6 and 10) include securities purchased under agreements to resell to financial institutions and other customers, respectively. Under U.S. GAAP, securities purchased under agreements to resell are presented as a separate item.
 
  b.  
The assets classified under the main category of “Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss”, are reclassified in the U.S. GAAP balance sheet to financial assets held for trading — Banks, Loans, Debt Securities or Equity Securities, according to their nature, as such designation doesn’t exist.
 
  c.  
The caption “Insurance contracts linked to pensions” is presented netted with pension liabilities in the “Pension Allowance” caption of the U.S. GAAP balance sheet.
 
  d.  
Assets acquired through foreclosure and waiting disposition, net of the related allowances, are included under “Non-current assets held for sale: Tangible assets” in the balance sheet (see Note 12). Under U.S. GAAP, such assets are presented under “Other assets”.
 
  e.  
The “Total other assets” caption on the asset side of the U.S. GAAP balance sheet includes the followings captions of the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 Balance Sheet: “Intangible assets”, “Other assets” and “Prepayments and accrued income”.
 
  f.  
Deposits from credit institutions (see Note 20) and from customers (see Note 21), both including securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other short-term borrowings, are presented as separate items in the balance sheet. Under U.S. GAAP, such funds are presented under “Deposits” classified by nature, except securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other short-term borrowings, which are presented under the caption “Short-term debt”.
 
  g.  
The liability captions “Debt securities” and “Subordinated debt” disclosed in the balance sheet (Notes 22 and 23 respectively) are presented under the caption “Long term debt” under U.S. GAAP, except the item “Promissory Notes” which is included under the “Short term debt” caption.
 
  h.  
The following captions on the liability side of the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 balance sheet are presented under the caption “Other liabilities-Others” on the U.S. GAAP balance sheet: “Other liabilities”, “Accrued expenses and Deferred Income” and “Provisions”.
 
  i.  
The caption “Pension allowance” on the U.S. GAAP balance sheet is reported net of the amounts of pension commitments covered by contracts taken out with insurance companies; these amounts are presented on the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 balance sheet under the caption “Insurance contracts linked to pensions”.
   
Statement of Income-
  a.  
The breakdown of interest income and interest expense under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP is determined by the classification of the assets and liabilities that generate such income and expenses. However, net interest income in our statement of income includes the interest cost assigned to the pension plan, which are classified as a part of “Salaries and employee benefits” in the U.S. GAAP statement of income.
 
  b.  
Income and expenses of Insurance business in our statement of income is included under the “Insurance activity income” caption, while in the U.S. GAAP statements the revenue is classified under the “Interest Income” or “Non-Interest income” captions and the expenses under the “Interest expense” or “Non-interest Expense” captions.

 

F-174


Table of Contents

  c.  
Commissions and fees received and paid by the Group are presented as separate items in our statement of income. Under U.S. GAAP, such commissions and fees are presented net and detailed by activity (together with insurance activity, see Note b) above).
 
  d.  
Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities (net)” includes gains and losses from investment securities and from derivatives. Under U.S. GAAP, such gains and losses are disclosed separately under “Gains (losses) from investment securities” and “Gains (losses) from foreign exchange, derivatives and other, net”.
 
  e.  
Occupancy and maintenance expenses of premises and equipment are included under the caption “Other general administrative expenses”. Under U.S. GAAP, such expenses are included as a part of “Occupancy expenses of premises, depreciation and maintenance, net”.
 
  f.  
Amortization of intangible assets is included as a part of “Depreciation and amortization”. Under U.S. GAAP, such amortization is included under “Non-interest expense — Amortization of intangible assets”.
 
  g.  
“Impairment losses” and “Provisions (net)” are excluded from the subtotals “Other operating expenses” and “Net operating income”, according to the formats prescribed by the Bank of Spain Circular and the CNMV Circular. Under IFRS and U.S. GAAP, impairment losses and provision expenses are to be recorded as components of the subtotals “Net operating income” and “Other operating expenses”.
57.5  
Consolidated financial statements
 
   
Following are the consolidated balance sheets and consolidated statements of income of the Group under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 reformatted to conform to the presentation guidelines for bank holding companies set forth in Regulation S-X of the Securities and Exchange Commission of the United States of America.
 
   
The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts and allocations of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reported period. Actual results could differ from those estimates but any differences should not be material.

 

F-175


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
                         
    Thousands of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
Assets
                       
Cash and due from banks
    25,341,083       12,092,021       12,778,288  
Interest earning deposits in other banks
    16,766,716       18,744,258       21,656,497  
Securities purchased under agreements to resell
    26,147,541       29,553,485       30,118,812  
Trading account assets
    183,629,876       185,793,404       203,070,126  
Banks
    19,159,632       14,813,223       12,707,521  
Loans
    31,726,104       38,555,526       32,911,193  
Derivatives
    46,726,118       34,984,291       27,629,194  
Debt securities
    73,403,234       81,237,212       91,441,181  
Equity securities
    12,614,788       16,203,152       38,381,037  
Investment securities
    46,017,246       39,320,069       74,116,142  
Available-for-sale
    46,017,246       39,320,069       74,116,142  
Net Loans and leases
    528,318,209       483,797,093       401,515,964  
Loans and leases, net of unearned income
    537,013,413       491,960,537       409,125,890  
Less-Allowance for loan losses
    (8,695,204 )     (8,163,444 )     (7,609,926 )
Premises and equipment, net
    9,272,962       8,941,963       8,912,411  
Investment in affiliated companies
    15,689,127       5,006,109       3,031,482  
Other assets
    59,206,661       48,019,778       51,230,827  
Intangible Assets
    2,202,334       2,444,106       2,211,026  
Goodwill in consolidation
    13,830,708       14,512,735       14,018,245  
Accrual Accounts
    1,749,193       1,581,843       2,969,219  
Hedge derivatives
    3,063,169       2,987,964       4,126,104  
Others
    38,361,257       26,493,130       27,906,233  
 
                 
Total assets
    910,389,421       831,268,180       806,430,549  
 
                 
 
                       
Liabilities
                       
Deposits
    371,573,338       353,855,908       329,944,371  
Non interest deposits
    4,507,057       4,256,369       9,159,404  
Interest bearing
    367,066,281       349,599,539       320,784,967  
Demand deposits
    91,576,243       91,633,288       82,603,507  
Savings deposits
    90,727,525       93,717,633       90,471,827  
Time deposits
    184,762,513       164,248,618       147,709,633  
Certificates of deposit
                 
Short-term debt
    131,774,426       127,819,292       151,359,866  
Long-term debt
    237,120,341       199,775,014       153,754,673  
Other liabilities
    112,363,165       102,745,664       128,744,940  
Taxes Payable
    6,156,365       4,539,051       3,867,795  
Accounts Payable
    7,656,262       6,405,232       5,202,654  
Accrual Accounts
    4,050,992       2,999,080       3,048,733  
Pension Allowance
    9,294,198       11,409,770       11,496,596  
Stock borrowing liabilities
                 
Derivatives
    52,937,798       42,231,967       31,538,809  
Liabilities under insurance contracts
    13,033,617       10,704,258       44,672,300  
Other Provisions
    4,751,151       5,212,208       5,650,029  
Short securities positions
    5,613,234       11,473,062       17,415,800  
Others
    8,869,548       7,771,036       5,852,224  
 
                 
Total liabilities
    852,831,270       784,195,878       763,803,850  
 
                       
Minority interest
    2,358,269       2,220,743       2,848,223  
 
                       
Stockholders’ equity
                       
Capital stock
    3,127,148       3,127,148       3,127,148  
Additional paid-in-capital
    20,370,128       20,370,128       20,370,128  
Other additional capital
    (1,537,999 )     (1,442,379 )     (1,797,267 )
Current year earnings
    9,060,258       7,595,947       6,220,104  
Other reserves
    24,180,347       15,200,715       11,858,363  
 
                 
Total stockholders’ equity
    55,199,882       44,851,559       39,778,476  
 
                 
Total liabilities and Stockholders’ equity
    910,389,421       831,268,180       806,430,549  
 
                 
The Group has issued Mortgage backed securities, called “Cédulas Hipotecarias”. These securities issued pursuant the Mortgage Market law amount as a maximum 90% of the amount of the mortgage loans assigned as guarantee of them. As of December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, the minimum amount of mortgage loans allocated as guarantee of those securities was 48,017 million, 41,837 million and 30,152 million, respectively.
Additionally, as of December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, the investment debt securities assigned to certain Group or third-party commitments amounted to 16,866 million, 695 million and 70 million, respectively.

 

F-176


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                         
    Thousands of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
Interest income:
                       
Interest and fees on loans and leases
    36,236,456       27,368,822       26,160,234  
Interest on deposits in other banks
    3,347,664       3,793,418       5,189,771  
Interest on securities purchased under agreements to resell
    2,077,343       1,349,838       1,123,269  
Interest on investment securities
    5,050,032       5,461,868       5,447,303  
Dividends
    146,648       164,606       176,319  
 
                 
Total interest income
    46,858,143       38,138,552       38,096,896  
 
                       
Interest expenses:
                       
Interest on deposits
    (14,589,567 )     (13,110,588 )     (13,648,652 )
Interest on short-term borrowings
    (4,979,889 )     (4,483,245 )     (4,240,167 )
Interest on long-term debt
    (10,864,835 )     (6,652,185 )     (4,389,043 )
 
                 
Total interest expense
    (30,434,291 )     (24,246,018 )     (22,277,862 )
 
                 
Net interest income
    16,423,852       13,892,534       15,819,034  
Provision for credit losses
    (3,499,080 )     (2,467,297 )     (1,615,187 )
 
                 
Net interest income after provision for credit losses
    12,924,772       11,425,237       14,203,847  
 
                       
Non-interest income:
                       
Commissions and fees from fiduciary activities
    1,984,910       1,879,163       1,687,764  
Commissions and fees from securities activities, net
    980,392       777,687       640,137  
Fees and commissions from insurance activities
    6,808,699       5,836,817       4,241,733  
Other Fees and commissions, net
    3,598,671       3,159,440       2,808,780  
Gains (losses) from:
                       
Affiliated companies’ securities
    311,197       534,276       1,741,850  
Investment securities
    818,288       3,518,449       2,531,017  
Foreign exchange, derivatives and other, net
    1,170,408       (2,977,281 )     114,565  
Sale of premises
    1,804,108       88,894       (85,914 )
Other income
    2,547,144       3,978,476       1,785,422  
 
                 
Total noninterest income
    20,023,817       16,795,921       15,465,354  
 
                       
Non interest expense:
                       
Salaries and employee benefits
    (7,379,582 )     (7,583,372 )     (6,934,961 )
Occupancy expense of premises, depreciation and maintenance, net
    (1,490,461 )     (1,494,886 )     (1,413,183 )
General and administrative expenses
    (3,597,938 )     (3,135,511 )     (2,950,999 )
Impairment of goodwill
    (599,989 )     200,006       197,822  
Impairment / amortization of intangible assets
    (646,609 )     (519,950 )     (391,244 )
Provisions for specific allowances
    (586,437 )     (94,352 )     (1,029,147 )
Payments to Deposit Guarantee Fund
    (168,617 )     (178,274 )     (173,696 )
Insurance claims
    (5,601,487 )     (5,196,701 )     (7,785,434 )
Other expenses
    (1,702,228 )     (1,222,732 )     (1,527,462 )
 
                 
Total non-interest expense
    (21,773,348 )     (19,225,772 )     (22,008,304 )
Income before income taxes
    11,175,241       8,995,386       7,660,897  
Income tax expense
    (2,335,686 )     (2,254,598 )     (1,241,830 )
Net consolidated income for the year
    8,839,555       6,740,788       6,419,067  
Net income attributed to minority interest
    (487,614 )     (413,145 )     (428,663 )
Income from discontinued operation, net of taxes
    708,317       1,268,304       229,700  
NET INCOME ATTRIBUTED TO THE GROUP
    9,060,258       7,595,947       6,220,104  
 
                 

 

F-177


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (NOTES 30 AND 31)
The number of registered shares at December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 was 6,254,296 thousands par value 0.50 euros per share.
CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
                         
    Thousands of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
Capital stock
                       
 
                       
Balance at beginning of the year and year-end
    3,127,148       3,127,148       3,127,148  
 
                 
 
                       
Retained earnings and other reserves
                       
 
                       
Balance at beginning of the year
    38,853,654       33,574,232       29,510,230  
 
                 
Net income attributable to the Group for the year
    9,060,258       7,595,947       6,220,104  
Dividends
    (3,456,732 )     (2,197,934 )     (2,270,810 )
Decrease/ (increase) in Treasury stock
    131,184       (64,106 )     99,853  
Paid-in capital
                 
Other variations, net (*)
    6,762,334       (54,485 )     14,855  
 
                 
Balance at year-end
    51,350,698       38,853,654       33,574,232  
 
                       
Valuation Adjustments
                       
 
Balance at beginning of the year
    2,870,757       3,077,096       1,777,564  
 
                 
Net Income Recognized Directly In Equity
    (2,148,721 )     (206,339 )     1,299,532  
 
                 
Balance at year-end
    722,036       2,870,757       3,077,096  
 
                       
Stockholders’ Equity balance at year-end
    55,199,882       44,851,559       39,778,476  
     
(*)  
In 2007, in order to partially finance the takeover bid launched on ABN AMRO, Santander Emisora 150, S.A.U. issued securities mandatorily convertible into newly-issued ordinary shares of the Bank (“Valores Santander") amounting to 7 billion. (See Note 34).

 

F-178


Table of Contents

Following are the summarized balance sheets of Banco Santander, S.A. as of December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005.
CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS (Parent company only)
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
    (Thousands of Euros)  
Assets
                       
Cash and due from banks
    52,548,200       40,677,959       49,895,502  
Trading account assets
    51,349,204       35,657,947       24,060,091  
Investment securities
    17,074,175       10,149,175       49,942,815  
Net Loans and leases
    163,903,007       141,139,269       107,596,398  
Investment in affiliated companies
    59,256,377       39,339,174       34,682,610  
Premises and equipment, net
    714,212       1,503,788       1,551,160  
Other assets
    18,543,369       16,208,699       13,972,732  
 
                 
Total assets
    363,388,544       284,676,011       281,701,308  
 
                       
Liabilities
                       
Deposits
    173,660,916       153,757,709       128,071,996  
Short-term debt
    35,077,018       16,823,769       54,544,358  
Long-term debt
    57,005,977       43,272,302       36,974,185  
Other liabilities
    59,762,058       40,452,656       33,089,300  
 
                 
Total liabilities
    325,505,969       254,306,436       252,679,839  
 
                       
Stockholders’ equity
                       
Capital stock
    3,127,148       3,127,148       3,127,148  
Retained earnings and other reserves
    34,755,427       27,242,427       25,894,321  
 
                 
Total stockholders’ equity
    37,882,575       30,369,575       29,021,469  
 
                 
 
                       
Total liabilities and Stockholders’ equity
    363,388,544       284,676,011       281,701,308  
Following are the summarized statements of income of Banco Santander, S.A. for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005.
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (Parent company only)
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
    (Thousands of Euros)  
Interest income
                       
Interest from earning assets
    11,766,647       8,380,873       8,181,987  
Dividends from affiliated companies
    2,863,829       3,630,403       1,900,353  
 
                 
 
    14,630,476       12,011,276       10,082,340  
Interest expense
    (10,028,500 )     (6,877,205 )     (6,852,627 )
 
                 
Net interest income
    4,601,976       5,134,071       3,229,713  
Provision for credit losses
    (288,386 )     (506,281 )     (126,450 )
 
                 
Net interest income after provision for credit losses
    4,313,590       4,627,790       3,103,263  
Non-interest income:
    2,996,666       1,968,709       2,552,860  
Non interest expense:
    (3,231,707 )     (3,337,769 )     (3,050,492 )
 
                 
Income before income taxes
    4,078,549       3,258,730       2,605,631  
Income tax expense
    (8,302 )     (2,540 )     (622 )
 
                 
Net income
    4,070,247       3,256,190       2,605,009  

 

F-179


Table of Contents

Following are the summarized cash flow statements of Banco Santander, S.A. for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005.
CONDENSED CASH FLOW STATEMENTS (Parent company only)
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
    (Thousands of Euros)  
1. Cash flows from operating activities
                       
Consolidated profit
    4,070,247       3,256,190       2,605,009  
Adjustments to profit
    173,216       1,355,483       329,776  
Net increase/decrease in operating assets
    49,949,432       79,815       67,998,773  
Net increase/decrease in operating liabilities
    56,657,110       (4,701,176 )     63,697,055  
Total net cash flows from operating activities (1)
    10,951,141       (169,318 )     (1,366,933 )
 
                       
2. Cash flows from investing activities
                       
Investments (-)
    (22,068,312 )     (5,334,303 )     (1,517,614 )
Divestments (+)
    3,438,201       743,157       1,595,409  
Total net cash flows from investment activities (2)
    (18,630,111 )     (4,591,146 )     77,795  
 
                       
3. Cash flows from financing activities
                       
Disposal of own equity instruments
    21,640              
Acquisition of own equity instruments
          (21,640 )      
Issuance of debt securities
    18,813,221       11,613,661       7,838,230  
Redemption of debt securities
    (5,180,727 )     (4,357,781 )     (3,230,710 )
Dividends paid
    (3,456,731 )     (2,779,334 )     (2,208,517 )
Issuance/Redemption of equity instruments
    7,060,549       19,085       (301,034 )
Total net cash flows from financing activities (3)
    17,257,952       4,473,991       2,097,969  
 
                       
4. Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents (4)
    445,695       (88,802 )     75,827  
 
                       
5. Net increase/decrease in cash and cash equivalents (1+2+3+4)
    10,024,677       (375,277 )     884,658  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    2,281,877       2,657,154       1,772,496  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
    12,306,554       2,281,877       2,657,154  

 

F-180


Table of Contents

57.6  
Preference Shares and Preferred Securities
The following table shows the balance of the preference shares and preferred securities as of December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005:
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
    (Thousands of Euros)  
Preference shares
    522,558       668,328       1,308,847  
Preferred securities
    7,261,382       6,836,570       6,772,768  
 
                 
Total at year-end
    7,783,940       7,504,898       8,081,615  
Preference Shares are recorded under the “Equity having the substance of a financial liability” caption in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005.
This category includes the financial instruments issued by the consolidated companies which, although equity for legal purposes, do not meet the requirements for classification as equity in the financial statements. These shares do not carry any voting rights and are non-cumulative. They were subscribed to by non-Group third parties except for the shares of Abbey amounting to GBP 325 million, are redeemable at the discretion of the issuer, based on the conditions of he issuer. None of these issues are convertible into Bank shares or granted privileges or right which, in certain circumstances, make them convertibles into shares.
This category includes non-cumulative preferred non-voting shares issued by Banesto Holdings and Abbey National plc.
Preferred Securities are recorded under the “Financial liabilities at amortized cost – Subordinated Liabilities” caption in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005.
For the purposes of payment priority, preferred securities are junior to all general creditors and to subordinated deposits. The payment of dividends on these securities, which have no voting rights, is conditional upon the obtainment of sufficient distributable profit and upon the limits imposed by Spanish banking regulations on equity.
This category includes non-cumulative preferred non-voting securities issued by Santander Finance Capital, S.A. (Unipersonal), and Santander Finance Preferred, S.A. (Unipersonal), guaranteed by the Bank. It also includes non-cumulative preferred non-voting securities issued by Banesto Preferentes, S.A, Banco Español de Crédito, S.A., Santander PR Capital Trust and Abbey Group.
Except the issue of Santander PR Capital Trust I, which redeems in 2036, all preference shares and preferred securities are perpetual securities and there is no obligation that requires the Group to redeem them. None of these are mandatorily redeemable as defined in SFAS No. 150. All securities have been fully subscribed by third parties outside the Group. In the consolidated balance sheets, these securities are shown net of any temporary operations relating to liquidity guarantees (see Notes 23, 26 and Exhibit III), and are described in the table below:

 

F-181


Table of Contents

                         
    Outstanding at December 31, 2007
        Amount in            
Preference Shares       currency            
Issuer/Date of issue   Currency   (million)     Interest rate     Redemption Option (3)
 
                       
Banesto Holding, Ltd, (1) December 1992
  US Dollar     77.3       10.50 %   June 30, 2012
Abbey National Plc (2), October 1995
  Pounds Sterling     100       10,375 %   No option
Abbey National Plc (2), February 1996
  Pounds Sterling     100       10,375 %   No option
Abbey National Plc (2), June 1997
  Pounds Sterling     125       8,625 %   No option
                     
    Outstanding at December 31, 2007
        Amount in          
Preferred Securities       currency          
Issuer/Date of issue   Currency   (million)     Interest rate   Maturity date
Banesto Group
                   
Banesto Preferentes, S.A. (1) December 2003
  Euro     131.14     Euribor (3M) + 0.2%   Perpetuity
Banco Español de Credito (2), October 2004
  Euro     125     CMS 10 + 0.125%   Perpetuity
Banco Español de Crédito (2), November 2004
  Euro     200     5.5%   Perpetuity
 
                   
Santander Finance Capital, S.A.
(Unipersonal) (1)
                   
October 2003
  Euro     450     Euribor (3M) + 0.1%   Perpetuity
February 2004
  Euro     400     Euribor (3M) + 0.1%   Perpetuity
July 2004
  Euro     750     Euribor (3M) + 0.1%   Perpetuity
September 2004
  Euro     680     Euribor (3M) + 0.1%   Perpetuity
April 2005
  Euro     1,000     Euribor (3M) + 0.1%   Perpetuity
 
                   
Santander Finance Preferred, S.A.
(Unipersonal) (1)
                   
March 2004
  US Dollar     190     6.41%   Perpetuity
September 2004
  Euro     300     CMS 10 +0.05%   Perpetuity
 
              subject to a    
 
              maximum    
 
              distribution of 8%    
 
              per annum    
October 2004
  Euro     200     5.75%   Perpetuity
November 2006
  Euro     500     6.80%   Perpetuity
January 2007
  US Dollar     600     6.50%   Perpetuity
March 2007
  US Dollar     350     US3M + 0.52%    Perpetuity
July 2007
  Pounds Sterling     250     7.01%   Perpetuity
 
                   
Abbey Group
                   
Abbey National Capital Trust I (1), February 2000
  US Dollar     1,000     Fixed to 8.963%   Perpetuity
 
              until June 30,    
 
              2030, and from this    
 
              date, 2.825% +    
 
              Libor USD (3M)    
Abbey National Plc (1), February 2001(4)
  Pounds Sterling     300     7.037%   Perpetuity
Abbey National Plc (1), August 2002
  Pounds Sterling     175     Fixed to 6.984%   Perpetuity
 
              until February 9,    
 
              2018, and    
 
              thereafter, at a    
 
              rate reset    
 
              semi-annually of    
 
              1.86% per annum +    
 
              Libor GBP (6M)    
 
                   
Santander PR Capital Trust I
                   
February 2006
  US Dollar     125     6.750%   July 2036
     
(1)  
Under U.S. GAAP, these entities have been designated “Variable Interest Entities” (VIEs) and they are not consolidated. Therefore, their issues have been excluded from the consolidated financial statements of the Group. Since that time the Group recognized the subordinated deposits related to these issues and their interests. Refer to Note 57.2 and 57.3 for more information.
 
(2)  
See notes 57.2 and 57.3 for more information.
 
(3)  
From these date the issuer can redeem the shares, subject to prior authorization by the national supervisor.
 
(4)  
From February 14, 2026, this issue will bear interest at a rate, reset every five years, of 3.75% per annum above the gross redemption yield on a five-year specified United Kingdom government security.

 

F-182


Table of Contents

In accordance with Reg. S-X Rule 3-10, Financial Statements of Guarantors and Issuers of Guaranteed Securities Registered or Being Registered, Santander Finance Capital, S.A. (Unipersonal) and Santander Finance Preferred, S.A. (Unipersonal) — issuers of registered preferred securities guaranteed by Banco Santander, S.A. — do not file the financial statements required for a registrant by Regulation S-X as:
   
Santander Finance Preferred, S.A. (Unipersonal) is 100% owned finance subsidiary of Banco Santander, S.A. who fully and unconditionally guarantees the preferred securities (Series 1, 4, 5 and 6 are listed in the United States). No other subsidiary of the Bank guarantees such securities.
 
   
Santander Finance Capital, S.A. (Unipersonal) is 100% owned finance subsidiary of Banco Santander, S.A. that fully and unconditionally guarantees the preferred securities (not listed in United States). No other subsidiary of the Bank guarantees such securities.
The condensed financial statements of Santander Finance Capital, S.A. (Unipersonal) and Santander Finance Preferred, S.A. (Unipersonal) for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 are the following:
SANTANDER FINANCE CAPITAL, S.A. (UNIPERSONAL)
Santander Finance Capital, S.A. (Unipersonal) was established in Spain on July 8, 2003.
The common stock of the company is wholly owned by Banco Santander, S.A.
Presented below are the condensed balance sheet, condensed statements of income and statements of changes in the stockholders’ equity for Santander Finance Capital, S.A. (Unipersonal), prepared in conformity with EU-IFRS.
Balance sheets
SANTANDER FINANCE CAPITAL, S.A. (UNIPERSONAL)
                         
    Thousands of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
Assets:
                       
Cash
    43,480       35,066       20,077  
Loans, credits and other assets
    21,664       34,504       47,268  
Deposits with Parent Bank
    3,214,769       3,214,769       3,214,769  
Accrual accounts
    25,901       19,967       15,099  
 
                 
Total Assets
    3,305,814       3,304,306       3,297,213  
Liabilities and stockholders’ equity:
                       
 
                       
LIABILITIES:
                       
Public entities
    1,436       21       571  
Accrual accounts
    24,037       23,965       13,205  
Non-commercial debts
          34       3,237  
Commercial debts
    37              
Debts with Group companies
    30       64       5  
Provisions for taxes
                12  
Preferred securities
    3,280,000       3,280,000       3,280,000  
 
                 
Total Liabilities
    3,305,540       3,304,084       3,297,030  
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:
                       
Capital stock
    151       151       151  
Retained earnings
    71       32       (99 )
Net income
    52       39       131  
 
                 
Total Stockholders’ Equity
    274       222       183  
 
                       
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
    3,305,814       3,304,306       3,297,213  

 

F-183


Table of Contents

Statement of income
SANTANDER FINANCE CAPITAL, S.A. (UNIPERSONAL)
                         
    Thousands of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
Interest income
    151,399       113,237       86,299  
Interest expenses
    (138,448 )     (100,320 )     (74,425 )
Operating expenses
    (12,874 )     (12,857 )     (11,731 )
Corporate income tax
    (25 )     (21 )     (12 )
 
                 
Net income / (loss)
    52       39       131  
 
                 
Statement of changes in stockholders’ equity
                                         
                                    Total  
    Capital stock     Retained             Stockholders’  
Changes in Stockholders’   Common           Earnings     Net income     Equity  
Equity   Shares     Thousands of Euros  
Balance at January 1, 2006
    1,505       151       (99 )     131       183  
 
                                       
2005 Income allocation
                131       (131 )      
 
                                       
Net income 2006
                      39       39  
Balance at December 31, 2006
    1,505       151       32       39       222  
 
                                       
2006 Income allocation
                39       (39 )      
Net income 2007
                        52       52  
Balance at December 31, 2007
    1,505       151       71       52       274  
In October 2005, the board of directors authorized a capital increase of 903 shares of common stock with a 100 par value. This capital increase was fully subscribed and paid by Banco Santander, S.A.
After this capital increase, the capital stock of Santander Finance Capital S.A. (Unipersonal), as of December 31, 2005, amounted to 1,505 shares of common stock with a 100 par value, fully subscribed and paid by Banco Santander, S.A. (wholly owner of this company).
Preferred Securities
                 
            Thousands of  
    Issue Date     Euros  
Serie I
    10/3/2003       450,000  
Serie II
    02/18/2004       400,000  
Serie III
    07/30/2004       750,000  
Serie IV
    09/30/2004       680,000  
Serie V
    04/12/2005       1,000,000  
 
             
Total
            3,280,000  
   
On October 3, 2003, Santander Finance Capital, S.A. (Unipersonal) issued 18,000,000 preference securities, at 25 par value.
 
   
On February 18, 2004, Santander Finance Capital, S.A. (Unipersonal) issued 16,000,000 preference securities, at 25 par value.
 
   
On July 30, 2004, Santander Finance Capital, S.A. (Unipersonal) issued 30,000,000 preference securities, at 25 par value.
 
   
On September 30, 2004, Santander Finance Capital, S.A. (Unipersonal) issued 27,200,000 preference securities, at 25 par value.
 
   
On April 12, 2005, Santander Finance Capital, S.A. (Unipersonal) issued 40,000,000 preference securities, at 25 par value.
 
   
These issues are perpetual and can be redeemable at the option of the issuer, subject to the consent of the Bank of Spain, in whole or in part, at any time after five years from the issue date.
 
   
All the issues of Santander Finance Capital, S.A. (Unipersonal) are guaranteed by Banco Santander, S.A.

 

F-184


Table of Contents

SANTANDER FINANCE PREFERRED, S.A. (UNIPERSONAL)
Santander Finance Preferred, S.A. (Unipersonal) was established in Spain on February 27, 2004.
The common stock of the company is wholly owned by Banco Santander, S.A.
Presented below are the condensed balance sheet, condensed statements of income and statements of changes in the stockholders’ equity for Santander Finance Preferred, S.A. (Unipersonal), prepared in conformity with EU-IFRS.
Balance sheets
SANTANDER FINANCE PREFERRED, S.A. (UNIPERSONAL)
                         
    Thousands of Euros  
    2007     2006   2005  
Assets:
                       
Cash
    11,416       6,399       3,761  
Deposits with Parent Bank
    1,927,344       1,003,976       648,718  
Other assets
    17,826       13,583       8,376  
Accrual accounts
    27,865       9,681       6,123  
 
                 
Total Assets
    1,984,451       1,033,639       666,978  
Liabilities and stockholders’ equity:
                       
 
                       
LIABILITIES:
                       
Public entities
    186       57       65  
Accrual accounts
    26,097       8,883       5,646  
Commercial debts
    8              
Non-commercial debts
    101       30       45  
Deferred income
    2,877       580        
Debts with group companies
    4       4        
Provisions for taxes
                4  
Preferred securities
    1,954,956       1,023,918       661,058  
 
                 
Total Liabilities
    1,984,229       1,033,472       666,818  
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:
                       
Capital stock
    151       151       151  
Retained earnings
    16       9       3  
Net income
    55       7       6  
 
                 
Total Stockholders’ Equity
    222       167       160  
 
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
    1,984,451       1,033,639       666,978  
Statement of income
SANTANDER FINANCE PREFERRED, S.A. (UNIPERSONAL)
                         
    Thousands of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
                   
Interest income
    116,498       38,335       35,345  
Interest expenses and similar expenses
    (115,856 )     (38,231 )     (35,167 )
Operating expenses
    (561 )     (93 )     (168 )
Corporate income tax
    (26 )     (4 )     (4 )
 
                 
Net income / (loss)
    55       7       6  
 
                 

 

F-185


Table of Contents

Statement of changes in stockholders’ equity
                                         
                                    Total  
    Capital stock     Retained             Stockholders’  
Changes in Stockholders’   Common             Earnings     Net income     Equity  
Equity   Shares     Thousands of Euros  
Balance at January 1, 2006
    1,505       151       3       6       160  
 
                             
 
                                       
2005 Income allocation
                6       (6 )      
 
                                       
Net income 2006
                      7       7  
 
                             
Balance at December 31, 2006
    1,505       151       9       7       167  
 
                             
 
2006 Income allocation
                7       (7 )      
Net income 2007
                      55       55  
 
                             
Balance at December 31, 2007
    1,505       151       16       55       222  
 
                             
In October 2005, the board of directors authorized a capital increase of 903 shares of common stock with a 100 par value. This capital increase was fully subscribed and paid by Banco Santander, S.A.
After this capital increase, the capital stock of Santander Finance Preferred, S.A. (Unipersonal), as of December 31, 2005, amounted to 1,505 shares of common stock with a 100 par value, fully subscribed and paid by Banco Santander, S.A. (wholly owner of this company).
Preferred Securities
                 
            Thousands of  
    Issue Date     Euros at 12/31/07  
 
Series 1- $190,000
    03/11/2004       129,067  
Series 2- 300,000
    09/30/2004       300,000  
Series 3- 200,000
    10/08/2004       200,000  
Series 4- $500,000
    11/21/2006       339,651  
Series 5- $600,000
    31/01/2007       407,581  
Series 6- $350,000
    05/03/2007       237,756  
Series 7- £250,000
    10/07/2007       340,901  
 
             
 
            1,954,956  
   
On March 11, 2004, Santander Finance Preferred, S.A. (Unipersonal) issued 7,600,000 preferred securities, at $25 par value.
 
   
On September 30, 2004, Santander Finance Preferred, S.A. (Unipersonal) issued 300,000 preferred securities, at 1,000 par value.
 
   
On October 8, 2004, Santander Finance Preferred, S.A. (Unipersonal) issued 200,000 preferred securities, at 1,000 par value.
 
   
On November 21, 2006 Santander Finance Preferred, S.A. (Unipersonal) issued 20,000,000 preferred securities, at 25,000 par value.
 
   
On January 31, 2007 Santander Finance Preferred, S.A. (Unipersonal) issued 24,000,000 preferred securities, at $25,000 par value.
 
   
On March 5, 2007 Santander Finance Preferred, S.A. (Unipersonal) issued 14,000,000 preferred securities, at $25,000 par value.
 
   
On July 10, 2007 Santander Finance Preferred, S.A. (Unipersonal) issued 5,000,000 preferred securities, at £50,000 par value.
 
   
These issues are perpetual and can be redeemable at the option of the issuer, subject to the consent of the Bank of Spain, in whole or in part, at any time after five years from the issue date.
 
   
All the issues of Santander Finance Preferred, S.A. (Unipersonal) are guaranteed by Banco Santander, S.A.

 

F-186


Table of Contents

57.7  
Business combinations: Goodwill and Other assets and liabilities
The main differences that explain the goodwill reconciliation item are those that arose with the acquisition of Abbey (2004), the purchase of Banco Central Hispano (1999) and the acquisition of Banesto (1994 and 1996) but there are many others that date from several years ago. The quantification of the differences is shown below:
Summary of differences arising in business combinations between U.S. GAAP and the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004, as of December 31, 2007
                         
    U.S. GAAP     EU-IFRS (*)     Difference  
 
                       
Purchase/merger of/with Banco Central Hispano
    1,983,009             1,983,009  
 
                       
Acquisition of Banesto
    2,023,924       372,655       1,651,269  
 
                       
Purchase of Abbey
    7,311,949       8,167,868       (855,919 )
 
                       
Others
    5,626,858       5,290,185       336,673  
 
                 
 
                       
Total
    16,945,740       13,830,708       3,115,032  
 
                 
 
                       
Of which:
                       
 
                       
Goodwill
    16,428,757       13,830,708       2,598,049  
Other assets and liabilities arisen in the business combinations reconciling adjustments to U.S. GAAP
    516,983             516,983  
     
(*)  
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004
Abbey: The initial goodwill generated by the acquisition of Abbey under U.S. GAAP was lower than that under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004. The main differences between the final Goodwill in the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP arise from the different date of quotation used to value the acquisition price of Abbey (quotation of October 20, 2004, last business-day prior to the date of approval of the capital increase under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and, quotation of days around the agreement and announcement of the offer in July 2004, under U.S. GAAP) and differences arising from the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 reconciliation adjustments to U.S. GAAP including loan origination fees, other intangibles assets and other minor adjustments.
Additionally, after the initial calculation, certain intangible assets were valued and identified further reducing the goodwill.
Banco Central Hispano: In 1999 Banco Santander and Banco Central Hispano merged. Under previous Spanish GAAP at that date no goodwill was registered. Under U.S. GAAP this business combination was accounted for using the purchase method. The reconciliation adjustments made to change to purchase accounting included 2,812,262 thousand of goodwill on the purchase, of which 459,330 thousand were allocated to premises and equipment, 118,940 thousand to deferred taxes and 250,983 thousand were amortized on a straight-line basis until SFAS 142 became effective.
Banesto: In August 1994 Banco Santander acquired 73.45% of Banesto from the Deposits Guarantee Fund for 1,884 million with the obligation to offer tranche B at 2.4 per share to other shareholders of Banesto (13.27% of its capital) and with the obligation to keep a minimum of 30% at least during 4 years. The Bank’s stake in Banesto for the years 1995, 1996 and 1997 was 53.18%, 52.6% and 49.25% respectively.
On February 19, 1998, the Board of Directors of Banco Santander resolved to launch a tender offer to acquire shares of Banesto, in order to raise its holding to 100% of the capital stock. The goodwill that arose from the tender offer to purchase shares of Banesto (2,544 million) was amortized under previous Spanish GAAP with a charge to the additional paid-in capital resulting from the capital increase carried out for that purpose. According to Bank of Spain’s authorization, the Bank was required to restore the reserves netted against goodwill if it sold its stake in Banesto. For U.S. GAAP purposes, this goodwill was amortized on a straight-line basis over a 20 year period, registering an expense of 127 million per year until SFAS 142 became effective.
In November 2002 Banesto made a capital increase which was not subscribed by the Bank. Instead the Bank sold its preemptive rights to the new shareholders, making a profit. Following the agreement with Bank of Spain, the Bank restored reserves by 271 million that were not included in Net Income under previous Spanish GAAP. Under U.S. GAAP both goodwill and profit on the sale of the preemptive rights were adjusted.
In summary, the difference between the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP goodwill is mainly the 2,544 million which were netted against paid-in capital, less its amortization until December 2001, less the adjustment related to the sale of the preemptive rights.
Others: There are other transactions that have resulted in small differences between the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP figures. Most of them arose many years ago, and were originated by differences between previous Spanish GAAP and U.S. GAAP.

 

F-187


Table of Contents

The movements of our goodwill during 2007, 2006 and 2005 were as follows:
Changes in goodwill
                         
Thousands of Euros   U.S. GAAP     EU-IFRS (*)     Difference  
 
                       
2004 Year end balance
    15,973,862       15,090,541       883,321  
 
                       
Acquisitions & sales
    60,094       60,113       (19 )
 
                       
Reclassifications
    218,109       (1,856,227 )     2,074,336  
 
                       
Exchange differences
    613,684       723,818       (110,134 )
 
                       
2005 Year end balance
    16,865,749       14,018,245       2,847,504  
 
                       
Acquisitions & sales
    392,186       574,166       (181,981 )
 
                       
Exchange differences
    (125,228 )     (66,865 )     (58,363 )
 
                       
Impairment
    (12,811 )     (12,811 )      
 
                       
2006 Year end balance
    17,119,896       14,512,735       2,607,161  
 
                       
Acquisitions & sales
    133,779       195,857       (62,078 )
 
                       
Exchange differences
    (810,434 )     (863,400 )     52,966  
 
                       
Impairment
    (14,484 )     (14,484 )      
 
                       
2007 Year end balance
    16,428,757       13,830,708       2,598,049  
     
(*)  
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004
The main difference between the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP 2005 movements was due to the early assessment of Abbey’s intangibles assets made in U.S. GAAP in 2004. The main difference between the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP 2006 and 2007 movements was due to the different amounts of goodwill related to sales of business.
The components of intangible assets other than goodwill were as follows:
                                                 
                    Additions &     Definitive              
                    Sales, net     assessment              
    Estimated     December 31,     of exchange     of     Amortization     December 31,  
Thousands of Euros   Useful Life     2004     differences     acquisitions     & Impairments     2005  
 
                                               
With indefinite useful life:
                                               
Brand name (Abbey)
            566,000             (106,320 )           459,680  
 
                                               
With finite useful life:
                                               
Customer deposits (Abbey)
  10 years     1,451,000             (193,157 )           1,257,843  
Credit cards (Abbey)
  5 years     33,000             2,021             35,021  
Distribution channels (Abbey)
            25,692             (25,692 )            
IT developments
  3 years     815,949       391,657                   1,207,606  
Other assets
            77,724       (19,564 )     105,039             163,199  
Accumulated amortization
            (394,132 )     88,639             (398,852 )     (704,345 )
Impairment losses
            (67,921 )     (9,080 )           (130,977 )     (207,978 )
 
                                     
Subtotal
            2,507,312       451,652       (218,109 )     (529,829 )     2,211,026  
 
                                     
Present value of future profits (Abbey)
            642,308       18,511       569,520             1,230,339  
 
                                     
Total
            3,149,620       470,163       351,411       (529,829 )     3,441,365  
 
                                     

 

F-188


Table of Contents

                                                 
                    Additions &                    
                    Sales, net of                  
    Estimated     December 31,     exchange     Amortization &     Impairments     December 31,  
Thousands of Euros   Useful Life     2005     differences     Impairments     Applications     2006  
 
                                               
With indefinite useful life:
                                               
Brand name (Abbey)
            459,680       9,419                   469,099  
Other brand names
                  18,078                   18,078  
With finite useful life:
                                               
Customer deposits (Abbey)
  10 years     1,257,843       25,850                   1,283,693  
Credit cards (Abbey)
  5 years     35,021       720                   35,741  
IT developments
  3 years     1,207,606       295,371             (193,299 )     1,309,678  
Other assets
            163,199       159,827                   323,026  
Accumulated amortization
            (704,345 )     243,768       (519,953 )           (980,530 )
Impairment losses
            (207,978 )                 193,299       (14,679 )
 
                                     
Subtotal
            2,211,026       753,033       (519,953 )           2,444,106  
 
                                     
Present value of future profits (Abbey)
            1,230,339       (1,230,339 )                  
 
                                     
Total
            3,441,365       (477,306 )     (519,953 )           2,444,106  
                                                 
                    Additions &                      
                    Sales, net of             Impairments &        
    Estimated     December 31,     exchange     Amortization &     Amortization     December 31,  
Thousands of Euros   Useful Life     2006     differences     Impairments     Applications     2007  
 
                                               
With indefinite useful life:
                                               
Brand name (Abbey)
            469,099       (39,563 )                 429,536  
Other brand names
            18,078       (1,439 )                 16,639  
With finite useful life:
                                               
Customer deposits (Abbey)
  10 years     1,283,693       (108,265 )                 1,175,428  
Credit cards (Abbey)
  5 years     35,741       (3,014 )                 32,727  
IT developments
  3 years     1,309,678       657,592             (392,301 )     1,574,969  
Other assets
            323,026       465,913             (555,587 )     233,352  
Accumulated amortization
            (980,530 )           (646,609 )     392,301       (1,234,838 )
Impairment losses
            (14,679 )     (3,504 )     (562,883 )     555,587       (25,479 )
 
                                     
Total
            2,444,106       967,720       (1,209,492 )           2,202,334  
Abbey was consolidated in Grupo Santander for the first time on December 31, 2004. Accordingly, the 2004 consolidated balance sheet includes the effect of the acquisition, whereas the 2004 consolidated statement of income does not include the results obtained by Abbey from the date of completion of the acquisition, which were not material. The acquisition of 100% of Abbey generated goodwill under previous Spanish GAAP of 10,263,893 thousand of the Santander Group’s total goodwill at 2004 year-end of 16,964,201 thousand (15,090,541 thousand under IFRS) (Note 17). The goodwill arising from the acquisition included the adjustments and valuations required for it to be presented in conformity with the accounting principles and valuation methods described in Note 2.
Due to the complexity of the analysis, the Bank required evaluations from independent advisors. The goodwill and its allocation process was not considered definitive at the end of 2004 and was revised in 2005 after further work.
Goodwill initially calculated under U.S. GAAP was 1,411,386 thousand lower than the previous Spanish GAAP calculation. After some adjustments, the final goodwill under U.S. GAAP was 1,437,078 thousand lower than the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 calculation. The main differences arise from:
   
The acquisition price: The purchase was made through the exchange of shares. To accomplish it the Bank issued 1,485,893,636 new ordinary shares. Under previous Spanish GAAP the value of the each of the shares issued was 8.44 (the quotation on October 20, 2004), while under U.S. GAAP the value was 8.03 (the quotation in days around the announcement of the offer, mid July), the difference amounting 609,216 thousand.
 
   
Differences arising from EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 reconciliation to U.S. GAAP.

 

F-189


Table of Contents

In 2005, after these calculations, some intangibles assets were valued and identified reducing the goodwill as shown in the table below. These include trademarks & trade names and core deposits among others:
                                 
    Initial             Final     Estimated  
(Thousands of Euros)   calculation (*)     Differences     calculation (*)     useful life  
Trademarks & trade names
    566,000       (116,385 )     449,615     Indefinite
Core deposits
    1,451,000       (220,626 )     1,230,374     10 years
Credit card relationship
    33,000       1,256       34,256     5 years
Distribution channels
    25,692       (25,692 )              
Deferred tax liability
    (717,500 )     717,500                
 
                       
Total Intangible assets:
    1,358,192       356,053       1,714,245          
     
(*)  
Amounts valued at acquisition exchange rate
The deferred tax liability has been excluded from the final goodwill calculation.
The value of trademarks and trade name, has been estimated following the income approach method by discounting the interest spread that customers are willing to pay in its operations with a well-known entity, after having been corrected for the expenses needed to support the trademark.
Core deposits are those deposits that are expected to remain with a savings institution for a relatively long period of time. Such deposits are attracted by the convenience and service offered by the institution rather than by interest rates paid. Its value has been estimated using the income approach, calculating the present value of the differential between the cost of the core deposits and the cost of alternative financing. It will be amortized in 10 years.
Credit card relationship value was initially calculated using profits to be collected in the next 14-16 years. However, the Company has decided to amortize it in 5 years.
The Bank finally decided not to recognize distribution channels as intangible assets, after having been impaired in Abbey’s books.
The definitive U.S. GAAP goodwill arising from the Abbey’s acquisition after the allocation process was 7,112,601 thousand (valued at acquisition exchange rate).
As explained in Note 3.c.ii and 37.a.i, in June 2006 Abbey entered into an agreement with Resolution plc (“Resolution”) to sell its life insurance business to the latter for 5,340 million (GBP 3,600 million). The transaction was completed in the third quarter of 2006 and did not give rise to any gains for the Group.

 

F-190


Table of Contents

57.8  
Earnings per Share
Basic EPS is computed by dividing net income available to common stockholders (the numerator) by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding (the denominator), which may include contingently issuable shares where all necessary conditions for issuance have been satisfied.
Diluted EPS includes the determinants of basic EPS and, in addition, gives effect to the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contract to issue common stock (including stock options) were exercised or converted into common stock and then shared in the earnings of the entity.
The Bank’s share option plans outstanding at December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 have a dilutive effect on the earnings per share equal to an increase of 66,362,931, 34,052,536, and 23,325,614 shares respectively, as explained in Notes 4.b.ii and 49.c. The effect of these stock options plans is included in the EPS calculation.
The computation of basic and diluted EPS for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 is presented in the following table.
                                                 
    Millions of Euros, except per share data  
    EU-IFRS (*)     U.S.GAAP  
    2007     2006     2005     2007     2006     2005  
NUMERATOR FOR BASIC AND DILUTED CALCULATION:
                                               
 
                                               
Net income from continuing operations attributable to the Group
    8,352       6,328       5,990       6,725       6,305       6,089  
Net income from discontinued operations attributable to the Group
    708       1,268       230       572       1,109       230  
 
                                   
Net income available to common stockholders for basic EPS
    9,060       7,596       6,220       7,297       7,415       6,318  
Effect of dilutive securities
                                   
 
                                   
Net income available to common stockholders for diluted EPS
    9,060       7,596       6,220       7,297       7,415       6,318  
 
                                               
DENOMINATOR FOR BASIC AND DILUTED CALCULATION:
                                               
 
                                               
Basic calculation weighted-average shares (**)
    6,342       6,248       6,241       6,342       6,248       6,241  
Effect of dilutive securities:
                                               
Stock options plans
    66       34       23       66       34       23  
 
                                   
Weighted-average shares for diluted calculation
    6,408       6,282       6,264       6,408       6,282       6,264  
 
                                               
EARNINGS PER SHARE RATIOS:
                                               
 
Basic earnings per share
                                               
Income from continuing operations
    1.317       1.013       0.960       1.060       1.009       0.976  
Income from discontinued operations
    0.112       0.203       0.037       0.090       0.178       0.037  
Net income
    1.429       1.216       0.997       1.151       1.187       1.012  
 
                                               
Diluted earnings per share
                                               
Income from continuing operations
    1.303       1.007       0.956       1.049       1.004       0.972  
Income from discontinued operations
    0.111       0.202       0.037       0.089       0.177       0.037  
Net income
    1.414       1.209       0.993       1.139       1.180       1.009  
 
     
(*)  
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004
 
(**)  
Assumed conversion of convertible debt “Valores Santander” (see Note 34).

 

F-191


Table of Contents

58.  
Additional information required by U.S. GAAP
The information included in this Note is classified as follows:
Note 58.1. Securitization
Note 58.2. Allowance for Credit Losses
Note 58.3. Investment Securities
Note 58.4. Derivative Financial Instruments
Note 58.5. Short Term Borrowings
Note 58.6. Guarantees
Note 58.7. Additional disclosures about fair value
Note 58.8. Stock Option Plans
Note 58.9. Acquisition of Drive Consumer U.S.A. Inc.
Note 58.10. Significant Equity method investee: Sovereign Bancorp, Inc. (“Sovereign”).
Note 58.11. Additional relevant events
58.1  
Securitization
Under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004, as disclosed in Notes 2.e). and 57.2, the accounting treatment of transfers of financial assets depends on the extent to which the risks and rewards associated with the transferred assets are transferred to third parties. Securitizations may result in continued recognition of the securitized assets; continued recognition of the assets to the extent of the Group’s continuing involvement in those assets; or derecognition of the assets. Under SIC-12 a Special Purpose Entity (“SPE”) is consolidated by the entity that is deemed to control it. Indicators of control include when the SPE conducts activities on behalf of another entity or where an entity is entitled to the majority of the benefits or exposed to the majority of the risks of the SPE.
Under U.S. GAAP, as disclosed in Notes 57.2 and 57.3, the accounting treatment is similar. Nevertheless, according to SFAS 140, assets securitized are derecognized when financial assets are transferred to a Qualifying Special Purpose Entity (satisfying the conditions to be accounted for as a sale) and are not required to be consolidated by FIN 46-R.
The Group securitized mortgages and other loans during 2007, the total amount of which was not accounted for as a sale under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004.
The balances of assets securitized at December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP, were as follows:
                                                 
    EU-IFRS (*)     U.S. GAAP  
Thousands of Euros   2007     2006     2005     2007     2006     2005  
 
                                               
Accounted for as a sale
    3,742,020       4,901,712       6,065,484       3,742,020       27,467,108       27,533,454  
Mortgage loans
    2,478,869       2,980,911       2,897,250       2,478,869       25,546,307       24,365,220  
Of which Abbey
                            22,565,396       21,467,970  
Other securitized assets
    1,263,151       1,920,801       3,168,234       1,263,151       1,920,801       3,168,234  
 
                                               
Continued recognition of the assets
    92,022,693       59,425,910       46,523,076       92,022,693       36,860,514       25,055,106  
Mortgage loans
    60,055,842       36,363,009       33,085,261       60,055,842       13,797,613       11,617,291  
Of which Abbey
    40,216,503       22,565,396       21,467,970       40,216,503              
Other securitized assets
    31,966,851       23,062,901       13,437,815       31,966,851       23,062,901       13,437,815  
 
                                               
 
                                   
TOTAL
    95,764,713       64,327,622       52,588,560       95,764,713       64,327,622       52,588,560  
 
                                   
     
(*)  
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004
Effective from December 2007, under U.S. GAAP, certain mortgage securitization vehicles (Abbey’s) were considered “qualifying special purpose entities” and fell outside the scope of consolidation as defined by FIN 46-R (see Note 57.3). Consequently, the Group treated these securitizations as sales and, where appropriate, recognized a servicing asset and an interest-only security (see Note 57.2). The interest-only security was accounted for as an available for sale security, and was evaluated for impairment in accordance with EITF 99-20. From December 2007 these mortgage securitization vehicles no longer meet the requirements to be considered qualifying special purpose entities and consequently the assets and liabilities of the vehicles are re-purchased.

 

F-192


Table of Contents

Abbey Group
Loans and advances to customers include portfolios of residential mortgage loans, which are subject to non-recourse finance arrangements. These loans have been purchased by, or assigned to, special purpose Securitization companies (‘Securitization Companies’), and have been funded primarily through the issue of mortgage-backed securities (‘Securities’). Under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004, no gain or loss has been recognized as a result of these sales. These Securitization Companies are consolidated and included in the Group financial statements as subsidiaries.
Abbey National plc and its subsidiaries are under no obligation to support any losses that may be incurred by the Securitization Companies or holders of the Securities except as described below, and do not intend to provide such further support. Mortgage indemnity guarantee (“MIG”) insurance is an agreement between a lender and an insurance company to underwrite the amount of every mortgage advance that exceeds a certain loan-to-value ratio. Until and including December 31, 2001, Abbey required MIG policies for all mortgages that exceeded a loan-to-value ratio of 75%. Cover on all such policies was commuted effective from October 14, 2005. Holders of the Securities are only entitled to obtain payment of principal and interest to the extent that the resources of the Securitization Companies are sufficient to support such payments, and the holders of the Securities have agreed in writing not to seek recourse in any other form.
Abbey National plc receives payments from the Securitization Companies in respect of fees for administering the loans, and payment of deferred consideration for the sale of the loans. Abbey National plc has no right or obligation to repurchase the benefit of any securitized loan, except if certain representations and warranties given by Abbey National plc at the time of transfer are breached.
Abbey makes use of a type of securitization known as a master trust structure. In this structure, a pool of assets is assigned to a trust company by the asset originator, initially funded by the originator. A funding entity acquires beneficial interests in a share of the portfolios of assets with funds borrowed from qualifying special purpose entities, which at the same time issue asset-backed securities to third-party investors or Abbey. The purpose of the special purpose entities is to obtain diverse, low cost funding through the issue of asset-backed securities. The share of the pool of assets not purchased from the trust company by the funding entity is known as the beneficial interest of the originator. Using this structure, Abbey has assigned portfolios of residential mortgages and their related security to Holmes Trustees Limited, a trust company that holds the portfolios of mortgages on trust for Abbey and Holmes Funding Limited. Holmes Funding Limited acquires beneficial interests in the portfolios of mortgages with funds borrowed from the securitization companies, Holmes Financing No. s 1, 6-10plc and Holmes Master Issuer plc.
In March, June and December 2007, Holmes Funding Limited acquired, at book value, a beneficial interest in the trust property vested in Holmes Trustees Limited. This further beneficial interest of 25.6bn was acquired through borrowing from Holmes Master Issuer plc, which funded its advance to Holmes Funding Limited, through the issue of mortgage backed securities. The 9.9bn of mortgage backed securities issued in December were acquired by Abbey National plc. It is intended that any future issues will be made from Holmes Master Issuer plc. In October 2007 the remaining mortgage backed securities in issue in Holmes Financing (No. 2) plc were redeemed. The remaining share of the beneficial interest in residential mortgage loans held by Holmes Trustees Limited belongs to Abbey National plc, and remains on its balance sheet. This beneficial interest amounts to 10.8bn at December 31, 2007.
Prior to the issuance in December 2007 by Holmes Master Issuer (Holmes Master Issuer — 2007/3), the Securitization Companies met the criteria to be classified as qualifying special purpose entities in accordance with SFAS 140. The assets that had been transferred to qualifying special purpose entities (securitized) met the criteria required under SFAS 140 for a sale and were no longer retained on the balance sheet. The gain or loss on sale was allocated between the assets sold and the interests that continued to be held based on their relative fair value at the date of transfer. As a result of this sale, gains have been recognized (as shown in Note 57.3 g) for the years 2005, 2006 and 2007. Additionally, an impairment loss of 51m has been recognized in 2007. There were no impairment losses in 2006 or 2005.
From the issuance in December 2007 on, the Securitization Companies no longer met the criteria to be classified as qualifying special purpose entities due to the acquisition of the notes issued by Holmes Master Issuer plc — 2007/3 by Abbey, the transferor of the assets. As the transfers no longer meet the criteria for sale accounting under US GAAP, Abbey is deemed to have reacquired the assets transferred to the securitization companies. The retained interest (formerly known as the interest-only strip) was reclassified and combined with the reacquired mortgage assets. As the Securitization Companies are no longer qualifying special purpose vehicles the fall into the scope of FIN-46R, and therefore the Group is now required to consolidate these vehicles.
The remuneration received by Abbey for servicing is considered to be adequate and therefore no servicing assets were recognized in any of the years presented.

 

F-193


Table of Contents

The balances of assets securitized and non-recourse finance as of December 31, 2007 were as follows:
                         
    Closing date of     Gross assets     Non- recourse  
Securitization company   Securitization     securitized     finance  
          Millions of Euros  
Holmes Financing (No.1) plc
  July 26, 2000       375       375  
Holmes Financing (No.6) plc
  November 7, 2002       745       840  
Holmes Financing (No.7) plc
  March 26, 2003       897       897  
Holmes Financing (No. 8) plc
  April 1, 2004       2,731       2,731  
Holmes Financing (No. 9) plc
  December 8, 2005       3,789       3,789  
Holmes Financing (No. 10) plc
  August 8, 2006       4,364       4,364  
Holmes Master Issuer plc - 2006/1
  November 28, 2006       3,570       3,570  
Holmes Master Issuer plc - 2007/1
  March 28, 2007       5,865       7,734  
Holmes Master Issuer plc - 2007/2
  June 20, 2007       7,984       7,984  
Holmes Master Issuer plc - 2007/3
  December 21, 2007       9,898       9,898  
Beneficial interest in Holmes Trustees Limited
            10,846        
 
                 
 
            51,064       42,182  
 
                 
The gross assets securitized represent the interest in the trust property held by Holmes Funding Limited related to the debt issued by the Securitization companies. The retained interest in Holmes Trustees Limited represents the proportion of the funds required to be retained in the trust as part of the master structure trust agreement.
The Securitization vehicles have placed deposits totaling 1.9bn representing cash, which has been accumulated to finance the redemption of a number of securities issued by the Securitization companies. The Securitization companies’ contractual interest in advances secured on residential property is therefore reduced by this amount.
Abbey National plc does not own directly, or indirectly, any of the share capital of any of the above Securitization companies or their parents.
The contribution of the above companies to the Group’s Income Statement was 60m gain in 2007 (88m gain in 2006 and 35m loss in 2005).
In 2007 no new issuances were made from Abbey’s 12.0 bn covered bond programme established in 2005, (2006: one issue of 1.5bn). The covered bonds are secured by a pool of ring-fenced residential mortgages and are not included in the tables above.
Spain
Securitization funds (the vehicles where securitized loans are transferred) are independent entities, managed by a “Sociedad Gestora” (Managing Society, a different legal entity usually controlled by the Bank), which are registered and regulated by the National Securities Market Commission (Comisión Nacional del Mercado de Valores — “CNMV”). The “Sociedad Gestora” is responsible of managing the transferred assets for a fixed fee. No gains or losses were registered in the income statement from the Bank’s securitizations because the selling price was equal to the book value of transferred loans. Therefore no adjustment was made in the reconciliation to U.S. GAAP.
A securitization fund may only hold:
   
Financial assets transferred to it that are passive in nature (loans)
 
   
Passive derivative financial instruments that pertain to beneficial interests (other than another derivative financial instrument) issued or sold to parties other than the transferor, its affiliates, or its agents.
 
   
Financial assets (for example, guarantees or rights to collateral) that would reimburse it if others were to fail to adequately service financial assets transferred to it or to timely pay obligations due to it and that it entered into when it was established, when assets were transferred to it, or when beneficial interests (other than derivative financial instruments) were issued by the SPE. All the guarantees relating to the transferred loans are transferred to the securitization funds.
 
   
Servicing rights related to financial assets that it holds.
 
   
Temporarily, non-financial assets obtained in connection with the collection of financial assets that it holds.
 
   
Cash collected from assets that it holds and investments purchased with that cash pending distribution to holders of beneficial interests that are appropriate for that purpose (that is, money-market or other relatively risk-free instruments without options and with maturities no later than the expected distribution date).
Portugal
As of December 31, 2007, Banco Santander Totta, S.A. has mortgage securitizations amounting to 10,541 million that are accounted for in the balance sheet.
US
On September 25, 2006 Santander Group reached an agreement to acquire 90% of Drive in the U.S.A. for $637 million in cash (494 million approximately). As at December 31, 2007, Drive Financial has securitizations that amount to a total of 2,416 millions. These securitizations are not accounted for as a sale.

 

F-194


Table of Contents

Other countries
The balances of assets securitized by other countries (mainly Germany and Italy) are not significant and their accounting treatment results in continued recognition in the balance sheet.
58.2  
Allowance For Credit Losses
The balances of the recorded investment in impaired loans and of the related valuation allowance as of December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 are as follows:
                         
    Thousands of Euros  
    2007     2006     2005  
Impaired loans requiring no reserve
    1,260,497       766,255       974,418  
Impaired loans requiring valuation allowance
    4,850,557       3,865,005       3,407,355  
 
                 
Total impaired loans
    6,111,054       4,631,260       4,381,773  
 
                       
Valuation allowance on impaired loans
    3,240,398       2,922,495       3,130,929  
The roll-forward of allowances (under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004) is shown in Note 10. The reconciliation item to U.S. GAAP is in Note 57.3.a.
Interest income on non-performing loans is recognized on a cash-received basis. An estimate of the effect of non-performing loans — net of charge-off — on interest income is presented in the following table:
                         
    Year ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (Thousands of Euros)  
Interest owed on non-accruing assets
                       
Domestic
    80,133       49,537       38,751  
International
    291,987       218,216       273,834  
 
                 
Total
    372,120       267,753       312,585  
Interest received on non-accruing assets
                       
Domestic
    81,233       86,370       79,183  
International
    110,015       70,435       77,602  
 
                 
Total
    191,248       156,805       156,785  
 
                 
For the twelve months ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 the average recorded investments in non-performing loans were 1,495,023, 1,144,051 and 976,086 thousand from borrowers in Spain, and 4,072,346, 3,452,791 and 3,397,448 from borrowers outside Spain, respectively.

 

F-195


Table of Contents

58.3  
Investment Securities
 
   
The following table shows a disclosure of the amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses, and fair value of available-for-sale fixed maturity securities and equity securities for 2007, 2006 and 2005:
 
   
INVESTMENT SECURITIES
                                                                                                 
    December 31, 2007     December 31, 2006     December 31, 2005  
            Gross     Gross                     Gross     Gross                     Gross     Gross        
(U.S. GAAP presentation)   Amortized     unrealized     unrealized     Fair     Amortized     unrealized     unrealized     Fair     Amortized     unrealized     unrealized     Fair  
Thousands of Euros   cost     gains     losses (2)     Value (1)     cost     gains     losses (2)     Value (1)     cost     gains     losses (2)     Value (1)  
Available-for-sale securities
                                                                                               
Debt securities:
                                                                                               
United States-
                                                                                               
US Treasury and other US Government Agencies
    233,660       3,345       1,349       235,656       768,440       11       15,703       752,748       651,424             13,933       637,491  
States and political subdivisions
    246,175       2,309       445       248,039       41,648             589       41,059       90,881             390       90,491  
Mortgage-backed securities
    207,617             2,744       204,873       322,163             9,750       312,413       655,442             13,323       642,119  
Corporate debt securities
    12,462             215       12,247                                                  
Other securities
    2,291,440       694       5,052       2,287,082       995,121             260       994,861       1,402,838             376       1,402,462  
 
                                                                                               
Spanish Government
    8,107,355       92,669       350       8,199,674       7,745,231       123,738       2,011       7,866,958       12,787,831       291,095       43,531       13,035,395  
Other Spanish public authorities
    17,258       736             17,994       20,653       1,695             22,348       17,615                   17,615  
Securities of other foreign Governments
    9,890,336       343,936       97,846       10,136,426       8,268,849       695,215       9,269       8,954,795       43,254,927       391,236       26,469       43,619,694  
 
                                                                                               
Other Corporate debt securities
    1,311,054       115       10,543       1,300,626       490,852       1,087       527       491,412       1,367,372       78       856       1,366,594  
Other Mortgage-backed securities
    1,653,775       5,434       7,105       1,652,104       1,665,206       29,127       357       1,693,976       2,465,580       1,895       30,142       2,437,333  
Other debt securities
    11,654,363       52,913       146,582       11,560,694       12,159,113       62,103       2,562       12,218,654       4,939,894       36,487       351       4,976,030  
 
                                                                       
 
    35,625,496       502,151       272,231       35,855,416       32,477,276       912,976       41,028       33,349,224       67,633,804       720,791       129,371       68,225,224  
 
                                                                                               
Equity securities:
                                                                                               
Spanish securities
    3,941,669       369.877             4,311,546       1,877,175       208,599             2,085,774       1,548,863       804,337             2,353,200  
International securities
    4,548,119       1.302.166             5,850,285       2,398,862       1,486,209             3,885,071       2,576,992       960,726             3,537,718  
of which: United States:
    196,416       46.467             242,883       144,956                   144,956       57,476                   57,476  
 
                                                                       
 
    8,489,787       1.672.043             10,161,830       4,276,037       1,694,808             5,970,845       4,125,855       1,765,063             5,890,918  
     
(1)  
Fair values are determined based on year-end quoted market prices for listed securities and on management’s estimate for unlisted securities.
 
(2)  
Gross unrealized losses under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 are higher than those under U.S. GAAP, due to the “Other than Temporary Adjustment” included in reconciliation to U.S.GAAP (see Notes 57.2 and 57.3.b). Additionally, the gross unrealized losses have mainly arisen in a period shorter than one year.
 
   
We review all the unrealized losses of our debt securities portfolio at least quarterly to evaluate if they should be considered other than temporary impaired. Under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004, impairment losses are recorded in the income statement when the fair value of a debt security declines below its amortized cost and there is objective evidence of a reduction of the expected cash flows. Reversal of impairment losses is permitted if the impairment ceases or is reduced; however under U.S. GAAP, the reversal of impairment losses is not permitted (see Note 57.3.b). Additionally, for the remaining unrealized losses, we have evaluated their decline in fair value to determine whether it is other than temporary and we have not recognized any other than temporary impairment for these securities for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 as all of the unrealized losses have substantially arisen in a period shorter than one year.

 

F-196


Table of Contents

   
Gross gains of 18,689,786, 40,031,628 and 14,694,950 thousand and gross losses of 17,871,498, 36,484,698 and 12,132,446 thousand have been realized during 2007, 2006 and 2005 on the sales of trading and available-for-sale investment securities, which are included, net, under “Gains (losses) from Investment Securities” in the consolidated statement of income (see Note 57.5).
 
   
The following table includes the detail of the available-for-sale portfolios excluding the allocation of the allowance for credit losses for 2007:
 
   
AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE
Classification by maturity
                         
    Thousands of Euros  
    2007  
            Fair     Amortized  
    Yield     Value     Value  
Debt securities:
                       
Due in one year or less
    6.63 %     4,509,093       4,427,677  
Due after one year through five years
    5.95 %     12,244,459       12,174,509  
Due after five years through ten years
    4.45 %     14,635,854       14,586,205  
Due after ten years
    4.87 %     4,466,010       4,437,105  
 
                 
 
            35,855,416       35,625,496  
   
The details of the trading portfolio by type of security are set out below:
 
   
TRADING PORTFOLIO
                         
(U.S. GAAP presentation)   2007     2006     2005  
Thousands of Euros   Fair value     Fair value     Fair value  
Trading Portfolio Debt Securities:
                       
United States:
                       
U.S. Treasury and other U.S. Government agencies
    1,634,497       320,498       237,079  
States and Political subdivisions
    33,414       9,159       4,676  
Mortgage-backed securities
    7       12,594        
Corporate debt securities
    416,284       462,219       2,425,250  
Other Securities
    6,705,377       3,925,028       862,072  
 
                       
Spanish Government
    6,271,502       4,730,026       6,559,938  
Other Spanish Public authorities
    1,635,194       156,969       103,713  
Securities of other foreign Governments
    9,329,427       12,082,006       29,373,007  
 
                       
Other Corporate debt securities
    1,490,988       1,691,454       14,569,752  
Other Mortgage-backed securities
    100,008       557,402       78,179  
Other debt securities
    45,786,536       57,289,857       37,227,515  
 
                 
Total debt securities
    73,403,234       81,237,212       91,441,181  
 
                       
Trading Equity Securities
                       
Spanish Securities
    3,971,653       5,226,339       5,291,082  
International Securities
    8,643,135       10,976,813       33,089,955  
Of which United States
    1,386,872       459,966       190,235  
 
                 
Total equity securities
    12,614,788       16,203,152       38,381,037  
   
The following table includes the detail of the debt securities trading portfolios for 2007:
 
   
TRADING PORTFOLIO
Classification by maturity
                         
    Thousands of Euros  
    2007  
            Book     Fair  
    Yield     Value     Value  
Debt securities:
                       
Due in one year or less
    5.54 %     34,179,973       34,179,973  
Due after one year through five years
    5.93 %     20,995,824       20,995,824  
Due after five years through ten years
    4.99 %     8,957,564       8,957,564  
Due after ten years
    5.01 %     9,269,873       9,269,873  
 
                 
 
            73,403,234       73,403,234  

 

F-197


Table of Contents

58.4  
Derivative Financial Instruments
 
   
We use derivatives for both trading and non-trading activities.
 
   
The Group uses derivatives to eliminate, reduce or modify risk in trading portfolios (interest rate, foreign exchange and equity prices), and to provide financial services to clients. Our principal counterparties for this activity are financial institutions. The principal types of derivatives used are: interest rate swaps, future rate agreements, interest rate options and futures, foreign exchange forwards, foreign exchange futures, foreign exchange options, foreign exchange swaps, cross currency swaps, equity index futures and equity options.
 
   
Derivatives are also used in non-trading activity in order to manage the interest rate risk and foreign exchange risk arising from asset and liability management activity. Interest rate and foreign exchange non-optional derivatives are used in non-trading activity. Some of these non-trading transactions could be accounted for as accounting hedges if they meet specific criteria.
 
   
The Group has established policies, procedures and limits in relation to market risk. These limits are defined as a structure which considers different levels from business segment or legal entity levels to portfolio or trader levels. Market risk is monitored by risk committees together with Assets and Liabilities Committees both at the local and global levels.
 
   
More detailed information about market risks and control over them can be found in Note 56.
 
   
Accounting principles-
 
   
The Group enters into thousands of derivative transactions for trading purposes and to hedge asset and liability exposures. Only a limited amount of these hedging transactions receive hedge accounting treatment under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 due to the strict qualifying requirements. The general rule is that all derivatives are accounted for as trading operations, and only those derivatives that comply with the specific criteria required by the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 are accounted for as hedging operations. A full description of the principles applied by the Group in accounting for derivative financial instruments is disclosed in Note 2.d.v. The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP differ, in certain respects, in the accounting treatment of these transactions. See Note 57.2 for a summary of the accounting criteria, and Note 57.3.f) for the impact on the reconciliation of net income and stockholders’ equity from the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 to U.S. GAAP.
 
   
The Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 consider as hedging transactions only those that meet the following criteria (summarized):
  a.  
The hedge relationship must be documented at inception. At that moment the objective and the hedge strategy must be assessed (all the documentation requirements are similar to those required by SFAS 133).
  b.  
The hedge relationship should be highly effective during the entire estimated term to compensate the changes in the value or in the cash flows attributable to the identified risk, and in accordance with the hedging strategy documented at inception.
  c.  
Forecasted transactions may be hedged only if it is highly probable that they will occur and when they are subject to any risk that could have an effect on cash flows that could affect the net income.
  d.  
To qualify as highly effective, the hedge relationship should meet, both at the inception and in any moment, the following requirements:
  a)  
Prospectively: it should be expected that the changes in the fair value or in the cash flows of the hedged financial instruments will almost be offset by the changes in the fair value or in the cash flows of the hedging instruments.
  b)  
Retrospectively: The offsetting effects should be within 80% and 125% of the changes in the hedged item.
  c)  
All the values should be reliably calculated.
  d)  
Effectiveness should be tested quarterly and at least, each time that the financial statements are prepared.
   
We have procedures in place that ensure that the requirements with respect to the designation as hedge or speculative, transaction documentation, identification of hedged items and hedging instrument, and the assessment and testing of hedge effectiveness are met.
 
   
As explained in Note 57.3 f) and in Note 57.2, the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP differ, in certain respects, in the requirements for hedge accounting of these transactions. Given that U.S. GAAP does not allow certain types of hedges, derivative transactions accounted for as hedges under U.S. GAAP are only a portion of the hedge transactions under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004.
 
   
Besides, there are differences in designation requirements and hedge accounting between the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP, so many transactions accounted for as hedge under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 are reversed for U.S. GAAP purposes and designated as speculative transactions.

 

F-198


Table of Contents

   
For all the transactions that are considered as hedging both under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP, additional information is collected to adapt to the accounting treatment required. The adjustments are made in function of the hedge designation under SFAS 133 (i.e. cash flow, fair value or net investment in foreign operation). Only those transactions which fully comply with SFAS 133 requirements are considered to be hedge transactions.
 
   
The vast majority of our hedges are simple hedges: the notional value of the hedging instruments is the same as the face value of the hedged item; the hedging instrument is tailored solely to the hedged risk (either benchmark rate of interest or foreign currency); the settlement methods are standard ones, with settlement periods similar to those for the item to be hedged; there are no pre-payable amounts on the item to be hedged, nor are there any options in the hedged items unless such options are completely offset with an opposite option in the hedging instruments.
 
   
Among these transactions that are designated hedges under both the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP, the Group includes derivatives that hedge the foreign currency exposure of a net investment in a foreign subsidiary. The currency of these hedging derivatives is that of the country in which the foreign subsidiary is located, and the amounts to be hedged are closely watched by our risk committees.
 
   
Our Group’s companies enter into intercompany derivative transactions for the purposes of managing their own risks.
 
   
Usually, in each country in which our Group operates, there is a subsidiary (an individual entity) that acts as the treasury services provider or center for the Group’s financial activities in that country. The remaining subsidiaries operating in that country usually hedge their own risks through transactions entered into with that treasury services provider. In addition, some of our subsidiaries may enter into intercompany derivative transactions with subsidiaries located in other countries.
 
   
For accounting purposes, these transactions are recorded as intercompany derivatives on the individual books and records of each company entering into such transactions, but are eliminated in the consolidation process.
 
   
Fair value methods-
 
   
The methods and assumptions used by the Group in estimating its fair value disclosures for derivative financial instruments are disclosed in Note 2.d.
 
   
The following table shows a detail of our consolidated trading and hedging transactions broken down into notional amounts and their fair value in accordance with the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 at the dates indicated:
                                                 
    December 31,     December 31,     December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    Notional             Notional             Notional        
Millions of Euros   Amount     Fair Value     Amount     Fair Value     Amount     Fair Value  
Trading
    3,620,490.1       (2,077.6 )     2,748,721.0       (3,753.7 )     1,830,939.6       (1,598.9 )
Hedging
    164,666.9       (1,071.4 )     157,363.1       (505.9 )     226,627.4       1,815.4  
Fair Value Hedges
    126,388.3       (1,199.7 )     131,214.4       (474.3 )     204,820.6       2,046.6  
Cash Flow Hedges
    10,695.5       (136.7 )     9,472.8       (34.4 )     9,777.2       23.9  
Hedges of the foreign currency of a net investment in a foreign subsidiary
    27,583.1       265.0       16,675.9       2.8       12,029.7       (255.1 )
 
                                   
 
    3,785,157.0       (3,149.0 )     2,906,084.1       (4,259.6 )     2,057,567.0       216.5  
   
In our reconciliation to U.S.GAAP we made some adjustments that change the designation of some hedge relationships. We identify those hedges under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 that do not fully comply with FAS 133 requirements. Under U.S. GAAP accounting those transactions are considered to be speculative transactions and such derivatives are accounted for as trading derivatives.

 

F-199


Table of Contents

   
The following table shows a detail of our consolidated trading and hedging transactions broken down into notional amounts and their fair value in accordance with U.S. GAAP at the dates indicated:
                                                 
    December 31,     December 31,     December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    Notional             Notional             Notional        
Millions of Euros   Amount     Fair Value     Amount     Fair Value     Amount     Fair Value  
Trading
    3,685,557.8       (1,482.7 )     2,820,182.0       (3,525.9 )     1,880,611.3       (1,446.7 )
Hedging
    99,599.2       (1,665.8 )     85,902.1       (733.7 )     176,955.6       1,663.1  
Fair Value Hedges
    61,320.6       (1,794.1 )     59,753.4       (702.1 )     155,148.8       1,894.4  
Cash Flow Hedges
    10,695.5       (136.7 )     9,472.8       (34.4 )     9,777.2       23.9  
Hedges of the foreign currency of a net investment in a foreign subsidiary
    27,583.1       265       16,675.9       2.8       12,029.7       (255.1 )
 
                                   
 
    3,785,157.0       (3,148.5 )     2,906,084.1       (4,259.6 )     2,057,567.0       216.5  
   
The notional amounts of hedging transactions under U.S. GAAP are less than those under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 due to the fact that the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 allows certain hedge accounting that is not permitted under U.S. GAAP.
58.5  
Short Term Borrowings
 
   
Following is an analysis of the components of the “Short-term borrowings” caption for 2007, 2006 and 2005:
                                                 
    2007     2006     2005  
            Average             Average             Average  
Thousands of Euros   Amount     Rate     Amount     Rate     Amount     Rate  
 
                                               
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase:
                                               
At December 31
    99,067,534       3.66 %     92,433,767       4.39 %     126,201,890       3.55 %
Average during year
    90,977,794       3.86 %     101,682,243       3.74 %     91,458,502       3.65 %
Maximum month-end balance
    99,067,534               129,816,503               129,563,533          
 
                                   
 
                                               
Other short-term borrowings:
                                               
At December 31
    32,706,892       7.29 %     35,385,525       2.50 %     25,157,976       2.34 %
Average during year
    27,071,238       5.42 %     25,501,630       2.66 %     21,249,880       4.23 %
Maximum month-end balance
    44,052,354               35,385,525               26,688,044          
 
                                   
 
                                               
Total short-term borrowings at year-end
    131,774,426       4.56 %     127,819,292       3.87 %     151,359,866       3.35 %
 
                                   
   
This short-term indebtedness is denominated in different currencies, mostly Euro, US$, GBP and Latin-American currencies. Interest rates of these currencies have not followed the same trend.
 
58.6  
Guarantees
 
   
The Group provides a variety of guarantees to its customers to improve their credit standing and allow them to compete. The following table summarizes at December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 all of the guarantees.
 
   
As required, the “maximum potential amount of future payments” represents the notional amounts that could be lost if there were a total default by the guaranteed parties, without consideration of possible recoveries from collateral held or pledged, or recoveries under recourse provisions. There is no relationship between these amounts and probable losses on these guarantees. In fact, maximum potential amount of future payments significantly exceeds inherent losses.

 

F-200


Table of Contents

   
Guarantees disclosures
                         
    Maximum potential amount of future payments  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (Thousands of Euros)  
Contingent liabilities:
                       
Assets earmarked for third-party obligations
    3       4       24  
Guarantees and other sureties
    70,513,358       53,175,928       44,432,649  
Guaranties promises
    13,332,972       8,258,151       100,898  
Performance guarantees
    34,657,158       29,857,748       25,428,337  
Financial standby letters of credit
    21,740,424       14,522,186       18,642,647  
Doubtful guarantees
    74,154       59,157       79,529  
Credit Default Swaps
    708,250       478,250       180,000  
Other
    400       436       1,238  
Other contingent exposures
    6,411,474       5,593,377       4,020,902  
Documentary Credits
    5,803,088       5,029,484       3,767,022  
Other contingent liabilities
    608,274       563,731       252,541  
Doubtful contingent liabilities
    112       162       1,339  
 
                 
Total Contingent Liabilities
    76,924,835       58,769,309       48,453,575  
Commitments
                       
Loan commitments drawable by third parties
    102,215,927       91,690,396       77,678,333  
Other commitments
    12,460,636       11,559,034       18,584,929  
Securities placement commitments
    33,032       3,463       16,399  
Securities subscribed and pending payment
    107,244       83,368       195,610  
Compensation room delivered bills
    12,320,360       11,472,203       18,372,920  
 
                 
Total Commitments
    114,676,563       103,249,430       96,263,262  
   
Performance guarantees are issued to guarantee customers obligations such as to make contractually specified investments, to supply specified products, commodities, or maintenance or warranty services to a third party, completion of projects in accordance with contract terms, etc. Financial standby letters of credit include guarantees of payment of loans, credit facilities, promissory notes and trade acceptances. The Group always requires collateral to grant this kind of financial guarantees. In Documentary Credits, the Group acts as a payment mediator between trading companies located in different countries (import-export transactions). Under a documentary credit transaction, the parties involved deal with the documents rather than the commodities to which the documents may relate. Usually the traded commodities are used as collateral to the transaction and the Bank may provide some credit facilities. Loan commitments drawable by third parties include mostly credit card lines and commercial commitments. Credit card lines are unconditionally cancelable by the issuer. Commercial commitments are mostly 1 year facilities subject to information requirements to be provided by our customers.
 
   
In the UK it is normal to issue check guarantee cards to current account customers holding checkbooks, as retailers do not generally accept cheques without such form of guarantee. Accordingly, Abbey issues guaranteed cheques that represent its commitment to guarantee the cheques of some of its customers up to a certain limit, typically £50-£100. Bank account facilities to which guaranteed cheques relate are regularly assessed based on customers’ behavior, and amended where necessary. Prior notice of changes is given to customers. The maximum potential amount of future payments is 7,955 million on December 2007 (7,696 million in 2006 and 5,952 in 2005) and there is no stated maturity.
 
   
Also, Abbey, as is normal in such activity, gives representations and warranties on the sale of subsidiaries. The maximum potential amount of any claims made against these is significantly higher than actual settlements. The maximum potential amount of future payments is 5,354 million on December 31, 2007 (6,849 million in 2006 and 4,077 in 2005).
 
   
The risk criteria followed to issue all kinds of guarantees, financial standby letters of credit, documentary credits and any risks of signature are in general the same as those used for other products of credit risk, and therefore subject to the same admission and tracking standards. The guarantees granted on behalf of our customers are subject to the same credit quality review process as any other risk product. On a regular basis, at least once a year, the solvency of the mentioned customers is checked as well as the probability of those guarantees to be executed. In case that any doubt on the customer’s solvency may arise we create allowances with charge to net income, by the amount of the inherent losses even if there is no claim to us.
 
   
As of December 31, 2007, the Group had allowances to cover inherent losses on guarantees of 636,316 thousands, (2006: 598,735 and 2005: 487,048).
 
   
According to FIN 45, a guarantee that is accounted for as a derivative instrument at fair value under Statement 133 is not subject to the initial recognition and initial measurement provisions of this Interpretation but is subject to its disclosure requirements, see Notes 9, 11 and 36.

 

F-201


Table of Contents

58.7  
Additional disclosures about fair value
 
   
Disclosures about fair value of financial instruments (SFAS 107)
 
   
SFAS No. 107, “Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments” (“SFAS 107”) requires the disclosure of fair value information about financial instruments, whether or not recognized in the balance sheet, for which it is practicable to estimate that value. Find the disclosures required by SFAS 107 in Note 2.d for those financial instruments recognized at fair value and Note 53.c. for those financial instruments measured at other than fair value.
 
   
Disclosures about fair value of equity investments (APB 18)
 
   
APB 18 “The Equity Method of Accounting for Investments in Common Stock”, requires for those investments in common stock for which a quoted market price is available the disclosure of the aggregate value of each identified investment based on the quoted market price (see also Note 13).
 
   
The following table shows the market value of our holdings accounted for by using the equity method that has listed quotations:
                         
    December 31,  
Thousands of Euros   2007     2006     2005  
RFS
    11,778,624              
Cepsa
    5,896,826       4,766,317       3,337,438  
Attijariwafa
    761,893       579,295       319,369  
Sovereign
    875,406       2,267,762        
58.8  
Stock Option Plans
 
   
SFAS No. 123 (Revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment” (SFAS 123-R) eliminated the option to apply the intrinsic value measurement provisions of APB No. 25 “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees”, to stock compensation awards issued to employees. SFAS 123-R requires companies to measure the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the grant-date fair value of the award. That cost will be recognized over the period during which an employee is required to provide services in exchange for the award the requisite service period (usually the vesting period).
 
   
The Company adopted SFAS 123-R on January 1, 2005 by using the modified prospective approach, which requires recognizing expense for options granted prior to the adoption date equal to the fair value at the grant date of the unvested amounts over their remaining vesting period. The reason for this early adoption is to reduce differences between the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP.
 
   
Currently, all the Group’s stock options are accounted for following IFRS 2 which is similar to FAS 123-R. Disclosures are included in Note 49.c.
 
58.9  
Acquisition of Drive Consumer U.S.A. Inc.
 
   
In 2006, the Group acquired 90% of Drive in the U.S.A. for $637 million in cash (494 million approximately). The operation generated goodwill of $544 million (422 million, see Note 17).
 
   
Under the agreement, the price paid by Santander could increase by a maximum of $175 million, if the company achieves certain earning targets set for years 2007 and 2008.
 
   
Drive is one of the leading auto financing companies in “subprime” customer segment in the United States. Based in Dallas, Texas, it is present in 35 states, with approximately 50% of its activity concentrated in Texas, California, Florida and Georgia. Drive has around 600 employees and its products are distributed through more than 10,000 auto dealer partnerships.
 
   
Until our acquisition, 64.5% of Drive was owned by HBOS plc and 35.5% by its management team. Following the acquisition by Santander, the present Chairman and COO of Drive will act as Chief Executive Officer, maintaining ownership of 10% of the company, a percentage on which the parties have signed a series of options which could enable Grupo Santander to buy the additional 10% between 2009 and 2013 at prices linked to the company’s earnings performance.
 
   
The goodwill and its allocation process was finalized during 2007, which reduced the initial goodwill of Drive by 49 million at year end.

 

F-202


Table of Contents

   
The following is a Balance Sheet at the first-time consolidation date:
 
   
Drive Group Balance Sheet
         
    Thousands of  
    Euros  
    2006  
Assets
       
Interest earning deposits in other banks
    129,736  
Loans and leases, net of unearned income
    2,230,256  
Less-Allowance for credit losses
    (110,365 )
Net Loans and leases
    2,119,891  
Premises and equipment, net
    3,093  
Other assets
    19,491  
 
     
Total assets
    2,272,211  
 
       
Liabilities
       
Deposits
       
Interest bearing
       
Time deposits
    272,188  
Total deposits
    272,188  
Long-term debt
    1,894,308  
Taxes Payable
    3,043  
Accounts Payable
    15,132  
Accrual Accounts
    8,631  
Others
    501  
Other liabilities
    27,307  
 
     
Total liabilities
    2,193,803  
Minority interest
       
Stockholders’ equity
       
Capital stock
    63,456  
Other reserves
    14,952  
Total stockholders’ equity
    78,408  
 
     
Total liabilities and Stockholders’ equity
    2,272,211  
58.10  
Significant Equity method investee: Sovereign Bancorp, Inc (“Sovereign”).
 
   
As of December 31, 2007, due to the market evolution and, in particular, the decline in Sovereign shares quoted market price, the Group analyzed whether an other-than-temporary impairment existed in its investment in Sovereign.
 
   
The analysis was performed by comparing the determined fair value of Sovereign with its cost as of December 31, 2007. As the fair value was less than its cost over a relevant period of time, we concluded that an other-than-temporary impairment existed and recorded an impairment loss in the income statement for the difference between the fair value and its cost as of December 31, 2007, totaling 1.053 million.
 
   
Additionally, under SEC Regulation S-X, Rule 4-08 (g), Sovereign, equity method investee, was significant to the Group in 2007 and thus we present below its summarized balance sheets as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 and income statements for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005.

 

F-203


Table of Contents

   
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET — SOVEREIGN BANCORP, INC.
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
    (Thousands of euros)  
Assets
                       
Cash and amounts due from depository institutions
    2,126,737       1,369,869       959,512  
Investment securities available for sale
    9,470,720       10,535,025       6,152,752  
Investment securities held to maturity
                3,939,669  
Other investments
    815,532       761,588       552,089  
Net loans held for investment
    38,395,880       41,386,215       36,511,545  
Loans held for sale
    372,094       5,779,743       264,116  
Premises and equipment
    381,993       459,914       349,256  
Accrued interest receivable
    238,118       321,109       242,689  
Goodwill
    2,327,455       3,800,444       2,302,980  
Core deposits and other intangibles
    252,779       378,451       181,381  
Bank owned life insurance
    1,218,734       1,309,964       863,037  
Other assets
    1,968,326       1,962,863       1,659,719  
Total assets
    57,568,369       68,065,185       53,978,745  
 
               
Liabilities
               
Deposits and other customer accounts
    33,907,958       39,775,667       32,192,681  
Borrowings and other debt obligations
    17,747,491       20,387,029       15,869,202  
Advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance
    56,444       74,443       41,801  
Other liabilities
    1,007,108       1,145,598       775,156  
Total liabilities
    52,719,001       61,382.737       48,878,840  
 
               
Minority interest-preferred securities of subsidiaries
    99,470       118,743       174,332  
 
               
Stockholders’ Equity
               
Preferred stock
    132,766       148,402        
Common stock
    4,276,593       4,694,974       3,100,401  
Warrants and employee stock options issued
    236,645       260,737       285,959  
Unallocated common stock held by Employee Stock Ownership Plan
          (14,441 )     (18,137 )
Treasury stock
    (13,486 )     (37,227 )     (405,810 )
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (221,543 )     (18,790 )     (144,781 )
Retained earnings
    338,923       1,530,049       2,107,941  
Total Stockholders’ Equity
    4,749,898       6,563,705       4,925,573  
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
    57,568,369       68,065,185       53,978,745  
CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT — SOVEREIGN BANCORP, INC.
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
    (Thousands of euros)  
 
                       
Interest income
    3,402,988       3,451,424       2,382,391  
Interest expense
    (2,040,682 )     1,998,269       1,069,932  
Provision for credit losses
    (297,958 )     (386,483 )     (72,374 )
Net interest income after provision for credit losses
    1,064,347       1,066,672       1,240,085  
Fees and other income
    387,895       476,689       475,219  
Net (loss)/gain on investment securities
    (128,888 )     (248,870 )     (9,419 )
Non-interest income
    259,008       227,819       484,638  
General and administrative expenses
    (983,595 )     (1,029,099 )     (875,893 )
Other expenses
    (1,370,037 )     (250,130 )     (131,423 )
Income before income taxes
    (1,030,277 )     15,262       717,406  
Income tax benefit/(provision)
    44,179       93,960       (173,666 )
Net income
    (986,098 )     109,222       543,740  

 

F-204


Table of Contents

58.11  
Additional relevant events
 
   
Sale and leaseback of real estate assets
 
   
On January 25, 2008, we announced that we had reached an agreement with a consortium led by the United Kingdom property investor Propinvest for the sale of Ciudad Grupo Santander (our corporate headquarters) and its simultaneous lease-back for a period of 40 years, with a right to repurchase this property at the end of such period.
 
   
The price agreed for Ciudad Grupo Santander was 1.9 billion. The capital gains of approximately 605 million will be reversed under U.S. GAAP in the same way as described in Note 57.3.e) for a similar transaction.
 
   
Agreement between Santander and General Electric (“GE”)
 
   
On March 27, 2008, Banco Santander and GE, through its GE Money and Commercial Finance business units, reached a preliminary agreement on the acquisition of certain businesses from each other valued at 1 billion.
 
   
Under the terms of the preliminary agreement, Banco Santander will acquire GE Money’s units in Germany, Finland and Austria, and its card and auto businesses in the UK, while GE Commercial Finance will acquire Interbanca, the Italian commercial bank assigned to Santander as part of the distribution of assets following the acquisition, together with RBS and Fortis, of ABN Amro.
 
   
Banco Santander expects to integrate the GE Money units acquired, with total assets of 9 billion, into Santander Consumer Finance and Santander Cards. Interbanca would become part of GE Commercial Finance, providing GE with an enhanced capability to service midmarket banking businesses in Italy.
 
   
On June 2, 2008, we announced that we had reached a final agreement with GE and that the agreed base price for both transactions amounted to 1 billion each, subject to different adjustments.
 
   
These operations are expected to close during the fourth quarter of 2008.
 
   
Agreement between Santander and RBS’s European consumer finance unit
 
   
On April 4, 2008, Santander reached a preliminary agreement with RBS to acquire its continental European consumer finance business for 336 million. The package includes activities in Germany, the Netherlands, Belgium and Austria. The acquisition will be carried out by Santander Consumer Finance Germany GMBH.
 
   
The RBS European consumer finance business (RBS ECF) has 861 employees serving 2.3 million customers in Germany, the Netherlands, Belgium and Austria. Assets in 2007 averaged 2.2 billion. RBS ECF makes installment loans both directly and via partners. It is strongly represented in the credit card business both in terms of private and corporate customers, and provides consumer finance via retail chains.
 
   
The acquisition is conditional upon a definitive agreement and the relevant approval from various national authorities.
 
   
Acquisition of additional shares of Sovereign
 
   
In May 2008, Santander, to prevent dilution of its holding in Sovereign, invested $312 million to subscribe to a $1.25 billion common stock offering completed by the U.S. bank.
 
   
Completion of the sale of Antonveneta to Banca Monte dei Paschi di Siena
 
   
On May 30, 2008, Banca Monte dei Paschi di Siena and Banco Santander completed the sale of Antonveneta for 9 billion, executing the agreement announced on November 8, 2007.
 
   
Under U.S. GAAP, the Group’s Investment in Antonveneta is classified as an Equity method investee as of December 31, 2007. In addition, according to SFAS No. 144. Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-lived Assets, an Equity method investee cannot be classified as held for sale or discontinued operations. This classification difference with EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 does not create an effect in the U.S. GAAP reconciliation for Net Income and Stockholder’s Equity, while the cash flows presentation difference for reclassifying Antonveneta from Other financial assets to Subsidiaries, jointly controlled entities and associates within the cash flows from investing activities is immaterial for U.S. GAAP purposes.
 
   
Drive Cosumer USA Inc.
 
   
In June 2008, Grupo Santander has bought an additional 1% stake in the company for $17 million.
 
   
Grupo Santander could buy the 9% stake still owned by the Chief Executive Officer of Drive between 2009 and 2013 at prices linked to the company’s earnings performance.
 
   
Santander internal models
 
   
In June 2008, Bank of Spain authorized the use of internal models to determine the regulatory capital requirements of the Group’s main units covering over 70% of the Group credit risk exposure beginning as of June 30, 2008 (the other units’ internal models will be presented for approval during the roll out period agreed with Bank of Spain). As of such date, the Group’s eligible capital exceeds the minimum requirements established by the Bank of Spain’s Circular 3/2008, which introduces in the Spanish regulatory framework the EU Directives 2006/48/EC and 2006/49/EC in accordance with the New Basel Accord (“Basel II” or “BIS II”).

 

F-205


Table of Contents

Exhibit I
Subsidiaries of Banco Santander, S.A. (1)
                                                         
                          Millions of Euros (a)  
        % of Ownership Held     % of                 Net Profit     Amount of  
        by the Bank     Voting         Capital and     (Loss) for     Ownership  
Entity   Location   Direct     Indirect     Rights (k)     Line of Business   Reserves     the Year     Interest  
 
A N (123) plc
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY     1,153       11       1,161  
Abbey Business Services (India) Private
Limited (d)
  India           100.00 %     100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY                  
Abbey Covered Bonds (Holdings) Limited
  United Kingdom             (b)         FINANCE                  
Abbey Covered Bonds (LM) Limited
  United Kingdom             (b)         FINANCE                  
Abbey Covered Bonds LLP
  United Kingdom             (b)         FINANCE     39       99        
Abbey National (America) Holdings Inc.
  United States           100.00 %     100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY     31             31  
Abbey National (America) Holdings Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY     31             32  
Abbey National (Gibraltar) Limited
  Gibraltar           100.00 %     100.00 %   BROKER-DEALER     7             6  
Abbey National (Holdings) Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY     26             22  
Abbey National Alpha Investments (d)
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   FINANCE     62             62  
Abbey National American Investments Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   FINANCE     374       15       345  
Abbey National Baker Street Investments
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   FINANCE     168             168  
Abbey National Beta Investments Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   FINANCE     145       6       116  
Abbey National Business Asset Leasing Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   LEASING                  
Abbey National Business Cashflow Finance Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   FACTORING     5             5  
Abbey National Business Equipment Leasing Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   LEASING                 7  
Abbey National Business Office Equipment Leasing Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   LEASING     6              
Abbey National Business Sales Aid Leasing Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   LEASING     1              
Abbey National Business Vendor Plan Leasing Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   LEASING                  
Abbey National Capital LP I
  United States             (b)         FINANCE                  
Abbey National Capital LP II
  United States             (b)         FINANCE                  
Abbey National Charitable Trust Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   CHARITABLE SERVICES                  
Abbey National Employment Services Inc.
  United States           100.00 %     100.00 %   EMPLOYMENT SERVICES                  
Abbey National Financial and Investment Services (Jersey) Limited
  Jersey           100.00 %     100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY     3             3  
Abbey National Financial Investments 3 B.V.
  Netherlands           100.00 %     100.00 %   FINANCE     3       1       1  
Abbey National Financial Investments 4 B.V.
  Netherlands           100.00 %     100.00 %   FINANCE     341       16       341  
Abbey National Financial Investments No.2 Limited
  Jersey           100.00 %     100.00 %   FINANCE                  
Abbey National Funded Unapproved Retirement Benefits Scheme Trustees Limited (d)
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   ASSET MANAGEMENT COMPANY                  
Abbey National Funding plc
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   FINANCE                  
Abbey National General Insurance Services Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   ADVISORY SERVICES     (52 )            
Abbey National Gibraltar (1986) Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   FINANCE     8             7  
Abbey National Global Investments
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   FINANCE                  
Abbey National GP (Jersey) Limited
  Jersey           100.00 %     100.00 %   FINANCE                  
Abbey National Group Pension Schemes Trustees Limited (d)
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   ASSET MANAGEMENT COMPANY                  
Abbey National Guarantee Company
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   LEASING     5             4  
Abbey National Homes Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   FINANCE     (49 )            
Abbey National International Limited
  Jersey           100.00 %     100.00 %   BANKING     277       42       204  
Abbey National Investments
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   FINANCE     161       7       145  
Abbey National Investments Holdings Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY     (10 )     (6 )      
Abbey National Jersey International Limited
  Jersey           100.00 %     100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY     287       3       252  
Abbey National June Leasing (5) Limited
  United Kingdom     100.00 %           100.00 %   LEASING     276             273  
Abbey National March Leasing (4) Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   LEASING     (24 )     2        
Abbey National Mortgage Finance plc
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   MORTGAGE LOAN COMPANY                  
Abbey National Nominees Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   BROKER-DEALER                  
Abbey National North America Corporation
  United States           100.00 %     100.00 %   FINANCE     1              
Abbey National North America Holdings Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY                  
Abbey National North America LLC
  United States           100.00 %     100.00 %   FINANCE                  
Abbey National Offshore Holdings Limited
  Jersey           100.00 %     100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY     253             264  
Abbey National PEP & ISA Managers Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   FUND AND PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT     53       (1 )     50  
Abbey National Personal Pensions Trustee Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   ASSET MANAGEMENT COMPANY                  
Abbey National plc
  United Kingdom     100.00 %           100.00 %   BANKING     3,559       478       12,429  
Abbey National PLP (UK) Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   FINANCE                  
Abbey National Properties (2) Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   LEASING     (3 )            
Abbey National Property Investments
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   FINANCE     392       24       189  
Abbey National Property Services Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   PROPERTY     (18 )            
Abbey National Secretariat Services (Jersey) Limited
  Jersey           100.00 %     100.00 %   SERVICES                  

 

F-206


Table of Contents

                                                         
        % of Ownership Held                    
        by the Bank                 Millions of Euros (a)  
                        % of                 Net Profit     Amount of  
                        Voting         Capital and     (Loss) for     Ownership  
Entity   Location   Direct     Indirect     Rights (k)     Line of Business   Reserves     the Year     Interest  
 
Abbey National Secretariat Services Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   FUND AND PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT                  
Abbey National Securities Inc.
  United States           100.00 %     100.00 %   BROKER-DEALER     35       7       31  
Abbey National September Leasing (3) Limited (f)
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   LEASING     (10 )            
Abbey National Shelf Co. (4) Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   INACTIVE                  
Abbey National Sterling Capital plc
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   FINANCE     4              
Abbey National Treasury International (IOM) Limited
  Isle of Man           100.00 %     100.00 %   BANKING     11       1       8  
Abbey National Treasury Investments
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   FINANCE     331       22       251  
Abbey National Treasury Services (Trains Holdings) Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY     197       (7 )     205  
Abbey National Treasury Services (Transport Holdings) Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY                  
Abbey National Treasury Services Investments Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   FINANCE     1,083       39       1,023  
Abbey National Treasury Services Overseas Holdings
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY     1,418       73       1,389  
Abbey National Treasury Services plc
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   BANKING     3,561       145       3,885  
Abbey National UK Investments
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   FINANCE     1,038       45       827  
Abbey Stockbrokers (Nominees) Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   BROKER-DEALER                  
Abbey Stockbrokers Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   BROKER-DEALER     7             9  
Administración de Bancos Latinoamericanos
Santander, S.L.
  Spain     24.11 %     75.89 %     100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY     329       194       156  
AEH Purchasing, Ltd.
  Ireland             (b)         SECURITISATION                  
Afisa S.A.
  Chile           99.99 %     99.99 %   FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY     7             3  
Agencia de Seguros Santander, Ltda.
  Colombia           100.00 %     100.00 %   INSURANCE                  
Agrícola Tabaibal, S.A.
  Spain           66.16 %     100.00 %   AGRICULTURE AND LIVESTOCK     1       (1 )      
Agropecuaria Tapirapé S.A.
  Brazil           97.16 %     99.07 %   AGRICULTURE AND LIVESTOCK     2             1  
AKB Marketing Services Sp. Z.o.o.
  Poland           100.00 %     100.00 %   MARKETING     4       3        
Alcaidesa Holding, S.A. (consolidated)
  Spain           44.60 %     50.01 %   PROPERTY     77             28  
Alce Tenedora, S.L.
  Spain     99.99 %     0.01 %     100.00 %   SECURITIES INVESTMENT           (9 )      
Alhambra 2000, S.L.
  Spain           89.19 %     100.00 %   VEHICLE CLEANING     3             3  
Aljarafe Golf, S.A.
  Spain           79.75 %     89.41 %   PROPERTY     14             1  
Aljardi SGPS, Lda.
  Portugal           100.00 %     100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY     1,660       1       1,148  
Almacenadora Serfin, S.A. De C.V.
  Mexico           73.89 %     98.58 %   WAREHOUSING     1             1  
Almacenadora Somex, S.A. De C.V.
  Mexico           72.88 %     97.24 %   WAREHOUSING     7             1  
Altair Finance, plc.
  Ireland             (b)         SECURITISATION     1       (1 )      
Altamira Funding LLC.
  United States             (b)         SECURITISATION                  
Altec Brasil S.A.
  Brazil           100.00 %     100.00 %   SERVICES     14       1       22  
Altec S.A.
  Chile           100.00 %     100.00 %   IT SERVICES     6       3       20  
América Latina Tecnología de México,
S.A. De C.V.
  Mexico     100.00 %           100.00 %   IT SERVICES     72       (8 )     47  
América Latina Tecnología S.A.
  Argentina     87.42 %     12.58 %     100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY     2             2  
AN Structured Issues Limited
  Jersey           100.00 %     100.00 %   FINANCE                  
Andaluza de Inversiones, S.A.
  Spain           100.00 %     100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY     28       13       27  
ANDSH Limited.
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   FINANCE     3             3  
ANFP (US) LLC
  United States           100.00 %     100.00 %   FINANCE                  
ANITCO Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY                  
Aquanima Brasil Ltda.
  Brazil           88.40 %     100.00 %   e-COMMERCE           1        
Aquanima Chile S.A.
  Chile           88.40 %     100.00 %   e-COMMERCE     1              
Argenline, S.A.
  Uruguay           100.00 %     100.00 %   FINANCE                  
Asesora de Titulización, S.A., S.G.F.T.
  Spain     70.00 %     29.58 %     100.00 %   ADVISORY SERVICES     2             2  
Asesoría Estratega, S.C.
  Mexico           85.00 %     100.00 %   SERVICES                  
Aurum, S.A.
  Chile     0.80 %     99.20 %     100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY     (1 )     3       68  
Ausant Holding Gesellschaft m.b.H.
  Austria           100.00 %     100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY     9             9  
Ausant Merchant Participations GMBH
  Austria           100.00 %     100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY           8        
Aviación Regional Cántabra, A.I.E.
  Spain     73.58 %           73.58 %   LEASING     27       5       22  
Bajondillo, S.A.
  Spain           89.19 %     100.00 %   PROPERTY                  
Baker Street Risk and Insurance (Guernsey) Limited (e)
  Guernsey           100.00 %     100.00 %   INSURANCE BROKERAGE     11       4       3  
Banco Alicantino de Comercio, S.A.
  Spain           89.19 %     100.00 %   BANKING     9             8  
Banco Banif, S.A.
  Spain     100.00 %           100.00 %   BANKING     215       56       84  
Banco de Albacete, S.A.
  Spain     100.00 %           100.00 %   BANKING     12             9  
Banco de Asunción, S.A.
  Paraguay           99.33 %     99.33 %   BANKING     1             34  
Banco de Venezuela, S.A., Banco Universal (j)
  Venezuela     96.78 %     1.64 %     98.42 %   BANKING     385       221       119  
Banco Español de Crédito, S.A.
  Spain     88.12 %     1.07 %     89.19 %   BANKING     4,145       660       1,340  
Banco Madesant — Sociedade Unipessoal, S.A.
  Portugal           100.00 %     100.00 %   BANKING     1,383       63       1,159  

 

F-207


Table of Contents

                                                         
        % of Ownership Held                    
        by the Bank                 Millions of Euros (a)  
                        % of                 Net Profit     Amount of  
                        Voting         Capital and     (Loss) for     Ownership  
Entity   Location   Direct     Indirect     Rights (k)     Line of Business   Reserves     the Year     Interest  
 
Banco Santander (Panamá), S.A.
  Panama           100.00 %     100.00 %   BANKING     7       1       55  
Banco Santander (Suisse) SA
  Switzerland           100.00 %     100.00 %   BANKING     148       36       15  
Banco Santander Bahamas International Limited
  Bahamas           100.00 %     100.00 %   BANKING     1,125       30       785  
Banco Santander Chile
  Chile           76.73 %     76.91 %   BANKING     1,541       421       1,156  
Banco Santander Colombia, S.A.
  Colombia           97.64 %     97.64 %   BANKING     139       6       444  
Banco Santander Consumer Portugal S.A.
  Portugal           100.00 %     100.00 %   BANKING     106       16       277  
Banco Santander International
  United States     95.89 %     4.11 %     100.00 %   BANKING     163       24       73  
Banco Santander Perú S.A.
  Peru     99.00 %     1.00 %     100.00 %   BANKING     22       (1 )     22  
Banco Santander Puerto Rico
  Puerto Rico           90.59 %     100.00 %   BANKING     402       16       306  
Banco Santander Río S.A.
  Argentina     8.23 %     91.07 %     99.30 %   BANKING     280       71       1,647  
Banco Santander S.A.
  Brazil           98.08 %     98.08 %   BANKING     3,078       505       3,771  
Banco Santander Totta, S.A.
  Portugal           99.72 %     99.86 %   BANKING     1,416       343       2,343  
Banco Santander, S.A.
  Uruguay     90.93 %     9.07 %     100.00 %   BANKING     43       12       48  
Banco Santander, S.A., Institución de Banca Múltiple, Grupo Financiero Santander
  Mexico           74.95 %     99.99 %   BANKING     3,150       683       1,647  
Banco Totta de Angola, SARL
  Angola           99.70 %     99.99 %   BANKING     54       14       19  
Banesto B2B, S.L.
  Spain           100.00 %     100.00 %   IT     2             1  
Banesto Banca Privada Gestión, S.A. S.G.I.I.C.
  Spain           89.19 %     100.00 %   FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY     2             2  
Banesto Banca Privada Global, SICAV, S.A.
  Spain           81.07 %     90.89 %   OPEN-END INVESTMENT COMPANY     15             2  
Banesto Banco de Emisiones, S.A.
  Spain           89.19 %     100.00 %   BANKING     99       1       87  
Banesto Bolsa, S.A., Sdad. Valores y Bolsa
  Spain           89.19 %     100.00 %   BROKER-DEALER     93       9       31  
Banesto Delaware Inc.
  United States           89.19 %     100.00 %   FINANCE                  
Banesto Factoring, S.A. Establecimiento Financiero de Crédito
  Spain           89.19 %     100.00 %   FACTORING     111       5       105  
Banesto Financial Products, Plc.
  Ireland           89.19 %     100.00 %   FINANCE                  
Banesto Issuances, Ltd.
  Cayman Islands           89.19 %     100.00 %   FINANCE     1              
Banesto Renting, S.A.
  Spain           89.19 %     100.00 %   FINANCE     10       2       2  
Banesto Securities, Inc.
  United States           89.19 %     100.00 %   FINANCE     1       1       2  
Banesto Servicios y Tecnología Aplicada, S.A.
  Spain           100.00 %     100.00 %   SERVICES     4             4  
Banesto, S.A.
  Spain           89.19 %     100.00 %   FINANCE                  
Banif Gestión, S.A., S.G.I.I.C.
  Spain           97.84 %     100.00 %   FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY     23       2       15  
Banif Inmobiliario, S.A., Sole-Shareholder Company
  Spain           100.00 %     100.00 %   PROPERTY     1       2        
Bansa Santander S. A.
  Chile           99.99 %     99.99 %   PROPERTY     2             23  
Bansalease, S.A., E.F.C.
  Spain     100.00 %           100.00 %   LEASING     84       4       57  
Bansamex, S.A.
  Spain     50.00 %           50.00 %   CARDS     3       1       1  
Bansander, S.A., Sole-Shareholder Company
  Spain     100.00 %           100.00 %   SECURITIES INVESTMENT                  
Bel Canto SICAV Erodiade
  Luxembourg           100.00 %     100.00 %   OPEN-END INVESTMENT COMPANY     1             1  
Beta Cero, S.A.
  Spain           78.49 %     88.00 %   FINANCE                  
Brazil Foreign Diversified Payment Rights Finance Company
  Cayman Islands             (b)         SECURITISATION                  
Brettwood Limited
  Jersey           100.00 %     100.00 %   SERVICES                  
BRS Investment, S.A.
  Argentina           100.00 %     100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY     19       1       237  
BSN — Banco Santander de Negocios
Portugal, S.A.
  Portugal           99.86 %     100.00 %   BANKING     78       38       28  
BST International Bank, Inc.
  Puerto Rico           99.72 %     100.00 %   BANKING     232       17       3  
Buhal Leasing, Ltd.
  United Kingdom     100.00 %           100.00 %   LEASING     2             2  
CA Premier Banking Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   BANKING     5             5  
Caetra Iberia, S.L., Sole-Shareholder Company
  Spain           100.00 %     100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY     4             3  
Caja de Emisiones con Garantía de Anualidades Debidas por el Estado, S.A.
  Spain           56.08 %     62.87 %   FINANCE                  
Cambios Sol, S.A.
  Spain           89.19 %     100.00 %   CURRENCY TRADING                 4  
Cántabra de Inversiones, S.A.
  Spain     100.00 %           100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY     204       (78 )     218  
Cantabric Financing, Plc.
  Ireland             (b)         SECURITISATION                  
Cántabro Catalana de Inversiones, S.A.
  Spain     100.00 %           100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY     169       15       140  
Capital Riesgo Global, SCR de Régimen Simplificado, S.A.
  Spain     87.09 %     12.91 %     100.00 %   VENTURE CAPITAL COMPANY     366       34       321  
Capital Variable SICAV, S.A.
  Spain           95.83 %     97.95 %   OPEN-END INVESTMENT COMPANY     7             7  
Carfax (Guernsey) Limited
  Guernsey           100.00 %     100.00 %   INSURANCE BROKERAGE     81       5       27  
Carpe Diem Salud, S.L.
  Spain     100.00 %           100.00 %   SECURITIES INVESTMENT                  
Cartera Mobiliaria, S.A., SICAV
  Spain           74.49 %     89.63 %   SECURITIES INVESTMENT     598       15       201  
Casa de Bolsa Santander, S.A. de C.V., Grupo Financiero Santander
  Mexico           74.93 %     99.97 %   BROKER-DEALER     24       15       28  
Cater Allen Holdings Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY     142             117  

 

F-208


Table of Contents

                                                         
        % of Ownership Held                    
        by the Bank                 Millions of Euros (a)  
                        % of                 Net Profit     Amount of  
                        Voting         Capital and     (Loss) for     Ownership  
Entity   Location   Direct     Indirect     Rights (k)     Line of Business   Reserves     the Year     Interest  
 
Cater Allen International Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   BROKER-DEALER     337       50       161  
Cater Allen Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   BANKING     240       25       303  
Cater Allen Lloyd’s Holdings Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY     (12 )            
Cater Allen Nominees (Jersey) Limited
  Jersey           100.00 %     100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY                  
Cater Allen Pensions Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   PENSION FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY                  
Cater Allen Registrars Limited
  Jersey           100.00 %     100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY                  
Cater Allen Syndicate Management Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   ADVISORY SERVICES     2              
Cater Allen Trust Company (Jersey) Limited
  Jersey           100.00 %     100.00 %   ASSET MANAGEMENT COMPANY                  
Cater Tyndall Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY     31       (5 )     162  
Catmoll, S.L.
  Spain     100.00 %           100.00 %   CONCESSION HOLDER     8             6  
CB Extrobank
  Russia           100.00 %     100.00 %   BANKING     37       (3 )     44  
Central Inmobiliaria de Santiago, S.A. de C.V.
  Mexico     100.00 %           100.00 %   PROPERTY MANAGEMENT     68       (1 )     73  
Centro de Equipamientos Zona Oeste, S.A.
  Spain     93.62 %     6.38 %     100.00 %   PROPERTY     (21 )     (42 )     43  
Certidesa, S.L.
  Spain           100.00 %     100.00 %   LEASE OF AIRCRAFT     6       (13 )      
Clínica Sear, S.A.
  Spain           45.11 %     50.58 %   HEALTHCARE     6       (1 )     1  
Club Zaudin Golf, S.A.
  Spain           75.84 %     95.11 %   SERVICES     15             13  
Comercializadora Al-fin, S.A. de C.V.
  Mexico           85.00 %     100.00 %   RETAIL TRADE                  
Corpoban, S.A.
  Spain           89.19 %     100.00 %   SECURITIES INVESTMENT     71       2       61  
Costa Canaria de Veneguera, S.A.
  Spain           66.16 %     74.18 %   PROPERTY     14       (1 )     9  
Crawfall S.A.
  Uruguay     100.00 %           100.00 %   SERVICES     19       (21 )      
Credisol, S.A.
  Uruguay           100.00 %     100.00 %   CARDS                 6  
Crefisa, Inc.
  Puerto Rico     100.00 %           100.00 %   FINANCE     24       (2 )     17  
Darep Limited
  Ireland           100.00 %     100.00 %   REINSURANCE     4             4  
Debt Management and Recovery Services Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   DEBT COLLECTION AND PAYMENT SERVICES                  
Depósitos Portuarios, S.A.
  Spain           89.19 %     100.00 %   SERVICES                  
Desarrollo Informático, S.A.
  Spain           89.19 %     100.00 %   IT     2             2  
Digital Procurement Holdings N.V.
  Netherlands           88.40 %     100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY     3       2       1  
Diners Club Spain, S.A.
  Spain     90.00 %           90.00 %   CARDS     9       3       7  
Dirección Estratega, S.C.
  Mexico           85.00 %     100.00 %   SERVICES                  
Diseño e Integración de Soluciones, S.A.
  Spain           89.19 %     100.00 %   IT     2             1  
Drive ABS GP LLC
  United States           90.00 %     100.00 %   INACTIVE                  
Drive ABS LP
  United States           90.00 %     100.00 %   INACTIVE     32             7  
Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2004-1
  United States             (b)         SECURITISATION                  
Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2005-1
  United States             (b)         SECURITISATION                  
Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2005-2
  United States             (b)         SECURITISATION                  
Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2005-3
  United States             (b)         SECURITISATION                  
Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2006-1
  United States             (b)         SECURITISATION                  
Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2006-2
  United States             (b)         SECURITISATION                  
Drive Consumer GP LLC
  United States           90.00 %     100.00 %   INACTIVE                  
Drive Consumer LP
  United States           90.00 %     100.00 %   INACTIVE     24             2  
Drive Health & Welfare Benefit Plan
  United States           90.00 %     100.00 %   SERVICES           1        
Drive One LLC
  United States           90.00 %     100.00 %   INACTIVE                  
Drive Receivables Corp. 10
  United States           90.00 %     100.00 %   SECURITISATION                  
Drive Receivables Corp. 11
  United States           90.00 %     100.00 %   SECURITISATION                  
Drive Receivables Corp. 12
  United States           90.00 %     100.00 %   SECURITISATION                  
Drive Receivables Corp. 7
  United States           90.00 %     100.00 %   SECURITISATION                  
Drive Receivables Corp. 8
  United States           90.00 %     100.00 %   SECURITISATION                  
Drive Receivables Corp. 9
  United States           90.00 %     100.00 %   SECURITISATION                  
Drive Residual Holdings GP LLC
  United States           90.00 %     100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY                  
Drive Residual Holdings LP
  United States           90.00 %     100.00 %   AUXILIARY                  
Drive Trademark Holdings LP
  United States           90.00 %     100.00 %   AUXILIARY                  
Drive VFC GP LLC
  United States           90.00 %     100.00 %   INACTIVE     26       (78 )      
Drive VFC LP
  United States           90.00 %     100.00 %   INACTIVE                  
Drive Warehouse GP LLC
  United States           90.00 %     100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY                  
Drive Warehouse LP
  United States           90.00 %     100.00 %   AUXILIARY                  
Duchess Parade Investments Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   LEASING     2             1  
Dudebasa, S.A.
  Spain           89.19 %     100.00 %   FINANCE     44       1       22  

 

F-209


Table of Contents

                                                         
        % of Ownership Held                    
        by the Bank                 Millions of Euros (a)  
                        % of                 Net Profit     Amount of  
                        Voting         Capital and     (Loss) for     Ownership  
Entity   Location   Direct     Indirect     Rights (k)     Line of Business   Reserves     the Year     Interest  
 
Efearvi, S.A.
  Spain           89.19 %     100.00 %   PROPERTY                  
Efectividad en Medios de Pago, S.A. de C.V.
  Mexico     98.61 %     1.39 %     100.00 %   BROKER-DEALER     23       1       10  
Elerco, S.A.
  Spain           89.19 %     100.00 %   LEASING     270       13       124  
Fábricas Agrupadas de Muñecas de Onil, S.A. (consolidated) (g)
  Spain           74.86 %     74.86 %   HOLDING COMPANY     18       (6 )     16  
FC Factor S.r.l.
  Italy           100.00 %     100.00 %   FACTORING     2       (1 )     1  
FFB — Participaçoes e Serviços, Sociedade Unipessoal, S.A.
  Portugal           100.00 %     100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY     3,586       147       1,020  
Fideicomiso 100740 SLPT
  Mexico           74.95 %     100.00 %   FINANCE     41       3       28  
Fideicomiso Financiero Río Personales I
  Argentina             (b)         SECURITIES     4       2        
Fideicomiso GFSSLPT Banca Serfín, S.A.
  Mexico           74.95 %     100.00 %   FINANCE     41       1       25  
Fideicomiso Super Letras Hipotecarias Clase I
  Argentina             (b)         SECURITIES     1              
Fideicomiso Super Letras Hipotecarias Clase II
  Argentina             (b)         SECURITIES     3              
Financiación Banesto 1, F.T.A.
  Spain             (b)         SECURITISATION                  
FINANCE Alcanza, S.A. de C.V., Sociedad FINANCE de Objeto Múltiple, Entidad Regulada
  Mexico           85.00 %     100.00 %   FINANCE     6       (2 )     3  
First National Motor Business Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   LEASING                  
First National Motor Contracts Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   LEASING     (1 )            
First National Motor Facilities Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   LEASING                  
First National Motor Finance Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   ADVISORY SERVICES                  
First National Motor Leasing Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   LEASING                  
First National Motor plc
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   LEASING     (49 )     32        
Fomento e Inversiones, S.A.
  Spain     100.00 %           100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY     18       24       17  
Fondo de Titulización de Activos Santander 1
  Spain             (b)         SECURITISATION                  
Fondo de Titulización de Activos Santander Empresas 1
  Spain             (b)         SECURITISATION                  
Fondo de Titulización de Activos Santander Empresas 2
  Spain             (b)         SECURITISATION                  
Fondo de Titulización de Activos Santander Empresas 3
  Spain             (b)         SECURITISATION                  
Fondo de Titulización de Activos Santander Empresas 4
  Spain             (b)         SECURITISATION                  
Fondo de Titulización de Activos Santander Público 1
  Spain             (b)         SECURITISATION                  
Fondo de Titulización Santander Financiación 1
  Spain             (b)         SECURITISATION                  
Fondo de Titulización Santander Financiación 2
  Spain             (b)         SECURITISATION                  
Fondos Santander, S.A. Administradora de Fondos de Inversión
  Uruguay           100.00 %     100.00 %   FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY                 1  
Formación Integral, S.A.
  Spain           89.19 %     100.00 %   TRAINING     1             1  
Fortensky Trading, Ltd.
  Ireland           100.00 %     100.00 %   FINANCE                  
FTA Santander Consumer Spain Auto 06
  Spain             (b)         SECURITISATION     4       (3 )      
FTPYME Banesto 2 Fondo de Titulización
de Activos
  Spain             (b)         SECURITISATION                  
FTPYME Santander 2 Fondo de Titulización
de Activos
  Spain             (b)         SECURITISATION                  
Gamo Tenedora, S.L.
  Spain           100.00 %     100.00 %   SERVICES                  
Gedinver e Inmuebles, S.A.
  Spain           89.19 %     100.00 %   FINANCE     5       1       6  
Geoban UK Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   SERVICES                  
Geoban, S.A.
  Spain     99.99 %     0.01 %     100.00 %   SERVICES     9       (2 )     12  
Gesban Servicios Administrativos Globales, S.L.
  Spain     99.99 %     0.01 %     100.00 %   SERVICES     1             1  
Gescoban Soluciones, S.A.
  Spain           89.19 %     100.00 %   FINANCE     2       1       1  
Gestión de Actividades Tecnológicas, S.A.
  Spain     99.98 %     0.02 %     100.00 %   SECURITIES INVESTMENT     (20 )     1        
Gestión de Instalaciones Fotovoltáicas, S.L., Sole-Shareholder Company
  Spain           100.00 %     100.00 %   ELECTRICITY                  
Gestión Industrial Hispamer, S.A.
  Spain     100.00 %     0.01 %     100.00 %   SECURITIES INVESTMENT     (37 )            
Gestión Santander, S.A. de C.V., Sociedad Operadora de Sociedades de Inversión, Grupo Financiero Santander
  Mexico           74.96 %     100.00 %   FINANCE     14       9       1  
Gire, S.A.
  Argentina           57.92 %     58.33 %   COLLECTION AND PAYMENT SERVICES     5       3       1  
Golden Bar (Securitisation) S.r.l.
  Italy             (b)         SECURITISATION                  
Grupo Alcanza, S.A. de C.V.
  Mexico           85.00 %     85.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY     25       (2 )     29  
Grupo Empresarial Santander, S.L.
  Spain     99.11 %     0.89 %     100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY     3,066       921       4,005  
Grupo Eurociber, S.A.
  Spain           100.00 %     100.00 %   SERVICES                  
Grupo Financiero Santander, S.A. de C.V.
  Mexico     74.75 %     0.21 %     74.96 %   HOLDING COMPANY     3,264       720       1,883  
Grupo Inmobiliario La Corporación Banesto, S.A.
  Spain           89.19 %     100.00 %   SECURITIES INVESTMENT     11       1       22  
Grupo Santander Perú, S.A.
  Peru           100.00 %     100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY     7       (3 )     328  
Guaranty Car, S.A., Sole-Shareholder Company
  Spain           100.00 %     100.00 %   AUTOMOTIVE     2       1        
H.B.F. Aluguer e Comercio de Viaturas, S.A.
  Portugal           100.00 %     100.00 %   FULL-SERVICE LEASE                  
H.B.F. Auto-Renting, S.A., Sole-Shareholder Company
  Spain           100.00 %     100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY     10       1       2  
Hipotebansa EFC, S.A.
  Spain     100.00 %           100.00 %   MORTGAGE LOAN COMPANY     46       4       36  

 

F-210


Table of Contents

                                                         
        % of Ownership Held                    
        by the Bank                 Millions of Euros (a)  
                        % of                 Net Profit     Amount of  
                        Voting         Capital and     (Loss) for     Ownership  
Entity   Location   Direct     Indirect     Rights (k)     Line of Business   Reserves     the Year     Interest  
 
Hipototta No. 1 FTC
  Portugal             (b)         SECURITISATION     3       (1 )      
Hipototta No. 1 plc
  Ireland             (b)         SECURITISATION     (3 )            
Hipototta No. 2 FTC
  Portugal             (b)         SECURITISATION     1       (1 )      
Hipototta No. 2 plc
  Ireland             (b)         SECURITISATION     (9 )            
Hipototta No. 3 FTC
  Portugal             (b)         SECURITISATION     9       (2 )      
Hipototta No. 3 plc
  Ireland             (b)         SECURITISATION     (14 )            
Hipototta No. 4 FTC
  Portugal             (b)         SECURITISATION     7       (3 )      
Hipototta No. 4 plc
  Ireland             (b)         SECURITISATION     (12 )     (2 )      
Hipototta No. 5 FTC
  Portugal             (b)         SECURITISATION                  
Hipototta No. 5 plc
  Ireland             (b)         SECURITISATION                  
Hipototta No. 6 FTC
  Portugal             (b)         SECURITISATION                  
Hipototta No. 6 plc
  Ireland             (b)         SECURITISATION                  
Hispamer Renting, S.A.
  Spain           100.00 %     100.00 %   FULL-SERVICE LEASE     9       6       1  
Holbah II Limited
  Bahamas           100.00 %     100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY     980       (8 )     1,115  
Holbah Limited
  Bahamas           100.00 %     100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY     204       195       261  
Holmes Financing (Nº1) plc
  United Kingdom             (b)         FINANCE     1              
Holmes Financing (Nº10) plc
  United Kingdom             (b)         FINANCE     (1 )     (23 )      
Holmes Financing (Nº2) plc
  United Kingdom             (b)         FINANCE                  
Holmes Financing (Nº3) plc
  United Kingdom             (b)         FINANCE                  
Holmes Financing (Nº4) plc
  United Kingdom             (b)         FINANCE                  
Holmes Financing (Nº5) plc
  United Kingdom             (b)         FINANCE                  
Holmes Financing (Nº6) plc
  United Kingdom             (b)         FINANCE                  
Holmes Financing (Nº7) plc
  United Kingdom             (b)         FINANCE                  
Holmes Financing (Nº8) plc
  United Kingdom             (b)         FINANCE     (1 )     2        
Holmes Financing (Nº9) plc
  United Kingdom             (b)         FINANCE                  
Holmes Funding Limited
  United Kingdom             (b)         FINANCE     58       97        
Holmes Holdings Limited
  United Kingdom             (b)         HOLDING COMPANY                  
Holmes Master Issuer plc
  United Kingdom             (b)         FINANCE           (15 )      
Holmes Trustees Limited
  United Kingdom             (b)         FINANCE                  
Holneth B.V.
  Netherlands           100.00 %     100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY     196       147       9  
HSH Delaware L.P. (c)
  United States           69.25 %         HOLDING COMPANY     42             36  
Hualle, S.A.
  Spain           89.19 %     100.00 %   SECURITIES INVESTMENT     1       41       5  
Ibérica de Compras Corporativas, S.L.
  Spain     80.63 %     7.77 %     89.00 %   e-COMMERCE     3       2       4  
IEM (Holland) Aircraft Lease B.V.
  Netherlands           100.00 %     100.00 %   LEASING                  
IEM 757 Leasing I B.V.
  Netherlands           100.00 %     100.00 %   LEASING                  
IEM Airfinance B.V.
  Netherlands           100.00 %     100.00 %   LEASING     (1 )            
IEM Lease Aircraft B.V.
  Netherlands           100.00 %     100.00 %   LEASING                  
Infraestructuras Americanas, S.L.
  Spain           100.00 %     100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY                  
Ingeniería de Software Bancario, S.L.
  Spain     100.00 %           100.00 %   IT SERVICES     83       (21 )     76  
Inmobiliaria Lerma y Amazonas, S.A. De C.V.
  Mexico           74.93 %     100.00 %   PROPERTY MANAGEMENT     18       1       11  
Inmo Francia 2, S.A.
  Spain           100.00 %     100.00 %   PROPERTY     8             8  
Inmuebles B de V 1985 C.A.
  Venezuela           35.63 %     100.00 %   PROPERTY MANAGEMENT                  
Instituto Santander Serfin, A.C.
  Mexico           74.95 %     100.00 %   NOT-FOR-PROFIT INSTITUTE     2              
Insurance Funding Solutions Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   FINANCE     (35 )     19        
Integrated Securities Services, S.A.
  Spain           100.00 %     100.00 %   SERVICES     1             1  
Integritas (Canada) Trustee Corporation Ltd.
  Canada     100.00 %           100.00 %   ASSET MANAGEMENT COMPANY                  
Integritas New Zealand Ltd.
  New Zealand           100.00 %     100.00 %   ASSET MANAGEMENT COMPANY                  
Integritas Trust SA
  Switzerland           100.00 %     100.00 %   ASSET MANAGEMENT COMPANY     1              
Internacional Compañía Seguros de Vida, S.A.
  Argentina           59.20 %     59.20 %   INSURANCE     18       19       10  
Inversiones Marítimas del Mediterráneo, S.A.
  Spain     100.00 %           100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY     2       1       1  
Inversiones Tesoreras SICAV, S.A.
  Spain           76.32 %     76.32 %   OPEN-END INVESTMENT COMPANY     13             8  
Inversiones Turísticas, S.A.
  Spain           89.19 %     100.00 %   HOSPITALITY     34       1       32  
Isban DE GmbH
  Germany           100.00 %     100.00 %   IT SERVICES           9        
Isban U.K., Ltd.
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   IT SERVICES     2       2        
ISBAN PT — Engenheria e Software
Bancário, S.A.
  Portugal           99.93 %     100.00 %   IT SERVICES     1              
Island Insurance Corporation
  Puerto Rico           90.59 %     100.00 %   INSURANCE     4             3  
IT Car — Aluguer e Comércio de Automóveis, S.A.
  Portugal           100.00 %     100.00 %   LEASING     3             2  

 

F-211


Table of Contents

                                                         
        % of Ownership Held                    
        by the Bank                 Millions of Euros (a)  
                        % of                 Net Profit     Amount of  
                        Voting         Capital and     (Loss) for     Ownership  
Entity   Location   Direct     Indirect     Rights (k)     Line of Business   Reserves     the Year     Interest  
 
Itasant Sociedade Gestora de Participaçoes Sociais Sociedade Unipessoal, Lda.
  Portugal           100.00 %     100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY     302       (20 )     92  
J.C. Flowers II-A L.P. (c)
  Canada           69.40 %         HOLDING COMPANY     16       (2 )     39  
James Hay Administration Company Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   FUND AND PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT     12       5       12  
James Hay Holdings Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY     (9 )     1       252  
James Hay Insurance Company Limited
  Jersey           100.00 %     100.00 %   INSURANCE BROKERAGE     17       1       16  
James Hay Pension Trustees Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   ASSET MANAGEMENT COMPANY     3             3  
James Hay Wrap Managers Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   FUND AND PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT     4             4  
JCF II-A Special AIV K L.P. (m)
  Canada           69.53 %         HOLDING COMPANY                  
La Unión Resinera Española, S.A. (consolidated)
  Spain     74.87 %     21.28 %     96.23 %   CHEMICALS     50             28  
Laboratorios Indas, S.A. (e)
  Spain           73.41 %     100.00 %   PHARMACEUTICALS     147       10       27  
Laparanza, S.A. (c)
  Spain     61.59 %           61.59 %   AGRICULTURE AND LIVESTOCK     28       1       16  
Larix Chile Inversiones, Ltda.
  Chile           89.19 %     100.00 %   PROPERTY                  
Larix Limited
  Isle of Man           89.19 %     100.00 %   PROPERTY     2             1  
Latinoenvíos, S.A.
  Spain     100.00 %           100.00 %   IMMIGRANT REMITTANCES     1             1  
LLC Amstoun
  Russia           100.00 %     100.00 %   INACTIVE     1             8  
LLC Finance Analize
  Russia           100.00 %     100.00 %   INACTIVE     6             8  
LLC Fincommerts
  Russia           100.00 %     100.00 %   INACTIVE     1             8  
LLC Firm Knommunlnz Stroi
  Russia           100.00 %     100.00 %   INACTIVE     3             16  
LLC Mark Strit
  Russia           100.00 %     100.00 %   INACTIVE     1             8  
Luresa Inmobiliaria, S.A.
  Spain           96.14 %     100.00 %   PROPERTY     19       1       9  
Luri 1, S.A.
  Spain           5.58 %     100.00 %   PROPERTY     101       2       6  
Luri 2, S.A.
  Spain           4.81 %     100.00 %   PROPERTY     101       1       5  
Luri Land, S.A.
  Belgium           5.15 %     100.00 %   PROPERTY     6              
MAC No. 1 Limited (i)
  United Kingdom             (b)         MORTGAGE LOAN COMPANY                  
Madeisisa — SGPS Sociedade Unipessoal, Lda.
  Portugal           99.72 %     100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY     9             3  
Marylebone Road CBO 3 BV
  Netherlands             (b)         FINANCE                  
Mata Alta, S.L.
  Spain           61.59 %     100.00 %   PROPERTY                  
Mercado de Dinero, S.A.
  Spain           89.19 %     100.00 %   SECURITIES INVESTMENT                  
Merciver, S.L.
  Spain           89.19 %     100.00 %   SHIPPING COMPANY                  
Moneda y Crédito, S.L.
  Spain     50.00 %           100.00 %   ADVERTISING                  
Multifinance Corporation Limited (1)
  Malta           99.00 %     99.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY                  
Multinegocios S.A.
  Chile             (b)         ADVISORY SERVICES                  
MultiRent — Aluguer e Comércio de Automóveis, S.A.
  Portugal           60.00 %     100.00 %   FULL-SERVICE LEASE     (4 )           17  
Multiservicios de Negocios Limitada
  Chile             (b)         FINANCIAL SERVICES                  
N&P (B.E.S.) Loans Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   LEASING     148       6       132  
Naviera Mirambel, S.L.
  Spain           100.00 %     100.00 %   FINANCE                  
Naviera Trans Gas, A.I.E.
  Spain     99.99 %     0.01 %     100.00 %   SHIPPING COMPANY     35       6       35  
NIB Special Investors IV-A LP (c)
  Canada           99.51 %         HOLDING COMPANY     43       12       49  
NIB Special Investors IV-B LP (c)
  Canada           96.00 %         HOLDING COMPANY     34       4       29  
Norbest A.S.
  Norway     7.94 %     92.06 %     100.00 %   SECURITIES INVESTMENT     506       (133 )     473  
Nova Bostwick (Portugal) Fabrica de Portas Metalicas, Ltd. (c)
  Portugal           99.72 %     100.00 %   DOOR MANUFACTURE                  
NW Services CO.
  United States           88.40 %     100.00 %   e-COMMERCE     1             1  
Oil-Dor, S.A.
  Spain           89.19 %     100.00 %   FINANCE     147       2       109  
Open Bank Santander Consumer, S.A.
  Spain           100.00 %     100.00 %   BANKING     44       23       47  
Operadora de Derivados Serfin, S.A. De C.V.
  Mexico           74.95 %     100.00 %   FINANCE                  
OPQR s.r.o.
  Slovakia           100.00 %     100.00 %   FINANCE                  
Optimal Alternative Investments, S.G.I.I.C., S.A.
  Spain           100.00 %     100.00 %   FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY     2       (1 )     2  
Optimal Investment Services SA
  Switzerland           99.99 %     99.99 %   FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY     30       16       5  
Pan American Bank Limited
  Bahamas           100.00 %     100.00 %   BANKING     2             21  
Parasant SA
  Switzerland     100.00 %           100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY     1,116       (1 )     1,089  
Patagon Euro, S.L.
  Spain     100.00 %           100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY     672       26       587  
PECOH Limited
  United Kingdom             (b)         FINANCE                  
Peninsular, S.A.R.L.
  France     99.99 %           99.99 %   PROPERTY     1             9  
Pereda Gestión, S.A.
  Spain     99.99 %     0.01 %     100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY     (23 )     61       4  
Pingham International, S.A.
  Uruguay           100.00 %     100.00 %   SERVICES                  
Polskie Towarzystwo Finansowe S.A.
  Poland           100.00 %     100.00 %   SERVICES     3             35  
Polyfinances Holding Limited (1)
  Malta           100.00 %     100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY                  

 

F-212


Table of Contents

                                                         
        % of Ownership Held                          
        by the Bank                 Millions of Euros (a)        
                        % of                 Net Profit     Amount of  
                        Voting         Capital and     (Loss) for     Ownership  
Entity   Location   Direct     Indirect     Rights (k)     Line of Business   Reserves     the Year     Interest  
 
Polyfinances, S.A.
  Luxembourg           100.00 %     100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY                  
Portada, S.A.
  Chile           96.17 %     96.17 %   FINANCE     6             5  
Portal Universia Argentina, S.A.
  Argentina           94.50 %     94.50 %   INTERNET     1       (1 )      
Portal Universia Portugal, Prestaçao de Serviços de Informática, S.A.
  Portugal           100.00 %     100.00 %   INTERNET     1              
Portal Universia, S.A.
  Spain           67.77 %     67.77 %   INTERNET     5       (1 )     4  
Porterbrook Leasing Company Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   LEASING     625       93       420  
Porterbrook Leasing Company MEBO Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY     151       (4 )     678  
Porterbrook Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY     363       (14 )     407  
Porterbrook Maintenance Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   MAINTENANCE SERVICES     153       7        
Préstamos de Consumo, S.A.
  Argentina           100.00 %     100.00 %   FINANCE                 7  
Procura Digital de Venezuela, S.A.
  Venezuela           88.40 %     100.00 %   e-COMMERCE     1             2  
Procuradigital S. de R.L. de C.V.
  Mexico           88.40 %     100.00 %   e-COMMERCE     1             1  
Produban Servicios Informáticos Generales, S.L.
  Spain     98.00 %     2.00 %     100.00 %   SERVICES     (11 )     (2 )      
Produban Serviços de Informática S.A.
  Brazil           98.08 %     100.00 %   BROKER-DEALER     4             5  
Programa Hogar Montigalá, S.A.
  Spain           89.19 %     100.00 %   PROPERTY     7             7  
Promoción de Servicios Integrales, S.A. De C.V.
  Mexico           100.00 %     100.00 %   SERVICES                  
Promociones y Servicios Santiago, S.A. de C.V.
  Mexico           100.00 %     100.00 %   SERVICES                  
Promotora AFR de Venezuela, S.A.
  Venezuela           98.40 %     99.98 %   ADVISORY SERVICES                 4  
Promotora Herlosacantos, S.A. (c)
  Spain           50.00 %     50.00 %   PROPERTY                  
Proyecto Europa, S.A.
  Spain           89.19 %     100.00 %   ADVISORY SERVICES                  
Renting de Instalaciones Fotovoltáicas, S.A.
  Spain           89.19 %     100.00 %   ELECTRICITY                  
Riobank International (Uruguay) SAIFE
  Uruguay           100.00 %     100.00 %   BANKING     18             15  
Rue Villot 26, S.L.
  Spain           80.00 %     80.00 %   PROPERTY     26             24  
S C Servicios y Cobranzas S.A.
  Colombia           97.76 %     100.00 %   COLLECTION AND PAYMENT SERVICES                  
SAG International Finance Company Limited
  Ireland           60.00 %     100.00 %   SECURITISATION     3       (1 )     1  
Sánchez Ramade Santander FINANCE, S.L.
  Spain           50.00 %     50.00 %   FINANCIAL SERVICES                  
Sandywick Limited
  Jersey           100.00 %     100.00 %   ASSET MANAGEMENT COMPANY     2              
Saninv Gestao e Investimentos, S.A.
  Portugal           100.00 %     100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY     114       (63 )     57  
Santana Credit E.F.C., S.A.
  Spain           100.00 %     100.00 %   FINANCE     8             5  
Santander Administradora de Consórcios Ltda.
  Brazil           98.08 %     100.00 %   FINANCE     1             1  
Santander Airplus Corporate Payment
Solutions, S.A.
  Spain     75.00 %           75.00 %   PAYMENT SYSTEMS                  
Santander AM Holding, S.L.
  Spain     100.00 %           100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY     100       13       6  
Santander Asset Management — Sociedade Gestora de Fundos de Investimento Mobiliário, S.A.
  Portugal           99.86 %     100.00 %   FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY     27       9       7  
Santander Asset Management Chile S.A.
  Chile     0.01 %     99.83 %     100.00 %   SECURITIES INVESTMENT                 9  
Santander Asset Management Corporation
  Puerto Rico           90.59 %     100.00 %   ASSET MANAGEMENT     (3 )     6       2  
Santander Asset Management Distribuidora de Títulos e Valores Mobiliários Ltda.
  Brazil           98.08 %     100.00 %   ASSET MANAGEMENT     22       6       22  
Santander Asset Management Ireland, Ltd.
  Ireland           100.00 %     100.00 %   FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY     16       1        
Santander Asset Management Luxembourg, S.A.
  Luxembourg           97.84 %     100.00 %   FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY     1       2        
Santander Asset Management S.A. Administradora General de Fondos
  Chile           76.74 %     100.00 %   FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY     75       27       8  
Santander Asset Management UK
Holdings Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY     183             183  
Santander Asset Management UK Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   FUND AND PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT     13       1       11  
Santander Asset Management, S.A., S.G.I.I.C.
  Spain     28.30 %     69.54 %     100.00 %   FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY     93       70       33  
Santander BanCorp
  Puerto Rico           90.59 %     91.34 %   HOLDING COMPANY     476       (20 )     198  
Santander Bank & Trust Ltd.
  Bahamas           100.00 %     100.00 %   BANKING     1,498       211       1,078  
Santander Benelux, S.A./N.V.
  Belgium     100.00 %           100.00 %   BANKING     940       43       925  
Santander Brasil Arrendamento Mercantil S.A.
  Brazil           98.08 %     100.00 %   LEASING     179       6       125  
Santander Brasil S.A. Corretora de Títulos e Valores Mobiliários
  Brazil           98.08 %     100.00 %   BROKER-DEALER     26       41       19  
Santander Brasil Seguros S.A.
  Brazil           99.38 %     100.00 %   INSURANCE     4       16       14  
Santander Capital Desarrollo, SGECR, S.A.
  Spain     100.00 %           100.00 %   VENTURE CAPITAL COMPANY     1       1        
Santander Capitalizaçao S.A.
  Brazil           99.38 %     100.00 %   FINANCE     2       21       6  
Santander Cards Limited
  United Kingdom     100.00 %           100.00 %   FINANCIAL SERVICES     132       (50 )     149  
Santander Carteras, S.G.C., S.A.
  Spain           100.00 %     100.00 %   FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY     18       3       8  
Santander Central Hispano Finance
(Delaware) Inc.
  United States     100.00 %           100.00 %   FINANCE     2              
Santander Central Hispano Finance B.V. (1)
  Netherlands     100.00 %           100.00 %   FINANCE     1              
Santander Central Hispano Financial
Services Limited
  Cayman Islands     100.00 %           100.00 %   FINANCE     1       1        
Santander Central Hispano International Limited
  Cayman Islands     100.00 %           100.00 %   FINANCE     3              

 

F-213


Table of Contents

                                                         
        % of Ownership Held                    
        by the Bank                 Millions of Euros (a)  
                        % of                 Net Profit     Amount of  
                        Voting         Capital and     (Loss) for     Ownership  
Entity   Location   Direct     Indirect     Rights (k)     Line of Business   Reserves     the Year     Interest  
 
Santander Central Hispano Issuances Limited
  Cayman Islands     100.00 %           100.00 %   FINANCE     2              
Santander Chile Holding, S.A.
  Chile     22.11 %     77.40 %     99.51 %   HOLDING COMPANY     562       155       279  
Santander Commercial Paper, S.A., Sole-Shareholder Company
  Spain     100.00 %           100.00 %   FINANCE                  
Santander Consumer (UK) plc
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   ADVISORY SERVICES     75       (7 )     89  
Santander Consumer autoboerse.de AG
  Germany           100.00 %     100.00 %   INTERNET     1       1       1  
Santander Consumer Bank AS
  Norway           100.00 %     100.00 %   FINANCE     257       39       370  
Santander Consumer Bank AG
  Germany           100.00 %     100.00 %   BANKING     872       385       884  
Santander Consumer Bank S.p.A.
  Italy           100.00 %     100.00 %   FINANCE     205       21       262  
Santander Consumer Chile S.A.
  Chile           89.00 %     89.00 %   FINANCE     15             14  
Santander Consumer Debit GmbH
  Germany           100.00 %     100.00 %   SERVICES           14        
Santander Consumer Finance a.s.
  Czech Republic           100.00 %     100.00 %   LEASING     38       3       33  
Santander Consumer Finance B.V.
  Netherlands           100.00 %     100.00 %   FINANCE     34       3       32  
Santander Consumer Finance Correduría de Seguros, S.A.
  Spain           100.00 %     100.00 %   INSURANCE BROKERAGE     1       3        
Santander Consumer Finance Media S.r.l.
  Italy           65.00 %     65.00 %   FINANCE     7             5  
Santander Consumer Finance Oy
  Finland           100.00 %     100.00 %   FINANCE     6       (2 )     6  
Santander Consumer Finance Zrt.
  Hungary           100.00 %     100.00 %   FINANCE     10       (4 )     4  
Santander Consumer Finance, Germany GmbH
  Germany           100.00 %     100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY     2,726             2,726  
Santander Consumer Finance, S.A.
  Spain     63.19 %     36.81 %     100.00 %   BANKING     3,919       693       2,538  
Santander Consumer France
  France           70.00 %     70.00 %   FINANCE     20       (2 )     14  
Santander Consumer Holding GmbH
  Germany           100.00 %     100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY     1,096       196       1,891  
Santander Consumer Iber-Rent, S.L.
  Spain           60.00 %     60.00 %   FULL-SERVICE LEASE     56       5       18  
Santander Consumer Leasing Austria GmbH
  Austria           100.00 %     100.00 %   LEASING                  
Santander Consumer Leasing GmbH
  Germany           100.00 %     100.00 %   LEASING     6       11       6  
Santander Consumer Multirent Spółka z ograniczoną odpowiedzialnością
  Poland           60.00 %     60.00 %   LEASING     8             5  
Santander Consumer Spain Auto 07-1
  Spain             (b)         SECURITISATION     20       (41 )      
Santander Consumer Spain Auto 07-2
  Spain             (b)         SECURITISATION     (9 )     (20 )      
Santander Consumer Spólka Akcyjna
  Poland           100.00 %     100.00 %   BANKING     138       29       121  
Santander Consumer USA Inc.
  United States     90.00 %           90.00 %   FINANCE     33       187       583  
Santander Consumer, EFC, S.A.
  Spain           100.00 %     100.00 %   FINANCE     242       139       168  
Santander Corredora de Seguros Limitada
  Chile           76.73 %     100.00 %   INSURANCE BROKERAGE     34       10       1  
Santander de Desarrollos Inmobiliarios, S.A.
  Spain     98.39 %     1.61 %     100.00 %   PROPERTY                  
Santander de Leasing, S.A., E.F.C.
  Spain     70.00 %     30.00 %     100.00 %   LEASING     41       7       35  
Santander de Renting, S.A.
  Spain     99.99 %     0.01 %     100.00 %   FULL-SERVICE LEASE     22       (1 )     18  
Santander de Titulización S.G.F.T., S.A.
  Spain     81.00 %     19.00 %     100.00 %   FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY     1       4       1  
Santander Drive Auto Receivables LLC
  United States           90.00 %     100.00 %   AUXILIARY                  
Santander Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2007-1
  United States             (b)         SECURITISATION                  
Santander Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2007-2
  United States             (b)         SECURITISATION                  
Santander Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2007-3
  United States             (b)         SECURITISATION                  
Santander Factoring y Confirming, S.A., E.F.C.
  Spain     100.00 %           100.00 %   FACTORING     99       23       76  
Santander Factoring, S.A.
  Chile           99.51 %     100.00 %   FACTORING     22       2       6  
Santander Financial Products, Ltd.
  Ireland           100.00 %     100.00 %   FINANCE     178       6       162  
Santander Financial Services, Inc.
  Puerto Rico           90.59 %     100.00 %   LENDING COMPANY     94       (40 )     84  
Santander Gestâo de Activos, SGPS, S.A.
  Portugal           99.86 %     100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY     15             7  
Santander Gestión de Recaudación y
Cobranzas, Ltda.
  Chile           98.97 %     99.45 %   FINANCIAL SERVICES     3       (3 )     2  
Santander Gestión Inmobiliaria, S.A.
  Spain     0.01 %     99.99 %     100.00 %   PROPERTY           1        
Santander Global Facility, S.A.
  Spain     99.94 %     0.06 %     100.00 %   SERVICES     1       1       1  
Santander Global Property, S.L.
  Spain     94.44 %     5.56 %     100.00 %   SECURITIES INVESTMENT     138             128  
Santander Global Services, S.A.
  Uruguay           100.00 %     100.00 %   SERVICES     1              
Santander Global Sport, S.A.
  Spain     100.00 %           100.00 %   SPORTS OPERATIONS     3       4       3  
Santander Hipotecario 1 Fondo de Titulización
de Activos
  Spain             (b)         SECURITISATION                  
Santander Hipotecario 2 Fondo de Titulización
de Activos
  Spain             (b)         SECURITISATION                  
Santander Hipotecario 3 Fondo de Titulización
de Activos
  Spain             (b)         SECURITISATION                  
Santander Hipotecario 4 Fondo de Titulización
de Activos
  Spain             (b)         SECURITISATION                  
Santander Holanda B.V.
  Netherlands     100.00 %           100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY     11              
Santander Holding Gestión, S.L.
  Spain           100.00 %     100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY     (79 )            
Santander Holding Internacional, S.A.
  Spain     99.95 %     0.05 %     100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY     28              
Santander Infrastructure Capital Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   LEASING                  
Santander Infrastructure Capital Management Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   LEASING                  

 

F-214


Table of Contents

                                                         
        % of Ownership Held                    
        by the Bank                 Millions of Euros (a)  
                        % of                 Net Profit     Amount of  
                        Voting         Capital and     (Loss) for     Ownership  
Entity   Location   Direct     Indirect     Rights (k)     Line of Business   Reserves     the Year     Interest  
 
Santander Insurance Agency, Inc.
  Puerto Rico           90.59 %     100.00 %   INSURANCE BROKERAGE     2       4       3  
Santander Insurance Holding, S.L.
  Spain     99.99 %     0.01 %     100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY     382       1       357  
Santander Insurance s.r.o.
  Slovakia           100.00 %     100.00 %   PROPERTY                  
Santander Insurance Services UK Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   ASSET MANAGEMENT COMPANY     20       (5 )     21  
Santander International Bank of Puerto Rico, Inc.
  Puerto Rico           90.59 %     100.00 %   BANKING     97       2       63  
Santander International Debt, S.A., Sole-Shareholder Company
  Spain     100.00 %           100.00 %   FINANCE                  
Santander Inversiones Limitada
  Chile           100.00 %     100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY     688       47       599  
Santander Investimentos em Participações S.A.
  Brazil           98.08 %     100.00 %   COLLECTION AND PAYMENT SERVICES     56       60       100  
Santander Investment Bank Limited
  Bahamas           100.00 %     100.00 %   BANKING     88       1       171  
Santander Investment Bolsa, S.V., S.A.
  Spain           100.00 %     100.00 %   BROKER-DEALER     119       87       104  
Santander Investment Chile, Limitada
  Chile           100.00 %     100.00 %   FINANCE     170       8       126  
Santander Investment Colombia S.A.
  Colombia           100.00 %     100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY     4       2       44  
Santander Investment I, S.A.
  Spain     100.00 %           100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY     (1,603 )     100        
Santander Investment Limited
  Bahamas           100.00 %     100.00 %   BROKER-DEALER     (35 )     (17 )      
Santander Investment Securities Inc.
  United States           100.00 %     100.00 %   BROKER-DEALER     57       (1 )     295  
Santander Investment Trust Colombia S.A., Sociedad Fiduciaria
  Colombia           100.00 %     100.00 %   FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY     8       1       8  
Santander Investment Valores Colombia S.A., Comisionista de Bolsa Comercial
  Colombia           97.76 %     100.00 %   BROKER-DEALER     5       1       1  
Santander Investment, S.A.
  Spain     100.00 %           100.00 %   BANKING     203       310       14  
Santander Investment, S.A., Corredores de Bolsa
  Chile           88.13 %     100.00 %   BROKER-DEALER     46       5       28  
Santander IP UK Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   BROKER-DEALER                  
Santander Issuances, S.A., Sole-Shareholder Company
  Spain     100.00 %           100.00 %   FINANCE                  
Santander Leasing S.A.
  Chile           76.85 %     100.00 %   LEASING     42       1       48  
Santander Mediación Operador de Banca-Seguros Vinculado, S.A.
  Spain     20.00 %     76.41 %     100.00 %   ADVISORY SERVICES     1             1  
Santander Merchant Bank Limited
  Bahamas           100.00 %     100.00 %   BANKING     4             50  
Santander Merchant, S.A.
  Argentina           100.00 %     100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY     2             19  
Santander Mortgage Corp.
  Puerto Rico           90.59 %     100.00 %   MORTGAGE LOAN COMPANY     19             15  
Santander Multimedios, S.A.
  Chile           100.00 %     100.00 %   INTERNET     1             1  
Santander Overseas Bank, Inc. (h)
  Puerto Rico           100.00 %     100.00 %   BANKING     343       25       187  
Santander PB UK (Holdings) Limited
  United Kingdom     100.00 %           100.00 %   FINANCE     277             282  
Santander Pensiones, S.A., E.G.F.P.
  Spain     21.20 %     76.64 %     100.00 %   PENSION FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY     77       13       50  
Santander Pensôes — Sociedade Gestora de Fundos de Pensôes, S.A.
  Portugal           99.86 %     100.00 %   PENSION FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY     5       2       1  
Santander Perpetual, S.A., Sole-Shareholder Company
  Spain     100.00 %           100.00 %   FINANCE                  
Santander Portfolio Management UK Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   FINANCE     40             31  
Santander PR Capital Trust I
  Puerto Rico           90.59 %     100.00 %   FINANCE     (3 )     6       2  
Santander Private Advisors, Ltd.
  United States     100.00 %           100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY                  
Santander Private Banking s.p.a.
  Italy           100.00 %     100.00 %   BANKING     29       (7 )     43  
Santander Private Banking UK Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   PROPERTY     565             565  
Santander Private Equity, S.A., S.G.E.C.R.
  Spain     90.00 %     9.97 %     100.00 %   VENTURE CAPITAL MANAGEMENT     4             4  
Santander Professional Services, S.A.
  Spain           100.00 %     100.00 %   SPORTS OPERATIONS                  
Santander Real Estate, S.G.I.I.C., S.A.
  Spain           99.14 %     100.00 %   FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY     49       28       6  
Santander Río Asset Management Gerente de Fondos Comunes de Inversión S.A.
  Argentina           100.00 %     100.00 %   FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY     4       2       1  
Santander Río Seguros S.A.
  Argentina           100.00 %     100.00 %   INSURANCE     6       5       6  
Santander Río Servicios S.A.
  Argentina           99.97 %     100.00 %   ADVISORY SERVICES                  
Santander Río Sociedad de Bolsa S.A.
  Argentina           99.34 %     100.00 %   BROKER-DEALER     4       1       3  
Santander Río Trust S.A.
  Argentina           99.97 %     100.00 %   FINANCIAL SERVICES                  
Santander S.A. — Corretora de Câmbio e Títulos
  Brazil           98.08 %     100.00 %   BROKER-DEALER     15       37       10  
Santander S.A. — Serviços Técnicos, Administrativos e de Corretagem de Seguros
  Brazil           98.08 %     100.00 %   INSURANCE BROKERAGE     5       13       36  
Santander S.A. Agente de Valores
  Chile           76.95 %     100.00 %   BROKER-DEALER     183       10       20  
Santander S.A. Sociedad Securitizadora
  Chile           76.82 %     100.00 %   FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY     2              
Santander Securities Corporation
  Puerto Rico           90.59 %     100.00 %   BROKER-DEALER     24       7       15  
Santander Seguros de Vida, S.A.
  Chile           100.00 %     100.00 %   INSURANCE     63       34       9  
Santander Seguros Generales S.A.
  Chile     99.50 %     0.50 %     100.00 %   INSURANCE     12       1       12  
Santander Seguros S.A.
  Brazil           99.38 %     99.38 %   INSURANCE     125       48       100  
Santander Seguros y Reaseguros, Compañía Aseguradora, S.A.
  Spain           95.78 %     100.00 %   INSURANCE     287       81       215  
Santander Seguros, S.A.
  Uruguay           100.00 %     100.00 %   INSURANCE     2       (1 )     1  

 

F-215


Table of Contents

                                                         
        % of Ownership Held                    
        by the Bank                 Millions of Euros (a)  
                        % of                 Net Profit     Amount of  
                        Voting         Capital and     (Loss) for     Ownership  
Entity   Location   Direct     Indirect     Rights (k)     Line of Business   Reserves     the Year     Interest  
 
Santander Service GmbH
  Germany           100.00 %     100.00 %   LEASING                  
Santander Servicios de Recaudación y Pagos Limitada
  Chile           76.73 %     100.00 %   SERVICES     5             4  
Santander Totta Seguros, Companhia de Seguros de Vida, S.A.
  Portugal           99.86 %     100.00 %   INSURANCE     45       46       22  
Santander Totta, SGPS, S.A.
  Portugal           99.86 %     99.86 %   HOLDING COMPANY     2,597       269       3,321  
Santander Trade Services, Ltd.
  Hong-Kong           100.00 %     100.00 %   SERVICES     12       2       30  
Santander Unit Trust Managers UK Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   FUND AND PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT     22       2       20  
Santander US Debt, S.A., Sole-Shareholder Company
  Spain     100.00 %           100.00 %   FINANCE                  
Santander Venezuela Sociedad Administradora de Entidades de Inversión Colectiva, C.A.
  Venezuela           90.00 %     100.00 %   FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY                  
Santusa Holding, S.L.
  Spain     69.64 %     30.36 %     100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY     10,518       790       9,158  
Sarum Trustees Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   ASSET MANAGEMENT COMPANY                  
Saturn Japan V C.V. (m)
  Netherlands           100.00 %         HOLDING COMPANY                  
Scottish Mutual Pensions Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   INSURANCE     6             98  
Seguros Santander, S.A., Grupo Financiero Santander
  Mexico           74.96 %     100.00 %   INSURANCE     34       19       25  
Sercoban, Administración de Empresas, S.L.
  Spain           100.00 %     100.00 %   FINANCIAL SERVICES                  
Sercoban, Gestión Administrativa de
Empresas, S.A.
  Spain     100.00 %           100.00 %   SERVICES     18       (1 )     16  
Serfin International Bank and Trust, Limited
  Cayman Islands           99.72 %     100.00 %   BANKING     27       1       22  
Servicio de Alarmas Controladas por
Ordenador, S.A.
  Spain     99.99 %     0.01 %     100.00 %   SECURITY     1             1  
Servicios Administrativos y Financieros, Ltda.
  Chile             (b)         SERVICES                  
Servicios Corporativos Seguros Serfin, S.A.
De C.V.
  Mexico           75.46 %     100.00 %   SERVICES                  
Servicios de Cobranza, Recuperación y Seguimiento, S.A. De C.V.
  Mexico           100.00 %     100.00 %   SERVICES     8       1       8  
Servicios de Cobranzas Fiscalex Ltda.
  Chile             (b)         SERVICES                  
Servicios Universia Venezuela S.U.V., S.A.
  Venezuela           75.00 %     75.00 %   INTERNET     1             1  
Sheppards Moneybrokers Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   ADVISORY SERVICES     21             18  
Sinvest Inversiones y Asesorías Limitada
  Chile           100.00 %     100.00 %   FINANCE     58       2       2  
Sistema 4B, S.A.
  Spain     52.17 %     13.11 %     66.87 %   CARDS     13       7       10  
Sociedad Integral de Valoraciones Automatizadas, S.A.
  Spain           100.00 %     100.00 %   APPRAISALS     1       1       1  
Sodepro, S.A.
  Spain           89.19 %     100.00 %   FINANCE     15             12  
Solarlaser Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   PROPERTY     60       3       54  
Suleyado 2003, S.L.
  Spain           100.00 %     100.00 %   SECURITIES INVESTMENT     7             7  
Suzuki Servicios Financieros, S.L.
  Spain           51.00 %     51.00 %   INTERMEDIATION                  
Swesant Merchant SA, en liquidation (l)
  Switzerland           100.00 %     100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY     1       364       2  
Swesant SA
  Switzerland           100.00 %     100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY     216       100        
Task Moraza, S.L. (e)
  Spain           73.41 %     73.41 %   HOLDING COMPANY     37       (1 )     27  
Taxagest Sociedade Gestora de Participaçoes Sociais, S.A.
  Portugal           99.86 %     100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY     50       8        
Teatinos Siglo XXI Inversiones Limitada
  Chile     50.00 %     50.00 %     100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY     446       170       397  
Teylada, S.A.
  Spain     11.11 %     88.89 %     100.00 %   SECURITIES INVESTMENT                  
The HSH AIV 4 Trust (c)
  United States           69.25 %         HOLDING COMPANY     42             36  
The National & Provincial Building Society Pension Fund Trustees Limited
  United Kingdom             (b)         ASSET MANAGEMENT COMPANY                  
The WF Company Limited
  United Kingdom           100.00 %     100.00 %   ADVISORY SERVICES     1              
Títulos de Renta Fija, S.A.
  Spain     100.00 %           100.00 %   SECURITIES INVESTMENT                  
Tornquist Asesores de Seguros, S.A. (1)
  Argentina           99.99 %     99.99 %   ADVISORY SERVICES                  
Totta & Açores Inc. Newark
  United States           99.72 %     100.00 %   BANKING     1              
Totta (Ireland), PLC (h)
  Ireland           99.72 %     100.00 %   FINANCE     342       89       341  
Totta Crédito Especializado, Instituiçao Financeira de Crédito, S.A. (IFIC)
  Portugal           99.83 %     100.00 %   LEASING     102       23       42  
Totta Urbe — Empresa de Administraçâo e Construçôes, S.A.
  Portugal           99.72 %     100.00 %   PROPERTY     104       4       148  
UNIFIN S.p.A.
  Italy           70.00 %     70.00 %   FINANCE     14       5       44  
Universia Brasil S.A.
  Brazil           100.00 %     100.00 %   INTERNET     2       (2 )      
Universia Chile S.A.
  Chile           93.74 %     93.74 %   INTERNET     2       (2 )      
Universia Colombia, S.A.
  Colombia           99.89 %     99.89 %   INTERNET     1       (1 )      
Universia Holding, S.L.
  Spain     99.91 %     0.09 %     100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY     24       (17 )     11  
Universia México, S.A. De C.V.
  Mexico           100.00 %     100.00 %   INTERNET     1       (1 )      
Universia Perú, S.A.
  Peru           97.00 %     97.00 %   INTERNET     1       (1 )      
Universia Puerto Rico, Inc.
  Puerto Rico           100.00 %     100.00 %   INTERNET     1              
Valores Santander Casa de Bolsa, C.A.
  Venezuela           90.00 %     90.00 %   BROKER-DEALER     10       6       7  
Virtual Payments, S.L.
  Spain           100.00 %     100.00 %   TECHNOLOGY                  

 

F-216


Table of Contents

                                                         
        % of Ownership Held                    
        by the Bank                 Millions of Euros (a)  
                        % of                 Net Profit     Amount of  
                        Voting         Capital and     (Loss) for     Ownership  
Entity   Location   Direct     Indirect     Rights (k)     Line of Business   Reserves     the Year     Interest  
 
Vista Capital de Expansión, S.A. SGECR
  Spain           50.00 %     50.00 %   VENTURE CAPITAL MANAGEMENT     1       1        
Vista Desarrollo, S.A. SCR
  Spain     100.00 %           100.00 %   VENTURE CAPITAL COMPANY     246       15       133  
W.N.P.H. Gestao e Investimentos Sociedade Unipessoal, S.A.
  Portugal           100.00 %     100.00 %   SECURITIES INVESTMENT     33       1        
Wallcesa, S.A.
  Spain     100.00 %           100.00 %   SECURITIES INVESTMENT     25       (47 )      
Wex Point España, S.L.
  Spain           89.19 %     100.00 %   SERVICES     2             1  
Whitewick Limited
  Jersey           100.00 %     100.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY                  
WIM Servicios Corporativos, S.A. de C.V.
  Mexico           100.00 %     100.00 %   ADVISORY SERVICES                  
 
                                                       
     
(a)  
Amount per books of each company at December 31, 2007, disregarding, where appropriate, any interim dividends paid in the year. The amount of the ownership interest (net of allowances) is the figure per the books of each holding company multiplied by the Group’s percentage of ownership, disregarding impairment of goodwill on consolidation. The data on foreign companies were translated to euros at the year-end exchange rates.
 
(b)  
Companies over which effective control is exercised.
 
(c)  
Data from the latest approved financial statements at December 31, 2006.
 
(d)  
Data from the latest approved financial statements at March 31, 2007.
 
(e)  
Data from the latest approved financial statements at June 30, 2007.
 
(f)  
Data from the latest approved financial statements at September 30, 2007.
 
(g)  
Data from the latest approved financial statements at April 30, 2007.
 
(h)  
Data from the latest approved financial statements at November 30, 2007.
 
(i)  
Data from the latest approved financial statements at August 31, 2007.
 
(j)  
Data uniform with 2007 calendar year.
 
(k)  
Pursuant to Article 3 of Royal Decree 1815/1991, of December 20, approving the rules for the preparation of consolidated financial statements, in order to determine voting rights, the voting rights relating to subsidiaries or to other parties acting in their own name but on behalf of Group companies were added to the voting rights directly held by the Parent. Accordingly, the number of votes corresponding to the Parent in relation to companies over which it exercises indirect control is the number corresponding to each subsidiary holding a direct ownership interest in such companies.
 
(l)  
Company in liquidation at December 31, 2007.
 
(m)  
Company newly incorporated in 2007 for which no approved financial statements are available.
 
(1)  
The preference share and security issuer companies are detailed in Exhibit III, together with other relevant information.

 

F-217


Table of Contents

Exhibit II
Listed companies in which the Santander Group has ownership interests of more than 3% (g), Associates of the Santander Group and Jointly Controlled Entities
                                                         
        % of Ownership Held                    
        by the Bank                 Millions of Euros (a)  
                        % of                         Net Profit  
                        Voting                 Capital and     (Loss) for  
Entity   Location   Direct     Indirect     Rights (f)     Line of Business   Assets     Reserves     the Year  
 
ABSLine Multimedia, S.L.
  Spain           47.50 %     47.50 %   MARKETING     1       1        
Accordfin España, E.F.C., S.A.
  Spain           49.00 %     49.00 %   FINANCE     437       21       5  
Administrador Financiero de Transantiago S.A.
  Chile           15.35 %     20.00 %   COLLECTION AND PAYMENT SERVICES     235       23       (17 )
Affirmative Insurance Holdings Inc. (b)
  United States           5.61 %         INSURANCE     379       134       7  
Agres, Agrupación Restauradores, S.L.
  Spain           38.36 %     43.01 %   RESTAURANTS     4       2        
Aguas de Fuensanta, S.A.
  Spain           37.65 %     42.21 %   FOOD     29       9        
Alcaidesa Golf, S.L.
  Spain           44.60 %     44.60 %   SPORTS OPERATIONS     7       6       (1 )
Alcaidesa Inmobiliaria, S.A.
  Spain           44.60 %     44.60 %   PROPERTY     106       68       (1 )
Alcaidesa Servicios, S.A.
  Spain           44.60 %     44.60 %   SERVICES     1       1        
Allfunds Bank, S.A.
  Spain           50.00 %     50.00 %   BANKING     134       55       23  
Allfunds International S.A.
  Luxembourg           50.00 %     50.00 %   FINANCIAL SERVICES                  
Americredit Corp. (consolidated) (k)
  United States           4.38 %     4.38 %   FINANCE     12,099       1,165       245  
Anekis, S.A.
  Spain     24.75 %     24.75 %     49.50 %   ADVERTISING     4       2        
Arena Communications Network, S.L. (b)
  Spain     20.00 %           20.00 %   ADVERTISING     26       1        
Asajanet Servicios Agropecuarios, S.L. (b)
  Spain     30.00 %           30.00 %   MARKETING     1       1        
Asia Bridge Fund I LLC (i)
  Mauricio Island           25.00 %     25.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY                  
Attijari Factoring Maroc, S.A. (b)
  Morocco           25.00 %     25.00 %   FACTORING     33       5       1  
Attijari International Bank Société Anonymé (b)
  Morocco     50.00 %           50.00 %   BANKING     315       4       1  
Attijariwafa Bank Société Anonyme
(consolidated) (b)
  Morocco           14.55 %     14.55 %   BANKING     12,574       1,019       170  
Autopistas del Sol, S.A. (b)
  Argentina           14.17 %     14.17 %   MOTORWAY CONCESSIONS     332       77       (6 )
Banco Internacional da Guiné-Bissau, S.A. (d)
  Guinea Bissau           48.86 %     49.00 %   BANKING     12       (30 )     (1 )
Base Central — Rede Serviços Imobiliarios, S.A.
  Portugal           49.80 %     49.80 %   PROPERTY SERVICES     1       2       (1 )
Benim — Sociedade Imobiliária, S.A. (b)
  Portugal           24.93 %     25.00 %   PROPERTY     12       8        
Bolsas y Mercados Españoles, Sociedad Holding de Mercados y Sistemas Financieros, S.A. (consolidated) (b)
  Spain     1.22 %     6.69 %     8.07 %   FINANCIAL SERVICES     4,385       347       131  
Bovespa Holding S.A.
  Brazil           3.82 %     3.89 %   HOLDING COMPANY     626       528       66  
Cantabria Capital, SGECR, S.A.
  Spain     50.00 %           50.00 %   VENTURE CAPITAL MANAGEMENT COMPANY                  
Carnes Estellés, S.A.
  Spain           19.10 %     21.41 %   FOOD     37       9        
Cartera del Norte, S.A.
  Spain           32.20 %     36.10 %   FINANCE     1       1        
Centradia Group, Ltd. (b)
  United Kingdom     30.45 %           30.45 %   ADVISORY SERVICES     1       1        
Centro de Compensación Automatizado, S.A.
  Chile           25.58 %     33.33 %   COLLECTION AND PAYMENT SERVICES     2       1        
Centro para el Desarrollo, Investigación y Aplicación de Nuevas Tecnologías, S.A.
  Spain           43.70 %     49.00 %   TECHNOLOGY     1       1        
Companhia Energética de São Paulo
  Brazil           7.42 %     7.57 %   ENERGY     7,567       3,908       69  
Compañía Concesionaria del Túnel
de Soller, S.A.
  Spain           29.17 %     32.70 %   CONSTRUCTION     67       17       1  
Compañía Española de Petróleos, S.A. (consolidated) (b)
  Spain     28.71 %     2.93 %     31.64 %   OIL REFINING     8,724       4,159       826  
Compañía Española de Seguros de Crédito a la Exportación, S.A., Compañía de Seguros y Reaseguros (b)
  Spain     13.95 %     6.41 %     21.08 %   CREDIT INSURANCE     999       165       15  
Comprarcasa Servicios Inmobiliarios, S.A.
  Spain           47.50 %     47.50 %   PROPERTY SERVICES     1       1        
Consorcio Credicard, C.A.
  Venezuela           32.80 %     33.33 %   CARDS     84       11       10  
Corporación Suiche 7B, C.A.
  Venezuela           31.75 %     32.26 %   SERVICES     5       4       1  
Ensafeca Holding Empresarial, S.L.
  Spain           31.82 %     31.82 %   SECURITIES INVESTMENT     24       23       1  
Espais Promocat, S.L.
  Spain           44.60 %     50.00 %   PROPERTY     28       2        
FC2Egestión, S.L.
  Spain           50.00 %     50.00 %   ENVIROMENTAL MANAGEMENT     1             1  
Fidelización de Consumidores, S.A.
  Spain           39.60 %     39.60 %   HOLDING COMPANY                  
Fondo de Titulización de Activos UCI 11
  Spain             (h)         SECURITISATION                  
Fondo de Titulización de Activos UCI 14
  Spain             (h)         SECURITISATION                  
Fondo de Titulización de Activos UCI 15
  Spain             (h)         SECURITISATION                  
Fondo de Titulización Hipotecaria UCI 10
  Spain             (h)         SECURITISATION                  
Fondo de Titulización Hipotecaria UCI 12
  Spain             (h)         SECURITISATION                  
Fondo de Titulización Hipotecaria UCI 16
  Spain             (h)         SECURITISATION                  
Fondo de Titulización Hipotecaria UCI 17
  Spain             (h)         SECURITISATION                  
Friedrichstrasse, S.L.
  Spain           45.00 %     45.00 %   PROPERTY     44       44        

 

F-218


Table of Contents

                                                         
        % of Ownership Held                    
        by the Bank                 Millions of Euros (a)  
                        % of                         Net Profit  
                        Voting                 Capital and     (Loss) for  
Entity   Location   Direct     Indirect     Rights (f)     Line of Business   Assets     Reserves     the Year  
 
Granoller’s Broker, S.L.
  Spain           12.50 %     25.00 %   FINANCE     3       2        
Grupo Alimentario de Exclusivas, S.A.
  Spain           36.09 %     40.46 %   FOOD     6              
Grupo Financiero Galicia, S.A. (consolidated) (b)
  Argentina           6.67 %     3.50 %   BANKING     5,063       349       (4 )
Grupo Konecta Maroc S.A.R.L. à associé unique
  Morocco           44.25 %     44.25 %   TELEMARKETING                  
Grupo Konecta Net, S.L.
  Spain           44.25 %     44.25 %   HOLDING COMPANY     16       2       3  
Habitat Elpi, S.L.
  Spain           44.60 %     50.00 %   PROPERTY     31       4        
Hipoteca Internet, S.L.
  Spain           50.00 %     50.00 %   SERVICES                  
HLC — Centrais de Cogeraçao, S.A. (c)
  Portugal           24.45 %     24.49 %   ELECTRICITY     2       (2 )     (2 )
HSH Coinvest Luxembourg S.à.r.l. (b)
  Luxembourg           24.20 %         HOLDING COMPANY     79       79       (2 )
Iberdrola, S.A. (consolidated) (b)
  Spain     0.70 %     2.58 %     3.29 %   ELECTRICITY     33,061       8,907       1,660  
Imperial Holding S.C.A. (j)
  Luxembourg           36.67 %     36.67 %   SECURITIES INVESTMENT     184       38        
Inmobiliaria Sitio de Baldeazores, S.A.
  Spain           44.60 %     50.00 %   PROPERTY     13       2        
Kapitalia Credit House Global, S.L.
  Spain           22.13 %     22.13 %   SERVICES                  
Kassadesign 2005, S.L.
  Spain           44.60 %     50.00 %   PROPERTY     41       12       1  
Kepler Weber S.A. (b)
  Brazil           5.57 %     5.68 %   STORAGE SYSTEMS     59       28       (96 )
Konecta Activos Inmobiliarios, S.L.
  Spain           45.62 %     45.62 %   PROPERTY                  
Konecta Broker, S.L.
  Spain           44.25 %     44.25 %   SERVICES                  
Konecta Bto, S.L.
  Spain           44.25 %     44.25 %   TELECOMMUNICATIONS     20       19       1  
Konecta Canarias, S.A.
  Spain           44.25 %     44.25 %   MARKETING     8       5       3  
Konecta Centro Especial de Empleo Madrid, S.L.
  Spain           44.25 %     44.25 %   TELEMARKETING                  
Konecta Centro Especial de Empleo, S.A.
  Spain           44.25 %     44.25 %   TELEMARKETING     5       3       2  
Konecta Colombia Grupo Konecta Colombia Ltda
  Colombia           44.25 %     44.25 %   TELEMARKETING                  
Konecta Chile, S.A.
  Chile           32.75 %     32.75 %   SERVICES     1             1  
Konecta Field Marketing, S.A.
  Spain           44.25 %     44.25 %   MARKETING                  
Konecta Portugal, Lda.
  Portugal           44.25 %     44.25 %   MARKETING     1              
Konecta Servicios Administrativos y
Tecnológicos, S.L.
  Spain           44.25 %     44.25 %   SERVICES     1              
Konecta Servicios de Empleo ETT, S.A.
  Spain           35.40 %     35.40 %   TEMPORARY EMPLOYMENT AGENCY     1       (1 )     1  
Konecta Servicios Integrales de Consultoría, S.L.
  Spain           33.62 %     33.62 %   ADVERTISING                  
Konecta Servicios Integrales de Marketing, S.L.
  Spain           44.25 %     44.25 %   SERVICES                  
Konectanet Andalucía, S.L.
  Spain           44.25 %     44.25 %   SERVICES                  
Konectanet Comercialización, S.L.
  Spain           44.22 %     44.22 %   MARKETING     1             1  
Kontacta Comunicaciones, S.A.
  Spain           33.19 %     33.19 %   SERVICES     1             1  
Kontacta Top Ten, S.L.
  Spain           33.18 %     33.18 %   TELEMARKETING                  
Maxamcorp Holding, S.L. (e)
  Spain           22.62 %     22.62 %   HOLDING COMPANY     171       131       19  
Medimobiliario Ediçoes Period. e Multimedia, S.A
  Portugal           29.38 %     29.38 %   PROPERTY SERVICES                  
Norchem Holdings e Negocios S.A.
  Brazil           21.33 %     21.75 %   HOLDING COMPANY     85       29       5  
Norchem Participaçoes e Consultoria S.A.
  Brazil           49.04 %     50.00 %   BROKER-DEALER     23       16       3  
Omega Financial Services GmbH
  Germany           50.00 %     50.00 %   SERVICES     1             2  
Operadora de Activos Alfa, S.A. De C.V.
  Mexico           49.98 %     49.98 %   FINANCE     2       2        
Operadora de Activos Beta, S.A. de C.V.
  Mexico           49.99 %     49.99 %   FINANCE     2       3        
Oportunity Center, S.L.
  Spain           44.25 %     44.25 %   SERVICES     1             1  
Petroquímica União S.A. (consolidated) (b)
  Brazil           9.89 %     10.08 %   CHEMICALS     680       248       57  
Prodesur Mediterráneo, S.L.
  Spain           44.60 %     50.00 %   PROPERTY     78       22       (2 )
Programa Multi Sponsor PMS, S.A. (b)
  Spain     24.75 %     24.75 %     49.50 %   ADVERTISING     23       4        
Proinsur Mediterráneo, S.L.
  Spain           44.60 %     50.00 %   PROPERTY     82       28       (1 )
PSA Finance PLC
  United Kingdom           50.00 %     50.00 %   LEASING     11       6       4  
Puntoform, S.L.
  Spain           44.22 %     44.22 %   TRAINING                  
Quiero Televisión, S.A., Sole-Shareholder Company
  Spain           31.82 %     31.82 %   TELECOMMUNICATIONS     7       6        
Real Estate Investment Society España, S.A.
  Spain     31.80 %           31.80 %   PROPERTY     100       100        
Redbanc, S.A.
  Chile           25.65 %     33.43 %   SERVICES     11       5       1  
Reintegra, S.A.
  Spain           45.00 %     45.00 %   COLLECTION AND PAYMENT SERVICES     4       3       1  
RFS Holdings B.V.
  Netherlands     27.91 %           27.91 %   HOLDING COMPANY     69,826       69,814       5  
Servicio Pan Americano de Protección, S.A.
de C.V.
  Mexico           15.78 %     21.05 %   SECURITY     145       84       (5 )
Servicios Financieros Enlace S.A. de C.V. (b)
  El Salvador     21.48 %           21.48 %   NOT-FOR-PROFIT COMPANY     2       1        
Shinsei Bank, Ltd. (consolidated) (e)
  Japan           4.23 %     4.23 %   BANKING     65,711       6,028       (369 )
Sociedad Interbancaria de Depósitos de
Valores, S.A.
  Chile           22.48 %     29.29 %   SECURITIES DEPOSITORY INSTITUTION     2       1        

 

F-219


Table of Contents

                                                         
        % of Ownership Held                    
        by the Bank                 Millions of Euros (a)  
                        % of                         Net Profit  
                        Voting                 Capital and     (Loss) for  
Entity   Location   Direct     Indirect     Rights (f)     Line of Business   Assets     Reserves     the Year  
 
Sociedad Operadora de la Cámara de Compensación de Pagos de Alto Valor, S.A.
  Chile           13.94 %     18.16 %   SERVICES     5       4       1  
Sos Cuétara, S.A. (consolidated) (b)
  Spain     2.18 %     2.61 %     5.09 %   PASTRY MANUFACTURER     1,744       590       13  
Sovereign Bancorp, Inc. (consolidated) (b)
  United States     24.43 %           24.43 %   BANKING     60,894       5,779       93  
The HSH Coinvest (Cayman) Trust-B (b)
  Cayman Islands           24.20 %         HOLDING COMPANY     79       79       (2 )
Tramitación Externa, S.A.
  Spain           25.00 %     25.00 %   SERVICES           1        
Transbank, S.A.
  Chile           25.10 %     32.71 %   CARDS     180       7       1  
Transolver Finance EFC, S.A.
  Spain           50.00 %     50.00 %   LEASING     224       29       1  
Turyocio Viajes y Fidelización, S.A.
  Spain           32.21 %     32.21 %   TRAVEL     1              
U.C.I., S.A.
  Spain     50.00 %           50.00 %   HOLDING COMPANY     116       112       27  
UCI Servicios Inmobiliarios y Profesionales, S.L.
  Spain           50.00 %     50.00 %   SERVICES                  
UFI Servizi S.r.l. (b)
  Italy           16.22 %     23.17 %   SERVICES                  
Unión de Créditos Inmobiliarios, S.A., EFC
  Spain           50.00 %     50.00 %   MORTGAGE LOAN COMPANY     3,020       161       48  
Vector Software Factory, S.L.
  Spain           21.60 %     21.60 %   IT     7       1        
Viking Consortium Holdings Limited (consolidated)
  United Kingdom           24.99 %     24.99 %   HOLDING COMPANY     873       354       (37 )
     
(a)  
Amounts per the books of each company generally at December 31, 2007, unless otherwise stated, because the financial statements have not yet been authorized for issue. The data on foreign companies were translated to euros at the year-end exchange rates.
 
(b)  
Data from the latest approved financial statements at December 31, 2006.
 
(c)  
Data from the latest approved financial statements at December 31, 2003.
 
(d)  
Data from the latest approved financial statements at April 30, 2002.
 
(e)  
Data at March 31, 2007, the closing date of this entity.
 
(f)  
Pursuant to Article 3 of Royal Decree 1815/1991, of December 20, approving the rules for the preparation of consolidated financial statements, in order to determine voting rights, the voting rights relating to subsidiaries or to other parties acting in their own name but on behalf of Group companies were added to the voting rights directly held by the Parent. Accordingly, the number of votes corresponding to the Parent in relation to companies over which it exercises indirect control is the number corresponding to each subsidiary holding a direct ownership interest in such companies.
 
(g)  
Excluding the Group companies listed in Exhibit I.
 
(h)  
Companies over which effective control is exercised.
 
(i)  
Company newly incorporated in 2007 for which no approved financial statements are available.
 
(j)  
Data from the latest approved financial statements at July 31, 2007.
 
(k)  
Data from the latest approved financial statements at June 30, 2007.

 

F-220


Table of Contents

Exhibit III
Preference Share and Security Issuer Subsidiaries
                                                         
        % of Ownership            
        Held by the Bank         Millions of Euros (a)  
                                            Net Profit        
                                            (Loss)        
                                            for the     Preference  
Entity   Location   Direct     Indirect     Line of Business   Capital     Reserves     Year     Dividends  
Abbey National Capital Trust I
  United States           (b )   FINANCE                        
Abbey National Capital Trust II
  United States           (b )   FINANCE                        
Banesto Holdings, Ltd.
  Guernsey           89.19 %   SECURITIES INVESTMENT           45       6       6  
Banesto Preferentes, S.A.
  Spain           88.98 %   FINANCE                 6       6  
Pinto Totta International Finance, Limited
  Cayman Islands           49.86 %   FINANCE                 13       13  
Santander Emisora 150, S.A., Sole-Shareholder Company
  Spain     100.00 %         FINANCE                        
Santander Finance Capital, S.A., Sole-Shareholder Company
  Spain     100.00 %         FINANCE                 138       138  
Santander Finance Preferred, S.A., Sole-Shareholder Company
  Spain     100.00 %         FINANCE                 109       109  
Totta & Açores Financing, Limited
  Cayman Islands           99.72 %   FINANCE                 12       12  
     
(a)  
Amounts per the books of each company at December 31, 2007, translated to euros (in the case of foreign companies) at the year-end exchange rates.
 
(b)  
Companies over which effective control is exercised.

 

F-221


Table of Contents

Exhibit IV
Notifications of acquisitions and disposals of investments in 2007
(Article 86 of the Consolidated Companies Law and Article 53 of Securities Market Law 24/1998)
On September 13, 2007, the CNMV registered two notifications from Banco Santander, S.A. which stated the variations in the ownership interest held in the share capital of AMPER, S.A. (one change in which the holding exceeded 5% and another in which it was reduced to below 5%).

 

F-222


Table of Contents

Exhibit V
Other information on the share capital of the Group’s banks
Following is certain information on the share capital of the Group’s banks.
1.  
Banco Santander S.A. (formerly Banco Santander Banespa S.A.)
  a)  
Number of equity instruments held by the Group
 
     
The Santander Group holds 70,532,121,965 ordinary shares and 59,683,197,827 preference shares through its subsidiaries Grupo Empresarial Santander, S.L. and Santander Seguros, S.A. The shares composing the share capital of Banespa have no par value.
 
     
The preference shares have no voting rights and are not convertible into ordinary shares. However, they have the following advantages:
  1.  
Their dividends are 10% higher than those on ordinary shares.
 
  2.  
Priority in the distribution of dividends.
 
  3.  
Participation, on the same terms as ordinary shares, in capital increases resulting from the capitalization of reserves and profits and in the distribution of bonus shares arising from the capitalization of retained earnings, reserves or any other funds.
 
  4.  
Priority in the reimbursement of capital in the event of the dissolution of the company.
     
There is no unpaid capital.
 
  b)  
Capital increases in progress
 
     
No approved capital increases are in progress.
 
  c)  
Capital authorized by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting
 
     
The company is authorized to increase share capital, subject to approval by the Board of Directors but without the need to amend the bylaws, up to a limit of 250,000,000,000 shares (125,000,000,000 ordinary shares and 125,000,000,000 preference shares). At present the share capital consists of 132,768,478,951 shares (71,035,922,637 ordinary shares and 61,732,556,314 preference shares).
 
  d)  
Rights on founder’s shares, “rights” bonds, convertible debentures and similar securities or rights
 
     
There are no rights on founder’s shares, “rights” bonds, convertible debentures and similar securities or rights.
 
  e)  
Specific circumstances that restrict the availability of reserves
 
     
The only restriction on the availability of Banco Santander, S.A.’s reserves relates to the legal reserve (restricted reserves), which can only be used to offset losses or to increase capital.
 
  f)  
Non-Group entities which hold, directly or through subsidiaries, 10% or more of equity
 
     
Not applicable.
  g)  
Listed equity instruments
 
     
All the shares are listed on the São Paulo Stock Exchange (Bovespa).

 

F-223


Table of Contents

2.  
Banco Español de Crédito, S.A. (Banesto)
  a)  
Number of equity instruments held by the Group
 
     
At December 31, 2007, the Parent and its subsidiaries held 613,696,098 fully subscribed and paid ordinary shares of 0.79 par value each, all of which carry the same voting and dividend rights.
 
     
The Annual General Meeting of Banco Español de Crédito S.A. held at first call on February 26, 2008 resolved to reduce the entity’s share capital by 5,485,207 through the retirement of 6,943,300 treasury shares, previously acquired under authorization of the Annual General Meeting, within the limits envisaged in Articles 75 et seq.
 
  b)  
Capital increases in progress
 
     
No approved capital increases are in progress.
 
  c)  
Capital authorized by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting
 
     
The Annual General Meeting of Banco Español de Crédito S.A. held at first call on February 26, 2008 authorized the Board of Directors to increase capital at one or several times, within five years from the date of the Annual General Meeting, by an amount (par value) of up to half the share capital of the Bank at the date of the Meeting, through the issuance of new shares, with or without share premium and with or without voting rights; the consideration for the new shares to be issued will be monetary contributions, and the Board may set the terms and conditions of the capital increase. Also, the Board was empowered to disapply preemptive subscription rights, fully or partially, in accordance with Article 159.2 of the Spanish Companies Law.
 
  d)  
Rights on founder’s shares, “rights” bonds, convertible debentures and similar securities or rights
 
     
At December 31, 2007, no shares with these characteristics had been issued.
 
  e)  
Specific circumstances that restrict the availability of reserves
 
     
The legal reserve can be used to increase capital provided that the remaining reserve balance does not fall below 10% of the increased share capital amount (10% of any net profit reported each year must be transferred to the legal reserve until the balance of this reserve reaches 20% of the share capital). Pursuant to the Spanish Companies Law, a restricted reserve has been recorded for an amount equal to the carrying amount of the Banesto shares owned by subsidiaries.
 
     
The revaluation reserve recorded pursuant to Royal Decree-Law 7/1996, of June 7, can be used to increase capital.
 
  f)  
Non-Group entities which hold, directly or through subsidiaries, 10% or more of equity
 
     
Not applicable.
 
  g)  
Listed equity instruments
 
     
All the shares are listed on the Spanish Stock Exchanges.
3.  
Banco Santander Totta, S.A. (Totta)
  a)  
Number of equity instruments held by the Group
 
     
The Group holds 574,356,881 ordinary shares through Santander Totta, SGPS and 14,593,315 ordinary shares through Taxagest Sociedade Gestora de Participaçoes Sociais, S.A., all of which have a par value of 1 each, are fully subscribed and paid and carry the same voting and dividend rights.
 
  b)  
Capital increases in progress
 
     
No approved capital increases are in progress.

 

F-224


Table of Contents

 
  c)  
Capital authorized by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting
 
     
Not applicable.
 
  d)  
Rights on founder’s shares, “rights” bonds, convertible debentures and similar securities or rights
 
     
At December 31, 2007, no shares with these characteristics had been issued.
 
  e)  
Specific circumstances that restrict the availability of reserves
 
     
Under Article 296 of the Companies’ Code, the legal and merger reserves can only be used to offset losses or to increase capital.
 
     
Non-current asset revaluation reserves are regulated by Decree-Law 31/1998, under which losses can be offset or capital increased by the amounts for which the underlying asset is depreciated, amortized or sold.
 
  f)  
Non-Group entities which hold, directly or through subsidiaries, 10% or more of equity
 
     
Not applicable.
 
  g)  
Listed equity instruments
 
     
Totta’s shares are not listed.
4.  
Banco Santander Chile
  a)  
Number of equity instruments held by the Group
 
     
The Group holds 66,822,519,695 ordinary shares through Santander Chile Holding, S.A., 78,108,391,607 ordinary shares through Teatinos Siglo XXI Inversiones Limitada and 16,577 ordinary shares through Santander Inversiones Limitada (Chile), all of which have no par value, are fully subscribed and paid and carry the same voting and dividend rights.
 
  b)  
Capital increases in progress
 
     
No approved capital increases are in progress.
 
  c)  
Capital authorized by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting
 
     
Due to the effect of the monetary adjustment, share capital amounted to CLP 818,535,110,378 at December 31, 2007. However, each year the Annual General Meeting must approve the balance sheet at December 31, of the previous year and, therefore, approve the share capital amount.
 
  d)  
Rights on founder’s shares, “rights” bonds, convertible debentures and similar securities or rights
 
     
At December 31, 2007, no shares with these characteristics had been issued.
 
  e)  
Specific circumstances that restrict the availability of reserves
 
     
Remittances to foreign investors in relation to investments made under the Statute of Foreign Investment (Decree-Law 600/1974) and the amendments thereto require the prior authorization of the Foreign Investment Committee.

 

F-225


Table of Contents

  f)  
Non-Group entities which hold, directly or through subsidiaries, 10% or more of equity
 
     
Not applicable.
 
  g)  
Listed equity instruments
 
     
All the shares are listed on the Chilean Stock Exchanges and, through American Depositary Receipts (ADRs), on the New York Stock Exchange.
5.  
Banco Santander, S.A., Institución de Banca Múltiple, Grupo Financiero Santander.
  a)  
Number of equity instruments held by the Group
 
     
The Santander Group holds 62,308,710,973 ordinary shares of Grupo Financiero Santander, S.A. de C.V.
 
  b)  
Capital increases in progress
 
     
No approved capital increases are in progress.
 
  c)  
Capital authorized by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting
 
     
The shareholders at the Extraordinary and Annual General Meeting held on 3 December 2007 resolved to set the authorized share capital of Banco Santander, S.A., Institución de Banca Múltiple, Grupo Financiero Santander at MXN 14,619,490,617, represented by a total of 146,194,906,170 shares. Of this share capital, MXN 7,309,748,223 have been fully subscribed and paid, represented by a total of 73,097,482,230 shares.
 
  d)  
Rights on founder’s shares, “rights” bonds, convertible debentures and similar securities or rights
 
     
At December 31, 2007, the entity had issued MXN 300 million of unsecured preferred subordinated debentures, subscribed by Bank of America and the Bank. These debentures have not been registered in the National Securities Register and, therefore, they cannot be included in a public offering.
 
  e)  
Specific circumstances that restrict the availability of reserves
 
     
The institution is subject to a legal requirement that at least 10% of net profit for the year be transferred to a capital reserve fund until the balance of the fund reaches the paid-in share capital amount. The capital reserve fund can only be distributed to shareholders as dividends in the form of shares.
 
  f)  
Non-Group entities which hold, directly or through subsidiaries, 10% or more of equity
 
     
Not applicable.
 
  g)  
Listed equity instruments
 
     
The company does not have any equity instruments listed on a stock exchange.

 

F-226


Table of Contents

6.  
Abbey
  a)  
Number of equity instruments held by the Group
 
     
The Group holds 1,485,893,636 fully subscribed and paid ordinary shares of GBP 0.10 par value each, all of which carry the same voting and dividend rights.
  b)  
Capital increases in progress
 
     
No approved capital increases are in progress.
 
  c)  
Capital authorized by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting
 
     
The company is authorized to increase share capital, subject to approval by the Board of Directors, by up to GBP 175,000,000 (1,750,000,000 ordinary shares), GBP 1,000,000,000 of sterling preference shares (1,000,000,000 shares), USD 10,080,000 of US dollar preference shares (1,008,000,000 shares) and 10,000,000 of euro preference shares (1,000,000,000 shares).
 
  d)  
Rights on founder’s shares, “rights” bonds, convertible debentures and similar securities or rights
 
     
Abbey has issued GBP 200 million of debentures (10.0625% subordinated debentures convertible into equity) exchangeable for sterling preference shares with a par value of GBP 1 each, at Abbey’s discretion. The exchange can be made at any time, provided the holders are given between 30 and 60 days’ notice.
 
  e)  
Specific circumstances that restrict the availability of reserves
 
     
Not applicable.
 
  f)  
Non-Group entities which hold, directly or through subsidiaries, 10% or more of equity
 
     
Not applicable.

 

F-227


Table of Contents

Exhibit VI
List of Bonds and Debentures outstanding as of December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005.
                                                             
    Euro thousand         Outstanding amount in million     Annual    
Issuer   2007     2006     2005     Currency   2007     2006     2005     Interest rate   Maturity Date
Banco Santander, S.A.-
                                                           
Debentures — October 1993
    117.798       117,798       117,798     Euro                     8.75%   October 2008
Debentures — November 1993
    173.973       173,973       180,304     Euro                     8.25%   December 2008
Debentures — March 1994
    47.091       47,091       60,251     Euro                     7.63%   September 2009
Territorial Bonds — July 2003
    1.992.320       1,992,320       2,000,000     Euro                     4.00%   July 2013
Territorial Bonds — February 2004
                1,500,000     Euro                     Floating   February 2006
Territorial Bonds — March 2004
    1.000.000       1,000,000       1,000,000     Euro                     Floating   March 2009
Territorial Bonds — April 2004
          999,760       1,000,000     Euro                     Floating   April 2007
Mortgage backed securities — October 2002
          2,964,750       3,000,000     Euro                     4.00%   October 2007
Mortgage backed securities — March 2003
                1,500,000     Euro                     2.75%   March 2006
Mortgage backed securities — September 2003
    1.976.300       1,976,300       2,000,000     Euro                     4.00%   September 2010
Mortgage backed securities — December 2003
    1.497.600       1,497,600       1,500,000     Euro                     4.00%   December 2008
Mortgage backed securities — March 2004
    498.140       498,140       500,000     Euro                     3.00%   March 2009
Mortgage backed securities — July 2004
    1.484.235       1,484,235       1,500,000     Euro                     5.00%   July 2016
Mortgage backed securities — February 2005
    1,978,018       1,978,028       2,000,000     Euro                     3.00%   February 2012
Mortgage backed securities — April 2005
    987.860       987,860       1,000,000     Euro                     4.00%   May 2020
Mortgage backed securities — September 2005
    1.480.800       1,480,800       1,500,000     Euro                     3.00%   January 2011
Mortgage backed securities — September 2005
    2.467.825       2,467,825       2,500,000     Euro                     3.00%   September 2015
Mortgage backed securities — February 2006
    2.990.940       2,990,940           Euro                     4.00%   February 2014
Mortgage backed securities — February 2006
    1.485.045       1,485,045           Euro                     4.00%   February 2026
Mortgage backed securities — September 2006
    1.492.830       1,492,830           Euro                     4.00%   September 2011
Mortgage backed securities — September 2006
    1.492.453       1,498,170           Euro                     4.00%   January 2017
Mortgage backed securities -2007
    4.473.687                 Euro                     From 4.00% to 5.00%   From May 2012 to May 2027
Securitization bonds — 2004
    2.165.744       3,260,484       1,568,566     Euro                     Floating   From 2037 to 2042
Securitization bonds — 2005
    1.185.072       1,280,577       1,104,277     Euro                     Floating   November 2038
Securitization bonds — 2006
    4.581.640       4,373,740           Euro                     From 3.87% to 8.75%   From 2035 to 2050
Securitization bonds — 2007
    771.332                 Euro                     From 4.90% to 4.95%   From January to October 2050
Securitization bonds — 2007
    4.316.403                 Euro                     Floating   From December 2014 to October 2050
Own securities held and paid — in surplus
    (6.277 )     (96,841 )     (395,815 )   Euro                       September 2015
 
                                                           
Santander Central Hispano International, Ltd.
                                                           
 
                                                           
Issued December 1998
    206.582       206,583       206,584     Euro                     Floating   April 2008
Issued in June 1998
    18.076       18,076       18,076     Euro                     Floating   March 2013
Issued in April 1998
          153,388       153,388     Euro                     Floating   February 2007
Issued in December 1998
    255.646       255,646       255,646     Euro                     5.40%   February 2008
Issued in February 1998
    181.512       181,512       181,512     Euro                     5.38%   February 2008
From December 1997 to March 1998
    45.735       396,368       701,266     Euro                     Floating   February 2009
Issued February 1998
    304.898       304,898           Euro                     5.38%   February 2008
Issued in February 2002
          31,700       31,700     Euro                     Floating   January 2007

 

F-228


Table of Contents

                                                             
    Euro thousand         Outstanding amount in million     Annual    
Issuer   2007     2006     2005     Currency   2007     2006     2005     Interest rate   Maturity Date
Issued from April 1998 to May 1998
    30.218       31,116       32,152     Swiss Francs             50       50     From 3.51% to 3.54%   From April 2008 to May 2008
March 1994
                335,611     Pounds Sterling                   230     7.90%   March 2019
 
                                                           
Banesto Group
                                                           
Euro
          14,000       25,000     Euro                     4.55%   August 2007
Euro
    3.308.814       4,284,535       163,100     Euro                     Floating   From January 2008 to June 2036
Euro
          260,593       104,000     Euro                     From 4.00% to 6.00%   From February 2007 to August 2011
Euro
                    Euro                     Floating   October 2005
Euro
    1.000.000       1,000,000       1,000,000     Euro                     Floating   June 2010
Euro
                2,000,000     Euro                     Floating   October 2006
Euro
    1.000.000       1,041,100       1,000,000     Euro                     Floating   June 2009
Euro
          1,250,000       1,250,000     Euro                     2.20%   October 2007
Euro
    1.500.000       1,500,000       1,500,000     Euro                     2.25%   October 2008
Euro issued 2007
    1.533.558                 Euro                     Floating   From February 2008 to November 2037
Issued 2007
    49.442                 Yens     8,100                 Floating   From April 2012 to December 2017
Issued 2006
    35.070       39,826           Yens             6,250           Floating   November 2008
Issued 2006
    17.674       18,669           Swiss Francs     25       30           Floating   From May 2009 to September 2016
Issued 2007
    6.030                 Swiss Francs     10                 Floating   July 2014
Issued 2006
    72.971       74,460           Sterling Pounds     50       50           Floating   February 2009
Issued 2007
    96.770                 Sterling Pounds     76.8                 Floating   From March 2010 to December 2013
Issued 2006
    27.660       105,847           U.S. Dollar     35.4       139.4           Floating   From May 2010 to December 2016
Issued 2006
          7,593           U.S. Dollar             10           6.00%   June 2011
Issued 2007
    2.286.204                 U.S. Dollar     3,364.7                 Floating   From March 2010 to December 2022
Issued 2007
    23.174                 Czech Crown     660                 Floating   June 2017
Mortgage backed securities 2002
    1,000,000       1,000,000       1,000,000     Euro                     5.75%   March 2017
Mortgage backed securities 2003
    1,500,000       1,500,000       1,500,000     Euro                     4.00%   May 2010
Mortgage backed securities 2004
    2,000,000       2,000,000       2,000,000     Euro                     3.75%   February 2011
Mortgage backed securities 2004
    1,750,000       1,750,000       1,750,000     Euro                     4.25%   September 2014
Mortgage backed securities 2005
    4,000,000       4,000,000       4,000,000     Euro                     From 2.75% to 3.50%   From September 2012 to January 2015
Mortgage backed securities 2006
    3,000,000       3,000,000           Euro                     From 2.50% to 4.25%   From July 2013 to January 2016
Mortgage backed securities 2007
    1.807.326                 Euro                     4.25%   February 2014
Securitisation bonds 2006
    1.298.597       951,321           Euro                     Floating   December 2025
Securitization bonds 2007
    367.057                 Euro                     3.80%   December 2031
 
                                                           
Banco Santander Chile
                                                           
Bonds
    108.306       127,134       176,228     Chilean Pesos             89,672       143,511     From 7.52% to 7.92%   From October 2019 to July 2021
Bonds
                    Chilean Pesos                   616,423     6.35%   Various maturities
Mortgage backed securities
    572.475       732,207       1,018,767     Chilean Pesos             536,249       734,688     From 6.02 to 6.26%   From May 2013 to July 2016
Bonds September 2004
          13,245           Chilean Pesos           9,309           From 6.34% to 6.36%   Various maturities
Bonds December 2004
    270.953       305,251       317,758     Chilean Pesos             213,772       232,019     Floating   December 2009
Bonds November 2005
    208.214       204,787       182,803     Chilean Pesos             146,691       107,354     3.00%   March 2010
Bonds May / August 2006
    164.508       145,349           Chilean Pesos             102,317           From 3.75% to 4.57%   From March 2016 to June 2012
Bonds 2007
    898.775                 Chilean Pesos                       From 2.97% to 4.15%   From February 2011 to February 2037
 
                                                           
Banco Santander Puerto Rico-
                                                           
Debentures- February 2004
    3.271       22,779       26,096     U.S. Dollar     4.8       30       31     3%   January 2010
Debentures- May 2004
    4.755             5,934     U.S. Dollar     7             7     2.5%   May 2011
Debentures- May 2005
    7.012       7,594       8,476     U.S. Dollar     10       10       10     From 4.00% to 4.20%   From January 2008 to May 2012

 

F-229


Table of Contents

                                                             
    Euro thousand         Outstanding amount in million     Annual    
Issuer   2007     2006     2005     Currency   2007     2006     2005     Interest rate   Maturity Date
Debentures- Dec 2006
          5,776           U.S. Dollar           7           2.5%   January 2007
 
                                                           
Banco Río de la Plata S.A.-
                                                           
Debentures -2003
    39.654       68,236       104,393     U.S. Dollar     131.8       142       131     From 4.00% to 6.00%   December 2009
Pesos 2007
    86.707                 Argentinean Pesos     450                 11.38%   May 2010
Banco Rio Float
                                                           
Fideicomiso Super Letras Hipotecarias clase I
    6.003                 Argentinean Pesos     70.8                 Floating   August 2010
Fideicomiso Super Letras Hipotecarias clase I
    127                 Argentinean Pesos     6                 11.77%   August 2012
Fideicomiso Super Letras Hipotecarias clase II
    15.077                 Argentinean Pesos     93.5                 Floating   December 2013
Fideicomiso Financiero Río Personales I
    14.885                 Argentinean Pesos     16,477                 Floating   September 2009
Banco Santander Totta, S.A.
                                                           
Debentures- from June 1998 to October 1998
    6.584       6,584       6,562     Euro                     4.22%   July 2008
Debentures 1999
    3.171       3,219       3,261     Euro                     Floating   February 2009
Debentures 2002
                21,665     Euro                     Floating   January 2006
Debentures 2003
    254.043       404,698       574,880     Euro                     Floating   From November 2008 to December 2008
Debentures 2004
    216.440       389,395       477,258     Euro                     Floating   From June 2008 to September 2012
Debentures 2004
    19.893       34,054       9,649     Euro                     0.70%   June 2008
Debentures 2005
    534.920       727,847       735,846     Euro                     Floating   From June 2010 to January 2013
Debentures 2006
    1.599.499       2,639,051           Euro                     Floating   From January 2009 to June 2012
Debentures 2006
    20.768       29,981           Euro                     2.50%   December 2011
Debentures 2006
          1,138,952           U.S. Dollar           1,500           5.35%   July 2011
Debentures 2007
    2.615.444                 Euro                     Floating   From November 2008 to May 2012
 
                                                           
Totta Crédito Especializado, Instituiçao Financeira de Crédito, S.A. (IFIC)
                                                           
Bonds 2007
    1.188.778                 U.S. Dollar                     Floating   March 2012
 
                                                           
Totta Crédito Especializado, Instituiçao Financeira de Crédito, S.A. (IFIC)
                                                           
Debentures 1997 and 1998
                    Euro                     Floating   From July 2004 to October 2005
 
                                                           
Banco Santander Banespa, S.A.
                                                           
Eurobonds 2005
    166.094       167,696       166,051     U.S. Dollar     410       456       456     Floating   From April 2008 to May 2009
Eurobonds 2005
    42.891       41,588       44,817     U.S. Dollar     75       55       53      5.00%   July 2008
Eurobonds 2006
          8,744           U.S. Dollar           12           10.00%   June 2007
Eurobonds 2006
          119,547           U.S. Dollar           157           Floating   From May 2009 to August 2024
Eurobonds 2007
    30.877                 U.S. Dollar     5                 6.00%   February 2008
Debentures 2004
                85,285     U.S. Dollar                 101     4.05%   July 2006
Debentures 2005
                57,780     U.S. Dollar                 67     1.02%   From January to February 2006
Bonds 2006
    143.355       125,344           U.S. Dollar     349       165           Floating   From May 2009 to August 2024
Bonds 2007
    11.946                 U.S. Dollar     30                 Floating   May 2017
Mortgage backed securities 2006
    9.193       51,733           Brazilian Real     24       145           Floating   From March to May 2008
Mortgage backed securities 2007
    149.437                 Brazilian Real     388                 Floating   From January to December 2008
Bonds 2007
    230.256                 Brazilian Real     1,224                 Floating   From January 2008 to February 2009
Bonds 2007
    44.796                 Brazilian Real     116                 From 10.00% to 11.00%   From April 2008 to January 2014
 
                                                           
Banco Santander Colombia S.A.
                                                           
Debentures 2005
    38.290       38,496       42,419     Colombian Pesos     104       104       114     Floating   February 2012

 

F-230


Table of Contents

                                                             
    Euro thousand         Outstanding amount in million     Annual    
Issuer   2007     2006     2005     Currency   2007     2006     2005     Interest rate   Maturity Date
Santander Consumer Bank S.p.A.
                                                           
Debentures
                172,500     Euro                     Floating   January to July 2006
Debentures
                6,000     Euro                     10.10%   April 2006
Securitisation Bonds (Golden Bar Program)
    1.815.853       1,184,114       813,553     Euro                     Floating   From October 2020 to November 2022
 
                                                           
Santander BanCorp
                                                           
Debentures June 2004
                63,575     U.S. Dollar           75       63     6.30%   June 2032
Debentures October 2005
                42,384     U.S. Dollar           50           6.10%   June 2032
 
                                                           
Santander Consumer Bank Aktiengesellschaft
                                                           
Bonds
                6,109     Euro                     From 3.00% to 4.00%   From March to September 2006
Securitization bonds
    736.894       1,002,114       1,667,978     Euro                     Floating   From June 2010 to July 2013
Issued 2006
    1.632.362       1,768,788           Euro                     Floating   From July 2013 to March 2014
Issued 2007
    2.505.798                 Euro                     Floating   From February to March 2012
 
                                                           
Santander International Debt, S.A.
                                                           
Senior Debt 2004
          1,500,000       3,500,000     Euro                     Floating   December 2007
Senior Debt 2004
                42,384     U.S. Dollar                   50     Floating   December 2006
Senior Debt 2004
          372,301       364,804     Pounds Sterling             250       250     Floating   December 2007
Senior Debt 2005
    8.096.113       8,052,305       8,995,000     Euro                       Floating   From February 2008 to September 2035
Senior Debt 2005
    819.385       893,521       955,786     Pounds Sterling             600       655     Floating   From April 2008 to October 2010
Senior Debt 2005
          196,322       218,579     Canadian Dollar             300       300     Floating   September 2010
Senior Debt 2006
    9.019.000       9,919,000           Euro                       Floating   From July 2008 to October 2029
Senior Debt 2006
    1.022.704       1,162,404           Pounds Sterling             750           Floating   From February 2009 to July 2011
Senior Debt 2006
          68,864           Mexican Pesos             1,000           Floating   January 2007
Senior Debt 2006
    108.689       121,489           U.S. Dollar             160           Floating   From October 2009 to August 2011
Senior Debt 2006
    26.288       25,468           Czech Crown             700           Floating   February 2010
Senior Debt 2006
    84.885       89,212           Yens             14,000           Floating   From February 2008 to December 2016
Senior Debt 2006
    61.609       60,694           Norwegian Kroners             500           Floating   July 2016
Senior Debt 2006
    276.836       261,763           Canadian Dollar             400           Floating   November 2009
Senior Debt 2007
    68.433                 Mexican Pesos     1,100                 Floating   July 2022
Senior Debt 2007
    67.930                 U.S. Dollar     100                 5.28%   February 2008
Senior Debt 2007
    810.000                 Euro     1,100                 From 4.13% to 4.74%   From December 2008 to April 2011
Senior Debt 2007
    8.304.998                 Euro                     Floating   From September 2008 to May 2022
Senior Debt 2007
    346.045                 Canadian Dollar     500                 Floating   February 2010
Senior Debt 2007
    443.172                 Pounds Sterling     325                 Floating   From July 2009 to March 2012
Senior Debt 2007
    18.190                 Yens     3,000                 Floating   December 2016
 
                                                           
Brasil Foreign Diversified Payment Right Finance Company
                                                           
Medium Term Notes
    244.700       303,721       341,138     U.S. Dollar     400       400       402     6.00%   September 2011
 
                                                           
Santander US Debt, S.A.U.
                          º                                
Senior Debt 2005
    2.139.800       4,542,458       5,086,039     U.S. Dollar     3,150       5,500       6,000     Floating   From September to October 2008
Senior Debt 2006
    4.137.229       3,785,383           U.S. Dollar     6,100       5,000           Floating   November 2009
Senior Debt 2007
    2.037.905                 U.S. Dollar     3,000                 Floating   July 2010

 

F-231


Table of Contents

                                                             
    Euro thousand         Outstanding amount in million     Annual    
Issuer   2007     2006     2005     Currency   2007     2006     2005     Interest rate   Maturity Date
Santander Consumer Finance, S.A.
                                                           
Mortgage backed securities
    1.189.985       1,193,952           Euro                     2.54%   March 2016
 
                                                           
Abbey National plc
                                                           
 
                                                           
Securitization Bonds (Holmes Funding)
                                                           
Swiss Francs
                699,300     Swiss Francs                 1,150     From 4.92% to 4.82%   October 2009
Issued 2007
    2.886.271                 Pounds Sterling     2,117                   Floating   From July 2020 to July 2040
Issued 2006
    2.132.680       2,329,114           Pounds Sterling     1,564       1,564           Floating   July 2040
Issued 2005
    1.363.606       1,489,203       1,459,215     Pounds Sterling     1,000       1,000       1,000     Floating   From January 2016 to January 2021
2000-2004
    340.901       372,301       364,804     Pounds Sterling     250       250       250     5.41%   July 2013
2000-2004
    2.493.899       3,392,435       5,533,197     Pounds Sterling     1,804       2,293       3,917     Floating   From July 2010 to July 2040
Issued 2007
    8.130.208                 U.S. Dollar     11,952                 Floating   From March 2008 to July 2040
Issued 2006
    3.738.002       6,717,724           U.S. Dollar     3,305       8,439           Floating   From January 2021 to July 2040
2000-2005
    1.893.831       5,155,086       8,330,586     U.S. Dollar     5,774       5,922       9,412     Floating   From July 2013 to July 2040
Issued 2007
    416.202                 Canadian Dollar     600                 Floating   July 2020
Issued 2007
    4.491.476                 Euro                     Floating   From July 2021 to July 2040
Issued 2006
    1.930.568       1,957,659           Euro                     Floating   From July 2021 to July 2040
Issued 2005
    740.986       754,326       739,136     Euro                 740     Floating   January 2021
Issued 2000 to 2004
                1,262,221     Euro                 1,400     From 4.82% to 4.87%   From July 2008 to October 2008
Issued 2000 to 2004
    1.680.737       3,532,849       4,434,450     Euro                 4,753     Floating   From October 2008 to July 2040
 
                                                           
Securitization Bonds (Hipototta)
                                                           
Hipototta Nº1 plc
    141.078       224,694           Euro                     Floating   From November 2034 to September 2048
Hipototta Nº4 plc
    1.634.991       2,345,112           Euro                     Floating   September 2048
Hipototta Nº5 plc
    1.734.441                 Euro                     Floating   February 2060
 
                                                           
Securitization Bonds (Marylebond)
                                                           
Sythetic Collateralised Debt Obligation
    86.046       101,875           Euro                     4.69%   November 2011
 
                                                           
Bonds
                                                           
Issued 2006
    17.926       17,970           Australian Dollar     30                 7.29%   December 2008
Issued 2004
    29.876       29,950           Australian Dollar             50           Floating   January 2009
Issued 2007
    34.683                 Canadian Dollar     50,120                 4.767%   June 2010
Issued 2006
    208.101       196,218           Canadian Dollar             300           Floating   January 2008
Issued 2004-2005
          376,084       768,029     Canadian Dollar             575       1,050     Floating   From June 2007 to August 2007
Issued 2004
    9.018       8,503       9,826     Canadian Dollar             13       13     4.00%   January 2009
2000-2004
                13,545     Swiss Francs                   21     Floating   November 2007
2005
                52,068     Swiss Francs                   80     Floating   February 2007
Issued 2007
    225.032                 Hong Kong Dollar     2,583                 From 3.73% to 4.75%   From March 2008 to January 20017
Issued 2007
    17.444                 Hong Kong Dollar     200                 Floating   July 2009
Issued 2006
    4.710       18,915           Hong Kong Dollar             194           Floating   October 2008
Issued 2006
    374.676       430,177           Hong Kong Dollar             4,412           From 4.13% to 5.33%   From April 2008 to August 2016
Issued 2005
    193.459       351,494       395,881     Hong Kong Dollar             3,605       860     From 0.10% to 5.04%   From August 2008 to December 2014
Issued 2005
    47.099       56,551       94,630     Hong Kong Dollar             580       3,593     Floating   From March 2008 to May 2010
Issued 1998-2004
          40,951       128,916     Hong Kong Dollar             420       1,170     Floating   From January 2008 to October 2011

 

F-232


Table of Contents

                                                             
    Euro thousand         Outstanding amount in million     Annual    
Issuer   2007     2006     2005     Currency   2007     2006     2005     Interest rate   Maturity Date
Issued 1998-2004
    116.617       196,661       263,592     Hong Kong Dollar             2,017       2,358     From 0.10% to 6.64%   From January 2008 to May 2012
Issued 2002
    125.678       121.275       127,780     Norwegian Kroners     1,000       1,000       1,000     6.52%   September 2012
Issued 1999
    47.345       49,427       51,558     Singapore Dollar     100       100       100     5.00%   October 2009
Issued 2007
    94.691                 Singapore Dollar     1,087                 2.56%   January 2009
Issued 2005
          53,374       58,123     New Zealand Dollar             100       100     Floating   November 2007
Issued 2004
                31,449     Argentinean Pesos                   50     Floating   January 2009
2007
    4.057                 Mexican Pesos     46                 8.00%   July 2008
2007
    166.287                 Chilean Pesos     122,270                 5.86%   July 2010
1995-2001
                91,303     Yens                   12,593     From 0.01% to 3.79%   From April 2007 to September 2013
1995-2001
    63.480       97,210       125,060     Yens             16,250       17,133     Floating   From July 2008 to December 2031
2002
                140,595     Yens                   19,000     0.20%   December 2006
2002
    24.296       33,148       30,521     Yens             5,200       4,140     Floating   From September 2015 to September 2032
2003
    31.586       36,332       58,054     Yens             5,200       7,976     Floating   From April 2013 to September 2033
2004
          3,186       3,621     Yens                   502     Floating   July 2034
2005
    4.860       5,100       5,768     Yens             800       800     0.01%   April 2008
2006
    124.533       147,253           Yens             23,100           Floating   From January to May 2008
2006
    129.392       135,779           Yens             21,300           From 0.64% to 2.15%   From November 2009 to August 2016
2007
    547.158                 Yens     90,290                 From 1.00% to 6.36%   From October 2008 to May 2013
Issued from 1995 to 2001
                346,525     U.S. Dollar                   408     Floating   December 2007
Issued from 1995 to 2001
    16.006       69,053       34,260     U.S. Dollar             91       40     4.97%   March 2011
2002
          11,372       12,372     U.S. Dollar             15       14     Floating   May 2012
2002
                20,927     U.S. Dollar                   24     From 0.00% to 2.00%   June 2007
2003
    59.050       178,361       207,959     U.S. Dollar             235       244     Floating   From March 2008 to November 2013
2003
    20.671       62,256       223,091     U.S. Dollar             82       263     From 2.57% to 5.34%   From June to September 2008
2004
    73.012       705,499       2,442,807     U.S. Dollar             181       2,860     Floating   From July 2008 to November 2014
2004
          11,372       224,050     U.S. Dollar             15       263     3.250%   October 2007
2005
    200.487       1,898,965       2,233,209     U.S. Dollar             2,505       2,601     Floating   From January 2008 to June 2015
2005
    50.204       122,063       666,627     U.S. Dollar             161       784     From 4.16% to 4.96%   From April 2008 to February 2015
2006
    795.217       2,610,002           U.S. Dollar             3,283           Floating   From February 2008 to December 2016
2006
          483,368           U.S. Dollar             638           From 1.00 % to 5.5%   From February 2008 to August 2017
2007
    7.697.258                 U.S. Dollar                       Floating   From January 2008 to November 2017
2007
    15.646                 U.S. Dollar                       4.96%   From August 2012 to August 2017
1993-2001
    742.682       1,400,611       1,191,871     Pounds Sterling             169       862     From 5.37% to 6.36%   From April 2008 to June 2038
1993-2001
          19,360       61,970     Pounds Sterling             13       42     Floating   From July 2007 to December 2007
2002
    34.090       192,450       107,573     Pounds Sterling             300       74     From 5.10% to 5.67%   June 2012
2002
          40,119       48,417     Pounds Sterling             27       33     Floating   From February 2007 to June 2007
2003
                174,329     Pounds Sterling                   119     Floating   From July 2006 to December 2009
2003
    100.768       134,981       1,122,027     Pounds Sterling             91       769     From 5.72% to 6.36%   From May 2008 to December 2009
2004
    84.942       541,626       563,679     Pounds Sterling             64       386     From 5.65% to 6.36%   From July 2009 to November 2010
2004
                240,749     Pounds Sterling                   165     Floating   From January 2006 to November 2010
2005
          258,302       4,766,767     Pounds Sterling             173       3,267     From 4.41% to 4.75%   From June 2007 to November 2007
2005
    1.289.144       1,936,550       1,942,491     Pounds Sterling             700       1,331     Floating   From September 2010 to November 2015
2006
    861.064       4,986,821           Pounds Sterling             3,349           From 0.10% to 5.53%   From February 2008 to April 2011
2006
    1.456.919       1,620,897           Pounds Sterling             688           Floating   From January 2008 to September 2011
2007
    7.120.744                 Pounds Sterling     5,222,013                 From 4.25% to 6.61%   From January 2008 to June 2010

 

F-233


Table of Contents

                                                             
    Euro thousand         Outstanding amount in million     Annual    
Issuer   2007     2006     2005     Currency   2007     2006     2005     Interest rate   Maturity Date
1996-2001
    703.514       817,766       1,624,070     Euro                     From 0.81% to 9.88%   From February 2008 to November 2041
1995-2001
    457.956       499,622       1,203,053     Euro                     Floating   From February 2009 to March 2009
2002
    55.846       166,353       127,759     Euro                     Floating   June 2012
2002
          121,275       81,128     Euro                     From 0.01% to 6.52%   From March 2006 to September 2012
2003
    1.028.368       1,026,734       1,764,313     Euro                     Floating   From May 2008 to March 2013
2003
                96,198     Euro                     From 0.01% to 2.45%   From January 2006 to March 2013
2004
                29,944     Euro                     From 0.01% to 2.00%   From March 2005 to June 2007
2004
    1.001.332       1,012,805       1,836,746     Euro                     Floating   May 2009
2005
    2.009.875       2,049,248       2,102,464     Euro                     From 2.15% to 5.40%   From February 2012 to June 2015
2005
    11.575       320,117       328,598     Euro                     Floating   From April 2012 to June 2015
2006
    1.695.756       1,594,806           Euro                     From 3.74% to 3.89%   From February 2008 to April 2021
2006
    1.386.845       1,649,242           Euro                     Floating   From January 2008 to September 2014
2007
    23.631                 Euro                     Floating   August 2010
2007
    2.072.013                 Euro                     From 3.75% to 4.78%   From January 2008 to April 2016
 
                                                           
AN Structured Issues Limited
                                                           
Issued 2002
          10,000           Euro                     Floating   July 2007
Issued 2001-2004
    9.111       12,744           Yens     1,500       2,000           Floating   From July 2031 to July 2034
 
                                                           
Abbey National Funding plc
                                                           
Issued 2002
    1.663       1,816           Pounds Sterling     1       1           5.115%   August 2008
 
                                                           
ANDSH Limited
                                                           
Issued 1989
    2.014       2,414           Pounds Sterling     2       2           Floating   December 2008
 
                                                           
Securitization Bonds
                                                           
 
                                                           
F.T.H. UCI 10
    131.636       168,099           Euro                     Floating   December 2014
F.T.H. UCI 11
    186.006       234,708           Euro                     3.00%   February 2015
F.T.H. UCI 12
    229.549       292,890           Euro                     Floating   December 2017
F.T.H. UCI 14
    364.097       553,836           Euro                     3.70%   March 2019
F.T.H. UCI 15
    494.740       584,494           Euro                     3.68%   March 2020
F.T.H. UCI 16
    731.599       863,242           Euro                     3.70%   June 2016
F.T.H. UCI 17
    269.730                 Euro                     Floating   October 2019
F.T.A. Santander Consumer Spain Auto 06
    1.276.029       1,350,000           Euro                     Floating   October 2016
Altair Finance p.l.c.
            13,124           Euro                     Floating   August 2014
 
                                                           
Grupo Drive
                                                           
2005/2006
    998.121       1,894,777           U.S. Dollar     3,000       2,495           From 4.01% to 5.52%   From January 2012 to April 2014
2007
    1.328.185                 U.S. Dollar     2,300                 From 5.00% to 5.59%   From August 2014 to October 2014
 
                                                           
Total Valuation Adjustments
    224.016       88,739       1,777,945                                      
TOTAL
    200,905,082       168,661,356       123,566,864                                      

 

F-234


Table of Contents

Exhibit VII
List of Subordinated Debt outstanding as of December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 (includes preferred securities).
                                             
                                Outstanding          
                                Amount in          
    Euro thousand         Currency          
Issuer   2007     2006     2005     Currency   (Million)     Annual Interest Rate   Maturity Date
Banco Santander, S.A.:
                                           
 
                                           
May 1991
    288,440       298,890       298,890     Euro         Floating (1)   May 2011
April 1995
                    Euro         Floating   April 2005
June 1995
    60,101       60,101       60,101     Euro         12.70%   December 2010
December 1995
    73,516       75,286       75,286     Euro         10.75%   December 2010
March 1997
    60,101       60,101       60,101     Euro         7.38%   December 2012
June 1997
    59,295       60,101       60,101     Euro         7.65%   December 2015
 
                                           
Santander Central Hispano Issuances, Ltd. :
                                           
April 1994
    28,121       28,121       28,121     Euro         Floating   April 2009
June 1998
    151,162       151,162       153,388     Euro         5.00%   June 2008
July 1999
    490,510       490,510       500,000     Euro         5.00%   July 2009
March 2000
    434,840       439,840       500,000     Euro         6.00%   July 2010
March 2001
    500,000       500,000       500,000     Euro         Floating   March 2011
March 2001
    453,542       453,542       500,000     Euro         6.00%   March 2011
September 2001                                       From fixed to floating    
                  500,000     Euro         (3) & (25)   September 2011
April 2002
          350,000       350,000     Euro         Floating (33)   April 2012
April 2002
          643,750       650,000     Euro         From fixed to floating (4) & (33)   April 2012
April 1990
                    U.S. Dollars         Floating (2)   Perpetual
July 1990
                    U.S. Dollars         Floating (2)   Perpetual
October 1990
                    U.S. Dollars         Floating (2)   Perpetual
April 1995
                    U.S. Dollars         7.088%   April 2005
May 1995
                    U.S. Dollars         7.75%   May 2005
June 1995
                    U.S. Dollars         7.50%   June 2005
July 1995
                    U.S. Dollars         6.80%   July 2005
August 1995
                    U.S. Dollars         Floating   August 2005
November 1995
    135,860       151,860       169,535     U.S. Dollars     200     7.00%   November 2015
February 1996
                169,535     U.S. Dollars         6.50%   February 2006
February 1996
    203,791       227,790       254,302     U.S. Dollars     300     6.00%   February 2011
April 1996
                211,918     U.S. Dollars         7.00%   April 2006
May 1996
                169,535     U.S. Dollars         7,25%   May 2006
July 1996
                190,726     U.S. Dollars         7,70%   July 2006
October 1996
                127,151     U.S. Dollars         Floating   October 2006
February 1997
          113,895       127,151     U.S. Dollars         Floating   February 2007
November 1999
    424,564       474,563       529,796     U.S. Dollars     625     8.00%   March 2009
September 2000
    679,302       759,301       847,673     U.S. Dollars     1,000     7.00%   September 2010
May 2002
          37,965       42,384     U.S. Dollars         Floating (34)   May 2012
May 2002
          37,965       42,384     U.S. Dollars         Floating (34)   May 2012
June 2000
    70,883       74,250       76,421     Singapore Dollars     150     5.00%   June 2010
November 2000
    272,721       297,841       291,836     Pounds Sterling     200     6.00%   November 2010
 
                                           
Santander Consumer Bank Aktiengelsellschaft
                                           
Sundry issues
    54,577       78,875       86,989     Euro         From 5.84% to 8.25%   From August 2006 to January 2016
 
                                           
Banco Santander Chile: (merged with Banco Santiago)
                                           
October 1996
                51,706     Chilean Pesos         Floating   October 2016
January 1992 - October 1999
    40,162       44,136       5,379     Chilean Pesos     30,908     7.63% - 7.75%   October 2016
May 1996
    23,520       25,248       31,073     Chilean Pesos     17,682     7.12%   December 2015
September 1996
    18,536       19,571       23,761     Chilean Pesos     13,706     6.88%   March 2016
September 1996
    23,358       24,556       29,466     Chilean Pesos     17,196     6.93%   March 2011
August 2006
    133,846       130,979           Chilean Pesos     91,726     4.40%-4.50%   September 2026
November 1998
                    U.S. Dollars         6.50%   November 2005
July 1997
          59,255       66,353     U.S. Dollars         8.47%   July 2007

 

F-235


Table of Contents

                                             
                                Outstanding          
                                Amount in          
    Euro thousand         Currency          
Issuer   2007     2006     2005     Currency   (Million)     Annual Interest Rate   Maturity Date
January 2003
    150,727       168,535       189,217     U.S. Dollars     222     8.64%   July 2012
December 2004
    203,721       227,790       255,076     U.S. Dollars     300     5.67%   December 2014
November 2007
    53,802                 Chilean Pesos     2,000     4.40%   November 2032
December 2007
    19,669                 Chilean Pesos     2,000     4.40%   December 2032
 
                                           
Totta-Credito Especializado, IFIC, S.A. (formerly McLeasing Sdad. Loc.Fin):
                                           
June 1997
          4,988       4,988     Euro         Floating   June 2007
 
                                           
Banco Santander Banespa, S.A.:
                                           
September 2005
    341,114       380,184       419,603     U.S. Dollars     500     9.00%   Perpetual
2006
    1,077,092       994,560           Brazilian Real     2,797     Floating   From July 2016 to September 2016
 
                                           
Banco Santander Totta, S.A.:
                                           
February 2001
                19,924     Euro         Floating (31)   Perpetual
May 1995
                    Euro         Floating   May 2005
July 1996
                74,820     Euro         Floating   July 2006
September 1987
                    Euro         Floating (5)   September 2007
April 2001
                16,337     Euro         5.00% (26)   April 2009
December 2000
                13,868     Euro         Floating (31)   Perpetual
November 1997
    27,353       27,764       28,881     Euro         Floating   Perpetual
December 1997
    8,886       9,497       13,321     Euro         Floating   Perpetual
December 1998
                    Euro         Floating (6)   December 2008
December 1999
                    Euro         Floating (7)   November 2009
February 2001
                9,961     Euro         Floating   Perpetual
April 2001
                19,402     Euro         5.00% (26)   April 2009
May 2001
          9,466       9,484     Euro         Floating   May 2007
December 2002
    15,050       15,050       15,025     Euro         Floating   December 2008
December 2005
    300,000       300,000       300,000     Euro         5.20%   December 2015
 
                                           
Banesto Group:
                                           
October 1990
                    U.S. Dollars         Floating (8)   Perpetual
March 1997
          113,895       127,151     U.S. Dollars         7.50%   March 2007
September 2003
    500,000       500,000       500,000     Euro         Floating   September 2013
March 2004
    500,000       500,000       500,000     Euro         From fixed to floating (9)   March 2016
 
                                           
Santander Central Hispano Financial Services, Ltd.:
                                           
February 1990
                    U.S. Dollars         Floating (10)   Perpetual
June 2001
    272,721       297,841       291,836     Pounds Sterling     200     From fixed to floating (11)   Perpetual
 
                                           
Santander Issuances, S.A.
                                           
September 2004
    500,000       500,000       500,000     Euro         From fixed to floating (12)   September 2019
September 2004
    500,000       500,000       500,000     Euro         Floating (13)   September 2014
March 2006 - July 2006
    1,550,000       1,550,000           Euro         Floating   March 2016 - July 2017
May 2006
    500,000       500,000           Euro         4.25% (27)   May 2018
May 2006
    272,721       297,841           Pounds Sterling     200     5.38% (28)   May 2016
July 2006
    409,082       446,761           Pounds Sterling     300     5.38% (29)   July 2017
June 2006
    543,442       607,441           U.S. Dollars     800     5.80% - 5..90%   June 2016
June 2006
    339,651       379,651           U.S. Dollars     500     Floating   June 2016
January 2007
    409,082                 Pounds Sterling     300     Floating   January 2018
February 2007
    200,000                 Euro         Floating   February 2019
March 2007
    235,000                 Euro         Floating   February 2019
March 2007
    1,500,000                 Euro         Floating   February 2017
May 2007
    650,000                 Euro         Floating   From February 2019 to May 2019
July 2007
    139,000                 Euro         Floating   July 2022
July 2007
    102,000                 Euro         Floating   July 2028
October 2007
    1,489,708                 Euro         Floating   October 2017
October 2007
    1,090,884                 Pounds Sterling     800     Floating   October 2017
October 2007
    290,967                 New Mexican Pesos     4,677     Floating   October 2017

 

F-236


Table of Contents

                                             
                                Outstanding          
                                Amount in          
    Euro thousand         Currency          
Issuer   2007     2006     2005     Currency   (Million)     Annual Interest Rate   Maturity Date
Banco Santander, S.A., Institución de Banca Múltiple, Grupo Financiero Santander
                                           
November 2004
    25,443       28,777       21,199     U.S. Dollars     150     Floating (15)   From January 2014 to November 2018
February 2005
    25,399       28,659       42,068     U.S. Dollars     150     Floating   March 2015
 
                                           
Santander Perpetual, S.A. Unipersonal
                                           
December 2004
    750,000       750,000       750,000     Euro         From fixed to floating (14)   Perpetual
October 2007
    1,018,953                 U.S. Dollars     1,500     6.67%   Perpetual
 
                                           
Abbey Group
                                           
December 1991
    202,308       223,380       218,882     Pounds Sterling     150     11.50%   April 2017
June 1992
                145,921     Pounds Sterling         10.75%   December 2006
February 1993
    204,541       223,380       218,882     Pounds Sterling     150     10.13%   April 2023
October 1999
    204,541       223,380       218,882     Pounds Sterling     150     6.50%   October 2030
September 2000
    443,172       483,991       474,245     Pounds Sterling     325     7.50%   Perpetual
September 2000
    579,532       632,911       620,166     Pounds Sterling     425     7.50%   Perpetual
September 2000
    238,631       260,611       255,363     Pounds Sterling     175     7.38%   Perpetual
September 2000
    374,991       409,531       401,284     Pounds Sterling     275     7.13%   Perpetual
October 1995
    272,721       297,841       291,843     Pounds Sterling     200     10.06%   Perpetual
April 2005
    272,721       297,841       291,843     Pounds Sterling     200     From fixed to floating (22)   April 2015
July 2001 (20)
                291,843     Pounds Sterling         7.25%   Perpetual
May 1997 (20)
                182,397     Pounds Sterling         8.75%   Perpetual
September 1994
    91,122       95,584       108,142     Yens     15,000     5.56%   Perpetual
February 1995
    30,374       31,861       36,047     Yens     5,000     5.50%   Perpetual
December 1996
    30,374       31,861       36,047     Yens     5,000     From fixed to floating (17)   Perpetual
October 1995
                    U.S. Dollars         6.69%   October 2005
October 1996
                423,882     U.S. Dollars         7.35% (30)   Perpetual
June 1998
    340,128       379,651       423,882     U.S. Dollars     500     6.70%   Perpetual
October 1999
    680,255       759,301       847,765     U.S. Dollars     1,000     7.95%   October 2029
August 2001
                339,106     U.S. Dollars         7.25% (30)   Perpetual
May 2002
          37,965       42,388     U.S. Dollars         Floating (34)   May 2012
May 2002
          37,965       42,388     U.S. Dollars         Floating (34)   May 2012
April 2005
    458,501       500,000       501,014     Euro         Floating (21)   April 2015
December 1998
    511,973       511,292       512,328     Euro         5.00%   January 2009
February 1999
    500,666       500,000       501,014     Euro         4.63%   February 2011
April 1999 (18)
                    Euro         5.75%   Perpetual
June 2002
          500,000       501,014     Euro         Floating (35)   June 2012
September 2000
    400,533       400,000       400,811     Euro         From fixed to floating (19)   Perpetual
 
                                           
Santander Consumer Finance, S.A.
                                           
September 2006
    499,540       499,540           Euro         Floating   September 2016
 
                                           
Santander Factoring y Confirming, S.A., E.F.C.
                                           
June 1999 - December 2005
    50,040       50,040           Euro         Floating (32)   From June 2011 to December 2015
 
                                           
Santander BanCorp
                                           
October 2004 - October 2005
    84,913       94,913           U.S. Dollars     254     From 5.00% to 6.00%   June 2032
 
                                           
BS Venezuela
                                           
January 2007
    15,963                 Bolivar     700     Floating   February 2008
 
                                           
Total Valuation adjustments
    1,229,042       795,258       1,260,086                      
Subtotal subordinated debt
    28,408,797       23,586,251       21,990,688                      
 
                                           

 

F-237


Table of Contents

                                             
                                Outstanding          
                                Amount in          
    Euro thousand         Currency          
Issuer   2007     2006     2005     Currency   (Million)     Annual Interest Rate   Maturity Date
PREFERRED SECURITIES
                                           
 
                                           
Banesto Group
                                           
Banesto Preferentes S,A, December 2003
    131,144       131,144       131,144     Euro         Floating   Perpetual
Banesto S,A, November 2004
    200,000       200,000       200,000     Euro         5.50%   Perpetual
Banesto S,A, October 2004
    125,000       125,000       125,000     Euro         From fixed to floating (23)   Perpetual
 
                                           
Santander Finance Capital, S.A.
                                           
October 2003
    450,000       450,000       450,000     Euro         Floating   Perpetual
February 2004
    400,000       400,000       400,000     Euro         Floating   Perpetual
July 2004
    750,000       750,000       750,000     Euro         Floating   Perpetual
September 2004
    680,000       680,000       680,000     Euro         Floating   Perpetual
April 2005
    1,000,000       1,000,000       952,744     Euro         From fixed to floating (24)   Perpetual
 
                                           
Santander Finance Preferred, S.A. Unipersonal
                                           
March 2004
    129,067       144,267       161,058     U.S. Dollars         6.40%   Perpetual
November 2006
    339,651       379,651           U.S. Dollars     500     6.80%   Perpetual
September 2004
    300,000       300,000       300,000     Euro         Floating   Perpetual
October 2004
    200,000       200,000       200,000     Euro         5.70%   Perpetual
January 2007
    407,581                 U.S. Dollars     600     6.70%   Perpetual
March 2007
    237,756                 U.S. Dollars     350     5.60%   Perpetual
July 2007
    340,901                 Pounds Sterling     250     7.00%   Perpetual
 
                                           
Abbey Group
                                           
February 2000
    679,302       759,302       847,673     U.S. Dollars     1,000     9.00%   Perpetual
August 2002
          379,651       423,837     U.S. Dollars     500     7.38% (36)   Perpetual
February 2001
    409,082       446,760       437,764     Pounds Sterling     300     7.04%   Perpetual
August 2002
    238,631       260,038       255,363     Pounds Sterling     175     6.98%   Perpetual
 
                                           
Santander PR Capital Trust I
                                           
February 2006
    84,913       94,913           Euro         6.75%   July 2036
 
                                           
Total valuation adjustments
    158,354       135,844       458,185              
Subtotal preferred securities
    7,261,382       6,836,570       6,772,768                      
 
                                           
TOTAL SUBORDINATED DEBT
    35,670,179       30,422,821       28,763,456                      
These are subordinated issues and, therefore, for debt seniority purposes they are junior to all general creditors of the issuers. The issues of Santander Central Hispano Financial Services, Ltd., Santander Issuances, S.A., Santander Perpetual S.A. Unipersonal, Santander Finance Capital S.A.U. and Santander Finance Preferred S.A.U. are guaranteed by the Bank on a subordinated basis or are secured by restricted deposits at the Bank.
     
(1)  
Interest on the May 1991 issue of the Bank is revised annually, being tied to MIBOR less two percentage points, with a maximum of 14% per annum and a minimum of 10%. These securities are redeemable at par in 2011, but the holders can redeem them early at 6, 12 and 18 years from the issue date.
 
(2)  
The 1990 issues of SCH Issuances, Ltd, have been redeemed during March and April 2005 at the Bank’s option, after obtaining authorization from the Bank of Spain.
 
(3)  
This issuance has a fixed interest rate for the first 5 years of 5.250% and from September 2006 it is Euribor 3M plus 1.22%.
 
(4)  
This issuance has a fixed interest rate for the first 5 years of 5.750% and from April 2007 it is Euribor 3M plus 1.24%.
 
(5)  
This issuance has been cancelled in June 2005.
 
(6)  
This issuance has been cancelled in October 2005.
 
(7)  
This issuance has been cancelled in June 2005.
 
(8)  
The perpetual issuance of Banesto Group has been redeemed in February 2005.

 

F-238


Table of Contents

     
(9)  
This issue has a fixed interest rate of 4% for the first seven years, and from March 2011, the interest rate is Euribor 3M plus 0.95%.
 
(10)  
The February 1990 issue of SCH Financial Services, Ltd, has been redeemed in February 2005 at the Bank’s option, after obtaining authorization from the Bank of Spain.
 
(11)  
This issuance has a fixed interest rate of 7.25% until December 2011, and from this date the interest is Libor 3M plus 285 b.p.
 
(12)  
This issue has a fixed rate of 4.5% until September 2014, and from this date, the interest is Euribor 3M plus 0.86%.
 
(13)  
This issue has a floating rate of Euribor 3M plus 0.25% for the first five years, and from this date, the interest is Euribor 3M plus 0.75%.
 
(14)  
This issue has a fixed rate of 4.375% for the first ten years, and from December 2014, the interest is Euribor 3M plus 1.6%.
 
(15)  
This issue has a floating rate of Libor 6M plus 1.1% for the first five years, and from this date, the interest is Libor 6M plus 2.2%.
 
(16)  
This issue can be exchangeable, at the option of Abbey, for fully paid 10 3/4 per cent non-cumulative sterling preference shares of 1 sterling pound nominal value each of Abbey National, at the rate of one new sterling preference share for every 1 sterling pound principal amount of the issue.
 
(17)  
This issue has a fixed rate of 4% until December 2016, and from this date, it is Libor 3M plus 1.5%.
 
(18)  
This issuance has been cancelled in April 2005.
 
(19)  
This issue has a fixed rate of 7.125% until September 2010, and from this date, the interest is Euribor 3M plus 2.3%.
 
(20)  
These issuances have been included as a consequence of the application of the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004, since they have been issued by Abbey’s Group insurance companies.
 
(21)  
The rate of this issue is Libor 3M plus 0.25% until April 2010 (call date). From that date, it is Libor 3M plus 0.75%.
 
(22)  
This issue has a fixed rate of 5.25% until the call date (April 2010). Then it is Euribor 3M plus 0.75%.
 
(23)  
This issuance had a fixed rate of 6% until October 2005. Now it is Euribor CMS 10 plus 0.125%.
 
(24)  
This issue has a fixed rate of 3% until April 2006. From this date, the rate is Euribor 3M plus 0.10%.
 
(25)  
This issuance has been cancelled in September 2006.
 
(26)  
This issuance has been cancelled in April 2006.
 
(27)  
This issue has a fixed rate of 4.25% until May 2013. From this date, the rate is Euribor 3M plus 0,82%.
 
(28)  
This issue has a fixed rate of 5.375% until May 2011. From this date, the rate is Euribor 3M plus 0,69%.
 
(29)  
This issue has a fixed rate of 5.375% for the first five years, and from June 2011, the interest rate is Libor 3M Euribor 3M plus 0,86%.
 
(30)  
This issuance has been cancelled in October 2006.
 
(31)  
These issuances have been purchased by Santander’s Group.
 
(32)  
In previous years, issuances between Santander Factoring & Confirming and Santander’s Group were net, so the result of them was zero.
 
(33)  
These issuances have been cancelled in April 2007.
 
(34)  
These issuances have been cancelled in May 2007.
 
(35)  
This issuance has been cancelled in June 2007.
 
(36)  
This issuance has been cancelled in September 2007.

 

F-239


Table of Contents

Exhibit VIII
EU-IFRS (*):
                                                 
    Year end December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    Including     Excluding     Including     Excluding     Including     Excluding  
    interest on     interest on     interest on     interest on     interest on     interest on  
    deposits     deposits     deposits     deposits     deposits     deposits  
FIXED CHARGES:
                                               
Fixed charges
    30,421,947       15,832,380       24,021,396       10,910,808       22,111,675       8,463,023  
 
                                               
EARNINGS:
                                               
Income from continuing operations before taxes, minority interest and extraordinary items
    10,687,627       10,687,627       8,582,241       8,582,241       7,232,234       7,232,234  
Distributed earnings from associated companies
    (294,809 )     (294,809 )     (262,315 )     (262,315 )     (437,978 )     (437,978 )
Fixed charges
    30,421,947       15,832,380       24,021,396       10,910,808       22,111,675       8,463,023  
 
                                   
Total earnings for ratio calculation
    40,814,765       26,225,198       32,341,322       19,230,734       28,905,931       15,257,279  
 
                                               
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges
    1.34       1.66       1.35       1.76       1.31       1.80  
U.S. GAAP:
                                                                                 
    Year end December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005     2004     2003  
    Including     Excluding     Including     Excluding     Including     Excluding     Including     Excluding     Including     Excluding  
    interest on     interest on     interest on     interest on     interest on     interest on     interest on     interest on     interest on     interest on  
    deposits     deposits     deposits     deposits     deposits     deposits     deposits     deposits     deposits     deposits  
FIXED CHARGES:
                                                                               
Fixed charges
    30,362,088       15,772,521       23,931,889       10,821,301       22,037,564       8,388,912       9,472,947       3,920,904       9,136,028       3,505,885  
Preferred dividends
    59,859       59,859       89,507       89,507       74,111       74,111       151,952       151,952       311,317       311,317  
 
                                                           
Total fixed charges + preferred dividends
    30,421,947       15,832,380       24,021,396       10,910,808       22,111,675       8,463,023       9,624,899       4,072,856       9,447,345       3,817,202  
 
                                                                               
EARNINGS:
                                                                               
Income from continuing operations before taxes, minority interest and extraordinary items
    7,681,764       7,681,764       7,442,474       7,442,474       7,224,611       7,224,611       3,944,897       3,944,897       3,140,200       3,140,200  
Distributed earnings from associated companies
    (294,809 )     (294,809 )     (262,315 )     (262,315 )     (437,978 )     (437,978 )     (271,816 )     (271,816 )     (380,922 )     (380,922 )
Fixed charges
    30,362,088       15,772,521       23,931,889       10,821,301       22,037,564       8,388,912       9,472,947       3,920,904       9,136,028       3,505,885  
 
                                                           
Total earnings for ratio calculation
    37,749,043       23,159,476       31,112,048       18,001,460       28,824,197       15,175,545       13,146,028       7,593,985       11,895,306       6,265,163  
 
                                                                               
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges
    1.24       1.47       1.30       1.66       1.31       1.81       1.39       1.94       1.30       1.79  
Ratio of earnings to combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividends
    1.24       1.46       1.30       1.65       1.30       1.79       1.37       1.86       1.26       1.64  
 
     
(*)  
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004

 

F-240


Table of Contents

 

 


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX
     
Exhibit    
Number   Description
        1.1  
By-laws (Estatutos) of Banco Santander, S.A., as amended.
           
 
        1.2 *  
By-laws (Estatutos) of Banco Santander, S.A., as amended.
           
 
        1.3  
By-laws (Estatutos) of Banco Santander, S.A., as amended (English translation of By-laws set forth in Exhibit 1.1 hereto).
           
 
        1.4  
By-laws (Estatutos) of Banco Santander, S.A., as amended (English translation of the By-laws set forth in Exhibit 1.2 hereto).
           
 
        4.1 **  
Consortium and Shareholders’ Agreement dated May 28, 2007, among the Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc, Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A., Fortis SA/N.V. and RFS Holdings B.V. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2006, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 2, 2007).
           
 
        8.1  
List of Subsidiaries (incorporated by reference as Exhibits I, II and III of our Financial Statements filed with this Form 20-F).
           
 
        12.1  
Section 302 Certification by the Chief Executive Officer
           
 
        12.2  
Section 302 Certification by the Chief Financial Officer
           
 
        12.3  
Section 302 Certification by the Chief Accounting Officer
           
 
        13.1  
Section 906 Certification by the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer and the Chief Acounting Officer
           
 
        15.1  
Consent of Deloitte, S.L.
           
 
        15.2  
Report submitted by the Board of Directors to the General Shareholders’ Meeting describing the By-laws amendments
We will furnish to the Securities and Exchange Commission, upon request, copies of any unfiled instruments that define the rights of holders of long-term debt of Banco Santander, S.A.
     
*  
These By-laws will go into effect (and replace the By-laws set forth in Exhibit 1.1) upon the granting of the necessary authorization by the Spanish Minister of Economy and Finance and their subsequent filing with the office of the Mercantile Registry in Santander.
 
**  
Pursuant to a request for confidential treatment filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, the confidential portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.